Mark ab/6881855 as merged
Bug: 172690556
Change-Id: Ie8b8b4ac8056764a622a180aebd5067eb1a06df7
diff --git a/.cargo_vcs_info.json b/.cargo_vcs_info.json
index 7d7597f..6a721d6 100644
--- a/.cargo_vcs_info.json
+++ b/.cargo_vcs_info.json
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
{
"git": {
- "sha1": "d88fe1c1b18f308b85f38ba0cf89e1dff6998638"
+ "sha1": "5cf0158863446fec8ed4e9621035ac267e77dff1"
}
}
diff --git a/Android.bp b/Android.bp
index a1da725..34526d3 100644
--- a/Android.bp
+++ b/Android.bp
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// This file is generated by cargo2android.py --device --run --dependencies --test.
+// This file is generated by cargo2android.py --device --run --dependencies --test --patch=patches/Android.bp.patch.
// We renamed the shared_libs dependence from libsqlite3 to libsqlite.
// srcs has been moved out of _defaults to work around b/163420435
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
}
// dependent_library ["feature_list"]
-// pkg-config-0.3.18
+// pkg-config-0.3.19
// Keep this array in sync with the cflags used in external/sqlite
// After b/163598610 is resolved, use defaults instead.
diff --git a/Cargo.toml b/Cargo.toml
index 5681172..3646b74 100644
--- a/Cargo.toml
+++ b/Cargo.toml
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
[package]
edition = "2018"
name = "libsqlite3-sys"
-version = "0.18.0"
+version = "0.20.1"
authors = ["The rusqlite developers"]
build = "build.rs"
links = "sqlite3"
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
license = "MIT"
repository = "https://github.com/rusqlite/rusqlite"
[build-dependencies.bindgen]
-version = "0.53"
+version = "0.55"
features = ["runtime"]
optional = true
default-features = false
@@ -47,10 +47,12 @@
min_sqlite_version_3_6_8 = ["pkg-config", "vcpkg"]
min_sqlite_version_3_7_16 = ["pkg-config", "vcpkg"]
min_sqlite_version_3_7_7 = ["pkg-config", "vcpkg"]
-preupdate_hook = []
-session = ["preupdate_hook"]
+preupdate_hook = ["buildtime_bindgen"]
+session = ["preupdate_hook", "buildtime_bindgen"]
sqlcipher = []
unlock_notify = []
+wasm32-wasi-vfs = []
+winsqlite3 = ["min_sqlite_version_3_7_16"]
with-asan = []
[target."cfg(target_env = \"msvc\")".build-dependencies.vcpkg]
version = "0.2"
diff --git a/Cargo.toml.orig b/Cargo.toml.orig
index 9843252..d2e1b62 100644
--- a/Cargo.toml.orig
+++ b/Cargo.toml.orig
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
[package]
name = "libsqlite3-sys"
-version = "0.18.0"
+version = "0.20.1"
authors = ["The rusqlite developers"]
edition = "2018"
repository = "https://github.com/rusqlite/rusqlite"
@@ -27,14 +27,17 @@
# sqlite3_unlock_notify >= 3.6.12
unlock_notify = []
# 3.13.0
-preupdate_hook = []
+preupdate_hook = ["buildtime_bindgen"]
# 3.13.0
-session = ["preupdate_hook"]
+session = ["preupdate_hook", "buildtime_bindgen"]
in_gecko = []
with-asan = []
+wasm32-wasi-vfs = []
+# lowest version shipped with Windows 10.0.10586 was 3.8.8.3
+winsqlite3 = ["min_sqlite_version_3_7_16"]
[build-dependencies]
-bindgen = { version = "0.53", optional = true, default-features = false, features = ["runtime"] }
+bindgen = { version = "0.55", optional = true, default-features = false, features = ["runtime"] }
pkg-config = { version = "0.3", optional = true }
cc = { version = "1.0", optional = true }
diff --git a/METADATA b/METADATA
index 2272e9b..19e7f91 100644
--- a/METADATA
+++ b/METADATA
@@ -7,12 +7,13 @@
}
url {
type: ARCHIVE
- value: "https://static.crates.io/crates/libsqlite3-sys/libsqlite3-sys-0.18.0.crate"
+ value: "https://static.crates.io/crates/libsqlite3-sys/libsqlite3-sys-0.20.1.crate"
}
- version: "0.18.0"
+ version: "0.20.1"
+ license_type: NOTICE
last_upgrade_date {
year: 2020
- month: 6
- day: 11
+ month: 10
+ day: 26
}
}
diff --git a/TEST_MAPPING b/TEST_MAPPING
index 1d68902..7bc6ed2 100644
--- a/TEST_MAPPING
+++ b/TEST_MAPPING
@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
{
"presubmit": [
{
- "name": "libsqlite3-sys_host_test_src_lib",
- "host": true
+ "host": true,
+ "name": "libsqlite3-sys_host_test_src_lib"
},
{
"name": "libsqlite3-sys_device_test_src_lib"
diff --git a/build.rs b/build.rs
index b10989b..6535c50 100644
--- a/build.rs
+++ b/build.rs
@@ -58,7 +58,8 @@
fs::copy("sqlite3/bindgen_bundled_version.rs", out_path)
.expect("Could not copy bindings to output directory");
}
-
+ println!("cargo:rerun-if-changed=sqlite3/sqlite3.c");
+ println!("cargo:rerun-if-changed=sqlite3/wasm32-wasi-vfs.c");
let mut cfg = cc::Build::new();
cfg.file("sqlite3/sqlite3.c")
.flag("-DSQLITE_CORE")
@@ -79,6 +80,7 @@
.flag("-DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1")
.flag("-DSQLITE_USE_URI")
.flag("-DHAVE_USLEEP=1")
+ .flag("-D_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS") // cross compile with MinGW
.warnings(false);
if cfg!(feature = "with-asan") {
@@ -99,10 +101,22 @@
Err(_msg) => false,
};
if vs_has_nan {
- cfg.flag("-DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN");
+ cfg.flag("-DHAVE_ISNAN");
}
} else {
- cfg.flag("-DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN");
+ cfg.flag("-DHAVE_ISNAN");
+ }
+ if cfg!(not(target_os = "windows")) {
+ cfg.flag("-DHAVE_LOCALTIME_R");
+ }
+ // Target wasm32-wasi can't compile the default VFS
+ if env::var("TARGET") == Ok("wasm32-wasi".to_string()) {
+ cfg.flag("-DSQLITE_OS_OTHER")
+ // https://github.com/rust-lang/rust/issues/74393
+ .flag("-DLONGDOUBLE_TYPE=double");
+ if cfg!(feature = "wasm32-wasi-vfs") {
+ cfg.file("sqlite3/wasm32-wasi-vfs.c");
+ }
}
if cfg!(feature = "unlock_notify") {
cfg.flag("-DSQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY");
@@ -124,6 +138,19 @@
}
println!("cargo:rerun-if-env-changed=SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH");
+ if let Ok(extras) = env::var("LIBSQLITE3_FLAGS") {
+ for extra in extras.split_whitespace() {
+ if extra.starts_with("-D") || extra.starts_with("-U") {
+ cfg.flag(extra);
+ } else if extra.starts_with("SQLITE_") {
+ cfg.flag(&format!("-D{}", extra));
+ } else {
+ panic!("Don't understand {} in LIBSQLITE3_FLAGS", extra);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ println!("cargo:rerun-if-env-changed=LIBSQLITE3_FLAGS");
+
cfg.compile("libsqlite3.a");
println!("cargo:lib_dir={}", out_dir);
@@ -194,7 +221,7 @@
}
fn find_link_mode() -> &'static str {
- // If the user specifies SQLITE_STATIC (or SQLCIPHER_STATIC), do static
+ // If the user specifies SQLITE3_STATIC (or SQLCIPHER_STATIC), do static
// linking, unless it's explicitly set to 0.
match &env::var(format!("{}_STATIC", env_prefix())) {
Ok(v) if v != "0" => "static",
@@ -218,6 +245,11 @@
// on is available, for example.
println!("cargo:link-target={}", link_lib);
+ if cfg!(all(windows, feature = "winsqlite3")) {
+ println!("cargo:rustc-link-lib=dylib={}", link_lib);
+ return HeaderLocation::Wrapper;
+ }
+
// Allow users to specify where to find SQLite.
if let Ok(dir) = env::var(format!("{}_LIB_DIR", env_prefix())) {
// Try to use pkg-config to determine link commands
@@ -279,6 +311,8 @@
fn link_lib() -> &'static str {
if cfg!(feature = "sqlcipher") {
"sqlcipher"
+ } else if cfg!(all(windows, feature = "winsqlite3")) {
+ "winsqlite3"
} else {
"sqlite3"
}
@@ -359,6 +393,36 @@
if cfg!(feature = "session") {
bindings = bindings.clang_arg("-DSQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION");
}
+ if cfg!(all(windows, feature = "winsqlite3")) {
+ bindings = bindings
+ .clang_arg("-DBINDGEN_USE_WINSQLITE3")
+ .blacklist_item("NTDDI_.+")
+ .blacklist_item("WINAPI_FAMILY.*")
+ .blacklist_item("_WIN32_.+")
+ .blacklist_item("_VCRT_COMPILER_PREPROCESSOR")
+ .blacklist_item("_SAL_VERSION")
+ .blacklist_item("__SAL_H_VERSION")
+ .blacklist_item("_USE_DECLSPECS_FOR_SAL")
+ .blacklist_item("_USE_ATTRIBUTES_FOR_SAL")
+ .blacklist_item("_CRT_PACKING")
+ .blacklist_item("_HAS_EXCEPTIONS")
+ .blacklist_item("_STL_LANG")
+ .blacklist_item("_HAS_CXX17")
+ .blacklist_item("_HAS_CXX20")
+ .blacklist_item("_HAS_NODISCARD")
+ .blacklist_item("WDK_NTDDI_VERSION")
+ .blacklist_item("OSVERSION_MASK")
+ .blacklist_item("SPVERSION_MASK")
+ .blacklist_item("SUBVERSION_MASK")
+ .blacklist_item("WINVER")
+ .blacklist_item("__security_cookie")
+ .blacklist_type("size_t")
+ .blacklist_type("__vcrt_bool")
+ .blacklist_type("wchar_t")
+ .blacklist_function("__security_init_cookie")
+ .blacklist_function("__report_gsfailure")
+ .blacklist_function("__va_start");
+ }
// When cross compiling unless effort is taken to fix the issue, bindgen
// will find the wrong headers. There's only one header included by the
diff --git a/patches/Android.bp.patch b/patches/Android.bp.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a2d5c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/patches/Android.bp.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+--- Android.bp 2020-10-30 16:41:52.854552104 -0700
++++ Android.bp 2020-10-30 16:47:00.153323579 -0700
+@@ -1,10 +1,16 @@
+ // This file is generated by cargo2android.py --device --run --dependencies --test --patch=patches/Android.bp.patch.
+
++// We renamed the shared_libs dependence from libsqlite3 to libsqlite.
++// srcs has been moved out of _defaults to work around b/163420435
++
+ rust_library {
+ name: "liblibsqlite3_sys",
+ host_supported: true,
+ crate_name: "libsqlite3_sys",
+- srcs: ["src/lib.rs"],
++ srcs: [
++ "src/lib.rs",
++ ":libsqlite3_bindgen",
++ ],
+ edition: "2018",
+ features: [
+ "default",
+@@ -12,13 +18,14 @@
+ "pkg-config",
+ "vcpkg",
+ ],
+- shared_libs: ["libsqlite3"],
++ shared_libs: [
++ "libsqlite",
++ ],
+ }
+
+ rust_defaults {
+ name: "libsqlite3-sys_defaults",
+ crate_name: "libsqlite3_sys",
+- srcs: ["src/lib.rs"],
+ test_suites: ["general-tests"],
+ auto_gen_config: true,
+ edition: "2018",
+@@ -28,23 +35,70 @@
+ "pkg-config",
+ "vcpkg",
+ ],
+- shared_libs: ["libsqlite3"],
++ shared_libs: [
++ "libsqlite",
++ ],
+ }
+
+ rust_test_host {
+ name: "libsqlite3-sys_host_test_src_lib",
++ srcs: [
++ "src/lib.rs",
++ ":libsqlite3_bindgen",
++ ],
+ defaults: ["libsqlite3-sys_defaults"],
+ }
+
+ rust_test {
+ name: "libsqlite3-sys_device_test_src_lib",
++ srcs: [
++ "src/lib.rs",
++ ":libsqlite3_bindgen",
++ ],
+ defaults: ["libsqlite3-sys_defaults"],
+ }
+
+ // dependent_library ["feature_list"]
+ // pkg-config-0.3.19
+
+-Errors in cargo.out:
+-error: linking with `cc` failed: exit code: 1
+-error: aborting due to previous error
+-error: could not compile `libsqlite3-sys`.
++// Keep this array in sync with the cflags used in external/sqlite
++// After b/163598610 is resolved, use defaults instead.
++sqlite3_bindgen_clang_flags = [
++ " -DNDEBUG=1",
++ " -DHAVE_USLEEP=1",
++ " -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN",
++ " -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT=1048576",
++ " -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=2",
++ " -DSQLITE_TEMP_STORE=3",
++ " -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=1",
++ " -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4",
++ " -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM=1",
++ " -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT=1",
++ " -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3",
++ " -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_BACKWARDS",
++ " -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4",
++ " -DSQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST",
++ " -DSQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS",
++ " -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION",
++ " -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS=0600",
++ " -DSQLITE_SECURE_DELETE",
++ " -DSQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE",
++ " -DBIONIC_IOCTL_NO_SIGNEDNESS_OVERLOAD",
++ " -DHAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE=1",
++ // extra -D flags for android targets
++ " -DUSE_PREAD64",
++ " -Dfdatasync=fdatasync",
++ " -DHAVE_MALLOC_H=1",
++ " -DHAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE",
++ " -Wno-unused-parameter",
++]
++
++rust_bindgen {
++ name: "libsqlite3_bindgen",
++ host_supported: true,
++ crate_name: "sqlite3_bindgen",
++ custom_bindgen: "sqlite3_bindgen_build",
++ wrapper_src: "wrapper.h",
++ source_stem: "bindgen",
++ cflags: ["-I external/sqlite/dist"] + sqlite3_bindgen_clang_flags,
++}
diff --git a/sqlite3/bindgen_bundled_version.rs b/sqlite3/bindgen_bundled_version.rs
index 5158479..0365488 100644
--- a/sqlite3/bindgen_bundled_version.rs
+++ b/sqlite3/bindgen_bundled_version.rs
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-/* automatically generated by rust-bindgen */
+/* automatically generated by rust-bindgen 0.54.1 */
-pub const SQLITE_VERSION: &'static [u8; 7usize] = b"3.31.1\0";
-pub const SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER: i32 = 3031001;
+pub const SQLITE_VERSION: &'static [u8; 7usize] = b"3.33.0\0";
+pub const SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER: i32 = 3033000;
pub const SQLITE_SOURCE_ID: &'static [u8; 85usize] =
- b"2020-01-27 19:55:54 3bfa9cc97da10598521b342961df8f5f68c7388fa117345eeb516eaa837bb4d6\0";
+ b"2020-08-14 13:23:32 fca8dc8b578f215a969cd899336378966156154710873e68b3d9ac5881b0ff3f\0";
pub const SQLITE_OK: i32 = 0;
pub const SQLITE_ERROR: i32 = 1;
pub const SQLITE_INTERNAL: i32 = 2;
@@ -69,10 +69,12 @@
pub const SQLITE_IOERR_BEGIN_ATOMIC: i32 = 7434;
pub const SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC: i32 = 7690;
pub const SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC: i32 = 7946;
+pub const SQLITE_IOERR_DATA: i32 = 8202;
pub const SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE: i32 = 262;
pub const SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB: i32 = 518;
pub const SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY: i32 = 261;
pub const SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT: i32 = 517;
+pub const SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT: i32 = 773;
pub const SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR: i32 = 270;
pub const SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR: i32 = 526;
pub const SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH: i32 = 782;
@@ -81,6 +83,7 @@
pub const SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK: i32 = 1550;
pub const SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB: i32 = 267;
pub const SQLITE_CORRUPT_SEQUENCE: i32 = 523;
+pub const SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX: i32 = 779;
pub const SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY: i32 = 264;
pub const SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK: i32 = 520;
pub const SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK: i32 = 776;
@@ -119,13 +122,14 @@
pub const SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL: i32 = 2048;
pub const SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL: i32 = 4096;
pub const SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL: i32 = 8192;
-pub const SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL: i32 = 16384;
+pub const SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL: i32 = 16384;
pub const SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX: i32 = 32768;
pub const SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX: i32 = 65536;
pub const SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE: i32 = 131072;
pub const SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE: i32 = 262144;
pub const SQLITE_OPEN_WAL: i32 = 524288;
pub const SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW: i32 = 16777216;
+pub const SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL: i32 = 16384;
pub const SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC: i32 = 1;
pub const SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512: i32 = 2;
pub const SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K: i32 = 4;
@@ -185,6 +189,8 @@
pub const SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION: i32 = 35;
pub const SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT: i32 = 36;
pub const SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE: i32 = 37;
+pub const SQLITE_FCNTL_RESERVE_BYTES: i32 = 38;
+pub const SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START: i32 = 39;
pub const SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: i32 = 2;
pub const SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: i32 = 3;
pub const SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: i32 = 4;
@@ -334,7 +340,7 @@
pub const SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION: i32 = 150;
pub const SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: i32 = 0;
pub const SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: i32 = 1;
-pub const SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER: i32 = 2;
+pub const SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN: i32 = 2;
pub const SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM: i32 = 3;
pub const SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2: i32 = 4;
pub const SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN: i32 = 4;
@@ -348,6 +354,7 @@
pub const SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1: i32 = 11;
pub const SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2: i32 = 12;
pub const SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3: i32 = 13;
+pub const SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER: i32 = 2;
pub const SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST: i32 = 5;
pub const SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: i32 = 5;
pub const SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: i32 = 6;
@@ -1577,6 +1584,21 @@
) -> *const ::std::os::raw::c_char;
}
extern "C" {
+ pub fn sqlite3_database_file_object(arg1: *const ::std::os::raw::c_char) -> *mut sqlite3_file;
+}
+extern "C" {
+ pub fn sqlite3_create_filename(
+ zDatabase: *const ::std::os::raw::c_char,
+ zJournal: *const ::std::os::raw::c_char,
+ zWal: *const ::std::os::raw::c_char,
+ nParam: ::std::os::raw::c_int,
+ azParam: *mut *const ::std::os::raw::c_char,
+ ) -> *mut ::std::os::raw::c_char;
+}
+extern "C" {
+ pub fn sqlite3_free_filename(arg1: *mut ::std::os::raw::c_char);
+}
+extern "C" {
pub fn sqlite3_errcode(db: *mut sqlite3) -> ::std::os::raw::c_int;
}
extern "C" {
diff --git a/sqlite3/sqlite3.c b/sqlite3/sqlite3.c
index 55dc686..a827449 100644
--- a/sqlite3/sqlite3.c
+++ b/sqlite3/sqlite3.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
-** version 3.31.1. By combining all the individual C code files into this
+** version 3.33.0. By combining all the individual C code files into this
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
#define CTIMEOPT_VAL2(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL2_(opt)
/*
-** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should
+** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should
** be sorted A-Z.
**
** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses
@@ -71,8 +71,8 @@
*/
static const char * const sqlite3azCompileOpt[] = {
-/*
-** BEGIN CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl
+/*
+** BEGIN CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl
*/
#if SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
"32BIT_ROWID",
@@ -218,6 +218,9 @@
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
"ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE",
#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB
+ "ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB",
+#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
"ENABLE_CEROD=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD),
#endif
@@ -380,9 +383,6 @@
#if SQLITE_FTS5_NO_WITHOUT_ROWID
"FTS5_NO_WITHOUT_ROWID",
#endif
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- "HAS_CODEC",
-#endif
#if HAVE_ISNAN || SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
"HAVE_ISNAN",
#endif
@@ -539,9 +539,6 @@
#if SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
"OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL",
#endif
-#if SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
- "OMIT_BTREECOUNT",
-#endif
#if SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
"OMIT_CAST",
#endif
@@ -777,8 +774,8 @@
#if SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
"ZERO_MALLOC",
#endif
-/*
-** END CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl
+/*
+** END CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl
*/
};
@@ -828,10 +825,10 @@
**
** PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD - This branch prevents a buffer overread
** that would be harmless and undetectable
-** if it did occur.
+** if it did occur.
**
** In all cases, the special comment must be enclosed in the usual
-** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the
+** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the
** asterisks and the comment text.
*/
@@ -1003,6 +1000,15 @@
#endif
/*
+** Macro to disable warnings about missing "break" at the end of a "case".
+*/
+#if GCC_VERSION>=7000000
+# define deliberate_fall_through __attribute__((fallthrough));
+#else
+# define deliberate_fall_through
+#endif
+
+/*
** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its
** version information, among other things. Normally, this internal MinGW
** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header
@@ -1150,7 +1156,7 @@
** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
** and Z will be reset to zero.
**
-** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]),
+** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]),
** SQLite source code has been stored in the
** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
** system</a>. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
@@ -1165,9 +1171,9 @@
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
-#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.31.1"
-#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3031001
-#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-01-27 19:55:54 3bfa9cc97da10598521b342961df8f5f68c7388fa117345eeb516eaa837bb4d6"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.33.0"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3033000
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-08-14 13:23:32 fca8dc8b578f215a969cd899336378966156154710873e68b3d9ac5881b0ff3f"
/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
@@ -1193,8 +1199,8 @@
** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The
** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns
-** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns
+** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. Except if SQLite is built
** using an edited copy of [the amalgamation], then the last four characters
** of the hash might be different from [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID].)^
@@ -1209,20 +1215,20 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
**
-** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1
-** indicating whether the specified option was defined at
-** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the
-** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1
+** indicating whether the specified option was defined at
+** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the
+** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().
**
** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range,
-** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_
-** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_
+** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by
** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
**
** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
-** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the
+** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the
** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
**
** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
@@ -1246,7 +1252,7 @@
** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When
** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0,
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0,
** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe
** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
**
@@ -1303,14 +1309,14 @@
**
** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The
-** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values
+** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values
** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
# ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE
typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
-# else
+# else
typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
# endif
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
@@ -1341,26 +1347,22 @@
** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
** resources are deallocated.
**
-** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
-** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
-** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
-** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
-** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
-** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
-** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
-** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
-** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
-** destructors are called is arbitrary.
-**
-** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
-** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and
+** Ideally, applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all
+** [prepared statements], [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and
** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
-** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If
-** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
-** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
-** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation
-** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
-** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
+** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.
+** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
+** statements, BLOB handlers, and/or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then
+** sqlite3_close() will leave the database connection open and return
+** [SQLITE_BUSY]. ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared
+** statements, unclosed BLOB handlers, and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups,
+** it returns [SQLITE_OK] regardless, but instead of deallocating the database
+** connection immediately, it marks the database connection as an unusable
+** "zombie" and makes arrangements to automatically deallocate the database
+** connection after all prepared statements are finalized, all BLOB handles
+** are closed, and all backups have finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface
+** is intended for use with host languages that are garbage collected, and
+** where the order in which destructors are called is arbitrary.
**
** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
@@ -1390,7 +1392,7 @@
** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
-** without having to use a lot of C code.
+** without having to use a lot of C code.
**
** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
@@ -1430,7 +1432,7 @@
** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
**
** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
-** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or
+** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or
** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
** is not changed.
**
@@ -1549,10 +1551,12 @@
#define SQLITE_IOERR_BEGIN_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (29<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (30<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (31<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DATA (SQLITE_IOERR | (32<<8))
#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB (SQLITE_LOCKED | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT (SQLITE_BUSY | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
@@ -1561,6 +1565,7 @@
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (6<<8))
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_SEQUENCE (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8))
@@ -1607,7 +1612,7 @@
#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
@@ -1616,6 +1621,9 @@
#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW 0x01000000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */
+/* Legacy compatibility: */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
@@ -1712,7 +1720,7 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
**
-** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the
+** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the
** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface
** implementations will
** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
@@ -1734,7 +1742,7 @@
** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
**
-** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
+** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The
** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
@@ -1884,7 +1892,7 @@
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
-** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should
+** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should
** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
@@ -1907,24 +1915,24 @@
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and
** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a
-** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked
-** because the user has configured SQLite with
-** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place
+** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked
+** because the user has configured SQLite with
+** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place
** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with
** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced
** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated
-** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that
-** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications
-** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may
-** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
+** string containing the transactions super-journal file name. VFSes that
+** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications
+** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may
+** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite
** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately
** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal
** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the
-** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the
+** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
@@ -1972,13 +1980,13 @@
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
-** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current
+** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current
** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the
-** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from
+** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from
** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with
@@ -1997,7 +2005,7 @@
** upper-most shim only.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
-** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
@@ -2008,7 +2016,7 @@
** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal
** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
@@ -2048,7 +2056,7 @@
** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that
** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The
** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if
-** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit
+** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit
** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This
** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
**
@@ -2092,7 +2100,7 @@
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by
** the RBU extension only. All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for
-** this opcode.
+** this opcode.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]]
** If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode returns SQLITE_OK, then
@@ -2109,7 +2117,7 @@
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write
-** operations since the previous successful call to
+** operations since the previous successful call to
** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be performed atomically.
** This file control returns [SQLITE_OK] if and only if the writes were
** all performed successfully and have been committed to persistent storage.
@@ -2121,7 +2129,7 @@
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write
-** operations since the previous successful call to
+** operations since the previous successful call to
** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back.
** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode
** so that all subsequent write operations are independent.
@@ -2129,10 +2137,12 @@
** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE].
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode causes attempts to obtain
-** a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS to wait
-** for up to M milliseconds before failing, where M is the single
-** unsigned integer parameter.
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode is used to configure a VFS
+** to block for up to M milliseconds before failing when attempting to
+** obtain a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS.
+** The parameter is a pointer to a 32-bit signed integer that contains
+** the value that M is to be set to. Before returning, the 32-bit signed
+** integer is overwritten with the previous value of M.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] opcode is used to detect changes to
@@ -2154,6 +2164,11 @@
** happen either internally or externally and that are associated with
** a particular attached database.
**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START] opcode is invoked from within a checkpoint
+** in wal mode before the client starts to copy pages from the wal
+** file to the database file.
+**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE] opcode is invoked from within a checkpoint
** in wal mode after the client has finished copying pages from the wal
@@ -2197,6 +2212,8 @@
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION 35
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT 36
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE 37
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RESERVE_BYTES 38
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START 39
/* deprecated names */
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
@@ -2280,14 +2297,14 @@
** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
-** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the
+** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the
** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
**
** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()]
** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE].
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE].
** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
**
@@ -2301,7 +2318,7 @@
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
-** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL]
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]
** </ul>)^
**
@@ -2329,10 +2346,10 @@
** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
-** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the
+** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the
** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
-** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened
+** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened
** for exclusive access.
**
** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
@@ -2356,7 +2373,7 @@
** non-zero error code if there is an I/O error or if the name of
** the file given in the second argument is illegal. If SQLITE_OK
** is returned, then non-zero or zero is written into *pResOut to indicate
-** whether or not the file is accessible.
+** whether or not the file is accessible.
**
** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer
@@ -2376,16 +2393,16 @@
** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
** a floating point value.
** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
-** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in
-** a 24-hour day).
+** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in
+** a 24-hour day).
** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
-** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or
+** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or
** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
**
** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided
-** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding
+** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding
** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden
@@ -2432,7 +2449,7 @@
/*
** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
** New fields may be appended in future versions. The iVersion
- ** value will increment whenever this happens.
+ ** value will increment whenever this happens.
*/
};
@@ -2476,7 +2493,7 @@
** </ul>
**
** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
-** was given on the corresponding lock.
+** was given on the corresponding lock.
**
** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED
@@ -2621,7 +2638,7 @@
** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
**
** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the
-** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code
+** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code
** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
**
@@ -2639,7 +2656,7 @@
** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].
** By creating an instance of this object
** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
@@ -2669,7 +2686,7 @@
** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
-** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0,
+** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0,
** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
**
** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example,
@@ -2679,7 +2696,7 @@
** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
** xInit and xShutdown.
**
-** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
+** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN] mutex when it invokes
** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The
** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite
@@ -2727,7 +2744,7 @@
** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with
** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
-** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return
+** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return
** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
** configuration option.</dd>
**
@@ -2762,7 +2779,7 @@
** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is
** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.
** The argument specifies
** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
@@ -2813,7 +2830,7 @@
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool
** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page
-** cache implementation.
+** cache implementation.
** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-defined page
** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2].
** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to
@@ -2841,7 +2858,7 @@
** additional cache line. </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
-** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer
+** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer
** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs
** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled
@@ -2896,7 +2913,7 @@
** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is
** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies
** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^
** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.</dd>
@@ -2910,7 +2927,7 @@
** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
** global [error log].
** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
-** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*),
+** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*),
** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the
** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
@@ -3019,7 +3036,7 @@
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]]
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL
** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which
-** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold.
+** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold.
** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes)
** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk.
** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held
@@ -3041,7 +3058,7 @@
** than the configured sorter-reference size threshold - then a reference
** is stored in each sorted record and the required column values loaded
** from the database as records are returned in sorted order. The default
-** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a
+** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a
** negative value for this option restores the default behaviour.
** This option is only available if SQLite is compiled with the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES] compile-time option.
@@ -3069,7 +3086,7 @@
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */
+/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */
@@ -3104,7 +3121,7 @@
** <dl>
** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the
+** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the
** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
@@ -3122,7 +3139,7 @@
** when the "current value" returned by
** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
-** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns
+** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns
** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY]]
@@ -3199,11 +3216,11 @@
** until after the database connection closes.
** </dd>
**
-** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]]
+** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]]
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt>
-** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a
-** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no
-** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint
+** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a
+** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no
+** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint
** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to
** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation
** is an integer - positive to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the
@@ -3222,7 +3239,7 @@
** slower. But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior. With
** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as
** was used during testing in the lab.
-** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable
+** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable
** the QPSG, positive to enable QPSG, or negative to leave the setting
** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the QPSG is disabled or enabled
@@ -3230,15 +3247,15 @@
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP</dt>
-** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not
+** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not
** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This
** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this
** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer -
** positive to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it,
** or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
-** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written
-** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if
-** it is not disabled, 1 if it is.
+** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written
+** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if
+** it is not disabled, 1 if it is.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE</dt>
@@ -3252,7 +3269,7 @@
** database, or calling sqlite3_table_column_metadata(), ignoring any
** errors. This step is only necessary if the application desires to keep
** the database in WAL mode after the reset if it was in WAL mode before
-** the reset.
+** the reset.
** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 1, 0);
** <li> [sqlite3_exec](db, "[VACUUM]", 0, 0, 0);
** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 0, 0);
@@ -3264,7 +3281,7 @@
** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE</dt>
** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE option activates or deactivates the
** "defensive" flag for a database connection. When the defensive
-** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to
+** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to
** deliberately corrupt the database file are disabled. The disabled
** features include but are not limited to the following:
** <ul>
@@ -3279,7 +3296,7 @@
** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA option activates or deactivates the
** "writable_schema" flag. This has the same effect and is logically equivalent
** to setting [PRAGMA writable_schema=ON] or [PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF].
-** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable
+** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable
** the writable_schema, positive to enable writable_schema, or negative to
** leave the setting unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an
** integer into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the writable_schema
@@ -3317,14 +3334,13 @@
** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA]]
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA</td>
** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option tells SQLite to
-** assume that database schemas (the contents of the [sqlite_master] tables)
-** are untainted by malicious content.
+** assume that database schemas are untainted by malicious content.
** When the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option is disabled, SQLite
** takes additional defensive steps to protect the application from harm
** including:
** <ul>
** <li> Prohibit the use of SQL functions inside triggers, views,
-** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes,
+** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes,
** partial indexes, or generated columns
** unless those functions are tagged with [SQLITE_INNOCUOUS].
** <li> Prohibit the use of virtual tables inside of triggers or views
@@ -3345,7 +3361,7 @@
** any SQLite version back to 3.0.0 ([dateof:3.0.0]). Without this setting,
** newly created databases are generally not understandable by SQLite versions
** prior to 3.3.0 ([dateof:3.3.0]). As these words are written, there
-** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible
+** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible
** all the way back to version 3.0.0, and so this setting is of little
** practical use, but is provided so that SQLite can continue to claim the
** ability to generate new database files that are compatible with version
@@ -3403,8 +3419,8 @@
** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface usually returns the [rowid] of
** the most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
** on database connection D. ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not
-** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred
-** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns
+** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred
+** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns
** zero.
**
** As well as being set automatically as rows are inserted into database
@@ -3414,15 +3430,15 @@
** Some virtual table implementations may INSERT rows into rowid tables as
** part of committing a transaction (e.g. to flush data accumulated in memory
** to disk). In this case subsequent calls to this function return the rowid
-** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to
+** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to
** unintuitive results. Virtual table implementations that do write to rowid
-** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original
-** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning
+** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original
+** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning
** control to the user.
**
-** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will
-** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is
-** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned
+** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will
+** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is
+** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned
** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger was fired.)^
**
** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
@@ -3455,7 +3471,7 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** The sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(D, R) method allows the application to
-** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R
+** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R
** without inserting a row into the database.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64);
@@ -3471,37 +3487,37 @@
** returned by this function.
**
** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are
-** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers],
+** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers],
** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted.
-**
-** Changes to a view that are intercepted by
-** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value
-** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or
-** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real
+**
+** Changes to a view that are intercepted by
+** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value
+** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or
+** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real
** tables are counted.
**
** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is
** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the
** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback
** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially:
-**
+**
** <ul>
** <li> ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by
-** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program
+** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program
** has finished, the original value is restored.)^
-**
-** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE
-** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes()
-** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include
-** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes()
+**
+** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE
+** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes()
+** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include
+** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes()
** value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^
** </ul>
-**
+**
** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used
-** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it
+** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it
** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing.
-** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger
-** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the
+** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger
+** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the
** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger.
**
** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
@@ -3527,10 +3543,10 @@
** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as
** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement
** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes().
-**
+**
** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the
** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are
-** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers
+** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers
** are not counted.
**
** The [sqlite3_total_changes(D)] interface only reports the number
@@ -3539,7 +3555,7 @@
** To detect changes against a database file from other database
** connections use the [PRAGMA data_version] command or the
** [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control].
-**
+**
** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
@@ -3581,7 +3597,7 @@
**
** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements
-** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the
** running statement count reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements
** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
@@ -3613,7 +3629,7 @@
** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
**
-** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior
+** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior
** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails,
** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
@@ -3658,7 +3674,7 @@
** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** to the application instead of invoking the
+** to the application instead of invoking the
** busy handler.
** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
@@ -3683,7 +3699,7 @@
** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words,
** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions
** result in undefined behavior.
-**
+**
** A busy handler must not close the database connection
** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
*/
@@ -3801,7 +3817,7 @@
** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
** from the standard C library.
** These routines understand most of the common formatting options from
-** the standard library printf()
+** the standard library printf()
** plus some additional non-standard formats ([%q], [%Q], [%w], and [%z]).
** See the [built-in printf()] documentation for details.
**
@@ -3997,7 +4013,7 @@
** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
-** access is denied.
+** access is denied.
**
** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
@@ -4050,7 +4066,7 @@
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
-** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a
+** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a
** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the
** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
**
@@ -4198,7 +4214,7 @@
** execution of the prepared statement, such as at the start of each
** trigger subprogram. ^The P argument is a pointer to the
** [prepared statement]. ^The X argument is a pointer to a string which
-** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment
+** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment
** that indicates the invocation of a trigger. ^The callback can compute
** the same text that would have been returned by the legacy [sqlite3_trace()]
** interface by using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking
@@ -4214,7 +4230,7 @@
**
** [[SQLITE_TRACE_ROW]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_ROW</dt>
** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_ROW callback is invoked whenever a prepared
-** statement generates a single row of result.
+** statement generates a single row of result.
** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the
** X argument is unused.
**
@@ -4241,10 +4257,10 @@
** M argument should be the bitwise OR-ed combination of
** zero or more [SQLITE_TRACE] constants.
**
-** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides
+** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides
** (cancels) any prior calls to sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2().
**
-** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by
+** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by
** mask M occur. ^The integer return value from the callback is currently
** ignored, though this may change in future releases. Callback
** implementations should return zero to ensure future compatibility.
@@ -4276,8 +4292,8 @@
** database connection D. An example use for this
** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
**
-** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the
-** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of
+** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the
+** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of
** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress
** handler is disabled.
@@ -4304,7 +4320,7 @@
** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3
**
-** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the
+** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the
** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
@@ -4423,17 +4439,17 @@
** information.
**
** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
-** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string
-** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an
-** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if
+** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string
+** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an
+** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if
** present, is ignored.
**
** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
-** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character,
-** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin
+** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character,
+** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin
** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
-** then the path is interpreted as a relative path.
-** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path
+** then the path is interpreted as a relative path.
+** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path
** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^
**
** [[core URI query parameters]]
@@ -4453,13 +4469,13 @@
**
** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
-** an error)^.
-** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only
-** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the
-** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to
-** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create)
-** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had
-** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both
+** an error)^.
+** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only
+** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the
+** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to
+** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create)
+** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had
+** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both
** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is
** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
@@ -4469,7 +4485,7 @@
** <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
-** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is
+** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is
** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
@@ -4495,7 +4511,7 @@
** property on a database file that does in fact change can result
** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
-**
+**
** </ul>
**
** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
@@ -4507,36 +4523,36 @@
**
** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
-** <tr><td> file:data.db <td>
+** <tr><td> file:data.db <td>
** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
-** file:///home/fred/data.db <br>
-** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td>
+** file:///home/fred/data.db <br>
+** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td>
** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
-** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td>
+** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td>
** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
-** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap">
+** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap">
** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
** <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
-** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly
+** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly
** necessary - space characters can be used literally
** in URI filenames.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td>
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td>
** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
** default, use a private cache.
** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td>
** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td>
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td>
** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
** </table>
**
** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
-** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits
+** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits
** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
-** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all
+** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all
** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
** the results are undefined.
@@ -4572,14 +4588,25 @@
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
**
** These are utility routines, useful to [VFS|custom VFS implementations],
-** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
+** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
**
-** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of
-** a VFS implementation or it is the return value of [sqlite3_db_filename()]
+** The first parameter to these interfaces (hereafter referred to
+** as F) must be one of:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A database filename pointer created by the SQLite core and
+** passed into the xOpen() method of a VFS implemention, or
+** <li> A filename obtained from [sqlite3_db_filename()], or
+** <li> A new filename constructed using [sqlite3_create_filename()].
+** </ul>
+** If the F parameter is not one of the above, then the behavior is
+** undefined and probably undesirable. Older versions of SQLite were
+** more tolerant of invalid F parameters than newer versions.
+**
+** If F is a suitable filename (as described in the previous paragraph)
** and if P is the name of the query parameter, then
** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
-** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a
+** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a
** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F and it
** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
** a pointer to an empty string.
@@ -4588,7 +4615,7 @@
** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
-** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The
+** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The
** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query
@@ -4606,7 +4633,7 @@
** parameters minus 1. The N value is zero-based so N should be 0 to obtain
** the name of the first query parameter, 1 for the second parameter, and
** so forth.
-**
+**
** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and
** is not a database file pathname pointer that the SQLite core passed
@@ -4659,17 +4686,89 @@
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_journal(const char*);
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_wal(const char*);
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database File Corresponding To A Journal
+**
+** ^If X is the name of a rollback or WAL-mode journal file that is
+** passed into the xOpen method of [sqlite3_vfs], then
+** sqlite3_database_file_object(X) returns a pointer to the [sqlite3_file]
+** object that represents the main database file.
+**
+** This routine is intended for use in custom [VFS] implementations
+** only. It is not a general-purpose interface.
+** The argument sqlite3_file_object(X) must be a filename pointer that
+** has been passed into [sqlite3_vfs].xOpen method where the
+** flags parameter to xOpen contains one of the bits
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] or [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]. Any other use
+** of this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable
+** behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Create and Destroy VFS Filenames
+**
+** These interfces are provided for use by [VFS shim] implementations and
+** are not useful outside of that context.
+**
+** The sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) allocates memory to hold a version of
+** database filename D with corresponding journal file J and WAL file W and
+** with N URI parameters key/values pairs in the array P. The result from
+** sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) is a pointer to a database filename that
+** is safe to pass to routines like:
+** <ul>
+** <li> [sqlite3_uri_parameter()],
+** <li> [sqlite3_uri_boolean()],
+** <li> [sqlite3_uri_int64()],
+** <li> [sqlite3_uri_key()],
+** <li> [sqlite3_filename_database()],
+** <li> [sqlite3_filename_journal()], or
+** <li> [sqlite3_filename_wal()].
+** </ul>
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, sqlite3_create_filename() might
+** return a NULL pointer. The memory obtained from sqlite3_create_filename(X)
+** must be released by a corresponding call to sqlite3_free_filename(Y).
+**
+** The P parameter in sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) should be an array
+** of 2*N pointers to strings. Each pair of pointers in this array corresponds
+** to a key and value for a query parameter. The P parameter may be a NULL
+** pointer if N is zero. None of the 2*N pointers in the P array may be
+** NULL pointers and key pointers should not be empty strings.
+** None of the D, J, or W parameters to sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) may
+** be NULL pointers, though they can be empty strings.
+**
+** The sqlite3_free_filename(Y) routine releases a memory allocation
+** previously obtained from sqlite3_create_filename(). Invoking
+** sqlite3_free_filename(Y) where Y is a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** If the Y parameter to sqlite3_free_filename(Y) is anything other
+** than a NULL pointer or a pointer previously acquired from
+** sqlite3_create_filename(), then bad things such as heap
+** corruption or segfaults may occur. The value Y should be
+** used again after sqlite3_free_filename(Y) has been called. This means
+** that if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen()] method of a VFS has been called using Y,
+** then the corresponding [sqlite3_module.xClose() method should also be
+** invoked prior to calling sqlite3_free_filename(Y).
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_create_filename(
+ const char *zDatabase,
+ const char *zJournal,
+ const char *zWal,
+ int nParam,
+ const char **azParam
+);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_filename(char*);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
-** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with
+** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with
** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface
** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that
** API call.
** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
-** interface is the same except that it always returns the
+** interface is the same except that it always returns the
** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
** disabled.
**
@@ -4726,7 +4825,7 @@
** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated.
**
** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program. The
-** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object
+** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object
** is the compiled object code. All SQL must be converted into a
** prepared statement before it can be run.
**
@@ -4756,7 +4855,7 @@
** new limit for that construct.)^
**
** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
-** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a
+** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a
** [limits | hard upper bound]
** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
@@ -4764,7 +4863,7 @@
** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
**
-** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the
+** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the
** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
@@ -4869,7 +4968,7 @@
** <dd>The SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT flag is a hint to the query planner
** that the prepared statement will be retained for a long time and
** probably reused many times.)^ ^Without this flag, [sqlite3_prepare_v3()]
-** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will
+** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will
** be used just once or at most a few times and then destroyed using
** [sqlite3_finalize()] relatively soon. The current implementation acts
** on this hint by avoiding the use of [lookaside memory] so as not to
@@ -4976,12 +5075,12 @@
** </li>
**
** <li>
-** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the
+** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the
** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
-** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been
+** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been
** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
-** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter].
-** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the
+** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter].
+** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the
** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4] compile-time option is enabled.
@@ -5090,8 +5189,8 @@
** the content of the database file.
**
** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
-** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.
-** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that
+** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.
+** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that
** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
** change the database file through side-effects:
**
@@ -5105,10 +5204,10 @@
** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
-** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the
+** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the
** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
-** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make
+** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make
** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly() interface returns true for [BEGIN] since
** [BEGIN] merely sets internal flags, but the [BEGIN|BEGIN IMMEDIATE] and
@@ -5134,18 +5233,18 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
-** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using
+** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using
** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned
** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor
** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
-** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a
+** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a
** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
**
** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
-** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database
+** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database
** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used,
-** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared
+** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared
** statements that are holding a transaction open.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
@@ -5164,7 +5263,7 @@
** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. The
-** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new
+** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new
** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value.
**
** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
@@ -5172,7 +5271,7 @@
** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
-** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes
+** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However,
@@ -5241,12 +5340,30 @@
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index
** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
-** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
+** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 32766).
**
** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter
** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null().
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() is not NULL, then
+** it should be a pointer to well-formed UTF8 text.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text16() is not NULL, then
+** it should be a pointer to well-formed UTF16 text.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not NULL, then
+** it should be a pointer to a well-formed unicode string that is
+** either UTF8 if the sixth parameter is SQLITE_UTF8, or UTF16
+** otherwise.
+**
+** [[byte-order determination rules]] ^The byte-order of
+** UTF16 input text is determined by the byte-order mark (BOM, U+FEFF)
+** found in first character, which is removed, or in the absence of a BOM
+** the byte order is the native byte order of the host
+** machine for sqlite3_bind_text16() or the byte order specified in
+** the 6th parameter for sqlite3_bind_text64().)^
+** ^If UTF16 input text contains invalid unicode
+** characters, then SQLite might change those invalid characters
+** into the unicode replacement character: U+FFFD.
**
** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the
@@ -5260,7 +5377,7 @@
** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then
** that parameter must be the byte offset
** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
-** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than
+** terminated. If any NUL characters occurs at byte offsets less than
** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings
** with embedded NULs is undefined.
@@ -5422,7 +5539,7 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
-** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the
+** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the
** [prepared statement] returns no data (for example an [UPDATE]).
** ^However, just because this routine returns a positive number does not
** mean that one or more rows of data will be returned. ^A SELECT statement
@@ -5604,7 +5721,7 @@
** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
-** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using
+** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using
** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
** sqlite3_step(). But after [version 3.6.23.1] ([dateof:3.6.23.1],
** sqlite3_step() began
@@ -5695,7 +5812,7 @@
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_int64</b><td>→<td>64-bit INTEGER result
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text</b><td>→<td>UTF-8 TEXT result
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text16</b><td>→<td>UTF-16 TEXT result
-** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an
+** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an
** [sqlite3_value|unprotected sqlite3_value] object.
** <tr><td> <td> <td>
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_bytes</b><td>→<td>Size of a BLOB
@@ -5743,7 +5860,7 @@
** The return value of sqlite3_column_type() can be used to decide which
** of the first six interface should be used to extract the column value.
** The value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no
-** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question.
+** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question.
** After a type conversion, the result of calling sqlite3_column_type()
** is undefined, though harmless. Future
** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
@@ -5771,7 +5888,7 @@
** the number of bytes in that string.
** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
**
-** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and
+** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and
** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by
** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
@@ -5790,7 +5907,7 @@
** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe.
** Hence, the sqlite3_column_value() interface
-** is normally only useful within the implementation of
+** is normally only useful within the implementation of
** [application-defined SQL functions] or [virtual tables], not within
** top-level application code.
**
@@ -5965,8 +6082,8 @@
** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between
-** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding
-** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being
+** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding
+** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being
** created) and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
** the application data pointer. Function sqlite3_create_window_function()
** is similar, but allows the user to supply the extra callback functions
@@ -5980,7 +6097,7 @@
** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name
-** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.
+** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.
** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
**
@@ -5995,7 +6112,7 @@
** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to
-** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes
+** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes
** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the
** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or
** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8]
@@ -6022,7 +6139,7 @@
** For best security, the [SQLITE_DIRECTONLY] flag is recommended for
** all application-defined SQL functions that do not need to be
** used inside of triggers, view, CHECK constraints, or other elements of
-** the database schema. This flags is especially recommended for SQL
+** the database schema. This flags is especially recommended for SQL
** functions that have side effects or reveal internal application state.
** Without this flag, an attacker might be able to modify the schema of
** a database file to include invocations of the function with parameters
@@ -6043,21 +6160,21 @@
** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function
** callbacks.
**
-** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue
+** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue
** and xInverse) passed to sqlite3_create_window_function are pointers to
** C-language callbacks that implement the new function. xStep and xFinal
** must both be non-NULL. xValue and xInverse may either both be NULL, in
-** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be
+** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be
** non-NULL, in which case the new function may be used as either an aggregate
** or aggregate window function. More details regarding the implementation
-** of aggregate window functions are
+** of aggregate window functions are
** [user-defined window functions|available here].
**
** ^(If the final parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() or
** sqlite3_create_window_function() is not NULL, then it is destructor for
-** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function
-** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection
-** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
+** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function
+** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection
+** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. ^When the destructor callback is
** invoked, it is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application
** data pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
@@ -6070,7 +6187,7 @@
** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding
** matches the database encoding is a better
-** match than a function where the encoding is different.
+** match than a function where the encoding is different.
** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
** between UTF8 and UTF16.
@@ -6142,7 +6259,7 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Function Flags
**
-** These constants may be ORed together with the
+** These constants may be ORed together with the
** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument
** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or
** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()].
@@ -6158,10 +6275,10 @@
** SQLite might also optimize deterministic functions by factoring them
** out of inner loops.
** </dd>
-**
+**
** [[SQLITE_DIRECTONLY]] <dt>SQLITE_DIRECTONLY</dt><dd>
** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flag means that the function may only be invoked
-** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in
+** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in
** schema structures such as [CHECK constraints], [DEFAULT clauses],
** [expression indexes], [partial indexes], or [generated columns].
** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flags is a security feature which is recommended
@@ -6214,7 +6331,7 @@
** DEPRECATED
**
** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain
-** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue
+** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue
** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid
** the use of these functions. To encourage programmers to avoid
** these functions, we will not explain what they do.
@@ -6282,11 +6399,11 @@
** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
**
-** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized
+** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized
** using [sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,X,D)] or [sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,X,D)]
** and if X and Y are strings that compare equal according to strcmp(X,Y),
** then sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) will return the pointer P. ^Otherwise,
-** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer()
+** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer()
** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0.
**
** ^(The sqlite3_value_type(V) interface returns the
@@ -6409,7 +6526,7 @@
** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
**
-** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called
+** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called
** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite allocates
** N bytes of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
@@ -6422,19 +6539,19 @@
** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
** first time from within xFinal().)^
**
-** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer
+** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer
** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory
** allocate error occurs.
**
** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the
-** value of N in any subsequents call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
+** value of N in any subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set
-** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no
+** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no
** pointless memory allocations occur.
**
-** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by
+** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by
** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
**
** The first parameter must be a copy of the
@@ -6484,7 +6601,7 @@
** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example
** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
-** metadata associated with the pattern string.
+** metadata associated with the pattern string.
** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same,
** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
** invocations of the same function.
@@ -6510,10 +6627,10 @@
** SQL statement)^, or
** <li> ^(when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same
** parameter)^, or
-** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory
+** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory
** allocation error occurs.)^ </ul>
**
-** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in
+** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in
** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the
** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata()
** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the
@@ -6585,8 +6702,9 @@
** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error
** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite
-** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
-** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
+** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 using
+** the same [byte-order determination rules] as [sqlite3_bind_text16()].
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
** message all text up through the first zero character.
** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
@@ -6654,6 +6772,25 @@
** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained
** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
**
+** ^For the sqlite3_result_text16(), sqlite3_result_text16le(), and
+** sqlite3_result_text16be() routines, and for sqlite3_result_text64()
+** when the encoding is not UTF8, if the input UTF16 begins with a
+** byte-order mark (BOM, U+FEFF) then the BOM is removed from the
+** string and the rest of the string is interpreted according to the
+** byte-order specified by the BOM. ^The byte-order specified by
+** the BOM at the beginning of the text overrides the byte-order
+** specified by the interface procedure. ^So, for example, if
+** sqlite3_result_text16le() is invoked with text that begins
+** with bytes 0xfe, 0xff (a big-endian byte-order mark) then the
+** first two bytes of input are skipped and the remaining input
+** is interpreted as UTF16BE text.
+**
+** ^For UTF16 input text to the sqlite3_result_text16(),
+** sqlite3_result_text16be(), sqlite3_result_text16le(), and
+** sqlite3_result_text64() routines, if the text contains invalid
+** UTF16 characters, the invalid characters might be converted
+** into the unicode replacement character, U+FFFD.
+**
** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
** the application-defined function to be a copy of the
** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The
@@ -6666,7 +6803,7 @@
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,T,D) interface sets the result to an
** SQL NULL value, just like [sqlite3_result_null(C)], except that it
-** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that
+** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that
** NULL value such that the pointer can be retrieved within an
** [application-defined SQL function] using [sqlite3_value_pointer()].
** ^If the D parameter is not NULL, then it is a pointer to a destructor
@@ -6708,8 +6845,8 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3_context
**
** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of
-** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with
-** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits
+** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with
+** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits
** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite;
** higher order bits are discarded.
** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase
@@ -6756,7 +6893,7 @@
** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
** that collation is no longer usable.
**
-** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg
+** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg
** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
** by the eTextRep argument. The two integer parameters to the collating
** function callback are the length of the two strings, in bytes. The collating
@@ -6787,36 +6924,36 @@
** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
**
-** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the
+** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the
** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke
-** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should
** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
-** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency
-** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards
+** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency
+** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards
** compatibility.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
- sqlite3*,
- const char *zName,
- int eTextRep,
+ sqlite3*,
+ const char *zName,
+ int eTextRep,
void *pArg,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
- sqlite3*,
- const char *zName,
- int eTextRep,
+ sqlite3*,
+ const char *zName,
+ int eTextRep,
void *pArg,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
void(*xDestroy)(void*)
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
- sqlite3*,
+ sqlite3*,
const void *zName,
- int eTextRep,
+ int eTextRep,
void *pArg,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);
@@ -6849,64 +6986,19 @@
** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
- sqlite3*,
- void*,
+ sqlite3*,
+ void*,
void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
- sqlite3*,
+ sqlite3*,
void*,
void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
);
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-/*
-** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be
-** called right after sqlite3_open().
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
- const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
- const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */
- const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */
-);
-
-/*
-** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not
-** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
-** database is decrypted.
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
- const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
- const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */
- const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */
-);
-
-/*
-** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless
-** activated, none of the SEE routines will work.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see(
- const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */
-);
-#endif
-
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
/*
-** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless
+** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless
** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod(
@@ -6962,7 +7054,7 @@
** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore,
** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
** using [sqlite3_free].
** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
@@ -7019,7 +7111,7 @@
** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore,
** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
** using [sqlite3_free].
** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
@@ -7232,7 +7324,7 @@
** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
**
** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
-** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
+** modified (i.e. sqlite_sequence).)^
** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
**
** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
@@ -7258,7 +7350,7 @@
** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
- sqlite3*,
+ sqlite3*,
void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
void*
);
@@ -7272,7 +7364,7 @@
** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
**
** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
-** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]).
+** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]).
** In prior versions of SQLite,
** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
**
@@ -7293,8 +7385,8 @@
** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag.
**
** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0
-** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems,
-** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via
+** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems,
+** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via
** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE].
**
** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
@@ -7347,7 +7439,7 @@
** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
-** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit
+** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit
** is advisory only.
**
** ^The sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) interface sets a hard upper bound of
@@ -7463,7 +7555,7 @@
**
** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
**
-** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table
+** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table
** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an
** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
@@ -7529,7 +7621,7 @@
** prior to calling this API,
** otherwise an error will be returned.
**
-** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the
+** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the
** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this
** interface. The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface
** should be avoided. This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()]
@@ -7616,7 +7708,7 @@
** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
-** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully
+** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully
** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
** routines.
*/
@@ -7651,8 +7743,8 @@
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
**
-** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module",
-** defines the implementation of a [virtual table].
+** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module",
+** defines the implementation of a [virtual table].
** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
**
** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
@@ -7691,7 +7783,7 @@
void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
void **ppArg);
int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
- /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those
+ /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those
** below are for version 2 and greater. */
int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
@@ -7741,7 +7833,7 @@
** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column
** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also
** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression
-** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to
+** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to
** non-zero.
**
** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
@@ -7768,17 +7860,17 @@
**
** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
-** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N)
+** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N)
** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
**
** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
** will be returned by the strategy.
**
-** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a
+** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a
** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag -
** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite
-** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row.
+** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row.
**
** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then
** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as
@@ -7791,14 +7883,14 @@
** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite.
**
** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
-** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]).
+** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]).
** If a virtual table extension is
-** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting
-** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely
+** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting
+** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely
** to include crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field
-** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]).
+** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]).
** It may therefore only be used if
** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to
** 3009000.
@@ -7838,7 +7930,7 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags
**
-** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the
+** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the
** [sqlite3_index_info].idxFlags field to some combination of
** these bits.
*/
@@ -7878,7 +7970,7 @@
** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
**
** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
-** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the
+** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the
** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to
** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth
** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
@@ -7993,7 +8085,7 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
-** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].
+** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].
** But global versions of those functions
** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
**
@@ -8044,7 +8136,7 @@
** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
** </pre>)^
**
-** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but
+** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but
** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is
** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement.
** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP
@@ -8057,28 +8149,28 @@
** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored
** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error
** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided
-** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()]
+** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()]
** on *ppBlob after this function it returns.
**
** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true:
** <ul>
-** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^,
-** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^,
-** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^,
+** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^,
+** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^,
+** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^,
** <li> ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^,
** <li> ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^,
** <li> ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not
** a TEXT or BLOB value)^,
-** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE
+** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE
** constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^,
-** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled,
+** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled,
** column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is
** being opened for read/write access)^.
** </ul>
**
-** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the
-** [database connection] error code and message accessible via
-** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions.
+** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the
+** [database connection] error code and message accessible via
+** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions.
**
** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the
** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using
@@ -8104,7 +8196,7 @@
** blob.
**
** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
-** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a
+** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a
** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface.
**
** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
@@ -8154,7 +8246,7 @@
** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
**
** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed
-** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the
+** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the
** handle is still closed.)^
**
** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if
@@ -8164,10 +8256,10 @@
** code is returned and the transaction rolled back.
**
** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an
-** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine
-** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to
+** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine
+** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to
** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function
-** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the
+** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the
** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
@@ -8176,7 +8268,7 @@
** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
**
-** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the
+** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the
** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The
** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
@@ -8227,9 +8319,9 @@
**
** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
-** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the
-** [database connection] error code and message accessible via
-** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions.
+** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the
+** [database connection] error code and message accessible via
+** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions.
**
** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
@@ -8238,9 +8330,9 @@
** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the
-** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined
-** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the
+** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined
+** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less
** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
**
** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
@@ -8334,7 +8426,7 @@
** <ul>
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
@@ -8392,7 +8484,7 @@
** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses
-** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable
+** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable
** behavior.)^
**
** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
@@ -8536,7 +8628,7 @@
*/
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN 2
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
@@ -8551,11 +8643,15 @@
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 12 /* For use by extension VFS */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 13 /* For use by application VFS */
+/* Legacy compatibility: */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2
+
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
-** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that
+** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that
** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
@@ -8582,7 +8678,7 @@
** method becomes the return value of this routine.
**
** A few opcodes for [sqlite3_file_control()] are handled directly
-** by the SQLite core and never invoke the
+** by the SQLite core and never invoke the
** sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] value for the op parameter causes
** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
@@ -8646,7 +8742,7 @@
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 /* NOT USED */
@@ -8669,7 +8765,7 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: SQL Keyword Checking
**
-** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords
+** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords
** recognized by SQLite. Applications can uses these routines to determine
** whether or not a specific identifier needs to be escaped (for example,
** by enclosing in double-quotes) so as not to confuse the parser.
@@ -8741,14 +8837,14 @@
**
** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface allocates and initializes
** a new [sqlite3_str] object. To avoid memory leaks, the object returned by
-** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to
+** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to
** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)].
**
** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface always returns a pointer to a
** valid [sqlite3_str] object, though in the event of an out-of-memory
** error the returned object might be a special singleton that will
-** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from
-** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for
+** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from
+** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for
** [sqlite3_str_length()], and always return NULL from
** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. It is always safe to use the value
** returned by [sqlite3_str_new(D)] as the sqlite3_str parameter
@@ -8784,9 +8880,9 @@
** These interfaces add content to an sqlite3_str object previously obtained
** from [sqlite3_str_new()].
**
-** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and
+** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and
** [sqlite3_str_vappendf(X,F,V)] interfaces uses the [built-in printf]
-** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of
+** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of
** [sqlite3_str] object X.
**
** ^The [sqlite3_str_append(X,S,N)] method appends exactly N bytes from string S
@@ -8803,7 +8899,7 @@
** ^This method can be used, for example, to add whitespace indentation.
**
** ^The [sqlite3_str_reset(X)] method resets the string under construction
-** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length.
+** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length.
**
** These methods do not return a result code. ^If an error occurs, that fact
** is recorded in the [sqlite3_str] object and can be recovered by a
@@ -8905,7 +9001,7 @@
** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
@@ -8914,11 +9010,11 @@
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
-** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using
+** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The
** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]]
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]]
** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
@@ -8931,7 +9027,7 @@
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
** handed to the [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
@@ -8944,7 +9040,7 @@
** <dd>No longer used.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
-** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack.
+** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack.
** The *pCurrent value is undefined. The *pHighwater value is only
** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
** </dl>
@@ -8966,12 +9062,12 @@
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
-** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the
** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument
** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
-** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of
+** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of
** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
**
@@ -9006,7 +9102,7 @@
** checked out.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were
** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
** the current value is always zero.)^
**
@@ -9031,7 +9127,7 @@
** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]]
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]]
** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter is similar to DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, except that if a
** pager cache is shared between two or more connections the bytes of heap
@@ -9046,7 +9142,7 @@
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
-** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^
+** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^
** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
@@ -9061,13 +9157,13 @@
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
** is always 0.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
** is always 0.
** </dd>
**
@@ -9125,7 +9221,7 @@
** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
-** an index.
+** an index.
**
** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement
@@ -9152,7 +9248,7 @@
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter
-** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through
+** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through
** careful use of indices.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
@@ -9170,14 +9266,14 @@
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt>
** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed
** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal
-** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be
+** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be
** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement.
** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647
** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined.
**
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE</dt>
** <dd>^This is the number of times that the prepare statement has been
-** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to
+** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to
** [bound parameters] that might affect the query plan.
**
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN</dt>
@@ -9237,15 +9333,15 @@
** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
**
** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
-** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an
+** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an
** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
-** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by
+** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by
** SQLite is used for the page cache.
-** By implementing a
+** By implementing a
** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
-** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which
-** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to
-** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for
+** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which
+** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to
+** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for
** how long.
**
** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
@@ -9258,19 +9354,19 @@
** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
**
** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
-** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective
+** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective
** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
-** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures
-** required by the custom page cache implementation.
-** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
+** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures
+** required by the custom page cache implementation.
+** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
** page cache.)^
**
** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-** It can be used to clean up
+** It can be used to clean up
** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
**
@@ -9289,7 +9385,7 @@
** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The
-** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage
+** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage
** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will
** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the
** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
@@ -9302,7 +9398,7 @@
** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
-** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.
+** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.
** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
** never contain any unpinned pages.
**
@@ -9317,12 +9413,12 @@
** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
-**
+**
** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
-** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to
+** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to
** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
-** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a
+** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a
** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
** for each entry in the page cache.
@@ -9361,8 +9457,8 @@
** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
**
-** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single
-** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls
+** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single
+** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls
** to xFetch().
**
** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
@@ -9402,7 +9498,7 @@
int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
- void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*,
+ void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*,
unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
@@ -9447,7 +9543,7 @@
**
** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
-** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files.
+** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files.
**
** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
**
@@ -9458,36 +9554,36 @@
** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
** preventing other database connections from
** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
-**
-** ^(To perform a backup operation:
+**
+** ^(To perform a backup operation:
** <ol>
** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
-** backup,
-** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer
+** backup,
+** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer
** the data between the two databases, and finally
-** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources
-** associated with the backup operation.
+** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources
+** associated with the backup operation.
** </ol>)^
** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
**
** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
**
-** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the
-** [database connection] associated with the destination database
+** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the
+** [database connection] associated with the destination database
** and the database name, respectively.
** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
-** ^The S and M arguments passed to
+** ^The S and M arguments passed to
** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
** and database name of the source database, respectively.
** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
** an error.
**
-** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if
-** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the
+** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if
+** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the
** destination database.
**
** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
@@ -9499,14 +9595,14 @@
** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
** [sqlite3_backup] object.
** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup
** operation.
**
** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
**
-** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between
+** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between
** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
-** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied.
+** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied.
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
@@ -9528,8 +9624,8 @@
**
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
-** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the
-** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then
+** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the
+** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then
** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
** [database connection]
@@ -9537,15 +9633,15 @@
** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
-** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then
-** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These
-** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept
-** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle
+** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then
+** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These
+** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept
+** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle
** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
**
** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
-** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete
+** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete
** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to
** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
@@ -9554,18 +9650,18 @@
** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an
** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
-** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source
+** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source
** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
** updated at the same time.
**
** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
**
-** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the
+** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the
** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
-** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object.
+** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object.
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
@@ -9605,8 +9701,8 @@
** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
** from within other threads.
**
-** However, the application must guarantee that the destination
-** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after
+** However, the application must guarantee that the destination
+** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after
** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see
** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
@@ -9617,11 +9713,11 @@
** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
-** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being
+** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being
** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
**
-** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple
** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
@@ -9646,8 +9742,8 @@
** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
-** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking.
-** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke
+** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking.
+** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke
** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
@@ -9655,14 +9751,14 @@
** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
**
** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
-** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back.
+** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back.
**
** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
-** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an
+** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an
** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
-** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as
** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
@@ -9676,15 +9772,15 @@
**
** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
-** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of
+** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of
** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
**
-** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a
+** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a
** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
-** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections
+** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections
** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
**
@@ -9697,7 +9793,7 @@
**
** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
**
-** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a
+** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a
** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
@@ -9710,12 +9806,12 @@
** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
-** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions
+** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions
** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
**
** <b>Deadlock Detection</b>
**
-** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a
+** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a
** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
@@ -9738,7 +9834,7 @@
**
** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
**
-** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost
+** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost
** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
@@ -9751,7 +9847,7 @@
** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
-** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just
+** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just
** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
@@ -9842,8 +9938,8 @@
** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode.
**
-** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and
-** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation
+** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and
+** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation
** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
**
** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
@@ -9862,7 +9958,7 @@
** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
** are undefined.
**
-** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback
+** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback
** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
@@ -9870,7 +9966,7 @@
** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
- sqlite3*,
+ sqlite3*,
int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
void*
);
@@ -9883,7 +9979,7 @@
** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
** to automatically [checkpoint]
** after committing a transaction if there are N or
-** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or
+** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or
** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
** checkpoints entirely.
**
@@ -9913,7 +10009,7 @@
** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to
** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^
**
-** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the
+** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the
** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be
** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to
** be reset. See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition
@@ -9939,10 +10035,10 @@
**
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
-** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database
-** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames
+** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database
+** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames
** in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback]
-** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode.
+** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode.
** ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished
** if there are concurrent readers or writers.
**
@@ -9956,9 +10052,9 @@
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition
-** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the
+** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the
** [busy-handler callback])
-** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures
+** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures
** that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning.
** ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new
** database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers.
@@ -9980,31 +10076,31 @@
** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero.
**
** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If
-** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the
-** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a
+** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the
+** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a
** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
**
-** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the
+** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the
** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be
** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and
** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock
** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before
** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
-** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as
-** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible
+** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as
+** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible
** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
**
** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
-** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to
+** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to
** [database connection] db. In this case the
-** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If
-** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the
-** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining
-** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other
-** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned
-** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error
-** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached
+** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If
+** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the
+** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining
+** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other
+** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned
+** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error
+** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached
** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
@@ -10064,7 +10160,7 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options
-** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options}
+** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options}
** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration option}
**
** These macros define the various options to the
@@ -10087,20 +10183,20 @@
** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
-** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite
+** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite
** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
-** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate.
+** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate.
** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
** had been ABORT.
**
** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
-** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the
-** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON
-** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should
+** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON
+** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should
** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT
** constraint handling.
** </dd>
**
@@ -10163,12 +10259,12 @@
** CAPI3REF: Determine The Collation For a Virtual Table Constraint
**
** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xBestIndex]
-** method of a [virtual table].
+** method of a [virtual table].
**
** The first argument must be the sqlite3_index_info object that is the
** first parameter to the xBestIndex() method. The second argument must be
** an index into the aConstraint[] array belonging to the sqlite3_index_info
-** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer
+** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer
** containing the name of the collation sequence for the corresponding
** constraint.
*/
@@ -10282,7 +10378,7 @@
int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */
int iScanStatusOp, /* Information desired. SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */
void *pOut /* Result written here */
-);
+);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters
@@ -10300,15 +10396,15 @@
**
** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the
** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty
-** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out
+** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out
** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an
** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database
** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)]
** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and
** any [attached] databases.
**
-** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages
-** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained
+** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages
+** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained
** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked
** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then
** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages
@@ -10346,7 +10442,7 @@
**
** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to real database tables; the
** preupdate hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or to
-** system tables like sqlite_master or sqlite_stat1.
+** system tables like sqlite_sequence or sqlite_stat1.
**
** ^The second parameter to the preupdate callback is a pointer to
** the [database connection] that registered the preupdate hook.
@@ -10355,16 +10451,16 @@
** kind of update operation that is about to occur.
** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the
** database within the database connection that is being modified. This
-** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or
+** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or
** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached
** databases.)^
** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the
** table that is being modified.
**
** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth
-** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the
+** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the
** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table,
-** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth
+** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth
** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the
** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted
** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback
@@ -10403,7 +10499,7 @@
**
** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate
** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete
-** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level
+** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level
** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level
** triggers; and so forth.
**
@@ -10437,7 +10533,7 @@
** The return value is OS-dependent. For example, on unix systems, after
** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be
** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such
-** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth.
+** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*);
@@ -10475,12 +10571,12 @@
** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly
** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK.
** If there is not already a read-transaction open on schema S when
-** this function is called, one is opened automatically.
+** this function is called, one is opened automatically.
**
** The following must be true for this function to succeed. If any of
** the following statements are false when sqlite3_snapshot_get() is
** called, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. The final value of *P is undefined
-** in this case.
+** in this case.
**
** <ul>
** <li> The database handle must not be in [autocommit mode].
@@ -10492,13 +10588,13 @@
**
** <li> One or more transactions must have been written to the current wal
** file since it was created on disk (by any connection). This means
-** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal
+** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal
** file immediately after it is first opened. At least one transaction
** must be written to it first.
** </ul>
**
** This function may also return SQLITE_NOMEM. If it is called with the
-** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason,
+** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason,
** whether or not a read transaction is opened on schema S is undefined.
**
** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to
@@ -10518,38 +10614,38 @@
** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot
** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot
**
-** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read
-** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of
-** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to
-** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the
-** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK
+** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read
+** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of
+** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to
+** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the
+** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK
** on success or an appropriate [error code] if it fails.
**
-** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in
+** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in
** [autocommit mode] when [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] is called. If there
** is already a read transaction open on schema S, then the database handle
** must have no active statements (SELECT statements that have been passed
-** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()).
+** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()).
** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if either of these conditions is violated, or
** if schema S does not exist, or if the snapshot object is invalid.
**
** ^A call to sqlite3_snapshot_open() will fail to open if the specified
-** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case
+** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case
** SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT is returned.
**
-** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is
+** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is
** invoked, then the same read transaction remains open (on the same
** database snapshot) if SQLITE_ERROR, SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT
** is returned. If another error code - for example SQLITE_PROTOCOL or an
** SQLITE_IOERR error code - is returned, then the final state of the
-** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the
+** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the
** read transaction is now open on database snapshot P.
**
** ^(A call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] will fail if the
** database connection D does not know that the database file for
** schema S is in [WAL mode]. A database connection might not know
** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior
-** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode]
+** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode]
** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^
** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened
** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.)
@@ -10581,17 +10677,17 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot
**
** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages
-** of two valid snapshot handles.
+** of two valid snapshot handles.
**
-** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database
-** file, the result of the comparison is undefined.
+** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database
+** file, the result of the comparison is undefined.
**
** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the
** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the
** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the
** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database
-** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the
-** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function
+** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the
+** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function
** is undefined.
**
** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older
@@ -10656,7 +10752,7 @@
** representation of the database will usually only exist if there has
** been a prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,...)] with the same
** values of D and S.
-** The size of the database is written into *P even if the
+** The size of the database is written into *P even if the
** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is set but no contiguous copy
** of the database exists.
**
@@ -10693,7 +10789,7 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Deserialize a database
**
-** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the
+** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the
** [database connection] D to disconnect from database S and then
** reopen S as an in-memory database based on the serialization contained
** in P. The serialized database P is N bytes in size. M is the size of
@@ -10712,7 +10808,7 @@
** database is currently in a read transaction or is involved in a backup
** operation.
**
-** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the
+** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the
** SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in argument F, then
** [sqlite3_free()] is invoked on argument P prior to returning.
**
@@ -10827,7 +10923,7 @@
};
/*
-** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be
+** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be
** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows:
**
** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...)
@@ -10842,7 +10938,7 @@
/*
-** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the
** argument to scored geometry callback registered using
** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
**
@@ -10937,7 +11033,7 @@
** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a
** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is
** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for
-** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting
+** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting
** either of these things are undefined.
**
** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in
@@ -10955,13 +11051,13 @@
** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object
** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session
**
-** Delete a session object previously allocated using
+** Delete a session object previously allocated using
** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the
** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module
** function are undefined.
**
** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they
-** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for
+** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for
** [sqlite3session_create()] for details.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession);
@@ -10979,10 +11075,10 @@
** the eventual changesets.
**
** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value
-** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a
+** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a
** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session.
**
-** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if
+** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if
** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable);
@@ -10997,7 +11093,7 @@
** <ul>
** <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is
** made, or
-** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action
+** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action
** instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement.
** </ul>
**
@@ -11009,10 +11105,10 @@
** flag. If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the
** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag
** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value
-** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the
+** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the
** indirect flag for the specified session object.
**
-** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if
+** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if
** it is clear, or 1 if it is set.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect);
@@ -11022,20 +11118,20 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach
-** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes
-** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See
+** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes
+** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See
** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details.
**
** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables
-** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by
-** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for
+** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by
+** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for
** the new tables are also recorded.
**
** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly
-** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the
+** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the
** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY
** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key.
-**
+**
** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor
** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However,
** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios.
@@ -11043,29 +11139,29 @@
** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored
** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error
** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned.
**
** <h3>Special sqlite_stat1 Handling</h3>
**
-** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to
+** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to
** some of the rules above. In SQLite, the schema of sqlite_stat1 is:
** <pre>
-** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)
+** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)
** </pre>
**
-** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are
-** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes
+** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are
+** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes
** are recorded for rows for which (idx IS NULL) is true. However, for such
** rows a zero-length blob (SQL value X'') is stored in the changeset or
** patchset instead of a NULL value. This allows such changesets to be
** manipulated by legacy implementations of sqlite3changeset_invert(),
** concat() and similar.
**
-** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the
+** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the
** zero-length blob back to a NULL value when updating the sqlite_stat1
** table. However, if the application calls sqlite3changeset_new(),
-** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset
+** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset
** iterator directly (including on a changeset iterator passed to a
** conflict-handler callback) then the X'' value is returned. The application
** must translate X'' to NULL itself if required.
@@ -11084,10 +11180,10 @@
** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object.
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
-** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows
+** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows
** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called
-** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not.
-** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is
+** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not.
+** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is
** attached, xFilter will not be called again.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter(
@@ -11103,9 +11199,9 @@
** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
-** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the
-** session object passed as the first argument. If successful,
-** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset
+** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the
+** session object passed as the first argument. If successful,
+** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset
** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning
** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to
** zero and return an SQLite error code.
@@ -11120,7 +11216,7 @@
** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it
** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT.
**
-** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or
+** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or
** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted,
** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this
** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in
@@ -11173,14 +11269,14 @@
** <ul>
** <li> For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried
** for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT
-** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change
+** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change
** is added to the changeset.
**
-** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is
+** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is
** queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is
** found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been
-** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to
-** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE
+** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to
+** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE
** change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching
** primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original
** values, no change is added to the changeset.
@@ -11188,7 +11284,7 @@
**
** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later
** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete
-** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a
+** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a
** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is
** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of
** a DELETE and an INSERT.
@@ -11197,10 +11293,10 @@
** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted.
** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row
** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row
-** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while
+** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while
** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the
** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled.
-** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and
+** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and
** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the
** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields.
*/
@@ -11221,7 +11317,7 @@
** an error).
**
** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.)
-** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains
+** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains
** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function.
** A table is considered compatible if it:
**
@@ -11237,25 +11333,25 @@
** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored.
**
** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be
-** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table")
-** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session
+** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table")
+** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session
** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically:
**
** <ul>
-** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in
+** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in
** the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object.
**
-** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in
+** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in
** the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object.
**
-** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features
+** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features
** different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the
-** session.
+** session.
** </ul>
**
** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed
-** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to
-** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be
+** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to
+** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be
** identical.
**
** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the
@@ -11263,7 +11359,7 @@
**
** If the operation is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite
** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg
-** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error
+** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error
** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using
** sqlite3_free().
*/
@@ -11282,19 +11378,19 @@
** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that:
**
** <ul>
-** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The
+** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The
** original values of other fields are omitted.
-** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from
+** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from
** UPDATE records.
** </ul>
**
-** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all
-** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(),
+** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all
+** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(),
** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly,
** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the
-** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.
+** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.
**
-** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no
+** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no
** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset
** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work
** in the same way as for changesets.
@@ -11313,22 +11409,22 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes.
**
-** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by
-** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or
+** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by
+** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or
** more changes have been recorded, return zero.
**
** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling
** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a
-** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in
-** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values
+** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in
+** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values
** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is
-** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a
+** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a
** changeset containing zero changes.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset
+** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset.
@@ -11336,7 +11432,7 @@
** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an
** SQLite error code is returned.
**
-** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset
+** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset
** iterator created by this function:
**
** <ul>
@@ -11353,12 +11449,12 @@
**
** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the
** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or
-** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset
-** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when
-** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by
-** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited
-** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change
-** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit
+** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset
+** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when
+** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by
+** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited
+** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change
+** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit
** another change for table X.
**
** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_start_v2() and its streaming equivalent
@@ -11409,12 +11505,12 @@
** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances
** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If
** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call
-** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned.
+** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned.
** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited,
** SQLITE_DONE is returned.
**
-** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error
-** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error
+** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or
** SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);
@@ -11432,14 +11528,14 @@
** If argument pzTab is not NULL, then *pzTab is set to point to a
** nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing the name of the table
** affected by the current change. The buffer remains valid until either
-** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the
-** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is
+** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the
+** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is
** set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change. If
** pbIndirect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change
** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for
** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect
-** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of
-** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the
+** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of
+** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the
** type of change that the iterator currently points to.
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an
@@ -11493,7 +11589,7 @@
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
-** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW.
+** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW.
** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise,
** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL.
@@ -11503,9 +11599,9 @@
** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
**
** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected
-** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of
+** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of
** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and
-** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this
+** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this
** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers.
**
** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
@@ -11524,7 +11620,7 @@
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
-** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW.
+** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW.
** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise,
** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL.
@@ -11534,12 +11630,12 @@
** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
**
** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected
-** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of
+** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of
** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and
** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include
-** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and
-** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that
-** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete
+** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and
+** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that
+** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete
** triggers.
**
** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
@@ -11566,7 +11662,7 @@
** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
**
** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected
-** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the
+** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the
** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback
** and returns SQLITE_OK.
**
@@ -11610,7 +11706,7 @@
** call has no effect.
**
** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx()
-** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an
+** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an
** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding
** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is
** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code):
@@ -11622,7 +11718,7 @@
** }
** rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize();
** if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-** // An error has occurred
+** // An error has occurred
** }
** </pre>
*/
@@ -11650,7 +11746,7 @@
** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned.
**
** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free()
-** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful
+** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful
** call to this function.
**
** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid
@@ -11664,11 +11760,11 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects
**
-** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a
+** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a
** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying
-** changeset A followed by changeset B.
+** changeset A followed by changeset B.
**
-** This function combines the two input changesets using an
+** This function combines the two input changesets using an
** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the
** following code fragment:
**
@@ -11700,7 +11796,7 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle
**
-** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more
+** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more
** [changesets] or [patchsets]
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup;
@@ -11716,7 +11812,7 @@
**
** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with
** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller
-** should eventually free the returned object using a call to
+** should eventually free the returned object using a call to
** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code
** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
**
@@ -11728,7 +11824,7 @@
** <li> Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object
** by calling sqlite3changegroup_add().
**
-** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained
+** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained
** by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output().
**
** <li> The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete().
@@ -11737,7 +11833,7 @@
** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to
** new() and delete(), and in any order.
**
-** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and
+** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and
** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming
** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm().
*/
@@ -11748,7 +11844,7 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup
**
** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size
-** nData bytes) to the changegroup.
+** nData bytes) to the changegroup.
**
** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function
** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if
@@ -11775,7 +11871,7 @@
** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already
** added to the changegroup.
** <tr><td>INSERT <td>UPDATE <td>
-** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the
+** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the
** INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the
** existing change and then updated according to the new change.
** <tr><td>INSERT <td>DELETE <td>
@@ -11786,17 +11882,17 @@
** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already
** added to the changegroup.
** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>UPDATE <td>
-** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended
-** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once
+** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended
+** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once
** by the existing change and then again by the new change.
** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>DELETE <td>
** The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the
** changegroup.
** <tr><td>DELETE <td>INSERT <td>
** If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the
-** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing
+** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing
** change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the
-** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same
+** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same
** as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded.
** <tr><td>DELETE <td>UPDATE <td>
** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new
@@ -11841,7 +11937,7 @@
**
** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output
** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK
-** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a
+** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a
** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the
** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a
** call to sqlite3_free().
@@ -11863,7 +11959,7 @@
**
** Apply a changeset or patchset to a database. These functions attempt to
** update the "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in
-** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments.
+** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments.
**
** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to these functions is the "filter
** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one
@@ -11874,16 +11970,16 @@
** Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter argument to
** is NULL, all changes related to the table are attempted.
**
-** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function
-** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is
+** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function
+** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is
** considered compatible if all of the following are true:
**
** <ul>
-** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the
+** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the
** changeset, and
-** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the
+** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the
** changeset, and
-** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as
+** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as
** recorded in the changeset.
** </ul>
**
@@ -11892,11 +11988,11 @@
** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most
** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset.
**
-** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made
-** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE
-** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler
-** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be
-** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for
+** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made
+** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE
+** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler
+** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be
+** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for
** each type of change is below.
**
** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results
@@ -11904,23 +12000,23 @@
** argument are undefined.
**
** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one
-** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or
+** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned
** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either
** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler
** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and
-** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different
+** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different
** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value
** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to
-** the documentation for the three
+** the documentation for the three
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details.
**
** <dl>
** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd>
-** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database
-** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the
-** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values
-** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in
+** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database
+** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the
+** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values
+** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in
** the changeset the row is deleted from the target database.
**
** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
@@ -11949,22 +12045,22 @@
** database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default
** values.
**
-** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already
+** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already
** contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler
-** function is invoked with the second argument set to
+** function is invoked with the second argument set to
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT].
**
** If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint
-** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is
+** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is
** invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT].
-** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because
-** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned
+** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because
+** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
**
** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd>
-** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database
-** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the
-** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values
+** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database
+** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the
+** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values
** stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values
** stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database.
**
@@ -11980,12 +12076,12 @@
** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND]
** passed as the second argument.
**
-** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with
+** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument.
-** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after
+** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after
** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned
-** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
+** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
** </dl>
**
** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the
@@ -11996,12 +12092,12 @@
** All changes made by these functions are enclosed in a savepoint transaction.
** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to
** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is
-** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an
+** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an
** SQLite error code returned.
**
** If the output parameters (ppRebase) and (pnRebase) are non-NULL and
** the input is a changeset (not a patchset), then sqlite3changeset_apply_v2()
-** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the
+** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the
** sqlite3_rebaser APIs buffer before returning. In this case (*pnRebase)
** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the
** caller to eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). The buffer
@@ -12062,7 +12158,7 @@
** SAVEPOINT is committed if the changeset or patchset is successfully
** applied, or rolled back if an error occurs. Specifying this flag
** causes the sessions module to omit this savepoint. In this case, if the
-** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called,
+** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called,
** it may revert the partially applied changeset by rolling it back.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT <dd>
@@ -12073,7 +12169,7 @@
#define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT 0x0001
#define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT 0x0002
-/*
+/*
** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler
**
** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler.
@@ -12082,32 +12178,32 @@
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA<dd>
** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument
** when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required
-** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other
-** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the
+** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other
+** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the
** expected "before" values.
-**
+**
** The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching
** primary key.
-**
+**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND<dd>
** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second
** argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the
** required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database.
-**
+**
** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the
** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined.
-**
+**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT<dd>
** CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict
-** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result
+** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result
** in duplicate primary key values.
-**
+**
** The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching
** primary key.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY<dd>
** If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the
-** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict
+** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict
** handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument
** exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler
** returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the
@@ -12117,12 +12213,12 @@
** No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function
** it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle
** is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts().
-**
+**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT<dd>
-** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e.
-** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is
+** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e.
+** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is
** invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument.
-**
+**
** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the
** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined.
**
@@ -12134,7 +12230,7 @@
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT 4
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5
-/*
+/*
** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler
**
** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values.
@@ -12142,13 +12238,13 @@
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT<dd>
** If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The
-** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module
+** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module
** continues to the next change in the changeset.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE<dd>
** This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict
** handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this
-** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the
+** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the
** call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE.
**
** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict
@@ -12161,7 +12257,7 @@
** the original row is restored to the database before continuing.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT<dd>
-** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back
+** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back
** and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT.
** </dl>
*/
@@ -12169,20 +12265,20 @@
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE 1
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT 2
-/*
+/*
** CAPI3REF: Rebasing changesets
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Suppose there is a site hosting a database in state S0. And that
** modifications are made that move that database to state S1 and a
** changeset recorded (the "local" changeset). Then, a changeset based
-** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and
-** applied to the database. The database is then in state
+** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and
+** applied to the database. The database is then in state
** (S1+"remote"), where the exact state depends on any conflict
** resolution decisions (OMIT or REPLACE) made while applying "remote".
-** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict
+** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict
** resolution decisions into account, so that the same conflicts
-** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network.
+** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network.
**
** For example, if both the local and remote changesets contain an
** INSERT of the same key on "CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY, b)":
@@ -12201,7 +12297,7 @@
**
** <dl>
** <dt>Local INSERT<dd>
-** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict
+** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict
** resolution was OMIT, then add an UPDATE change to the rebased
** changeset. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, add
** nothing to the rebased changeset.
@@ -12225,12 +12321,12 @@
** the old.* values are rebased using the new.* values in the remote
** change. Or, if the resolution is REPLACE, then the change is copied
** into the rebased changeset with updates to columns also updated by
-** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would
+** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would
** be updated, the change is omitted.
** </dl>
**
-** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes
-** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote
+** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes
+** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote
** changesets, they are combined as follows before the local changeset
** is rebased:
**
@@ -12243,10 +12339,10 @@
** of the OMIT resolutions.
** </ul>
**
-** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are
-** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the
-** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single
-** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for
+** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are
+** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the
+** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single
+** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for
** OMIT.
**
** In order to rebase a local changeset, the remote changeset must first
@@ -12254,7 +12350,7 @@
** the buffer of rebase information captured. Then:
**
** <ol>
-** <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling
+** <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling
** sqlite3rebaser_create().
** <li> The new object is configured with the rebase buffer obtained from
** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() by calling sqlite3rebaser_configure().
@@ -12275,8 +12371,8 @@
**
** Allocate a new changeset rebaser object. If successful, set (*ppNew) to
** point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error
-** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew)
-** to NULL.
+** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew)
+** to NULL.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew);
@@ -12290,9 +12386,9 @@
** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure(
- sqlite3_rebaser*,
+ sqlite3_rebaser*,
int nRebase, const void *pRebase
-);
+);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Rebase a changeset
@@ -12302,7 +12398,7 @@
** in size. This function allocates and populates a buffer with a copy
** of the changeset rebased according to the configuration of the
** rebaser object passed as the first argument. If successful, (*ppOut)
-** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and
+** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and
** (*pnOut) to its size in bytes and SQLITE_OK returned. It is the
** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the new buffer using
** sqlite3_free(). Otherwise, if an error occurs, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut)
@@ -12310,8 +12406,8 @@
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase(
sqlite3_rebaser*,
- int nIn, const void *pIn,
- int *pnOut, void **ppOut
+ int nIn, const void *pIn,
+ int *pnOut, void **ppOut
);
/*
@@ -12322,30 +12418,30 @@
** should be one call to this function for each successful invocation
** of sqlite3rebaser_create().
*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions.
**
-** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the
+** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the
** corresponding non-streaming API functions:
**
** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex">
** <tr><th>Streaming function<th>Non-streaming equivalent</th>
-** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset]
** </table>
**
** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input
-** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory.
-** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning
-** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc().
-** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a
+** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory.
+** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning
+** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc().
+** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a
** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the
** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous.
**
@@ -12367,12 +12463,12 @@
** </pre>
**
** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first
-** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second
-** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no
-** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data
-** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied
-** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData)
-** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite
+** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second
+** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no
+** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data
+** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied
+** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData)
+** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite
** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns
** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function
** returns a copy of the error code to the caller.
@@ -12380,7 +12476,7 @@
** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be
** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the
** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters
-** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions
+** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions
** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput.
**
** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets)
@@ -12410,7 +12506,7 @@
** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy
** of the xOutput error code to the application.
**
-** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third
+** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third
** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this,
** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned.
*/
@@ -12481,12 +12577,12 @@
int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
void *pOut
);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
void *pIn
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
- int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+ int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
void *pOut
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm(
@@ -12501,16 +12597,16 @@
** CAPI3REF: Configure global parameters
**
** The sqlite3session_config() interface is used to make global configuration
-** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs
+** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs
** of the application.
**
** The sqlite3session_config() interface is not threadsafe. If it is invoked
** while any other thread is inside any other sessions method then the
** results are undefined. Furthermore, if it is invoked after any sessions
-** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined.
+** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined.
**
** The first argument to the sqlite3session_config() function must be one
-** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The
+** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The
** interpretation of the (void*) value passed as the second parameter and
** the effect of calling this function depends on the value of the first
** parameter.
@@ -12560,7 +12656,7 @@
**
******************************************************************************
**
-** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file,
+** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file,
** FTS5 may be extended with:
**
** * custom tokenizers, and
@@ -12604,19 +12700,19 @@
** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS
**
** xUserData(pFts):
-** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was
+** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was
** registered with.
**
** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken):
** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken
** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is
** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return
-** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in
+** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in
** the FTS5 table.
**
** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
-** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
+** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
** returned.
**
** xColumnCount(pFts):
@@ -12630,7 +12726,7 @@
**
** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
-** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
+** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
** returned.
**
** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table
@@ -12657,8 +12753,8 @@
** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
-** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
+** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
+** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0.
**
** xInst:
@@ -12673,7 +12769,7 @@
** code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option.
+** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option.
**
** xRowid:
** Returns the rowid of the current row.
@@ -12689,11 +12785,11 @@
**
** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the
** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to
-** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each
-** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument
-** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback
+** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each
+** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument
+** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback
** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row.
-** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as
+** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as
** the third argument to pUserData.
**
** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the
@@ -12708,14 +12804,14 @@
**
** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete)
**
-** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's
+** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's
** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any
** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of
** the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API.
**
** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for
-** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked
-** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a
+** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked
+** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a
** single auxiliary data context.
**
** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is
@@ -12734,7 +12830,7 @@
**
** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear)
**
-** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension
+** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension
** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details.
**
** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared
@@ -12754,7 +12850,7 @@
** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within
** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the
** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient
-** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate
+** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate
** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code:
**
** Fts5PhraseIter iter;
@@ -12772,8 +12868,8 @@
** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below).
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
-** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
+** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
+** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates
** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1).
**
@@ -12797,16 +12893,16 @@
** }
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either
-** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table),
-** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to
+** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either
+** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table),
+** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to
** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1).
**
** The information accessed using this API and its companion
** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext
** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is
** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with
-** "detail=column" tables.
+** "detail=column" tables.
**
** xPhraseNextColumn()
** See xPhraseFirstColumn above.
@@ -12820,7 +12916,7 @@
int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow);
int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken);
- int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*,
+ int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*,
const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */
void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */
int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */
@@ -12849,15 +12945,15 @@
void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol);
};
-/*
+/*
** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS
**
-** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer
-** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the
+** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer
+** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the
** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting
** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined
** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows:
@@ -12868,16 +12964,16 @@
**
** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*)
** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object
-** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()).
+** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()).
** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings
** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the
** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used
** to create the FTS5 table.
**
-** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut)
+** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut)
** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK
** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should
-** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut
+** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut
** is undefined.
**
** xDelete:
@@ -12886,7 +12982,7 @@
** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
**
** xTokenize:
-** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated
+** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated
** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first
** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object
** returned by an earlier call to xCreate().
@@ -12900,8 +12996,8 @@
** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the
** FTS index.
**
-** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed
-** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize
+** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed
+** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize
** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query.
**
** <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as
@@ -12909,10 +13005,10 @@
** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token
** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix.
**
-** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to
+** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to
** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary
** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same
-** on a columnsize=0 database.
+** on a columnsize=0 database.
** </ul>
**
** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must
@@ -12924,10 +13020,10 @@
** which the token is derived within the input.
**
** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should
-** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports
+** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports
** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details.
**
-** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the
+** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the
** order that they occur within the input text.
**
** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then
@@ -12941,7 +13037,7 @@
** SYNONYM SUPPORT
**
** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a
-** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the
+** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the
** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances
** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms
** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match
@@ -12961,34 +13057,34 @@
**
** <li> By querying the index for all synonyms of each query term
** separately. In this case, when tokenizing query text, the
-** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term
-** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each
+** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term
+** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each
** synonym individually. For example, faced with the query:
**
** <codeblock>
** ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock>
**
** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the
-** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query
+** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query
** similar to:
**
** <codeblock>
** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock>
**
** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query
-** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)"
+** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)"
** being treated as a single phrase.
**
** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer
-** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a
+** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a
** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are
** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and
** "place".
**
** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms
** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do so would be
-** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for
+** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for
** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entries in the
** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token.
** </ol>
@@ -13009,11 +13105,11 @@
**
** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time
** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token
-** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence.
+** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence.
** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a
** single token.
**
-** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add
+** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add
** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms,
** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it
** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the
@@ -13025,18 +13121,18 @@
** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer
** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first").
**
-** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case,
+** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case,
** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix
** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because
** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space
** within the database.
**
** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method,
-** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal
+** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal
** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to
** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st'
** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require
-** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index.
+** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index.
** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries,
** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym.
**
@@ -13050,10 +13146,10 @@
struct fts5_tokenizer {
int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut);
void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*);
- int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*,
+ int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*,
void *pCtx,
int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */
- const char *pText, int nText,
+ const char *pText, int nText,
int (*xToken)(
void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */
int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
@@ -13150,7 +13246,7 @@
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-**
+**
** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
*/
@@ -13198,9 +13294,9 @@
#endif
/*
-** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to
-** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might
-** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an
+** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to
+** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might
+** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an
** expression.
**
** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced.
@@ -13272,9 +13368,12 @@
/*
** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
+** If the value exceeds 32767 then extra space is required for the Expr
+** structure. But otherwise, we believe that the number can be as large
+** as a signed 32-bit integer can hold.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
-# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
+# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 32766
#endif
/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit
@@ -13282,10 +13381,10 @@
**
** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at
** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates
-** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library
-** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database
-** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite
-** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback
+** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library
+** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database
+** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite
+** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback
** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
@@ -13344,7 +13443,7 @@
** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
**
** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself
-** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all
+** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all
** may be executed.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH
@@ -13364,6 +13463,21 @@
#endif
/*
+** WAL mode depends on atomic aligned 32-bit loads and stores in a few
+** places. The following macros try to make this explicit.
+*/
+#ifndef __has_extension
+# define __has_extension(x) 0 /* compatibility with non-clang compilers */
+#endif
+#if GCC_VERSION>=4007000 || __has_extension(c_atomic)
+# define AtomicLoad(PTR) __atomic_load_n((PTR),__ATOMIC_RELAXED)
+# define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL) __atomic_store_n((PTR),(VAL),__ATOMIC_RELAXED)
+#else
+# define AtomicLoad(PTR) (*(PTR))
+# define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL) (*(PTR) = (VAL))
+#endif
+
+/*
** Include standard header files as necessary
*/
#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
@@ -13762,7 +13876,7 @@
** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list.
**
** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done
-** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the
+** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the
** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements
** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage
** the hash table.
@@ -13777,7 +13891,7 @@
} *ht;
};
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
**
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
@@ -14126,7 +14240,7 @@
#endif
/*
-** The compile-time options SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and
+** The compile-time options SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and
** SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE are not compatible with one another.
** You must choose one or the other (or neither) but not both.
*/
@@ -14348,6 +14462,7 @@
** compilers.
*/
#define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
+#define LARGEST_UINT64 (0xffffffff|(((u64)0xffffffff)<<32))
#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
/*
@@ -14425,6 +14540,16 @@
#else
# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0
#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
+# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 1
+# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X) \
+ if(sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace&(K)) \
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("%u/%d/%p: ",(S)->selId,(P)->addrExplain,(S)),\
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X)
+# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0
+#endif
/*
** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
@@ -14440,26 +14565,27 @@
int (*xBusyHandler)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */
void *pBusyArg; /* First arg to busy callback */
int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */
- u8 bExtraFileArg; /* Include sqlite3_file as callback arg */
};
/*
-** Name of the master database table. The master database table
-** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
-** user tables and indices.
+** Name of table that holds the database schema.
*/
-#define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master"
-#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master"
+#define DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE "sqlite_master"
+#define DFLT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE "sqlite_temp_master"
+#define ALT_SCHEMA_TABLE "sqlite_schema"
+#define ALT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE "sqlite_temp_schema"
+
/*
-** The root-page of the master database table.
+** The root-page of the schema table.
*/
-#define MASTER_ROOT 1
+#define SCHEMA_ROOT 1
/*
-** The name of the schema table.
+** The name of the schema table. The name is different for TEMP.
*/
-#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)
+#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) \
+ ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?DFLT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE:DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE)
/*
** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
@@ -14480,7 +14606,7 @@
** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC
** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT.
*/
-#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize)
+#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3OomFault)
/*
** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does
@@ -14620,6 +14746,253 @@
** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque
** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above.
*/
+/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
+** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_PAGER_H
+#define SQLITE_PAGER_H
+
+/*
+** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative
+** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the
+** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
+ #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file
+** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page".
+*/
+typedef u32 Pgno;
+
+/*
+** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Pager Pager;
+
+/*
+** Handle type for pages.
+*/
+typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
+
+/*
+** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
+** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
+** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file
+** is devoted to storing a super-journal name - there are no more pages to
+** roll back. See comments for function writeSuperJournal() in pager.c
+** for details.
+*/
+#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
+**
+** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
+*/
+#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */
+#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0002 /* In-memory database */
+
+/*
+** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
+*/
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1
+
+/*
+** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode.
+**
+** The numeric values encoded here (other than PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY)
+** are exposed in the API via the "PRAGMA journal_mode" command and
+** therefore cannot be changed without a compatibility break.
+*/
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */
+
+/*
+** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerGet().
+*/
+#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT 0x01 /* Do not load data from disk */
+#define PAGER_GET_READONLY 0x02 /* Read-only page is acceptable */
+
+/*
+** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags()
+**
+** Value constraints (enforced via assert()):
+** PAGER_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_FullFSync
+** PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_CkptFullFSync
+** PAGER_CACHE_SPILL == SQLITE_CacheSpill
+*/
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF 0x01 /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL 0x02 /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL 0x03 /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA 0x04 /* PRAGMA synchronous=EXTRA */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x07 /* Mask for four values above */
+#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */
+#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x10 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */
+#define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x20 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */
+#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x38 /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */
+
+/*
+** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
+** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for
+** a detailed description of each routine.
+*/
+
+/* Open and close a Pager connection. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs*,
+ Pager **ppPager,
+ const char*,
+ int,
+ int,
+ int,
+ void(*)(DbPage*)
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
+
+/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, Pgno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager*);
+
+/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage*);
+
+/* Operations on page references. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *);
+
+/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zSuper, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*, int, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*);
+# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager*, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager*, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager*, sqlite3*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(y,z) SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3PagerWalDb(x,y)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager);
+#endif
+
+/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *);
+
+/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16);
+
+/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
+ void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+ void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+#else
+# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
+# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_H */
+
+/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/
/*
@@ -14695,20 +15068,20 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,Pgno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetRequestedReserve(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, Pgno*, int flags);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*);
@@ -14750,7 +15123,7 @@
/*
** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta
-** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned
+** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned
** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an
** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula:
**
@@ -14821,7 +15194,7 @@
#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 /* Used to full index in sorted order */
#define BTREE_SEEK_EQ 0x00000002 /* EQ seeks only - no range seeks */
-/*
+/*
** Flags passed as the third argument to sqlite3BtreeCursor().
**
** For read-only cursors the wrFlag argument is always zero. For read-write
@@ -14849,7 +15222,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */
- int iTable, /* Index of root page */
+ Pgno iTable, /* Index of root page */
int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */
struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */
BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */
@@ -14889,7 +15262,7 @@
** The nMem field might be zero, indicating that no decomposition is available.
**
** Table btrees (used for rowid tables) contain an integer rowid used as
-** the key and passed in the nKey field. The pKey field is zero.
+** the key and passed in the nKey field. The pKey field is zero.
** pData,nData hold the content of the new entry. nZero extra zero bytes
** are appended to the end of the content when constructing the entry.
** The aMem,nMem fields are uninitialized for table btrees.
@@ -14908,7 +15281,7 @@
**
** This object is used to pass information into sqlite3BtreeInsert(). The
** same information used to be passed as five separate parameters. But placing
-** the information into this object helps to keep the interface more
+** the information into this object helps to keep the interface more
** organized and understandable, and it also helps the resulting code to
** run a little faster by using fewer registers for parameter passing.
*/
@@ -14940,7 +15313,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeMaxRecordSize(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(sqlite3*,Btree*,int*aRoot,int nRoot,int,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(sqlite3*,Btree*,Pgno*aRoot,int nRoot,int,int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(BtCursor*);
@@ -14960,9 +15333,7 @@
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(BtCursor*);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(sqlite3*, BtCursor*, i64*);
-#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
@@ -14985,7 +15356,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree*);
#else
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0
# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
@@ -15079,7 +15450,7 @@
Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
- int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
+ u32 *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */
Table *pTab; /* Used when p4type is P4_TABLE */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
@@ -15159,7 +15530,7 @@
#define P5_ConstraintFK 4
/*
-** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the
+** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the
** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
*/
#define COLNAME_NAME 0
@@ -15255,8 +15626,8 @@
#define OP_IncrVacuum 60 /* jump */
#define OP_VNext 61 /* jump */
#define OP_Init 62 /* jump, synopsis: Start at P2 */
-#define OP_PureFunc 63 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */
-#define OP_Function 64 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */
+#define OP_PureFunc 63 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@NP]) */
+#define OP_Function 64 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@NP]) */
#define OP_Return 65
#define OP_EndCoroutine 66
#define OP_HaltIfNull 67 /* synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt */
@@ -15322,8 +15693,8 @@
#define OP_Rowid 127 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */
#define OP_NullRow 128
#define OP_SeekEnd 129
-#define OP_SorterInsert 130 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */
-#define OP_IdxInsert 131 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */
+#define OP_IdxInsert 130 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */
+#define OP_SorterInsert 131 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */
#define OP_IdxDelete 132 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] */
#define OP_DeferredSeek 133 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed */
#define OP_IdxRowid 134 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */
@@ -15477,6 +15848,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, int P3);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u16 P5);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(Vdbe*, int addr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe*, u8 op);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
@@ -15536,6 +15908,9 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHasSubProgram(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NotPureFunc(sqlite3_context*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeBytecodeVtabInit(sqlite3*);
+#endif
/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on
** each VDBE opcode.
@@ -15640,257 +16015,6 @@
/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
-/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
-** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
-** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_PAGER_H
-#define SQLITE_PAGER_H
-
-/*
-** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative
-** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the
-** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
- #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file
-** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page".
-*/
-typedef u32 Pgno;
-
-/*
-** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
-*/
-typedef struct Pager Pager;
-
-/*
-** Handle type for pages.
-*/
-typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
-
-/*
-** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
-** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
-** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file
-** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
-** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c
-** for details.
-*/
-#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
-**
-** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
-*/
-#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */
-#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0002 /* In-memory database */
-
-/*
-** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
-*/
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1
-
-/*
-** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode.
-**
-** The numeric values encoded here (other than PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY)
-** are exposed in the API via the "PRAGMA journal_mode" command and
-** therefore cannot be changed without a compatibility break.
-*/
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */
-
-/*
-** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerGet().
-*/
-#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT 0x01 /* Do not load data from disk */
-#define PAGER_GET_READONLY 0x02 /* Read-only page is acceptable */
-
-/*
-** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags()
-**
-** Value constraints (enforced via assert()):
-** PAGER_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_FullFSync
-** PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_CkptFullFSync
-** PAGER_CACHE_SPILL == SQLITE_CacheSpill
-*/
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF 0x01 /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL 0x02 /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL 0x03 /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA 0x04 /* PRAGMA synchronous=EXTRA */
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x07 /* Mask for four values above */
-#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */
-#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x10 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */
-#define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x20 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */
-#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x38 /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */
-
-/*
-** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
-** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for
-** a detailed description of each routine.
-*/
-
-/* Open and close a Pager connection. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
- sqlite3_vfs*,
- Pager **ppPager,
- const char*,
- int,
- int,
- int,
- void(*)(DbPage*)
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
-
-/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager*,Pager*);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager*);
-
-/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage*);
-
-/* Operations on page references. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *);
-
-/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*, int, int*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*);
-# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager);
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager);
-#endif
-
-/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager*);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(Pager *pPager);
-#else
-# define sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(X)
-#endif
-
-/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16);
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *);
-#endif
-
-/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
- void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
- void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
-#else
-# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
-# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
-#endif
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_H */
-
-/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/
/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/
/*
@@ -15905,7 +16029,7 @@
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
-** subsystem.
+** subsystem.
*/
#ifndef _PCACHE_H_
@@ -15931,7 +16055,7 @@
u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */
/**********************************************************************
- ** Elements above, except pCache, are public. All that follow are
+ ** Elements above, except pCache, are public. All that follow are
** private to pcache.c and should not be accessed by other modules.
** pCache is grouped with the public elements for efficiency.
*/
@@ -15984,7 +16108,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);
/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released.
-** Reference counted.
+** Reference counted.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page**);
@@ -16028,7 +16152,7 @@
#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This
-** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the
+** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the
** library is built.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
@@ -16203,10 +16327,10 @@
** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then
** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
-** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a
+** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a
** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
-** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite"
+** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite"
** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but
** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
@@ -16247,9 +16371,9 @@
** UnlockFile().
**
** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
-** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen
-** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at
-** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the
+** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen
+** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at
+** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the
** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
@@ -16268,7 +16392,7 @@
** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for
-** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST.
+** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST.
**
** The same locking strategy and
** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possibility of having
@@ -16284,7 +16408,7 @@
** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE
** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
-** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic
+** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic
** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
**
** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
@@ -16308,8 +16432,8 @@
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void);
-/*
-** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods
+/*
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
@@ -16335,8 +16459,8 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *);
-/*
-** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods
+/*
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
@@ -16354,7 +16478,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*);
/*
-** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using
+** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using
** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*);
@@ -16424,9 +16548,9 @@
*/
#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)
#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK
-#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)
#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1)
#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1)
#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
@@ -16539,7 +16663,6 @@
*/
#define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */
#define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */
-#define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */
#define DB_ResetWanted 0x0008 /* Reset the schema when nSchemaLock==0 */
/*
@@ -16697,7 +16820,7 @@
struct sqlite3 {
sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */
struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */
- CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
+ CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* BINARY collseq for the database encoding */
sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */
Db *aDb; /* All backends */
int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */
@@ -16731,7 +16854,7 @@
int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */
int nMaxSorterMmap; /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */
struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */
- int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
+ Pgno newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
u8 iDb; /* Which db file is being initialized */
u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */
unsigned orphanTrigger : 1; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */
@@ -16746,7 +16869,10 @@
int nVDestroy; /* Number of active OP_VDestroy operations */
int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */
void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */
- int (*xTrace)(u32,void*,void*,void*); /* Trace function */
+ union {
+ void (*xLegacy)(void*,const char*); /* Legacy trace function */
+ int (*xV2)(u32,void*,void*,void*); /* V2 Trace function */
+ } trace;
void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */
@@ -16800,6 +16926,7 @@
BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */
Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */
+ int nAnalysisLimit; /* Number of index rows to ANALYZE */
int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */
@@ -16807,7 +16934,7 @@
i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Net deferred immediate constraints */
int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
- /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER
+ /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MAIN
** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c.
**
** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to
@@ -16849,7 +16976,7 @@
** SQLITE_CkptFullFSync == PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC
** SQLITE_CacheSpill == PAGER_CACHE_SPILL
*/
-#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000001 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
+#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000001 /* OK to update SQLITE_SCHEMA */
#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00000002 /* Create new databases in format 1 */
#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000004 /* Show full column names on SELECT */
#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00000008 /* Use full fsync on the backend */
@@ -16906,6 +17033,7 @@
#define DBFLAG_VacuumInto 0x0008 /* Currently running VACUUM INTO */
#define DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk 0x0010 /* Schema is known to be valid */
#define DBFLAG_InternalFunc 0x0020 /* Allow use of internal functions */
+#define DBFLAG_EncodingFixed 0x0040 /* No longer possible to change enc. */
/*
** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the
@@ -17024,7 +17152,7 @@
#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH 0x0040 /* Built-in length() function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF 0x0080 /* Built-in typeof() function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x0100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x0200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */
+/* 0x0200 -- available for reuse */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x0400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x0800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX 0x1000 /* True for min() and max() aggregates */
@@ -17043,8 +17171,9 @@
#define INLINEFUNC_coalesce 0
#define INLINEFUNC_implies_nonnull_row 1
#define INLINEFUNC_expr_implies_expr 2
-#define INLINEFUNC_expr_compare 3
+#define INLINEFUNC_expr_compare 3
#define INLINEFUNC_affinity 4
+#define INLINEFUNC_iif 5
#define INLINEFUNC_unlikely 99 /* Default case */
/*
@@ -17087,7 +17216,7 @@
** PURE_DATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
** Used for "pure" date/time functions, this macro is like DFUNCTION
** except that it does set the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flags. iArg is
-** ignored and the user-data for these functions is set to an
+** ignored and the user-data for these functions is set to an
** arbitrary non-NULL pointer. The bNC parameter is not used.
**
** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
@@ -17209,6 +17338,7 @@
u8 notNull; /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */
char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
u8 szEst; /* Estimated size of value in this column. sizeof(INT)==1 */
+ u8 hName; /* Column name hash for faster lookup */
u16 colFlags; /* Boolean properties. See COLFLAG_ defines below */
};
@@ -17366,7 +17496,7 @@
char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */
ExprList *pCheck; /* All CHECK constraints */
/* ... also used as column name list in a VIEW */
- int tnum; /* Root BTree page for this table */
+ Pgno tnum; /* Root BTree page for this table */
u32 nTabRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */
u32 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */
i16 iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the rowid */
@@ -17428,8 +17558,11 @@
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
# define IsVirtual(X) ((X)->nModuleArg)
+# define ExprIsVtab(X) \
+ ((X)->op==TK_COLUMN && (X)->y.pTab!=0 && (X)->y.pTab->nModuleArg)
#else
# define IsVirtual(X) 0
+# define ExprIsVtab(X) 0
#endif
/*
@@ -17637,7 +17770,7 @@
** element.
**
** While parsing a CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement in order to
-** generate VDBE code (as opposed to parsing one read from an sqlite_master
+** generate VDBE code (as opposed to parsing one read from an sqlite_schema
** table as part of parsing an existing database schema), transient instances
** of this structure may be created. In this case the Index.tnum variable is
** used to store the address of a VDBE instruction, not a database page
@@ -17656,7 +17789,7 @@
const char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
Expr *pPartIdxWhere; /* WHERE clause for partial indices */
ExprList *aColExpr; /* Column expressions */
- int tnum; /* DB Page containing root of this index */
+ Pgno tnum; /* DB Page containing root of this index */
LogEst szIdxRow; /* Estimated average row size in bytes */
u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of columns forming the key */
u16 nColumn; /* Number of columns stored in the index */
@@ -17741,7 +17874,7 @@
** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
**
** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
-** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in
+** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iAgg field is the index in
** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate
** code for that node.
**
@@ -17761,23 +17894,25 @@
ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */
struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */
Table *pTab; /* Source table */
+ Expr *pCExpr; /* The original expression */
int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */
- int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */
- int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */
int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
- Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */
+ i16 iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */
+ i16 iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */
} *aCol;
int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */
int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output.
** Additional columns are used only as parameters to
** aggregate functions */
struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */
- Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */
+ Expr *pFExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */
FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */
int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
} *aFunc;
int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
+ u32 selId; /* Select to which this AggInfo belongs */
+ AggInfo *pNext; /* Next in list of them all */
};
/*
@@ -17787,10 +17922,10 @@
** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user
** in systems with lots of prepared statements. And few applications
** need more than about 10 or 20 variables. But some extreme users want
-** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them
+** to have prepared statements with over 32766 variables, and for them
** the option is available (at compile-time).
*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767
+#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<32767
typedef i16 ynVar;
#else
typedef int ynVar;
@@ -17866,6 +18001,9 @@
** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column
** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth
** TK_FUNCTION: NC_SelfRef flag if needs OP_PureFunc */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ u8 vvaFlags; /* Verification flags. */
+#endif
u32 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */
union {
char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */
@@ -17940,7 +18078,7 @@
#define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
#define EP_Win 0x008000 /* Contains window functions */
#define EP_MemToken 0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */
-#define EP_NoReduce 0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */
+ /* 0x020000 // available for reuse */
#define EP_Unlikely 0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */
#define EP_ConstFunc 0x080000 /* A SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT or _SLOCHNG function */
#define EP_CanBeNull 0x100000 /* Can be null despite NOT NULL constraint */
@@ -17953,7 +18091,8 @@
#define EP_Static 0x8000000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
#define EP_IsTrue 0x10000000 /* Always has boolean value of TRUE */
#define EP_IsFalse 0x20000000 /* Always has boolean value of FALSE */
-#define EP_FromDDL 0x40000000 /* Originates from sqlite_master */
+#define EP_FromDDL 0x40000000 /* Originates from sqlite_schema */
+ /* 0x80000000 // Available */
/*
** The EP_Propagate mask is a set of properties that automatically propagate
@@ -17972,14 +18111,24 @@
#define ExprAlwaysTrue(E) (((E)->flags&(EP_FromJoin|EP_IsTrue))==EP_IsTrue)
#define ExprAlwaysFalse(E) (((E)->flags&(EP_FromJoin|EP_IsFalse))==EP_IsFalse)
+
+/* Flags for use with Expr.vvaFlags
+*/
+#define EP_NoReduce 0x01 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */
+#define EP_Immutable 0x02 /* Do not change this Expr node */
+
/* The ExprSetVVAProperty() macro is used for Verification, Validation,
** and Accreditation only. It works like ExprSetProperty() during VVA
** processes but is a no-op for delivery.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P)
+# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) (E)->vvaFlags|=(P)
+# define ExprHasVVAProperty(E,P) (((E)->vvaFlags&(P))!=0)
+# define ExprClearVVAProperties(E) (E)->vvaFlags = 0
#else
# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P)
+# define ExprHasVVAProperty(E,P) 0
+# define ExprClearVVAProperties(E)
#endif
/*
@@ -18122,7 +18271,7 @@
unsigned isCorrelated :1; /* True if sub-query is correlated */
unsigned viaCoroutine :1; /* Implemented as a co-routine */
unsigned isRecursive :1; /* True for recursive reference in WITH */
- unsigned fromDDL :1; /* Comes from sqlite_master */
+ unsigned fromDDL :1; /* Comes from sqlite_schema */
} fg;
int iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
Expr *pOn; /* The ON clause of a join */
@@ -18243,7 +18392,7 @@
#define NC_HasWin 0x08000 /* One or more window functions seen */
#define NC_IsDDL 0x10000 /* Resolving names in a CREATE statement */
#define NC_InAggFunc 0x20000 /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */
-#define NC_FromDDL 0x40000 /* SQL text comes from sqlite_master */
+#define NC_FromDDL 0x40000 /* SQL text comes from sqlite_schema */
/*
** An instance of the following object describes a single ON CONFLICT
@@ -18254,7 +18403,7 @@
** conflict-target clause.) The pUpsertTargetWhere is the optional
** WHERE clause used to identify partial unique indexes.
**
-** pUpsertSet is the list of column=expr terms of the UPDATE statement.
+** pUpsertSet is the list of column=expr terms of the UPDATE statement.
** The pUpsertSet field is NULL for a ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING. The
** pUpsertWhere is the WHERE clause for the UPDATE and is NULL if the
** WHERE clause is omitted.
@@ -18346,6 +18495,8 @@
#define SF_WhereBegin 0x0080000 /* Really a WhereBegin() call. Debug Only */
#define SF_WinRewrite 0x0100000 /* Window function rewrite accomplished */
#define SF_View 0x0200000 /* SELECT statement is a view */
+#define SF_NoopOrderBy 0x0400000 /* ORDER BY is ignored for this query */
+#define SF_UpdateFrom 0x0800000 /* Statement is an UPDATE...FROM */
/*
** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined
@@ -18410,6 +18561,14 @@
** SRT_DistQueue Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm only if
** the same record has never been stored before. The
** index at pDest->iSDParm+1 hold all prior stores.
+**
+** SRT_Upfrom Store results in the temporary table already opened by
+** pDest->iSDParm. If (pDest->iSDParm<0), then the temp
+** table is an intkey table - in this case the first
+** column returned by the SELECT is used as the integer
+** key. If (pDest->iSDParm>0), then the table is an index
+** table. (pDest->iSDParm) is the number of key columns in
+** each index record in this case.
*/
#define SRT_Union 1 /* Store result as keys in an index */
#define SRT_Except 2 /* Remove result from a UNION index */
@@ -18429,14 +18588,16 @@
#define SRT_EphemTab 12 /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
#define SRT_Coroutine 13 /* Generate a single row of result */
#define SRT_Table 14 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
+#define SRT_Upfrom 15 /* Store result as data with rowid */
/*
** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of
** a SELECT statement.
*/
struct SelectDest {
- u8 eDest; /* How to dispose of the results. On of SRT_* above. */
+ u8 eDest; /* How to dispose of the results. One of SRT_* above. */
int iSDParm; /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
+ int iSDParm2; /* A second parameter for the eDest disposal method */
int iSdst; /* Base register where results are written */
int nSdst; /* Number of registers allocated */
char *zAffSdst; /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */
@@ -18562,6 +18723,7 @@
Parse *pToplevel; /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
Table *pTriggerTab; /* Table triggers are being coded for */
Parse *pParentParse; /* Parent parser if this parser is nested */
+ AggInfo *pAggList; /* List of all AggInfo objects */
int addrCrTab; /* Address of OP_CreateBtree opcode on CREATE TABLE */
u32 nQueryLoop; /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */
u32 oldmask; /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */
@@ -18591,9 +18753,7 @@
ynVar nVar; /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
u8 iPkSortOrder; /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
u8 explain; /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
-#if !(defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE))
u8 eParseMode; /* PARSE_MODE_XXX constant */
-#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
int nVtabLock; /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
#endif
@@ -18781,6 +18941,7 @@
Trigger *pTrig; /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
Select *pSelect; /* SELECT statement or RHS of INSERT INTO SELECT ... */
char *zTarget; /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */
+ SrcList *pFrom; /* FROM clause for UPDATE statement (if any) */
Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */
ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE */
IdList *pIdList; /* Column names for INSERT */
@@ -18836,6 +18997,7 @@
int rc; /* Result code stored here */
u32 mInitFlags; /* Flags controlling error messages */
u32 nInitRow; /* Number of rows processed */
+ Pgno mxPage; /* Maximum page number. 0 for no limit. */
} InitData;
/*
@@ -18953,6 +19115,7 @@
struct WhereConst *pConst; /* WHERE clause constants */
struct RenameCtx *pRename; /* RENAME COLUMN context */
struct Table *pTab; /* Table of generated column */
+ struct SrcList_item *pSrcItem; /* A single FROM clause item */
} u;
};
@@ -18965,6 +19128,9 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkNoop(Walker*, Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkFail(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkerDepthIncrease(Walker*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalkerDepthDecrease(Walker*,Select*);
+
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectWalkAssert2(Walker*, Select*);
#endif
@@ -19109,13 +19275,16 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NomemError(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IoerrnomemError(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(int,Pgno);
# define SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT sqlite3NomemError(__LINE__)
# define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT sqlite3IoerrnomemError(__LINE__)
-# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(P) sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(__LINE__,(P))
#else
# define SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT SQLITE_NOMEM
# define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CORRUPT_PGNO)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(int,Pgno);
+# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(P) sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(__LINE__,(P))
+#else
# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(P) sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__)
#endif
@@ -19359,7 +19528,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(Parse*,ExprList*,i16*,Column**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(Parse*,Table*,Select*,char);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*,char);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenSchemaTable(Parse *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(Index*, i16);
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS
@@ -19385,11 +19554,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u8,Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*,
sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **);
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(A,B,C) 0
-#endif
+#define sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(A,B,C) 0
SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*);
#ifdef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
@@ -19446,6 +19611,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(Parse*, IdList*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendList(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p1, SrcList *p2);
SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*,
Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
@@ -19464,7 +19630,6 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
Expr*,ExprList*,u32,Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectReset(Parse*, Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
@@ -19498,7 +19663,7 @@
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, u8);
@@ -19525,6 +19690,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Parse*,Expr*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(Expr*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AggInfoPersistWalkerInit(Walker*,Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(Expr*, int iCur, Index *pIdx);
@@ -19615,13 +19781,14 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(Parse*,Token*, IdList*,
Select*,u8,Upsert*,
const char*,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(Parse*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8,
- const char*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(Parse*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,
+ Expr*, u8, const char*,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Parse*,Token*, Expr*,
const char*,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(Parse*, TriggerStep*);
# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p))
# define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel==0)
#else
@@ -19635,6 +19802,7 @@
# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p
# define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) 1
# define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0
+# define sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(A,B) 0
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
@@ -19653,6 +19821,7 @@
# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a) ((void)(a))
#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbIsNamed(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
@@ -19662,8 +19831,10 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RealSameAsInt(double,sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Int64ToText(i64,char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetUInt32(const char*, u32*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
@@ -19701,6 +19872,8 @@
*/
#define getVarint32(A,B) \
(u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B)))
+#define getVarint32NR(A,B) \
+ B=(u32)*(A);if(B>=0x80)sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32*)&(B))
#define putVarint32(A,B) \
(u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\
sqlite3PutVarint((A),(B)))
@@ -19710,10 +19883,10 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(sqlite3*, Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(const Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(const Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(Table*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(const Expr *pExpr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char*, i64*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
@@ -19736,9 +19909,10 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsBinary(const CollSeq*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(Parse*,Expr*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetTextEncoding(sqlite3 *db, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const Expr *pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const Expr *pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(Parse*,const Expr*,const Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, const Token*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*);
@@ -19780,14 +19954,15 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDefHash sqlite3BuiltinFunctions;
+SQLITE_API extern u32 sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte;
#endif
-#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3NProfileCnt;
#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, Pgno, Pgno);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
@@ -19805,6 +19980,8 @@
const char*,
const char*
);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3ExprColUsed(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3StrIHash(const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(NameContext*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
@@ -19820,7 +19997,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, Column*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*, sqlite3_file*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
@@ -19843,10 +20020,10 @@
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *,
void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+ void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
void (*)(sqlite3_context*),
void (*)(sqlite3_context*),
- void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+ void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
FuncDestructor *pDestructor
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NoopDestructor(void*);
@@ -19899,7 +20076,7 @@
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, Pgno, u8, const char *);
#else
#define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z)
#endif
@@ -19945,8 +20122,10 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadOnlyShadowTables(sqlite3 *db);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ShadowTableName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsShadowTableOf(sqlite3*,Table*,const char*);
#else
# define sqlite3ShadowTableName(A,B) 0
+# define sqlite3IsShadowTableOf(A,B,C) 0
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(Parse*,Module*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3*,Module*);
@@ -19969,8 +20148,8 @@
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(Parse*,Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(Parse*,const Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, const Expr*, const Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
@@ -20204,7 +20383,7 @@
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
-** lower-case character.
+** lower-case character.
**
** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters. We do not
** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables
@@ -20271,7 +20450,7 @@
** The equivalent of tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[]
** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite.
**
-** Bit 0x40 is set if the character is non-alphanumeric and can be used in an
+** Bit 0x40 is set if the character is non-alphanumeric and can be used in an
** SQLite identifier. Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any
** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is
** part of an identifier is 0x46.
@@ -20324,16 +20503,9 @@
** EVIDENCE-OF: R-43642-56306 By default, URI handling is globally
** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
** SQLITE_USE_URI symbol defined.
-**
-** URI filenames are enabled by default if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC is
-** enabled.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI
-# ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-# define SQLITE_USE_URI 1
-# else
-# define SQLITE_USE_URI 0
-# endif
+# define SQLITE_USE_URI 0
#endif
/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-38720-18127 The default setting is determined by the
@@ -20343,7 +20515,7 @@
#if !defined(SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN)
# define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1
#else
-# if !SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
+# if !SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
# error "Compile-time disabling of covering index scan using the\
-DSQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN=0 option is deprecated.\
Contact SQLite developers if this is a problem for you, and\
@@ -20366,7 +20538,7 @@
** if journal_mode=MEMORY or if temp_store=MEMORY, regardless of this
** setting.)
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL
+#ifndef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL
# define SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL (64*1024)
#endif
@@ -20496,12 +20668,17 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000;
#endif
+/*
+** Flags for select tracing and the ".selecttrace" macro of the CLI
+*/
+SQLITE_API u32 sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace = 0;
+
/* #include "opcodes.h" */
/*
** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained
** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
-** the vdbe.c file.
+** the vdbe.c file.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
@@ -20563,7 +20740,8 @@
** "explain" P4 display logic is enabled.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
- || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+ || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \
+ || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB)
# define VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 1
#else
# define VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 0
@@ -20620,7 +20798,7 @@
Bool seekHit:1; /* See the OP_SeekHit and OP_IfNoHope opcodes */
Btree *pBtx; /* Separate file holding temporary table */
i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */
- int *aAltMap; /* Mapping from table to index column numbers */
+ u32 *aAltMap; /* Mapping from table to index column numbers */
/* Cached OP_Column parse information is only valid if cacheStatus matches
** Vdbe.cacheCtr. Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
@@ -20672,7 +20850,7 @@
** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type
** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as
** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific
-** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished,
+** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished,
** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure,
** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program
** began executing.
@@ -20769,7 +20947,7 @@
** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
-** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real
+** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real
** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
*/
#define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL (or a pointer) */
@@ -20830,7 +21008,7 @@
#endif
/*
-** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function
+** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function
** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance
** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM
** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed
@@ -20950,9 +21128,9 @@
u8 errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
u8 prepFlags; /* SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */
+ u8 doingRerun; /* True if rerunning after an auto-reprepare */
bft expired:2; /* 1: recompile VM immediately 2: when convenient */
bft explain:2; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
- bft doingRerun:1; /* True if rerunning after an auto-reprepare */
bft changeCntOn:1; /* True to update the change-counter */
bft runOnlyOnce:1; /* Automatically expire on reset */
bft usesStmtJournal:1; /* True if uses a statement journal */
@@ -20990,7 +21168,7 @@
#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0x5606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
/*
-** Structure used to store the context required by the
+** Structure used to store the context required by the
** sqlite3_preupdate_*() API functions.
*/
struct PreUpdate {
@@ -21005,7 +21183,7 @@
i64 iKey1; /* First key value passed to hook */
i64 iKey2; /* Second key value passed to hook */
Mem *aNew; /* Array of new.* values */
- Table *pTab; /* Schema object being upated */
+ Table *pTab; /* Schema object being upated */
Index *pPk; /* PK index if pTab is WITHOUT ROWID */
};
@@ -21016,7 +21194,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int SQLITE_NOINLINE sqlite3VdbeFinishMoveto(VdbeCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor**, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor**, u32*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(VdbeCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(u8);
@@ -21028,7 +21206,14 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(sqlite3*,VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor*, i64*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeNextOpcode(Vdbe*,Mem*,int,int*,int*,Op**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeDisplayP4(sqlite3*,Op*);
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeDisplayComment(sqlite3*,const Op*,const char*);
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN)
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
@@ -21064,12 +21249,13 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem*,u8,u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset(BtCursor*,u32,Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemAggValue(Mem*, Mem*, FuncDef*);
#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB)
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
@@ -21103,7 +21289,7 @@
# define sqlite3VdbeAssertAbortable(V)
#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*);
#else
# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X)
@@ -21385,7 +21571,7 @@
break;
}
- /*
+ /*
** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used
** by all pagers associated with the given database connection. The
** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero.
@@ -21429,7 +21615,7 @@
HashElem *p;
nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * (
- pSchema->tblHash.count
+ pSchema->tblHash.count
+ pSchema->trigHash.count
+ pSchema->idxHash.count
+ pSchema->fkeyHash.count
@@ -21479,12 +21665,12 @@
/*
** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all
- ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set
+ ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set
** to zero.
*/
case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL:
op = SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1;
- /* Fall through into the next case */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT:
case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS:
case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{
@@ -21538,7 +21724,7 @@
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
-** functions for SQLite.
+** functions for SQLite.
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
@@ -21547,7 +21733,7 @@
** SQLite processes all times and dates as julian day numbers. The
** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
-** calendar system.
+** calendar system.
**
** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
@@ -21895,7 +22081,7 @@
** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
**
** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM
-** DDDD.DD
+** DDDD.DD
** now
**
** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional
@@ -21905,8 +22091,8 @@
** as there is a year and date.
*/
static int parseDateOrTime(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- const char *zDate,
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ const char *zDate,
DateTime *p
){
double r;
@@ -21927,7 +22113,7 @@
** Multiplying this by 86400000 gives 464269060799999 as the maximum value
** for DateTime.iJD.
**
-** But some older compilers (ex: gcc 4.2.1 on older Macs) cannot deal with
+** But some older compilers (ex: gcc 4.2.1 on older Macs) cannot deal with
** such a large integer literal, so we have to encode it.
*/
#define INT_464269060799999 ((((i64)0x1a640)<<32)|0x1072fdff)
@@ -22009,14 +22195,14 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
/*
** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
-** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to
-** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the
+** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to
+** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the
** order of the parameters is reversed.
**
** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
**
** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
-** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides
+** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides
** localtime_s().
*/
#if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S \
@@ -22043,7 +22229,7 @@
#if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S
struct tm *pX;
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN);
#endif
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
pX = localtime(t);
@@ -22072,7 +22258,7 @@
/*
** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC
** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs,
-** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK.
+** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK.
**
** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value
** is undefined in this case.
@@ -22149,12 +22335,12 @@
double rLimit; /* Maximum NNN value for this transform */
double rXform; /* Constant used for this transform */
} aXformType[] = {
- { 0, 6, "second", 464269060800.0, 86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0) },
- { 0, 6, "minute", 7737817680.0, 86400000.0/(24.0*60.0) },
- { 0, 4, "hour", 128963628.0, 86400000.0/24.0 },
- { 0, 3, "day", 5373485.0, 86400000.0 },
- { 1, 5, "month", 176546.0, 30.0*86400000.0 },
- { 2, 4, "year", 14713.0, 365.0*86400000.0 },
+ { 0, 6, "second", 464269060800.0, 1000.0 },
+ { 0, 6, "minute", 7737817680.0, 60000.0 },
+ { 0, 4, "hour", 128963628.0, 3600000.0 },
+ { 0, 3, "day", 5373485.0, 86400000.0 },
+ { 1, 5, "month", 176546.0, 2592000000.0 },
+ { 2, 4, "year", 14713.0, 31536000000.0 },
};
/*
@@ -22399,9 +22585,9 @@
** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0].
*/
static int isDate(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv,
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv,
DateTime *p
){
int i, n;
@@ -22640,8 +22826,8 @@
case 'm': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
case 'M': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
case 's': {
- sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld",
- (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000));
+ i64 iS = (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000);
+ sqlite3Int64ToText(iS, &z[j]);
j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
break;
}
@@ -22739,10 +22925,10 @@
#if HAVE_GMTIME_R
pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
#else
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN));
pTm = gmtime(&t);
if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow));
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN));
#endif
if( pTm ){
strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
@@ -23046,7 +23232,7 @@
}else{
return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
}
-
+
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro);
@@ -23133,7 +23319,7 @@
if( rc ) return 0;
#endif
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN);
#endif
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
@@ -23148,7 +23334,7 @@
** Unlink a VFS from the linked list
*/
static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN)) );
if( pVfs==0 ){
/* No-op */
}else if( vfsList==pVfs ){
@@ -23179,7 +23365,7 @@
if( pVfs==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
#endif
- MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); )
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
vfsUnlink(pVfs);
if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){
@@ -23203,7 +23389,7 @@
int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
if( rc ) return rc;
#endif
- MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); )
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
vfsUnlink(pVfs);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
@@ -23224,17 +23410,17 @@
**
*************************************************************************
**
-** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign"
+** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign"
** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the
** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory
-** and returns 0).
+** and returns 0).
**
** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite
** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually
** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily
-** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this
-** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The
-** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure
+** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this
+** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The
+** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure
** during a hash table resize is a benign fault.
*/
@@ -23436,7 +23622,7 @@
#else /* if not __APPLE__ */
/*
-** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems.
+** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems.
** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined.
*/
#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc(x)
@@ -23616,7 +23802,7 @@
/* defer MT decisions to system malloc */
_sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone();
}else{
- /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks,
+ /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks,
** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */
_sqliteZone_ = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0);
malloc_set_zone_name(_sqliteZone_, "Sqlite_Heap");
@@ -23740,7 +23926,7 @@
** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
*/
static struct {
-
+
/*
** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
@@ -23751,7 +23937,7 @@
*/
struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst;
struct MemBlockHdr *pLast;
-
+
/*
** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations.
*/
@@ -23764,7 +23950,7 @@
int nTitle; /* Bytes of zTitle to save. Includes '\0' and padding */
char zTitle[100]; /* The title text */
- /*
+ /*
** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter.
** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it.
*/
@@ -23823,7 +24009,7 @@
pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation;
assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD );
/* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due
- ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure
+ ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure
** they haven't been overwritten.
*/
while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 );
@@ -23952,7 +24138,7 @@
p = (void*)pInt;
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
- return p;
+ return p;
}
/*
@@ -23962,7 +24148,7 @@
struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
void **pBt;
char *z;
- assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0
+ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0
|| mem.mutex!=0 );
pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
pBt = (void**)pHdr;
@@ -23988,15 +24174,15 @@
randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
(int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
free(z);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
}
/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
**
** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the
-** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the
-** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is
+** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the
+** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is
** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find
** the error.
*/
@@ -24039,7 +24225,7 @@
** Set the "type" of an allocation.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){
- if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+ if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree==sqlite3MemFree ){
struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );
@@ -24058,7 +24244,7 @@
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){
int rc = 1;
- if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+ if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree==sqlite3MemFree ){
struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */
@@ -24080,7 +24266,7 @@
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){
int rc = 1;
- if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+ if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree==sqlite3MemFree ){
struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */
@@ -24130,7 +24316,7 @@
}
/*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
** allocations into that log.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
@@ -24147,7 +24333,7 @@
for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
char *z = (char*)pHdr;
z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle;
- fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n",
+ fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n",
pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???");
if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){
fflush(out);
@@ -24160,7 +24346,7 @@
fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n");
for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){
if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){
- fprintf(out, " %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
+ fprintf(out, " %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]);
}
}
@@ -24201,12 +24387,12 @@
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
-** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite.
+** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite.
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
-** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc()
+** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc()
** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
** be changed.
@@ -24237,8 +24423,8 @@
#define N_HASH 61
/*
-** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or
-** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes. The first 8 bytes are
+** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or
+** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes. The first 8 bytes are
** a header that is not returned to the user.
**
** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or
@@ -24261,10 +24447,10 @@
**
** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list. The
** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes.
-** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[]
+** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[]
** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks.
**
-** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked
+** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked
** out. If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into
** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk.
*/
@@ -24300,28 +24486,28 @@
** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback.
*/
int alarmBusy;
-
+
/*
** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-
+
/*
** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen.
*/
- u32 mnMaster;
+ u32 mnKeyBlk;
/*
- ** iMaster is the index of the master chunk. Most new allocations
- ** occur off of this chunk. szMaster is the size (in Mem3Blocks)
- ** of the current master. iMaster is 0 if there is not master chunk.
- ** The master chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[].
+ ** iKeyBlk is the index of the key chunk. Most new allocations
+ ** occur off of this chunk. szKeyBlk is the size (in Mem3Blocks)
+ ** of the current key chunk. iKeyBlk is 0 if there is no key chunk.
+ ** The key chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[].
*/
- u32 iMaster;
- u32 szMaster;
+ u32 iKeyBlk;
+ u32 szKeyBlk;
/*
- ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size
+ ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size
** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger
** chunks.
*/
@@ -24352,7 +24538,7 @@
}
/*
-** Unlink the chunk at index i from
+** Unlink the chunk at index i from
** whatever list is currently a member of.
*/
static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){
@@ -24436,8 +24622,8 @@
/*
-** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its
-** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the
+** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its
+** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the
** user portion of the chunk.
*/
static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){
@@ -24454,34 +24640,34 @@
}
/*
-** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk.
-** Return a pointer to the new allocation. Or, if the master chunk
+** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iKeyBlk free chunk.
+** Return a pointer to the new allocation. Or, if the key chunk
** is not large enough, return 0.
*/
-static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){
+static void *memsys3FromKeyBlk(u32 nBlock){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
- assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock );
- if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){
- /* Use the entire master */
- void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster);
- mem3.iMaster = 0;
- mem3.szMaster = 0;
- mem3.mnMaster = 0;
+ assert( mem3.szKeyBlk>=nBlock );
+ if( nBlock>=mem3.szKeyBlk-1 ){
+ /* Use the entire key chunk */
+ void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iKeyBlk, mem3.szKeyBlk);
+ mem3.iKeyBlk = 0;
+ mem3.szKeyBlk = 0;
+ mem3.mnKeyBlk = 0;
return p;
}else{
- /* Split the master block. Return the tail. */
+ /* Split the key block. Return the tail. */
u32 newi, x;
- newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock;
- assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 );
- mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
- mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
+ newi = mem3.iKeyBlk + mem3.szKeyBlk - nBlock;
+ assert( newi > mem3.iKeyBlk+1 );
+ mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
+ mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1;
- mem3.szMaster -= nBlock;
- mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
- x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
- mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
- if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){
- mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
+ mem3.szKeyBlk -= nBlock;
+ mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szKeyBlk;
+ x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+ mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szKeyBlk*4 | x;
+ if( mem3.szKeyBlk < mem3.mnKeyBlk ){
+ mem3.mnKeyBlk = mem3.szKeyBlk;
}
return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi];
}
@@ -24490,18 +24676,18 @@
/*
** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size
** or same size hash. In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either
-** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].
+** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].
**
** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries
-** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.
+** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.
**
-** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces
-** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk. In order for
-** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be
+** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iKeyBlk, it replaces
+** the current mem3.iKeyBlk with the new larger chunk. In order for
+** this mem3.iKeyBlk replacement to work, the key chunk must be
** linked into the hash tables. That is not the normal state of
-** affairs, of course. The calling routine must link the master
+** affairs, of course. The calling routine must link the key
** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly
-** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished.
+** changed) key chunk once this routine has finished.
*/
static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){
u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x;
@@ -24528,9 +24714,9 @@
}else{
size /= 4;
}
- if( size>mem3.szMaster ){
- mem3.iMaster = i;
- mem3.szMaster = size;
+ if( size>mem3.szKeyBlk ){
+ mem3.iKeyBlk = i;
+ mem3.szKeyBlk = size;
}
}
}
@@ -24579,26 +24765,26 @@
/* STEP 2:
** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end
- ** of the master chunk. This step usually works if step 1 fails.
+ ** of the key chunk. This step usually works if step 1 fails.
*/
- if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
- return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
+ if( mem3.szKeyBlk>=nBlock ){
+ return memsys3FromKeyBlk(nBlock);
}
- /* STEP 3:
+ /* STEP 3:
** Loop through the entire memory pool. Coalesce adjacent free
- ** chunks. Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk.
+ ** chunks. Recompute the key chunk as the largest free chunk.
** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off
- ** of the end of the master chunk. This step happens very
+ ** of the end of the key chunk. This step happens very
** rarely (we hope!)
*/
for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){
memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree);
- if( mem3.iMaster ){
- memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster);
- mem3.iMaster = 0;
- mem3.szMaster = 0;
+ if( mem3.iKeyBlk ){
+ memsys3Link(mem3.iKeyBlk);
+ mem3.iKeyBlk = 0;
+ mem3.szKeyBlk = 0;
}
for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiHash[i]);
@@ -24606,10 +24792,10 @@
for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiSmall[i]);
}
- if( mem3.szMaster ){
- memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
- if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
- return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
+ if( mem3.szKeyBlk ){
+ memsys3Unlink(mem3.iKeyBlk);
+ if( mem3.szKeyBlk>=nBlock ){
+ return memsys3FromKeyBlk(nBlock);
}
}
}
@@ -24639,23 +24825,23 @@
mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2;
memsys3Link(i);
- /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */
- if( mem3.iMaster ){
- while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){
- size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
- mem3.iMaster -= size;
- mem3.szMaster += size;
- memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
- x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
- mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
- mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+ /* Try to expand the key using the newly freed chunk */
+ if( mem3.iKeyBlk ){
+ while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){
+ size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
+ mem3.iKeyBlk -= size;
+ mem3.szKeyBlk += size;
+ memsys3Unlink(mem3.iKeyBlk);
+ x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+ mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szKeyBlk*4 | x;
+ mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szKeyBlk;
}
- x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
- while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){
- memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster);
- mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
- mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
- mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+ x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+ while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){
+ memsys3Unlink(mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk);
+ mem3.szKeyBlk += mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+ mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szKeyBlk*4 | x;
+ mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szKeyBlk;
}
}
}
@@ -24693,7 +24879,7 @@
memsys3Enter();
p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
memsys3Leave();
- return (void*)p;
+ return (void*)p;
}
/*
@@ -24751,11 +24937,11 @@
mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
mem3.nPool = (sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2;
- /* Initialize the master block. */
- mem3.szMaster = mem3.nPool;
- mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
- mem3.iMaster = 1;
- mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szMaster<<2) + 2;
+ /* Initialize the key block. */
+ mem3.szKeyBlk = mem3.nPool;
+ mem3.mnKeyBlk = mem3.szKeyBlk;
+ mem3.iKeyBlk = 1;
+ mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szKeyBlk<<2) + 2;
mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.nPool;
mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.size4x = 1;
@@ -24774,7 +24960,7 @@
/*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
** allocations into that log.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
@@ -24815,7 +25001,7 @@
fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8);
}else{
fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8,
- i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : "");
+ i==mem3.iKeyBlk ? " **key**" : "");
}
}
for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
@@ -24825,7 +25011,7 @@
fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
(mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
}
- fprintf(out, "\n");
+ fprintf(out, "\n");
}
for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue;
@@ -24834,11 +25020,11 @@
fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
(mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
}
- fprintf(out, "\n");
+ fprintf(out, "\n");
}
- fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster);
- fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8);
- fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8);
+ fprintf(out, "key=%d\n", mem3.iKeyBlk);
+ fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szKeyBlk*8);
+ fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnKeyBlk*8);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
if( out==stdout ){
fflush(stdout);
@@ -24851,7 +25037,7 @@
}
/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external
** linkage.
**
** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
@@ -24891,12 +25077,12 @@
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
-** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite.
+** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite.
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory
** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
-** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc()
+** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc()
** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
** be changed.
@@ -24916,12 +25102,12 @@
** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions
** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for
** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499.
-**
+**
** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum
** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.) Let M
** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time. Let
** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation. Robson
-** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to
+** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to
** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds:
**
** N >= M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1
@@ -24932,7 +25118,7 @@
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is used only when
+** This version of the memory allocator is used only when
** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
@@ -24977,7 +25163,7 @@
int szAtom; /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
int nBlock; /* Number of szAtom sized blocks in zPool */
u8 *zPool; /* Memory available to be allocated */
-
+
/*
** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
@@ -24996,7 +25182,7 @@
u32 maxCount; /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */
u32 maxRequest; /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */
#endif
-
+
/*
** Lists of free blocks. aiFreelist[0] is a list of free blocks of
** size mem5.szAtom. aiFreelist[1] holds blocks of size szAtom*2.
@@ -25172,7 +25358,7 @@
u32 size, iLogsize;
int iBlock;
- /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in
+ /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in
** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool.
*/
iBlock = (int)(((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom);
@@ -25241,7 +25427,7 @@
p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
memsys5Leave();
}
- return (void*)p;
+ return (void*)p;
}
/*
@@ -25254,14 +25440,14 @@
assert( pPrior!=0 );
memsys5Enter();
memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
- memsys5Leave();
+ memsys5Leave();
}
/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
**
** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
-** being called with pPrior==0.
+** being called with pPrior==0.
**
** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to
** memsys5Round(). Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power
@@ -25394,7 +25580,7 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
** allocations into that log.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){
@@ -25436,7 +25622,7 @@
#endif
/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external
** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
** struct populated with the memsys5 methods.
*/
@@ -25491,7 +25677,7 @@
/*
** This block (enclosed by SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS) contains
** the implementation of a wrapper around the system default mutex
-** implementation (sqlite3DefaultMutex()).
+** implementation (sqlite3DefaultMutex()).
**
** Most calls are passed directly through to the underlying default
** mutex implementation. Except, if a mutex is configured by calling
@@ -25502,7 +25688,7 @@
** apps that usually use SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD mode.
*/
-/*
+/*
** Type for all mutexes used when SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS
** is defined. Variable CheckMutex.mutex is a pointer to the real mutex
** allocated by the system mutex implementation. Variable iType is usually set
@@ -25519,9 +25705,9 @@
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_WARNONCONTENTION (-1)
-/*
+/*
** Pointer to real mutex methods object used by the CheckMutex
-** implementation. Set by checkMutexInit().
+** implementation. Set by checkMutexInit().
*/
static SQLITE_WSD const sqlite3_mutex_methods *pGlobalMutexMethods;
@@ -25537,13 +25723,13 @@
/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
-static int checkMutexInit(void){
+static int checkMutexInit(void){
pGlobalMutexMethods = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-static int checkMutexEnd(void){
+static int checkMutexEnd(void){
pGlobalMutexMethods = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
@@ -25617,7 +25803,7 @@
if( SQLITE_OK==pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexTry(pCheck->mutex) ){
return;
}
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
"illegal multi-threaded access to database connection"
);
}
@@ -25676,11 +25862,11 @@
/*
** Initialize the mutex system.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
/* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
- ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to
+ ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to
** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure.
*/
@@ -25714,6 +25900,7 @@
GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1;
#endif
+ sqlite3MemoryBarrier();
return rc;
}
@@ -25791,7 +25978,7 @@
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously
-** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex
+** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex
** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument
** this function is a no-op.
*/
@@ -25860,9 +26047,9 @@
*/
static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){
+static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
- return (sqlite3_mutex*)8;
+ return (sqlite3_mutex*)8;
}
static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
@@ -25927,7 +26114,7 @@
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 - 1];
@@ -26105,7 +26292,7 @@
** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is
** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery
-** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a
+** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a
** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are
** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines
** will not always work correctly on HPUX.
@@ -26153,7 +26340,7 @@
** <ul>
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
@@ -26187,7 +26374,7 @@
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static
+** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
@@ -26298,7 +26485,7 @@
** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
- ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that
+ ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that
** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions
** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
@@ -26341,7 +26528,7 @@
** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
- ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that
+ ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that
** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions
** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
@@ -26554,7 +26741,7 @@
__asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
return val;
}
-
+
#elif !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
__inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
@@ -26899,7 +27086,7 @@
** <ul>
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
@@ -27241,7 +27428,7 @@
}
mem0.alarmThreshold = n;
nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
- mem0.nearlyFull = (n>0 && n<=nUsed);
+ AtomicStore(&mem0.nearlyFull, n>0 && n<=nUsed);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n;
if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff));
@@ -27309,7 +27496,7 @@
** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){
- return mem0.nearlyFull;
+ return AtomicLoad(&mem0.nearlyFull);
}
/*
@@ -27343,7 +27530,7 @@
}
/*
-** Trigger the alarm
+** Trigger the alarm
*/
static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){
if( mem0.alarmThreshold<=0 ) return;
@@ -27373,7 +27560,7 @@
if( mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){
sqlite3_int64 nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){
- mem0.nearlyFull = 1;
+ AtomicStore(&mem0.nearlyFull, 1);
sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
if( mem0.hardLimit ){
nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
@@ -27383,7 +27570,7 @@
}
}
}else{
- mem0.nearlyFull = 0;
+ AtomicStore(&mem0.nearlyFull, 0);
}
}
p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
@@ -27463,11 +27650,11 @@
return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
}
static int lookasideMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE
return p<db->lookaside.pMiddle ? db->lookaside.szTrue : LOOKASIDE_SMALL;
#else
return db->lookaside.szTrue;
-#endif
+#endif
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
assert( p!=0 );
@@ -27607,15 +27794,17 @@
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, (int)nBytes);
nDiff = nNew - nOld;
- if( nDiff>0 && sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >=
+ if( nDiff>0 && sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >=
mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){
sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff);
}
pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){
sqlite3MallocAlarm((int)nBytes);
pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
}
+#endif
if( pNew ){
nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld);
@@ -27649,7 +27838,7 @@
/*
** Allocate and zero memory.
-*/
+*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64 n){
void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
if( p ){
@@ -27679,13 +27868,13 @@
assert( db!=0 );
p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
if( !p ) sqlite3OomFault(db);
- sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p,
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p,
(db->lookaside.bDisable==0) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP);
return p;
}
/*
-** Allocate memory, either lookaside (if possible) or heap.
+** Allocate memory, either lookaside (if possible) or heap.
** If the allocation fails, set the mallocFailed flag in
** the connection pointer.
**
@@ -27721,7 +27910,7 @@
assert( db->pnBytesFreed==0 );
if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){
if( !db->lookaside.bDisable ){
- db->lookaside.anStat[1]++;
+ db->lookaside.anStat[1]++;
}else if( db->mallocFailed ){
return 0;
}
@@ -27800,7 +27989,7 @@
assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) );
sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
- pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p, n);
+ pNew = sqlite3Realloc(p, n);
if( !pNew ){
sqlite3OomFault(db);
}
@@ -27825,9 +28014,9 @@
}
/*
-** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These
+** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These
** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This
-** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are
+** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are
** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the
** ThreadData structure.
*/
@@ -27847,11 +28036,9 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, u64 n){
char *zNew;
assert( db!=0 );
- if( z==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
+ assert( z!=0 || n==0 );
assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
- zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n+1);
+ zNew = z ? sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n+1) : 0;
if( zNew ){
memcpy(zNew, z, (size_t)n);
zNew[n] = 0;
@@ -27890,7 +28077,7 @@
if( db->mallocFailed==0 && db->bBenignMalloc==0 ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
if( db->nVdbeExec>0 ){
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
+ AtomicStore(&db->u1.isInterrupted, 1);
}
DisableLookaside;
if( db->pParse ){
@@ -27909,7 +28096,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomClear(sqlite3 *db){
if( db->mallocFailed && db->nVdbeExec==0 ){
db->mallocFailed = 0;
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+ AtomicStore(&db->u1.isInterrupted, 0);
assert( db->lookaside.bDisable>0 );
EnableLookaside;
}
@@ -27925,20 +28112,20 @@
}
/*
-** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e.
+** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e.
** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
** sqlite3_realloc.
**
** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous
-** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead.
+** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead.
**
** If an OOM as occurred, then the connection error-code (the value
** returned by sqlite3_errcode()) is set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
/* If the db handle must hold the connection handle mutex here.
- ** Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed
+ ** Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed
** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
*/
assert( db!=0 );
@@ -27953,7 +28140,7 @@
/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/
/*
** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in
-** the public domain.
+** the public domain.
**
**************************************************************************
**
@@ -28148,6 +28335,13 @@
#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE /* Size of the output buffer */
/*
+** Hard limit on the precision of floating-point conversions.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT
+# define SQLITE_FP_PRECISION_LIMIT 100000000
+#endif
+
+/*
** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf(
@@ -28188,7 +28382,7 @@
PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */
- /* pAccum never starts out with an empty buffer that was obtained from
+ /* pAccum never starts out with an empty buffer that was obtained from
** malloc(). This precondition is required by the mprintf("%z...")
** optimization. */
assert( pAccum->nChar>0 || (pAccum->printfFlags&SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED)==0 );
@@ -28347,15 +28541,17 @@
** xtype The class of the conversion.
** infop Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
*/
+ assert( width>=0 );
+ assert( precision>=(-1) );
switch( xtype ){
case etPOINTER:
flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64) ? 2 :
sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int) ? 1 : 0;
- /* Fall through into the next case */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
case etORDINAL:
- case etRADIX:
+ case etRADIX:
cThousand = 0;
- /* Fall through into the next case */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
case etDECIMAL:
if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
i64 v;
@@ -28468,6 +28664,11 @@
length = 0;
#else
if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */
+#ifdef SQLITE_FP_PRECISION_LIMIT
+ if( precision>SQLITE_FP_PRECISION_LIMIT ){
+ precision = SQLITE_FP_PRECISION_LIMIT;
+ }
+#endif
if( realvalue<0.0 ){
realvalue = -realvalue;
prefix = '-';
@@ -28750,7 +28951,7 @@
}
isnull = escarg==0;
if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
- /* For %q, %Q, and %w, the precision is the number of byte (or
+ /* For %q, %Q, and %w, the precision is the number of bytes (or
** characters if the ! flags is present) to use from the input.
** Because of the extra quoting characters inserted, the number
** of output characters may be larger than the precision.
@@ -28877,7 +29078,7 @@
if( p->db ){
zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc);
}else{
- zNew = sqlite3_realloc64(zOld, p->nAlloc);
+ zNew = sqlite3Realloc(zOld, p->nAlloc);
}
if( zNew ){
assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 );
@@ -29106,7 +29307,7 @@
char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
StrAccum acc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
if( zFormat==0 ){
(void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
return 0;
@@ -29219,7 +29420,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
va_list ap;
StrAccum acc;
- char zBuf[500];
+ char zBuf[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*10];
sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
va_start(ap,zFormat);
sqlite3_str_vappendf(&acc, zFormat, ap);
@@ -29265,7 +29466,7 @@
**
** This file contains C code to implement the TreeView debugging routines.
** These routines print a parse tree to standard output for debugging and
-** analysis.
+** analysis.
**
** The interfaces in this file is only available when compiling
** with SQLITE_DEBUG.
@@ -29391,8 +29592,8 @@
sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " %s", pItem->zName);
}
if( pItem->pTab ){
- sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " tab=%Q nCol=%d ptr=%p",
- pItem->pTab->zName, pItem->pTab->nCol, pItem->pTab);
+ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " tab=%Q nCol=%d ptr=%p used=%llx",
+ pItem->pTab->zName, pItem->pTab->nCol, pItem->pTab, pItem->colUsed);
}
if( pItem->zAlias ){
sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " (AS %s)", pItem->zAlias);
@@ -29404,7 +29605,7 @@
sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " DDL");
}
sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x);
- sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<pSrc->nSrc-1);
+ sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<pSrc->nSrc-1);
if( pItem->pSelect ){
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pItem->pSelect, 0);
}
@@ -29424,7 +29625,7 @@
if( p==0 ){
sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "nil-SELECT");
return;
- }
+ }
pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
if( p->pWith ){
sqlite3TreeViewWith(pView, p->pWith, 1);
@@ -29651,14 +29852,14 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 moreToFollow){
const char *zBinOp = 0; /* Binary operator */
const char *zUniOp = 0; /* Unary operator */
- char zFlgs[60];
+ char zFlgs[200];
pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
if( pExpr==0 ){
sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "nil");
sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
return;
}
- if( pExpr->flags || pExpr->affExpr ){
+ if( pExpr->flags || pExpr->affExpr || pExpr->vvaFlags ){
StrAccum x;
sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, zFlgs, sizeof(zFlgs), 0);
sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " fg.af=%x.%c",
@@ -29669,6 +29870,9 @@
if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromDDL) ){
sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " DDL");
}
+ if( ExprHasVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_Immutable) ){
+ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " IMMUTABLE");
+ }
sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x);
}else{
zFlgs[0] = 0;
@@ -29775,6 +29979,7 @@
case TK_RSHIFT: zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break;
case TK_CONCAT: zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break;
case TK_DOT: zBinOp = "DOT"; break;
+ case TK_LIMIT: zBinOp = "LIMIT"; break;
case TK_UMINUS: zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break;
case TK_UPLUS: zUniOp = "UPLUS"; break;
@@ -29828,11 +30033,13 @@
pWin = ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ? pExpr->y.pWin : 0;
#else
pWin = 0;
-#endif
+#endif
}
if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){
- sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG_FUNCTION%d %Q%s",
- pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken, zFlgs);
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG_FUNCTION%d %Q%s agg=%d[%d]/%p",
+ pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken, zFlgs,
+ pExpr->pAggInfo ? pExpr->pAggInfo->selId : 0,
+ pExpr->iAgg, pExpr->pAggInfo);
}else if( pExpr->op2!=0 ){
const char *zOp2;
char zBuf[8];
@@ -29864,7 +30071,7 @@
break;
}
case TK_SELECT: {
- sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT-expr flags=0x%x", pExpr->flags);
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "subquery-expr flags=0x%x", pExpr->flags);
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0);
break;
}
@@ -29909,7 +30116,7 @@
** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
** read the rowid field.
*/
- sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)",
+ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)",
pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn);
break;
}
@@ -30231,13 +30438,13 @@
memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
p->xTask = xTask;
p->pIn = pIn;
- /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a
+ /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a
** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that
- ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically
+ ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically
** for testing purposes. */
if( sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){
rc = 1;
- }else{
+ }else{
rc = pthread_create(&p->tid, 0, xTask, pIn);
}
if( rc ){
@@ -30319,9 +30526,9 @@
*ppThread = 0;
p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p));
if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
- /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a
+ /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a
** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that
- ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically
+ ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically
** (via the sqlite3FaultSim() term of the conditional) for testing
** purposes. */
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 || sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){
@@ -30450,7 +30657,7 @@
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8,
+** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8,
** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
**
** Notes on UTF-8:
@@ -30546,26 +30753,6 @@
} \
}
-#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){ \
- c = (*zIn++); \
- c += ((*zIn++)<<8); \
- if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \
- int c2 = (*zIn++); \
- c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8); \
- c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \
- } \
-}
-
-#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){ \
- c = ((*zIn++)<<8); \
- c += (*zIn++); \
- if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \
- int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8); \
- c2 += (*zIn++); \
- c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \
- } \
-}
-
/*
** Translate a single UTF-8 character. Return the unicode value.
**
@@ -30631,7 +30818,7 @@
/*
** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
-*/
+*/
/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
@@ -30658,13 +30845,13 @@
{
StrAccum acc;
char zBuf[1000];
- sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, &acc);
fprintf(stderr, "INPUT: %s\n", sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc));
}
#endif
- /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then
+ /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then
** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
** differently from the others.
*/
@@ -30742,13 +30929,59 @@
if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
/* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
while( zIn<zTerm ){
- READ_UTF16LE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c);
+ c = *(zIn++);
+ c += (*(zIn++))<<8;
+ if( c>=0xd800 && c<0xe000 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_REPLACE_INVALID_UTF
+ if( c>=0xdc00 || zIn>=zTerm ){
+ c = 0xfffd;
+ }else{
+ int c2 = *(zIn++);
+ c2 += (*(zIn++))<<8;
+ if( c2<0xdc00 || c2>=0xe000 ){
+ zIn -= 2;
+ c = 0xfffd;
+ }else{
+ c = ((c&0x3ff)<<10) + (c2&0x3ff) + 0x10000;
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ if( zIn<zTerm ){
+ int c2 = (*zIn++);
+ c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);
+ c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
}
}else{
/* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */
while( zIn<zTerm ){
- READ_UTF16BE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c);
+ c = (*(zIn++))<<8;
+ c += *(zIn++);
+ if( c>=0xd800 && c<0xe000 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_REPLACE_INVALID_UTF
+ if( c>=0xdc00 || zIn>=zTerm ){
+ c = 0xfffd;
+ }else{
+ int c2 = (*(zIn++))<<8;
+ c2 += *(zIn++);
+ if( c2<0xdc00 || c2>=0xe000 ){
+ zIn -= 2;
+ c = 0xfffd;
+ }else{
+ c = ((c&0x3ff)<<10) + (c2&0x3ff) + 0x10000;
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ if( zIn<zTerm ){
+ int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);
+ c2 += (*zIn++);
+ c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
}
}
@@ -30757,9 +30990,9 @@
*z = 0;
assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
- c = pMem->flags;
+ c = MEM_Str|MEM_Term|(pMem->flags&(MEM_AffMask|MEM_Subtype));
sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term|(c&(MEM_AffMask|MEM_Subtype));
+ pMem->flags = c;
pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
pMem->z = (char*)zOut;
pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z;
@@ -30770,7 +31003,7 @@
{
StrAccum acc;
char zBuf[1000];
- sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, &acc);
fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc));
}
@@ -30781,7 +31014,7 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the
+** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the
** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
@@ -30804,7 +31037,7 @@
bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
}
}
-
+
if( bom ){
rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -30824,7 +31057,7 @@
** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
-** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to
+** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to
** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){
@@ -30844,7 +31077,7 @@
return r;
}
-/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite.
+/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite.
** Hence it is only available in debug builds.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
@@ -30906,19 +31139,16 @@
int c;
unsigned char const *z = zIn;
int n = 0;
-
- if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
- while( n<nChar ){
- READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
- n++;
- }
- }else{
- while( n<nChar ){
- READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
- n++;
- }
+
+ if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE ) z++;
+ while( n<nChar ){
+ c = z[0];
+ z += 2;
+ if( c>=0xd8 && c<0xdc && z[0]>=0xdc && z[0]<0xe0 ) z += 2;
+ n++;
}
- return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn);
+ return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn)
+ - (SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE);
}
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
@@ -30948,30 +31178,6 @@
assert( c==t );
assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
}
- for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
- if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
- z = zBuf;
- WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
- n = (int)(z-zBuf);
- assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
- z[0] = 0;
- z = zBuf;
- READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
- assert( c==i );
- assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
- }
- for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
- if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
- z = zBuf;
- WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
- n = (int)(z-zBuf);
- assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
- z[0] = 0;
- z = zBuf;
- READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
- assert( c==i );
- assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
- }
}
#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
@@ -31013,7 +31219,7 @@
/*
** Calls to sqlite3FaultSim() are used to simulate a failure during testing,
-** or to bypass normal error detection during testing in order to let
+** or to bypass normal error detection during testing in order to let
** execute proceed futher downstream.
**
** In deployment, sqlite3FaultSim() *always* return SQLITE_OK (0). The
@@ -31062,7 +31268,7 @@
}
/*
-** Return the declared type of a column. Or return zDflt if the column
+** Return the declared type of a column. Or return zDflt if the column
** has no declared type.
**
** The column type is an extra string stored after the zero-terminator on
@@ -31298,6 +31504,19 @@
}
/*
+** Compute an 8-bit hash on a string that is insensitive to case differences
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3StrIHash(const char *z){
+ u8 h = 0;
+ if( z==0 ) return 0;
+ while( z[0] ){
+ h += UpperToLower[(unsigned char)z[0]];
+ z++;
+ }
+ return h;
+}
+
+/*
** Compute 10 to the E-th power. Examples: E==1 results in 10.
** E==2 results in 100. E==50 results in 1.0e50.
**
@@ -31332,7 +31551,7 @@
if( E==0 ) break;
x *= x;
}
- return r;
+ return r;
#endif
}
@@ -31349,7 +31568,7 @@
** 1 => The input string is a pure integer
** 2 or more => The input has a decimal point or eNNN clause
** 0 or less => The input string is not a valid number
-** -1 => Not a valid number, but has a valid prefix which
+** -1 => Not a valid number, but has a valid prefix which
** includes a decimal point and/or an eNNN clause
**
** Valid numbers are in one of these formats:
@@ -31450,7 +31669,7 @@
eValid = 0;
eType++;
- /* This branch is needed to avoid a (harmless) buffer overread. The
+ /* This branch is needed to avoid a (harmless) buffer overread. The
** special comment alerts the mutation tester that the correct answer
** is obtained even if the branch is omitted */
if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; /*PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD*/
@@ -31563,6 +31782,30 @@
#endif
/*
+** Render an signed 64-bit integer as text. Store the result in zOut[].
+**
+** The caller must ensure that zOut[] is at least 21 bytes in size.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Int64ToText(i64 v, char *zOut){
+ int i;
+ u64 x;
+ char zTemp[22];
+ if( v<0 ){
+ x = (v==SMALLEST_INT64) ? ((u64)1)<<63 : (u64)-v;
+ }else{
+ x = v;
+ }
+ i = sizeof(zTemp)-2;
+ zTemp[sizeof(zTemp)-1] = 0;
+ do{
+ zTemp[i--] = (x%10) + '0';
+ x = x/10;
+ }while( x );
+ if( v<0 ) zTemp[i--] = '-';
+ memcpy(zOut, &zTemp[i+1], sizeof(zTemp)-1-i);
+}
+
+/*
** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation
** value 2^63: 9223372036854775808. Return negative, zero, or positive
** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string.
@@ -31802,11 +32045,29 @@
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){
int x = 0;
- if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x);
+ sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x);
return x;
}
/*
+** Try to convert z into an unsigned 32-bit integer. Return true on
+** success and false if there is an error.
+**
+** Only decimal notation is accepted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetUInt32(const char *z, u32 *pI){
+ u64 v = 0;
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){
+ v = v*10 + z[i] - '0';
+ if( v>4294967296LL ){ *pI = 0; return 0; }
+ }
+ if( i==0 || z[i]!=0 ){ *pI = 0; return 0; }
+ *pI = (u32)v;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/*
** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
**
** KEY:
@@ -31846,7 +32107,7 @@
v >>= 7;
}
return 9;
- }
+ }
n = 0;
do{
buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
@@ -32046,8 +32307,8 @@
** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned
** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff.
**
-** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the
-** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as
+** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the
+** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as
** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
@@ -32108,8 +32369,7 @@
u64 v64;
u8 n;
- p -= 2;
- n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
+ n = sqlite3GetVarint(p-2, &v64);
assert( n>3 && n<=9 );
if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){
*v = 0xffffffff;
@@ -32236,7 +32496,7 @@
return (u8)(h & 0xf);
}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL)
/*
** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary
** value. Return a pointer to its binary value. Space to hold the
@@ -32257,7 +32517,7 @@
}
return zBlob;
}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL */
/*
** Log an error that is an API call on a connection pointer that should
@@ -32265,7 +32525,7 @@
** argument. The zType is a word like "NULL" or "closed" or "invalid".
*/
static void logBadConnection(const char *zType){
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
"API call with %s database connection pointer",
zType
);
@@ -32339,7 +32599,7 @@
if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1;
}
*pA += iB;
- return 0;
+ return 0;
#endif
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
@@ -32380,7 +32640,7 @@
}
/*
-** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or
+** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or
** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){
@@ -32420,11 +32680,11 @@
}
#endif
-/*
+/*
** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values. This computation is
** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic
** value.
-**
+**
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){
static const unsigned char x[] = {
@@ -32538,8 +32798,8 @@
** Conceptually:
**
** struct VList {
-** int nAlloc; // Number of allocated slots
-** int nUsed; // Number of used slots
+** int nAlloc; // Number of allocated slots
+** int nUsed; // Number of used slots
** struct VListEntry {
** int iValue; // Value for this entry
** int nSlot; // Slots used by this entry
@@ -32548,7 +32808,7 @@
** }
**
** During code generation, pointers to the variable names within the
-** VList are taken. When that happens, nAlloc is set to zero as an
+** VList are taken. When that happens, nAlloc is set to zero as an
** indication that the VList may never again be enlarged, since the
** accompanying realloc() would invalidate the pointers.
*/
@@ -32739,7 +32999,7 @@
/* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is
** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error. So mark the
- ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of
+ ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of
** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero()
** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will
** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which
@@ -32791,7 +33051,7 @@
if( pHash ) *pHash = h;
while( count-- ){
assert( elem!=0 );
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){
return elem;
}
elem = elem->next;
@@ -32809,7 +33069,7 @@
){
struct _ht *pEntry;
if( elem->prev ){
- elem->prev->next = elem->next;
+ elem->prev->next = elem->next;
}else{
pH->first = elem->next;
}
@@ -32968,8 +33228,8 @@
/* 60 */ "IncrVacuum" OpHelp(""),
/* 61 */ "VNext" OpHelp(""),
/* 62 */ "Init" OpHelp("Start at P2"),
- /* 63 */ "PureFunc" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
- /* 64 */ "Function" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
+ /* 63 */ "PureFunc" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@NP])"),
+ /* 64 */ "Function" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@NP])"),
/* 65 */ "Return" OpHelp(""),
/* 66 */ "EndCoroutine" OpHelp(""),
/* 67 */ "HaltIfNull" OpHelp("if r[P3]=null halt"),
@@ -33035,8 +33295,8 @@
/* 127 */ "Rowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
/* 128 */ "NullRow" OpHelp(""),
/* 129 */ "SeekEnd" OpHelp(""),
- /* 130 */ "SorterInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
- /* 131 */ "IdxInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
+ /* 130 */ "IdxInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
+ /* 131 */ "SorterInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
/* 132 */ "IdxDelete" OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"),
/* 133 */ "DeferredSeek" OpHelp("Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed"),
/* 134 */ "IdxRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
@@ -33151,7 +33411,7 @@
** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic
** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem
-** where the database is located.
+** where the database is located.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
# if defined(__APPLE__)
@@ -33277,7 +33537,7 @@
#define osGetpid(X) (pid_t)getpid()
/*
-** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not
+** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not
** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
*/
#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))
@@ -33345,7 +33605,7 @@
** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will
** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction
** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the
- ** one described by ticket #3584.
+ ** one described by ticket #3584.
*/
unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */
unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */
@@ -33354,7 +33614,7 @@
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that
+ /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that
** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
*/
char aPadding[32];
@@ -33485,7 +33745,7 @@
__asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
return val;
}
-
+
#elif !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
__inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
@@ -33697,7 +33957,7 @@
#ifdef __DJGPP__
{ "fstat", 0, 0 },
#define osFstat(a,b,c) 0
-#else
+#else
{ "fstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat, 0 },
#define osFstat ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
#endif
@@ -33935,7 +34195,7 @@
/*
** Do not accept any file descriptor less than this value, in order to avoid
-** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for
+** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for
** standard input, output, and error.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR
@@ -33974,17 +34234,17 @@
}
if( fd>=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break;
osClose(fd);
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,
"attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd);
fd = -1;
- if( osOpen("/dev/null", f, m)<0 ) break;
+ if( osOpen("/dev/null", O_RDONLY, m)<0 ) break;
}
if( fd>=0 ){
if( m!=0 ){
struct stat statbuf;
- if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0
+ if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0
&& statbuf.st_size==0
- && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m
+ && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m
){
osFchmod(fd, m);
}
@@ -33999,11 +34259,11 @@
/*
** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and
-** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be
+** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be
** shared by multiple threads.
**
-** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
-** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
+** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
+** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
** statements. e.g.
**
** unixEnterMutex()
@@ -34125,7 +34385,7 @@
static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
int rc;
#ifdef __ANDROID__
- /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if
+ /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if
** _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. This means it is unsafe to attempt to
** truncate a file to any size larger than 2GiB. Silently ignore any
** such attempts. */
@@ -34141,32 +34401,32 @@
** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions. Specifically, it is
** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
-** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into
+** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into
** SQLITE_IOERR
-**
+**
** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
*/
static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
- assert( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) ||
- (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) ||
+ assert( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) ||
+ (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) ||
(sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) ||
(sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) );
switch (posixError) {
- case EACCES:
+ case EACCES:
case EAGAIN:
case ETIMEDOUT:
case EBUSY:
case EINTR:
- case ENOLCK:
- /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support
+ case ENOLCK:
+ /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support
* introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
return SQLITE_BUSY;
-
- case EPERM:
+
+ case EPERM:
return SQLITE_PERM;
-
- default:
+
+ default:
return sqliteIOErr;
}
}
@@ -34181,7 +34441,7 @@
**
** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a
** unique file ID in VxWorks. Each instance of this structure contains
-** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count.
+** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count.
** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to
** zero.
**
@@ -34197,7 +34457,7 @@
};
#if OS_VXWORKS
-/*
+/*
** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this
** variable:
*/
@@ -34269,7 +34529,7 @@
*/
unixEnterMutex();
for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){
- if( pCandidate->nName==n
+ if( pCandidate->nName==n
&& memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0
){
sqlite3_free(pNew);
@@ -34362,7 +34622,7 @@
** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
**
** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
-** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a
+** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a
** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
** a locked and an unlocked state.
**
@@ -34395,7 +34655,7 @@
**
** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads. But support for LinuxThreads
** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0. SQLite will still work with
-** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection
+** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection
** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections
** do not move across threads.
*/
@@ -34412,7 +34672,7 @@
/* We are told that some versions of Android contain a bug that
** sizes ino_t at only 32-bits instead of 64-bits. (See
** https://android-review.googlesource.com/#/c/115351/3/dist/sqlite3.c)
- ** To work around this, always allocate 64-bits for the inode number.
+ ** To work around this, always allocate 64-bits for the inode number.
** On small machines that only have 32-bit inodes, this wastes 4 bytes,
** but that should not be a big deal. */
/* WAS: ino_t ino; */
@@ -34500,7 +34760,7 @@
** strerror_r().
**
** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
-** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN).
+** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN).
** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path,
** if any.
@@ -34518,7 +34778,7 @@
/* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use
** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message
** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r().
- */
+ */
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R)
char aErr[80];
memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr));
@@ -34526,18 +34786,18 @@
/* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined,
** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that
- ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer
- ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere.
- ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of
+ ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer
+ ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere.
+ ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of
** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[].
**
** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is
** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a
- ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available
+ ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available
** could lead to a segfault though.
*/
#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU)
- zErr =
+ zErr =
# endif
strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1);
@@ -34588,7 +34848,7 @@
/*
** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list.
-*/
+*/
static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
UnixUnusedFd *p;
@@ -34743,7 +35003,7 @@
#else
struct stat buf;
return pFile->pInode!=0 &&
- (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0
+ (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0
|| (u64)buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino);
#endif
}
@@ -34824,7 +35084,7 @@
}
}
#endif
-
+
sqlite3_mutex_leave(pFile->pInode->pLockMutex);
OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
@@ -34853,8 +35113,9 @@
struct flock *pLock, /* The description of the lock */
unixFile *pFile /* Structure holding timeout value */
){
+ int tm = pFile->iBusyTimeout;
int rc = osFcntl(h,F_SETLK,pLock);
- while( rc<0 && pFile->iBusyTimeout>0 ){
+ while( rc<0 && tm>0 ){
/* On systems that support some kind of blocking file lock with a timeout,
** make appropriate changes here to invoke that blocking file lock. On
** generic posix, however, there is no such API. So we simply try the
@@ -34862,7 +35123,7 @@
** the lock is obtained. */
usleep(1000);
rc = osFcntl(h,F_SETLK,pLock);
- pFile->iBusyTimeout--;
+ tm--;
}
return rc;
}
@@ -34870,7 +35131,7 @@
/*
-** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is
+** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is
** described by pLock.
**
** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock
@@ -34962,7 +35223,7 @@
**
** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
- ** 'reserved byte'.
+ ** 'reserved byte'.
**
** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
@@ -34976,7 +35237,7 @@
** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
- ** database.
+ ** database.
*/
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
@@ -35017,7 +35278,7 @@
/* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
*/
- if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock &&
+ if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock &&
(pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
){
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
@@ -35028,7 +35289,7 @@
** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
** return SQLITE_OK.
*/
- if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK &&
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK &&
(pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
@@ -35046,7 +35307,7 @@
*/
lock.l_len = 1L;
lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK
|| (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
){
lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
@@ -35085,7 +35346,7 @@
if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
/* This could happen with a network mount */
tErrno = errno;
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
}
if( rc ){
@@ -35127,7 +35388,7 @@
}
}
}
-
+
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when
@@ -35156,7 +35417,7 @@
end_lock:
sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex);
- OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
return rc;
}
@@ -35181,11 +35442,11 @@
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-**
+**
** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED
** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then
-** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works
-** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to
+** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works
+** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to
** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set.
*/
static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
@@ -35223,7 +35484,7 @@
/* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock
** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade
- ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a
+ ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a
** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock:
** 1: [WWWWW]
** 2: [....W]
@@ -35239,7 +35500,7 @@
if( handleNFSUnlock ){
int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */
off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1;
-
+
lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
@@ -35281,11 +35542,11 @@
lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
/* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another
- ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this
+ ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this
** indicates that the other process is not following the locking
** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning
- ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes
- ** an assert to fail). */
+ ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes
+ ** an assert to fail). */
rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
goto end_unlock;
@@ -35361,7 +35622,7 @@
#endif
/*
-** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation
+** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation
** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
** structure to 0.
@@ -35424,7 +35685,7 @@
if( pInode->nLock ){
/* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file
- ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed
+ ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed
** when the last lock is cleared.
*/
setPendingFd(pFile);
@@ -35524,7 +35785,7 @@
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
+
assert( pFile );
reserved = osAccess((const char*)pFile->lockingContext, 0)==0;
OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
@@ -35578,7 +35839,7 @@
#endif
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
/* grab an exclusive lock */
rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777);
if( rc<0 ){
@@ -35593,8 +35854,8 @@
}
}
return rc;
- }
-
+ }
+
/* got it, set the type and return ok */
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return rc;
@@ -35618,7 +35879,7 @@
OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0)));
assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-
+
/* no-op if possible */
if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
return SQLITE_OK;
@@ -35631,7 +35892,7 @@
pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
/* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK );
rc = osRmdir(zLockFile);
@@ -35643,7 +35904,7 @@
rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
}
- return rc;
+ return rc;
}
pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
return SQLITE_OK;
@@ -35690,7 +35951,7 @@
#else
# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b)
#endif
-
+
/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
@@ -35702,16 +35963,16 @@
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int reserved = 0;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
+
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
+
assert( pFile );
-
+
/* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
reserved = 1;
}
-
+
/* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
if( !reserved ){
/* attempt to get the lock */
@@ -35722,7 +35983,7 @@
if ( lrc ) {
int tErrno = errno;
/* unlock failed with an error */
- lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
rc = lrc;
}
@@ -35730,7 +35991,7 @@
int tErrno = errno;
reserved = 1;
/* someone else might have it reserved */
- lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+ lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
rc = lrc;
@@ -35784,15 +36045,15 @@
assert( pFile );
- /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
+ /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
/* grab an exclusive lock */
-
+
if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
int tErrno = errno;
/* didn't get, must be busy */
@@ -35804,7 +36065,7 @@
/* got it, set the type and return ok */
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
}
- OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
if( (rc & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
@@ -35824,23 +36085,23 @@
*/
static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
+
assert( pFile );
OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0)));
assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-
+
/* no-op if possible */
if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
/* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
/* no, really, unlock. */
if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
@@ -35891,14 +36152,14 @@
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
+
assert( pFile );
/* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
reserved = 1;
}
-
+
/* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
if( !reserved ){
sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
@@ -35957,14 +36218,14 @@
sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
+ /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
goto sem_end_lock;
}
-
+
/* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */
if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
@@ -35994,18 +36255,18 @@
OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0)));
assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-
+
/* no-op if possible */
if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
/* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
/* no, really unlock. */
if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) {
int rc, tErrno = errno;
@@ -36013,7 +36274,7 @@
if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
}
- return rc;
+ return rc;
}
pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
return SQLITE_OK;
@@ -36079,7 +36340,7 @@
/*
** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an
** AFP filesystem.
-**
+**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure.
*/
static int afpSetLock(
@@ -36091,14 +36352,14 @@
){
struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb;
int err;
-
+
pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
pb.startEndFlag = 0;
pb.offset = offset;
- pb.length = length;
+ pb.length = length;
pb.fd = pFile->h;
-
- OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n",
+
+ OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n",
(setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""),
offset, length));
err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
@@ -36133,9 +36394,9 @@
int reserved = 0;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
afpLockingContext *context;
-
+
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
+
assert( pFile );
context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
if( context->reserved ){
@@ -36147,12 +36408,12 @@
if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
reserved = 1;
}
-
+
/* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
*/
if( !reserved ){
/* lock the RESERVED byte */
- int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
+ int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){
/* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
** the original state */
@@ -36165,10 +36426,10 @@
rc=lrc;
}
}
-
+
sqlite3_mutex_leave(pFile->pInode->pLockMutex);
OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-
+
*pResOut = reserved;
return rc;
}
@@ -36202,7 +36463,7 @@
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-
+
assert( pFile );
OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h,
azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
@@ -36226,7 +36487,7 @@
assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-
+
/* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
*/
pInode = pFile->pInode;
@@ -36235,18 +36496,18 @@
/* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
*/
- if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock &&
+ if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock &&
(pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
){
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
goto afp_end_lock;
}
-
+
/* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
** return SQLITE_OK.
*/
- if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK &&
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK &&
(pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
@@ -36256,12 +36517,12 @@
pInode->nLock++;
goto afp_end_lock;
}
-
+
/* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
** be released.
*/
- if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK
|| (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
){
int failed;
@@ -36271,30 +36532,30 @@
goto afp_end_lock;
}
}
-
+
/* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
** operating system calls for the specified lock.
*/
if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0;
long lk, mask;
-
+
assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
-
+
mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff;
/* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
/* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
- lk = random();
+ lk = random();
pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
- lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
+ lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1);
if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
}
/* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
-
+
if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
storeLastErrno(pFile, lrc1Errno);
rc = lrc1;
@@ -36329,34 +36590,34 @@
}
if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
/* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
-
- /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to
+
+ /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to
** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock
*/
if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){
int failed2 = SQLITE_OK;
/* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
- failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST,
+ failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST,
SHARED_SIZE, 1);
- if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
+ if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
/* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is
** a critical I/O error
*/
- rc = ((failed & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 :
+ rc = ((failed & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 :
SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
goto afp_end_lock;
- }
+ }
}else{
- rc = failed;
+ rc = failed;
}
}
if( failed ){
rc = failed;
}
}
-
+
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
@@ -36364,10 +36625,10 @@
pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
}
-
+
afp_end_lock:
sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex);
- OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
return rc;
}
@@ -36406,7 +36667,7 @@
SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-
+
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
** reading the database file again, make sure that the
@@ -36421,7 +36682,7 @@
|| pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
#endif
-
+
if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){
@@ -36434,11 +36695,11 @@
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){
rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
- }
+ }
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){
rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
- if( !rc ){
- context->reserved = 0;
+ if( !rc ){
+ context->reserved = 0;
}
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){
@@ -36471,7 +36732,7 @@
if( pInode->nLock==0 ) closePendingFds(pFile);
}
}
-
+
sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
@@ -36480,7 +36741,7 @@
}
/*
-** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context
+** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context
*/
static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -36538,7 +36799,7 @@
/*
** The code above is the NFS lock implementation. The code is specific
** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative
-** is available.
+** is available.
**
********************* End of the NFS lock implementation **********************
******************************************************************************/
@@ -36546,7 +36807,7 @@
/******************************************************************************
**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods *****************************
**
-** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the
+** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the
** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods. The locking
** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per
** division). Those methods that are common to all locking modes
@@ -36554,7 +36815,7 @@
*/
/*
-** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt
+** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt
** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
**
** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
@@ -36616,8 +36877,8 @@
** wrong.
*/
static int unixRead(
- sqlite3_file *id,
- void *pBuf,
+ sqlite3_file *id,
+ void *pBuf,
int amt,
sqlite3_int64 offset
){
@@ -36627,12 +36888,12 @@
assert( offset>=0 );
assert( amt>0 );
- /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
+ /* If this is a database file (not a journal, super-journal or temp
** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
#if 0
assert( pFile->pPreallocatedUnused==0
|| offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
- || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
+ || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
);
#endif
@@ -36670,7 +36931,7 @@
/*
** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to
** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from
-** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise,
+** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise,
** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than
** nBuf).
*/
@@ -36730,22 +36991,22 @@
** or some other error code on failure.
*/
static int unixWrite(
- sqlite3_file *id,
- const void *pBuf,
+ sqlite3_file *id,
+ const void *pBuf,
int amt,
- sqlite3_int64 offset
+ sqlite3_int64 offset
){
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
int wrote = 0;
assert( id );
assert( amt>0 );
- /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
+ /* If this is a database file (not a journal, super-journal or temp
** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
#if 0
assert( pFile->pPreallocatedUnused==0
|| offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
- || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
+ || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
);
#endif
@@ -36787,7 +37048,7 @@
}
}
#endif
-
+
while( (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))<amt && wrote>0 ){
amt -= wrote;
offset += wrote;
@@ -36853,8 +37114,8 @@
**
** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged.
** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content
-** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is
-** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However,
+** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is
+** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However,
** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the
** file size has changed. The only real difference between fdatasync()
** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the
@@ -36868,7 +37129,7 @@
int rc;
/* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as
- ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering
+ ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering
** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
@@ -36882,7 +37143,7 @@
UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
#endif
- /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and
+ /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and
** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
** gets called with the correct arguments.
*/
@@ -36908,11 +37169,11 @@
rc = 1;
}
/* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
- ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local
+ ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local
** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
- ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync
- ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.
- ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid
+ ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync
+ ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.
+ ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid
** the fcntl call every time sync is called.
*/
if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
@@ -36922,7 +37183,7 @@
** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync
*/
rc = fsync(fd);
-#else
+#else
rc = fdatasync(fd);
#if OS_VXWORKS
if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){
@@ -36973,7 +37234,7 @@
if( zDirname[0]!='/' ) zDirname[0] = '.';
zDirname[1] = 0;
}
- fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0);
+ fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
if( fd>=0 ){
OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname));
}
@@ -37083,7 +37344,7 @@
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
/* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently
** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will
- ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.
+ ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.
*/
if( nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){
pFile->mmapSize = nByte;
@@ -37129,8 +37390,8 @@
static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
#endif
-/*
-** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT
+/*
+** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT
** file-control operation. Enlarge the database to nBytes in size
** (rounded up to the next chunk-size). If the database is already
** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op.
@@ -37139,7 +37400,7 @@
if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
i64 nSize; /* Required file size */
struct stat buf; /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
-
+
if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ){
return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
}
@@ -37148,8 +37409,8 @@
if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){
#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
- /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate()
- ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success,
+ /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate()
+ ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success,
** or an error number on failure". See the manpage for details. */
int err;
do{
@@ -37157,7 +37418,7 @@
}while( err==EINTR );
if( err && err!=EINVAL ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
#else
- /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. Write a
+ /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. Write a
** single byte to the last byte in each block that falls entirely
** within the extended region. Then, if required, a single byte
** at offset (nSize-1), to set the size of the file correctly.
@@ -37283,7 +37544,9 @@
}
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT: {
+ int iOld = pFile->iBusyTimeout;
pFile->iBusyTimeout = *(int*)pArg;
+ *(int*)pArg = iOld;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif
@@ -37336,9 +37599,9 @@
/*
** If pFd->sectorSize is non-zero when this function is called, it is a
-** no-op. Otherwise, the values of pFd->sectorSize and
-** pFd->deviceCharacteristics are set according to the file-system
-** characteristics.
+** no-op. Otherwise, the values of pFd->sectorSize and
+** pFd->deviceCharacteristics are set according to the file-system
+** characteristics.
**
** There are two versions of this function. One for QNX and one for all
** other systems.
@@ -37372,7 +37635,7 @@
static void setDeviceCharacteristics(unixFile *pFile){
if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){
struct statvfs fsInfo;
-
+
/* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */
pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
@@ -37481,7 +37744,7 @@
/*
** Return the system page size.
**
-** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file.
+** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file.
** Instead, it should be called via macro osGetpagesize().
*/
static int unixGetpagesize(void){
@@ -37499,7 +37762,7 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
/*
-** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.
+** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.
**
** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread
** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance
@@ -37519,7 +37782,7 @@
** nRef
**
** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
-**
+**
** hShm
** zFilename
**
@@ -37602,13 +37865,20 @@
assert( n>=1 && n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
if( pShmNode->hShm>=0 ){
+ int res;
/* Initialize the locking parameters */
f.l_type = lockType;
f.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
f.l_start = ofst;
f.l_len = n;
- rc = osSetPosixAdvisoryLock(pShmNode->hShm, &f, pFile);
- rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY;
+ res = osSetPosixAdvisoryLock(pShmNode->hShm, &f, pFile);
+ if( res==-1 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
+ rc = (pFile->iBusyTimeout ? SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT : SQLITE_BUSY);
+#else
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+#endif
+ }
}
/* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */
@@ -37646,7 +37916,7 @@
}
#endif
- return rc;
+ return rc;
}
/*
@@ -37702,7 +37972,7 @@
** take it now. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error
** code otherwise.
**
-** If the DMS cannot be locked because this is a readonly_shm=1
+** If the DMS cannot be locked because this is a readonly_shm=1
** connection and no other process already holds a lock, return
** SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT and set pShmNode->isUnlocked=1.
*/
@@ -37713,7 +37983,7 @@
/* Use F_GETLK to determine the locks other processes are holding
** on the DMS byte. If it indicates that another process is holding
** a SHARED lock, then this process may also take a SHARED lock
- ** and proceed with opening the *-shm file.
+ ** and proceed with opening the *-shm file.
**
** Or, if no other process is holding any lock, then this process
** is the first to open it. In this case take an EXCLUSIVE lock on the
@@ -37761,20 +38031,20 @@
}
/*
-** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd.
+** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd.
** This particular implementation uses mmapped files.
**
** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory
** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database
** file with the "-shm" suffix added. For example, if the database file
** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped
-** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm".
+** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm".
**
** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an
** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory
** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions
** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same
-** database to end up using different files for shared memory -
+** database to end up using different files for shared memory -
** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting
** in database corruption. Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage
** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm"
@@ -37844,7 +38114,7 @@
memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename);
zShm = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1];
#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
- sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShm,
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShm,
SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x",
(u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev);
#else
@@ -37919,22 +38189,22 @@
}
/*
-** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
-** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions
-** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
+** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
+** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions
+** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
** bytes in size.
**
** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
**
** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
-** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
-** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
+** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
+** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
**
** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
-** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
-** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
+** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
+** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
*/
static int unixShmMap(
@@ -37989,7 +38259,7 @@
rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE;
goto shmpage_out;
}
-
+
if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){
/* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to
** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
@@ -38038,7 +38308,7 @@
void *pMem;
if( pShmNode->hShm>=0 ){
pMem = osMmap(0, nMap,
- pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE,
+ pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE,
MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->hShm, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion
);
if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){
@@ -38105,6 +38375,28 @@
assert( pShmNode->hShm>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
assert( pShmNode->hShm<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
+ /* Check that, if this to be a blocking lock, no locks that occur later
+ ** in the following list than the lock being obtained are already held:
+ **
+ ** 1. Checkpointer lock (ofst==1).
+ ** 2. Write lock (ofst==0).
+ ** 3. Read locks (ofst>=3 && ofst<SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK).
+ **
+ ** In other words, if this is a blocking lock, none of the locks that
+ ** occur later in the above list than the lock being obtained may be
+ ** held.
+ **
+ ** It is not permitted to block on the RECOVER lock.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
+ assert( (flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK) || pDbFd->iBusyTimeout==0 || (
+ (ofst!=2) /* not RECOVER */
+ && (ofst!=1 || (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask)==0)
+ && (ofst!=0 || (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask)<3)
+ && (ofst<3 || (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask)<(1<<ofst))
+ ));
+#endif
+
mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->pShmMutex);
@@ -38129,7 +38421,7 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
p->exclMask &= ~mask;
p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
- }
+ }
}else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
@@ -38168,7 +38460,7 @@
break;
}
}
-
+
/* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful
** also mark the local connection as being locked.
*/
@@ -38187,7 +38479,7 @@
}
/*
-** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
+** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
**
** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
** any load or store begun after the barrier.
@@ -38197,15 +38489,15 @@
){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); /* compiler-defined memory barrier */
- assert( fd->pMethods->xLock==nolockLock
- || unixFileMutexNotheld((unixFile*)fd)
+ assert( fd->pMethods->xLock==nolockLock
+ || unixFileMutexNotheld((unixFile*)fd)
);
unixEnterMutex(); /* Also mutex, for redundancy */
unixLeaveMutex();
}
/*
-** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying
+** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying
** storage if deleteFlag is true.
**
** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this
@@ -38279,7 +38571,7 @@
}
/*
-** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file
+** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file
** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded.
**
** If successful, this function sets the following variables:
@@ -38371,14 +38663,14 @@
/*
** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
-** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if
-** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still
+** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if
+** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still
** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
**
-** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of
-** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the
+** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of
+** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the
** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
-** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured
+** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured
** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
@@ -38419,7 +38711,7 @@
** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
**
-** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually
+** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually
** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch().
*/
static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
@@ -38444,13 +38736,13 @@
}
/*
-** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a
+** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a
** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second
** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
-** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation.
+** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation.
**
-** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called
-** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping
+** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called
+** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping
** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
*/
static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
@@ -38458,7 +38750,7 @@
unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */
UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff);
- /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding
+ /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding
** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
** then there must be at least one outstanding. */
assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );
@@ -38666,8 +38958,8 @@
#endif
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
-** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy
+/*
+** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy
** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
** object that implements that strategy.
**
@@ -38709,8 +39001,8 @@
}
/* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs".
- ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds,
- ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks.
+ ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds,
+ ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks.
*/
lockInfo.l_len = 1;
lockInfo.l_start = 0;
@@ -38726,7 +39018,7 @@
return &dotlockIoMethods;
}
}
-static const sqlite3_io_methods
+static const sqlite3_io_methods
*(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
@@ -38762,7 +39054,7 @@
return &semIoMethods;
}
}
-static const sqlite3_io_methods
+static const sqlite3_io_methods
*(*const vxworksIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = vxworksIoFinderImpl;
#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
@@ -38890,14 +39182,14 @@
robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
h = -1;
}
- unixLeaveMutex();
+ unixLeaveMutex();
}
}
#endif
else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){
/* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
- ** the dotlockLockingContext
+ ** the dotlockLockingContext
*/
char *zLockFile;
int nFilename;
@@ -38935,7 +39227,7 @@
unixLeaveMutex();
}
#endif
-
+
storeLastErrno(pNew, 0);
#if OS_VXWORKS
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -38948,7 +39240,7 @@
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
}else{
- pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
+ pId->pMethods = pLockingStyle;
OpenCounter(+1);
verifyDbFile(pNew);
}
@@ -38999,7 +39291,7 @@
/* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
- ** function failing.
+ ** function failing.
*/
zBuf[0] = 0;
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
@@ -39028,8 +39320,8 @@
#endif
/*
-** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database
-** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname
+** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database
+** file (not a journal or super-journal file) identified by pathname
** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second
** argument to this function.
**
@@ -39037,7 +39329,7 @@
** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some
** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock.
** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment
-** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for
+** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for
** further details. Also, ticket #4018.
**
** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no
@@ -39048,8 +39340,8 @@
/* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because
** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure),
- ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better
- ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure
+ ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better
+ ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure
** feature. */
#if !OS_VXWORKS
struct stat sStat; /* Results of stat() call */
@@ -39091,7 +39383,7 @@
}
/*
-** Find the mode, uid and gid of file zFile.
+** Find the mode, uid and gid of file zFile.
*/
static int getFileMode(
const char *zFile, /* File name */
@@ -39115,16 +39407,16 @@
** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions
** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned
** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is
-** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is
+** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is
** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified.
**
** In most cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become
** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using
** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask.
-** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then
-** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the
-** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever
-** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions
+** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then
+** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the
+** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever
+** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions
** as the associated database file.
**
** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the
@@ -39156,14 +39448,14 @@
** "<path to db>-journalNN"
** "<path to db>-walNN"
**
- ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are
+ ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are
** used by the test_multiplex.c module.
*/
- nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1;
+ nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1;
while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){
/* In normal operation, the journal file name will always contain
** a '-' character. However in 8+3 filename mode, or if a corrupt
- ** rollback journal specifies a master journal with a goofy name, then
+ ** rollback journal specifies a super-journal with a goofy name, then
** the '-' might be missing. */
if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]=='.' ) return SQLITE_OK;
nDb--;
@@ -39189,7 +39481,7 @@
/*
** Open the file zPath.
-**
+**
** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
** one:
**
@@ -39200,13 +39492,13 @@
** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
**
** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE)
-** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY)
+** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY)
** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
**
** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
-** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new
-** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for
+** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new
+** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for
** OpenExclusive().
*/
static int unixOpen(
@@ -39236,13 +39528,13 @@
struct statfs fsInfo;
#endif
- /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
+ /* If creating a super- or main-file journal, this function will open
** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
*/
int isNewJrnl = (isCreate && (
- eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
+ eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
|| eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
));
@@ -39252,9 +39544,9 @@
char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2];
const char *zName = zPath;
- /* Check the following statements are true:
+ /* Check the following statements are true:
**
- ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
+ ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
@@ -39264,17 +39556,17 @@
assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
- /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
+ /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and super-journal are never
** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */
assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
- assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL );
assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
/* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
- assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+ assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL
|| eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
);
@@ -39323,7 +39615,7 @@
/* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function
** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as
- ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the
+ ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the
** 'conch file' locking functions later on. */
if( isReadonly ) openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR;
@@ -39388,7 +39680,7 @@
if( p->pPreallocatedUnused ){
p->pPreallocatedUnused->fd = fd;
- p->pPreallocatedUnused->flags =
+ p->pPreallocatedUnused->flags =
flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
}
@@ -39410,7 +39702,7 @@
p->openFlags = openFlags;
}
#endif
-
+
#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
storeLastErrno(p, errno);
@@ -39441,7 +39733,7 @@
char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
int useProxy = 0;
- /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means
+ /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means
** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only. */
if( envforce!=NULL ){
useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
@@ -39453,9 +39745,9 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile
- ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically,
- ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op
+ /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile
+ ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically,
+ ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op
*/
unixClose(pFile);
return rc;
@@ -39465,9 +39757,9 @@
}
}
#endif
-
- assert( zPath==0 || zPath[0]=='/'
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
+
+ assert( zPath==0 || zPath[0]=='/'
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
);
rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
@@ -39585,9 +39877,9 @@
/*
** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
-** zPath.
+** zPath.
**
-** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes
+** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes
** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
** this buffer before returning.
*/
@@ -39706,7 +39998,7 @@
unixLeaveMutex();
}
static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){
- /*
+ /*
** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be
** cast into a pointer to a function. And yet the library dlsym() routine
** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function. So how do we
@@ -39716,7 +40008,7 @@
** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function.
** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function.
** (That assignment requires a cast.) Then we call the function that
- ** x points to.
+ ** x points to.
**
** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where
** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*. But then, on the
@@ -39759,7 +40051,7 @@
** tests repeatable.
*/
memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
- randomnessPid = osGetpid(0);
+ randomnessPid = osGetpid(0);
#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS)
{
int fd, got;
@@ -39826,7 +40118,7 @@
** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
**
-** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date
+** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date
** cannot be found.
*/
static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
@@ -39933,7 +40225,7 @@
** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking
** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a
** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file
-** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.
+** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.
**
**
** Using proxy locks
@@ -39959,19 +40251,19 @@
** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the
** database file. For example:
**
-** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db"
+** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db"
** The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:")
**
** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not
** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via
** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another
-** connection or process).
+** connection or process).
**
**
** How proxy locking works
** -----------------------
**
-** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files:
+** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files:
**
** * conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host
** at a time
@@ -39998,11 +40290,11 @@
** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file).
**
** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is
-** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.
+** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.
** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where
** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it.
-** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until
-** the connection to the database is closed.
+** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until
+** the connection to the database is closed.
**
** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need
** to be created the first time they are used.
@@ -40016,7 +40308,7 @@
** automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are
** named automatically using the same logic as
** PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:"
-**
+**
** SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
**
** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file
@@ -40031,8 +40323,8 @@
**
** Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the
** lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
-**
-**
+**
+**
** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
@@ -40042,12 +40334,12 @@
*/
/*
-** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX
+** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX
*/
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
-** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote
+** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote
** and local proxy files in it
*/
typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext;
@@ -40063,10 +40355,10 @@
sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */
};
-/*
-** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath,
+/*
+** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath,
** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length
-** file path.
+** file path.
*/
static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
int len;
@@ -40083,7 +40375,7 @@
lPath, errno, osGetpid(0)));
return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
}
- len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);
+ len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);
}
# else
len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen);
@@ -40093,7 +40385,7 @@
if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){
len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen);
}
-
+
/* transform the db path to a unique cache name */
dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath);
for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){
@@ -40106,14 +40398,14 @@
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
+/*
** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath
*/
static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){
int i, len;
char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
int start = 0;
-
+
assert(lockPath!=NULL);
/* try to create all the intermediate directories */
len = (int)strlen(lockPath);
@@ -40121,7 +40413,7 @@
for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){
if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){
/* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */
- if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/')
+ if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/')
|| (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){
buf[i]='\0';
if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){
@@ -40198,13 +40490,13 @@
switch (terrno) {
case EACCES:
return SQLITE_PERM;
- case EIO:
+ case EIO:
return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */
default:
return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
}
}
-
+
pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pNew));
if( pNew==NULL ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
@@ -40218,13 +40510,13 @@
pUnused->fd = fd;
pUnused->flags = openFlags;
pNew->pPreallocatedUnused = pUnused;
-
+
rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
*ppFile = pNew;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-end_create_proxy:
+end_create_proxy:
robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__);
sqlite3_free(pNew);
sqlite3_free(pUnused);
@@ -40243,7 +40535,7 @@
extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait);
#endif
-/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN
+/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN
** bytes of writable memory.
*/
static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
@@ -40269,7 +40561,7 @@
pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF));
}
#endif
-
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
@@ -40280,14 +40572,14 @@
#define PROXY_PATHINDEX (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN)
#define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN)
-/*
-** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves
+/*
+** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves
** it back. The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the
-** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is
+** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is
** closed. Returns zero if successful.
*/
static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
char tPath[MAXPATHLEN];
char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
@@ -40301,7 +40593,7 @@
/* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */
pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN);
- if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 ||
+ if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 ||
(strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen);
goto end_breaklock;
@@ -40343,24 +40635,24 @@
return rc;
}
-/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the
+/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the
** host id matches.
*/
static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int nTries = 0;
struct timespec conchModTime;
-
+
memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime));
do {
rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
nTries ++;
if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
/* If the lock failed (busy):
- * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again.
- * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait
+ * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again.
+ * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait
* 10 sec and try again
* 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed.
*/
@@ -40369,20 +40661,20 @@
storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
}
-
+
if( nTries==1 ){
conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec;
usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/
- continue;
+ continue;
}
assert( nTries>1 );
- if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec ||
+ if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec ||
conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
-
- if( nTries==2 ){
+
+ if( nTries==2 ){
char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
if( len<0 ){
@@ -40399,9 +40691,9 @@
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */
- continue;
+ continue;
}
-
+
assert( nTries==3 );
if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){
rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -40414,19 +40706,19 @@
}
}
} while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 );
-
+
return rc;
}
-/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if
-** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL
-** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the
-** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically
+/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if
+** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL
+** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the
+** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically
** and written to the conch file.
*/
static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
-
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+
if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}else{
@@ -40442,7 +40734,7 @@
int readLen = 0;
int tryOldLockPath = 0;
int forceNewLockPath = 0;
-
+
OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
(pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"),
osGetpid(0)));
@@ -40463,21 +40755,21 @@
storeLastErrno(pFile, conchFile->lastErrno);
rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
goto end_takeconch;
- }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ||
+ }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ||
readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){
- /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new
- ** conch file.
+ /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new
+ ** conch file.
*/
createConch = 1;
}
/* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch
- ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll
- ** retry with a new auto-generated path
+ ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll
+ ** retry with a new auto-generated path
*/
do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */
if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){
- hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID,
+ hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID,
PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
/* if the conch has data compare the contents */
if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
@@ -40486,7 +40778,7 @@
*/
if( hostIdMatch ){
size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX);
-
+
if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){
pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1;
}
@@ -40502,23 +40794,23 @@
readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX)
){
/* conch host and lock path match */
- goto end_takeconch;
+ goto end_takeconch;
}
}
-
+
/* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */
if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
goto end_takeconch;
}
-
+
/* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */
if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
tempLockPath = lockPath;
/* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */
}
-
+
/* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process
** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big
** stick.
@@ -40529,7 +40821,7 @@
/* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- } else {
+ } else {
rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
}
}else{
@@ -40538,7 +40830,7 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
int writeSize = 0;
-
+
writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION;
memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){
@@ -40551,8 +40843,8 @@
robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize);
rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0);
full_fsync(conchFile->h,0,0);
- /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a
- ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database
+ /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a
+ ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){
struct stat buf;
@@ -40576,14 +40868,14 @@
}
}else{
int code = errno;
- fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n",
+ fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n",
err, code, strerror(code));
#endif
}
}
}
conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
-
+
end_takeconch:
OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h));
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
@@ -40606,7 +40898,7 @@
rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){
/* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path
- ** so try again via auto-naming
+ ** so try again via auto-naming
*/
forceNewLockPath = 1;
tryOldLockPath = 0;
@@ -40626,7 +40918,7 @@
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pCtx->conchHeld = 1;
-
+
if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
afpLockingContext *afpCtx;
afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext;
@@ -40638,7 +40930,7 @@
OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed"));
return rc;
- } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file -
+ } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file -
** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */
}
}
@@ -40654,7 +40946,7 @@
pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
- (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"),
+ (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"),
osGetpid(0)));
if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
@@ -40682,13 +40974,13 @@
char *conchPath; /* buffer in which to construct conch name */
/* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to
- ** the name of the original database file. */
+ ** the name of the original database file. */
*pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc64(len + 8);
if( conchPath==0 ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}
memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1);
-
+
/* now insert a "." before the last / character */
for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){
if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){
@@ -40711,7 +41003,7 @@
/* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches
-** the local lock file path
+** the local lock file path
*/
static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
@@ -40720,7 +41012,7 @@
if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
+ }
/* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */
if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ||
@@ -40738,7 +41030,7 @@
sqlite3_free(oldPath);
pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path);
}
-
+
return rc;
}
@@ -40752,7 +41044,7 @@
static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
#if defined(__APPLE__)
if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
- /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field
+ /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field
** of the struct */
assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath,
@@ -40773,9 +41065,9 @@
}
/*
-** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking
+** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking
** will be performed on the local proxy lock file. The following fields
-** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and
+** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and
** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time:
** ->lockingContext
** ->pMethod
@@ -40785,7 +41077,7 @@
char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Name of the database file */
char *lockPath=NULL;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
+
if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
@@ -40795,7 +41087,7 @@
}else{
lockPath=(char *)path;
}
-
+
OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
(lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0)));
@@ -40829,7 +41121,7 @@
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
}
- }
+ }
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){
pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath);
}
@@ -40841,7 +41133,7 @@
}
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned,
+ /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned,
** switch the locking context and pMethod then return.
*/
pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext;
@@ -40849,12 +41141,12 @@
pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod;
pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods;
}else{
- if( pCtx->conchFile ){
+ if( pCtx->conchFile ){
pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile);
sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile);
}
sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
- sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
+ sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
sqlite3_free(pCtx);
}
OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h,
@@ -40892,7 +41184,7 @@
if( isProxyStyle ){
/* turn off proxy locking - not supported. If support is added for
** switching proxy locking mode off then it will need to fail if
- ** the journal mode is WAL mode.
+ ** the journal mode is WAL mode.
*/
rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/;
}else{
@@ -40902,9 +41194,9 @@
}else{
const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg;
if( isProxyStyle ){
- proxyLockingContext *pCtx =
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx =
(proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
- if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:")
+ if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:")
|| (pCtx->lockProxyPath &&
!strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN))
){
@@ -41029,7 +41321,7 @@
unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
+
if( lockProxy ){
rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK);
if( rc ) return rc;
@@ -41066,7 +41358,7 @@
** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems.
** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also
** restricted to MacOSX.
-**
+**
**
******************* End of the proxy lock implementation **********************
******************************************************************************/
@@ -41084,8 +41376,8 @@
** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they
** should not be used.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
- /*
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
+ /*
** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object.
** The name of the VFS is NAME. The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer
** to the "finder" function. (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because
@@ -41101,7 +41393,7 @@
**
** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
** object. But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little
- ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the
+ ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the
** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for
** that filesystem time.
*/
@@ -41174,7 +41466,7 @@
sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
}
unixBigLock = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
@@ -41184,11 +41476,11 @@
** to release dynamically allocated objects. But not on unix.
** This routine is a no-op for unix.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
unixBigLock = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+
#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
@@ -41312,7 +41604,7 @@
__asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
return val;
}
-
+
#elif !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
__inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
@@ -42683,17 +42975,17 @@
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_reset_heap(){
int rc;
- MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMainMtx; ) /* The main static mutex */
MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMem; ) /* The memsys static mutex */
- MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( pMainMtx = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); )
MUTEX_LOGIC( pMem = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); )
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMainMtx);
sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMem);
winMemAssertMagic();
if( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL && winMemGetOwned() && sqlite3_memory_used()==0 ){
/*
** At this point, there should be no outstanding memory allocations on
- ** the heap. Also, since both the master and memsys locks are currently
+ ** the heap. Also, since both the main and memsys locks are currently
** being held by us, no other function (i.e. from another thread) should
** be able to even access the heap. Attempt to destroy and recreate our
** isolated Win32 native heap now.
@@ -42716,7 +43008,7 @@
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMem);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMainMtx);
return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
@@ -44895,6 +45187,7 @@
/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for temporary files */
static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, char **);
static int winIsDir(const void *);
+static BOOL winIsLongPathPrefix(const char *);
static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(const char *);
/*
@@ -46415,7 +46708,7 @@
#ifndef NDEBUG
int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && (
- eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+ eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL
|| eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
|| eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
));
@@ -46436,17 +46729,17 @@
assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
- /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
+ /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and super-journal are never
** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */
assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
- assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL );
assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
/* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
|| eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL
|| eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
);
@@ -46658,13 +46951,15 @@
}
sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
- pFile->pMethod = pAppData ? pAppData->pMethod : &winIoMethod;
+ id->pMethods = pAppData ? pAppData->pMethod : &winIoMethod;
pFile->pVfs = pVfs;
pFile->h = h;
if( isReadonly ){
pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_RDONLY;
}
- if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){
+ if( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
+ && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)
+ ){
pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW;
}
pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
@@ -46875,6 +47170,17 @@
}
/*
+** Returns non-zero if the specified path name starts with the "long path"
+** prefix.
+*/
+static BOOL winIsLongPathPrefix(
+ const char *zPathname
+){
+ return ( zPathname[0]=='\\' && zPathname[1]=='\\'
+ && zPathname[2]=='?' && zPathname[3]=='\\' );
+}
+
+/*
** Returns non-zero if the specified path name starts with a drive letter
** followed by a colon character.
*/
@@ -46938,10 +47244,11 @@
char *zOut;
#endif
- /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic
- ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname.
+ /* If this path name begins with "/X:" or "\\?\", where "X" is any
+ ** alphabetic character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname.
*/
- if( zRelative[0]=='/' && winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zRelative+1) ){
+ if( zRelative[0]=='/' && (winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zRelative+1)
+ || winIsLongPathPrefix(zRelative+1)) ){
zRelative++;
}
@@ -47613,7 +47920,7 @@
1024, /* mxPathname */
0, /* pNext */
"memdb", /* zName */
- 0, /* pAppData (set when registered) */
+ 0, /* pAppData (set when registered) */
memdbOpen, /* xOpen */
0, /* memdbDelete, */ /* xDelete */
memdbAccess, /* xAccess */
@@ -47638,7 +47945,7 @@
memdbSync, /* xSync */
memdbFileSize, /* xFileSize */
memdbLock, /* xLock */
- memdbLock, /* xUnlock - same as xLock in this case */
+ memdbLock, /* xUnlock - same as xLock in this case */
0, /* memdbCheckReservedLock, */ /* xCheckReservedLock */
memdbFileControl, /* xFileControl */
0, /* memdbSectorSize,*/ /* xSectorSize */
@@ -47669,9 +47976,9 @@
** Read data from an memdb-file.
*/
static int memdbRead(
- sqlite3_file *pFile,
- void *zBuf,
- int iAmt,
+ sqlite3_file *pFile,
+ void *zBuf,
+ int iAmt,
sqlite_int64 iOfst
){
MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile;
@@ -47697,7 +48004,7 @@
}
newSz *= 2;
if( newSz>p->szMax ) newSz = p->szMax;
- pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p->aData, newSz);
+ pNew = sqlite3Realloc(p->aData, newSz);
if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
p->aData = pNew;
p->szAlloc = newSz;
@@ -47739,7 +48046,7 @@
static int memdbTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){
MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile;
if( NEVER(size>p->sz) ) return SQLITE_FULL;
- p->sz = size;
+ p->sz = size;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
@@ -47764,7 +48071,7 @@
*/
static int memdbLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile;
- if( eLock>SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED
+ if( eLock>SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED
&& (p->mFlags & SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY)!=0
){
return SQLITE_READONLY;
@@ -47822,7 +48129,7 @@
** Return the device characteristic flags supported by an memdb-file.
*/
static int memdbDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){
- return SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC |
+ return SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC |
SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE |
SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |
SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL;
@@ -47870,12 +48177,12 @@
p->mFlags = SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE | SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE;
assert( pOutFlags!=0 ); /* True because flags==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB */
*pOutFlags = flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY;
- p->base.pMethods = &memdb_io_methods;
+ pFile->pMethods = &memdb_io_methods;
p->szMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMemdbSize;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#if 0 /* Only used to delete rollback journals, master journals, and WAL
+#if 0 /* Only used to delete rollback journals, super-journals, and WAL
** files, none of which exist in memdb. So this routine is never used */
/*
** Delete the file located at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true,
@@ -47894,9 +48201,9 @@
** With memdb, no files ever exist on disk. So always return false.
*/
static int memdbAccess(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- const char *zPath,
- int flags,
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+ const char *zPath,
+ int flags,
int *pResOut
){
*pResOut = 0;
@@ -47909,9 +48216,9 @@
** of at least (INST_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes.
*/
static int memdbFullPathname(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- const char *zPath,
- int nOut,
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+ const char *zPath,
+ int nOut,
char *zOut
){
sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
@@ -47927,7 +48234,7 @@
/*
** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable
-** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated
+** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated
** with dynamic libraries.
*/
static void memdbDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){
@@ -47949,7 +48256,7 @@
}
/*
-** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of
+** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of
** random data.
*/
static int memdbRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
@@ -47957,7 +48264,7 @@
}
/*
-** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds
+** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds
** actually slept.
*/
static int memdbSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
@@ -48063,7 +48370,7 @@
}else{
memset(pTo, 0, szPage);
}
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
}
}
}
@@ -48102,7 +48409,7 @@
if( iDb<0 ){
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
goto end_deserialize;
- }
+ }
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("ATTACH x AS %Q", zSchema);
rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
sqlite3_free(zSql);
@@ -48136,7 +48443,7 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** This routine is called when the extension is loaded.
** Register the new VFS.
*/
@@ -48144,10 +48451,11 @@
sqlite3_vfs *pLower = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
int sz = pLower->szOsFile;
memdb_vfs.pAppData = pLower;
- /* In all known configurations of SQLite, the size of a default
- ** sqlite3_file is greater than the size of a memdb sqlite3_file.
- ** Should that ever change, remove the following NEVER() */
- if( NEVER(sz<sizeof(MemFile)) ) sz = sizeof(MemFile);
+ /* The following conditional can only be true when compiled for
+ ** Windows x86 and SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE=0. We always leave
+ ** it in, to be safe, but it is marked as NO_TEST since there
+ ** is no way to reach it under most builds. */
+ if( sz<sizeof(MemFile) ) sz = sizeof(MemFile); /*NO_TEST*/
memdb_vfs.szOsFile = sz;
return sqlite3_vfs_register(&memdb_vfs, 0);
}
@@ -48174,8 +48482,8 @@
** property. Usually only a few pages are meet either condition.
** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
-** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases,
-** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs
+** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases,
+** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs
** to handle both cases well.
**
** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
@@ -48196,13 +48504,13 @@
/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
#define BITVEC_SZ 512
-/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how
+/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how
** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
#define BITVEC_USIZE \
(((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
-/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation.
-** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE.
+/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation.
+** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE.
** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve
** performance. */
#define BITVEC_TELEM u8
@@ -48215,12 +48523,12 @@
/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */
#define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32))
-/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before
+/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before
** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
#define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2)
/* Hashing function for the aHash representation.
-** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier
-** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided
+** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier
+** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided
** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */
#define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT)
@@ -48266,7 +48574,7 @@
/*
** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
-** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if
+** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if
** malloc fails.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
@@ -48522,7 +48830,7 @@
break;
}
case 3:
- case 4:
+ case 4:
default: {
nx = 2;
sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
@@ -48602,7 +48910,7 @@
**
** The PCache.pSynced variable is used to optimize searching for a dirty
** page to eject from the cache mid-transaction. It is better to eject
-** a page that does not require a journal sync than one that does.
+** a page that does not require a journal sync than one that does.
** Therefore, pSynced is maintained so that it *almost* always points
** to either the oldest page in the pDirty/pDirtyTail list that has a
** clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag or to a page that is older than this one
@@ -48643,7 +48951,7 @@
sqlite3_pcache_page *pLower;
PgHdr *pPg;
unsigned char *a;
-
+
if( sqlite3PcacheTrace<2 ) return;
if( pCache->pCache==0 ) return;
N = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache);
@@ -48735,12 +49043,12 @@
if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE ){
assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );
-
+
/* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
p->pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
}
-
+
if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
}else{
@@ -48750,7 +49058,7 @@
if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
}else{
- /* If there are now no dirty pages in the cache, set eCreate to 2.
+ /* If there are now no dirty pages in the cache, set eCreate to 2.
** This is an optimization that allows sqlite3PcacheFetch() to skip
** searching for a dirty page to eject from the cache when it might
** otherwise have to. */
@@ -48779,11 +49087,11 @@
p->pDirty = pPage;
/* If pSynced is NULL and this page has a clear NEED_SYNC flag, set
- ** pSynced to point to it. Checking the NEED_SYNC flag is an
+ ** pSynced to point to it. Checking the NEED_SYNC flag is an
** optimization, as if pSynced points to a page with the NEED_SYNC
- ** flag set sqlite3PcacheFetchStress() searches through all newer
+ ** flag set sqlite3PcacheFetchStress() searches through all newer
** entries of the dirty-list for a page with NEED_SYNC clear anyway. */
- if( !p->pSynced
+ if( !p->pSynced
&& 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
){
p->pSynced = pPage;
@@ -48824,7 +49132,7 @@
/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
**
-** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these
+** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these
** functions are threadsafe.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
@@ -48851,8 +49159,8 @@
/*
** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
-** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer.
-** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by
+** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer.
+** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by
** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
**
** szExtra is some extra space allocated for each page. The first
@@ -48964,7 +49272,7 @@
/*
** If the sqlite3PcacheFetch() routine is unable to allocate a new
** page because no clean pages are available for reuse and the cache
-** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to
+** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to
** try harder to allocate a page. This routine might invoke the stress
** callback to spill dirty pages to the journal. It will then try to
** allocate the new page and will only fail to allocate a new page on
@@ -48981,17 +49289,17 @@
if( pCache->eCreate==2 ) return 0;
if( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache)>pCache->szSpill ){
- /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a
+ /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a
** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
- ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other
+ ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other
** unreferenced dirty page.
**
** If the LRU page in the dirty list that has a clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
** flag is currently referenced, then the following may leave pSynced
** set incorrectly (pointing to other than the LRU page with NEED_SYNC
** cleared). This is Ok, as pSynced is just an optimization. */
- for(pPg=pCache->pSynced;
- pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
+ for(pPg=pCache->pSynced;
+ pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
);
pCache->pSynced = pPg;
@@ -49001,7 +49309,7 @@
if( pPg ){
int rc;
#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL,
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL,
"spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
pPg->pgno, pgno,
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
@@ -49186,7 +49494,7 @@
}
/*
-** Change the page number of page p to newPgno.
+** Change the page number of page p to newPgno.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
@@ -49249,7 +49557,7 @@
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
}
-/*
+/*
** Discard the contents of the cache.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
@@ -49340,7 +49648,7 @@
return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty);
}
-/*
+/*
** Return the total number of references to all pages held by the cache.
**
** This is not the total number of pages referenced, but the sum of the
@@ -49357,7 +49665,7 @@
return p->nRef;
}
-/*
+/*
** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
@@ -49399,7 +49707,7 @@
p->szSpill = mxPage;
}
res = numberOfCachePages(p);
- if( res<p->szSpill ) res = p->szSpill;
+ if( res<p->szSpill ) res = p->szSpill;
return res;
}
@@ -49430,7 +49738,7 @@
}
#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
-/*
+/*
** Return true if there are one or more dirty pages in the cache. Else false.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache){
@@ -49519,7 +49827,7 @@
**
** The third case is a chunk of heap memory (defaulting to 100 pages worth)
** that is allocated when the page cache is created. The size of the local
-** bulk allocation can be adjusted using
+** bulk allocation can be adjusted using
**
** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, (void*)0, 0, N).
**
@@ -49544,16 +49852,16 @@
typedef struct PGroup PGroup;
/*
-** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following
+** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following
** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of
-** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure
+** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure
** in memory.
**
** Note: Variables isBulkLocal and isAnchor were once type "u8". That works,
-** but causes a 2-byte gap in the structure for most architectures (since
+** but causes a 2-byte gap in the structure for most architectures (since
** pointers must be either 4 or 8-byte aligned). As this structure is located
** in memory directly after the associated page data, if the database is
-** corrupt, code at the b-tree layer may overread the page buffer and
+** corrupt, code at the b-tree layer may overread the page buffer and
** read part of this structure before the corruption is detected. This
** can cause a valgrind error if the unitialized gap is accessed. Using u16
** ensures there is no such gap, and therefore no bytes of unitialized memory
@@ -49578,7 +49886,7 @@
#define PAGE_IS_PINNED(p) ((p)->pLruNext==0)
#define PAGE_IS_UNPINNED(p) ((p)->pLruNext!=0)
-/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set
+/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set
** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each other's unpinned
** pages when they are under memory pressure. A PGroup is an instance of
** the following object.
@@ -49614,13 +49922,13 @@
** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which
** is an instance of this object.
**
-** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as
+** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as
** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles.
*/
struct PCache1 {
/* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
** flag (bPurgeable) and the pnPurgeable pointer are all set when the
- ** cache is created and are never changed thereafter. nMax may be
+ ** cache is created and are never changed thereafter. nMax may be
** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method.
** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
*/
@@ -49668,7 +49976,7 @@
*/
int isInit; /* True if initialized */
int separateCache; /* Use a new PGroup for each PCache */
- int nInitPage; /* Initial bulk allocation size */
+ int nInitPage; /* Initial bulk allocation size */
int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */
int nSlot; /* The number of pcache slots */
int nReserve; /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */
@@ -49709,7 +50017,7 @@
/*
-** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is
+** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is
** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large
** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each.
@@ -49779,8 +50087,8 @@
/*
** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer
-** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no
-** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls
+** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no
+** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls
** back to sqlite3Malloc().
**
** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time. Global variables
@@ -49887,7 +50195,7 @@
}else{
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
/* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This
- ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that
+ ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that
** this mutex is not held. */
assert( pcache1.separateCache==0 );
assert( pCache->pGroup==&pcache1.grp );
@@ -50028,7 +50336,7 @@
}
/*
-** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the
+** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the
** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
**
@@ -50053,7 +50361,7 @@
/*
-** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table
+** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table
** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
** Also free the page if freePage is true.
**
@@ -50096,8 +50404,8 @@
}
/*
-** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value)
-** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this
+** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value)
+** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this
** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded.
**
** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
@@ -50129,7 +50437,7 @@
PgHdr1 **pp;
PgHdr1 *pPage;
assert( h<pCache->nHash );
- pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
+ pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){
if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){
pCache->nPage--;
@@ -50168,7 +50476,7 @@
**
** * Use a unified cache in single-threaded applications that have
** configured a start-time buffer for use as page-cache memory using
- ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, pBuf, sz, N) with non-NULL
+ ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, pBuf, sz, N) with non-NULL
** pBuf argument.
**
** * Otherwise use separate caches (mode-1)
@@ -50203,7 +50511,7 @@
/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.
-** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does
+** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does
** not need to be freed.
*/
static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
@@ -50266,7 +50574,7 @@
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method.
**
** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache.
*/
@@ -50285,7 +50593,7 @@
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method.
**
** Free up as much memory as possible.
*/
@@ -50304,7 +50612,7 @@
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method.
*/
static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
int n;
@@ -50325,8 +50633,8 @@
** for these steps, the main pcache1Fetch() procedure can run faster.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2(
- PCache1 *pCache,
- unsigned int iKey,
+ PCache1 *pCache,
+ unsigned int iKey,
int createFlag
){
unsigned int nPinned;
@@ -50368,8 +50676,8 @@
}
}
- /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found,
- ** attempt to allocate a new one.
+ /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found,
+ ** attempt to allocate a new one.
*/
if( !pPage ){
pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache, createFlag==1);
@@ -50394,13 +50702,13 @@
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method.
**
** Fetch a page by key value.
**
** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
** the value of the createFlag argument. 0 means do not allocate a new
-** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2
+** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2
** means to try really hard to allocate a new page.
**
** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory
@@ -50411,7 +50719,7 @@
** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page,
** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2).
**
-** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a
+** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a
** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned.
**
** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is
@@ -50425,13 +50733,13 @@
** PCache1.nMax, or
**
** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
-** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of
+** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of
** nMin for all other purgeable caches, or
**
** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked
** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true:
**
-** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already
+** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already
** PCache1.nMax, or
**
** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is
@@ -50443,7 +50751,7 @@
**
** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right
** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and
-** proceed to step 5.
+** proceed to step 5.
**
** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
**
@@ -50453,8 +50761,8 @@
** invokes the appropriate routine.
*/
static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchNoMutex(
- sqlite3_pcache *p,
- unsigned int iKey,
+ sqlite3_pcache *p,
+ unsigned int iKey,
int createFlag
){
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
@@ -50483,8 +50791,8 @@
}
#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX
static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchWithMutex(
- sqlite3_pcache *p,
- unsigned int iKey,
+ sqlite3_pcache *p,
+ unsigned int iKey,
int createFlag
){
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
@@ -50498,8 +50806,8 @@
}
#endif
static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch(
- sqlite3_pcache *p,
- unsigned int iKey,
+ sqlite3_pcache *p,
+ unsigned int iKey,
int createFlag
){
#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
@@ -50529,18 +50837,18 @@
** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling).
*/
static void pcache1Unpin(
- sqlite3_pcache *p,
- sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg,
+ sqlite3_pcache *p,
+ sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg,
int reuseUnlikely
){
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
-
+
assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
- /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already
+ /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already
** part of the PGroup LRU list.
*/
assert( pPage->pLruNext==0 );
@@ -50561,7 +50869,7 @@
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method.
*/
static void pcache1Rekey(
sqlite3_pcache *p,
@@ -50572,7 +50880,7 @@
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
PgHdr1 **pp;
- unsigned int h;
+ unsigned int h;
assert( pPage->iKey==iOld );
assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
@@ -50597,7 +50905,7 @@
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method.
**
** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to
** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number
@@ -50614,7 +50922,7 @@
}
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method.
**
** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create().
*/
@@ -50680,7 +50988,7 @@
** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
**
** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
-** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number
+** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number
** of bytes of memory released.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
@@ -50771,7 +51079,7 @@
** extracts the least value from the RowSet.
**
** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory. Memory is
-** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an
+** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an
** upper bound on the size of allocated memory. No memory is freed
** until DESTROY.
**
@@ -50819,7 +51127,7 @@
** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused. The
** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list.
*/
-struct RowSetEntry {
+struct RowSetEntry {
i64 v; /* ROWID value for this entry */
struct RowSetEntry *pRight; /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */
struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */
@@ -50913,7 +51221,7 @@
/*
** Allocate a new RowSetEntry object that is associated with the
** given RowSet. Return a pointer to the new and completely uninitialized
-** objected.
+** object.
**
** In an OOM situation, the RowSet.db->mallocFailed flag is set and this
** routine returns NULL.
@@ -50971,7 +51279,7 @@
/*
** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects. Remove duplicates.
**
-** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are
+** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are
** assumed to each already be in sorted order.
*/
static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge(
@@ -51008,7 +51316,7 @@
/*
** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of
** increasing v.
-*/
+*/
static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){
unsigned int i;
struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40];
@@ -51081,7 +51389,7 @@
struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */
if( *ppList==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
/* Prevent unnecessary deep recursion when we run out of entries */
- return 0;
+ return 0;
}
if( iDepth>1 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
/* This branch causes a *balanced* tree to be generated. A valid tree
@@ -51189,7 +51497,7 @@
if( p ){
struct RowSetEntry **ppPrevTree = &pRowSet->pForest;
if( (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
- /* Only sort the current set of entiries if they need it */
+ /* Only sort the current set of entries if they need it */
p = rowSetEntrySort(p);
}
for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){
@@ -51251,7 +51559,7 @@
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
-**
+**
** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements
** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file
@@ -51274,8 +51582,8 @@
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging
-** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to
+** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging
+** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to
** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details.
*/
@@ -51314,8 +51622,8 @@
#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4
-/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file.
-** There is one object of this type for each pager.
+/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file.
+** There is one object of this type for each pager.
*/
typedef struct Wal Wal;
@@ -51326,7 +51634,7 @@
/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64);
-/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A
+/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A
** snapshot is like a read-transaction. It is the state of the database
** at an instant in time. sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and
** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes
@@ -51361,7 +51669,7 @@
/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int);
-/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */
+/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
Wal *pWal, /* Write-ahead log connection */
sqlite3 *db, /* Check this handle's interrupt flag */
@@ -51389,7 +51697,7 @@
/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
-** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
+** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal);
@@ -51411,6 +51719,11 @@
/* Return the sqlite3_file object for the WAL file */
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3WalFile(Wal *pWal);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalWriteLock(Wal *pWal, int bLock);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalDb(Wal *pWal, sqlite3 *db);
+#endif
+
#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
#endif /* SQLITE_WAL_H */
@@ -51431,60 +51744,60 @@
**
** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
** one or more of the following are true about the page:
-**
+**
** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
** synced.
-**
+**
** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
-**
+**
** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
** the database file at the start of the transaction.
-**
+**
** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
** following are true:
-**
+**
** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
-**
+**
** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
** number consists of a single page change.
-**
+**
** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
** transaction.
-**
+**
** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
** in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
-**
+**
** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
** first 100 bytes of the database file.
-**
+**
** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
-**
-** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
-** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
-**
+**
+** (6) If a super-journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
+** are synced prior to the super-journal being deleted.
+**
** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
** of the database.
-**
+**
** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
-** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
+** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
-**
+**
** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
** invoke it.)
-**
+**
** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
@@ -51517,7 +51830,7 @@
/*
** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
-** to print out file-descriptors.
+** to print out file-descriptors.
**
** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
@@ -51538,7 +51851,7 @@
** | | |
** | V |
** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
-** | | ^
+** | | ^
** | V |
** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
** | | |
@@ -51550,7 +51863,7 @@
**
**
** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
-**
+**
** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
**
@@ -51562,7 +51875,7 @@
**
** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error]
** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
-**
+**
**
** OPEN:
**
@@ -51576,9 +51889,9 @@
**
** READER:
**
-** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
+** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
-** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
+** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
** open. The database size is known in this state.
**
** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
@@ -51588,28 +51901,28 @@
** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
** is via the ERROR state (see below).
-**
+**
** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
-** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
+** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
** may not be trusted at this point.
** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
-** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
+** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
** there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
**
** WRITER_LOCKED:
**
** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
-** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
-** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
+** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
+** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
** modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
**
-** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
+** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
-** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
-** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
-** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
+** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
+** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
+** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
** file.
**
** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
@@ -51617,7 +51930,7 @@
** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
**
** * A write transaction is active.
-** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
+** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
** lock is held on the database file.
** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
@@ -51636,7 +51949,7 @@
**
** * A write transaction is active.
** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
-** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
+** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
** * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
**
@@ -51649,7 +51962,7 @@
**
** * A write transaction is active.
** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
-** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
+** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
** and synced to disk.
** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
** written to disk).
@@ -51661,8 +51974,8 @@
** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
-** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
-** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
+** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
+** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
**
** * A write transaction is active.
@@ -51670,19 +51983,19 @@
** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
-** to rollback the transaction.
+** to rollback the transaction.
**
** ERROR:
**
** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
-** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
-** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
+** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
+** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
**
** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
** cannot.
**
-** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
+** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
@@ -51692,13 +52005,13 @@
** instead of READER following such an error.
**
** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
-** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
+** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
-** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
+** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
-** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
+** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
** from the error.
**
** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
@@ -51714,21 +52027,21 @@
** memory.
**
** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
-** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
+** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
**
** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
-** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
+** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
** state.
**
** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
** * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
-**
+**
**
** Notes:
**
@@ -51738,7 +52051,7 @@
**
** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
-** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
+** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
**
** * See also: assert_pager_state().
@@ -51752,7 +52065,7 @@
#define PAGER_ERROR 6
/*
-** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
+** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
@@ -51767,20 +52080,20 @@
** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
**
-** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
+** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
**
** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
-** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
+** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
** of hot-journal detection.
**
-** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
-** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
+** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
+** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
@@ -51791,32 +52104,18 @@
** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
-** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
+** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
**
-** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
+** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
** PAGER_OPEN state.
*/
#define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
/*
-** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
- if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
- if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
- if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
-#else
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
+** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
@@ -51832,7 +52131,7 @@
**
** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
-** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
+** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
@@ -51882,44 +52181,44 @@
**
** changeCountDone
**
-** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
-** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
-** not updated more often than necessary.
+** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
+** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
+** not updated more often than necessary.
**
-** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
+** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
-** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
+** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
**
-** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
+** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
** committed.
**
-** setMaster
+** setSuper
**
** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
-** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
+** (or may not) specify a super-journal name to be written into the
** journal file before it is synced to disk.
**
-** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
-** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
+** Whether or not a journal file contains a super-journal pointer affects
+** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
-** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
+** If a journal file does not contain a super-journal pointer, it is
** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
-** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
-** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
+** it does contain a super-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
+** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
**
-** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
+** Journal files that contain super-journal pointers cannot be finalized
** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
-** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
+** super-journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
**
** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
-** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
+** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setSuper flag
** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
**
** doNotSpill
@@ -51935,12 +52234,12 @@
** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF
** case is a user preference.
-**
+**
** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
-** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
+** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
**
** subjInMemory
**
@@ -51948,16 +52247,16 @@
** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
**
-** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
+** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
** write-transaction is opened.
**
** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
**
** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
-** OPEN and ERROR).
+** OPEN and ERROR).
**
-** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
+** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
@@ -51968,10 +52267,10 @@
**
** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
-** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
+** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
** dbSize is updated.
**
-** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
+** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
@@ -51980,12 +52279,12 @@
** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
-** to write or truncate the database file on disk.
+** to write or truncate the database file on disk.
**
-** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
-** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
-** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
-** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
+** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
+** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
+** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
+** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
@@ -51996,20 +52295,20 @@
** dbHintSize
**
** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
-** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
+** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
**
** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
-** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
+** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
** details.
**
** errCode
**
** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
-** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
-** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
+** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
+** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
** sub-codes.
**
** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
@@ -52051,7 +52350,7 @@
u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */
u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
- u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
+ u8 setSuper; /* Super-jrnl name is written into jrnl */
u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */
@@ -52100,12 +52399,6 @@
#endif
void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
- void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
- void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */
- void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
-#endif
char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
@@ -52116,7 +52409,7 @@
/*
** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
-** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
+** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
*/
#define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0
@@ -52174,7 +52467,7 @@
#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
/*
-** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
+** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
*/
#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
@@ -52202,11 +52495,6 @@
#endif
/*
-** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
-*/
-#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
-
-/*
** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
**
@@ -52232,9 +52520,6 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0;
if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( pPager->xCodec!=0 ) return 0;
-#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
if( pPager->pWal ){
u32 iRead = 0;
@@ -52257,7 +52542,7 @@
# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
#endif
-#ifndef NDEBUG
+#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
** Usage:
**
@@ -52286,25 +52571,25 @@
assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
- /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
+ /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
*/
assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
- /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
- ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
- ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
- ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
- ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
- ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
+ /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
+ ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
+ ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
+ ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
+ ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
+ ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
** state.
*/
if( MEMDB ){
assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
assert( p->noSync );
- assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+ assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
);
assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
@@ -52338,7 +52623,7 @@
assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
- assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
+ assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
break;
case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
@@ -52351,9 +52636,9 @@
** to journal_mode=wal.
*/
assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
- assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
);
}
assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
@@ -52365,9 +52650,9 @@
assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
- assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
|| (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
);
assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
@@ -52377,9 +52662,9 @@
assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
- assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
|| (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
);
break;
@@ -52398,7 +52683,7 @@
}
#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
@@ -52468,11 +52753,7 @@
if( pPager->errCode ){
pPager->xGet = getPageError;
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
- }else if( USEFETCH(pPager)
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- && pPager->xCodec==0
-#endif
- ){
+ }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
}else{
@@ -52550,7 +52831,7 @@
** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
**
** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
-** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
+** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
*/
static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
@@ -52574,11 +52855,11 @@
/*
** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
-** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
+** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
**
-** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
-** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
-** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
+** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
+** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
** of this.
*/
static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
@@ -52605,7 +52886,7 @@
** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
** to the page size.
**
-** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
+** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
**
** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
@@ -52696,73 +52977,73 @@
/*
** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
-** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
-** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
-** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
-** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
+** This function attempts to read a super-journal file name from the
+** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
+** by the caller. See comments above writeSuperJournal() for the format
+** used to store a super-journal file name at the end of a journal file.
**
-** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
+** zSuper must point to a buffer of at least nSuper bytes allocated by
** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
-** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
-** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
-** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
+** enough space to write the super-journal name). If the super-journal
+** name in the journal is longer than nSuper bytes (including a
+** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no super-journal name
** were present in the journal.
**
-** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
-** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
-** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
-** journal file name.
+** If a super-journal file name is present at the end of the journal
+** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zSuper. A
+** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the
+** super-journal file name.
**
-** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
-** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
+** If it is determined that no super-journal file name is present
+** zSuper[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
**
** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
** error code is returned.
*/
-static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
+static int readSuperJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zSuper, u32 nSuper){
int rc; /* Return code */
- u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
+ u32 len; /* Length in bytes of super-journal name */
i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
- zMaster[0] = '\0';
+ zSuper[0] = '\0';
if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
|| szJ<16
|| SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
- || len>=nMaster
+ || len>=nSuper
|| len>szJ-16
- || len==0
+ || len==0
|| SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
|| SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
|| memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
- || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zSuper, len, szJ-16-len))
){
return rc;
}
- /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
+ /* See if the checksum matches the super-journal name */
for(u=0; u<len; u++){
- cksum -= zMaster[u];
+ cksum -= zSuper[u];
}
if( cksum ){
/* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
- ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
+ ** containing the super-journal filename is corrupted. This means
** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
- ** master-journal filename.
+ ** super-journal filename.
*/
len = 0;
}
- zMaster[len] = '\0';
- zMaster[len+1] = '\0';
-
+ zSuper[len] = '\0';
+ zSuper[len+1] = '\0';
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
-** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
+** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
+** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
**
** i.e for a sector size of 512:
@@ -52773,7 +53054,7 @@
** 512 512
** 100 512
** 2000 2048
-**
+**
*/
static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
i64 offset = 0;
@@ -52795,12 +53076,12 @@
**
** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
-** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
-** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
+** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
+** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
** after writing or truncating it.
**
** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
-** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
+** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
** not need to be synced following this operation.
@@ -52826,8 +53107,8 @@
rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
}
- /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
- ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
+ /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
+ ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
** to sync the file following this operation.
@@ -52855,7 +53136,7 @@
** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
-**
+**
** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
*/
static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
@@ -52871,8 +53152,8 @@
nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
}
- /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
- ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
+ /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
+ ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
*/
for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
@@ -52883,10 +53164,10 @@
pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
- /*
+ /*
** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
- ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
+ ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
** of records (see syncJournal()).
**
@@ -52905,7 +53186,7 @@
*/
assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
- || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
+ || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
){
memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
@@ -52913,7 +53194,7 @@
memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
}
- /* The random check-hash initializer */
+ /* The random check-hash initializer */
sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
/* The initial database size */
@@ -52932,23 +53213,23 @@
memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
- /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
- ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
- ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
+ /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
+ ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
+ ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
**
- ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
+ ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
- ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
+ ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
- ** is done.
+ ** is done.
**
- ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
+ ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
** to populate the entire journal header sector.
- */
+ */
for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
@@ -53046,29 +53327,29 @@
/* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
- ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
+ ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
** respective compile time maximum limits.
*/
if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32
|| iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
- || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
+ || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
){
- /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
- ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
- ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
+ /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
+ ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
+ ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
** the journal file here.
*/
return SQLITE_DONE;
}
- /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
- ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
+ /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
+ ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
*/
rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
+ /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
@@ -53083,50 +53364,50 @@
/*
-** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
-** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
+** Write the supplied super-journal name into the journal file for pager
+** pPager at the current location. The super-journal name must be the last
** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
** anything is written. The format is:
**
** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
-** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
-** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
-** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
+** + N bytes: super-journal filename in utf-8.
+** + 4 bytes: N (length of super-journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
+** + 4 bytes: super-journal name checksum.
** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
**
-** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
-** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
+** The super-journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in thesuper-journal
+** name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
**
-** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
+** If zSuper is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
** this call is a no-op.
*/
-static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+static int writeSuperJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
int rc; /* Return code */
- int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */
+ int nSuper; /* Length of string zSuper */
i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */
i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */
- u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */
+ u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zSuper */
- assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
+ assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
- if( !zMaster
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+ if( !zSuper
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
|| !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
- pPager->setMaster = 1;
+ pPager->setSuper = 1;
assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
- /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
- for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
- cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
+ /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zSuper */
+ for(nSuper=0; zSuper[nSuper]; nSuper++){
+ cksum += zSuper[nSuper];
}
/* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
- ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
+ ** the super-journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
** the journal has already been synced.
*/
if( pPager->fullSync ){
@@ -53134,30 +53415,30 @@
}
iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
- /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
+ /* Write the super-journal data to the end of the journal file. If
** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
*/
if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
- || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
- || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
- || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
+ || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zSuper, nSuper, iHdrOff+4)))
+ || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper, nSuper)))
+ || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper+4, cksum)))
|| (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
- iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
+ iHdrOff+4+nSuper+8)))
){
return rc;
}
- pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
+ pPager->journalOff += (nSuper+20);
- /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
- ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
- ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
+ /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
+ ** journal-file may extend past the end of the super-journal name
+ ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
- ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
- ** whether or not the journal is hot.
+ ** will not be able to find the super-journal name to determine
+ ** whether or not the journal is hot.
**
- ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
+ ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
** file to the required size.
- */
+ */
if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
&& jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
){
@@ -53202,7 +53483,7 @@
}
/*
-** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
+** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
*/
@@ -53231,8 +53512,8 @@
** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
** closed (if it is open).
**
-** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
-** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
+** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
+** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
@@ -53240,9 +53521,9 @@
*/
static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
);
sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
@@ -53313,23 +53594,23 @@
pPager->journalOff = 0;
pPager->journalHdr = 0;
- pPager->setMaster = 0;
+ pPager->setSuper = 0;
}
/*
** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
-** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
-** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
-** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
+** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
+** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
+** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
**
** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
**
-** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
-** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
+** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
+** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
@@ -53377,27 +53658,27 @@
}
/*
-** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
-** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
+** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
+** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
** database transaction.
-**
+**
** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
**
** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
**
-** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
-** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
+** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
+** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
**
** journalMode==MEMORY
-** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
+** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
** in-memory journal.
**
** journalMode==TRUNCATE
@@ -53417,19 +53698,19 @@
** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
**
** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
-** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
+** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
-** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
+** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
** returned.
*/
-static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
+static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasSuper, int bCommit){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
@@ -53441,9 +53722,9 @@
** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
**
- ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
+ ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
- ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
+ ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
*/
assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
@@ -53453,7 +53734,7 @@
}
releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
- assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
|| (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
);
if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
@@ -53481,7 +53762,7 @@
}else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
|| (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
){
- rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
+ rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasSuper||pPager->tempFile);
pPager->journalOff = 0;
}else{
/* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
@@ -53491,9 +53772,9 @@
*/
int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
- assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
);
sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
if( bDelete ){
@@ -53526,8 +53807,8 @@
}
if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
- /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
- ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
+ /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
+ ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
** lock held on the database file.
*/
rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
@@ -53535,7 +53816,7 @@
}else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
/* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
- ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
+ ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
** required size. */
@@ -53548,31 +53829,31 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
+ if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
&& (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
){
rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
}
pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
- pPager->setMaster = 0;
+ pPager->setSuper = 0;
return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
}
/*
-** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
-** database file.
+** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
+** database file.
**
-** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
+** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
-** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
-** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
-** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
+** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
+** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
+** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
** will roll it back.
**
** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
-** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
+** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
*/
@@ -53593,10 +53874,10 @@
/*
** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
-** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
+** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
**
-** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
+** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
@@ -53604,8 +53885,8 @@
** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
** incompatible journal file format.
**
-** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
-** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
+** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
+** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
@@ -53621,41 +53902,12 @@
}
/*
-** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
-** to the codec.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
- if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
- pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
- (int)pPager->nReserve);
- }
-}
-#else
-# define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-/*
-** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
-** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
-** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
- if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
- pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
- pagerReportSize(pDest);
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
**
-** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
+** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
** not.
**
** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
@@ -53675,7 +53927,7 @@
** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
** two circumstances:
-**
+**
** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
** and the checksum field does not match the record content.
@@ -53700,11 +53952,6 @@
char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */
sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through
- ** the codec. It is false for pure in-memory journals. */
- const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0);
-#endif
assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
@@ -53715,7 +53962,7 @@
assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
- /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
+ /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
@@ -53767,7 +54014,6 @@
*/
if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
- pagerReportSize(pPager);
}
/* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
@@ -53782,7 +54028,7 @@
** assert()able.
**
** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
- ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
+ ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
** if the pager is in OPEN state.
@@ -53835,43 +54081,29 @@
** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
** file. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( !jrnlEnc ){
- CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
- CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
- }else
-#endif
rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
}
if( pPager->pBackup ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( jrnlEnc ){
- CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
- sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
- CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData);
- }else
-#endif
sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
}
}else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
/* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
- ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
- ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
- ** current.
+ ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
+ ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
+ ** current.
**
** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
- ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
+ ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
**
** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
- ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
- ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
+ ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
+ ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
*/
assert( isSavepnt );
@@ -53905,165 +54137,164 @@
if( pgno==1 ){
memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
}
-
- /* Decode the page just read from disk */
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); }
-#endif
sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
}
return rc;
}
/*
-** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
-** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
-** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
+** Parameter zSuper is the name of a super-journal file. A single journal
+** file that referred to the super-journal file has just been rolled back.
+** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the super-journal file,
** and does so if it is.
**
-** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
+** Argument zSuper may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
** available for use within this function.
**
-** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
-** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
-** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
-** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
+** When a super-journal file is created, it is populated with the names
+** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
+** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
+** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a super-journal
** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
**
** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
**
-** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
+** A super-journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
** journals have been rolled back.
**
-** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
+** This function reads the contents of the super-journal file into
** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
** each child journal, it checks if:
**
** * if the child journal exists, and if so
-** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
-** file zMaster
+** * if the child journal contains a reference to super-journal
+** file zSuper
**
** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
-** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
+** no such child journal can be found, file zSuper is deleted from
** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
**
** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
-** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
-** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
-** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
+** the entire contents of the super-journal file. This could be
+** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
** size.
*/
-static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+static int pager_delsuper(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
int rc; /* Return code */
- sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
+ sqlite3_file *pSuper; /* Malloc'd super-journal file descriptor */
sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
- char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
- i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */
+ char *zSuperJournal = 0; /* Contents of super-journal file */
+ i64 nSuperJournal; /* Size of super-journal file */
char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
- char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
- int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
+ char *zSuperPtr; /* Space to hold super-journal filename */
+ int nSuperPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zSuperPtr[] */
- /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
- ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
+ /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pSuper file descriptors.
+ ** If successful, open the super-journal file for reading.
*/
- pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
- pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
- if( !pMaster ){
+ pSuper = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
+ if( !pSuper ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+ pJournal = 0;
}else{
- const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
+ const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zSuper, pSuper, flags, 0);
+ pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pSuper) + pVfs->szOsFile);
}
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
- /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
- ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain
- ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
- ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
+ /* Load the entire super-journal file into space obtained from
+ ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zSuperJournal. Also obtain
+ ** sufficient space (in zSuperPtr) to hold the names of super-journal
+ ** files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
*/
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
- nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
- zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 2);
- if( !zMasterJournal ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pSuper, &nSuperJournal);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
+ nSuperPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+ zSuperJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nSuperJournal + nSuperPtr + 2);
+ if( !zSuperJournal ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
- goto delmaster_out;
+ goto delsuper_out;
}
- zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+2];
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
- zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
- zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1] = 0;
+ zSuperPtr = &zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+2];
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pSuper, zSuperJournal, (int)nSuperJournal, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
+ zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal] = 0;
+ zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+1] = 0;
- zJournal = zMasterJournal;
- while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
+ zJournal = zSuperJournal;
+ while( (zJournal-zSuperJournal)<nSuperJournal ){
int exists;
rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto delmaster_out;
+ goto delsuper_out;
}
if( exists ){
- /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
- ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
- ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
+ /* One of the journals pointed to by the super-journal exists.
+ ** Open it and check if it points at the super-journal. If
+ ** so, return without deleting the super-journal file.
+ ** NB: zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL. But call it a
+ ** SUPER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal
+ ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object().
*/
int c;
- int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
+ int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto delmaster_out;
+ goto delsuper_out;
}
- rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
+ rc = readSuperJournal(pJournal, zSuperPtr, nSuperPtr);
sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto delmaster_out;
+ goto delsuper_out;
}
- c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
+ c = zSuperPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zSuperPtr, zSuper)==0;
if( c ){
- /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
- goto delmaster_out;
+ /* We have a match. Do not delete the super-journal file. */
+ goto delsuper_out;
}
}
zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
}
-
- sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
- rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-delmaster_out:
- sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
- if( pMaster ){
- sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
+ sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
+ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0);
+
+delsuper_out:
+ sqlite3_free(zSuperJournal);
+ if( pSuper ){
+ sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
- sqlite3_free(pMaster);
+ sqlite3_free(pSuper);
}
return rc;
}
/*
-** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
+** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
**
** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
-** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
-** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
+** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
+** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
**
-** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
-** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
-** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
-** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
+** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
+** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
+** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
+** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
** the end of the new file instead.
**
** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
@@ -54073,9 +54304,9 @@
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
-
- if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
- && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
+
+ if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
+ && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
){
i64 currentSize, newSize;
int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
@@ -54119,9 +54350,9 @@
/*
** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
-** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
-** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
-** master journal pointers within created journal files.
+** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
+** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
+** super-journal pointers within created journal files.
**
** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
**
@@ -54143,7 +54374,7 @@
assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
if( pPager->tempFile
- || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
+ || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
){
/* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
@@ -54157,15 +54388,15 @@
/*
** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
-** the state it was in before we started making changes.
+** the state it was in before we started making changes.
**
-** The journal file format is as follows:
+** The journal file format is as follows:
**
** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[].
** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
** number of page records from the journal size.
-** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
+** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
** sanity checksum.
** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
** database to during a rollback.
@@ -54194,7 +54425,7 @@
** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the
** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption
** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be
-** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
+** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
**
** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
@@ -54206,7 +54437,7 @@
** and an error code is returned.
**
** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
-** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is
+** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is
** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
@@ -54220,7 +54451,7 @@
Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */
int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */
int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
- char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */
+ char *zSuper = 0; /* Name of super-journal file if any */
int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
@@ -54234,8 +54465,8 @@
goto end_playback;
}
- /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
- ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
+ /* Read the super-journal name from the journal, if it is present.
+ ** If a super-journal file name is specified, but the file is not
** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
** played back.
**
@@ -54245,21 +54476,21 @@
** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
** for pageSize.
*/
- zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
- rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+ zSuper = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+ rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zSuper, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
}
- zMaster = 0;
+ zSuper = 0;
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
goto end_playback;
}
pPager->journalOff = 0;
needPagerReset = isHot;
- /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
- ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
- ** occurs.
+ /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
+ ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
+ ** occurs.
*/
while( 1 ){
/* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are
@@ -54268,7 +54499,7 @@
** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
*/
rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
@@ -54296,7 +54527,7 @@
** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But
** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
- ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
+ ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
** should be computed based on the journal file size.
*/
if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
@@ -54315,7 +54546,7 @@
pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
}
- /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
+ /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
** database file and/or page cache.
*/
for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
@@ -54365,10 +54596,10 @@
sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
#endif
- /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
- ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
- ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
- ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
+ /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
+ ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
+ ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
+ ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
@@ -54377,8 +54608,8 @@
pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
- rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+ zSuper = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+ rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK
@@ -54387,14 +54618,14 @@
rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
+ rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zSuper[0]!='\0', 0);
testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
- /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
- ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] && res ){
+ /* If there was a super-journal and this routine will return success,
+ ** see if it is possible to delete the super-journal.
*/
- rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
+ rc = pager_delsuper(pPager, zSuper);
testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
}
if( isHot && nPlayback ){
@@ -54413,7 +54644,7 @@
/*
** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
-** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
+** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
** file before this function is called.
**
@@ -54469,8 +54700,6 @@
memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
}
}
- CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
-
PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
@@ -54504,15 +54733,15 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
/*
-** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
+** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
-** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
+** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
**
** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
-** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
+** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
*/
static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
@@ -54538,7 +54767,7 @@
** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
- ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
+ ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
** the backups must be restarted.
*/
@@ -54555,7 +54784,7 @@
PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */
/* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
- ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
+ ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
** following:
**
** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
@@ -54577,11 +54806,11 @@
** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
-** changed.
+** changed.
**
** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
-*/
+*/
static int pagerWalFrames(
Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */
@@ -54622,7 +54851,7 @@
pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
- rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
+ rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
@@ -54737,9 +54966,9 @@
** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
**
** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
-** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
-** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
-** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
+** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
+** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
+** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
** other connection.
*/
static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
@@ -54775,21 +55004,21 @@
/*
** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
-** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
-** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
+** the entire super-journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
+** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
** savepoint.
**
-** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
+** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
** performed in the order specified:
**
** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
-** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
+** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
**
** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
-** back starting from the journal header immediately following
+** back starting from the journal header immediately following
** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
**
** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
@@ -54805,7 +55034,7 @@
** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
**
** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
-** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
+** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
*/
@@ -54826,7 +55055,7 @@
}
}
- /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
+ /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
** being reverted was opened.
*/
pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
@@ -54879,7 +55108,7 @@
** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the
** pager_playback() function for additional information.
*/
- if( nJRec==0
+ if( nJRec==0
&& pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
){
nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
@@ -55055,7 +55284,7 @@
/*
** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for
-** testing and analysis only.
+** testing and analysis only.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
@@ -55064,8 +55293,8 @@
/*
** Open a temporary file.
**
-** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
+** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
**
** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
@@ -55097,9 +55326,9 @@
/*
** Set the busy handler function.
**
-** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
+** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
-** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
+** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
@@ -55111,7 +55340,7 @@
** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No
** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes
**
-** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
+** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
*/
@@ -55130,16 +55359,16 @@
}
/*
-** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
+** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
** is passed in *pPageSize.
**
** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
-** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
+** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
**
** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
**
-** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
+** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
**
** * there are no outstanding page references, and
@@ -55149,14 +55378,14 @@
**
** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
**
-** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
-** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
-** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
+** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
+** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
-** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
+** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
@@ -55166,7 +55395,7 @@
** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
**
- ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
+ ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
@@ -55175,8 +55404,8 @@
u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
- && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
- && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
+ && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
+ && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
){
char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */
i64 nByte = 0;
@@ -55214,7 +55443,6 @@
if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
- pagerReportSize(pPager);
pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
}
return rc;
@@ -55233,13 +55461,13 @@
}
/*
-** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
+** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the
** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
**
** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, Pgno mxPage){
if( mxPage>0 ){
pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
}
@@ -55277,11 +55505,11 @@
/*
** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
-** that pDest points to.
+** that pDest points to.
**
** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
-** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
+** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
**
@@ -55314,7 +55542,7 @@
** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
**
-** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
+** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
** this is considered a 1 page file.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
@@ -55329,19 +55557,19 @@
** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
**
-** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
-** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
-** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
+** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
+** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
+** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
** obtain the lock succeeds.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
-** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
+** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
** variable to locktype before returning.
*/
static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
int rc; /* Return code */
- /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
+ /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
@@ -55358,10 +55586,10 @@
}
/*
-** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
+** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
**
-** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
+** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
** current database image, in pages, OR
**
** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
@@ -55374,9 +55602,9 @@
** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
-** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
+** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
-** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
+** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
** this circumstance cannot arise.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
@@ -55392,9 +55620,9 @@
#endif
/*
-** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
-** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
-** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
+** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
+** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
+** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
**
** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
@@ -55409,11 +55637,11 @@
/* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
- ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
+ ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
- ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
- ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
+ ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
+ ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
** is no longer correct. */
}
@@ -55425,12 +55653,12 @@
** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
** that the entire journal file has been synced.
**
-** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
+** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
** content as this process.
**
-** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
+** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
** an SQLite error code.
*/
static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
@@ -55446,7 +55674,7 @@
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
/*
-** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
+** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
@@ -55462,7 +55690,7 @@
PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */
){
PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */
-
+
if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
*ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
@@ -55496,7 +55724,7 @@
#endif
/*
-** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
+** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
*/
static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
@@ -55556,7 +55784,7 @@
** result in a coredump.
**
** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
-** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
+** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
** to the caller.
*/
@@ -55573,7 +55801,7 @@
{
u8 *a = 0;
assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
- if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose)
+ if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose)
&& SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager)
){
a = pTmp;
@@ -55587,8 +55815,8 @@
pager_unlock(pPager);
}else{
/* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
- ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
- ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
+ ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
+ ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
**
** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
@@ -55610,11 +55838,6 @@
sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
-#endif
-
assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
@@ -55644,7 +55867,7 @@
** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
**
** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
-** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
+** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
**
** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
@@ -55656,7 +55879,7 @@
** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
**
-** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
+** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
** journal file is synced.
**
** Or, in pseudo-code:
@@ -55665,11 +55888,11 @@
** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
** <update nRec field>
-** }
+** }
** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
** }
**
-** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
+** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
*/
@@ -55697,10 +55920,10 @@
** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
- ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
- ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
- ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
- ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
+ ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
+ ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
+ ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
+ ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
@@ -55710,7 +55933,7 @@
** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
**
** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
- ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
+ ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
** the potential journal header.
*/
@@ -55737,7 +55960,7 @@
** it as a candidate for rollback.
**
** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
- ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
+ ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
** and never needs to be updated.
@@ -55757,7 +55980,7 @@
if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
(pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
@@ -55774,8 +55997,8 @@
}
}
- /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
- ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
+ /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
+ ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
** all pages.
*/
sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
@@ -55795,9 +56018,9 @@
** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
-**
+**
** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
-** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
+** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
** written out.
**
** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
@@ -55812,7 +56035,7 @@
** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
** the database file.
**
-** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
+** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
*/
@@ -55838,7 +56061,7 @@
** file size will be.
*/
assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
&& (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
){
@@ -55860,20 +56083,19 @@
*/
if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */
- char *pData; /* Data to write */
+ char *pData; /* Data to write */
assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
- /* Encode the database */
- CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
+ pData = pList->pData;
/* Write out the page data. */
rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
/* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
- ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
- ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
+ ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
+ ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
*/
if( pgno==1 ){
memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
@@ -55901,18 +56123,18 @@
}
/*
-** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
+** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
** function is a no-op.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
-** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
+** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
** fails.
*/
static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
- const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
- | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
+ const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+ | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
| SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
@@ -55924,13 +56146,13 @@
}
/*
-** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
+** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
**
** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
** for all open savepoints before returning.
**
** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
-** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
+** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
** bitvec.
*/
@@ -55943,9 +56165,9 @@
assert( pPager->useJournal );
assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
- assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
- || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
- || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
+ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
+ || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
+ || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
);
rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
@@ -55955,12 +56177,6 @@
void *pData = pPg->pData;
i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
char *pData2;
-
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){
- CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
- }else
-#endif
pData2 = pData;
PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
@@ -55988,14 +56204,14 @@
** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
-** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
+** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
-** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
+** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
** argument.
**
** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
-** journal file.
+** journal file.
**
** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
@@ -56020,7 +56236,7 @@
** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
**
** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
- ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it
+ ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it
** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
@@ -56041,26 +56257,26 @@
pPg->pDirty = 0;
if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
/* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
- rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
+ rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
}
}else{
-
+
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
}
#endif
-
+
/* Sync the journal file if required. */
- if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
+ if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
|| pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
){
rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
}
-
+
/* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
@@ -56074,7 +56290,7 @@
sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
}
- return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+ return pager_error(pPager, rc);
}
/*
@@ -56105,8 +56321,8 @@
** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
-** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
-** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
+** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
+** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
**
** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
@@ -56120,13 +56336,13 @@
** of the PAGER_* flags.
**
** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
-** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
+** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
**
-** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
+** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
-** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
+** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
@@ -56225,7 +56441,7 @@
}
/* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
- ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
+ ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
**
** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
@@ -56233,6 +56449,7 @@
** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
+ ** Ptr back to the Pager (sizeof(Pager*) bytes)
** \0\0\0\0 database prefix (4 bytes)
** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes)
** URI query parameters (nUriByte bytes)
@@ -56261,12 +56478,18 @@
** - \0
** - WAL Path (zWALName)
** - \0
+ **
+ ** The sqlite3_create_filename() interface and the databaseFilename() utility
+ ** that is used by sqlite3_filename_database() and kin also depend on the
+ ** specific formatting and order of the various filenames, so if the format
+ ** changes here, be sure to change it there as well.
*/
pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */
ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */
ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */
journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */
+ sizeof(pPager) + /* Space to hold a pointer */
4 + /* Database prefix */
nPathname + 1 + /* database filename */
nUriByte + /* query parameters */
@@ -56287,6 +56510,7 @@
pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += journalFileSize;
pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += journalFileSize;
assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
+ memcpy(pPtr, &pPager, sizeof(pPager)); pPtr += sizeof(pPager);
/* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and pPager.zQueryParam fields */
pPtr += 4; /* Skip zero prefix */
@@ -56395,7 +56619,7 @@
** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
**
** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
- */
+ */
act_like_temp_file:
tempFile = 1;
pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */
@@ -56404,7 +56628,7 @@
readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
}
- /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
+ /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -56444,10 +56668,10 @@
/* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
/* pPager->errMask = 0; */
pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
- assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
+ assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
|| tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
- pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
+ pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
@@ -56487,12 +56711,25 @@
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+/*
+** Return the sqlite3_file for the main database given the name
+** of the corresonding WAL or Journal name as passed into
+** xOpen.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName){
+ Pager *pPager;
+ while( zName[-1]!=0 || zName[-2]!=0 || zName[-3]!=0 || zName[-4]!=0 ){
+ zName--;
+ }
+ pPager = *(Pager**)(zName - 4 - sizeof(Pager*));
+ return pPager->fd;
+}
/*
** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
-** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
+** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
** file exists if the following criteria are met:
**
@@ -56507,14 +56744,14 @@
** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
** is returned.
**
-** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
-** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
+** This routine does not check if there is a super-journal filename
+** at the end of the file. If there is, and that super-journal file
** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
-** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
-** will not roll it back.
+** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
+** will not roll it back.
**
-** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
+** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
@@ -56542,7 +56779,7 @@
int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
/* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the
- ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
+ ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that
** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
@@ -56575,7 +56812,7 @@
/* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
- ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
+ ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
** it can be ignored.
*/
if( !jrnlOpen ){
@@ -56625,7 +56862,7 @@
** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
-** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
+** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
** discarded if they are found to be invalid.
@@ -56636,8 +56873,8 @@
** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
** file.
**
-** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
-** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
+** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
+** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
@@ -56645,7 +56882,7 @@
/* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
- ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
+ ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
** exclusive access mode. */
assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
@@ -56683,12 +56920,12 @@
** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
- ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
+ ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
** hot-journal back.
- **
+ **
** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
- ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
- ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
+ ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
+ ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
** on the database file.
**
** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
@@ -56698,17 +56935,17 @@
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto failed;
}
-
- /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
- ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
- ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
- ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
- ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
+
+ /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
+ ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
+ ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
+ ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
+ ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
**
- ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
- ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
- ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
+ ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
+ ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
+ ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
*/
@@ -56729,7 +56966,7 @@
}
}
}
-
+
/* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write
** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
@@ -56754,8 +56991,8 @@
** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
- ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
- ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
+ ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
+ ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
**
** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
@@ -56763,7 +57000,7 @@
** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
- ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
+ ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
** references.
*/
pager_error(pPager, rc);
@@ -56788,8 +57025,8 @@
** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The
** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
** a codec is in use.
- **
- ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
+ **
+ ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that
** it can be neglected.
*/
@@ -56856,7 +57093,7 @@
** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
-*/
+*/
static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
@@ -56866,7 +57103,7 @@
/*
** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
-** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
+** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
**
** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
@@ -56876,22 +57113,22 @@
** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state
** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
**
-** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
+** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
** object with no outstanding references.
**
-** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
-** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
+** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
+** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
**
-** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
-** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
-** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
-** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
-** page is initialized to all zeros.
+** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
+** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
+** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
+** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
+** page is initialized to all zeros.
**
** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
@@ -56957,18 +57194,18 @@
if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
/* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
** the page. Return without further ado. */
- assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
+ assert( pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
return SQLITE_OK;
}else{
- /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
+ /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
** be initialized. But first some error checks:
**
- ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
+ ** (*) obsolete. Was: maximum page number is 2^31
** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
*/
- if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+ if( pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
goto pager_acquire_err;
}
@@ -56983,9 +57220,9 @@
}
if( noContent ){
/* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
- ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
- ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure
- ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
+ ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
+ ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure
+ ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
** a bit in a bit vector.
*/
sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
@@ -57035,16 +57272,13 @@
/* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
- ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
+ ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
** temporary or in-memory database. */
const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
&& (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
);
assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- assert( pPager->xCodec==0 );
-#endif
/* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
@@ -57067,7 +57301,7 @@
}
if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
void *pData = 0;
- rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
+ rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
(i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
@@ -57123,12 +57357,12 @@
/*
** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do
** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page,
-** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
+** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
**
** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine
** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine
-** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
+** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
** has ever happened.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
@@ -57175,31 +57409,30 @@
assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
pPager = pPg->pPager;
- sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager);
sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
}
/*
** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
-** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
+** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
** file when this routine is called.
**
** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
-** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
-** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
+** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
+** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
**
** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
-** already open file.
+** already open file.
**
** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
-** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
+** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
*/
static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
@@ -57209,7 +57442,7 @@
assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-
+
/* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on
** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
** an error state. */
@@ -57220,7 +57453,7 @@
if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}
-
+
/* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
@@ -57236,7 +57469,7 @@
flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
}
-
+
/* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
** it was originally opened. */
rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
@@ -57248,16 +57481,16 @@
}
assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
}
-
-
- /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
+
+
+ /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
** the sub-journal if necessary.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
/* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
pPager->nRec = 0;
pPager->journalOff = 0;
- pPager->setMaster = 0;
+ pPager->setSuper = 0;
pPager->journalHdr = 0;
rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
}
@@ -57275,12 +57508,12 @@
}
/*
-** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
+** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
**
** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
-** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
+** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
** functions need be called.
**
** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
@@ -57288,7 +57521,7 @@
** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
-** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
+** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
** or using a temporary file otherwise.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
@@ -57336,9 +57569,9 @@
**
** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
- ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
- ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
- ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
+ ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
+ ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
+ ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
** WAL mode.
*/
pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
@@ -57373,7 +57606,7 @@
assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
- CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
+ pData2 = pPg->pData;
cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
/* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
@@ -57392,11 +57625,11 @@
rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
+ IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
+ PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
@@ -57411,9 +57644,9 @@
}
/*
-** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
+** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
-** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
+** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
*/
@@ -57421,7 +57654,7 @@
Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
+ /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
** It is never called in the ERROR state.
*/
@@ -57438,7 +57671,7 @@
** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
**
- ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
+ ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
@@ -57483,7 +57716,7 @@
** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
*/
pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
-
+
/* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
** then write the page into the statement journal.
*/
@@ -57567,7 +57800,7 @@
}
}
- /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
+ /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
@@ -57590,9 +57823,9 @@
}
/*
-** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
-** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
-** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
+** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
+** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
+** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
**
** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
@@ -57643,13 +57876,13 @@
** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
** that it does not get written to disk.
**
-** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
+** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
** DELETE operations.
**
** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
-** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
-** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
+** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
+** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
** current transaction is rolled back.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
@@ -57665,17 +57898,17 @@
}
/*
-** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
-** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
+** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
+** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at
** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
**
** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
-** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
+** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
** unconditional update of the change counters.
**
-** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
+** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
** transaction is committed.
@@ -57683,7 +57916,7 @@
** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
-** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
+** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
*/
static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
@@ -57722,7 +57955,7 @@
assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
/* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
- ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in
+ ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in
** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
*/
@@ -57738,7 +57971,7 @@
if( DIRECT_MODE ){
const void *zBuf;
assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
- CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
+ zBuf = pPgHdr->pData;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
@@ -57769,9 +58002,9 @@
** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
+ void *pArg = (void*)zSuper;
rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
@@ -57783,22 +58016,22 @@
/*
** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
-** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
-** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
+** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
**
** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
+** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
** returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
int rc = pPager->errCode;
assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
- || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
@@ -57809,24 +58042,24 @@
}
/*
-** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
-** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
-** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
-** journal (a single database transaction).
+** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zSuper points to the name
+** of a super-journal file that should be written into the individual
+** journal file. zSuper may be NULL, which is interpreted as no
+** super-journal (a single database transaction).
**
** This routine ensures that:
**
** * The database file change-counter is updated,
** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
-** * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
+** * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
** * the database file is truncated (if required), and
-** * the database file synced.
+** * the database file synced.
**
-** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
-** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
-** delete the master journal file if specified).
+** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
+** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
+** delete the super-journal file if specified).
**
-** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
+** Note that if zSuper==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
**
** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
@@ -57836,7 +58069,7 @@
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
- const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
+ const char *zSuper, /* If not NULL, the super-journal name */
int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
@@ -57854,8 +58087,8 @@
/* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
- PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
- pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
+ PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zSuper=%s nSize=%d\n",
+ pPager->zFilename, zSuper, pPager->dbSize));
/* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
@@ -57894,7 +58127,7 @@
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
- int bBatch = zMaster==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
+ int bBatch = zSuper==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
&& (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
&& !pPager->noSync
&& sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
@@ -57905,11 +58138,11 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
/* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
- ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
- ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
+ ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
+ ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
**
** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
- ** blocks of size page-size, and
+ ** blocks of size page-size, and
** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
**
@@ -57919,7 +58152,7 @@
** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
- ** mode.
+ ** mode.
**
** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
@@ -57928,19 +58161,19 @@
*/
if( bBatch==0 ){
PgHdr *pPg;
- assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
);
- if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
- && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
+ if( !zSuper && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
+ && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
&& pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
&& (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
){
- /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
- ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
- ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
- ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
+ /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
+ ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
+ ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
+ ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
*/
rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
@@ -57953,7 +58186,7 @@
}
#else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
- if( zMaster ){
+ if( zSuper ){
rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
assert( bBatch==0 );
@@ -57962,24 +58195,24 @@
rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
#endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-
- /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
- ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
- ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
+
+ /* Write the super-journal name into the journal file. If a
+ ** super-journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
+ ** or if zSuper is NULL (no super-journal), then this call is a no-op.
*/
- rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
+ rc = writeSuperJournal(pPager, zSuper);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-
+
/* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
- ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
+ ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
**
** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
- ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
+ ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
- ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
+ ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
*/
rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
@@ -58020,7 +58253,7 @@
}
sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
- /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
+ /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
@@ -58032,10 +58265,10 @@
rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
}
-
+
/* Finally, sync the database file. */
if( !noSync ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zSuper);
}
IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
}
@@ -58052,12 +58285,12 @@
/*
** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
-** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
+** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
**
-** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
-** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
+** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
+** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
** irrevocably committed.
**
@@ -58083,15 +58316,15 @@
** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
**
- ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
+ ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
- ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
+ ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
** to drop any locks either.
*/
- if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
- && pPager->exclusiveMode
+ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ && pPager->exclusiveMode
&& pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
){
assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
@@ -58100,12 +58333,12 @@
}
PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
- rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
+ rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 1);
return pager_error(pPager, rc);
}
/*
-** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
+** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
** state if an error occurs.
@@ -58115,14 +58348,14 @@
**
** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
**
-** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
+** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
** was opened, and
**
** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
** rollback at any point in the future.
**
-** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
+** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
** rollback is successful.
**
** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
@@ -58135,7 +58368,7 @@
PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
/* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
- ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
+ ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
*/
assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
@@ -58145,13 +58378,13 @@
if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
int rc2;
rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
- rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
+ rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
}else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
int eState = pPager->eState;
rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
- /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
+ /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
*/
@@ -58166,7 +58399,7 @@
assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
- || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
+ || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
|| rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
);
@@ -58240,8 +58473,8 @@
** it was added later.
**
** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
-** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
-** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
+** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
+** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
** returning.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
@@ -58277,7 +58510,7 @@
** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
**
-** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
+** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
*/
@@ -58292,7 +58525,7 @@
assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
/* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
- ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
+ ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
*/
aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
@@ -58340,7 +58573,7 @@
/*
** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
-** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
+** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
** created savepoint.
**
** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
@@ -58348,29 +58581,29 @@
** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
**
-** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
+** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
**
** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
-** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
+** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
-** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
-** contents of the database to its original state.
+** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
+** contents of the database to its original state.
**
-** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
+** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
**
** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
-** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
+** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
+*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
int rc = pPager->errCode;
-
+
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
#endif
@@ -58383,7 +58616,7 @@
int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
/* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
- ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
+ ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
*/
nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
@@ -58392,7 +58625,7 @@
}
pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
- /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
+ /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
@@ -58414,14 +58647,14 @@
rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
}
-
+
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
- /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
+ /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */
- else if(
- pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ else if(
+ pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
&& pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
){
pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
@@ -58448,7 +58681,7 @@
** sqlite3_uri_parameter() and sqlite3_filename_database() and friends.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
- static const char zFake[] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 };
+ static const char zFake[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? &zFake[4] : pPager->zFilename;
}
@@ -58468,16 +58701,6 @@
return pPager->fd;
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
-/*
-** Reset the lock timeout for pager.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(Pager *pPager){
- int x = 0;
- sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &x);
-}
-#endif
-
/*
** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
@@ -58497,54 +58720,6 @@
return pPager->zJournal;
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-/*
-** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
- Pager *pPager,
- void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
- void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
- void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
- void *pCodec
-){
- if( pPager->xCodecFree ){
- pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
- }else{
- pager_reset(pPager);
- }
- pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
- pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
- pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
- pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
- setGetterMethod(pPager);
- pagerReportSize(pPager);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->pCodec;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
-** into the log file.
-**
-** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
-** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
- void *aData = 0;
- CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
- return aData;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the current pager state
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->eState;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
-
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
@@ -58564,8 +58739,8 @@
** transaction is active).
**
** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
-** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
-** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
+** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
+** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
**
** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
@@ -58593,7 +58768,7 @@
}
/* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
- ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
+ ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
**
** BEGIN;
@@ -58616,7 +58791,7 @@
return rc;
}
- PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
+ PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
@@ -58624,7 +58799,7 @@
** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
**
** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
- ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
+ ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
*/
if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
@@ -58635,8 +58810,8 @@
}
/* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
- ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
- ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
+ ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
+ ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
** for the page moved there.
*/
pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
@@ -58671,9 +58846,9 @@
}
if( needSyncPgno ){
- /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
+ /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
- ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
+ ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
** flag.
@@ -58704,9 +58879,9 @@
#endif
/*
-** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
-** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
-** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
+** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
+** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
+** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
** the value passed as the third parameter.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
@@ -58724,7 +58899,7 @@
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
+** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
** allocated along with the specified page.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
@@ -58733,7 +58908,7 @@
/*
** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
-** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
+** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
**
@@ -58781,8 +58956,8 @@
assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
|| eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
|| eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
|| eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
/* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
@@ -58939,7 +59114,6 @@
pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
pnLog, pnCkpt
);
- sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager);
}
return rc;
}
@@ -58968,7 +59142,7 @@
assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
+ /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */
pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
}
@@ -58977,7 +59151,7 @@
}
/*
-** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
+** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
@@ -58988,8 +59162,8 @@
assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
- /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
- ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
+ /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
+ ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
** file, to make sure this is safe.
*/
@@ -58997,7 +59171,7 @@
rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
}
- /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
+ /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -59019,7 +59193,7 @@
** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
-** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
+** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
** not modified in either case.
**
@@ -59061,7 +59235,7 @@
** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
**
-** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
+** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
@@ -59087,7 +59261,7 @@
rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
}
}
-
+
/* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
*/
@@ -59104,7 +59278,31 @@
return rc;
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
+/*
+** If pager pPager is a wal-mode database not in exclusive locking mode,
+** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object
+** with the same db and bLock parameters as were passed to this function.
+** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager *pPager, int bLock){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->exclusiveMode==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3WalWriteLock(pPager->pWal, bLock);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+/*
+** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if
+** blocking locks are required.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ sqlite3WalDb(pPager->pWal, db);
+ }
+}
+#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
/*
@@ -59121,10 +59319,13 @@
/*
** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
-** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
+** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(
+ Pager *pPager,
+ sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot
+){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( pPager->pWal ){
sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
@@ -59135,7 +59336,7 @@
}
/*
-** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
+** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
** is not a WAL database, return an error.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
@@ -59152,7 +59353,7 @@
** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database.
** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise,
** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then
-** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
+** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if
@@ -59212,7 +59413,7 @@
**
*************************************************************************
**
-** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in
+** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in
** "journal_mode=WAL" mode.
**
** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT
@@ -59221,7 +59422,7 @@
** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the
** database file. All changes to the database are recorded by writing
** frames into the WAL. Transactions commit when a frame is written that
-** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record
+** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record
** multiple transactions. Periodically, the content of the WAL is
** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a
** "checkpoint".
@@ -59247,11 +59448,11 @@
**
** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each
** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a <page-size> bytes
-** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned
+** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned
** integer values, as follows:
**
** 0: Page number.
-** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages
+** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages
** after the commit. For all other records, zero.
** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the header)
** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the header)
@@ -59277,7 +59478,7 @@
** the checksum. The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as
** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N]. The
** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows:
-**
+**
** for i from 0 to n-1 step 2:
** s0 += x[i] + s1;
** s1 += x[i+1] + s0;
@@ -59285,7 +59486,7 @@
**
** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights
** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element
-** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit
+** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit
** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term.
**
** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the
@@ -59318,19 +59519,19 @@
** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database
** content simultaneously.
**
-** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but
+** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but
** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the
** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames. If the
** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow,
** and read performance suffers. To overcome this problem, a separate
** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the
** search for frames of a particular page.
-**
+**
** WAL-INDEX FORMAT
**
** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations
** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file. Because
-** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL
+** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL
** on a network filesystem. All users of the database must be able to
** share memory.
**
@@ -59348,28 +59549,28 @@
** byte order of the host computer.
**
** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly: Given
-** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the
+** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the
** last frame in the wal before frame M for page P in the WAL, or return
** NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL prior to M.
**
** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or
-** more index blocks.
+** more index blocks.
**
** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL
** in the mxFrame field.
**
-** Each index block except for the first contains information on
+** Each index block except for the first contains information on
** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on
-** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and
** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and
** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the
** wal-index.
**
** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the
-** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table
+** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table
** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number.
** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE
-** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the
+** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the
** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the
** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block
** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in
@@ -59390,8 +59591,8 @@
**
** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers.
** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the
-** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash
-** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions
+** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash
+** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions
** prior to finding a match is 1. Each entry of the hash table is an
** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same
** index block. Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in
@@ -59410,12 +59611,12 @@
** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot
** be at index iUnused. (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was
** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full,
-** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let
+** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let
** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused,
** where aHash[iMax]==P. If there is no iMax entry (if there exists
** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the
** current index block. Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the
-** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references
+** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references
** page P.
**
** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the
@@ -59440,7 +59641,7 @@
** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table
** in the first place - which is what reader one wants. Meanwhile, the
** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted
-** later, which is exactly what reader two wants.
+** later, which is exactly what reader two wants.
**
** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries
** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed
@@ -59461,18 +59662,6 @@
#endif
/*
-** WAL mode depends on atomic aligned 32-bit loads and stores in a few
-** places. The following macros try to make this explicit.
-*/
-#if GCC_VESRION>=5004000
-# define AtomicLoad(PTR) __atomic_load_n((PTR),__ATOMIC_RELAXED)
-# define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL) __atomic_store_n((PTR),(VAL),__ATOMIC_RELAXED)
-#else
-# define AtomicLoad(PTR) (*(PTR))
-# define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL) (*(PTR) = (VAL))
-#endif
-
-/*
** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats
** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite.
**
@@ -59480,7 +59669,7 @@
** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not
** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
**
-** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the
+** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the
** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not
** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite
** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
@@ -59527,7 +59716,7 @@
**
** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive.
** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page. The latter case was
-** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added.
+** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added.
*/
struct WalIndexHdr {
u32 iVersion; /* Wal-index version */
@@ -59569,7 +59758,7 @@
** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock. If a reader
** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than
** the mxFrame for that reader. The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff)
-** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is
+** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is
** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder
** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one. Readers holding
** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content
@@ -59589,7 +59778,7 @@
** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything
** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers
** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will
-** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore
+** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore
** the WAL.
**
** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL. However,
@@ -59631,14 +59820,14 @@
** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file.
**
** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL
-** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit
-** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting
+** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit
+** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting
** all data as 32-bit little-endian words.
*/
#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682
/*
-** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file,
+** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file,
** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned
** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header.
*/
@@ -59681,13 +59870,16 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
WalIndexHdr *pSnapshot; /* Start transaction here if not NULL */
#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
+ sqlite3 *db;
+#endif
};
/*
** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode.
*/
#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE 0
-#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1
+#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1
#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2
/*
@@ -59706,7 +59898,7 @@
/*
** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through
** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames
-** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the
+** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the
** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with
** the largest index).
**
@@ -59719,7 +59911,7 @@
** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()).
*/
struct WalIterator {
- int iPrior; /* Last result returned from the iterator */
+ u32 iPrior; /* Last result returned from the iterator */
int nSegment; /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */
struct WalSegment {
int iNext; /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */
@@ -59742,7 +59934,7 @@
#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1 383 /* Should be prime */
#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2) /* Must be a power of 2 */
-/*
+/*
** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a
** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete
** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index.
@@ -59779,7 +59971,7 @@
if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){
sqlite3_int64 nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1);
volatile u32 **apNew;
- apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc64((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte);
+ apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3Realloc((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte);
if( !apNew ){
*ppPage = 0;
return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
@@ -59796,12 +59988,14 @@
pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ);
if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}else{
- rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ,
+ rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ,
pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage]
);
assert( pWal->apWiData[iPage]!=0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK || pWal->writeLock==0 );
testcase( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK );
- if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_READONLY ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( iPage>0 && sqlite3FaultSim(600) ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_READONLY ){
pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY;
if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){
rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -59853,7 +60047,7 @@
)
/*
-** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in
+** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in
** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or
** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL).
**
@@ -59900,6 +60094,10 @@
aOut[1] = s2;
}
+/*
+** If there is the possibility of concurrent access to the SHM file
+** from multiple threads and/or processes, then do a memory barrier.
+*/
static void walShmBarrier(Wal *pWal){
if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd);
@@ -59907,11 +60105,24 @@
}
/*
+** Add the SQLITE_NO_TSAN as part of the return-type of a function
+** definition as a hint that the function contains constructs that
+** might give false-positive TSAN warnings.
+**
+** See tag-20200519-1.
+*/
+#if defined(__clang__) && !defined(SQLITE_NO_TSAN)
+# define SQLITE_NO_TSAN __attribute__((no_sanitize_thread))
+#else
+# define SQLITE_NO_TSAN
+#endif
+
+/*
** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index.
**
** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written.
*/
-static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){
+static SQLITE_NO_TSAN void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){
volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum);
@@ -59919,6 +60130,7 @@
pWal->hdr.isInit = 1;
pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION;
walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum);
+ /* Possible TSAN false-positive. See tag-20200519-1 */
memcpy((void*)&aHdr[1], (const void*)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
walShmBarrier(pWal);
memcpy((void*)&aHdr[0], (const void*)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
@@ -59926,11 +60138,11 @@
/*
** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer
-** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of
+** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of
** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows:
**
** 0: Page number.
-** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages
+** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages
** after the commit. For all other records, zero.
** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header)
** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header)
@@ -59981,7 +60193,7 @@
assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
/* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header
- ** match the salt values in the wal-header.
+ ** match the salt values in the wal-header.
*/
if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){
return 0;
@@ -59995,15 +60207,15 @@
}
/* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header,
- ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header,
- ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8
+ ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header,
+ ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8
** bytes of this frame-header.
*/
nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
- if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16])
- || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20])
+ if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16])
+ || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20])
){
/* Checksum failed. */
return 0;
@@ -60038,7 +60250,7 @@
}
}
#endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
-
+
/*
** Set or release locks on the WAL. Locks are either shared or exclusive.
@@ -60054,7 +60266,7 @@
SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal,
walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
- VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
+ VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
return rc;
}
static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
@@ -60070,7 +60282,7 @@
SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal,
walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
- VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
+ VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
return rc;
}
static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
@@ -60107,15 +60319,15 @@
u32 iZero; /* One less than the frame number of first indexed*/
};
-/*
+/*
** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on
** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages
** numbered starting from 0.
**
** Set output variable pLoc->aHash to point to the start of the hash table
-** in the wal-index file. Set pLoc->iZero to one less than the frame
+** in the wal-index file. Set pLoc->iZero to one less than the frame
** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a
-** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number
+** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number
** (pLoc->iZero+N) in the log.
**
** Finally, set pLoc->aPgno so that pLoc->aPgno[1] is the page number of the
@@ -60147,7 +60359,7 @@
/*
** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table
** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame
-** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages
+** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages
** are numbered starting from 0.
*/
static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){
@@ -60158,6 +60370,7 @@
&& (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)
&& (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
);
+ assert( iHash>=0 );
return iHash;
}
@@ -60198,7 +60411,7 @@
if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return;
- /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing
+ /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing
** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed
** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped.(1)
*/
@@ -60217,9 +60430,9 @@
sLoc.aHash[i] = 0;
}
}
-
+
/* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with
- ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+ ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
*/
nByte = (int)((char *)sLoc.aHash - (char *)&sLoc.aPgno[iLimit+1]);
memset((void *)&sLoc.aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte);
@@ -60262,9 +60475,9 @@
idx = iFrame - sLoc.iZero;
assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 );
-
+
/* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the
- ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceeding.
+ ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceeding.
*/
if( idx==1 ){
int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&sLoc.aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT]
@@ -60274,8 +60487,8 @@
/* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer
** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after
- ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory).
- ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from
+ ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory).
+ ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from
** the hash-table before writing any new entries.
*/
if( sLoc.aPgno[idx] ){
@@ -60289,7 +60502,7 @@
if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
sLoc.aPgno[idx] = iPage;
- sLoc.aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx;
+ AtomicStore(&sLoc.aHash[iKey], (ht_slot)idx);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
/* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals
@@ -60327,7 +60540,7 @@
/*
-** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file.
+** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file.
**
** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the
** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything
@@ -60354,12 +60567,6 @@
assert( pWal->writeLock );
iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock;
rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)-iLock);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)-iLock);
- }
- }
if( rc ){
return rc;
}
@@ -60375,15 +60582,16 @@
if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){
u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to load WAL header into */
+ u32 *aPrivate = 0; /* Heap copy of *-shm hash being populated */
u8 *aFrame = 0; /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */
int szFrame; /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */
u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */
- int iFrame; /* Index of last frame read */
- i64 iOffset; /* Next offset to read from log file */
int szPage; /* Page size according to the log */
u32 magic; /* Magic value read from WAL header */
u32 version; /* Magic value read from WAL header */
int isValid; /* True if this frame is valid */
+ u32 iPg; /* Current 32KB wal-index page */
+ u32 iLastFrame; /* Last frame in wal, based on nSize alone */
/* Read in the WAL header. */
rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0);
@@ -60392,16 +60600,16 @@
}
/* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than
- ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid
+ ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid
** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole
** WAL file.
*/
magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]);
szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]);
- if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC
- || szPage&(szPage-1)
- || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
- || szPage<512
+ if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC
+ || szPage&(szPage-1)
+ || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+ || szPage<512
){
goto finished;
}
@@ -60411,7 +60619,7 @@
memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8);
/* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */
- walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN,
+ walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN,
aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum
);
if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24])
@@ -60430,38 +60638,82 @@
/* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */
szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
- aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc64(szFrame);
+ aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc64(szFrame + WALINDEX_PGSZ);
if( !aFrame ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
goto recovery_error;
}
aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];
+ aPrivate = (u32*)&aData[szPage];
/* Read all frames from the log file. */
- iFrame = 0;
- for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){
- u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */
- u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */
+ iLastFrame = (nSize - WAL_HDRSIZE) / szFrame;
+ for(iPg=0; iPg<=(u32)walFramePage(iLastFrame); iPg++){
+ u32 *aShare;
+ u32 iFrame; /* Index of last frame read */
+ u32 iLast = MIN(iLastFrame, HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+iPg*HASHTABLE_NPAGE);
+ u32 iFirst = 1 + (iPg==0?0:HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+(iPg-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE);
+ u32 nHdr, nHdr32;
+ rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iPg, (volatile u32**)&aShare);
+ if( rc ) break;
+ pWal->apWiData[iPg] = aPrivate;
- /* Read and decode the next log frame. */
- iFrame++;
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
- isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame);
- if( !isValid ) break;
- rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+ for(iFrame=iFirst; iFrame<=iLast; iFrame++){
+ i64 iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage);
+ u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */
+ u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */
- /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */
- if( nTruncate ){
- pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
- pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
- pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
- testcase( szPage<=32768 );
- testcase( szPage>=65536 );
- aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
- aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
+ /* Read and decode the next log frame. */
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+ isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame);
+ if( !isValid ) break;
+ rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno);
+ if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) break;
+
+ /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */
+ if( nTruncate ){
+ pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
+ pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
+ pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
+ testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+ testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+ aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
+ aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
+ }
}
+ pWal->apWiData[iPg] = aShare;
+ nHdr = (iPg==0 ? WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE : 0);
+ nHdr32 = nHdr / sizeof(u32);
+#ifndef SQLITE_SAFER_WALINDEX_RECOVERY
+ /* Memcpy() should work fine here, on all reasonable implementations.
+ ** Technically, memcpy() might change the destination to some
+ ** intermediate value before setting to the final value, and that might
+ ** cause a concurrent reader to malfunction. Memcpy() is allowed to
+ ** do that, according to the spec, but no memcpy() implementation that
+ ** we know of actually does that, which is why we say that memcpy()
+ ** is safe for this. Memcpy() is certainly a lot faster.
+ */
+ memcpy(&aShare[nHdr32], &aPrivate[nHdr32], WALINDEX_PGSZ-nHdr);
+#else
+ /* In the event that some platform is found for which memcpy()
+ ** changes the destination to some intermediate value before
+ ** setting the final value, this alternative copy routine is
+ ** provided.
+ */
+ {
+ int i;
+ for(i=nHdr32; i<WALINDEX_PGSZ/sizeof(u32); i++){
+ if( aShare[i]!=aPrivate[i] ){
+ /* Atomic memory operations are not required here because if
+ ** the value needs to be changed, that means it is not being
+ ** accessed concurrently. */
+ aShare[i] = aPrivate[i];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ if( iFrame<=iLast ) break;
}
sqlite3_free(aFrame);
@@ -60475,16 +60727,27 @@
pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1];
walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
- /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is
- ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and
- ** checkpointers.
+ /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is
+ ** currently holding locks that exclude all other writers and
+ ** checkpointers. Then set the values of read-mark slots 1 through N.
*/
pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0;
- for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
- if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) pInfo->aReadMark[1] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( i==1 && pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+ pInfo->aReadMark[i] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ }else{
+ pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
+ }
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ goto recovery_error;
+ }
+ }
/* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an
** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance
@@ -60502,7 +60765,6 @@
recovery_error:
WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)-iLock);
- walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
return rc;
}
@@ -60522,8 +60784,8 @@
}
}
-/*
-** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must
+/*
+** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must
** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points
** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle.
**
@@ -60533,7 +60795,7 @@
** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the
** system would be badly broken.
**
-** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and
+** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and
** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs,
** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified.
*/
@@ -60697,7 +60959,7 @@
ht_slot logpage;
Pgno dbpage;
- if( (iLeft<nLeft)
+ if( (iLeft<nLeft)
&& (iRight>=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]<aContent[aRight[iRight]])
){
logpage = aLeft[iLeft++];
@@ -60795,7 +61057,7 @@
#endif
}
-/*
+/*
** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit().
*/
static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){
@@ -60803,7 +61065,7 @@
}
/*
-** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all
+** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all
** pages in the WAL following frame nBackfill in ascending order. Frames
** nBackfill or earlier may be included - excluding them is an optimization
** only. The caller must hold the checkpoint lock.
@@ -60832,7 +61094,7 @@
/* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */
nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1;
- nByte = sizeof(WalIterator)
+ nByte = sizeof(WalIterator)
+ (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment)
+ iLast*sizeof(ht_slot);
p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte);
@@ -60869,7 +61131,7 @@
}
aIndex = &((ht_slot *)&p->aSegment[p->nSegment])[sLoc.iZero];
sLoc.iZero++;
-
+
for(j=0; j<nEntry; j++){
aIndex[j] = (ht_slot)j;
}
@@ -60890,6 +61152,89 @@
return rc;
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
+/*
+** Attempt to enable blocking locks. Blocking locks are enabled only if (a)
+** they are supported by the VFS, and (b) the database handle is configured
+** with a busy-timeout. Return 1 if blocking locks are successfully enabled,
+** or 0 otherwise.
+*/
+static int walEnableBlocking(Wal *pWal){
+ int res = 0;
+ if( pWal->db ){
+ int tmout = pWal->db->busyTimeout;
+ if( tmout ){
+ int rc;
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(
+ pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, (void*)&tmout
+ );
+ res = (rc==SQLITE_OK);
+ }
+ }
+ return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Disable blocking locks.
+*/
+static void walDisableBlocking(Wal *pWal){
+ int tmout = 0;
+ sqlite3OsFileControl(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, (void*)&tmout);
+}
+
+/*
+** If parameter bLock is true, attempt to enable blocking locks, take
+** the WRITER lock, and then disable blocking locks. If blocking locks
+** cannot be enabled, no attempt to obtain the WRITER lock is made. Return
+** an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. It is not
+** an error if blocking locks can not be enabled.
+**
+** If the bLock parameter is false and the WRITER lock is held, release it.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalWriteLock(Wal *pWal, int bLock){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pWal->readLock<0 || bLock==0 );
+ if( bLock ){
+ assert( pWal->db );
+ if( walEnableBlocking(pWal) ){
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pWal->writeLock = 1;
+ }
+ walDisableBlocking(pWal);
+ }
+ }else if( pWal->writeLock ){
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+ pWal->writeLock = 0;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the database handle used to determine if blocking locks are required.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalDb(Wal *pWal, sqlite3 *db){
+ pWal->db = db;
+}
+
+/*
+** Take an exclusive WRITE lock. Blocking if so configured.
+*/
+static int walLockWriter(Wal *pWal){
+ int rc;
+ walEnableBlocking(pWal);
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+ walDisableBlocking(pWal);
+ return rc;
+}
+#else
+# define walEnableBlocking(x) 0
+# define walDisableBlocking(x)
+# define walLockWriter(pWal) walLockExclusive((pWal), WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)
+# define sqlite3WalDb(pWal, db)
+#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT */
+
+
/*
** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and
** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a
@@ -60907,6 +61252,12 @@
do {
rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n);
}while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT ){
+ walDisableBlocking(pWal);
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+#endif
return rc;
}
@@ -60931,8 +61282,8 @@
** client to write to the database (which may be this one) does so by
** writing frames into the start of the log file.
**
-** The value of parameter salt1 is used as the aSalt[1] value in the
-** new wal-index header. It should be passed a pseudo-random value (i.e.
+** The value of parameter salt1 is used as the aSalt[1] value in the
+** new wal-index header. It should be passed a pseudo-random value (i.e.
** one obtained from sqlite3_randomness()).
*/
static void walRestartHdr(Wal *pWal, u32 salt1){
@@ -60944,7 +61295,7 @@
sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0]));
memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt[1], &salt1, 4);
walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
- pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
+ AtomicStore(&pInfo->nBackfill, 0);
pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = 0;
pInfo->aReadMark[1] = 0;
for(i=2; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
@@ -60960,8 +61311,8 @@
** that a concurrent reader might be using.
**
** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when
-** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if
-** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background
+** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if
+** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background
** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call.
**
** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and
@@ -60974,7 +61325,7 @@
** database file.
**
** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header.
-** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill.
+** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill.
** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase
** its value.)
**
@@ -61019,32 +61370,13 @@
mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage;
for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
- /* Thread-sanitizer reports that the following is an unsafe read,
- ** as some other thread may be in the process of updating the value
- ** of the aReadMark[] slot. The assumption here is that if that is
- ** happening, the other client may only be increasing the value,
- ** not decreasing it. So assuming either that either the "old" or
- ** "new" version of the value is read, and not some arbitrary value
- ** that would never be written by a real client, things are still
- ** safe.
- **
- ** Astute readers have pointed out that the assumption stated in the
- ** last sentence of the previous paragraph is not guaranteed to be
- ** true for all conforming systems. However, the assumption is true
- ** for all compilers and architectures in common use today (circa
- ** 2019-11-27) and the alternatives are both slow and complex, and
- ** so we will continue to go with the current design for now. If this
- ** bothers you, or if you really are running on a system where aligned
- ** 32-bit reads and writes are not atomic, then you can simply avoid
- ** the use of WAL mode, or only use WAL mode together with
- ** PRAGMA locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE and all will be well.
- */
- u32 y = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
+ u32 y = AtomicLoad(pInfo->aReadMark+i);
if( mxSafeFrame>y ){
assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pInfo->aReadMark[i] = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED);
+ u32 iMark = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED);
+ AtomicStore(pInfo->aReadMark+i, iMark);
walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
}else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
mxSafeFrame = y;
@@ -61062,7 +61394,7 @@
}
if( pIter
- && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(0),1))==SQLITE_OK
+ && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal,xBusy,pBusyArg,WAL_READ_LOCK(0),1))==SQLITE_OK
){
u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill;
@@ -61077,18 +61409,27 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage);
i64 nSize; /* Current size of database file */
+ sqlite3OsFileControl(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START, 0);
rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSize<nReq ){
- sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq);
+ if( (nSize+65536+(i64)pWal->hdr.mxFrame*szPage)<nReq ){
+ /* If the size of the final database is larger than the current
+ ** database plus the amount of data in the wal file, plus the
+ ** maximum size of the pending-byte page (65536 bytes), then
+ ** must be corruption somewhere. */
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT,&nReq);
+ }
}
- }
+ }
/* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file */
while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){
i64 iOffset;
assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage );
- if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+ if( AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) ){
rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
break;
}
@@ -61104,6 +61445,7 @@
rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
}
+ sqlite3OsFileControl(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE, 0);
/* If work was actually accomplished... */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -61116,11 +61458,7 @@
}
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame;
+ AtomicStore(&pInfo->nBackfill, mxSafeFrame);
}
}
@@ -61136,8 +61474,8 @@
}
/* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART or TRUNCATE operation, and the
- ** entire wal file has been copied into the database file, then block
- ** until all readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that
+ ** entire wal file has been copied into the database file, then block
+ ** until all readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that
** the next process to write to the database restarts the wal file.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
@@ -61161,7 +61499,7 @@
** writer clients should see that the entire log file has been
** checkpointed and behave accordingly. This seems unsafe though,
** as it would leave the system in a state where the contents of
- ** the wal-index header do not match the contents of the
+ ** the wal-index header do not match the contents of the
** file-system. To avoid this, update the wal-index header to
** indicate that the log file contains zero valid frames. */
walRestartHdr(pWal, salt1);
@@ -61223,7 +61561,7 @@
if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){
pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE;
}
- rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pWal, db,
+ rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pWal, db,
SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -61279,7 +61617,7 @@
** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header
** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero.
*/
-static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+static SQLITE_NO_TSAN int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum on the header content */
WalIndexHdr h1, h2; /* Two copies of the header content */
WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr; /* Header in shared memory */
@@ -61292,19 +61630,25 @@
** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read
** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero.
**
+ ** tag-20200519-1:
** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index.
** When reading, read [0] first then [1]. Writes are in the reverse order.
** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from
- ** reordering the reads and writes.
+ ** reordering the reads and writes. TSAN and similar tools can sometimes
+ ** give false-positive warnings about these accesses because the tools do not
+ ** account for the double-read and the memory barrier. The use of mutexes
+ ** here would be problematic as the memory being accessed is potentially
+ ** shared among multiple processes and not all mutex implementions work
+ ** reliably in that environment.
*/
aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
- memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1));
+ memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1)); /* Possible TSAN false-positive */
walShmBarrier(pWal);
memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2));
if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){
return 1; /* Dirty read */
- }
+ }
if( h1.isInit==0 ){
return 1; /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */
}
@@ -61340,7 +61684,7 @@
** changed by this operation. If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged
** to 0.
**
-** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK.
+** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK.
** Otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
@@ -61348,7 +61692,7 @@
int badHdr; /* True if a header read failed */
volatile u32 *page0; /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */
- /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the
+ /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the
** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here.
*/
assert( pChanged );
@@ -61380,7 +61724,7 @@
/* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the
** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually
- ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently
+ ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently
** being modified by another thread or process.
*/
badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1);
@@ -61388,28 +61732,32 @@
/* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race
** with a writer. So get a WRITE lock and try again.
*/
- assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
if( badHdr ){
if( pWal->bShmUnreliable==0 && (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY) ){
if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){
walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK);
rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY;
}
- }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){
- pWal->writeLock = 1;
- if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){
- badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged);
- if( badHdr ){
- /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding
- ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and
- ** needs to be reconstructed. So run recovery to do exactly that.
- */
- rc = walIndexRecover(pWal);
- *pChanged = 1;
+ }else{
+ int bWriteLock = pWal->writeLock;
+ if( bWriteLock || SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockWriter(pWal)) ){
+ pWal->writeLock = 1;
+ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){
+ badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged);
+ if( badHdr ){
+ /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding
+ ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and
+ ** needs to be reconstructed. So run recovery to do exactly that.
+ */
+ rc = walIndexRecover(pWal);
+ *pChanged = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ if( bWriteLock==0 ){
+ pWal->writeLock = 0;
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
}
}
- pWal->writeLock = 0;
- walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
}
}
@@ -61451,15 +61799,15 @@
**
** The *-wal file has been read and an appropriate wal-index has been
** constructed in pWal->apWiData[] using heap memory instead of shared
-** memory.
+** memory.
**
** If this function returns SQLITE_OK, then the read transaction has
-** been successfully opened. In this case output variable (*pChanged)
+** been successfully opened. In this case output variable (*pChanged)
** is set to true before returning if the caller should discard the
-** contents of the page cache before proceeding. Or, if it returns
-** WAL_RETRY, then the heap memory wal-index has been discarded and
-** the caller should retry opening the read transaction from the
-** beginning (including attempting to map the *-shm file).
+** contents of the page cache before proceeding. Or, if it returns
+** WAL_RETRY, then the heap memory wal-index has been discarded and
+** the caller should retry opening the read transaction from the
+** beginning (including attempting to map the *-shm file).
**
** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
@@ -61570,8 +61918,8 @@
** the caller. */
aSaveCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
aSaveCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
- for(iOffset=walFrameOffset(pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1, pWal->hdr.szPage);
- iOffset+szFrame<=szWal;
+ for(iOffset=walFrameOffset(pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1, pWal->hdr.szPage);
+ iOffset+szFrame<=szWal;
iOffset+=szFrame
){
u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */
@@ -61619,10 +61967,10 @@
**
** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable
** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely
-** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr()
-** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the
-** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication
-** to the caller that the local page cache is obsolete and needs to be
+** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr()
+** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the
+** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication
+** to the caller that the local page cache is obsolete and needs to be
** flushed.) When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already
** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused.
**
@@ -61637,7 +61985,7 @@
** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that
** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe.
**
-** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on
+** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on
** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock). The pWal->readLock integer is
** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER. If pWal->readLock==(-1)
** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock. The reader must not
@@ -61675,16 +62023,16 @@
**
** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest
** instances of time. No I/O or other system calls are done while the
- ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But
+ ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But
** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get
- ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve,
+ ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve,
** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock. In that case,
** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free.
**
** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep(). The first few
** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond. Really this
** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay. But on the 10th
- ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer,
+ ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer,
** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 323 milliseconds.
** The total delay time before giving up is less than 10 seconds.
*/
@@ -61715,9 +62063,9 @@
if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){
/* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY.
** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The
- ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS
- ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the
- ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region
+ ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS
+ ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the
+ ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region
** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned.
*/
rc = WAL_RETRY;
@@ -61739,7 +62087,7 @@
assert( pWal->nWiData>0 );
assert( pWal->apWiData[0]!=0 );
pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
- if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame
+ if( !useWal && AtomicLoad(&pInfo->nBackfill)==pWal->hdr.mxFrame
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
&& (pWal->pSnapshot==0 || pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0)
#endif
@@ -61758,7 +62106,7 @@
** snapshot. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from
** happening, this is usually correct.
**
- ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log
+ ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log
** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0)
** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may
** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before
@@ -61801,7 +62149,8 @@
for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- mxReadMark = AtomicStore(pInfo->aReadMark+i,mxFrame);
+ AtomicStore(pInfo->aReadMark+i,mxFrame);
+ mxReadMark = mxFrame;
mxI = i;
walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
break;
@@ -61839,9 +62188,9 @@
** to read any frames earlier than minFrame from the wal file - they
** can be safely read directly from the database file.
**
- ** Because a ShmBarrier() call is made between taking the copy of
+ ** Because a ShmBarrier() call is made between taking the copy of
** nBackfill and checking that the wal-header in shared-memory still
- ** matches the one cached in pWal->hdr, it is guaranteed that the
+ ** matches the one cached in pWal->hdr, it is guaranteed that the
** checkpointer that set nBackfill was not working with a wal-index
** header newer than that cached in pWal->hdr. If it were, that could
** cause a problem. The checkpointer could omit to checkpoint
@@ -61869,15 +62218,15 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
/*
-** Attempt to reduce the value of the WalCkptInfo.nBackfillAttempted
+** Attempt to reduce the value of the WalCkptInfo.nBackfillAttempted
** variable so that older snapshots can be accessed. To do this, loop
-** through all wal frames from nBackfillAttempted to (nBackfill+1),
+** through all wal frames from nBackfillAttempted to (nBackfill+1),
** comparing their content to the corresponding page with the database
** file, if any. Set nBackfillAttempted to the frame number of the
** first frame for which the wal file content matches the db file.
**
-** This is only really safe if the file-system is such that any page
-** writes made by earlier checkpointers were atomic operations, which
+** This is only really safe if the file-system is such that any page
+** writes made by earlier checkpointers were atomic operations, which
** is not always true. It is also possible that nBackfillAttempted
** may be left set to a value larger than expected, if a wal frame
** contains content that duplicate of an earlier version of the same
@@ -61905,7 +62254,7 @@
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
u32 i = pInfo->nBackfillAttempted;
- for(i=pInfo->nBackfillAttempted; i>pInfo->nBackfill; i--){
+ for(i=pInfo->nBackfillAttempted; i>AtomicLoad(&pInfo->nBackfill); i--){
WalHashLoc sLoc; /* Hash table location */
u32 pgno; /* Page number in db file */
i64 iDbOff; /* Offset of db file entry */
@@ -61960,12 +62309,35 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
int rc; /* Return code */
int cnt = 0; /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */
-
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
int bChanged = 0;
WalIndexHdr *pSnapshot = pWal->pSnapshot;
- if( pSnapshot && memcmp(pSnapshot, &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){
- bChanged = 1;
+#endif
+
+ assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
+ if( pSnapshot ){
+ if( memcmp(pSnapshot, &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){
+ bChanged = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* It is possible that there is a checkpointer thread running
+ ** concurrent with this code. If this is the case, it may be that the
+ ** checkpointer has already determined that it will checkpoint
+ ** snapshot X, where X is later in the wal file than pSnapshot, but
+ ** has not yet set the pInfo->nBackfillAttempted variable to indicate
+ ** its intent. To avoid the race condition this leads to, ensure that
+ ** there is no checkpointer process by taking a shared CKPT lock
+ ** before checking pInfo->nBackfillAttempted. */
+ (void)walEnableBlocking(pWal);
+ rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK);
+ walDisableBlocking(pWal);
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pWal->ckptLock = 1;
}
#endif
@@ -61998,48 +62370,42 @@
assert( pWal->readLock>0 || pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 );
assert( pInfo->aReadMark[pWal->readLock]<=pSnapshot->mxFrame );
- /* It is possible that there is a checkpointer thread running
- ** concurrent with this code. If this is the case, it may be that the
- ** checkpointer has already determined that it will checkpoint
- ** snapshot X, where X is later in the wal file than pSnapshot, but
- ** has not yet set the pInfo->nBackfillAttempted variable to indicate
- ** its intent. To avoid the race condition this leads to, ensure that
- ** there is no checkpointer process by taking a shared CKPT lock
- ** before checking pInfo->nBackfillAttempted.
- **
- ** TODO: Does the aReadMark[] lock prevent a checkpointer from doing
- ** this already?
- */
- rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK);
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Check that the wal file has not been wrapped. Assuming that it has
- ** not, also check that no checkpointer has attempted to checkpoint any
- ** frames beyond pSnapshot->mxFrame. If either of these conditions are
- ** true, return SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT. Otherwise, overwrite pWal->hdr
- ** with *pSnapshot and set *pChanged as appropriate for opening the
- ** snapshot. */
- if( !memcmp(pSnapshot->aSalt, pWal->hdr.aSalt, sizeof(pWal->hdr.aSalt))
- && pSnapshot->mxFrame>=pInfo->nBackfillAttempted
- ){
- assert( pWal->readLock>0 );
- memcpy(&pWal->hdr, pSnapshot, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
- *pChanged = bChanged;
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT;
- }
-
- /* Release the shared CKPT lock obtained above. */
- walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK);
- pWal->minFrame = 1;
+ /* Check that the wal file has not been wrapped. Assuming that it has
+ ** not, also check that no checkpointer has attempted to checkpoint any
+ ** frames beyond pSnapshot->mxFrame. If either of these conditions are
+ ** true, return SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT. Otherwise, overwrite pWal->hdr
+ ** with *pSnapshot and set *pChanged as appropriate for opening the
+ ** snapshot. */
+ if( !memcmp(pSnapshot->aSalt, pWal->hdr.aSalt, sizeof(pWal->hdr.aSalt))
+ && pSnapshot->mxFrame>=pInfo->nBackfillAttempted
+ ){
+ assert( pWal->readLock>0 );
+ memcpy(&pWal->hdr, pSnapshot, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+ *pChanged = bChanged;
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT;
}
+ /* A client using a non-current snapshot may not ignore any frames
+ ** from the start of the wal file. This is because, for a system
+ ** where (minFrame < iSnapshot < maxFrame), a checkpointer may
+ ** have omitted to checkpoint a frame earlier than minFrame in
+ ** the file because there exists a frame after iSnapshot that
+ ** is the same database page. */
+ pWal->minFrame = 1;
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pWal);
}
}
}
+
+ /* Release the shared CKPT lock obtained above. */
+ if( pWal->ckptLock ){
+ assert( pSnapshot );
+ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK);
+ pWal->ckptLock = 0;
+ }
#endif
return rc;
}
@@ -62079,8 +62445,8 @@
/* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then
** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early
- ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0,
- ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the
+ ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0,
+ ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the
** WAL were empty.
*/
if( iLast==0 || (pWal->readLock==0 && pWal->bShmUnreliable==0) ){
@@ -62093,9 +62459,9 @@
** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames).
**
** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend()
- ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash
- ** table). This means the value just read from the hash
- ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the
+ ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash
+ ** table). This means the value just read from the hash
+ ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the
** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the
** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly -
** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume
@@ -62103,13 +62469,13 @@
** opened remain unmodified.
**
** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner
- ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required
+ ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required
** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table:
**
- ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno):
+ ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno):
** This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions.
**
- ** (iFrame<=iLast):
+ ** (iFrame<=iLast):
** This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash
** table after the current read-transaction had started.
*/
@@ -62119,14 +62485,15 @@
int iKey; /* Hash slot index */
int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions remaining */
int rc; /* Error code */
+ u32 iH;
rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &sLoc);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT;
- for(iKey=walHash(pgno); sLoc.aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
- u32 iH = sLoc.aHash[iKey];
+ iKey = walHash(pgno);
+ while( (iH = AtomicLoad(&sLoc.aHash[iKey]))!=0 ){
u32 iFrame = iH + sLoc.iZero;
if( iFrame<=iLast && iFrame>=pWal->minFrame && sLoc.aPgno[iH]==pgno ){
assert( iFrame>iRead || CORRUPT_DB );
@@ -62135,6 +62502,7 @@
if( (nCollide--)==0 ){
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
+ iKey = walNextHash(iKey);
}
if( iRead ) break;
}
@@ -62183,7 +62551,7 @@
return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, (nOut>sz ? sz : nOut), iOffset);
}
-/*
+/*
** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){
@@ -62194,7 +62562,7 @@
}
-/*
+/*
** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL.
**
** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call
@@ -62210,6 +62578,16 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
int rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
+ /* If the write-lock is already held, then it was obtained before the
+ ** read-transaction was even opened, making this call a no-op.
+ ** Return early. */
+ if( pWal->writeLock ){
+ assert( !memcmp(&pWal->hdr,(void *)walIndexHdr(pWal),sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+#endif
+
/* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read
** transaction. */
assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
@@ -62272,18 +62650,18 @@
if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){
Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
Pgno iFrame;
-
+
/* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it
- ** was in before the client began writing to the database.
+ ** was in before the client began writing to the database.
*/
memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
- for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1;
- ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax;
+ for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1;
+ ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax;
iFrame++
){
/* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number
- ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and
+ ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and
** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op
** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b)
** is false).
@@ -62301,10 +62679,10 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32
-** values. This function populates the array with values required to
-** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current
+/*
+** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32
+** values. This function populates the array with values required to
+** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current
** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
@@ -62315,7 +62693,7 @@
aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
}
-/*
+/*
** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by
** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array
** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated
@@ -62455,11 +62833,7 @@
int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */
void *pData; /* Data actually written */
u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
- if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pPage))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
-#else
pData = pPage->pData;
-#endif
walEncodeFrame(p->pWal, pPage->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame);
rc = walWriteToLog(p, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset);
if( rc ) return rc;
@@ -62521,7 +62895,7 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock
** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()).
*/
@@ -62588,7 +62962,7 @@
walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum);
sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]);
sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]);
-
+
pWal->szPage = szPage;
pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0];
@@ -62630,7 +63004,7 @@
/* Check if this page has already been written into the wal file by
** the current transaction. If so, overwrite the existing frame and
- ** set Wal.writeLock to WAL_WRITELOCK_RECKSUM - indicating that
+ ** set Wal.writeLock to WAL_WRITELOCK_RECKSUM - indicating that
** checksums must be recomputed when the transaction is committed. */
if( iFirst && (p->pDirty || isCommit==0) ){
u32 iWrite = 0;
@@ -62642,11 +63016,7 @@
if( pWal->iReCksum==0 || iWrite<pWal->iReCksum ){
pWal->iReCksum = iWrite;
}
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
- if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(p))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-#else
pData = p->pData;
-#endif
rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, pData, szPage, iOff);
if( rc ) return rc;
p->flags &= ~PGHDR_WAL_APPEND;
@@ -62718,7 +63088,7 @@
pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0;
}
- /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the
+ /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the
** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index
** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may
** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten.
@@ -62757,7 +63127,7 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and
** related interfaces.
**
@@ -62794,45 +63164,52 @@
if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY;
WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal));
- /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-62028-47212 All calls obtain an exclusive
- ** "checkpoint" lock on the database file. */
- rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
- if( rc ){
- /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-10421-19736 If any other process is running a
- ** checkpoint operation at the same time, the lock cannot be obtained and
- ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
- ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53820-33897 Even if there is a busy-handler configured,
- ** it will not be invoked in this case.
- */
- testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
- testcase( xBusy!=0 );
- return rc;
- }
- pWal->ckptLock = 1;
+ /* Enable blocking locks, if possible. If blocking locks are successfully
+ ** enabled, set xBusy2=0 so that the busy-handler is never invoked. */
+ sqlite3WalDb(pWal, db);
+ (void)walEnableBlocking(pWal);
- /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59782-36818 The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and
- ** TRUNCATE modes also obtain the exclusive "writer" lock on the database
- ** file.
- **
- ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60642-04082 If the writer lock cannot be obtained
- ** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the
- ** writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the
- ** lock is successfully obtained.
+ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-62028-47212 All calls obtain an exclusive
+ ** "checkpoint" lock on the database file.
+ ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-10421-19736 If any other process is running a
+ ** checkpoint operation at the same time, the lock cannot be obtained and
+ ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
+ ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53820-33897 Even if there is a busy-handler configured,
+ ** it will not be invoked in this case.
*/
- if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
- rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pWal->writeLock = 1;
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
- xBusy2 = 0;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK && xBusy2!=0 );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pWal->ckptLock = 1;
+
+ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59782-36818 The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and
+ ** TRUNCATE modes also obtain the exclusive "writer" lock on the database
+ ** file.
+ **
+ ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60642-04082 If the writer lock cannot be obtained
+ ** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the
+ ** writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the
+ ** lock is successfully obtained.
+ */
+ if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
+ rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy2, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pWal->writeLock = 1;
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
+ xBusy2 = 0;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
}
+
/* Read the wal-index header. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ walDisableBlocking(pWal);
rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged);
+ (void)walEnableBlocking(pWal);
if( isChanged && pWal->pDbFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
sqlite3OsUnfetch(pWal->pDbFd, 0, 0);
}
@@ -62855,7 +63232,7 @@
}
if( isChanged ){
- /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was
+ /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was
** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now
** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that
** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that
@@ -62864,11 +63241,19 @@
memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
}
+ walDisableBlocking(pWal);
+ sqlite3WalDb(pWal, 0);
+
/* Release the locks. */
sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
- walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
- pWal->ckptLock = 0;
+ if( pWal->ckptLock ){
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
+ pWal->ckptLock = 0;
+ }
WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT ) rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+#endif
return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc);
}
@@ -62898,7 +63283,7 @@
** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive
** lock on the main database file.
**
-** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into
+** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into
** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. This means that the pWal->readLock must
** be released. Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the
** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this
@@ -62915,8 +63300,8 @@
assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 );
- /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a
- ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot
+ /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a
+ ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot
** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock
** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to
** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error.
@@ -62947,10 +63332,10 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
-** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
+** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){
return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE );
@@ -62985,11 +63370,14 @@
/* Try to open on pSnapshot when the next read-transaction starts
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(
+ Wal *pWal,
+ sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot
+){
pWal->pSnapshot = (WalIndexHdr*)pSnapshot;
}
-/*
+/*
** Return a +ve value if snapshot p1 is newer than p2. A -ve value if
** p1 is older than p2 and zero if p1 and p2 are the same snapshot.
*/
@@ -63009,7 +63397,7 @@
/*
** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database.
** This function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then
-** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
+** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if
@@ -63116,16 +63504,16 @@
** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And
** so forth.
**
-** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the
+** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the
** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
**
-** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate
+** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate
** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The
** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A
** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry
-** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each
+** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each
** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
** information such as the size of key and data.
**
@@ -63255,7 +63643,7 @@
** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
**
** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable
-** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each
+** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each
** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer
** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
@@ -63328,7 +63716,7 @@
** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The
** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change
-** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read
+** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read
** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
*/
@@ -63391,7 +63779,7 @@
/*
** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
-** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor
+** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor
** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
** a btree handle is closed.
@@ -63415,7 +63803,7 @@
** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
** this structure.
**
-** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be
+** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be
** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection
** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object
** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the
@@ -63423,7 +63811,7 @@
** the BtShared object.
**
** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
-** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors
+** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors
** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
@@ -63458,7 +63846,7 @@
/*
** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
-**
+**
** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two
** or more database connections. When two or more connections are
** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
@@ -63468,7 +63856,7 @@
**
** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
-** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field
+** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN mutex. The pPager field
** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
@@ -63504,9 +63892,7 @@
#endif
u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */
u8 max1bytePayload; /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- u8 optimalReserve; /* Desired amount of reserved space per page */
-#endif
+ u8 nReserveWanted; /* Desired number of extra bytes per page */
u16 btsFlags; /* Boolean parameters. See BTS_* macros below */
u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
@@ -63578,7 +63964,7 @@
** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
**
** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** found at self->pBt->mutex.
+** found at self->pBt->mutex.
**
** skipNext meaning:
** The meaning of skipNext depends on the value of eState:
@@ -63635,7 +64021,7 @@
** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
**
** CURSOR_INVALID:
-** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example)
+** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example)
** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
** called.
**
@@ -63648,9 +64034,9 @@
** operation should be a no-op.
**
** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
-** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been
+** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been
** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
-** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in
+** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in
** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
** seek the cursor to the saved position.
**
@@ -63667,13 +64053,13 @@
#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 3
#define CURSOR_FAULT 4
-/*
+/*
** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
*/
# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt)
/*
-** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a
+** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a
** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
** page number to look up in the pointer map.
@@ -63708,10 +64094,10 @@
** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
** used in this case.
**
-** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number
+** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number
** is not used in this case.
**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of
** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
**
@@ -63733,13 +64119,13 @@
*/
#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
- assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans );
+ assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans );
/*
** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
-** within an expression that is an argument to another macro
+** within an expression that is an argument to another macro
** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
** So, this macro is defined instead.
*/
@@ -63756,8 +64142,8 @@
**
** The aRef[] array is allocated so that there is 1 bit for each page in
** the database. As the integrity-check proceeds, for each page used in
-** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to
-** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which
+** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to
+** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which
** indicate corruption).
*/
typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
@@ -63768,9 +64154,10 @@
Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */
int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
- int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
+ int bOomFault; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
const char *zPfx; /* Error message prefix */
- int v1, v2; /* Values for up to two %d fields in zPfx */
+ Pgno v1; /* Value for first %u substitution in zPfx */
+ int v2; /* Value for second %d substitution in zPfx */
StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */
u32 *heap; /* Min-heap used for analyzing cell coverage */
sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection running the check */
@@ -64074,10 +64461,10 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
-** Enter a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that Btree.
+** Enter a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that Btree.
**
-** These entry points are used by incremental I/O only. Enter() is required
-** any time OMIT_SHARED_CACHE is not defined, regardless of whether or not
+** These entry points are used by incremental I/O only. Enter() is required
+** any time OMIT_SHARED_CACHE is not defined, regardless of whether or not
** the build is threadsafe. Leave() is only required by threadsafe builds.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
@@ -64147,7 +64534,7 @@
#define BTALLOC_LE 2 /* Allocate any page <= the parameter */
/*
-** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not
+** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not
** defined, or 0 if it is. For example:
**
** bIncrVacuum = IfNotOmitAV(pBtShared->incrVacuum);
@@ -64162,10 +64549,10 @@
/*
** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds,
-** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for
+** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for
** test builds.
**
-** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER.
+** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
@@ -64197,7 +64584,7 @@
** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
- ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary.
+ ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary.
** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
*/
#define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
@@ -64242,15 +64629,15 @@
/*
**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. ***
**
-** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the
+** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the
** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
**
-** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via
+** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via
** Btree connection pBtree:
**
** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) );
**
-** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the
+** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the
** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of
** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated,
** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine
@@ -64272,7 +64659,7 @@
BtLock *pLock;
/* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading
- ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required.
+ ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required.
** Return true immediately.
*/
if( (pBtree->sharable==0)
@@ -64296,29 +64683,31 @@
** table. */
if( isIndex ){
HashElem *p;
+ int bSeen = 0;
for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p);
if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){
- if( iTab ){
+ if( bSeen ){
/* Two or more indexes share the same root page. There must
** be imposter tables. So just return true. The assert is not
** useful in that case. */
return 1;
}
iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum;
+ bSeen = 1;
}
}
}else{
iTab = iRoot;
}
- /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a
+ /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a
** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a
** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */
for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
- if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree
+ if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree
&& (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1))
- && pLock->eLock>=eLockType
+ && pLock->eLock>=eLockType
){
return 1;
}
@@ -64351,7 +64740,7 @@
static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){
BtCursor *p;
for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot
+ if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot
&& p->pBtree!=pBtree
&& 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommit)
){
@@ -64363,7 +64752,7 @@
#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
/*
-** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock
+** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock
** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling
** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
@@ -64376,14 +64765,14 @@
assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
assert( p->db!=0 );
assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommit)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 );
-
+
/* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write
- ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there
+ ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there
** must be an open write transaction on the file itself.
*/
assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) );
assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-
+
/* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
if( !p->sharable ){
return SQLITE_OK;
@@ -64398,7 +64787,7 @@
}
for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
- /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...)
+ /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...)
** statement is a simplification of:
**
** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK)
@@ -64425,7 +64814,7 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
-** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or
+** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or
** WRITE_LOCK.
**
** This function assumes the following:
@@ -64437,7 +64826,7 @@
** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has
** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK).
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM
** is returned if a malloc attempt fails.
*/
static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
@@ -64451,11 +64840,11 @@
/* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to
** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained
- ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master
+ ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_schema
** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */
assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommit) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
- /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it
+ /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it
** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */
assert( p->sharable );
assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
@@ -64500,7 +64889,7 @@
** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to
** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p.
**
-** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write
+** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write
** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag
** may be incorrectly cleared.
*/
@@ -64532,7 +64921,7 @@
pBt->pWriter = 0;
pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING);
}else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){
- /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its
+ /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its
** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not
** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other
** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case
@@ -64578,7 +64967,7 @@
}
/* Verify that the cursor and the BtShared agree about what is the current
-** database connetion. This is important in shared-cache mode. If the database
+** database connetion. This is important in shared-cache mode. If the database
** connection pointers get out-of-sync, it is possible for routines like
** btreeInitPage() to reference an stale connection pointer that references a
** a connection that has already closed. This routine is used inside assert()
@@ -64649,8 +65038,8 @@
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
/*
-** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called
-** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf
+** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called
+** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf
** page.
**
** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure
@@ -64676,7 +65065,7 @@
** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible
** to restore the database to its original configuration.
**
-** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is
+** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is
** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is
** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list,
** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already
@@ -64707,7 +65096,7 @@
*/
static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent;
- return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno)));
+ return p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p, pgno));
}
/*
@@ -64737,13 +65126,13 @@
** The cursor passed as the only argument must point to a valid entry
** when this function is called (i.e. have eState==CURSOR_VALID). This
** function saves the current cursor key in variables pCur->nKey and
-** pCur->pKey. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful or an SQLite error
+** pCur->pKey. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful or an SQLite error
** code otherwise.
**
** If the cursor is open on an intkey table, then the integer key
** (the rowid) is stored in pCur->nKey and pCur->pKey is left set to
-** NULL. If the cursor is open on a non-intkey table, then pCur->pKey is
-** set to point to a malloced buffer pCur->nKey bytes in size containing
+** NULL. If the cursor is open on a non-intkey table, then pCur->pKey is
+** set to point to a malloced buffer pCur->nKey bytes in size containing
** the key.
*/
static int saveCursorKey(BtCursor *pCur){
@@ -64759,8 +65148,8 @@
/* For an index btree, save the complete key content. It is possible
** that the current key is corrupt. In that case, it is possible that
** the sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() function may overread the buffer by
- ** up to the size of 1 varint plus 1 8-byte value when the cursor
- ** position is restored. Hence the 17 bytes of padding allocated
+ ** up to the size of 1 varint plus 1 8-byte value when the cursor
+ ** position is restored. Hence the 17 bytes of padding allocated
** below. */
void *pKey;
pCur->nKey = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCur);
@@ -64782,11 +65171,11 @@
}
/*
-** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey
+** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey
** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
**
** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID)
-** prior to calling this routine.
+** prior to calling this routine.
*/
static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
int rc;
@@ -64825,7 +65214,7 @@
** routine is called just before cursor pExcept is used to modify the
** table, for example in BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert().
**
-** If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such
+** If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such
** cursors should have their BTCF_Multiple flag set. The btreeCursor()
** routine enforces that rule. This routine only needs to be called in
** the uncommon case when pExpect has the BTCF_Multiple flag set.
@@ -64925,9 +65314,9 @@
/*
** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
-** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the
+** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the
** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
-** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each
+** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each
** saveCursorPosition().
*/
static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
@@ -64995,7 +65384,7 @@
/*
** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it
** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or
-** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor).
+** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor).
**
** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left
** pointing at exactly the same row. *pDifferntRow is the row the cursor
@@ -65060,7 +65449,7 @@
if( pgno<2 ) return 0;
nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
- ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2;
+ ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2;
if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
ret++;
}
@@ -65087,7 +65476,7 @@
if( *pRC ) return;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
+ /* The super-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
@@ -65406,7 +65795,7 @@
}
pIter++;
if( pPage->intKey ){
- /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length
+ /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length
** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
** past the end of the key value. */
pEnd = &pIter[9];
@@ -65531,7 +65920,7 @@
/* This block handles pages with two or fewer free blocks and nMaxFrag
** or fewer fragmented bytes. In this case it is faster to move the
** two (or one) blocks of cells using memmove() and add the required
- ** offsets to each pointer in the cell-pointer array than it is to
+ ** offsets to each pointer in the cell-pointer array than it is to
** reconstruct the entire page. */
if( (int)data[hdr+7]<=nMaxFrag ){
int iFree = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
@@ -65545,7 +65934,7 @@
int sz2 = 0;
int sz = get2byte(&data[iFree+2]);
int top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- if( NEVER(top>=iFree) ){
+ if( top>=iFree ){
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
if( iFree2 ){
@@ -65709,7 +66098,7 @@
int top; /* First byte of cell content area */
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Integer return code */
int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
-
+
assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
assert( pPage->pBt );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
@@ -65817,7 +66206,7 @@
assert( iSize>=4 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
assert( iStart<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
- /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order. Find the
+ /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order. Find the
** spot on the list where iStart should be inserted.
*/
hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
@@ -65836,7 +66225,7 @@
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
assert( iFreeBlk>iPtr || iFreeBlk==0 );
-
+
/* At this point:
** iFreeBlk: First freeblock after iStart, or zero if none
** iPtr: The address of a pointer to iFreeBlk
@@ -65847,13 +66236,13 @@
nFrag = iFreeBlk - iEnd;
if( iEnd>iFreeBlk ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
iEnd = iFreeBlk + get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk+2]);
- if( NEVER(iEnd > pPage->pBt->usableSize) ){
+ if( iEnd > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
iSize = iEnd - iStart;
iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk]);
}
-
+
/* If iPtr is another freeblock (that is, if iPtr is not the freelist
** pointer in the page header) then check to see if iStart should be
** coalesced onto the end of iPtr.
@@ -65876,7 +66265,7 @@
** so just extend the cell content area rather than create another
** freelist entry */
if( iStart<x ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
- if( NEVER(iPtr!=hdr+1) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
+ if( iPtr!=hdr+1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
put2byte(&data[hdr+1], iFreeBlk);
put2byte(&data[hdr+5], iEnd);
}else{
@@ -66000,7 +66389,7 @@
/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55530-52930 In a well-formed b-tree page, there will
** always be at least one cell before the first freeblock.
*/
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
while( 1 ){
if( pc>iCellLast ){
@@ -66039,7 +66428,7 @@
/*
** Do additional sanity check after btreeInitPage() if
-** PRAGMA cell_size_check=ON
+** PRAGMA cell_size_check=ON
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeCellSizeCheck(MemPage *pPage){
int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */
@@ -66077,7 +66466,7 @@
** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does
-** not contain a well-formed database page, then return
+** not contain a well-formed database page, then return
** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that
** we failed to detect any corruption.
@@ -66182,7 +66571,7 @@
pPage->hdrOffset = pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
}
assert( pPage->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) );
- return pPage;
+ return pPage;
}
/*
@@ -66233,12 +66622,11 @@
** error, return ((unsigned int)-1).
*/
static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
- assert( (pBt->nPage & 0x80000000)==0 || CORRUPT_DB );
return pBt->nPage;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- return btreePagecount(p->pBt) & 0x7fffffff;
+ return btreePagecount(p->pBt);
}
/*
@@ -66400,17 +66788,16 @@
BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
assert( pBt->db );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
- return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler,
- sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager));
+ return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);
}
/*
** Open a database file.
-**
+**
** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL
** then an ephemeral database is created. The ephemeral database might
** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache.
-** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted
+** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted
** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
**
** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
@@ -66443,7 +66830,7 @@
/* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */
const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0;
- /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or
+ /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or
** false for a file-based database.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
@@ -66517,7 +66904,7 @@
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN);
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen);
- mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN);
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
#endif
for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
@@ -66566,7 +66953,7 @@
assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
-
+
pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
if( pBt==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
@@ -66585,7 +66972,7 @@
pBt->db = db;
sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
p->pBt = pBt;
-
+
pBt->pCursor = 0;
pBt->pPage1 = 0;
if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
@@ -66629,14 +67016,14 @@
if( rc ) goto btree_open_out;
pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
-
+
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
/* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
*/
pBt->nRef = 1;
if( p->sharable ){
MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; )
- MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);)
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN);)
if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
if( pBt->mutex==0 ){
@@ -66725,13 +67112,13 @@
*/
static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; )
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMainMtx; )
BtShared *pList;
int removed = 0;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) );
- MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( pMainMtx = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); )
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMainMtx);
pBt->nRef--;
if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){
if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){
@@ -66750,7 +67137,7 @@
}
removed = 1;
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMainMtx);
return removed;
#else
return 1;
@@ -66758,7 +67145,7 @@
}
/*
-** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of
+** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of
** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes with a 4-byte prefix for a left-child
** pointer.
*/
@@ -66773,7 +67160,7 @@
** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3
** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from
** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it
- ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized
+ ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized
** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error,
** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here.
**
@@ -66826,7 +67213,7 @@
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
/* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
- ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans
+ ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans
** up the shared-btree.
*/
assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
@@ -66932,7 +67319,7 @@
/*
** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
-** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY
+** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY
** without changing anything.
**
** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page
@@ -66952,19 +67339,17 @@
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int x;
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
+ assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 );
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( nReserve>pBt->optimalReserve ) pBt->optimalReserve = (u8)nReserve;
-#endif
+ pBt->nReserveWanted = nReserve;
+ x = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+ if( nReserve<x ) nReserve = x;
if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return SQLITE_READONLY;
}
- if( nReserve<0 ){
- nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
- }
assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 );
if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
@@ -66993,7 +67378,7 @@
** held.
**
** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is
-** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the
+** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the
** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter()
** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the
** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior.
@@ -67010,19 +67395,17 @@
** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is
** sometimes used by extensions.
**
-** If SQLITE_HAS_MUTEX is defined then the number returned is the
-** greater of the current reserved space and the maximum requested
-** reserve space.
+** The value returned is the larger of the current reserve size and
+** the latest reserve size requested by SQLITE_FILECTRL_RESERVE_BYTES.
+** The amount of reserve can only grow - never shrink.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree *p){
- int n;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetRequestedReserve(Btree *p){
+ int n1, n2;
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- n = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p);
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( n<p->pBt->optimalReserve ) n = p->pBt->optimalReserve;
-#endif
+ n1 = (int)p->pBt->nReserveWanted;
+ n2 = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p);
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return n;
+ return n1>n2 ? n1 : n2;
}
@@ -67031,8 +67414,8 @@
** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
- int n;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, Pgno mxPage){
+ Pgno n;
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
@@ -67075,7 +67458,7 @@
/*
** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
-** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is
+** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is
** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
@@ -67099,7 +67482,7 @@
}
/*
-** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is
+** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is
** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
@@ -67131,9 +67514,9 @@
Db *pDb;
if( (db=pBt->db)!=0 && (pDb=db->aDb)!=0 ){
while( pDb->pBt==0 || pDb->pBt->pBt!=pBt ){ pDb++; }
- if( pDb->bSyncSet==0
- && pDb->safety_level!=safety_level
- && pDb!=&db->aDb[1]
+ if( pDb->bSyncSet==0
+ && pDb->safety_level!=safety_level
+ && pDb!=&db->aDb[1]
){
pDb->safety_level = safety_level;
sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager,
@@ -67156,7 +67539,7 @@
** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a
** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM
-** is returned if we run out of memory.
+** is returned if we run out of memory.
*/
static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */
@@ -67173,7 +67556,7 @@
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
/* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
- ** a valid database file.
+ ** a valid database file.
*/
nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, (int*)&nPageFile);
@@ -67211,7 +67594,7 @@
}
/* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed
- ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then
+ ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then
** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1.
** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is
** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer
@@ -67252,8 +67635,8 @@
/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25008-21688 The size of a page is a power of two
** between 512 and 65536 inclusive. */
if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0
- || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
- || pageSize<=256
+ || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+ || pageSize<=256
){
goto page1_init_failed;
}
@@ -67261,7 +67644,7 @@
assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59310-51205 The "reserved space" size in the 1-byte
** integer at offset 20 is the number of bytes of space at the end of
- ** each page to reserve for extensions.
+ ** each page to reserve for extensions.
**
** EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is
** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20
@@ -67351,7 +67734,7 @@
int r = 0;
for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0)
- && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++;
+ && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++;
}
return r;
}
@@ -67360,7 +67743,7 @@
/*
** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
-** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which
+** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which
** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
**
** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
@@ -67444,8 +67827,8 @@
** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
**
-** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any
-** changes to the database. None of the following routines
+** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any
+** changes to the database. None of the following routines
** will work unless a transaction is started first:
**
** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
@@ -67459,7 +67842,7 @@
** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
-** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is
+** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is
** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
**
** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has
@@ -67472,6 +67855,7 @@
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVersion){
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
@@ -67486,8 +67870,8 @@
}
assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE || IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)==0 );
- if( (p->db->flags & SQLITE_ResetDatabase)
- && sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager)==0
+ if( (p->db->flags & SQLITE_ResetDatabase)
+ && sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pPager)==0
){
pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_READ_ONLY;
}
@@ -67501,7 +67885,7 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
{
sqlite3 *pBlock = 0;
- /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction
+ /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction
** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED.
*/
@@ -67526,19 +67910,31 @@
}
#endif
- /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on
- ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock
+ /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on
+ ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock
** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */
- rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
+ rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, SCHEMA_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun;
pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY;
if( pBt->nPage==0 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY;
do {
+ sqlite3PagerWalDb(pPager, p->db);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
+ /* If transitioning from no transaction directly to a write transaction,
+ ** block for the WRITER lock first if possible. */
+ if( pBt->pPage1==0 && wrflag ){
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(pPager, 1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+ }
+#endif
+
/* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or
** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree()
** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after
- ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database
+ ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database
** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update
** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk.
*/
@@ -67548,7 +67944,7 @@
if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 ){
rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
}else{
- rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db));
+ rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pPager, wrflag>1, sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db));
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = newDatabase(pBt);
}else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE ){
@@ -67559,13 +67955,17 @@
}
}
}
-
+
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ (void)sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(pPager, 0);
unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
}
}while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) );
- sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pBt->pPager);
+ sqlite3PagerWalDb(pPager, 0);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT ) rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+#endif
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
@@ -67594,7 +67994,7 @@
/* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old
** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing
- ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely
+ ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely
** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction
** rollback occurs within the transaction.
*/
@@ -67617,7 +68017,7 @@
** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and
** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here.
*/
- rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, p->db->nSavepoint);
}
}
@@ -67669,7 +68069,7 @@
** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to
** be modified, as follows:
**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child
+** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child
** page of pPage.
**
** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
@@ -67717,9 +68117,9 @@
}
}
}
-
+
if( i==nCell ){
- if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE ||
+ if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE ||
get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
@@ -67731,11 +68131,11 @@
/*
-** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the
+** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the
** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
**
** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that
-** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno
+** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno
** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that
** page.
*/
@@ -67752,14 +68152,14 @@
Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
int rc;
- assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ||
+ assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ||
eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
if( iDbPage<3 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
/* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
- TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n",
+ TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n",
iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -67818,19 +68218,19 @@
/*
** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return
-** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in
-** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error
+** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in
+** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error
** occurs, return some other error code.
**
-** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so
+** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so
** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use.
**
** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain
** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE.
**
-** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the
-** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE
-** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit
+** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the
+** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE
+** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit
** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum.
*/
static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){
@@ -67861,7 +68261,7 @@
if( bCommit==0 ){
/* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
** if bCommit is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
- ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't
+ ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't
** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
*/
Pgno iFreePg;
@@ -67905,7 +68305,7 @@
releasePage(pFreePg);
}while( bCommit && iFreePg>nFin );
assert( iFreePg<iLastPg );
-
+
rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, bCommit);
releasePage(pLastPg);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -67926,7 +68326,7 @@
/*
** The database opened by the first argument is an auto-vacuum database
-** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected
+** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected
** size of the database in pages following an auto-vacuum operation.
*/
static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){
@@ -67953,7 +68353,7 @@
**
** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred,
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
int rc;
@@ -67968,7 +68368,7 @@
Pgno nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
Pgno nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree);
- if( nOrig<nFin ){
+ if( nOrig<nFin || nFree>=nOrig ){
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}else if( nFree>0 ){
rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
@@ -67993,7 +68393,7 @@
** is committed for an auto-vacuum database.
**
** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
-** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process.
+** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process.
** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
** pages are in use.
*/
@@ -68065,18 +68465,18 @@
**
** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
**
-** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
-** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
-** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file
+** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zSuperJrnl points to
+** the name of a super-journal file that should be written into the
+** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no super-journal file
** (single database transaction).
**
-** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
+** When this is called, the super-journal should already have been
** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
**
** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zSuperJrnl){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
@@ -68093,7 +68493,7 @@
sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, pBt->nPage);
}
#endif
- rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zSuperJrnl, 0);
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
return rc;
@@ -68118,8 +68518,8 @@
downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
p->inTrans = TRANS_READ;
}else{
- /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the
- ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count
+ /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the
+ ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count
** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused()
** call below will unlock the pager. */
if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
@@ -68130,7 +68530,7 @@
}
}
- /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the
+ /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the
** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */
p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
@@ -68151,12 +68551,12 @@
** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and
** drop locks.
**
-** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to
+** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to
** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and
** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument
-** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file
-** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed
-** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this
+** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file
+** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed
+** (by deleting a super-journal file) and the caller will ignore this
** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer,
** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write
** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have
@@ -68171,7 +68571,7 @@
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
btreeIntegrity(p);
- /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees
+ /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees
** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
*/
if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
@@ -68220,15 +68620,15 @@
**
** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. If the writeOnly
** flag is true, then only write-cursors need be tripped - read-only
-** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue
-** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are
+** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue
+** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are
** tripped. In general, writeOnly is false if the transaction being
** rolled back modified the database schema. In this case b-tree root
** pages may be moved or deleted from the database altogether, making
** it unsafe for read cursors to continue.
**
-** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while
-** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors,
+** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while
+** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors,
** including all read-cursors are tripped.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or if an error occurs while
@@ -68334,8 +68734,8 @@
/*
** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can be rolled
-** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction
-** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically
+** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction
+** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically
** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
**
** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
@@ -68372,11 +68772,11 @@
/*
** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the
-** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value
+** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value
** of op.
**
** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is
-** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the
** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different
** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the
** transaction remains open.
@@ -68401,7 +68801,7 @@
rc = newDatabase(pBt);
btreeSetNPage(pBt, pBt->pPage1);
- /* pBt->nPage might be zero if the database was corrupt when
+ /* pBt->nPage might be zero if the database was corrupt when
** the transaction was started. Otherwise, it must be at least 1. */
assert( CORRUPT_DB || pBt->nPage>0 );
}
@@ -68439,10 +68839,10 @@
** is set. If FORDELETE is set, that is a hint to the implementation that
** this cursor will only be used to seek to and delete entries of an index
** as part of a larger DELETE statement. The FORDELETE hint is not used by
-** this implementation. But in a hypothetical alternative storage engine
+** this implementation. But in a hypothetical alternative storage engine
** in which index entries are automatically deleted when corresponding table
** rows are deleted, the FORDELETE flag is a hint that all SEEK and DELETE
-** operations on this cursor can be no-ops and all READ operations can
+** operations on this cursor can be no-ops and all READ operations can
** return a null row (2-bytes: 0x01 0x00).
**
** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
@@ -68454,7 +68854,7 @@
*/
static int btreeCursor(
Btree *p, /* The btree */
- int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
+ Pgno iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */
BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */
@@ -68463,14 +68863,14 @@
BtCursor *pX; /* Looping over other all cursors */
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( wrFlag==0
- || wrFlag==BTREE_WRCSR
- || wrFlag==(BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE)
+ assert( wrFlag==0
+ || wrFlag==BTREE_WRCSR
+ || wrFlag==(BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE)
);
- /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable
- ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks,
- ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with
+ /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable
+ ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks,
+ ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with
** this lock. The iTable<1 term disables the check for corrupt schemas. */
assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, (wrFlag?2:1))
|| iTable<1 );
@@ -68497,7 +68897,7 @@
/* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */
- pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
+ pCur->pgnoRoot = iTable;
pCur->iPage = -1;
pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
pCur->pBtree = p;
@@ -68507,7 +68907,7 @@
/* If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such
** cursors *must* have the BTCF_Multiple flag set. */
for(pX=pBt->pCursor; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
- if( pX->pgnoRoot==(Pgno)iTable ){
+ if( pX->pgnoRoot==iTable ){
pX->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple;
pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple;
}
@@ -68519,7 +68919,7 @@
}
static int btreeCursorWithLock(
Btree *p, /* The btree */
- int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
+ Pgno iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */
BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */
@@ -68532,7 +68932,7 @@
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
Btree *p, /* The btree */
- int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
+ Pgno iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */
BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */
@@ -68727,15 +69127,15 @@
/*
** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
-** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the
+** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the
** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
-** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so.
+** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so.
**
** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
**
-** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is
-** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked
-** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero.
+** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is
+** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked
+** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero.
**
** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding
** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that
@@ -68759,9 +69159,9 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
- ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in
- ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns
- ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page
+ ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in
+ ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns
+ ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page
** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
*/
if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
@@ -68849,8 +69249,8 @@
**
** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages
** this function may allocate space for and lazily populate
-** the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow).
-** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset
+** the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow).
+** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset
** more efficient.
**
** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it must be
@@ -68866,7 +69266,7 @@
BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */
u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */
- unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */
+ unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */
int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
){
unsigned char *aPayload;
@@ -68957,6 +69357,7 @@
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 );
while( nextPage ){
/* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */
+ if( nextPage > pBt->nPage ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
assert( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==0
|| pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage
|| CORRUPT_DB );
@@ -68989,12 +69390,12 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
/* If all the following are true:
**
- ** 1) this is a read operation, and
+ ** 1) this is a read operation, and
** 2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and
** 3) there are no dirty pages in the page-cache
** 4) the database is file-backed, and
** 5) the page is not in the WAL file
- ** 6) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer
+ ** 6) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer
**
** then data can be read directly from the database file into the
** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds
@@ -69102,7 +69503,7 @@
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
/*
-** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the
+** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the
** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of
** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for
** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available
@@ -69194,7 +69595,7 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function
+** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function
** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th
** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of
** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of
@@ -69211,7 +69612,7 @@
}
}
#else
-# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z)
+# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z)
#endif
/*
@@ -69229,8 +69630,8 @@
assert( pCur->iPage>0 );
assert( pCur->pPage );
assertParentIndex(
- pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1],
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1],
+ pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1],
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1],
pCur->pPage->pgno
);
testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell );
@@ -69247,19 +69648,19 @@
**
** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point
** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a
-** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a
+** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a
** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1.
**
-** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to
+** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to
** CURSOR_INVALID and this routine returns SQLITE_EMPTY. Otherwise,
** the cursor is set to point to the first cell located on the root
** (or virtual root) page and the cursor state is set to CURSOR_VALID.
**
** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the
-** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected
+** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected
** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not
** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D,
-** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo
+** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo
** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index
** b-tree).
*/
@@ -69310,19 +69711,19 @@
/* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor
** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is
** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case,
- ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.
+ ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.
**
** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail
** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e.
- ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted
- ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table
+ ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted
+ ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table
** (or the freelist). */
assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 );
if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pCur->pPage);
}
-skip_init:
+skip_init:
pCur->ix = 0;
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
@@ -69422,14 +69823,14 @@
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
int rc;
-
+
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
/* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */
if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point
+ /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point
** to the last entry in the b-tree. */
int ii;
for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){
@@ -69460,10 +69861,10 @@
return rc;
}
-/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key
+/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key
** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code.
**
-** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey
+** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey
** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey
** is ignored.
**
@@ -69473,7 +69874,7 @@
** before or after the key.
**
** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of
-** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is
+** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is
** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into
** *pRes is as follows:
**
@@ -69488,7 +69889,7 @@
** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
**
** For index tables, the pIdxKey->eqSeen field is set to 1 if there
-** exists an entry in the table that exactly matches pIdxKey.
+** exists an entry in the table that exactly matches pIdxKey.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */
@@ -69544,8 +69945,8 @@
if( pIdxKey ){
xRecordCompare = sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(pIdxKey);
pIdxKey->errCode = 0;
- assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1
- || pIdxKey->default_rc==0
+ assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1
+ || pIdxKey->default_rc==0
|| pIdxKey->default_rc==-1
);
}else{
@@ -69629,9 +70030,9 @@
/* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that
** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree
** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte
- ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing
- ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is
- ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first
+ ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing
+ ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is
+ ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first
** 2 bytes of the cell.
*/
nCell = pCell[0];
@@ -69641,10 +70042,10 @@
** b-tree page. */
testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd );
c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey);
- }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80)
+ }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80)
&& (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
){
- /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record
+ /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record
** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */
testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd );
c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey);
@@ -69652,10 +70053,10 @@
/* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
- ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called.
+ ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called.
**
** If the record is corrupt, the xRecordCompare routine may read
- ** up to two varints past the end of the buffer. An extra 18
+ ** up to two varints past the end of the buffer. An extra 18
** bytes of padding is allocated at the end of the buffer in
** case this happens. */
void *pCellKey;
@@ -69687,7 +70088,7 @@
c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
}
- assert(
+ assert(
(pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_CORRUPT || c==0)
&& (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_NOMEM || pCur->pBtree->db->mallocFailed)
);
@@ -69751,7 +70152,7 @@
/*
** Return an estimate for the number of rows in the table that pCur is
-** pointing to. Return a negative number if no estimate is currently
+** pointing to. Return a negative number if no estimate is currently
** available.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(BtCursor *pCur){
@@ -69775,7 +70176,7 @@
}
/*
-** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.
+** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.
** Return value:
**
** SQLITE_OK success
@@ -69828,7 +70229,7 @@
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx
+ /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx
** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies
** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can
** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the
@@ -69980,7 +70381,7 @@
** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates
** an error. *ppPage is set to NULL in the event of an error.
**
-** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to
+** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to
** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an
** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
** which in turn can make database access faster.
@@ -70022,7 +70423,7 @@
Pgno iTrunk;
u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
u32 nSearch = 0; /* Count of the number of search attempts */
-
+
/* If eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT and a query of the pointer-map
** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
@@ -70085,8 +70486,8 @@
** is the number of leaf page pointers to follow. */
k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
if( k==0 && !searchList ){
- /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched.
- ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly
+ /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched.
+ ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly
** allocated page */
assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
@@ -70103,8 +70504,8 @@
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(iTrunk);
goto end_allocate_page;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- }else if( searchList
- && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunk<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE))
+ }else if( searchList
+ && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunk<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE))
){
/* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
@@ -70127,13 +70528,13 @@
memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
}
}else{
- /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains
+ /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains
** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
** page in this case.
*/
MemPage *pNewTrunk;
Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
- if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){
+ if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(iTrunk);
goto end_allocate_page;
}
@@ -70203,8 +70604,8 @@
goto end_allocate_page;
}
testcase( iPage==mxPage );
- if( !searchList
- || (iPage==nearby || (iPage<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE))
+ if( !searchList
+ || (iPage==nearby || (iPage<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE))
){
int noContent;
*pPgno = iPage;
@@ -70245,7 +70646,7 @@
** not set the no-content flag. This causes the pager to load and journal
** the current page content before overwriting it.
**
- ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal
+ ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal
** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database
** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization
** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the
@@ -70302,12 +70703,12 @@
}
/*
-** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list.
+** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list.
** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list.
**
** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional.
-** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object
-** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value.
+** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object
+** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value.
** Otherwise, it may pass NULL.
**
** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument,
@@ -70315,7 +70716,7 @@
*/
static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){
MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */
- Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */
+ Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */
MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */
MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */
int rc; /* Return Code */
@@ -70372,6 +70773,10 @@
u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */
iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+ if( iTrunk>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto freepage_out;
@@ -70419,7 +70824,7 @@
/* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the
** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list.
- ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the
+ ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the
** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed
** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list.
*/
@@ -70480,15 +70885,15 @@
assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
nOvfl = (pInfo->nPayload - pInfo->nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
- assert( nOvfl>0 ||
+ assert( nOvfl>0 ||
(CORRUPT_DB && (pInfo->nPayload + ovflPageSize)<ovflPageSize)
);
while( nOvfl-- ){
Pgno iNext = 0;
MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
- /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an
- ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the
+ /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an
+ ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the
** file the database must be corrupt. */
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
@@ -70500,11 +70905,11 @@
if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) )
&& sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1
){
- /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference
+ /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference
** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated.
- ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it
- ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt.
- ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as
+ ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it
+ ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt.
+ ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as
** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is
** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the
** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this
@@ -70575,7 +70980,7 @@
pSrc = pX->pKey;
nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nPayload);
}
-
+
/* Fill in the payload */
pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
@@ -70666,8 +71071,8 @@
if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
do{
pgnoOvfl++;
- } while(
- PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
+ } while(
+ PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
);
}
#endif
@@ -70675,9 +71080,9 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
- ** for that page now.
+ ** for that page now.
**
- ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry
+ ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry
** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot,
** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell()
** may misinterpret the uninitialized values and delete the
@@ -70776,8 +71181,8 @@
** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
-** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index.
-** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that
+** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index.
+** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that
** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
**
** *pRC must be SQLITE_OK when this routine is called.
@@ -71002,16 +71407,16 @@
}
/*
-** Array apCell[] contains pointers to nCell b-tree page cells. The
+** Array apCell[] contains pointers to nCell b-tree page cells. The
** szCell[] array contains the size in bytes of each cell. This function
** replaces the current contents of page pPg with the contents of the cell
** array.
**
** Some of the cells in apCell[] may currently be stored in pPg. This
-** function works around problems caused by this by making a copy of any
+** function works around problems caused by this by making a copy of any
** such cells before overwriting the page data.
**
-** The MemPage.nFree field is invalidated by this function. It is the
+** The MemPage.nFree field is invalidated by this function. It is the
** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly.
*/
static int rebuildPage(
@@ -71094,7 +71499,7 @@
** cell in the array. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure
** that it is safe to overwrite this part of the cell-pointer array.
**
-** When this function is called, *ppData points to the start of the
+** When this function is called, *ppData points to the start of the
** content area on page pPg. If the size of the content area is extended,
** *ppData is updated to point to the new start of the content area
** before returning.
@@ -71253,7 +71658,7 @@
assert( nCell>=0 );
if( iOld<iNew ){
int nShift = pageFreeArray(pPg, iOld, iNew-iOld, pCArray);
- if( nShift>nCell ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ if( NEVER(nShift>nCell) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
memmove(pPg->aCellIdx, &pPg->aCellIdx[nShift*2], nCell*2);
nCell -= nShift;
}
@@ -71364,12 +71769,12 @@
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 );
-
+
if( pPage->nCell==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; /* dbfuzz001.test */
assert( pPage->nFree>=0 );
assert( pParent->nFree>=0 );
- /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of
+ /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of
** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
*/
@@ -71400,7 +71805,7 @@
pNew->nFree = pBt->usableSize - pNew->cellOffset - 2 - szCell;
/* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
- ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the
+ ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the
** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these
** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents
** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below.
@@ -71414,14 +71819,14 @@
ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pNew, pCell, &rc);
}
}
-
+
/* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell
** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and
** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the
** largest key on pPage).
**
- ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most
- ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the
+ ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most
+ ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the
** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size)
** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value).
** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length
@@ -71442,7 +71847,7 @@
/* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */
put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
-
+
/* Release the reference to the new page. */
releasePage(pNew);
}
@@ -71454,7 +71859,7 @@
#if 0
/*
** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite.
-** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible
+** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible
** for setting pointer-map entries.
*/
static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){
@@ -71469,7 +71874,7 @@
for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){
CellInfo info;
u8 *z;
-
+
z = findCell(pPage, j);
pPage->xParseCell(pPage, z, &info);
if( info.nLocal<info.nPayload ){
@@ -71494,7 +71899,7 @@
#endif
/*
-** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored
+** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored
** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then
** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the
** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained
@@ -71502,11 +71907,11 @@
** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo.
**
** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the
-** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo.
+** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo.
**
** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage().
**
-** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by
+** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by
** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of
** which are called often under normal circumstances.
*/
@@ -71519,20 +71924,20 @@
int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0);
int rc;
int iData;
-
-
+
+
assert( pFrom->isInit );
assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr );
assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize );
-
+
/* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */
iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]);
memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData);
memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell);
-
+
/* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure
** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under
- ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized
+ ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized
** page pFrom.
*/
pTo->isInit = 0;
@@ -71542,7 +71947,7 @@
*pRC = rc;
return;
}
-
+
/* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries
** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to.
*/
@@ -71557,13 +71962,13 @@
** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the
** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the
** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one
-** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page
+** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page
** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page
** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings
** participate in the balancing.
**
-** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by
-** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full.
+** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by
+** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full.
**
** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page
** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen
@@ -71574,7 +71979,7 @@
** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so
** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this
** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct
-** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine).
+** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine).
**
** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should
@@ -71589,7 +71994,7 @@
** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large
** enough for all overflow cells.
**
-** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns
+** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns
** SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
static int balance_nonroot(
@@ -71636,7 +72041,7 @@
assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
/* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if
- ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with
+ ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with
** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function
** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete().
*/
@@ -71648,11 +72053,11 @@
}
assert( pParent->nFree>=0 );
- /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent
- ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on
- ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however,
+ /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent
+ ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on
+ ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however,
** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent
- ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.
+ ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.
**
** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This
** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any
@@ -71664,7 +72069,7 @@
nxDiv = 0;
}else{
assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 );
- if( iParentIdx==0 ){
+ if( iParentIdx==0 ){
nxDiv = 0;
}else if( iParentIdx==i ){
nxDiv = i-2+bBulk;
@@ -71710,7 +72115,7 @@
** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first
** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first
** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use
- ** later on.
+ ** later on.
**
** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode,
** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes.
@@ -71876,7 +72281,7 @@
** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all b.nCell cells.
** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total
** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
- ** in b.apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.
+ ** in b.apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.
** cntNew[k] should equal b.nCell.
**
** Values computed by this block:
@@ -71886,7 +72291,7 @@
** cntNew[i]: Index in b.apCell[] and b.szCell[] for the first cell to
** the right of the i-th sibling page.
** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
- **
+ **
*/
usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
for(i=k=0; i<nOld; i++, k++){
@@ -72040,15 +72445,15 @@
}
/*
- ** Reassign page numbers so that the new pages are in ascending order.
+ ** Reassign page numbers so that the new pages are in ascending order.
** This helps to keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
- ** of the table is closer to a linear scan through the file. That in turn
+ ** of the table is closer to a linear scan through the file. That in turn
** helps the operating system to deliver pages from the disk more rapidly.
**
- ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since n is never more
+ ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since n is never more
** than (NB+2) (a small constant), that should not be a problem.
**
- ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database about 25% faster
+ ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database about 25% faster
** for large insertions and deletions.
*/
for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
@@ -72057,7 +72462,7 @@
for(j=0; j<i; j++){
if( aPgno[j]==aPgno[i] ){
/* This branch is taken if the set of sibling pages somehow contains
- ** duplicate entries. This can happen if the database is corrupt.
+ ** duplicate entries. This can happen if the database is corrupt.
** It would be simpler to detect this as part of the loop below, but
** we do the detection here in order to avoid populating the pager
** cache with two separate objects associated with the same
@@ -72103,14 +72508,14 @@
put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno);
/* If the sibling pages are not leaves, ensure that the right-child pointer
- ** of the right-most new sibling page is set to the value that was
+ ** of the right-most new sibling page is set to the value that was
** originally in the same field of the right-most old sibling page. */
if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 && nOld!=nNew ){
MemPage *pOld = (nNew>nOld ? apNew : apOld)[nOld-1];
memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
}
- /* Make any required updates to pointer map entries associated with
+ /* Make any required updates to pointer map entries associated with
** cells stored on sibling pages following the balance operation. Pointer
** map entries associated with divider cells are set by the insertCell()
** routine. The associated pointer map entries are:
@@ -72121,9 +72526,9 @@
** b) if the sibling pages are not leaves, the child page associated
** with the cell.
**
- ** If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer map entry
- ** associated with the right-child of each sibling may also need to be
- ** updated. This happens below, after the sibling pages have been
+ ** If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer map entry
+ ** associated with the right-child of each sibling may also need to be
+ ** updated. This happens below, after the sibling pages have been
** populated, not here.
*/
if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
@@ -72148,7 +72553,7 @@
}
/* Cell pCell is destined for new sibling page pNew. Originally, it
- ** was either part of sibling page iOld (possibly an overflow cell),
+ ** was either part of sibling page iOld (possibly an overflow cell),
** or else the divider cell to the left of sibling page iOld. So,
** if sibling page iOld had the same page number as pNew, and if
** pCell really was a part of sibling page iOld (not a divider or
@@ -72184,9 +72589,9 @@
if( !pNew->leaf ){
memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
}else if( leafData ){
- /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves,
- ** then there is no divider cell in b.apCell[]. Instead, the divider
- ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of
+ /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves,
+ ** then there is no divider cell in b.apCell[]. Instead, the divider
+ ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of
** the sibling-page assembled above only.
*/
CellInfo info;
@@ -72199,9 +72604,9 @@
pCell -= 4;
/* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
- ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this
+ ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this
** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
- ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to
+ ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to
** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
**
** This can only happen for b-trees used to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)"
@@ -72293,8 +72698,8 @@
** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower"
** sub-algorithm in some documentation.
**
- ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent()
- ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages
+ ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent()
+ ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages
** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied.
**
** It is critical that the child page be defragmented before being
@@ -72305,7 +72710,7 @@
assert( nNew==1 || CORRUPT_DB );
rc = defragmentPage(apNew[0], -1);
testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- assert( apNew[0]->nFree ==
+ assert( apNew[0]->nFree ==
(get2byteNotZero(&apNew[0]->aData[5]) - apNew[0]->cellOffset
- apNew[0]->nCell*2)
|| rc!=SQLITE_OK
@@ -72335,7 +72740,7 @@
#if 0
if( ISAUTOVACUUM && rc==SQLITE_OK && apNew[0]->isInit ){
/* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that
- ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while
+ ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while
** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may
** cause an assert() statement to fail. */
ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew);
@@ -72365,15 +72770,15 @@
**
** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root
** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root
-** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child
+** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child
** pointer pointing to the new page.
**
-** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages
+** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages
** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The
** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root
** page is also updated.
**
-** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child
+** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child
** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required
** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs,
** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0.
@@ -72387,7 +72792,7 @@
assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new
+ /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new
** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents
** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page.
*/
@@ -72452,7 +72857,7 @@
/*
** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in
** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the
-** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing
+** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing
** routine. Balancing routines are:
**
** balance_quick()
@@ -72481,7 +72886,7 @@
** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page
** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The
** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page.
- */
+ */
assert( balance_deeper_called==0 );
VVA_ONLY( balance_deeper_called++ );
rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]);
@@ -72515,17 +72920,17 @@
/* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
- ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent
+ ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent
** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
- ** buffer.
+ ** buffer.
**
** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in.
*/
- assert( balance_quick_called==0 );
+ assert( balance_quick_called==0 );
VVA_ONLY( balance_quick_called++ );
rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace);
}else
@@ -72536,15 +72941,15 @@
** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to
** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop
** will balance the parent page to correct this.
- **
+ **
** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells
- ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below.
+ ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below.
** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by
** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first,
** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a
- ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot()
+ ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot()
** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by
- ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been
+ ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been
** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new
** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot().
*/
@@ -72552,9 +72957,9 @@
rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1,
pCur->hints&BTREE_BULKLOAD);
if( pFree ){
- /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used
+ /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used
** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are
- ** now stored either on real database pages or within the
+ ** now stored either on real database pages or within the
** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */
sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
}
@@ -72673,7 +73078,7 @@
if( rc ) return rc;
iOffset += ovflPageSize;
}while( iOffset<nTotal );
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
@@ -72689,7 +73094,7 @@
** hold the content of the row.
**
** For an index btree (used for indexes and WITHOUT ROWID tables), the
-** key is an arbitrary byte sequence stored in pX.pKey,nKey. The
+** key is an arbitrary byte sequence stored in pX.pKey,nKey. The
** pX.pData,nData,nZero fields must be zero.
**
** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
@@ -72747,8 +73152,8 @@
**
** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For
** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer
- ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the
- ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the
+ ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the
+ ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the
** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes
** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without
** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important
@@ -72761,11 +73166,11 @@
if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
assert( pX->pKey==0 );
- /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob
+ /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob
** cursors open on the row being replaced */
invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pX->nKey, 0);
- /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing
+ /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing
** to a row with the same key as the new entry being inserted.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
@@ -72802,7 +73207,7 @@
}else{
/* This is an index or a WITHOUT ROWID table */
- /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing
+ /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing
** to a row with the same key as the new entry being inserted.
*/
assert( (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION)==0 || loc==0 );
@@ -72846,7 +73251,7 @@
}
}
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID
|| (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc)
|| CORRUPT_DB );
@@ -72854,7 +73259,11 @@
assert( pPage->intKey || pX->nKey>=0 );
assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );
if( pPage->nFree<0 ){
- rc = btreeComputeFreeSpace(pPage);
+ if( pCur->eState>CURSOR_INVALID ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }else{
+ rc = btreeComputeFreeSpace(pPage);
+ }
if( rc ) return rc;
}
@@ -72883,14 +73292,14 @@
rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell, &info);
testcase( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl );
invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
- if( info.nSize==szNew && info.nLocal==info.nPayload
+ if( info.nSize==szNew && info.nLocal==info.nPayload
&& (!ISAUTOVACUUM || szNew<pPage->minLocal)
){
/* Overwrite the old cell with the new if they are the same size.
** We could also try to do this if the old cell is smaller, then add
** the leftover space to the free list. But experiments show that
** doing that is no faster then skipping this optimization and just
- ** calling dropCell() and insertCell().
+ ** calling dropCell() and insertCell().
**
** This optimization cannot be used on an autovacuum database if the
** new entry uses overflow pages, as the insertCell() call below is
@@ -72918,7 +73327,7 @@
assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 );
- /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance()
+ /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance()
** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move
** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BTCF_ValidNKey
** variables.
@@ -72945,7 +73354,7 @@
rc = balance(pCur);
/* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
- ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise.
+ ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise.
** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition()
** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */
pCur->pPage->nOverflow = 0;
@@ -72972,7 +73381,7 @@
}
/*
-** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.
+** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.
**
** If the BTREE_SAVEPOSITION bit of the flags parameter is zero, then
** the cursor is left pointing at an arbitrary location after the delete.
@@ -72990,12 +73399,12 @@
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur, u8 flags){
Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
int rc; /* Return code */
MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */
unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */
int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */
- int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */
+ int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */
CellInfo info; /* Size of the cell being deleted */
int bSkipnext = 0; /* Leaf cursor in SKIPNEXT state */
u8 bPreserve = flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION; /* Keep cursor valid */
@@ -73022,14 +73431,14 @@
/* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the cursor position must
** be preserved following this delete operation. If the current delete
** will cause a b-tree rebalance, then this is done by saving the cursor
- ** key and leaving the cursor in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state before
- ** returning.
+ ** key and leaving the cursor in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state before
+ ** returning.
**
** Or, if the current delete will not cause a rebalance, then the cursor
** will be left in CURSOR_SKIPNEXT state pointing to the entry immediately
** before or after the deleted entry. In this case set bSkipnext to true. */
if( bPreserve ){
- if( !pPage->leaf
+ if( !pPage->leaf
|| (pPage->nFree+cellSizePtr(pPage,pCell)+2)>(int)(pBt->usableSize*2/3)
|| pPage->nCell==1 /* See dbfuzz001.test for a test case */
){
@@ -73124,7 +73533,7 @@
** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the
** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has
** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node,
- ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as
+ ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as
** well. */
rc = balance(pCur);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
@@ -73172,7 +73581,7 @@
** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices
*/
-static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){
+static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, Pgno *piTable, int createTabFlags){
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
MemPage *pRoot;
Pgno pgnoRoot;
@@ -73205,6 +73614,9 @@
** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
*/
sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot);
+ if( pgnoRoot>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
pgnoRoot++;
/* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
@@ -73214,8 +73626,7 @@
pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
pgnoRoot++;
}
- assert( pgnoRoot>=3 || CORRUPT_DB );
- testcase( pgnoRoot<3 );
+ assert( pgnoRoot>=3 );
/* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
@@ -73278,7 +73689,7 @@
}
}else{
pRoot = pPageMove;
- }
+ }
/* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc);
@@ -73312,10 +73723,10 @@
zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags);
sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 );
- *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
+ *piTable = pgnoRoot;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, Pgno *piTable, int flags){
int rc;
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags);
@@ -73431,12 +73842,12 @@
** cursors on the table.
**
** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
-** root page in the database file, then the last root page
+** root page in the database file, then the last root page
** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all
** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
-** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the
+** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the
** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
@@ -73474,7 +73885,7 @@
if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){
/* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
- ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list.
+ ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list.
*/
freePage(pPage, &rc);
releasePage(pPage);
@@ -73483,7 +73894,7 @@
}
}else{
/* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
- ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the
+ ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the
** gap left by the deleted root-page.
*/
MemPage *pMove;
@@ -73525,7 +73936,7 @@
releasePage(pPage);
}
#endif
- return rc;
+ return rc;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
int rc;
@@ -73544,7 +73955,7 @@
** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1]
** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0]
** is read-only, the others are read/write.
-**
+**
** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema
** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
@@ -73561,7 +73972,7 @@
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
- assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) );
+ assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, SCHEMA_ROOT, READ_LOCK) );
assert( pBt->pPage1 );
assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
@@ -73610,12 +74021,11 @@
return rc;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
/*
** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the
** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed.
** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database
** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
@@ -73630,13 +74040,13 @@
}
/* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each
- ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages).
+ ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages).
*/
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) ){
int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */
MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */
- /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then
+ /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then
** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter
** accordingly.
*/
@@ -73645,7 +74055,7 @@
nEntry += pPage->nCell;
}
- /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it
+ /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it
** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of
** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The
** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell
@@ -73669,7 +74079,7 @@
pPage = pCur->pPage;
}
- /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently
+ /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently
** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell).
*/
iIdx = pCur->ix;
@@ -73683,7 +74093,6 @@
/* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */
return rc;
}
-#endif
/*
** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for
@@ -73716,7 +74125,7 @@
sqlite3_str_vappendf(&pCheck->errMsg, zFormat, ap);
va_end(ap);
if( pCheck->errMsg.accError==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+ pCheck->bOomFault = 1;
}
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
@@ -73758,14 +74167,14 @@
checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
return 1;
}
- if( pCheck->db->u1.isInterrupted ) return 1;
+ if( AtomicLoad(&pCheck->db->u1.isInterrupted) ) return 1;
setPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage);
return 0;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to
+** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to
** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
** to pCheck.
*/
@@ -73781,14 +74190,14 @@
rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->bOomFault = 1;
checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
return;
}
if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
- "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)",
+ "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)",
iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
}
}
@@ -73801,7 +74210,7 @@
static void checkList(
IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */
int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */
- int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */
+ Pgno iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */
u32 N /* Expected number of pages in the list */
){
int i;
@@ -73883,7 +74292,7 @@
** property.
**
** This heap is used for cell overlap and coverage testing. Each u32
-** entry represents the span of a cell or freeblock on a btree page.
+** entry represents the span of a cell or freeblock on a btree page.
** The upper 16 bits are the index of the first byte of a range and the
** lower 16 bits are the index of the last byte of that range.
*/
@@ -73913,7 +74322,7 @@
aHeap[j] = x;
i = j;
}
- return 1;
+ return 1;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
@@ -73921,7 +74330,7 @@
** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return
** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages
** return 1, and so forth.
-**
+**
** These checks are done:
**
** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
@@ -73933,7 +74342,7 @@
*/
static int checkTreePage(
IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */
- int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */
+ Pgno iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */
i64 *piMinKey, /* Write minimum integer primary key here */
i64 maxKey /* Error if integer primary key greater than this */
){
@@ -73969,9 +74378,9 @@
usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) return 0;
- pCheck->zPfx = "Page %d: ";
+ pCheck->zPfx = "Page %u: ";
pCheck->v1 = iPage;
- if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
+ if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
"unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
goto end_of_check;
@@ -73996,7 +74405,7 @@
hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
/* Set up for cell analysis */
- pCheck->zPfx = "On tree page %d cell %d: ";
+ pCheck->zPfx = "On tree page %u cell %d: ";
contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
@@ -74016,7 +74425,7 @@
pgno = get4byte(&data[hdr+8]);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- pCheck->zPfx = "On page %d at right child: ";
+ pCheck->zPfx = "On page %u at right child: ";
checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage);
}
#endif
@@ -74119,7 +74528,7 @@
**
** EVIDENCE-OF: R-20690-50594 The second field of the b-tree page header
** is the offset of the first freeblock, or zero if there are no
- ** freeblocks on the page.
+ ** freeblocks on the page.
*/
i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
while( i>0 ){
@@ -74139,13 +74548,13 @@
assert( (u32)j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeComputeFreeSpace() */
i = j;
}
- /* Analyze the min-heap looking for overlap between cells and/or
+ /* Analyze the min-heap looking for overlap between cells and/or
** freeblocks, and counting the number of untracked bytes in nFrag.
- **
+ **
** Each min-heap entry is of the form: (start_address<<16)|end_address.
** There is an implied first entry the covers the page header, the cell
** pointer index, and the gap between the cell pointer index and the start
- ** of cell content.
+ ** of cell content.
**
** The loop below pulls entries from the min-heap in order and compares
** the start_address against the previous end_address. If there is an
@@ -74157,7 +74566,7 @@
while( btreeHeapPull(heap,&x) ){
if( (prev&0xffff)>=(x>>16) ){
checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
- "Multiple uses for byte %u of page %d", x>>16, iPage);
+ "Multiple uses for byte %u of page %u", x>>16, iPage);
break;
}else{
nFrag += (x>>16) - (prev&0xffff) - 1;
@@ -74172,7 +74581,7 @@
*/
if( heap[0]==0 && nFrag!=data[hdr+7] ){
checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
- "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d",
+ "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %u",
nFrag, data[hdr+7], iPage);
}
}
@@ -74200,11 +74609,20 @@
** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from
** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is
** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned.
+**
+** If the first entry in aRoot[] is 0, that indicates that the list of
+** root pages is incomplete. This is a "partial integrity-check". This
+** happens when performing an integrity check on a single table. The
+** zero is skipped, of course. But in addition, the freelist checks
+** and the checks to make sure every page is referenced are also skipped,
+** since obviously it is not possible to know which pages are covered by
+** the unverified btrees. Except, if aRoot[1] is 1, then the freelist
+** checks are still performed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection that is running the check */
Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */
- int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
+ Pgno *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */
int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
@@ -74214,7 +74632,17 @@
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
u64 savedDbFlags = pBt->db->flags;
char zErr[100];
+ int bPartial = 0; /* True if not checking all btrees */
+ int bCkFreelist = 1; /* True to scan the freelist */
VVA_ONLY( int nRef );
+ assert( nRoot>0 );
+
+ /* aRoot[0]==0 means this is a partial check */
+ if( aRoot[0]==0 ){
+ assert( nRoot>1 );
+ bPartial = 1;
+ if( aRoot[1]!=1 ) bCkFreelist = 0;
+ }
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
@@ -74226,7 +74654,7 @@
sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt);
sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
sCheck.nErr = 0;
- sCheck.mallocFailed = 0;
+ sCheck.bOomFault = 0;
sCheck.zPfx = 0;
sCheck.v1 = 0;
sCheck.v2 = 0;
@@ -74240,12 +74668,12 @@
sCheck.aPgRef = sqlite3MallocZero((sCheck.nPage / 8)+ 1);
if( !sCheck.aPgRef ){
- sCheck.mallocFailed = 1;
+ sCheck.bOomFault = 1;
goto integrity_ck_cleanup;
}
sCheck.heap = (u32*)sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
if( sCheck.heap==0 ){
- sCheck.mallocFailed = 1;
+ sCheck.bOomFault = 1;
goto integrity_ck_cleanup;
}
@@ -74254,29 +74682,33 @@
/* Check the integrity of the freelist
*/
- sCheck.zPfx = "Main freelist: ";
- checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
- get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]));
- sCheck.zPfx = 0;
+ if( bCkFreelist ){
+ sCheck.zPfx = "Main freelist: ";
+ checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
+ get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]));
+ sCheck.zPfx = 0;
+ }
/* Check all the tables.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- int mx = 0;
- int mxInHdr;
- for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot; i++) if( mx<aRoot[i] ) mx = aRoot[i];
- mxInHdr = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[52]);
- if( mx!=mxInHdr ){
+ if( !bPartial ){
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ Pgno mx = 0;
+ Pgno mxInHdr;
+ for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot; i++) if( mx<aRoot[i] ) mx = aRoot[i];
+ mxInHdr = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[52]);
+ if( mx!=mxInHdr ){
+ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck,
+ "max rootpage (%d) disagrees with header (%d)",
+ mx, mxInHdr
+ );
+ }
+ }else if( get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[64])!=0 ){
checkAppendMsg(&sCheck,
- "max rootpage (%d) disagrees with header (%d)",
- mx, mxInHdr
+ "incremental_vacuum enabled with a max rootpage of zero"
);
}
- }else if( get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[64])!=0 ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck,
- "incremental_vacuum enabled with a max rootpage of zero"
- );
}
#endif
testcase( pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_CellSizeCk );
@@ -74285,7 +74717,7 @@
i64 notUsed;
if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 && !bPartial ){
checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0);
}
#endif
@@ -74295,24 +74727,26 @@
/* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
*/
- for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
+ if( !bPartial ){
+ for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i);
- }
+ if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){
+ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i);
+ }
#else
- /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
- ** references to pointer-map pages.
- */
- if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 &&
- (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i);
- }
- if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 &&
- (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
- }
+ /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
+ ** references to pointer-map pages.
+ */
+ if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 &&
+ (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
+ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i);
+ }
+ if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 &&
+ (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
+ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
+ }
#endif
+ }
}
/* Clean up and report errors.
@@ -74320,7 +74754,7 @@
integrity_ck_cleanup:
sqlite3PageFree(sCheck.heap);
sqlite3_free(sCheck.aPgRef);
- if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){
+ if( sCheck.bOomFault ){
sqlite3_str_reset(&sCheck.errMsg);
sCheck.nErr++;
}
@@ -74370,7 +74804,7 @@
/*
** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument.
**
-** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open
+** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open
** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to.
**
** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
@@ -74409,20 +74843,20 @@
/*
** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own
-** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with
+** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with
** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
**
** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
-** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent
+** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent
** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
-** of memory returned.
+** of memory returned.
**
** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been
** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been
** allocated, it is returned as normal.
**
-** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the
-** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the
+** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the
+** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the
** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free()
** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
*/
@@ -74438,15 +74872,15 @@
}
/*
-** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared
-** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the
-** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared
+** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the
+** sqlite_schema table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
int rc;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
+ rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, SCHEMA_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE );
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
@@ -74480,11 +74914,11 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
-** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an
-** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry.
+** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an
+** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry.
** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
**
-** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to
+** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to
** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with
** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data,
** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
@@ -74515,7 +74949,7 @@
VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- /* Check some assumptions:
+ /* Check some assumptions:
** (a) the cursor is open for writing,
** (b) there is a read/write transaction open,
** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required),
@@ -74534,7 +74968,7 @@
return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1);
}
-/*
+/*
** Mark this cursor as an incremental blob cursor.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
@@ -74544,14 +74978,14 @@
#endif
/*
-** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and
+** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and
** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database
** header to iVersion.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){
BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
int rc; /* Return code */
-
+
assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 );
/* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the
@@ -74609,7 +75043,7 @@
/*
** Return the number of connections to the BtShared object accessed by
-** the Btree handle passed as the only argument. For private caches
+** the Btree handle passed as the only argument. For private caches
** this is always 1. For shared caches it may be 1 or greater.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree *p){
@@ -74631,7 +75065,7 @@
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX()
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX()
** API functions and the related features.
*/
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
@@ -74668,15 +75102,15 @@
** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup
** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points:
**
-** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and
+** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and
** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database
-** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared
+** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared
** structure, in that order.
**
** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are
** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in
** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex
-** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always
+** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always
** be held when either of these functions are invoked.
**
** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and
@@ -74697,8 +75131,8 @@
** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return
** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb.
**
-** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this
-** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an
+** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this
+** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an
** error message to pErrorDb.
*/
static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){
@@ -74734,14 +75168,14 @@
*/
static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){
int rc;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),0,0);
return rc;
}
/*
** Check that there is no open read-transaction on the b-tree passed as the
** second argument. If there is not, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if there
-** is an open read-transaction, return SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error
+** is an open read-transaction, return SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error
** message in database handle db.
*/
static int checkReadTransaction(sqlite3 *db, Btree *p){
@@ -74811,13 +75245,13 @@
p->iNext = 1;
p->isAttached = 0;
- if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest
- || checkReadTransaction(pDestDb, p->pDest)!=SQLITE_OK
+ if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest
+ || checkReadTransaction(pDestDb, p->pDest)!=SQLITE_OK
){
/* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM
** error was hit. Or there is a transaction open on the destination
- ** database. The error has already been written into the pDestDb
- ** handle. All that is left to do here is free the sqlite3_backup
+ ** database. The error has already been written into the pDestDb
+ ** handle. All that is left to do here is free the sqlite3_backup
** structure. */
sqlite3_free(p);
p = 0;
@@ -74833,7 +75267,7 @@
}
/*
-** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is
+** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is
** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors
** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED.
*/
@@ -74842,8 +75276,8 @@
}
/*
-** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for
-** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the
+** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for
+** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the
** destination database.
*/
static int backupOnePage(
@@ -74857,13 +75291,6 @@
int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz);
const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz;
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- /* Use BtreeGetReserveNoMutex() for the source b-tree, as although it is
- ** guaranteed that the shared-mutex is held by this thread, handle
- ** p->pSrc may not actually be the owner. */
- int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc);
- int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(p->pDest);
-#endif
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
i64 iOff;
@@ -74874,33 +75301,13 @@
assert( zSrcData );
/* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the
- ** page sizes of the source and destination differ.
+ ** page sizes of the source and destination differ.
*/
if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){
rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing
- ** and a codec is in use.
- */
- if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
- }
-
- /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ
- ** between source and destination. If there is a difference, try to
- ** fix the destination to agree with the source. If that is not possible,
- ** then the backup cannot proceed.
- */
- if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){
- u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz;
- rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=(u32)nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source
+ /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source
** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
** of the destination page.
*/
@@ -74919,7 +75326,7 @@
** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module
** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte
** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers
- ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked
+ ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked
** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose.
*/
memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy);
@@ -74939,7 +75346,7 @@
** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then
** this function is a no-op.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error
** code if an error occurs.
*/
static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){
@@ -75021,7 +75428,7 @@
/* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */
if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0
&& SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2,
- (int*)&p->iDestSchema))
+ (int*)&p->iDestSchema))
){
p->bDestLocked = 1;
}
@@ -75034,7 +75441,7 @@
if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){
rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
}
-
+
/* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the
** source pager for the number of pages in the database.
*/
@@ -75061,7 +75468,7 @@
attachBackupObject(p);
}
}
-
+
/* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
** the case where the source and destination databases have the
@@ -75087,12 +75494,12 @@
int nDestTruncate;
/* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
** database. The complication here is that the destination page
- ** size may be different to the source page size.
+ ** size may be different to the source page size.
**
- ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size,
+ ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size,
** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
- ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the
+ ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the
** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
** by the file truncation.
@@ -75116,7 +75523,7 @@
**
** * The destination may need to be truncated, and
**
- ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the
+ ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the
** pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
** copied into the destination database.
*/
@@ -75128,7 +75535,7 @@
i64 iEnd;
assert( pFile );
- assert( nDestTruncate==0
+ assert( nDestTruncate==0
|| (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || (
nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
&& iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest
@@ -75138,7 +75545,7 @@
** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the
** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify
** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure
- ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the
+ ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the
** journal file. */
sqlite3PagerPagecount(pDestPager, &nDstPage);
for(iPg=nDestTruncate; rc==SQLITE_OK && iPg<=(Pgno)nDstPage; iPg++){
@@ -75158,8 +75565,8 @@
/* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */
iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize);
for(
- iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc;
- rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd;
+ iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc;
+ rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd;
iOff+=pgszSrc
){
PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
@@ -75183,7 +75590,7 @@
sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);
rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
}
-
+
/* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
if( SQLITE_OK==rc
&& SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0))
@@ -75192,7 +75599,7 @@
}
}
}
-
+
/* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
@@ -75204,7 +75611,7 @@
TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0);
assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
}
-
+
if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}
@@ -75286,7 +75693,7 @@
}
/*
-** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most
+** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most
** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){
@@ -75301,7 +75708,7 @@
/*
** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
-** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been
+** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been
** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the
** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs
** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is
@@ -75344,7 +75751,7 @@
** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer
** detects that the database has been modified by an external database
** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the
-** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still
+** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still
** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted.
**
** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
@@ -75364,8 +75771,8 @@
** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction
** must be active for both files.
**
-** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything
-** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the
+** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything
+** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the
** transaction is committed before returning.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
@@ -75395,15 +75802,11 @@
b.pDest = pTo;
b.iNext = 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo), sqlite3BtreePager(pFrom));
-#endif
-
/* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database
** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to
- ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes
+ ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes
** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement
- ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE
+ ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE
** or an error code. */
sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF);
assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK );
@@ -75458,7 +75861,7 @@
** this: assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) );
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){
- /* If MEM_Dyn is set then Mem.xDel!=0.
+ /* If MEM_Dyn is set then Mem.xDel!=0.
** Mem.xDel might not be initialized if MEM_Dyn is clear.
*/
assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->xDel!=0 );
@@ -75513,7 +75916,7 @@
** (4) A static string or blob
*/
if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && p->n>0 ){
- assert(
+ assert(
((p->szMalloc>0 && p->z==p->zMalloc)? 1 : 0) +
((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) +
@@ -75531,16 +75934,25 @@
static void vdbeMemRenderNum(int sz, char *zBuf, Mem *p){
StrAccum acc;
assert( p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_IntReal) );
- sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sz, 0);
+ assert( sz>22 );
if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
- sqlite3_str_appendf(&acc, "%lld", p->u.i);
- }else if( p->flags & MEM_IntReal ){
- sqlite3_str_appendf(&acc, "%!.15g", (double)p->u.i);
+#if GCC_VERSION>=7000000
+ /* Work-around for GCC bug
+ ** https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=96270 */
+ i64 x;
+ assert( (p->flags&MEM_Int)*2==sizeof(x) );
+ memcpy(&x, (char*)&p->u, (p->flags&MEM_Int)*2);
+ sqlite3Int64ToText(x, zBuf);
+#else
+ sqlite3Int64ToText(p->u.i, zBuf);
+#endif
}else{
- sqlite3_str_appendf(&acc, "%!.15g", p->u.r);
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sz, 0);
+ sqlite3_str_appendf(&acc, "%!.15g",
+ (p->flags & MEM_IntReal)!=0 ? (double)p->u.i : p->u.r);
+ assert( acc.zText==zBuf && acc.mxAlloc<=0 );
+ zBuf[acc.nChar] = 0; /* Fast version of sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc) */
}
- assert( acc.zText==zBuf && acc.mxAlloc<=0 );
- zBuf[acc.nChar] = 0; /* Fast version of sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc) */
}
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
@@ -75881,7 +76293,7 @@
** This routine calls the xValue method for that function and stores
** the results in memory cell pMem.
**
-** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if xValue() reports an error. SQLITE_OK
+** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if xValue() reports an error. SQLITE_OK
** otherwise.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC
@@ -76054,7 +76466,7 @@
/*
** Return 1 if pMem represents true, and return 0 if pMem represents false.
-** Return the value ifNull if pMem is NULL.
+** Return the value ifNull if pMem is NULL.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(Mem *pMem, int ifNull){
testcase( pMem->flags & MEM_IntReal );
@@ -76245,7 +76657,7 @@
}
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value *p){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p);
}
/*
@@ -76366,7 +76778,7 @@
}
return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
}
- return 0;
+ return 0;
}
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
@@ -76388,7 +76800,7 @@
sqlite3DebugPrintf("Invalidate R[%d] due to change in R[%d]\n",
(int)(pX - pVdbe->aMem), (int)(pMem - pVdbe->aMem));
}
- /* If pX is marked as a shallow copy of pMem, then verify that
+ /* If pX is marked as a shallow copy of pMem, then try to verify that
** no significant changes have been made to pX since the OP_SCopy.
** A significant change would indicated a missed call to this
** function for pX. Minor changes, such as adding or removing a
@@ -76396,12 +76808,7 @@
** same. */
mFlags = pMem->flags & pX->flags & pX->mScopyFlags;
assert( (mFlags&(MEM_Int|MEM_IntReal))==0 || pMem->u.i==pX->u.i );
- /* assert( (mFlags&MEM_Real)==0 || pMem->u.r==pX->u.r ); */
- /* ^^ */
- /* Cannot reliably compare doubles for equality */
- assert( (mFlags&MEM_Str)==0 || (pMem->n==pX->n && pMem->z==pX->z) );
- assert( (mFlags&MEM_Blob)==0 || sqlite3BlobCompare(pMem,pX)==0 );
-
+
/* pMem is the register that is changing. But also mark pX as
** undefined so that we can quickly detect the shallow-copy error */
pX->flags = MEM_Undefined;
@@ -76477,8 +76884,8 @@
** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
**
** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
-** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the
-** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the
+** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the
+** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the
** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the
** pointer copied.
**
@@ -76596,7 +77003,7 @@
** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
*/
-static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeMemFromBtreeResize(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
u32 offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
u32 amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */
@@ -76619,31 +77026,28 @@
}
return rc;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset(
BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
- u32 offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
u32 amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */
Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
){
- char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */
u32 available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) );
- /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert()
+ /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert()
** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */
assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem) );
- zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(pCur, &available);
- assert( zData!=0 );
+ pMem->z = (char *)sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(pCur, &available);
+ assert( pMem->z!=0 );
- if( offset+amt<=available ){
- pMem->z = &zData[offset];
+ if( amt<=available ){
pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
pMem->n = (int)amt;
}else{
- rc = vdbeMemFromBtreeResize(pCur, offset, amt, pMem);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, amt, pMem);
}
return rc;
@@ -76725,7 +77129,7 @@
}
/*
-** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to
+** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to
** valueNew(). See comments above valueNew() for details.
*/
struct ValueNewStat4Ctx {
@@ -76740,9 +77144,9 @@
** the second argument to this function is NULL, the object is allocated
** by calling sqlite3ValueNew().
**
-** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is
+** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is
** being called indirectly by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). If it has not
-** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that
+** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that
** that function will return to its caller here. Then return a pointer to
** an sqlite3_value within the UnpackedRecord.a[] array.
*/
@@ -76756,7 +77160,7 @@
int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */
int i; /* Counter variable */
int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; /* Number of index columns including rowid */
-
+
nByte = sizeof(Mem) * nCol + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord));
pRec = (UnpackedRecord*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
if( pRec ){
@@ -76777,7 +77181,7 @@
if( pRec==0 ) return 0;
p->ppRec[0] = pRec;
}
-
+
pRec->nField = p->iVal+1;
return &pRec->aMem[p->iVal];
}
@@ -76796,11 +77200,11 @@
** * the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL function flag is not set,
**
** then this routine attempts to invoke the SQL function. Assuming no
-** error occurs, output parameter (*ppVal) is set to point to a value
+** error occurs, output parameter (*ppVal) is set to point to a value
** object containing the result before returning SQLITE_OK.
**
** Affinity aff is applied to the result of the function before returning.
-** If the result is a text value, the sqlite3_value object uses encoding
+** If the result is a text value, the sqlite3_value object uses encoding
** enc.
**
** If the conditions above are not met, this function returns SQLITE_OK
@@ -76831,7 +77235,7 @@
if( pList ) nVal = pList->nExpr;
pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, p->u.zToken, nVal, enc, 0);
assert( pFunc );
- if( (pFunc->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG))==0
+ if( (pFunc->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG))==0
|| (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)
){
return SQLITE_OK;
@@ -76979,7 +77383,7 @@
}
}else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
/* This branch happens for multiple negative signs. Ex: -(-5) */
- if( SQLITE_OK==valueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal,pCtx)
+ if( SQLITE_OK==valueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal,pCtx)
&& pVal!=0
){
sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal);
@@ -77128,8 +77532,8 @@
}
/*
-** This function is used to allocate and populate UnpackedRecord
-** structures intended to be compared against sample index keys stored
+** This function is used to allocate and populate UnpackedRecord
+** structures intended to be compared against sample index keys stored
** in the sqlite_stat4 table.
**
** A single call to this function populates zero or more fields of the
@@ -77140,14 +77544,14 @@
**
** * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or
**
-** * The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() function is able to extract a value
+** * The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() function is able to extract a value
** from the expression (i.e. the expression is a literal value).
**
** Or, if pExpr is a TK_VECTOR, one field is populated for each of the
** vector components that match either of the two latter criteria listed
** above.
**
-** Before any value is appended to the record, the affinity of the
+** Before any value is appended to the record, the affinity of the
** corresponding column within index pIdx is applied to it. Before
** this function returns, output parameter *pnExtract is set to the
** number of values appended to the record.
@@ -77198,9 +77602,9 @@
/*
** Attempt to extract a value from expression pExpr using the methods
-** as described for sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() above.
+** as described for sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() above.
**
-** If successful, set *ppVal to point to a new value object and return
+** If successful, set *ppVal to point to a new value object and return
** SQLITE_OK. If no value can be extracted, but no other error occurs
** (e.g. OOM), return SQLITE_OK and set *ppVal to NULL. Or, if an error
** does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final value of *ppVal
@@ -77220,7 +77624,7 @@
** the column value into *ppVal. If *ppVal is initially NULL then a new
** sqlite3_value object is allocated.
**
-** If *ppVal is initially NULL then the caller is responsible for
+** If *ppVal is initially NULL then the caller is responsible for
** ensuring that the value written into *ppVal is eventually freed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4Column(
@@ -77344,7 +77748,7 @@
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
-** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)
+** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)
*/
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
@@ -77479,13 +77883,13 @@
}
/*
-** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least nOp elements larger
+** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least nOp elements larger
** than its current size. nOp is guaranteed to be less than or equal
** to 1024/sizeof(Op).
**
** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
-** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain
-** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be
+** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain
+** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be
** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
*/
static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v, int nOp){
@@ -77493,7 +77897,7 @@
Parse *p = v->pParse;
/* The SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS compile-time option is designed to force
- ** more frequent reallocs and hence provide more opportunities for
+ ** more frequent reallocs and hence provide more opportunities for
** simulated OOM faults. SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is generally used
** during testing only. With SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS grow the op array
** by the minimum* amount required until the size reaches 512. Normal
@@ -77758,7 +78162,7 @@
#endif
/*
-** Add a new OP_ opcode.
+** Add a new OP_Explain opcode.
**
** If the bPush flag is true, then make this opcode the parent for
** subsequent Explains until sqlite3VdbeExplainPop() is called.
@@ -77932,19 +78336,19 @@
/*
** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes
-** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may
+** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may
** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows:
**
** Op *pOp;
** VdbeOpIter sIter;
**
** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
-** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe*
+** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe*
** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){
** // Do something with pOp
** }
** sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
-**
+**
*/
typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter;
struct VdbeOpIter {
@@ -77977,7 +78381,7 @@
p->iSub++;
p->iAddr = 0;
}
-
+
if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
int j;
@@ -78011,7 +78415,7 @@
** * OP_VCreate
** * OP_VRename
** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint)
-** * OP_CreateBtree/BTREE_INTKEY and OP_InitCoroutine
+** * OP_CreateBtree/BTREE_INTKEY and OP_InitCoroutine
** (for CREATE TABLE AS SELECT ...)
**
** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an
@@ -78034,11 +78438,11 @@
while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){
int opcode = pOp->opcode;
- if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename
+ if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename
|| opcode==OP_VDestroy
|| opcode==OP_VCreate
|| (opcode==OP_ParseSchema && pOp->p4.z==0)
- || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull)
+ || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull)
&& ((pOp->p1)!=SQLITE_OK && pOp->p2==OE_Abort))
){
hasAbort = 1;
@@ -78047,7 +78451,7 @@
if( opcode==OP_CreateBtree && pOp->p3==BTREE_INTKEY ) hasCreateTable = 1;
if( mayAbort ){
/* hasCreateIndex may also be set for some DELETE statements that use
- ** OP_Clear. So this routine may end up returning true in the case
+ ** OP_Clear. So this routine may end up returning true in the case
** where a "DELETE FROM tbl" has a statement-journal but does not
** require one. This is not so bad - it is an inefficiency, not a bug. */
if( opcode==OP_CreateBtree && pOp->p3==BTREE_BLOBKEY ) hasCreateIndex = 1;
@@ -78142,7 +78546,7 @@
switch( pOp->opcode ){
case OP_Transaction: {
if( pOp->p2!=0 ) p->readOnly = 0;
- /* fall thru */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
case OP_AutoCommit:
case OP_Savepoint: {
@@ -78163,7 +78567,7 @@
pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext;
pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
/* The code generator never codes any of these opcodes as a jump
- ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a
+ ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a
** known address */
assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
break;
@@ -78172,7 +78576,7 @@
pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious;
pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
/* The code generator never codes any of these opcodes as a jump
- ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a
+ ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a
** known address */
assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
break;
@@ -78189,6 +78593,7 @@
n = pOp[-1].p1;
if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
/* Fall through into the default case */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
#endif
default: {
@@ -78270,12 +78675,12 @@
/*
** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with
** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility
-** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the
+** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the
** vdbeFreeOpArray() function.
**
** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned
-** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and
-** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the
+** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and
+** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the
** returned program.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){
@@ -78349,7 +78754,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(
Vdbe *p, /* VM to add scanstatus() to */
int addrExplain, /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */
- int addrLoop, /* Address of loop counter */
+ int addrLoop, /* Address of loop counter */
int addrVisit, /* Address of rows visited counter */
LogEst nEst, /* Estimated number of output rows */
const char *zName /* Name of table or index being scanned */
@@ -78399,6 +78804,34 @@
sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
}
+/*
+** Change the P2 operand of the jump instruction at addr so that
+** the jump lands on the next opcode. Or if the jump instruction was
+** the previous opcode (and is thus a no-op) then simply back up
+** the next instruction counter by one slot so that the jump is
+** overwritten by the next inserted opcode.
+**
+** This routine is an optimization of sqlite3VdbeJumpHere() that
+** strives to omit useless byte-code like this:
+**
+** 7 Once 0 8 0
+** 8 ...
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+ if( addr==p->nOp-1 ){
+ assert( p->aOp[addr].opcode==OP_Once
+ || p->aOp[addr].opcode==OP_If
+ || p->aOp[addr].opcode==OP_FkIfZero );
+ assert( p->aOp[addr].p4type==0 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
+ sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,-1)->iSrcLine = 0; /* Erase VdbeCoverage() macros */
+#endif
+ p->nOp--;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
+ }
+}
+
/*
** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If
@@ -78467,8 +78900,8 @@
/*
** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the
-** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain
-** nOp entries.
+** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain
+** nOp entries.
*/
static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){
if( aOp ){
@@ -78477,7 +78910,7 @@
if( pOp->p4type <= P4_FREE_IF_LE ) freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
-#endif
+#endif
}
sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, aOp);
}
@@ -78572,7 +79005,7 @@
** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
-**
+**
** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
@@ -78633,7 +79066,7 @@
}
/*
-** Change the P4 operand of the most recently coded instruction
+** Change the P4 operand of the most recently coded instruction
** to the value defined by the arguments. This is a high-speed
** version of sqlite3VdbeChangeP4().
**
@@ -78723,7 +79156,7 @@
** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode
** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value.
** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning
-** after an OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from
+** after an OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from
** this routine is a valid pointer. But because the dummy.opcode is 0,
** dummy will never be written to. This is verified by code inspection and
** by running with Valgrind.
@@ -78770,17 +79203,19 @@
** "PX@PY+1" -> "r[X..X+Y]" or "r[x]" if y is 0
** "PY..PY" -> "r[X..Y]" or "r[x]" if y<=x
*/
-static int displayComment(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeDisplayComment(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Optional - Oom error reporting only */
const Op *pOp, /* The opcode to be commented */
- const char *zP4, /* Previously obtained value for P4 */
- char *zTemp, /* Write result here */
- int nTemp /* Space available in zTemp[] */
+ const char *zP4 /* Previously obtained value for P4 */
){
const char *zOpName;
const char *zSynopsis;
int nOpName;
- int ii, jj;
+ int ii;
char zAlt[50];
+ StrAccum x;
+
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
zOpName = sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode);
nOpName = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpName);
if( zOpName[nOpName+1] ){
@@ -78795,53 +79230,64 @@
}
zSynopsis = zAlt;
}
- for(ii=jj=0; jj<nTemp-1 && (c = zSynopsis[ii])!=0; ii++){
+ for(ii=0; (c = zSynopsis[ii])!=0; ii++){
if( c=='P' ){
c = zSynopsis[++ii];
if( c=='4' ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", zP4);
+ sqlite3_str_appendall(&x, zP4);
}else if( c=='X' ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", pOp->zComment);
+ sqlite3_str_appendall(&x, pOp->zComment);
seenCom = 1;
}else{
int v1 = translateP(c, pOp);
int v2;
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%d", v1);
if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "@P", 2)==0 ){
ii += 3;
- jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
v2 = translateP(zSynopsis[ii], pOp);
if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1,"+1",2)==0 ){
ii += 2;
v2++;
}
- if( v2>1 ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "..%d", v1+v2-1);
+ if( v2<2 ){
+ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%d", v1);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%d..%d", v1, v1+v2-1);
}
- }else if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "..P3", 4)==0 && pOp->p3==0 ){
- ii += 4;
+ }else if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "@NP", 3)==0 ){
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx = pOp->p4.pCtx;
+ if( pOp->p4type!=P4_FUNCCTX || pCtx->argc==1 ){
+ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%d", v1);
+ }else if( pCtx->argc>1 ){
+ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%d..%d", v1, v1+pCtx->argc-1);
+ }else{
+ assert( x.nChar>2 );
+ x.nChar -= 2;
+ ii++;
+ }
+ ii += 3;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%d", v1);
+ if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "..P3", 4)==0 && pOp->p3==0 ){
+ ii += 4;
+ }
}
}
- jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
}else{
- zTemp[jj++] = c;
+ sqlite3_str_appendchar(&x, 1, c);
}
}
- if( !seenCom && jj<nTemp-5 && pOp->zComment ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "; %s", pOp->zComment);
- jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj);
+ if( !seenCom && pOp->zComment ){
+ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "; %s", pOp->zComment);
}
- if( jj<nTemp ) zTemp[jj] = 0;
}else if( pOp->zComment ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s", pOp->zComment);
- jj = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
- }else{
- zTemp[0] = 0;
- jj = 0;
+ sqlite3_str_appendall(&x, pOp->zComment);
}
- return jj;
+ if( (x.accError & SQLITE_NOMEM)!=0 && db!=0 ){
+ sqlite3OomFault(db);
+ }
+ return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS */
#if VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS)
/*
@@ -78922,11 +79368,11 @@
** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode.
** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
*/
-static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
- char *zP4 = zTemp;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeDisplayP4(sqlite3 *db, Op *pOp){
+ char *zP4 = 0;
StrAccum x;
- assert( nTemp>=20 );
- sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, zTemp, nTemp, 0);
+
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
switch( pOp->p4type ){
case P4_KEYINFO: {
int j;
@@ -78937,9 +79383,9 @@
CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
const char *zColl = pColl ? pColl->zName : "";
if( strcmp(zColl, "BINARY")==0 ) zColl = "B";
- sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, ",%s%s%s",
- (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[j] & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC) ? "-" : "",
- (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[j] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL)? "N." : "",
+ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, ",%s%s%s",
+ (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[j] & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC) ? "-" : "",
+ (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[j] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL)? "N." : "",
zColl);
}
sqlite3_str_append(&x, ")", 1);
@@ -78952,8 +79398,11 @@
}
#endif
case P4_COLLSEQ: {
+ static const char *const encnames[] = {"?", "8", "16LE", "16BE"};
CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl;
- sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
+ assert( pColl->enc>=0 && pColl->enc<4 );
+ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%.18s-%s", pColl->zName,
+ encnames[pColl->enc]);
break;
}
case P4_FUNCDEF: {
@@ -79002,41 +79451,37 @@
}
#endif
case P4_INTARRAY: {
- int i;
- int *ai = pOp->p4.ai;
- int n = ai[0]; /* The first element of an INTARRAY is always the
+ u32 i;
+ u32 *ai = pOp->p4.ai;
+ u32 n = ai[0]; /* The first element of an INTARRAY is always the
** count of the number of elements to follow */
for(i=1; i<=n; i++){
- sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, ",%d", ai[i]);
+ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%c%u", (i==1 ? '[' : ','), ai[i]);
}
- zTemp[0] = '[';
sqlite3_str_append(&x, "]", 1);
break;
}
case P4_SUBPROGRAM: {
- sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "program");
+ zP4 = "program";
break;
}
case P4_DYNBLOB:
case P4_ADVANCE: {
- zTemp[0] = 0;
break;
}
case P4_TABLE: {
- sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%s", pOp->p4.pTab->zName);
+ zP4 = pOp->p4.pTab->zName;
break;
}
default: {
zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
- if( zP4==0 ){
- zP4 = zTemp;
- zTemp[0] = 0;
- }
}
}
- sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x);
- assert( zP4!=0 );
- return zP4;
+ if( zP4 ) sqlite3_str_appendall(&x, zP4);
+ if( (x.accError & SQLITE_NOMEM)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3OomFault(db);
+ }
+ return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x);
}
#endif /* VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 */
@@ -79067,13 +79512,13 @@
**
** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then
** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables
-** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle
+** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle
** associated with the VM.
**
** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this
** function is a no-op.
**
-** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared
+** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared
** statement p will ever use. Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask
** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache. Then the runtime of
** this routine is N*N. But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not
@@ -79126,24 +79571,30 @@
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, VdbeOp *pOp){
char *zP4;
- char zPtr[50];
- char zCom[100];
+ char *zCom;
+ sqlite3 dummyDb;
static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-13s %.2X %s\n";
if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
- zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ dummyDb.mallocFailed = 1;
+ zP4 = sqlite3VdbeDisplayP4(&dummyDb, pOp);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
- displayComment(pOp, zP4, zCom, sizeof(zCom));
+ zCom = sqlite3VdbeDisplayComment(0, pOp, zP4);
#else
- zCom[0] = 0;
+ zCom = 0;
#endif
/* NB: The sqlite3OpcodeName() function is implemented by code created
** by the mkopcodeh.awk and mkopcodec.awk scripts which extract the
** information from the vdbe.c source text */
- fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc,
- sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
- zCom
+ fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc,
+ sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3,
+ zP4 ? zP4 : "", pOp->p5,
+ zCom ? zCom : ""
);
fflush(pOut);
+ sqlite3_free(zP4);
+ sqlite3_free(zCom);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
}
#endif
@@ -79180,15 +79631,15 @@
assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
/* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
- ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is
+ ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is
** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
**
- ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to
- ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7
- ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if
+ ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to
+ ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7
+ ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if
** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
- ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table
- ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind()
+ ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table
+ ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind()
** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
*/
testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg );
@@ -79234,6 +79685,121 @@
pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame;
}
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN)
+/*
+** Locate the next opcode to be displayed in EXPLAIN or EXPLAIN
+** QUERY PLAN output.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_ROW on success. Return SQLITE_DONE if there are no
+** more opcodes to be displayed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeNextOpcode(
+ Vdbe *p, /* The statement being explained */
+ Mem *pSub, /* Storage for keeping track of subprogram nesting */
+ int eMode, /* 0: normal. 1: EQP. 2: TablesUsed */
+ int *piPc, /* IN/OUT: Current rowid. Overwritten with next rowid */
+ int *piAddr, /* OUT: Write index into (*paOp)[] here */
+ Op **paOp /* OUT: Write the opcode array here */
+){
+ int nRow; /* Stop when row count reaches this */
+ int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */
+ SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */
+ int i; /* Next instruction address */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
+ Op *aOp = 0; /* Opcode array */
+ int iPc; /* Rowid. Copy of value in *piPc */
+
+ /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the
+ ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE.
+ ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus
+ ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered
+ ** so far. The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are
+ ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow.
+ */
+ nRow = p->nOp;
+ if( pSub!=0 ){
+ if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){
+ /* pSub is initiallly NULL. It is initialized to a BLOB by
+ ** the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */
+ nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*);
+ apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){
+ nRow += apSub[i]->nOp;
+ }
+ }
+ iPc = *piPc;
+ while(1){ /* Loop exits via break */
+ i = iPc++;
+ if( i>=nRow ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ break;
+ }
+ if( i<p->nOp ){
+ /* The rowid is small enough that we are still in the
+ ** main program. */
+ aOp = p->aOp;
+ }else{
+ /* We are currently listing subprograms. Figure out which one and
+ ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */
+ int j;
+ i -= p->nOp;
+ assert( apSub!=0 );
+ assert( nSub>0 );
+ for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){
+ i -= apSub[j]->nOp;
+ assert( i<apSub[j]->nOp || j+1<nSub );
+ }
+ aOp = apSub[j]->aOp;
+ }
+
+ /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has
+ ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms
+ ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram
+ ** has not already been seen.
+ */
+ if( pSub!=0 && aOp[i].p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
+ int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){
+ if( apSub[j]==aOp[i].p4.pProgram ) break;
+ }
+ if( j==nSub ){
+ p->rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0);
+ if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
+ apSub[nSub++] = aOp[i].p4.pProgram;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pSub, MEM_Blob);
+ pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+ nRow += aOp[i].p4.pProgram->nOp;
+ }
+ }
+ if( eMode==0 ) break;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB
+ if( eMode==2 ){
+ Op *pOp = aOp + i;
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead ) break;
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite && (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_P2ISREG)==0 ) break;
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_ReopenIdx ) break;
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ assert( eMode==1 );
+ if( aOp[i].opcode==OP_Explain ) break;
+ if( aOp[i].opcode==OP_Init && iPc>1 ) break;
+ }
+ }
+ *piPc = iPc;
+ *piAddr = i;
+ *paOp = aOp;
+ return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB || !SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+
/*
** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are
@@ -79274,16 +79840,14 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */
){
- int nRow; /* Stop when row count reaches this */
- int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */
- SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */
Mem *pSub = 0; /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */
sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */
int i; /* Loop counter */
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[1]; /* First Mem of result set */
int bListSubprogs = (p->explain==1 || (db->flags & SQLITE_TriggerEQP)!=0);
- Op *pOp = 0;
+ Op *aOp; /* Array of opcodes */
+ Op *pOp; /* Current opcode */
assert( p->explain );
assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );
@@ -79303,14 +79867,6 @@
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the
- ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE.
- ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus
- ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered
- ** so far. The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are
- ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow.
- */
- nRow = p->nOp;
if( bListSubprogs ){
/* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set. So we will
** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers
@@ -79318,147 +79874,55 @@
** cells. */
assert( p->nMem>9 );
pSub = &p->aMem[9];
- if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){
- /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL. It is
- ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */
- nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*);
- apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
- }
- for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){
- nRow += apSub[i]->nOp;
- }
+ }else{
+ pSub = 0;
}
- while(1){ /* Loop exits via break */
- i = p->pc++;
- if( i>=nRow ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- break;
- }
- if( i<p->nOp ){
- /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the
- ** main program. */
- pOp = &p->aOp[i];
- }else{
- /* We are currently listing subprograms. Figure out which one and
- ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */
- int j;
- i -= p->nOp;
- assert( apSub!=0 );
- assert( nSub>0 );
- for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){
- i -= apSub[j]->nOp;
- assert( i<apSub[j]->nOp || j+1<nSub );
- }
- pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i];
- }
-
- /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has
- ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms
- ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram
- ** has not already been seen.
- */
- if( bListSubprogs && pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
- int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){
- if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break;
- }
- if( j==nSub ){
- p->rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0);
- if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- break;
- }
- apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
- apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram;
- pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob;
- pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*);
- nRow += pOp->p4.pProgram->nOp;
- }
- }
- if( p->explain<2 ) break;
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Explain ) break;
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && p->pc>1 ) break;
- }
+ /* Figure out which opcode is next to display */
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeNextOpcode(p, pSub, p->explain==2, &p->pc, &i, &aOp);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+ pOp = aOp + i;
+ if( AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) ){
p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
sqlite3VdbeError(p, sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
}else{
- char *zP4;
- if( p->explain==1 ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */
- pMem++;
-
- pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */
- assert( pMem->z!=0 );
- pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- pMem++;
- }
-
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */
- pMem++;
-
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */
- pMem++;
-
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */
- pMem++;
-
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 100) ){ /* P4 */
- assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- zP4 = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, pMem->szMalloc);
- if( zP4!=pMem->z ){
- pMem->n = 0;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+ char *zP4 = sqlite3VdbeDisplayP4(db, pOp);
+ if( p->explain==2 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, pOp->p1);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+1, pOp->p2);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+2, pOp->p3);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem+3, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
+ p->nResColumn = 4;
}else{
- assert( pMem->z!=0 );
- pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- }
- pMem++;
-
- if( p->explain==1 ){
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 4) ){
- assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- pMem->n = 2;
- sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- pMem++;
-
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+0, i);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem+1, (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode),
+ -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+2, pOp->p1);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+3, pOp->p2);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+4, pOp->p3);
+ /* pMem+5 for p4 is done last */
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+6, pOp->p5);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 500) ){
- assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ {
+ char *zCom = sqlite3VdbeDisplayComment(db, pOp, zP4);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem+7, zCom, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
}
- pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- pMem->n = displayComment(pOp, zP4, pMem->z, 500);
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
#else
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem+7);
#endif
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem+5, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
+ p->nResColumn = 8;
}
-
- p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1);
- p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+ p->pResultSet = pMem;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+ }
}
}
return rc;
@@ -79601,11 +80065,11 @@
** creating the virtual machine. This involves things such
** as allocating registers and initializing the program counter.
** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
-** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().
**
** This function may be called exactly once on each virtual machine.
** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready
-** to run. After this routine is called, further calls to
+** to run. After this routine is called, further calls to
** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited. This routine disconnects
** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the
** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be
@@ -79637,7 +80101,7 @@
nMem = pParse->nMem;
nCursor = pParse->nTab;
nArg = pParse->nMaxArg;
-
+
/* Each cursor uses a memory cell. The first cursor (cursor 0) can
** use aMem[0] which is not otherwise used by the VDBE program. Allocate
** space at the end of aMem[] for cursors 1 and greater.
@@ -79666,6 +80130,7 @@
};
int iFirst, mx, i;
if( nMem<10 ) nMem = 10;
+ p->explain = pParse->explain;
if( pParse->explain==2 ){
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(p, 4);
iFirst = 8;
@@ -79683,10 +80148,10 @@
p->expired = 0;
/* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in one or two
- ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused memory at the
+ ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused memory at the
** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory
** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second
- ** pass will fill in the remainder using a fresh memory allocation.
+ ** pass will fill in the remainder using a fresh memory allocation.
**
** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from
** the leftover memory at the end of the opcode array. This can significantly
@@ -79716,7 +80181,6 @@
p->pVList = pParse->pVList;
pParse->pVList = 0;
- p->explain = pParse->explain;
if( db->mallocFailed ){
p->nVar = 0;
p->nCursor = 0;
@@ -79736,7 +80200,7 @@
}
/*
-** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor
+** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor
** happens to hold.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
@@ -79818,7 +80282,7 @@
/*
** Close all cursors.
**
-** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory
+** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory
** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain
** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to
** open cursors.
@@ -79904,43 +80368,43 @@
** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
-** takes care of the master journal trickery.
+** takes care of the super-journal trickery.
*/
static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
int i;
int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction
** that are candidates for a two-phase commit using a
- ** master-journal */
+ ** super-journal */
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int needXcommit = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply
- ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used.
+ /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply
+ ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used.
*/
UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
#endif
/* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
- ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is
+ ** be done before determining whether a super-journal file is
** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
** to the transaction.
*/
rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, p);
/* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
- ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not
- ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than
- ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
+ ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not
+ ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than
+ ** one database file has an open write transaction, a super-journal
** file is required for an atomic commit.
- */
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ */
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
- /* Whether or not a database might need a master journal depends upon
+ /* Whether or not a database might need a super-journal depends upon
** its journal mode (among other things). This matrix determines which
- ** journal modes use a master journal and which do not */
+ ** journal modes use a super-journal and which do not */
static const u8 aMJNeeded[] = {
/* DELETE */ 1,
/* PERSIST */ 1,
@@ -79956,7 +80420,7 @@
if( db->aDb[i].safety_level!=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF
&& aMJNeeded[sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager)]
&& sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pPager)==0
- ){
+ ){
assert( i!=1 );
nTrans++;
}
@@ -79978,11 +80442,11 @@
/* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the
- ** master-journal.
+ ** super-journal.
**
** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
- ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In
- ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the
+ ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In
+ ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the
** simple case then too.
*/
if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt))
@@ -79995,7 +80459,7 @@
}
}
- /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1.
+ /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1.
** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
@@ -80012,61 +80476,62 @@
}
/* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
- ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
+ ** This requires a super-journal file to ensure the transaction is
** committed atomically.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
else{
sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
- char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */
+ char *zSuper = 0; /* File-name for the super-journal */
char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
- sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0;
+ sqlite3_file *pSuperJrnl = 0;
i64 offset = 0;
int res;
int retryCount = 0;
int nMainFile;
- /* Select a master journal file name */
+ /* Select a super-journal file name */
nMainFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zMainFile);
- zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mjXXXXXX9XXz%c%c", zMainFile, 0, 0);
- if( zMaster==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+ zSuper = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.4c%s%.16c", 0,zMainFile,0);
+ if( zSuper==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+ zSuper += 4;
do {
u32 iRandom;
if( retryCount ){
if( retryCount>100 ){
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ delete: %s", zMaster);
- sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ delete: %s", zSuper);
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0);
break;
}else if( retryCount==1 ){
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ collide: %s", zMaster);
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ collide: %s", zSuper);
}
}
retryCount++;
sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom);
- sqlite3_snprintf(13, &zMaster[nMainFile], "-mj%06X9%02X",
+ sqlite3_snprintf(13, &zSuper[nMainFile], "-mj%06X9%02X",
(iRandom>>8)&0xffffff, iRandom&0xff);
- /* The antipenultimate character of the master journal name must
+ /* The antipenultimate character of the super-journal name must
** be "9" to avoid name collisions when using 8+3 filenames. */
- assert( zMaster[sqlite3Strlen30(zMaster)-3]=='9' );
- sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster);
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+ assert( zSuper[sqlite3Strlen30(zSuper)-3]=='9' );
+ sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zSuper);
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zSuper, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
}while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res );
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Open the master journal. */
- rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster,
+ /* Open the super-journal. */
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zSuper, &pSuperJrnl,
SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
- SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
+ SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL, 0
);
}
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSuper-4);
return rc;
}
-
+
/* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
- ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
- ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
- ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
+ ** super-journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
+ ** and delete the super-journal file. All the individual journal files
+ ** still have 'null' as the super-journal pointer, so they will roll
** back independently if a failure occurs.
*/
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
@@ -80077,59 +80542,59 @@
continue; /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */
}
assert( zFile[0]!=0 );
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset);
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pSuperJrnl, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1,offset);
offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1;
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
- sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pSuperJrnl);
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSuper-4);
return rc;
}
}
}
- /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
+ /* Sync the super-journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
** flag is set this is not required.
*/
- if( 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL)
- && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))
+ if( 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pSuperJrnl)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL)
+ && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pSuperJrnl, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))
){
- sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
- sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pSuperJrnl);
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSuper-4);
return rc;
}
/* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
- ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
- ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
+ ** sets the super-journal pointer in each individual journal. If
+ ** an error occurs here, do not delete the super-journal file.
**
** If the error occurs during the first call to
** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
- ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
- ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
+ ** super-journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
+ ** in case the super-journal file name was written into the journal
** file before the failure occurred.
*/
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( pBt ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zSuper);
}
}
- sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pSuperJrnl);
assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY );
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSuper-4);
return rc;
}
- /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
+ /* Delete the super-journal file. This commits the transaction. After
** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
** transaction files are deleted.
*/
- rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- zMaster = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 1);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSuper-4);
+ zSuper = 0;
if( rc ){
return rc;
}
@@ -80143,7 +80608,7 @@
*/
disable_simulated_io_errors();
sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( pBt ){
sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1);
@@ -80159,7 +80624,7 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** This routine checks that the sqlite3.nVdbeActive count variable
** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
@@ -80195,10 +80660,10 @@
** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction,
** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or
** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement
-** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the
+** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the
** statement transaction is committed.
**
-** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned.
+** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned.
** Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
@@ -80211,7 +80676,7 @@
assert( db->nStatement>0 );
assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) );
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( pBt ){
@@ -80238,8 +80703,8 @@
}
}
- /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the
- ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when
+ /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the
+ ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when
** the statement transaction was opened. */
if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons;
@@ -80256,20 +80721,20 @@
/*
-** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database
-** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be
+** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database
+** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be
** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint
** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
**
-** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns
+** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns
** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY
** and write an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){
sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0)
- || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0)
+ if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0)
+ || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0)
){
p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY;
p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
@@ -80299,7 +80764,7 @@
/* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
- ** execution of this virtual machine.
+ ** execution of this virtual machine.
**
** If any of the following errors occur:
**
@@ -80337,16 +80802,16 @@
isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
|| mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
if( isSpecialError ){
- /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT,
- ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint
- ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a
+ /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT,
+ ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint
+ ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a
** consistent state.
**
** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform
- ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error
+ ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error
** occurred while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database
** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function
- ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore
+ ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore
** the pager to a consistent state.
*/
if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
@@ -80368,16 +80833,16 @@
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0);
}
-
- /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer
- ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction.
+
+ /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer
+ ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction.
**
- ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled
- ** above has occurred.
+ ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled
+ ** above has occurred.
*/
- if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db)
- && db->autoCommit
- && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0)
+ if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db)
+ && db->autoCommit
+ && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0)
){
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1);
@@ -80387,10 +80852,10 @@
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY;
- }else{
- /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful
+ }else{
+ /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful
** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign
- ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit
+ ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit
** is required. */
rc = vdbeCommit(db, p);
}
@@ -80424,7 +80889,7 @@
p->nChange = 0;
}
}
-
+
/* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to
** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to
** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement
@@ -80445,9 +80910,9 @@
p->nChange = 0;
}
}
-
+
/* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction
- ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter.
+ ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter.
*/
if( p->changeCntOn ){
if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
@@ -80478,7 +80943,7 @@
}
/* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held
- ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
+ ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks.
*/
if( db->autoCommit ){
@@ -80500,7 +80965,7 @@
/*
** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed
-** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be
+** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be
** returned by calls to sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg()).
**
** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just
@@ -80525,7 +80990,7 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
/*
-** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run,
+** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run,
** invoke it.
*/
static void vdbeInvokeSqllog(Vdbe *v){
@@ -80576,7 +81041,11 @@
*/
if( p->pc>=0 ){
vdbeInvokeSqllog(p);
- sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
+ if( db->pErr || p->zErrMsg ){
+ sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
+ }else{
+ db->errCode = p->rc;
+ }
if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1;
}else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
/* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
@@ -80589,15 +81058,17 @@
/* Reset register contents and reclaim error message memory.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and
+ /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and
** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */
if( p->apCsr ) for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr[i]==0 );
if( p->aMem ){
for(i=0; i<p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Undefined );
}
#endif
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = 0;
+ if( p->zErrMsg ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = 0;
+ }
p->pResultSet = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
p->nWrite = 0;
@@ -80641,7 +81112,7 @@
p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RESET;
return p->rc & db->errMask;
}
-
+
/*
** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is
** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
@@ -80662,8 +81133,8 @@
** the first argument.
**
** Or, if iOp is greater than or equal to zero, then the destructor is
-** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user
-** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of
+** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user
+** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of
** VM pVdbe, and only then if:
**
** * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting
@@ -80829,12 +81300,12 @@
** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor **pp, int *piCol){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor **pp, u32 *piCol){
VdbeCursor *p = *pp;
assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE || p->eCurType==CURTYPE_PSEUDO );
if( p->deferredMoveto ){
- int iMap;
- if( p->aAltMap && (iMap = p->aAltMap[1+*piCol])>0 ){
+ u32 iMap;
+ if( p->aAltMap && (iMap = p->aAltMap[1+*piCol])>0 && !p->nullRow ){
*pp = p->pAltCursor;
*piCol = iMap - 1;
return SQLITE_OK;
@@ -80966,7 +81437,7 @@
** The sizes for serial types less than 128
*/
static const u8 sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[] = {
- /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 */
+ /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 */
/* 0 */ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0,
/* 10 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3,
/* 20 */ 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 8, 8,
@@ -80989,19 +81460,19 @@
if( serial_type>=128 ){
return (serial_type-12)/2;
}else{
- assert( serial_type<12
+ assert( serial_type<12
|| sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]==(serial_type - 12)/2 );
return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type];
}
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(u8 serial_type){
assert( serial_type<128 );
- return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type];
+ return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type];
}
/*
-** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating
-** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the
+** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating
+** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the
** upper 4 bytes. Return the result.
**
** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
@@ -81023,7 +81494,7 @@
** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank
** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
-** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full
+** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full
** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the
** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point
** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems,
@@ -81053,7 +81524,7 @@
#endif
/*
-** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into
+** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into
** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
** Return the number of bytes written.
**
@@ -81064,7 +81535,7 @@
** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number
** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
-*/
+*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){
u32 len;
@@ -81118,7 +81589,7 @@
** The few cases that require local variables are broken out into a separate
** routine so that in most cases the overhead of moving the stack pointer
** is avoided.
-*/
+*/
static u32 serialGet(
const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */
u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */
@@ -81202,7 +81673,7 @@
/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01849-26079 Value is a big-endian 32-bit
** twos-complement integer. */
pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_INT(buf);
-#ifdef __HP_cc
+#ifdef __HP_cc
/* Work around a sign-extension bug in the HP compiler for HP/UX */
if( buf[0]&0x80 ) pMem->u.i |= 0xffffffff80000000LL;
#endif
@@ -81254,7 +81725,7 @@
** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within
** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably
** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should
-** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the
+** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the
** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL
** before returning.
**
@@ -81276,10 +81747,10 @@
}
/*
-** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the
+** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the
** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the
** contents of the decoded record.
-*/
+*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */
int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */
@@ -81287,7 +81758,7 @@
UnpackedRecord *p /* Populate this structure before returning. */
){
const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
- u32 d;
+ u32 d;
u32 idx; /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */
u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
u32 szHdr;
@@ -81313,7 +81784,7 @@
}
if( d>(u32)nKey && u ){
assert( CORRUPT_DB );
- /* In a corrupt record entry, the last pMem might have been set up using
+ /* In a corrupt record entry, the last pMem might have been set up using
** uninitialized memory. Overwrite its value with NULL, to prevent
** warnings from MSAN. */
sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem-1);
@@ -81357,13 +81828,13 @@
/* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized.
** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints.
- ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing
+ ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing
** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance
** impact, since this routine is a very high runner. And so, we choose
** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized.
*/
/* mem1.u.i = 0; // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */
-
+
idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
if( szHdr1>98307 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
d1 = szHdr1;
@@ -81384,7 +81855,7 @@
** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() in the common case.
*/
if( d1+(u64)serial_type1+2>(u64)nKey1
- && d1+(u64)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u64)nKey1
+ && d1+(u64)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u64)nKey1
){
break;
}
@@ -81400,7 +81871,7 @@
if( rc!=0 ){
assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */
if( (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[i] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL)
- && ((mem1.flags & MEM_Null) || (pPKey2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null))
+ && ((mem1.flags & MEM_Null) || (pPKey2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null))
){
rc = -rc;
}
@@ -81446,7 +81917,7 @@
** incorrectly.
*/
static void vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(
- int nKey, const void *pKey, /* The record to verify */
+ int nKey, const void *pKey, /* The record to verify */
const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo /* Compare size with this KeyInfo */
){
int nField = 0;
@@ -81472,7 +81943,7 @@
/*
** Both *pMem1 and *pMem2 contain string values. Compare the two values
** using the collation sequence pColl. As usual, return a negative , zero
-** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than
+** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than
** *pMem2, respectively. Similar in spirit to "rc = (*pMem1) - (*pMem2);".
*/
static int vdbeCompareMemString(
@@ -81596,7 +82067,7 @@
f2 = pMem2->flags;
combined_flags = f1|f2;
assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem1) && !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem2) );
-
+
/* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
** are NULL, return 0.
*/
@@ -81659,7 +82130,7 @@
}
assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc || pMem1->db->mallocFailed );
- assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ||
+ assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ||
pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
/* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
@@ -81674,7 +82145,7 @@
/* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */
}
-
+
/* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */
return sqlite3BlobCompare(pMem1, pMem2);
}
@@ -81682,7 +82153,7 @@
/*
** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that
-** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive
+** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive
** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value
** serialized according to serial_type. This function deserializes
** and returns the value.
@@ -81724,7 +82195,7 @@
/*
** This function compares the two table rows or index records
** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero
-** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or
+** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or
** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
** created by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2
** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
@@ -81733,12 +82204,12 @@
** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already
** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal.
**
-** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all
-** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is
+** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all
+** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is
** returned.
**
-** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to
-** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered,
+** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered,
** pPKey2->errCode is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and, if it is not NULL, the
** malloc-failed flag set on database handle (pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db).
*/
@@ -81772,13 +82243,13 @@
d1 = szHdr1;
i = 0;
}
- if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){
+ if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){
pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
return 0; /* Corruption */
}
VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
- assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nAllField>=pPKey2->nField
+ assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nAllField>=pPKey2->nField
|| CORRUPT_DB );
assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortFlags!=0 );
assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nKeyField>0 );
@@ -81815,7 +82286,7 @@
serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
if( serial_type>=10 ){
/* Serial types 12 or greater are strings and blobs (greater than
- ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future
+ ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future
** use", so it doesn't really matter what the results of comparing
** them to numberic values are. */
rc = +1;
@@ -81837,7 +82308,7 @@
/* RHS is a string */
else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Str ){
- getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
+ getVarint32NR(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
testcase( serial_type==12 );
if( serial_type<12 ){
rc = -1;
@@ -81863,7 +82334,7 @@
}else{
int nCmp = MIN(mem1.n, pRhs->n);
rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp);
- if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n;
+ if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n;
}
}
}
@@ -81871,7 +82342,7 @@
/* RHS is a blob */
else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Blob ){
assert( (pRhs->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 || pRhs->n==0 );
- getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
+ getVarint32NR(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
testcase( serial_type==12 );
if( serial_type<12 || (serial_type & 0x01) ){
rc = -1;
@@ -81932,8 +82403,8 @@
/* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and
** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc
** value. */
- assert( CORRUPT_DB
- || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc)
+ assert( CORRUPT_DB
+ || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc)
|| pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed
);
pPKey2->eqSeen = 1;
@@ -81948,8 +82419,8 @@
/*
-** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare()
-** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the
+** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare()
+** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the
** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single
** byte (i.e. is less than 128).
**
@@ -82004,7 +82475,7 @@
testcase( lhs<0 );
break;
}
- case 8:
+ case 8:
lhs = 0;
break;
case 9:
@@ -82012,11 +82483,11 @@
break;
/* This case could be removed without changing the results of running
- ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch
+ ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch
** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and
** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated
- ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other
- ** compilers might be similar. */
+ ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other
+ ** compilers might be similar. */
case 0: case 7:
return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2);
@@ -82030,7 +82501,7 @@
}else if( v<lhs ){
res = pPKey2->r2;
}else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
- /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing
+ /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing
** fields. */
res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
}else{
@@ -82045,9 +82516,9 @@
}
/*
-** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare()
+** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare()
** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field
-** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint
+** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint
** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte.
*/
static int vdbeRecordCompareString(
@@ -82060,10 +82531,13 @@
assert( pPKey2->aMem[0].flags & MEM_Str );
vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2->pKeyInfo);
- getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type);
+ serial_type = (u8)(aKey1[1]);
+ if( serial_type >= 0x80 ){
+ sqlite3GetVarint32(&aKey1[1], (u32*)&serial_type);
+ }
if( serial_type<12 ){
res = pPKey2->r1; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */
- }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){
+ }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){
res = pPKey2->r2; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */
}else{
int nCmp;
@@ -82115,7 +82589,7 @@
/* varintRecordCompareInt() and varintRecordCompareString() both assume
** that the size-of-header varint that occurs at the start of each record
** fits in a single byte (i.e. is 127 or less). varintRecordCompareInt()
- ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the
+ ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the
** maximum possible legal header size plus 8 bytes. Because there is
** guaranteed to be at least 74 (but not 136) bytes of padding following each
** buffer passed to varintRecordCompareInt() this makes it convenient to
@@ -82173,7 +82647,7 @@
/* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less
** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
- ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits
+ ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits
*/
assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
nCellKey = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCur);
@@ -82181,13 +82655,13 @@
/* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0);
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, &m);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset(pCur, (u32)nCellKey, &m);
if( rc ){
return rc;
}
/* The index entry must begin with a header size */
- (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
+ getVarint32NR((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
testcase( szHdr==3 );
testcase( szHdr==m.n );
testcase( szHdr>0x7fffffff );
@@ -82198,7 +82672,7 @@
/* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID.
** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */
- (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
+ getVarint32NR((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
testcase( typeRowid==1 );
testcase( typeRowid==2 );
testcase( typeRowid==3 );
@@ -82238,7 +82712,7 @@
**
** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry
-** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes
+** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes
** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
@@ -82263,7 +82737,7 @@
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0);
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, &m);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset(pCur, (u32)nCellKey, &m);
if( rc ){
return rc;
}
@@ -82274,7 +82748,7 @@
/*
** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'.
+** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
@@ -82331,7 +82805,7 @@
/*
** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound
-** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return
+** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return
** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_*
** constants) to the value before returning it.
**
@@ -82423,7 +82897,7 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
/*
-** If the second argument is not NULL, release any allocations associated
+** If the second argument is not NULL, release any allocations associated
** with the memory cells in the p->aMem[] array. Also free the UnpackedRecord
** structure itself, using sqlite3DbFree().
**
@@ -82477,7 +82951,7 @@
}
}
- assert( pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol
+ assert( pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol
|| (pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol+1 && op==SQLITE_DELETE && iReg==-1)
);
@@ -82586,7 +83060,7 @@
}
#endif
if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE ){
- db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE, db->pTraceArg, p, (void*)&iElapse);
+ db->trace.xV2(SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE, db->pTraceArg, p, (void*)&iElapse);
}
p->startTime = 0;
}
@@ -82868,7 +83342,7 @@
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value *pOld){
sqlite3ValueFree(pOld);
}
-
+
/**************************** sqlite3_result_ *******************************
** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
@@ -82909,9 +83383,9 @@
return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
void (*xDel)(void *)
){
assert( n>=0 );
@@ -82919,8 +83393,8 @@
setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
sqlite3_uint64 n,
void (*xDel)(void *)
){
@@ -82979,8 +83453,8 @@
pOut->flags |= MEM_Subtype;
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const char *z,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const char *z,
int n,
void (*xDel)(void *)
){
@@ -82988,8 +83462,8 @@
setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const char *z,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const char *z,
sqlite3_uint64 n,
void (*xDel)(void *),
unsigned char enc
@@ -83005,27 +83479,27 @@
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
void (*xDel)(void *)
){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
void (*xDel)(void *)
){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
void (*xDel)(void *)
){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
@@ -83055,7 +83529,7 @@
if( pCtx->pVdbe ) pCtx->pVdbe->rcApp = errCode;
#endif
if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Null ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1,
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1,
SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
}
@@ -83064,7 +83538,7 @@
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1,
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1,
SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
@@ -83081,7 +83555,7 @@
** a MEM_IntReal value. See the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESULT_INTREAL
** test-control.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResultIntReal(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResultIntReal(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Int ){
pCtx->pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Int;
@@ -83092,7 +83566,7 @@
/*
-** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It
+** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It
** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required.
*/
static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){
@@ -83121,7 +83595,7 @@
** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
**
** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
-** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a
+** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a
** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the
** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
*/
@@ -83135,15 +83609,15 @@
** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE. But beginning
** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would
** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error.
- ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility,
+ ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility,
** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by
** definition.
**
** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written
- ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE
+ ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE
** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change. As a
** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the
- ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the
+ ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the
** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED
** or SQLITE_BUSY error.
*/
@@ -83168,6 +83642,13 @@
if( p->pc<0 && p->expired ){
p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ if( (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0 ){
+ /* If this statement was prepared using saved SQL and an
+ ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the
+ ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
+ }
goto end_of_step;
}
if( p->pc<0 ){
@@ -83176,10 +83657,10 @@
** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
*/
if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+ AtomicStore(&db->u1.isInterrupted, 0);
}
- assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0
+ assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0
|| (db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0)
);
@@ -83223,35 +83704,27 @@
if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE && (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0 ){
+ /* If this statement was prepared using saved SQL and an
+ ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the
+ ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
}
}
db->errCode = rc;
if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){
p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+ if( (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0 ) rc = p->rc;
}
end_of_step:
- /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be
- ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy
- ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only
- ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc
- ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize()
- ** were called on statement p.
- */
- assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR
+ /* There are only a limited number of result codes allowed from the
+ ** statements prepared using the legacy sqlite3_prepare() interface */
+ assert( (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0
+ || rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR
|| (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE
);
- assert( (p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE) || p->rc==p->rcApp );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW
- && rc!=SQLITE_DONE
- && (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0
- ){
- /* If this statement was prepared using saved SQL and an
- ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the
- ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
- */
- rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
- }
return (rc&db->errMask);
}
@@ -83277,15 +83750,15 @@
int savedPc = v->pc;
rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement.
- ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded
- ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message
+ /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement.
+ ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded
+ ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message
** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
- ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is
+ ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is
** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
*/
- const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
+ const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg);
if( !db->mallocFailed ){
v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
@@ -83447,9 +83920,9 @@
** access code.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- int iArg,
- void *pAux,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ int iArg,
+ void *pAux,
void (*xDelete)(void*)
){
AuxData *pAuxData;
@@ -83491,7 +83964,7 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
-** Return the number of times the Step function of an aggregate has been
+** Return the number of times the Step function of an aggregate has been
** called.
**
** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is
@@ -83536,9 +84009,9 @@
** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined
** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical
** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */
- static const Mem nullMem
+ static const Mem nullMem
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__)
- __attribute__((aligned(8)))
+ __attribute__((aligned(8)))
#endif
= {
/* .u = */ {0},
@@ -83584,9 +84057,9 @@
}
/*
-** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a
+** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a
** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
-** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If
+** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If
** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
**
@@ -83625,8 +84098,8 @@
const void *val;
val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
/* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
- ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob()
- ** expression.
+ ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob()
+ ** expression.
*/
columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
return val;
@@ -83827,11 +84300,11 @@
/******************************* sqlite3_bind_ ***************************
-**
+**
** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
*/
/*
-** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the
+** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the
** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
**
@@ -83850,7 +84323,7 @@
if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
"bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql);
return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
}
@@ -83865,10 +84338,10 @@
pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
p->db->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
- /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then
+ /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then
** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan.
**
- ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host
+ ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57496-20354 If the specific value bound to a host
** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan
** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled,
** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call
@@ -83921,10 +84394,10 @@
** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const void *zData,
- int nData,
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const void *zData,
+ int nData,
void (*xDel)(void*)
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
@@ -83933,10 +84406,10 @@
return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const void *zData,
- sqlite3_uint64 nData,
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const void *zData,
+ sqlite3_uint64 nData,
void (*xDel)(void*)
){
assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
@@ -83996,20 +84469,20 @@
}
return rc;
}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const char *zData,
- int nData,
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const char *zData,
+ int nData,
void (*xDel)(void*)
){
return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const char *zData,
- sqlite3_uint64 nData,
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const char *zData,
+ sqlite3_uint64 nData,
void (*xDel)(void*),
unsigned char enc
){
@@ -84023,10 +84496,10 @@
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const void *zData,
- int nData,
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const void *zData,
+ int nData,
void (*xDel)(void*)
){
return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
@@ -84090,7 +84563,7 @@
/*
** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
-** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.
+** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
@@ -84235,7 +84708,7 @@
Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
u32 v;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
- if( !pStmt
+ if( !pStmt
|| (op!=SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED && (op<0||op>=ArraySize(pVdbe->aCounter)))
){
(void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
@@ -84314,8 +84787,8 @@
** if successful, or a NULL pointer if an OOM error is encountered.
*/
static UnpackedRecord *vdbeUnpackRecord(
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,
- int nKey,
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,
+ int nKey,
const void *pKey
){
UnpackedRecord *pRet; /* Return value */
@@ -84407,7 +84880,7 @@
** only. It returns zero if the change that caused the callback was made
** immediately by a user SQL statement. Or, if the change was made by a
** trigger program, it returns the number of trigger programs currently
-** on the stack (1 for a top-level trigger, 2 for a trigger fired by a
+** on the stack (1 for a top-level trigger, 2 for a trigger fired by a
** top-level trigger etc.).
**
** For the purposes of the previous paragraph, a foreign key CASCADE, SET NULL
@@ -84616,8 +85089,8 @@
/*
** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory
** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.nVdbeExec is 1, then the
-** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to
-** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1,
+** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to
+** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1,
** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended
** to each line of text.
**
@@ -84655,7 +85128,7 @@
char zBase[100]; /* Initial working space */
db = p->db;
- sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){
while( *zRawSql ){
@@ -84723,7 +85196,7 @@
nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT;
while( nOut<pVar->n && (pVar->z[nOut]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ nOut++; }
}
-#endif
+#endif
sqlite3_str_appendf(&out, "'%.*q'", nOut, pVar->z);
#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT
if( nOut<pVar->n ){
@@ -84916,7 +85389,7 @@
**
** In other words, if M is 2, then I is either 0 (for fall-through) or
** 1 (for when the branch is taken). If M is 3, the I is 0 for an
-** ordinary fall-through, I is 1 if the branch was taken, and I is 2
+** ordinary fall-through, I is 1 if the branch was taken, and I is 2
** if the result of comparison is NULL. For M=3, I=2 the jump may or
** may not be taken, depending on the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL flags in p5.
** When M is 4, that means that an OP_Jump is being run. I is 0, 1, or 2
@@ -85010,7 +85483,7 @@
u8 eCurType /* Type of the new cursor */
){
/* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
- ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a
+ ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a
** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
**
@@ -85031,14 +85504,14 @@
int nByte;
VdbeCursor *pCx = 0;
- nByte =
- ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField +
+ nByte =
+ ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField +
(eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0);
assert( iCur>=0 && iCur<p->nCursor );
if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
/* Before calling sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(), ensure the isEphemeral flag
- ** is clear. Otherwise, if this is an ephemeral cursor created by
+ ** is clear. Otherwise, if this is an ephemeral cursor created by
** OP_OpenDup, the cursor will not be closed and will still be part
** of a BtShared.pCursor list. */
if( p->apCsr[iCur]->pBtx==0 ) p->apCsr[iCur]->isEphemeral = 0;
@@ -85118,7 +85591,7 @@
** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
-** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a
+** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a
** floating-point representation if an integer representation
** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is
** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
@@ -85149,7 +85622,7 @@
}else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
/* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
- ** representation. It would be harmless to repeat the conversion if
+ ** representation. It would be harmless to repeat the conversion if
** there is already a string rep, but it is pointless to waste those
** CPU cycles. */
if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
@@ -85181,12 +85654,12 @@
}
/*
-** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*,
+** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*,
** not the internal Mem* type.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
- sqlite3_value *pVal,
- u8 affinity,
+ sqlite3_value *pVal,
+ u8 affinity,
u8 enc
){
applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
@@ -85221,7 +85694,7 @@
/*
** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or
-** none.
+** none.
**
** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags.
** But it does set pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i appropriately.
@@ -85364,8 +85837,8 @@
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-/*
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
+/*
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
** high-performance timing routines.
*/
/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/
@@ -85424,7 +85897,7 @@
__asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
return val;
}
-
+
#elif !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
__inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
@@ -85465,9 +85938,9 @@
/*
** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It
** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to
-** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the
+** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the
** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint.
-**
+**
** Usage:
**
** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
@@ -85507,7 +85980,7 @@
/*
** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can.
-** This is the core of sqlite3_step().
+** This is the core of sqlite3_step().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(
Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */
@@ -85525,9 +85998,9 @@
u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */
u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */
int iCompare = 0; /* Result of last comparison */
- unsigned nVmStep = 0; /* Number of virtual machine steps */
+ u64 nVmStep = 0; /* Number of virtual machine steps */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
- unsigned nProgressLimit; /* Invoke xProgress() when nVmStep reaches this */
+ u64 nProgressLimit; /* Invoke xProgress() when nVmStep reaches this */
#endif
Mem *aMem = p->aMem; /* Copy of p->aMem */
Mem *pIn1 = 0; /* 1st input operand */
@@ -85547,7 +86020,7 @@
assert( 0 < db->nProgressOps );
nProgressLimit = db->nProgressOps - (iPrior % db->nProgressOps);
}else{
- nProgressLimit = 0xffffffff;
+ nProgressLimit = LARGEST_UINT64;
}
#endif
if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
@@ -85556,12 +86029,14 @@
goto no_mem;
}
assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY );
+ testcase( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
assert( p->bIsReader || p->readOnly!=0 );
p->iCurrentTime = 0;
assert( p->explain==0 );
p->pResultSet = 0;
db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
- if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+ if( AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
@@ -85612,7 +86087,7 @@
test_trace_breakpoint((int)(pOp - aOp),pOp,p);
}
#endif
-
+
/* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens
** if we have a special test build.
@@ -85666,7 +86141,7 @@
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
pOrigOp = pOp;
#endif
-
+
switch( pOp->opcode ){
/*****************************************************************************
@@ -85707,7 +86182,7 @@
/* Opcode: Goto * P2 * * *
**
** An unconditional jump to address P2.
-** The next instruction executed will be
+** The next instruction executed will be
** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
** the program.
**
@@ -85737,7 +86212,7 @@
/* Opcodes that are used as the bottom of a loop (OP_Next, OP_Prev,
** OP_VNext, or OP_SorterNext) all jump here upon
** completion. Check to see if sqlite3_interrupt() has been called
- ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked.
+ ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked.
**
** This code uses unstructured "goto" statements and does not look clean.
** But that is not due to sloppy coding habits. The code is written this
@@ -85745,7 +86220,7 @@
** checks on every opcode. This helps sqlite3_step() to run about 1.5%
** faster according to "valgrind --tool=cachegrind" */
check_for_interrupt:
- if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+ if( AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
/* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
@@ -85757,13 +86232,13 @@
assert( db->nProgressOps!=0 );
nProgressLimit += db->nProgressOps;
if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg) ){
- nProgressLimit = 0xffffffff;
+ nProgressLimit = LARGEST_UINT64;
rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
}
#endif
-
+
break;
}
@@ -85885,6 +86360,7 @@
#endif
if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break;
/* Fall through into OP_Halt */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
/* Opcode: Halt P1 P2 * P4 P5
@@ -85898,7 +86374,7 @@
** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback
** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort,
** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
-** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction.
+** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction.
**
** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
**
@@ -85933,7 +86409,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
pcx = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){
- /* Instruction pcx is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program
+ /* Instruction pcx is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program
** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing
** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified
@@ -86021,7 +86497,7 @@
/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4'
**
-** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed
+** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed
** into a String opcode before it is executed for the first time. During
** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored
** as the P1 parameter.
@@ -86055,8 +86531,9 @@
pOp->opcode = OP_String;
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
/* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
-
+
/* Opcode: String P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)
**
@@ -86320,8 +86797,8 @@
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
- /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then
- ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows
+ /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then
+ ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows
** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that
** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode.
**
@@ -86366,7 +86843,7 @@
if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_ROW ){
- db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_ROW, db->pTraceArg, p, 0);
+ db->trace.xV2(SQLITE_TRACE_ROW, db->pTraceArg, p, 0);
}
@@ -86398,7 +86875,6 @@
pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
- testcase( pIn1==pIn2 );
testcase( pOut==pIn2 );
assert( pIn1!=pOut );
flags1 = pIn1->flags;
@@ -86475,15 +86951,15 @@
** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]
**
** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in
-** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is
+** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in
+** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is
** NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]
**
-** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by
-** register P1 and store the result in register P3.
+** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by
+** register P1 and store the result in register P3.
** If the value in register P1 is zero the result is NULL.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
@@ -86678,7 +87154,7 @@
/* Opcode: AddImm P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2
-**
+**
** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1.
** The result is always an integer.
**
@@ -86693,7 +87169,7 @@
}
/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
-**
+**
** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If the value
** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
@@ -86745,7 +87221,7 @@
** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1])
**
** Force the value in register P1 to be the type defined by P2.
-**
+**
** <ul>
** <li> P2=='A' → BLOB
** <li> P2=='B' → TEXT
@@ -86783,14 +87259,14 @@
** store the result of comparison in register P2.
**
** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made
** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
** back into the input registers P1 and P3. So this opcode can cause
** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
**
-** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL,
+** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL,
** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
** used to determine the results of the comparison. If both values
** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
@@ -86829,18 +87305,18 @@
** the result of comparison (0 or 1 or NULL) into register P2.
**
** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
-** reg(P3) is NULL then the take the jump. If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL
+** reg(P3) is NULL then the take the jump. If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL
** bit is clear then fall through if either operand is NULL.
**
** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made
** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
** back into the input registers P1 and P3. So this opcode can cause
** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
**
-** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL,
+** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL,
** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
** used to determine the results of the comparison. If both values
** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
@@ -86929,7 +87405,7 @@
if( (flags1 | flags3)&MEM_Str ){
if( (flags1 & (MEM_Int|MEM_IntReal|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
applyNumericAffinity(pIn1,0);
- testcase( flags3!=pIn3->flags );
+ testcase( flags3==pIn3->flags );
flags3 = pIn3->flags;
}
if( (flags3 & (MEM_Int|MEM_IntReal|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
@@ -86952,7 +87428,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn1, encoding, 1);
testcase( (flags1&MEM_Dyn) != (pIn1->flags&MEM_Dyn) );
flags1 = (pIn1->flags & ~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags1 & MEM_TypeMask);
- if( pIn1==pIn3 ) flags3 = flags1 | MEM_Str;
+ if( NEVER(pIn1==pIn3) ) flags3 = flags1 | MEM_Str;
}
if( (flags3 & MEM_Str)==0 && (flags3&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_IntReal))!=0 ){
testcase( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
@@ -87063,7 +87539,7 @@
** instruction. The permutation is stored in the P4 operand.
**
** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Compare that has
-** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should
+** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should
** occur immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
**
** The first integer in the P4 integer array is the length of the array
@@ -87103,10 +87579,10 @@
int p1;
int p2;
const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- int idx;
+ u32 idx;
CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
- int *aPermute; /* The permutation */
+ u32 *aPermute; /* The permutation */
if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE)==0 ){
aPermute = 0;
@@ -87126,7 +87602,7 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
if( aPermute ){
int k, mx = 0;
- for(k=0; k<n; k++) if( aPermute[k]>mx ) mx = aPermute[k];
+ for(k=0; k<n; k++) if( aPermute[k]>(u32)mx ) mx = aPermute[k];
assert( p1>0 && p1+mx<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 );
assert( p2>0 && p2+mx<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 );
}else{
@@ -87135,7 +87611,7 @@
}
#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
for(i=0; i<n; i++){
- idx = aPermute ? aPermute[i] : i;
+ idx = aPermute ? aPermute[i] : (u32)i;
assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p1+idx]) );
assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p2+idx]) );
REGISTER_TRACE(p1+idx, &aMem[p1+idx]);
@@ -87145,7 +87621,7 @@
bRev = (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[i] & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC);
iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[p1+idx], &aMem[p2+idx], pColl);
if( iCompare ){
- if( (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[i] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL)
+ if( (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[i] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL)
&& ((aMem[p1+idx].flags & MEM_Null) || (aMem[p2+idx].flags & MEM_Null))
){
iCompare = -iCompare;
@@ -87225,13 +87701,13 @@
** IS NOT FALSE operators.
**
** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store that
-** boolean (a 0 or 1) in register P2. Or if the value in register P1 is
+** boolean (a 0 or 1) in register P2. Or if the value in register P1 is
** NULL, then the P3 is stored in register P2. Invert the answer if P4
** is 1.
**
** The logic is summarized like this:
**
-** <ul>
+** <ul>
** <li> If P3==0 and P4==0 then r[P2] := r[P1] IS TRUE
** <li> If P3==1 and P4==1 then r[P2] := r[P1] IS FALSE
** <li> If P3==0 and P4==1 then r[P2] := r[P1] IS NOT TRUE
@@ -87251,7 +87727,7 @@
** Synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1]
**
** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store the
-** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is
+** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is
** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
*/
case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */
@@ -87366,7 +87842,7 @@
/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2
**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.
*/
case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
@@ -87431,7 +87907,7 @@
** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column
-** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1)
+** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1)
** values in the record, extract a NULL.
**
** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
@@ -87446,7 +87922,7 @@
** skipped for length() and all content loading can be skipped for typeof().
*/
case OP_Column: {
- int p2; /* column number to retrieve */
+ u32 p2; /* column number to retrieve */
VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */
BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */
u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
@@ -87464,10 +87940,10 @@
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( pC!=0 );
- p2 = pOp->p2;
+ p2 = (u32)pOp->p2;
/* If the cursor cache is stale (meaning it is not currently point at
- ** the correct row) then bring it up-to-date by doing the necessary
+ ** the correct row) then bring it up-to-date by doing the necessary
** B-Tree seek. */
rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(&pC, &p2);
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
@@ -87476,7 +87952,7 @@
pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
assert( pC!=0 );
- assert( p2<pC->nField );
+ assert( p2<(u32)pC->nField );
aOffset = pC->aOffset;
assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_VTAB );
assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_PSEUDO || pC->nullRow );
@@ -87561,19 +88037,19 @@
*/
if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){
/* If there is more header available for parsing in the record, try
- ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field
+ ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field
*/
if( pC->iHdrOffset<aOffset[0] ){
/* Make sure zData points to enough of the record to cover the header. */
if( pC->aRow==0 ){
memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem));
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->uc.pCursor, 0, aOffset[0], &sMem);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset(pC->uc.pCursor,aOffset[0],&sMem);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
zData = (u8*)sMem.z;
}else{
zData = pC->aRow;
}
-
+
/* Fill in pC->aType[i] and aOffset[i] values through the p2-th field. */
op_column_read_header:
i = pC->nHdrParsed;
@@ -87591,7 +88067,7 @@
offset64 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t);
}
aOffset[++i] = (u32)(offset64 & 0xffffffff);
- }while( i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr );
+ }while( (u32)i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr );
/* The record is corrupt if any of the following are true:
** (1) the bytes of the header extend past the declared header size
@@ -87681,7 +88157,7 @@
** 2. the length(X) function if X is a blob, and
** 3. if the content length is zero.
** So we might as well use bogus content rather than reading
- ** content from disk.
+ ** content from disk.
**
** Although sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() may read at most 8 bytes from the
** buffer passed to it, debugging function VdbeMemPrettyPrint() may
@@ -87775,6 +88251,17 @@
** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
**
** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity BLOB.
+**
+** The meaning of P5 depends on whether or not the SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM
+** compile-time option is enabled:
+**
+** * If SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM is enabled, then the P5 is the index
+** of the right-most table that can be null-trimmed.
+**
+** * If SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM is omitted, then P5 has the value
+** OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC if the OP_MakeRecord opcode is allowed to
+** accept no-change records with serial_type 10. This value is
+** only used inside an assert() and does not affect the end result.
*/
case OP_MakeRecord: {
Mem *pRec; /* The new record */
@@ -87797,13 +88284,13 @@
** like this:
**
** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 |
+ ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 |
** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** Data(0) is taken from register P1. Data(1) comes from register P1+1
** and so forth.
**
- ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the
+ ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the
** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
** of the record to data0.
@@ -87893,7 +88380,9 @@
** Give such values a special internal-use-only serial-type of 10
** so that they can be passed through to xUpdate and have
** a true sqlite3_value_nochange(). */
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM
assert( pOp->p5==OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC || CORRUPT_DB );
+#endif
pRec->uTemp = 10;
}else{
pRec->uTemp = 0;
@@ -87992,7 +88481,7 @@
}
nByte = nHdr+nData;
- /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store
+ /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store
** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
** sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize() could clobber the value before it is used).
@@ -88042,13 +88531,16 @@
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * *
+/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 p3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=count()
**
-** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index
-** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
+** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index
+** opened by cursor P1 in register P2.
+**
+** If P3==0, then an exact count is obtained, which involves visiting
+** every btree page of the table. But if P3 is non-zero, an estimate
+** is returned based on the current cursor position.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
case OP_Count: { /* out2 */
i64 nEntry;
BtCursor *pCrsr;
@@ -88056,14 +88548,17 @@
assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->uc.pCursor;
assert( pCrsr );
- nEntry = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(db, pCrsr, &nEntry);
- if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ if( pOp->p3 ){
+ nEntry = sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(pCrsr);
+ }else{
+ nEntry = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(db, pCrsr, &nEntry);
+ if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
pOut->u.i = nEntry;
goto check_for_interrupt;
}
-#endif
/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 *
**
@@ -88086,7 +88581,7 @@
zName = pOp->p4.z;
/* Assert that the p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open
- ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints.
+ ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints.
*/
assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 );
assert( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
@@ -88096,7 +88591,7 @@
if( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){
if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){
- /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write
+ /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write
** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles).
*/
sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot open savepoint - SQL statements in progress");
@@ -88120,7 +88615,7 @@
if( pNew ){
pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1);
-
+
/* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
** "transaction savepoint". */
if( db->autoCommit ){
@@ -88144,7 +88639,7 @@
/* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an
** an error is returned to the user. */
for(
- pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint;
+ pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint;
pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(pSavepoint->zName, zName);
pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext
){
@@ -88154,7 +88649,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeError(p, "no such savepoint: %s", zName);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}else if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
- /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are
+ /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are
** active write statements.
*/
sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot release savepoint - "
@@ -88163,8 +88658,8 @@
}else{
/* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so,
- ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction
- ** is committed.
+ ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction
+ ** is committed.
*/
int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint;
if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
@@ -88212,8 +88707,8 @@
}
}
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-
- /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all
+
+ /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all
** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */
while( db->pSavepoint!=pSavepoint ){
pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
@@ -88222,8 +88717,8 @@
db->nSavepoint--;
}
- /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on
- ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred
+ /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on
+ ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred
** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored
** when the savepoint was created. */
if( p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
@@ -88277,7 +88772,7 @@
db->autoCommit = 1;
}else if( desiredAutoCommit && db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){
/* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing
- ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first.
+ ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first.
*/
sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot commit transaction - "
"SQL statements in progress");
@@ -88306,7 +88801,7 @@
(!desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
(iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
"cannot commit - no transaction is active"));
-
+
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
@@ -88317,7 +88812,7 @@
**
** Begin a transaction on database P1 if a transaction is not already
** active.
-** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a
+** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a
** read-transaction is already active, it is upgraded to a write-transaction.
** If P2 is zero, then a read-transaction is started.
**
@@ -88376,12 +88871,12 @@
if( p->usesStmtJournal
&& pOp->p2
- && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1)
+ && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1)
){
assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
if( p->iStatement==0 ){
assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 );
- db->nStatement++;
+ db->nStatement++;
p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement;
}
@@ -88409,7 +88904,7 @@
*/
sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
- /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie
+ /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie
** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
** not reload the schema from the database file.
**
@@ -88419,7 +88914,7 @@
** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
- ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within
+ ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within
** a v-table method.
*/
if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){
@@ -88463,15 +88958,20 @@
break;
}
-/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * P5
**
** Write the integer value P3 into cookie number P2 of database P1.
** P2==1 is the schema version. P2==2 is the database format.
-** P2==3 is the recommended pager cache
-** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the
+** P2==3 is the recommended pager cache
+** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the
** database file used to store temporary tables.
**
** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
+**
+** If P2 is the SCHEMA_VERSION cookie (cookie number 1) then the internal
+** schema version is set to P3-P5. The "PRAGMA schema_version=N" statement
+** has P5 set to 1, so that the internal schema version will be different
+** from the database schema version, resulting in a schema reset.
*/
case OP_SetCookie: {
Db *pDb;
@@ -88488,7 +88988,7 @@
rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, pOp->p3);
if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){
/* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
- pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = pOp->p3;
+ pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = pOp->p3 - pOp->p5;
db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange;
}else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){
/* Record changes in the file format */
@@ -88508,8 +89008,8 @@
** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
**
** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
-** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3.
-** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for
+** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3.
+** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for
** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1
** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
@@ -88519,14 +89019,14 @@
** <ul>
** <li> <b>0x02 OPFLAG_SEEKEQ</b>: This cursor will only be used for
** equality lookups (implemented as a pair of opcodes OP_SeekGE/OP_IdxGT
-** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxGT)
+** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxLT)
** </ul>
**
** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
-** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
+** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
** object, then table being opened must be an [index b-tree] where the
-** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating
-** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
+** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating
+** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
** value, then the table being opened must be a [table b-tree] with a
** number of columns no less than the value of P4.
**
@@ -88549,7 +89049,7 @@
** <ul>
** <li> <b>0x02 OPFLAG_SEEKEQ</b>: This cursor will only be used for
** equality lookups (implemented as a pair of opcodes OP_SeekGE/OP_IdxGT
-** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxGT)
+** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxLT)
** </ul>
**
** See also: OP_OpenRead, OP_OpenWrite
@@ -88562,10 +89062,10 @@
** OPFLAG_P2ISREG bit is set in P5 - see below).
**
** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
-** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
+** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
** object, then table being opened must be an [index b-tree] where the
-** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating
-** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
+** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating
+** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
** value, then the table being opened must be a [table b-tree] with a
** number of columns no less than the value of P4.
**
@@ -88573,7 +89073,7 @@
** <ul>
** <li> <b>0x02 OPFLAG_SEEKEQ</b>: This cursor will only be used for
** equality lookups (implemented as a pair of opcodes OP_SeekGE/OP_IdxGT
-** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxGT)
+** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxLT)
** <li> <b>0x08 OPFLAG_FORDELETE</b>: This cursor is used only to seek
** and subsequently delete entries in an index btree. This is a
** hint to the storage engine that the storage engine is allowed to
@@ -88591,7 +89091,7 @@
case OP_ReopenIdx: {
int nField;
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- int p2;
+ u32 p2;
int iDb;
int wrFlag;
Btree *pX;
@@ -88622,7 +89122,7 @@
nField = 0;
pKeyInfo = 0;
- p2 = pOp->p2;
+ p2 = (u32)pOp->p2;
iDb = pOp->p3;
assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );
@@ -88641,7 +89141,7 @@
}
if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_P2ISREG ){
assert( p2>0 );
- assert( p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
+ assert( p2<=(u32)(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite );
pIn2 = &aMem[p2];
assert( memIsValid(pIn2) );
@@ -88678,16 +89178,14 @@
/* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable variable. Previous versions of
** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
- ** since moved into the btree layer. */
+ ** since moved into the btree layer. */
pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
open_cursor_set_hints:
assert( OPFLAG_BULKCSR==BTREE_BULKLOAD );
assert( OPFLAG_SEEKEQ==BTREE_SEEK_EQ );
testcase( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_BULKCSR );
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
testcase( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_SEEKEQ );
-#endif
sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(pCur->uc.pCursor,
(pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_BULKCSR|OPFLAG_SEEKEQ)));
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
@@ -88732,7 +89230,7 @@
** Synopsis: nColumn=P2
**
** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
-** The cursor is always opened read/write even if
+** The cursor is always opened read/write even if
** the main database is read-only. The ephemeral
** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
**
@@ -88757,12 +89255,12 @@
** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient
** indices in joins.
*/
-case OP_OpenAutoindex:
+case OP_OpenAutoindex:
case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
VdbeCursor *pCx;
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- static const int vfsFlags =
+ static const int vfsFlags =
SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
@@ -88782,7 +89280,7 @@
pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, CURTYPE_BTREE);
if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
pCx->isEphemeral = 1;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBtx,
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBtx,
BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5,
vfsFlags);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -88796,10 +89294,10 @@
*/
if( (pCx->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo)!=0 ){
assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBtx, (int*)&pCx->pgnoRoot,
- BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBtx, &pCx->pgnoRoot,
+ BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pCx->pgnoRoot==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
+ assert( pCx->pgnoRoot==SCHEMA_ROOT+1 );
assert( pKeyInfo->db==db );
assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBtx, pCx->pgnoRoot, BTREE_WRCSR,
@@ -88807,8 +89305,8 @@
}
pCx->isTable = 0;
}else{
- pCx->pgnoRoot = MASTER_ROOT;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBtx, MASTER_ROOT, BTREE_WRCSR,
+ pCx->pgnoRoot = SCHEMA_ROOT;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBtx, SCHEMA_ROOT, BTREE_WRCSR,
0, pCx->uc.pCursor);
pCx->isTable = 1;
}
@@ -88868,7 +89366,7 @@
**
** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
** row of data. The content of that one row is the content of memory
-** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the
+** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the
** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.
**
** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single
@@ -88933,21 +89431,23 @@
/* Opcode: SeekGE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
-** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
+** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this
-** opcode will always land on a record that equally equals the key, or
-** else jump immediately to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, this
-** opcode must be followed by an IdxLE opcode with the same arguments.
-** The IdxLE opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the
-** IdxLE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations.
+** opcode will either land on a record that exactly matches the key, or
+** else it will cause a jump to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ,
+** this opcode must be followed by an IdxLE opcode with the same arguments.
+** The IdxGT opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the
+** IdxGT opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations. The
+** OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flags is a hint to the btree layer to say that this
+** is an equality search.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
** from the beginning toward the end. In other words, the cursor is
@@ -88958,13 +89458,13 @@
/* Opcode: SeekGT P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
-** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
+** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than
** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
@@ -88973,16 +89473,16 @@
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
*/
-/* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+/* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
-** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
+** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than
** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
@@ -88994,13 +89494,13 @@
/* Opcode: SeekLE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
-** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
+** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
@@ -89008,11 +89508,13 @@
** configured to use Prev, not Next.
**
** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this
-** opcode will always land on a record that equally equals the key, or
-** else jump immediately to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, this
-** opcode must be followed by an IdxGE opcode with the same arguments.
+** opcode will either land on a record that exactly matches the key, or
+** else it will cause a jump to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ,
+** this opcode must be followed by an IdxLE opcode with the same arguments.
** The IdxGE opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the
-** IdxGE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations.
+** IdxGE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations. The
+** OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flags is a hint to the btree layer to say that this
+** is an equality search.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
*/
@@ -89049,7 +89551,7 @@
pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
if( pC->isTable ){
u16 flags3, newType;
- /* The BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is only set on index cursors */
+ /* The OPFLAG_SEEKEQ/BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is only set on index cursors */
assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ)==0
|| CORRUPT_DB );
@@ -89108,14 +89610,17 @@
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
}else{
- /* For a cursor with the BTREE_SEEK_EQ hint, only the OP_SeekGE and
- ** OP_SeekLE opcodes are allowed, and these must be immediately followed
- ** by an OP_IdxGT or OP_IdxLT opcode, respectively, with the same key.
+ /* For a cursor with the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ/BTREE_SEEK_EQ hint, only the
+ ** OP_SeekGE and OP_SeekLE opcodes are allowed, and these must be
+ ** immediately followed by an OP_IdxGT or OP_IdxLT opcode, respectively,
+ ** with the same key.
*/
if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ) ){
eqOnly = 1;
assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SeekGE || pOp->opcode==OP_SeekLE );
assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT );
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SeekGE || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT );
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SeekLE || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT );
assert( pOp[1].p1==pOp[0].p1 );
assert( pOp[1].p2==pOp[0].p2 );
assert( pOp[1].p3==pOp[0].p3 );
@@ -89209,7 +89714,7 @@
** Synopsis: seekHit=P2
**
** Set the seekHit flag on cursor P1 to the value in P2.
-* The seekHit flag is used by the IfNoHope opcode.
+** The seekHit flag is used by the IfNoHope opcode.
**
** P1 must be a valid b-tree cursor. P2 must be a boolean value,
** either 0 or 1.
@@ -89261,9 +89766,9 @@
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If
** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
-**
+**
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4
-** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1
+** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1
** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
** matching entry.
@@ -89307,7 +89812,7 @@
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If
** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
-**
+**
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4
** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2. If all terms of the
** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the
@@ -89331,6 +89836,7 @@
assert( pC!=0 );
if( pC->seekHit ) break;
/* Fall through into OP_NotFound */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
case OP_NoConflict: /* jump, in3 */
case OP_NotFound: /* jump, in3 */
@@ -89419,9 +89925,9 @@
**
** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer
** keys). If register P3 does not contain an integer or if P1 does not
-** contain a record with rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2.
+** contain a record with rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2.
** Or, if P2 is 0, raise an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain
-** a record with rowid P3 then
+** a record with rowid P3 then
** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next
** instruction.
**
@@ -89444,7 +89950,7 @@
** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer
** keys). P3 is an integer rowid. If P1 does not contain a record with
** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. Or, if P2 is 0, raise an
-** SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain a record with rowid P3 then
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain a record with rowid P3 then
** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next
** instruction.
**
@@ -89485,6 +89991,7 @@
goto notExistsWithKey;
}
/* Fall through into OP_NotExists */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
case OP_NotExists: /* jump, in3 */
pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 || pOp->opcode==OP_SeekRowid );
@@ -89527,7 +90034,7 @@
** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
** Write the sequence number into register P2.
** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
-** instruction.
+** instruction.
*/
case OP_Sequence: { /* out2 */
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
@@ -89547,9 +90054,9 @@
** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written
** written to register P2.
**
-** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds
+** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds
** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are
-** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum,
+** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum,
** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
@@ -89698,8 +90205,8 @@
** is part of an INSERT operation. The difference is only important to
** the update hook.
**
-** Parameter P4 may point to a Table structure, or may be NULL. If it is
-** not NULL, then the update-hook (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked
+** Parameter P4 may point to a Table structure, or may be NULL. If it is
+** not NULL, then the update-hook (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked
** following a successful insert.
**
** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
@@ -89801,7 +90308,7 @@
** the cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. As a result, in this case
-** it is ok to delete a record from within a Next loop. If
+** it is ok to delete a record from within a Next loop. If
** OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION bit of P5 is clear, then the cursor will be
** left in an undefined state.
**
@@ -89817,11 +90324,11 @@
** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with
** multiple rows.
**
-** If P4 is not NULL then it points to a Table object. In this case either
+** If P4 is not NULL then it points to a Table object. In this case either
** the update or pre-update hook, or both, may be invoked. The P1 cursor must
-** have been positioned using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode in
-** this case. Specifically, if one is configured, the pre-update hook is
-** invoked if P4 is not NULL. The update-hook is invoked if one is configured,
+** have been positioned using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode in
+** this case. Specifically, if one is configured, the pre-update hook is
+** invoked if P4 is not NULL. The update-hook is invoked if one is configured,
** P4 is not NULL, and the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag is set in P2.
**
** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set in P2, then P3 contains the address
@@ -89860,7 +90367,7 @@
/* If the update-hook or pre-update-hook will be invoked, set zDb to
** the name of the db to pass as to it. Also set local pTab to a copy
** of p4.pTab. Finally, if p5 is true, indicating that this cursor was
- ** last moved with OP_Next or OP_Prev, not Seek or NotFound, set
+ ** last moved with OP_Next or OP_Prev, not Seek or NotFound, set
** VdbeCursor.movetoTarget to the current rowid. */
if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(db) ){
assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
@@ -89878,20 +90385,20 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
/* Invoke the pre-update-hook if required. */
if( db->xPreUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.pTab ){
- assert( !(opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE)
- || HasRowid(pTab)==0
- || (aMem[pOp->p3].flags & MEM_Int)
+ assert( !(opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE)
+ || HasRowid(pTab)==0
+ || (aMem[pOp->p3].flags & MEM_Int)
);
sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(p, pC,
- (opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_DELETE,
+ (opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_DELETE,
zDb, pTab, pC->movetoTarget,
pOp->p3
);
}
if( opflags & OPFLAG_ISNOOP ) break;
#endif
-
- /* Only flags that can be set are SAVEPOISTION and AUXDELETE */
+
+ /* Only flags that can be set are SAVEPOISTION and AUXDELETE */
assert( (pOp->p5 & ~(OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION|OPFLAG_AUXDELETE))==0 );
assert( OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION==BTREE_SAVEPOSITION );
assert( OPFLAG_AUXDELETE==BTREE_AUXDELETE );
@@ -89944,7 +90451,7 @@
** Synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2
**
** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the
-** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that
+** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that
** the sorter cursor currently points to. Only the first P4 fields
** of r[P3] and the sorter record are compared.
**
@@ -90002,10 +90509,10 @@
/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
**
-** Write into register P2 the complete row content for the row at
+** Write into register P2 the complete row content for the row at
** which cursor P1 is currently pointing.
-** There is no interpretation of the data.
-** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as
+** There is no interpretation of the data.
+** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as
** it is found in the database file.
**
** If cursor P1 is an index, then the content is the key of the row.
@@ -90053,17 +90560,13 @@
*/
assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
-#if 0 /* Not required due to the previous to assert() statements */
- rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-#endif
n = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCrsr);
if( n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
goto too_big;
}
testcase( n==0 );
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset(pCrsr, n, pOut);
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
if( !pOp->p3 ) Deephemeralize(pOut);
UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
@@ -90158,7 +90661,7 @@
*/
/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1
** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
@@ -90260,13 +90763,14 @@
#endif
p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]++;
/* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1
** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty, jump immediately to P2.
-** If the table or index is not empty, fall through to the following
+** If the table or index is not empty, fall through to the following
** instruction.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
@@ -90436,19 +90940,11 @@
** run faster by avoiding an unnecessary seek on cursor P1. However,
** the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag must only be set if there have been no prior
** seeks on the cursor or if the most recent seek used a key equivalent
-** to P2.
+** to P2.
**
** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction
** for tables is OP_Insert.
*/
-/* Opcode: SorterInsert P1 P2 * * *
-** Synopsis: key=r[P2]
-**
-** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the
-** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key
-** into the sorter P1. Data for the entry is nil.
-*/
-case OP_SorterInsert: /* in2 */
case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */
VdbeCursor *pC;
BtreePayload x;
@@ -90457,38 +90953,66 @@
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, pC);
assert( pC!=0 );
- assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) );
+ assert( !isSorter(pC) );
pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
- assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE || pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert );
+ assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
assert( pC->isTable==0 );
rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(pC, pIn2);
- }else{
- x.nKey = pIn2->n;
- x.pKey = pIn2->z;
- x.aMem = aMem + pOp->p3;
- x.nMem = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->uc.pCursor, &x,
- (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)),
- ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0)
- );
- assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
- pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- }
+ x.nKey = pIn2->n;
+ x.pKey = pIn2->z;
+ x.aMem = aMem + pOp->p3;
+ x.nMem = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->uc.pCursor, &x,
+ (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)),
+ ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0)
+ );
+ assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
if( rc) goto abort_due_to_error;
break;
}
-/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * *
+/* Opcode: SorterInsert P1 P2 * * *
+** Synopsis: key=r[P2]
+**
+** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the
+** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key
+** into the sorter P1. Data for the entry is nil.
+*/
+case OP_SorterInsert: { /* in2 */
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, pC);
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ assert( isSorter(pC) );
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
+ assert( pC->isTable==0 );
+ rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
+ if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(pC, pIn2);
+ if( rc) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * P5
** Synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]
**
** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
-** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the
+** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the
** index opened by cursor P1.
+**
+** If P5 is not zero, then raise an SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX error
+** if no matching index entry is found. This happens when running
+** an UPDATE or DELETE statement and the index entry to be updated
+** or deleted is not found. For some uses of IdxDelete
+** (example: the EXCEPT operator) it does not matter that no matching
+** entry is found. For those cases, P5 is zero.
*/
case OP_IdxDelete: {
VdbeCursor *pC;
@@ -90505,7 +91029,6 @@
sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, pC);
pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor;
assert( pCrsr!=0 );
- assert( pOp->p5==0 );
r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3;
r.default_rc = 0;
@@ -90515,6 +91038,9 @@
if( res==0 ){
rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr, BTREE_AUXDELETE);
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }else if( pOp->p5 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX;
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
}
assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
@@ -90535,8 +91061,8 @@
**
** P4 may be an array of integers (type P4_INTARRAY) containing
** one entry for each column in the P3 table. If array entry a(i)
-** is non-zero, then reading column a(i)-1 from cursor P3 is
-** equivalent to performing the deferred seek and then reading column i
+** is non-zero, then reading column a(i)-1 from cursor P3 is
+** equivalent to performing the deferred seek and then reading column i
** from P1. This information is stored in P3 and used to redirect
** reads against P3 over to P1, thus possibly avoiding the need to
** seek and read cursor P3.
@@ -90605,7 +91131,7 @@
}
/* Opcode: FinishSeek P1 * * * *
-**
+**
** If cursor P1 was previously moved via OP_DeferredSeek, complete that
** seek operation now, without further delay. If the cursor seek has
** already occurred, this instruction is a no-op.
@@ -90625,9 +91151,9 @@
/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
-** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID
** fields at the end.
**
** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value
@@ -90636,9 +91162,9 @@
/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
-** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
+** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID
** fields at the end.
**
** If the P1 index entry is greater than the key value
@@ -90647,7 +91173,7 @@
/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against
** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or
** ROWID on the P1 index.
@@ -90658,7 +91184,7 @@
/* Opcode: IdxLE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against
** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or
** ROWID on the P1 index.
@@ -90732,15 +91258,15 @@
** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former
** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
** is stored in register P2. If no page movement was required (because the
-** table being dropped was already the last one in the database) then a
-** zero is stored in register P2. If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero
+** table being dropped was already the last one in the database) then a
+** zero is stored in register P2. If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero
** is stored in register P2.
**
** This opcode throws an error if there are any active reader VMs when
-** it is invoked. This is done to avoid the difficulty associated with
-** updating existing cursors when a root page is moved in an AUTOVACUUM
-** database. This error is thrown even if the database is not an AUTOVACUUM
-** db in order to avoid introducing an incompatibility between autovacuum
+** it is invoked. This is done to avoid the difficulty associated with
+** updating existing cursors when a root page is moved in an AUTOVACUUM
+** database. This error is thrown even if the database is not an AUTOVACUUM
+** db in order to avoid introducing an incompatibility between autovacuum
** and non-autovacuum modes.
**
** See also: Clear
@@ -90789,8 +91315,8 @@
** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
**
** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an
-** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change
-** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
+** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change
+** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is
** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
**
@@ -90798,13 +91324,13 @@
*/
case OP_Clear: {
int nChange;
-
+
sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, 0);
nChange = 0;
assert( p->readOnly==0 );
assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p2) );
rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(
- db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0)
+ db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, (u32)pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0)
);
if( pOp->p3 ){
p->nChange += nChange;
@@ -90828,7 +91354,7 @@
*/
case OP_ResetSorter: {
VdbeCursor *pC;
-
+
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( pC!=0 );
@@ -90853,7 +91379,7 @@
** The root page number of the new b-tree is stored in register P2.
*/
case OP_CreateBtree: { /* out2 */
- int pgno;
+ Pgno pgno;
Db *pDb;
sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, 0);
@@ -90886,7 +91412,7 @@
/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 *
**
-** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
+** Read and parse all entries from the schema table of database P1
** that match the WHERE clause P4. If P4 is a NULL pointer, then the
** entire schema for P1 is reparsed.
**
@@ -90895,12 +91421,12 @@
*/
case OP_ParseSchema: {
int iDb;
- const char *zMaster;
+ const char *zSchema;
char *zSql;
InitData initData;
/* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes
- ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking
+ ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking
** sqlite3InitCallback().
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
@@ -90923,14 +91449,15 @@
}else
#endif
{
- zMaster = MASTER_NAME;
+ zSchema = DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE;
initData.db = db;
initData.iDb = iDb;
initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
initData.mInitFlags = 0;
+ initData.mxPage = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
"SELECT*FROM\"%w\".%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid",
- db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z);
+ db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zSchema, pOp->p4.z);
if( zSql==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}else{
@@ -90944,7 +91471,7 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && initData.nInitRow==0 ){
/* The OP_ParseSchema opcode with a non-NULL P4 argument should parse
** at least one SQL statement. Any less than that indicates that
- ** the sqlite_master table is corrupt. */
+ ** the sqlite_schema table is corrupt. */
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, zSql);
@@ -90958,7 +91485,7 @@
}
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
- break;
+ break;
}
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE)
@@ -90972,7 +91499,7 @@
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1);
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- break;
+ break;
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */
@@ -90980,7 +91507,7 @@
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the table named P4 in database P1. This is called after a table
-** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep
+** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep
** the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
@@ -91008,7 +91535,7 @@
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the trigger named P4 in database P1. This is called after a trigger
-** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep
+** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep
** the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
@@ -91028,7 +91555,7 @@
**
** The register P3 contains one less than the maximum number of allowed errors.
** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported.
-** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are
+** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are
** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining.
**
** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integers
@@ -91041,7 +91568,7 @@
*/
case OP_IntegrityCk: {
int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */
- int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
+ Pgno *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */
char *z; /* Text of the error report */
Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
@@ -91050,7 +91577,7 @@
nRoot = pOp->p2;
aRoot = pOp->p4.ai;
assert( nRoot>0 );
- assert( aRoot[0]==nRoot );
+ assert( aRoot[0]==(Pgno)nRoot );
assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3];
assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
@@ -91108,7 +91635,7 @@
pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 || sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pIn1) );
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0
|| sqlite3RowSetNext((RowSet*)pIn1->z, &val)==0
){
/* The boolean index is empty */
@@ -91180,13 +91707,13 @@
/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
-** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM).
+** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM).
**
-** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory
-** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2
-** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE
-** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address
-** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the
+** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory
+** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2
+** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE
+** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address
+** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the
** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime.
**
** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program.
@@ -91206,17 +91733,17 @@
pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram;
pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3];
assert( pProgram->nOp>0 );
-
- /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is
+
+ /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is
** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program
** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set
** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear).
- **
- ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is
- ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one
- ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different
+ **
+ ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is
+ ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one
+ ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different
** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a
- ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token
+ ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token
** variable. */
if( pOp->p5 ){
t = pProgram->token;
@@ -91232,10 +91759,10 @@
/* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state
** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute
- ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt
+ ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt
** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */
if( (pRt->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 ){
- /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the
+ /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the
** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory
** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local
** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value.
@@ -91283,7 +91810,7 @@
}else{
pFrame = (VdbeFrame*)pRt->z;
assert( pRt->xDel==sqlite3VdbeFrameMemDel );
- assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem
+ assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem
|| (pProgram->nCsr==0 && pProgram->nMem+1==pFrame->nChildMem) );
assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr );
assert( (int)(pOp - aOp)==pFrame->pc );
@@ -91317,7 +91844,7 @@
int i;
for(i=0; i<p->nMem; i++){
aMem[i].pScopyFrom = 0; /* Prevent false-positive AboutToChange() errs */
- aMem[i].flags |= MEM_Undefined; /* Cause a fault if this reg is reused */
+ MemSetTypeFlag(&aMem[i], MEM_Undefined); /* Fault if this reg is reused */
}
}
#endif
@@ -91327,10 +91854,10 @@
/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * *
**
-** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the
-** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory
-** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames
-** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.*
+** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the
+** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory
+** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames
+** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.*
** and old.* values.
**
** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding
@@ -91342,7 +91869,7 @@
Mem *pIn;
pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
pFrame = p->pFrame;
- pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1];
+ pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1];
sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem);
break;
}
@@ -91354,8 +91881,8 @@
** Synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2
**
** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive).
-** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented
-** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the
+** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented
+** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the
** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints).
*/
case OP_FkCounter: {
@@ -91373,7 +91900,7 @@
** Synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2
**
** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero.
-** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next
+** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next
** instruction.
**
** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter
@@ -91399,7 +91926,7 @@
**
** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is
** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed
-** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of
+** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of
** its current value and the value in register P2.
**
** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
@@ -91459,7 +91986,7 @@
** and r[P2] is set to be the value of the LIMIT, r[P1].
**
** if r[P1] is zero or negative, that means there is no LIMIT
-** and r[P2] is set to -1.
+** and r[P2] is set to -1.
**
** Otherwise, r[P2] is set to the sum of r[P1] and r[P3].
*/
@@ -91491,7 +92018,7 @@
**
** Register P1 must contain an integer. If the content of register P1 is
** initially greater than zero, then decrement the value in register P1.
-** If it is non-zero (negative or positive) and then also jump to P2.
+** If it is non-zero (negative or positive) and then also jump to P2.
** If register P1 is initially zero, leave it unchanged and fall through.
*/
case OP_IfNotZero: { /* jump, in1 */
@@ -91525,7 +92052,7 @@
** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])
**
** Execute the xStep function for an aggregate.
-** The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the
+** The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the
** FuncDef structure that specifies the function. Register P3 is the
** accumulator.
**
@@ -91536,7 +92063,7 @@
** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] inverse(r[P2@P5])
**
** Execute the xInverse function for an aggregate.
-** The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the
+** The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the
** FuncDef structure that specifies the function. Register P3 is the
** accumulator.
**
@@ -91547,7 +92074,7 @@
** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])
**
** Execute the xStep (if P1==0) or xInverse (if P1!=0) function for an
-** aggregate. The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the
+** aggregate. The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the
** FuncDef structure that specifies the function. Register P3 is the
** accumulator.
**
@@ -91590,6 +92117,7 @@
pOp->opcode = OP_AggStep1;
/* Fall through into OP_AggStep */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
case OP_AggStep1: {
int i;
@@ -91663,7 +92191,7 @@
** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2
**
** P1 is the memory location that is the accumulator for an aggregate
-** or window function. Execute the finalizer function
+** or window function. Execute the finalizer function
** for an aggregate and store the result in P1.
**
** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
@@ -91702,7 +92230,7 @@
{
rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
}
-
+
if( rc ){
sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem));
goto abort_due_to_error;
@@ -91748,9 +92276,9 @@
}
for(i=0, pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; i<3; i++, pMem++){
sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, (i64)aRes[i]);
- }
+ }
break;
-};
+};
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
@@ -91776,9 +92304,9 @@
pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
eNew = pOp->p3;
- assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
- || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
- || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+ assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+ || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+ || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
|| eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
|| eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
|| eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
@@ -91797,7 +92325,7 @@
zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(pPager, 1);
/* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database
- ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory
+ ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory
*/
if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
&& (sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)==0 /* Temp file */
@@ -91817,12 +92345,12 @@
);
goto abort_due_to_error;
}else{
-
+
if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
/* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call
- ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log
- ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file
- ** after a successful return.
+ ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log
+ ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file
+ ** after a successful return.
*/
rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager, db);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -91833,7 +92361,7 @@
** as an intermediate */
sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF);
}
-
+
/* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal
** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal.
*/
@@ -91908,7 +92436,7 @@
** is executed using sqlite3_step() it will either automatically
** reprepare itself (if it was originally created using sqlite3_prepare_v2())
** or it will fail with SQLITE_SCHEMA.
-**
+**
** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
** then only the currently executing statement is expired.
**
@@ -91963,7 +92491,7 @@
** Synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3
**
** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
-** the shared-cache feature is enabled.
+** the shared-cache feature is enabled.
**
** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database
** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or
@@ -91977,7 +92505,7 @@
case OP_TableLock: {
u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3;
if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommit) ){
- int p1 = pOp->p1;
+ int p1 = pOp->p1;
assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, p1) );
assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
@@ -91997,7 +92525,7 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
**
-** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the
+** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the
** xBegin method for that table.
**
** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from
@@ -92017,7 +92545,7 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VCreate P1 P2 * * *
**
-** P2 is a register that holds the name of a virtual table in database
+** P2 is a register that holds the name of a virtual table in database
** P1. Call the xCreate method for that table.
*/
case OP_VCreate: {
@@ -92253,7 +92781,7 @@
/* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
- ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that
+ ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that
** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
*/
@@ -92281,7 +92809,7 @@
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
Mem *pName;
int isLegacy;
-
+
isLegacy = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyAlter);
db->flags |= SQLITE_LegacyAlter;
pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
@@ -92311,23 +92839,23 @@
**
** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values
-** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate
-** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the
+** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate
+** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the
** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate.
**
** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both.
** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3)
-** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no
-** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new
-** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new
-** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are
+** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no
+** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new
+** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new
+** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are
** the values of columns in the new row.
**
** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of
** a row to delete.
**
** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
-** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()
+** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()
** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
**
** P5 is the error actions (OE_Replace, OE_Fail, OE_Ignore, etc) to
@@ -92342,7 +92870,7 @@
Mem **apArg;
Mem *pX;
- assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback
+ assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback
|| pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace
);
assert( p->readOnly==0 );
@@ -92428,7 +92956,7 @@
#endif
/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@NP])
**
** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object that
** contains a pointer to the function to be run) with arguments taken
@@ -92437,7 +92965,7 @@
** The result of the function is stored
** in register P3. Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
**
-** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the
+** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the
** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
@@ -92447,7 +92975,7 @@
** See also: AggStep, AggFinal, PureFunc
*/
/* Opcode: PureFunc P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])
+** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@NP])
**
** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object that
** contains a pointer to the function to be run) with arguments taken
@@ -92456,7 +92984,7 @@
** The result of the function is stored
** in register P3. Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
**
-** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the
+** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the
** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
@@ -92579,18 +93107,17 @@
){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY ){
- void (*x)(void*,const char*) = (void(*)(void*,const char*))db->xTrace;
char *z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zTrace);
- x(db->pTraceArg, z);
+ db->trace.xLegacy(db->pTraceArg, z);
sqlite3_free(z);
}else
#endif
if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){
char *z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- %s", zTrace);
- (void)db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_STMT, db->pTraceArg, p, z);
+ (void)db->trace.xV2(SQLITE_TRACE_STMT, db->pTraceArg, p, z);
sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
}else{
- (void)db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_STMT, db->pTraceArg, p, zTrace);
+ (void)db->trace.xV2(SQLITE_TRACE_STMT, db->pTraceArg, p, zTrace);
}
}
#ifdef SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE
@@ -92786,7 +93313,7 @@
p->rc = rc;
sqlite3SystemError(db, rc);
testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
- sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s",
+ sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s",
(int)(pOp - aOp), p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db);
@@ -92803,7 +93330,7 @@
while( nVmStep>=nProgressLimit && db->xProgress!=0 ){
nProgressLimit += db->nProgressOps;
if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg) ){
- nProgressLimit = 0xffffffff;
+ nProgressLimit = LARGEST_UINT64;
rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
@@ -92811,8 +93338,8 @@
#endif
p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP] += (int)nVmStep;
sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nExtraDelete==0
- || sqlite3_strlike("DELETE%",p->zSql,0)!=0
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nExtraDelete==0
+ || sqlite3_strlike("DELETE%",p->zSql,0)!=0
);
return rc;
@@ -92836,10 +93363,8 @@
** flag.
*/
abort_due_to_interrupt:
- assert( db->u1.isInterrupted );
- rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
- p->rc = rc;
- sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+ assert( AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) );
+ rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
@@ -92896,7 +93421,7 @@
** sqlite3DbFree().
**
** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent
-** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will
+** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will
** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
*/
static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){
@@ -92904,7 +93429,7 @@
char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */
Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt;
- /* Set the value of register r[1] in the SQL statement to integer iRow.
+ /* Set the value of register r[1] in the SQL statement to integer iRow.
** This is done directly as a performance optimization
*/
v->aMem[1].flags = MEM_Int;
@@ -93048,7 +93573,7 @@
}
/* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
- ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key.
+ ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key.
*/
if( wrFlag ){
const char *zFault = 0;
@@ -93057,7 +93582,7 @@
if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
/* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It
** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent
- ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this
+ ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this
** case. */
FKey *pFKey;
for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
@@ -93091,8 +93616,8 @@
pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(&sParse);
assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed );
if( pBlob->pStmt ){
-
- /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified
+
+ /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified
** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
@@ -93100,11 +93625,11 @@
**
** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
- ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and
+ ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and
** blob_bytes() functions.
**
** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
- ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the
+ ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the
** transaction.
*/
static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
@@ -93121,7 +93646,7 @@
int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
VdbeOp *aOp;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, wrFlag,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, wrFlag,
pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie,
pTab->pSchema->iGeneration);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
@@ -93129,7 +93654,7 @@
aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(openBlob), openBlob, iLn);
/* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
- sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
assert( aOp!=0 );
@@ -93145,17 +93670,17 @@
if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
#endif
- /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2
+ /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2
** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */
if( wrFlag ) aOp[1].opcode = OP_OpenWrite;
aOp[1].p2 = pTab->tnum;
- aOp[1].p3 = iDb;
+ aOp[1].p3 = iDb;
/* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to
** think that the table has one more column than it really
** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
- ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type
+ ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type
** and offset cache without causing any IO.
*/
aOp[1].p4type = P4_INT32;
@@ -93168,7 +93693,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, &sParse);
}
}
-
+
pBlob->iCol = iCol;
pBlob->db = db;
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
@@ -93219,10 +93744,10 @@
** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
*/
static int blobReadWrite(
- sqlite3_blob *pBlob,
- void *z,
- int n,
- int iOffset,
+ sqlite3_blob *pBlob,
+ void *z,
+ int n,
+ int iOffset,
int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
){
int rc;
@@ -93252,14 +93777,14 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
if( xCall==sqlite3BtreePutData && db->xPreUpdateCallback ){
- /* If a pre-update hook is registered and this is a write cursor,
- ** invoke it here.
- **
+ /* If a pre-update hook is registered and this is a write cursor,
+ ** invoke it here.
+ **
** TODO: The preupdate-hook is passed SQLITE_DELETE, even though this
** operation should really be an SQLITE_UPDATE. This is probably
- ** incorrect, but is convenient because at this point the new.* values
- ** are not easily obtainable. And for the sessions module, an
- ** SQLITE_UPDATE where the PK columns do not change is handled in the
+ ** incorrect, but is convenient because at this point the new.* values
+ ** are not easily obtainable. And for the sessions module, an
+ ** SQLITE_UPDATE where the PK columns do not change is handled in the
** same way as an SQLITE_DELETE (the SQLITE_DELETE code is actually
** slightly more efficient). Since you cannot write to a PK column
** using the incremental-blob API, this works. For the sessions module
@@ -93319,8 +93844,8 @@
**
** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the
-** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all
-** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close())
+** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all
+** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close())
** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){
@@ -93414,7 +93939,7 @@
** is like Close() followed by Init() only
** much faster.
**
-** The interfaces above must be called in a particular order. Write() can
+** The interfaces above must be called in a particular order. Write() can
** only occur in between Init()/Reset() and Rewind(). Next(), Rowkey(), and
** Compare() can only occur in between Rewind() and Close()/Reset(). i.e.
**
@@ -93422,16 +93947,16 @@
** for each record: Write()
** Rewind()
** Rowkey()/Compare()
-** Next()
+** Next()
** Close()
**
** Algorithm:
**
-** Records passed to the sorter via calls to Write() are initially held
+** Records passed to the sorter via calls to Write() are initially held
** unsorted in main memory. Assuming the amount of memory used never exceeds
** a threshold, when Rewind() is called the set of records is sorted using
** an in-memory merge sort. In this case, no temporary files are required
-** and subsequent calls to Rowkey(), Next() and Compare() read records
+** and subsequent calls to Rowkey(), Next() and Compare() read records
** directly from main memory.
**
** If the amount of space used to store records in main memory exceeds the
@@ -93441,10 +93966,10 @@
** of PMAs may be created by merging existing PMAs together - for example
** merging two or more level-0 PMAs together creates a level-1 PMA.
**
-** The threshold for the amount of main memory to use before flushing
+** The threshold for the amount of main memory to use before flushing
** records to a PMA is roughly the same as the limit configured for the
-** page-cache of the main database. Specifically, the threshold is set to
-** the value returned by "PRAGMA main.page_size" multipled by
+** page-cache of the main database. Specifically, the threshold is set to
+** the value returned by "PRAGMA main.page_size" multipled by
** that returned by "PRAGMA main.cache_size", in bytes.
**
** If the sorter is running in single-threaded mode, then all PMAs generated
@@ -93461,7 +93986,7 @@
** than zero, and (b) worker threads have been enabled at runtime by calling
** "PRAGMA threads=N" with some value of N greater than 0.
**
-** When Rewind() is called, any data remaining in memory is flushed to a
+** When Rewind() is called, any data remaining in memory is flushed to a
** final PMA. So at this point the data is stored in some number of sorted
** PMAs within temporary files on disk.
**
@@ -93473,16 +93998,16 @@
**
** Or, if running in multi-threaded mode, then a background thread is
** launched to merge the existing PMAs. Once the background thread has
-** merged T bytes of data into a single sorted PMA, the main thread
+** merged T bytes of data into a single sorted PMA, the main thread
** begins reading keys from that PMA while the background thread proceeds
** with merging the next T bytes of data. And so on.
**
-** Parameter T is set to half the value of the memory threshold used
+** Parameter T is set to half the value of the memory threshold used
** by Write() above to determine when to create a new PMA.
**
-** If there are more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total when
-** Rewind() is called, then a hierarchy of incremental-merges is used.
-** First, T bytes of data from the first SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on
+** If there are more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total when
+** Rewind() is called, then a hierarchy of incremental-merges is used.
+** First, T bytes of data from the first SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on
** disk are merged together. Then T bytes of data from the second set, and
** so on, such that no operation ever merges more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT
** PMAs at a time. This done is to improve locality.
@@ -93497,7 +94022,7 @@
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
-/*
+/*
** If SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS is defined, this module outputs various
** messages to stderr that may be helpful in understanding the performance
** characteristics of the sorter in multi-threaded mode.
@@ -93526,7 +94051,7 @@
typedef struct IncrMerger IncrMerger; /* Read & merge multiple PMAs */
/*
-** A container for a temp file handle and the current amount of data
+** A container for a temp file handle and the current amount of data
** stored in the file.
*/
struct SorterFile {
@@ -93566,17 +94091,17 @@
** the MergeEngine.nTree variable.
**
** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing
-** pairs of PMA keys together. Element i contains the result of
+** pairs of PMA keys together. Element i contains the result of
** comparing aReadr[2*i-N] and aReadr[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the
-** aTree element is set to the index of it.
+** aTree element is set to the index of it.
**
** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any
** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF
** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored.
**
-** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described
+** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described
** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 PmaReaders
-** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the PmaReader that
+** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the PmaReader that
** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused.
**
** Example:
@@ -93592,7 +94117,7 @@
**
** aTree[] = { X, 5 0, 5 0, 3, 5, 6 }
**
-** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by
+** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by
** PmaReader 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, PmaReader 5 will
** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is
** "Eggplant":
@@ -93633,8 +94158,8 @@
** each thread requries its own UnpackedRecord object to unpack records in
** as part of comparison operations.
**
-** Before a background thread is launched, variable bDone is set to 0. Then,
-** right before it exits, the thread itself sets bDone to 1. This is used for
+** Before a background thread is launched, variable bDone is set to 0. Then,
+** right before it exits, the thread itself sets bDone to 1. This is used for
** two purposes:
**
** 1. When flushing the contents of memory to a level-0 PMA on disk, to
@@ -93665,7 +94190,7 @@
/*
-** Main sorter structure. A single instance of this is allocated for each
+** Main sorter structure. A single instance of this is allocated for each
** sorter cursor created by the VDBE.
**
** mxKeysize:
@@ -93721,21 +94246,21 @@
};
/*
-** Normally, a PmaReader object iterates through an existing PMA stored
+** Normally, a PmaReader object iterates through an existing PMA stored
** within a temp file. However, if the PmaReader.pIncr variable points to
** an object of the following type, it may be used to iterate/merge through
** multiple PMAs simultaneously.
**
-** There are two types of IncrMerger object - single (bUseThread==0) and
-** multi-threaded (bUseThread==1).
+** There are two types of IncrMerger object - single (bUseThread==0) and
+** multi-threaded (bUseThread==1).
**
-** A multi-threaded IncrMerger object uses two temporary files - aFile[0]
-** and aFile[1]. Neither file is allowed to grow to more than mxSz bytes in
-** size. When the IncrMerger is initialized, it reads enough data from
-** pMerger to populate aFile[0]. It then sets variables within the
-** corresponding PmaReader object to read from that file and kicks off
-** a background thread to populate aFile[1] with the next mxSz bytes of
-** sorted record data from pMerger.
+** A multi-threaded IncrMerger object uses two temporary files - aFile[0]
+** and aFile[1]. Neither file is allowed to grow to more than mxSz bytes in
+** size. When the IncrMerger is initialized, it reads enough data from
+** pMerger to populate aFile[0]. It then sets variables within the
+** corresponding PmaReader object to read from that file and kicks off
+** a background thread to populate aFile[1] with the next mxSz bytes of
+** sorted record data from pMerger.
**
** When the PmaReader reaches the end of aFile[0], it blocks until the
** background thread has finished populating aFile[1]. It then exchanges
@@ -93746,7 +94271,7 @@
**
** A single-threaded IncrMerger does not open any temporary files of its
** own. Instead, it has exclusive access to mxSz bytes of space beginning
-** at offset iStartOff of file pTask->file2. And instead of using a
+** at offset iStartOff of file pTask->file2. And instead of using a
** background thread to prepare data for the PmaReader, with a single
** threaded IncrMerger the allocate part of pTask->file2 is "refilled" with
** keys from pMerger by the calling thread whenever the PmaReader runs out
@@ -93858,7 +94383,7 @@
assert( p->aBuffer );
- /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next
+ /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next
** p->nBuffer bytes of data from the file into it. Or, if there are less
** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data. */
iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
@@ -93879,11 +94404,11 @@
assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ );
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
- nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf;
+ nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf;
if( nByte<=nAvail ){
/* The requested data is available in the in-memory buffer. In this
- ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a
+ ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a
** pointer into the buffer to the caller. */
*ppOut = &p->aBuffer[iBuf];
p->iReadOff += nByte;
@@ -93962,7 +94487,7 @@
/*
** Attempt to memory map file pFile. If successful, set *pp to point to the
-** new mapping and return SQLITE_OK. If the mapping is not attempted
+** new mapping and return SQLITE_OK. If the mapping is not attempted
** (because the file is too large or the VFS layer is configured not to use
** mmap), return SQLITE_OK and set *pp to NULL.
**
@@ -93983,7 +94508,7 @@
/*
** Attach PmaReader pReadr to file pFile (if it is not already attached to
-** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file. Return SQLITE_OK
+** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file. Return SQLITE_OK
** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
*/
static int vdbePmaReaderSeek(
@@ -94073,11 +94598,11 @@
/*
** Initialize PmaReader pReadr to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile
-** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function
-** leaves the PmaReader pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the
+** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function
+** leaves the PmaReader pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the
** PMA is empty).
**
-** If the pnByte parameter is NULL, then it is assumed that the file
+** If the pnByte parameter is NULL, then it is assumed that the file
** contains a single PMA, and that that PMA omits the initial length varint.
*/
static int vdbePmaReaderInit(
@@ -94110,7 +94635,7 @@
/*
** A version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that it has already been
-** determined that the first field of key1 is equal to the first field of
+** determined that the first field of key1 is equal to the first field of
** key2.
*/
static int vdbeSorterCompareTail(
@@ -94128,7 +94653,7 @@
}
/*
-** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2,
+** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2,
** size nKey2 bytes). Use (pTask->pKeyInfo) for the collation sequences
** used by the comparison. Return the result of the comparison.
**
@@ -94174,8 +94699,8 @@
int n2;
int res;
- getVarint32(&p1[1], n1);
- getVarint32(&p2[1], n2);
+ getVarint32NR(&p1[1], n1);
+ getVarint32NR(&p2[1], n2);
res = memcmp(v1, v2, (MIN(n1, n2) - 13)/2);
if( res==0 ){
res = n1 - n2;
@@ -94274,7 +94799,7 @@
** is non-zero and the sorter is able to guarantee a stable sort, nField
** is used instead. This is used when sorting records for a CREATE INDEX
** statement. In this case, keys are always delivered to the sorter in
-** order of the primary key, which happens to be make up the final part
+** order of the primary key, which happens to be make up the final part
** of the records being sorted. So if the sort is stable, there is never
** any reason to compare PK fields and they can be ignored for a small
** performance boost.
@@ -94371,7 +94896,7 @@
}
}
- if( pKeyInfo->nAllField<13
+ if( pKeyInfo->nAllField<13
&& (pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 || pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==db->pDfltColl)
&& (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[0] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL)==0
){
@@ -94396,7 +94921,7 @@
}
/*
-** Free all resources owned by the object indicated by argument pTask. All
+** Free all resources owned by the object indicated by argument pTask. All
** fields of *pTask are zeroed before returning.
*/
static void vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(sqlite3 *db, SortSubtask *pTask){
@@ -94495,7 +95020,7 @@
}
/*
-** Join all outstanding threads launched by SorterWrite() to create
+** Join all outstanding threads launched by SorterWrite() to create
** level-0 PMAs.
*/
static int vdbeSorterJoinAll(VdbeSorter *pSorter, int rcin){
@@ -94504,10 +95029,10 @@
/* This function is always called by the main user thread.
**
- ** If this function is being called after SorterRewind() has been called,
+ ** If this function is being called after SorterRewind() has been called,
** it is possible that thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread
** is currently attempt to join one of the other threads. To avoid a race
- ** condition where this thread also attempts to join the same object, join
+ ** condition where this thread also attempts to join the same object, join
** thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread first. */
for(i=pSorter->nTask-1; i>=0; i--){
SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i];
@@ -94679,8 +95204,8 @@
}
/*
-** If it has not already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord
-** structure at pTask->pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK if successful (or
+** If it has not already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord
+** structure at pTask->pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK if successful (or
** if no allocation was required), or SQLITE_NOMEM otherwise.
*/
static int vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(SortSubtask *pTask){
@@ -94743,14 +95268,14 @@
if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER ){
return vdbeSorterCompareInt;
}else if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_TEXT ){
- return vdbeSorterCompareText;
+ return vdbeSorterCompareText;
}
return vdbeSorterCompare;
}
/*
-** Sort the linked list of records headed at pTask->pList. Return
-** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if
+** Sort the linked list of records headed at pTask->pList. Return
+** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if
** an error occurs.
*/
static int vdbeSorterSort(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){
@@ -94795,8 +95320,8 @@
}
pList->pList = p;
- assert( pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_OK
- || pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_NOMEM
+ assert( pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_OK
+ || pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
return pTask->pUnpacked->errCode;
}
@@ -94837,8 +95362,8 @@
memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->iBufEnd], &pData[nData-nRem], nCopy);
p->iBufEnd += nCopy;
if( p->iBufEnd==p->nBuffer ){
- p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd,
- &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart,
+ p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd,
+ &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart,
p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
);
p->iBufStart = p->iBufEnd = 0;
@@ -94853,7 +95378,7 @@
/*
** Flush any buffered data to disk and clean up the PMA-writer object.
** The results of using the PMA-writer after this call are undefined.
-** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not
+** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not
** required. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code.
**
** Before returning, set *piEof to the offset immediately following the
@@ -94862,8 +95387,8 @@
static int vdbePmaWriterFinish(PmaWriter *p, i64 *piEof){
int rc;
if( p->eFWErr==0 && ALWAYS(p->aBuffer) && p->iBufEnd>p->iBufStart ){
- p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd,
- &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart,
+ p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd,
+ &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart,
p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
);
}
@@ -94875,11 +95400,11 @@
}
/*
-** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the PMA. Return
+** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the PMA. Return
** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
*/
static void vdbePmaWriteVarint(PmaWriter *p, u64 iVal){
- int nByte;
+ int nByte;
u8 aByte[10];
nByte = sqlite3PutVarint(aByte, iVal);
vdbePmaWriteBlob(p, aByte, nByte);
@@ -94887,7 +95412,7 @@
/*
** Write the current contents of in-memory linked-list pList to a level-0
-** PMA in the temp file belonging to sub-task pTask. Return SQLITE_OK if
+** PMA in the temp file belonging to sub-task pTask. Return SQLITE_OK if
** successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
**
** The format of a PMA is:
@@ -94895,8 +95420,8 @@
** * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content
** in the PMA (not including the varint itself).
**
-** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys.
-** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the
+** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys.
+** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the
** key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data.
*/
static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){
@@ -94905,7 +95430,7 @@
PmaWriter writer; /* Object used to write to the file */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- /* Set iSz to the expected size of file pTask->file after writing the PMA.
+ /* Set iSz to the expected size of file pTask->file after writing the PMA.
** This is used by an assert() statement at the end of this function. */
i64 iSz = pList->szPMA + sqlite3VarintLen(pList->szPMA) + pTask->file.iEof;
#endif
@@ -95058,7 +95583,7 @@
SortSubtask *pTask = 0; /* Thread context used to create new PMA */
int nWorker = (pSorter->nTask-1);
- /* Set the flag to indicate that at least one PMA has been written.
+ /* Set the flag to indicate that at least one PMA has been written.
** Or will be, anyhow. */
pSorter->bUsePMA = 1;
@@ -95068,7 +95593,7 @@
** the background thread from a sub-tasks previous turn is still running,
** skip it. If the first (pSorter->nTask-1) sub-tasks are all still busy,
** fall back to using the final sub-task. The first (pSorter->nTask-1)
- ** sub-tasks are prefered as they use background threads - the final
+ ** sub-tasks are prefered as they use background threads - the final
** sub-task uses the main thread. */
for(i=0; i<nWorker; i++){
int iTest = (pSorter->iPrev + i + 1) % nWorker;
@@ -95132,7 +95657,7 @@
assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER );
pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter;
- getVarint32((const u8*)&pVal->z[1], t);
+ getVarint32NR((const u8*)&pVal->z[1], t);
if( t>0 && t<10 && t!=7 ){
pSorter->typeMask &= SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER;
}else if( t>10 && (t & 0x01) ){
@@ -95149,14 +95674,14 @@
** If using the single large allocation mode (pSorter->aMemory!=0), then
** flush the contents of memory to a new PMA if (a) at least one value is
** already in memory and (b) the new value will not fit in memory.
- **
+ **
** Or, if using separate allocations for each record, flush the contents
** of memory to a PMA if either of the following are true:
**
- ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater
+ ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater
** than (page-size * cache-size), or
**
- ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater
+ ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater
** than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true.
*/
nReq = pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord);
@@ -95295,11 +95820,11 @@
** aFile[0] such that the PmaReader should start rereading it from the
** beginning.
**
-** For single-threaded objects, this is accomplished by literally reading
-** keys from pIncr->pMerger and repopulating aFile[0].
+** For single-threaded objects, this is accomplished by literally reading
+** keys from pIncr->pMerger and repopulating aFile[0].
**
-** For multi-threaded objects, all that is required is to wait until the
-** background thread is finished (if it is not already) and then swap
+** For multi-threaded objects, all that is required is to wait until the
+** background thread is finished (if it is not already) and then swap
** aFile[0] and aFile[1] in place. If the contents of pMerger have not
** been exhausted, this function also launches a new background thread
** to populate the new aFile[1].
@@ -95439,7 +95964,7 @@
#define INCRINIT_TASK 1
#define INCRINIT_ROOT 2
-/*
+/*
** Forward reference required as the vdbeIncrMergeInit() and
** vdbePmaReaderIncrInit() routines are called mutually recursively when
** building a merge tree.
@@ -95448,7 +95973,7 @@
/*
** Initialize the MergeEngine object passed as the second argument. Once this
-** function returns, the first key of merged data may be read from the
+** function returns, the first key of merged data may be read from the
** MergeEngine object in the usual fashion.
**
** If argument eMode is INCRINIT_ROOT, then it is assumed that any IncrMerge
@@ -95458,8 +95983,8 @@
** required is to call vdbePmaReaderNext() on each PmaReader to point it at
** its first key.
**
-** Otherwise, if eMode is any value other than INCRINIT_ROOT, then use
-** vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() to initialize each PmaReader that feeds data
+** Otherwise, if eMode is any value other than INCRINIT_ROOT, then use
+** vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() to initialize each PmaReader that feeds data
** to pMerger.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
@@ -95514,19 +96039,19 @@
** object at (pReadr->pIncr).
**
** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_NORMAL, then all PmaReaders
-** in the sub-tree headed by pReadr are also initialized. Data is then
-** loaded into the buffers belonging to pReadr and it is set to point to
+** in the sub-tree headed by pReadr are also initialized. Data is then
+** loaded into the buffers belonging to pReadr and it is set to point to
** the first key in its range.
**
** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_TASK, then pReadr is guaranteed
** to be a multi-threaded PmaReader and this function is being called in a
-** background thread. In this case all PmaReaders in the sub-tree are
+** background thread. In this case all PmaReaders in the sub-tree are
** initialized as for INCRINIT_NORMAL and the aFile[1] buffer belonging to
** pReadr is populated. However, pReadr itself is not set up to point
** to its first key. A call to vdbePmaReaderNext() is still required to do
-** that.
+** that.
**
-** The reason this function does not call vdbePmaReaderNext() immediately
+** The reason this function does not call vdbePmaReaderNext() immediately
** in the INCRINIT_TASK case is that vdbePmaReaderNext() assumes that it has
** to block on thread (pTask->thread) before accessing aFile[1]. But, since
** this entire function is being run by thread (pTask->thread), that will
@@ -95582,12 +96107,12 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIncr->bUseThread ){
/* Use the current thread to populate aFile[1], even though this
** PmaReader is multi-threaded. If this is an INCRINIT_TASK object,
- ** then this function is already running in background thread
- ** pIncr->pTask->thread.
+ ** then this function is already running in background thread
+ ** pIncr->pTask->thread.
**
- ** If this is the INCRINIT_ROOT object, then it is running in the
+ ** If this is the INCRINIT_ROOT object, then it is running in the
** main VDBE thread. But that is Ok, as that thread cannot return
- ** control to the VDBE or proceed with anything useful until the
+ ** control to the VDBE or proceed with anything useful until the
** first results are ready from this merger object anyway.
*/
assert( eMode==INCRINIT_ROOT || eMode==INCRINIT_TASK );
@@ -95604,7 +96129,7 @@
#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
/*
-** The main routine for vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() operations run in
+** The main routine for vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() operations run in
** background threads.
*/
static void *vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit(void *pCtx){
@@ -95622,8 +96147,8 @@
** (if pReadr->pIncr==0), then this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it invokes
** the vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() function with the parameters passed to
** this routine to initialize the incremental merge.
-**
-** If the IncrMerger object is multi-threaded (IncrMerger.bUseThread==1),
+**
+** If the IncrMerger object is multi-threaded (IncrMerger.bUseThread==1),
** then a background thread is launched to call vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit().
** Or, if the IncrMerger is single threaded, the same function is called
** using the current thread.
@@ -95653,7 +96178,7 @@
** to NULL and return an SQLite error code.
**
** When this function is called, *piOffset is set to the offset of the
-** first PMA to read from pTask->file. Assuming no error occurs, it is
+** first PMA to read from pTask->file. Assuming no error occurs, it is
** set to the offset immediately following the last byte of the last
** PMA before returning. If an error does occur, then the final value of
** *piOffset is undefined.
@@ -95763,12 +96288,12 @@
/*
** This function is called as part of a SorterRewind() operation on a sorter
** that has already written two or more level-0 PMAs to one or more temp
-** files. It builds a tree of MergeEngine/IncrMerger/PmaReader objects that
+** files. It builds a tree of MergeEngine/IncrMerger/PmaReader objects that
** can be used to incrementally merge all PMAs on disk.
**
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut set to point to the
** MergeEngine object at the root of the tree before returning. Or, if an
-** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final value
+** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final value
** of *ppOut is undefined.
*/
static int vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild(
@@ -95780,8 +96305,8 @@
int iTask;
#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
- /* If the sorter uses more than one task, then create the top-level
- ** MergeEngine here. This MergeEngine will read data from exactly
+ /* If the sorter uses more than one task, then create the top-level
+ ** MergeEngine here. This MergeEngine will read data from exactly
** one PmaReader per sub-task. */
assert( pSorter->bUseThreads || pSorter->nTask==1 );
if( pSorter->nTask>1 ){
@@ -95890,7 +96415,7 @@
}
for(iTask=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTask<pSorter->nTask; iTask++){
/* Check that:
- **
+ **
** a) The incremental merge object is configured to use the
** right task, and
** b) If it is using task (nTask-1), it is configured to run
@@ -95953,7 +96478,7 @@
return rc;
}
- /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. When the VdbeSorterWrite()
+ /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. When the VdbeSorterWrite()
** function flushes the contents of memory to disk, it immediately always
** creates a new list consisting of a single key immediately afterwards.
** So the list is never empty at this point. */
@@ -95965,7 +96490,7 @@
vdbeSorterRewindDebug("rewind");
- /* Assuming no errors have occurred, set up a merger structure to
+ /* Assuming no errors have occurred, set up a merger structure to
** incrementally read and merge all remaining PMAs. */
assert( pSorter->pReader==0 );
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -96019,7 +96544,7 @@
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the
+** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the
** current key.
*/
static void *vdbeSorterRowkey(
@@ -96119,6 +96644,433 @@
}
/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbevtab.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2020-03-23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file implements virtual-tables for examining the bytecode content
+** of a prepared statement.
+*/
+/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
+
+/* An instance of the bytecode() table-valued function.
+*/
+typedef struct bytecodevtab bytecodevtab;
+struct bytecodevtab {
+ sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class - must be first */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
+ int bTablesUsed; /* 2 for tables_used(). 0 for bytecode(). */
+};
+
+/* A cursor for scanning through the bytecode
+*/
+typedef struct bytecodevtab_cursor bytecodevtab_cursor;
+struct bytecodevtab_cursor {
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class - must be first */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* The statement whose bytecode is displayed */
+ int iRowid; /* The rowid of the output table */
+ int iAddr; /* Address */
+ int needFinalize; /* Cursors owns pStmt and must finalize it */
+ int showSubprograms; /* Provide a listing of subprograms */
+ Op *aOp; /* Operand array */
+ char *zP4; /* Rendered P4 value */
+ const char *zType; /* tables_used.type */
+ const char *zSchema; /* tables_used.schema */
+ const char *zName; /* tables_used.name */
+ Mem sub; /* Subprograms */
+};
+
+/*
+** Create a new bytecode() table-valued function.
+*/
+static int bytecodevtabConnect(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ void *pAux,
+ int argc, const char *const*argv,
+ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
+ char **pzErr
+){
+ bytecodevtab *pNew;
+ int rc;
+ int isTabUsed = pAux!=0;
+ const char *azSchema[2] = {
+ /* bytecode() schema */
+ "CREATE TABLE x("
+ "addr INT,"
+ "opcode TEXT,"
+ "p1 INT,"
+ "p2 INT,"
+ "p3 INT,"
+ "p4 TEXT,"
+ "p5 INT,"
+ "comment TEXT,"
+ "subprog TEXT,"
+ "stmt HIDDEN"
+ ");",
+
+ /* Tables_used() schema */
+ "CREATE TABLE x("
+ "type TEXT,"
+ "schema TEXT,"
+ "name TEXT,"
+ "wr INT,"
+ "subprog TEXT,"
+ "stmt HIDDEN"
+ ");"
+ };
+
+ rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, azSchema[isTabUsed]);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
+ *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pNew;
+ if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
+ pNew->db = db;
+ pNew->bTablesUsed = isTabUsed*2;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This method is the destructor for bytecodevtab objects.
+*/
+static int bytecodevtabDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ bytecodevtab *p = (bytecodevtab*)pVtab;
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Constructor for a new bytecodevtab_cursor object.
+*/
+static int bytecodevtabOpen(sqlite3_vtab *p, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
+ bytecodevtab *pVTab = (bytecodevtab*)p;
+ bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur;
+ pCur = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCur) );
+ if( pCur==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(pCur, 0, sizeof(*pCur));
+ sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&pCur->sub, pVTab->db, 1);
+ *ppCursor = &pCur->base;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear all internal content from a bytecodevtab cursor.
+*/
+static void bytecodevtabCursorClear(bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur){
+ sqlite3_free(pCur->zP4);
+ pCur->zP4 = 0;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&pCur->sub);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCur->sub);
+ if( pCur->needFinalize ){
+ sqlite3_finalize(pCur->pStmt);
+ }
+ pCur->pStmt = 0;
+ pCur->needFinalize = 0;
+ pCur->zType = 0;
+ pCur->zSchema = 0;
+ pCur->zName = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destructor for a bytecodevtab_cursor.
+*/
+static int bytecodevtabClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+ bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur = (bytecodevtab_cursor*)cur;
+ bytecodevtabCursorClear(pCur);
+ sqlite3_free(pCur);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Advance a bytecodevtab_cursor to its next row of output.
+*/
+static int bytecodevtabNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+ bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur = (bytecodevtab_cursor*)cur;
+ bytecodevtab *pTab = (bytecodevtab*)cur->pVtab;
+ int rc;
+ if( pCur->zP4 ){
+ sqlite3_free(pCur->zP4);
+ pCur->zP4 = 0;
+ }
+ if( pCur->zName ){
+ pCur->zName = 0;
+ pCur->zType = 0;
+ pCur->zSchema = 0;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeNextOpcode(
+ (Vdbe*)pCur->pStmt,
+ pCur->showSubprograms ? &pCur->sub : 0,
+ pTab->bTablesUsed,
+ &pCur->iRowid,
+ &pCur->iAddr,
+ &pCur->aOp);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCur->sub);
+ pCur->aOp = 0;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the cursor has been moved off of the last
+** row of output.
+*/
+static int bytecodevtabEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+ bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur = (bytecodevtab_cursor*)cur;
+ return pCur->aOp==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return values of columns for the row at which the bytecodevtab_cursor
+** is currently pointing.
+*/
+static int bytecodevtabColumn(
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, /* The cursor */
+ sqlite3_context *ctx, /* First argument to sqlite3_result_...() */
+ int i /* Which column to return */
+){
+ bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur = (bytecodevtab_cursor*)cur;
+ bytecodevtab *pVTab = (bytecodevtab*)cur->pVtab;
+ Op *pOp = pCur->aOp + pCur->iAddr;
+ if( pVTab->bTablesUsed ){
+ if( i==4 ){
+ i = 8;
+ }else{
+ if( i<=2 && pCur->zType==0 ){
+ Schema *pSchema;
+ HashElem *k;
+ int iDb = pOp->p3;
+ Pgno iRoot = (Pgno)pOp->p2;
+ sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db;
+ pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+ pCur->zSchema = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+ for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+ Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+ if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && pTab->tnum==iRoot ){
+ pCur->zName = pTab->zName;
+ pCur->zType = "table";
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( pCur->zName==0 ){
+ for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+ Index *pIdx = (Index*)sqliteHashData(k);
+ if( pIdx->tnum==iRoot ){
+ pCur->zName = pIdx->zName;
+ pCur->zType = "index";
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ i += 10;
+ }
+ }
+ switch( i ){
+ case 0: /* addr */
+ sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCur->iAddr);
+ break;
+ case 1: /* opcode */
+ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode),
+ -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ break;
+ case 2: /* p1 */
+ sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pOp->p1);
+ break;
+ case 3: /* p2 */
+ sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pOp->p2);
+ break;
+ case 4: /* p3 */
+ sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pOp->p3);
+ break;
+ case 5: /* p4 */
+ case 7: /* comment */
+ if( pCur->zP4==0 ){
+ pCur->zP4 = sqlite3VdbeDisplayP4(pVTab->db, pOp);
+ }
+ if( i==5 ){
+ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCur->zP4, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+ char *zCom = sqlite3VdbeDisplayComment(pVTab->db, pOp, pCur->zP4);
+ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zCom, -1, sqlite3_free);
+#endif
+ }
+ break;
+ case 6: /* p5 */
+ sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pOp->p5);
+ break;
+ case 8: { /* subprog */
+ Op *aOp = pCur->aOp;
+ assert( aOp[0].opcode==OP_Init );
+ assert( aOp[0].p4.z==0 || strncmp(aOp[0].p4.z,"-" "- ",3)==0 );
+ if( pCur->iRowid==pCur->iAddr+1 ){
+ break; /* Result is NULL for the main program */
+ }else if( aOp[0].p4.z!=0 ){
+ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, aOp[0].p4.z+3, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, "(FK)", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case 10: /* tables_used.type */
+ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCur->zType, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ break;
+ case 11: /* tables_used.schema */
+ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCur->zSchema, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ break;
+ case 12: /* tables_used.name */
+ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCur->zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ break;
+ case 13: /* tables_used.wr */
+ sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite);
+ break;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the rowid for the current row. In this implementation, the
+** rowid is the same as the output value.
+*/
+static int bytecodevtabRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+ bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur = (bytecodevtab_cursor*)cur;
+ *pRowid = pCur->iRowid;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a cursor.
+**
+** idxNum==0 means show all subprograms
+** idxNum==1 means show only the main bytecode and omit subprograms.
+*/
+static int bytecodevtabFilter(
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
+ int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+ int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ bytecodevtab_cursor *pCur = (bytecodevtab_cursor *)pVtabCursor;
+ bytecodevtab *pVTab = (bytecodevtab *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ bytecodevtabCursorClear(pCur);
+ pCur->iRowid = 0;
+ pCur->iAddr = 0;
+ pCur->showSubprograms = idxNum==0;
+ assert( argc==1 );
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+ const char *zSql = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ if( zSql==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pVTab->db, zSql, -1, &pCur->pStmt, 0);
+ pCur->needFinalize = 1;
+ }
+ }else{
+ pCur->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sqlite3_value_pointer(argv[0],"stmt-pointer");
+ }
+ if( pCur->pStmt==0 ){
+ pVTab->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "argument to %s() is not a valid SQL statement",
+ pVTab->bTablesUsed ? "tables_used" : "bytecode"
+ );
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ bytecodevtabNext(pVtabCursor);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** We must have a single stmt=? constraint that will be passed through
+** into the xFilter method. If there is no valid stmt=? constraint,
+** then return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error.
+*/
+static int bytecodevtabBestIndex(
+ sqlite3_vtab *tab,
+ sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo
+){
+ int i;
+ int rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p;
+ bytecodevtab *pVTab = (bytecodevtab*)tab;
+ int iBaseCol = pVTab->bTablesUsed ? 4 : 8;
+ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)100;
+ pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 100;
+ pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
+ for(i=0, p=pIdxInfo->aConstraint; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, p++){
+ if( p->usable==0 ) continue;
+ if( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && p->iColumn==iBaseCol+1 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
+ pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
+ }
+ if( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNULL && p->iColumn==iBaseCol ){
+ pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
+ pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This following structure defines all the methods for the
+** virtual table.
+*/
+static sqlite3_module bytecodevtabModule = {
+ /* iVersion */ 0,
+ /* xCreate */ 0,
+ /* xConnect */ bytecodevtabConnect,
+ /* xBestIndex */ bytecodevtabBestIndex,
+ /* xDisconnect */ bytecodevtabDisconnect,
+ /* xDestroy */ 0,
+ /* xOpen */ bytecodevtabOpen,
+ /* xClose */ bytecodevtabClose,
+ /* xFilter */ bytecodevtabFilter,
+ /* xNext */ bytecodevtabNext,
+ /* xEof */ bytecodevtabEof,
+ /* xColumn */ bytecodevtabColumn,
+ /* xRowid */ bytecodevtabRowid,
+ /* xUpdate */ 0,
+ /* xBegin */ 0,
+ /* xSync */ 0,
+ /* xCommit */ 0,
+ /* xRollback */ 0,
+ /* xFindMethod */ 0,
+ /* xRename */ 0,
+ /* xSavepoint */ 0,
+ /* xRelease */ 0,
+ /* xRollbackTo */ 0,
+ /* xShadowName */ 0
+};
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeBytecodeVtabInit(sqlite3 *db){
+ int rc;
+ rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "bytecode", &bytecodevtabModule, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "tables_used", &bytecodevtabModule, &db);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeBytecodeVtabInit(sqlite3 *db){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB */
+
+/************** End of vdbevtab.c ********************************************/
/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/
/*
** 2008 October 7
@@ -96224,7 +97176,7 @@
assert( p->readpoint.iOffset==0 || p->readpoint.pChunk!=0 );
if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){
sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0;
- for(pChunk=p->pFirst;
+ for(pChunk=p->pFirst;
ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+p->nChunkSize)<=iOfst;
pChunk=pChunk->pNext
){
@@ -96259,7 +97211,7 @@
for(pIter=p->pFirst; pIter; pIter=pNext){
pNext = pIter->pNext;
sqlite3_free(pIter);
- }
+ }
p->pFirst = 0;
}
@@ -96331,7 +97283,7 @@
** access writes are not required. The only exception to this is when
** the in-memory journal is being used by a connection using the
** atomic-write optimization. In this case the first 28 bytes of the
- ** journal file may be written as part of committing the transaction. */
+ ** journal file may be written as part of committing the transaction. */
assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset || iOfst==0 );
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
|| defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
@@ -96382,7 +97334,7 @@
**
** If the journal file is already on disk, truncate it there. Or, if it
** is still in main memory but is being truncated to zero bytes in size,
-** ignore
+** ignore
*/
static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
@@ -96409,8 +97361,8 @@
/*
** Sync the file.
**
-** If the real file has been created, call its xSync method. Otherwise,
-** syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op.
+** If the real file has been created, call its xSync method. Otherwise,
+** syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op.
*/
static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){
UNUSED_PARAMETER2(pJfd, flags);
@@ -96451,11 +97403,11 @@
0 /* xUnfetch */
};
-/*
-** Open a journal file.
+/*
+** Open a journal file.
**
-** The behaviour of the journal file depends on the value of parameter
-** nSpill. If nSpill is 0, then the journal file is always create and
+** The behaviour of the journal file depends on the value of parameter
+** nSpill. If nSpill is 0, then the journal file is always create and
** accessed using the underlying VFS. If nSpill is less than zero, then
** all content is always stored in main-memory. Finally, if nSpill is a
** positive value, then the journal file is initially created in-memory
@@ -96488,7 +97440,7 @@
assert( MEMJOURNAL_DFLT_FILECHUNKSIZE==fileChunkSize(p->nChunkSize) );
}
- p->pMethod = (const sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods;
+ pJfd->pMethods = (const sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods;
p->nSpill = nSpill;
p->flags = flags;
p->zJournal = zName;
@@ -96506,15 +97458,15 @@
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
|| defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
/*
-** If the argument p points to a MemJournal structure that is not an
+** If the argument p points to a MemJournal structure that is not an
** in-memory-only journal file (i.e. is one that was opened with a +ve
-** nSpill parameter or as SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL), and the underlying
+** nSpill parameter or as SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL), and the underlying
** file has not yet been created, create it now.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
MemJournal *p = (MemJournal*)pJfd;
- if( p->pMethod==&MemJournalMethods && (
+ if( pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods && (
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
p->nSpill>0
#else
@@ -96542,7 +97494,7 @@
return p->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods;
}
-/*
+/*
** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
*/
@@ -96701,7 +97653,7 @@
** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the
** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select
** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery
-** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return
+** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return
** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue;
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
@@ -96710,24 +97662,25 @@
struct SrcList_item *pItem;
pSrc = p->pSrc;
- assert( pSrc!=0 );
- for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
- if( pItem->pSelect && sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){
- return WRC_Abort;
- }
- if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc
- && sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pItem->u1.pFuncArg)
- ){
- return WRC_Abort;
+ if( pSrc ){
+ for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+ if( pItem->pSelect && sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc
+ && sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pItem->u1.pFuncArg)
+ ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
}
}
return WRC_Continue;
-}
+}
/*
** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p.
** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and
-** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior.
+** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior.
**
** If it is not NULL, the xSelectCallback() callback is invoked before
** the walk of the expressions and FROM clause. The xSelectCallback2()
@@ -96761,6 +97714,43 @@
return WRC_Continue;
}
+/* Increase the walkerDepth when entering a subquery, and
+** descrease when leaving the subquery.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkerDepthIncrease(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect);
+ pWalker->walkerDepth++;
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalkerDepthDecrease(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect);
+ pWalker->walkerDepth--;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker.
+**
+** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees
+** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably,
+** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then
+** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every
+** subquery in the parser tree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker for SELECT statements.
+** subquery in the parser tree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Select *NotUsed2){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
/************** End of walker.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/
/*
@@ -96782,6 +97772,11 @@
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/*
+** Magic table number to mean the EXCLUDED table in an UPSERT statement.
+*/
+#define EXCLUDED_TABLE_NUMBER 2
+
+/*
** Walk the expression tree pExpr and increase the aggregate function
** depth (the Expr.op2 field) by N on every TK_AGG_FUNCTION node.
** This needs to occur when copying a TK_AGG_FUNCTION node from an
@@ -96789,6 +97784,8 @@
**
** incrAggFunctionDepth(pExpr,n) is the main routine. incrAggDepth(..)
** is a helper function - a callback for the tree walker.
+**
+** See also the sqlite3WindowExtraAggFuncDepth() routine in window.c
*/
static int incrAggDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) pExpr->op2 += pWalker->u.n;
@@ -96846,7 +97843,7 @@
pDup = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pDup, pExpr->u.zToken);
}
- /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This
+ /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This
** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself,
** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line.
** The pExpr->u.zToken might point into memory that will be freed by the
@@ -96905,7 +97902,7 @@
){
int n;
const char *zSpan;
- if( NEVER(pItem->eEName!=ENAME_TAB) ) return 0;
+ if( pItem->eEName!=ENAME_TAB ) return 0;
zSpan = pItem->zEName;
for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){}
if( zDb && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zDb, n)!=0 || zDb[n]!=0) ){
@@ -96941,8 +97938,33 @@
}
/*
+** The argument is guaranteed to be a non-NULL Expr node of type TK_COLUMN.
+** return the appropriate colUsed mask.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3ExprColUsed(Expr *pExpr){
+ int n;
+ Table *pExTab;
+
+ n = pExpr->iColumn;
+ pExTab = pExpr->y.pTab;
+ assert( pExTab!=0 );
+ if( (pExTab->tabFlags & TF_HasGenerated)!=0
+ && (pExTab->aCol[n].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)!=0
+ ){
+ testcase( pExTab->nCol==BMS-1 );
+ testcase( pExTab->nCol==BMS );
+ return pExTab->nCol>=BMS ? ALLBITS : MASKBIT(pExTab->nCol)-1;
+ }else{
+ testcase( n==BMS-1 );
+ testcase( n==BMS );
+ if( n>=BMS ) n = BMS-1;
+ return ((Bitmask)1)<<n;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
-** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr
+** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr
** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes
** are made to pExpr:
**
@@ -97017,6 +98039,12 @@
break;
}
}
+ if( i==db->nDb && sqlite3StrICmp("main", zDb)==0 ){
+ /* This branch is taken when the main database has been renamed
+ ** using SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME. */
+ pSchema = db->aDb[0].pSchema;
+ zDb = db->aDb[0].zDbSName;
+ }
}
}
@@ -97028,6 +98056,7 @@
if( pSrcList ){
for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+ u8 hCol;
pTab = pItem->pTab;
assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 );
assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
@@ -97061,10 +98090,11 @@
if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
pMatch = pItem;
}
+ hCol = sqlite3StrIHash(zCol);
for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+ if( pCol->hName==hCol && sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
/* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match
- ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a
+ ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a
** USING clause, then skip this match.
*/
if( cnt==1 ){
@@ -97092,7 +98122,7 @@
} /* if( pSrcList ) */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT)
- /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe
+ /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe
** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference. Or
** maybe it is an excluded.* from an upsert.
*/
@@ -97116,17 +98146,18 @@
Upsert *pUpsert = pNC->uNC.pUpsert;
if( pUpsert && sqlite3StrICmp("excluded",zTab)==0 ){
pTab = pUpsert->pUpsertSrc->a[0].pTab;
- pExpr->iTable = 2;
+ pExpr->iTable = EXCLUDED_TABLE_NUMBER;
}
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT */
- if( pTab ){
+ if( pTab ){
int iCol;
+ u8 hCol = sqlite3StrIHash(zCol);
pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
cntTab++;
for(iCol=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+ if( pCol->hName==hCol && sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
iCol = -1;
}
@@ -97140,14 +98171,15 @@
if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){
cnt++;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT
- if( pExpr->iTable==2 ){
+ if( pExpr->iTable==EXCLUDED_TABLE_NUMBER ){
testcase( iCol==(-1) );
if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){
pExpr->iColumn = iCol;
pExpr->y.pTab = pTab;
eNewExprOp = TK_COLUMN;
}else{
- pExpr->iTable = pNC->uNC.pUpsert->regData + iCol;
+ pExpr->iTable = pNC->uNC.pUpsert->regData +
+ sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(pTab, iCol);
eNewExprOp = TK_REGISTER;
ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Alias);
}
@@ -97248,7 +98280,7 @@
}
goto lookupname_end;
}
- }
+ }
}
/* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either
@@ -97336,22 +98368,7 @@
** of the table.
*/
if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){
- int n = pExpr->iColumn;
- Table *pExTab = pExpr->y.pTab;
- assert( pExTab!=0 );
- assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable );
- if( (pExTab->tabFlags & TF_HasGenerated)!=0
- && (pExTab->aCol[n].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)!=0
- ){
- testcase( pExTab->nCol==BMS-1 );
- testcase( pExTab->nCol==BMS );
- pMatch->colUsed = pExTab->nCol>=BMS ? ALLBITS : MASKBIT(pExTab->nCol)-1;
- }else{
- testcase( n==BMS-1 );
- testcase( n==BMS );
- if( n>=BMS ) n = BMS-1;
- pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<n;
- }
+ pMatch->colUsed |= sqlite3ExprColUsed(pExpr);
}
/* Clean up and return
@@ -97418,7 +98435,7 @@
**
** static void notValid(
** Parse *pParse, // Leave error message here
-** NameContext *pNC, // The name context
+** NameContext *pNC, // The name context
** const char *zMsg, // Type of error
** int validMask, // Set of contexts for which prohibited
** Expr *pExpr // Invalidate this expression on error
@@ -97494,33 +98511,30 @@
#endif
switch( pExpr->op ){
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
/* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first
** column in the FROM clause. This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY
- ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements.
+ ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements, and by
+ ** UPDATE ... FROM statement processing.
*/
case TK_ROW: {
SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 );
+ assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc>=1 );
pItem = pSrcList->a;
- assert( HasRowid(pItem->pTab) && pItem->pTab->pSelect==0 );
pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
pExpr->y.pTab = pItem->pTab;
pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
- pExpr->iColumn = -1;
+ pExpr->iColumn--;
pExpr->affExpr = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
break;
}
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT)
- && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
/* A column name: ID
** Or table name and column name: ID.ID
** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID
**
** The TK_ID and TK_OUT cases are combined so that there will only
- ** be one call to lookupName(). Then the compiler will in-line
+ ** be one call to lookupName(). Then the compiler will in-line
** lookupName() for a size reduction and performance increase.
*/
case TK_ID:
@@ -97609,7 +98623,7 @@
** to likelihood(X,0.9375). */
/* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625. likely() is 0.9375 */
pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 8388608 : 125829120;
- }
+ }
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
{
@@ -97671,11 +98685,11 @@
|| (pDef->xValue && pDef->xInverse && pDef->xSFunc && pDef->xFinalize)
);
if( pDef && pDef->xValue==0 && pWin ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"%.*s() may not be used as a window function", nId, zId
);
pNC->nErr++;
- }else if(
+ }else if(
(is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0)
|| (is_agg && (pDef->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) && !pWin)
|| (is_agg && pWin && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowWin)==0)
@@ -97711,8 +98725,8 @@
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC
else if( is_agg==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "FILTER may not be used with non-aggregate %.*s()",
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "FILTER may not be used with non-aggregate %.*s()",
nId, zId
);
pNC->nErr++;
@@ -97774,7 +98788,7 @@
pNC->ncFlags |= savedAllowFlags;
}
/* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
- ** type of the function
+ ** type of the function
*/
return WRC_Prune;
}
@@ -97816,7 +98830,7 @@
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) );
/* Handle special cases of "x IS TRUE", "x IS FALSE", "x IS NOT TRUE",
** and "x IS NOT FALSE". */
- if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
+ if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_ID ){
int rc = resolveExprStep(pWalker, pRight);
if( rc==WRC_Abort ) return WRC_Abort;
if( pRight->op==TK_TRUEFALSE ){
@@ -97825,7 +98839,7 @@
return WRC_Continue;
}
}
- /* Fall thru */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
case TK_BETWEEN:
case TK_EQ:
@@ -97859,7 +98873,7 @@
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN );
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused");
}
- break;
+ break;
}
}
return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue;
@@ -97942,7 +98956,7 @@
nc.nErr = 0;
db = pParse->db;
savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr;
- db->suppressErr = 1;
+ if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT==0 ) db->suppressErr = 1;
rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE);
db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr;
if( rc ) return 0;
@@ -97970,7 +98984,7 @@
int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */
int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */
){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"%r %s BY term out of range - should be "
"between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx);
}
@@ -98034,7 +99048,7 @@
iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE);
if( iCol==0 ){
/* Now test if expression pE matches one of the values returned
- ** by pSelect. In the usual case this is done by duplicating the
+ ** by pSelect. In the usual case this is done by duplicating the
** expression, resolving any symbols in it, and then comparing
** it against each expression returned by the SELECT statement.
** Once the comparisons are finished, the duplicate expression
@@ -98258,7 +99272,7 @@
ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */
Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */
sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
-
+
assert( p!=0 );
if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){
@@ -98312,7 +99326,7 @@
pSub->pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
p->pOrderBy = 0;
}
-
+
/* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
*/
for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
@@ -98339,19 +99353,19 @@
pItem->fg.isCorrelated = (nRef!=0);
}
}
-
+
/* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to
** resolve the result-set expression list.
*/
sNC.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg|NC_AllowWin;
sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc;
sNC.pNext = pOuterNC;
-
+
/* Resolve names in the result set. */
if( sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort;
sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowWin;
-
- /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY
+
+ /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY
** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
*/
assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );
@@ -98362,14 +99376,14 @@
}else{
sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
}
-
+
/* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
*/
if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
return WRC_Abort;
}
-
+
/* Add the output column list to the name-context before parsing the
** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that
** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by
@@ -98388,19 +99402,19 @@
for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc
- && sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pItem->u1.pFuncArg)
+ && sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pItem->u1.pFuncArg)
){
return WRC_Abort;
}
}
/* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in
- ** outer queries
+ ** outer queries
*/
sNC.pNext = 0;
sNC.ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg|NC_AllowWin;
- /* If this is a converted compound query, move the ORDER BY clause from
+ /* If this is a converted compound query, move the ORDER BY clause from
** the sub-query back to the parent query. At this point each term
** within the ORDER BY clause has been transformed to an integer value.
** These integers will be replaced by copies of the corresponding result
@@ -98430,13 +99444,13 @@
return WRC_Abort;
}
sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowWin;
-
- /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure
+
+ /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure
** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions.
*/
if( pGroupBy ){
struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-
+
if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){
return WRC_Abort;
}
@@ -98491,7 +99505,7 @@
** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions
** are seen.
**
-** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the
+** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the
** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where
**
** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or
@@ -98523,7 +99537,7 @@
**
** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b;
**
-** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is
+** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is
** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified.
** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is
** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
@@ -98533,7 +99547,7 @@
** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number
** if errors is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(
NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */
){
@@ -98572,16 +99586,46 @@
** just like sqlite3ResolveExprNames() except that it works for an expression
** list rather than a single expression.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(
NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
ExprList *pList /* The expression list to be analyzed. */
){
int i;
- if( pList ){
- for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
- if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ int savedHasAgg = 0;
+ Walker w;
+ if( pList==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+ w.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+ w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
+ w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
+ w.xSelectCallback2 = 0;
+ w.u.pNC = pNC;
+ savedHasAgg = pNC->ncFlags & (NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg|NC_HasWin);
+ pNC->ncFlags &= ~(NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg|NC_HasWin);
+ for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+ Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
+ if( pExpr==0 ) continue;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+ w.pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
+ if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(w.pParse, w.pParse->nHeight) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
}
+#endif
+ sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+ w.pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
+#endif
+ assert( EP_Agg==NC_HasAgg );
+ assert( EP_Win==NC_HasWin );
+ testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg );
+ testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasWin );
+ if( pNC->ncFlags & (NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg|NC_HasWin) ){
+ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, pNC->ncFlags & (NC_HasAgg|NC_HasWin) );
+ savedHasAgg |= pNC->ncFlags & (NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg|NC_HasWin);
+ pNC->ncFlags &= ~(NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg|NC_HasWin);
+ }
+ if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ) return WRC_Abort;
}
+ pNC->ncFlags |= savedHasAgg;
return WRC_Continue;
}
@@ -98700,7 +99744,7 @@
** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
**
** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
-** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the
+** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the
** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
** indicating no affinity for the expression.
**
@@ -98712,16 +99756,19 @@
** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(const Expr *pExpr){
int op;
while( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){
- assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW );
pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
assert( pExpr!=0 );
}
op = pExpr->op;
if( op==TK_SELECT ){
assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect );
+ assert( pExpr->x.pSelect!=0 );
+ assert( pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList!=0 );
+ assert( pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 );
return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
}
if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = pExpr->op2;
@@ -98782,9 +99829,9 @@
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr *pExpr){
while( pExpr && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){
- assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW );
pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
- }
+ }
return pExpr;
}
@@ -98801,10 +99848,10 @@
assert( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION );
pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
}else{
- assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW );
pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
}
- }
+ }
return pExpr;
}
@@ -98822,10 +99869,10 @@
** COLLATE operators take first precedence. Left operands take
** precedence over right operands.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const Expr *pExpr){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
CollSeq *pColl = 0;
- Expr *p = pExpr;
+ const Expr *p = pExpr;
while( p ){
int op = p->op;
if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
@@ -98860,12 +99907,12 @@
Expr *pNext = p->pRight;
/* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */
assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 );
- if( p->x.pList!=0
+ if( p->x.pList!=0
&& !db->mallocFailed
&& ALWAYS(!ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect))
){
int i;
- for(i=0; i<p->x.pList->nExpr; i++){
+ for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<p->x.pList->nExpr); i++){
if( ExprHasProperty(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, EP_Collate) ){
pNext = p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr;
break;
@@ -98878,7 +99925,7 @@
break;
}
}
- if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){
+ if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){
pColl = 0;
}
return pColl;
@@ -98894,7 +99941,7 @@
** The sqlite3ExprCollSeq() routine works the same except that it
** returns NULL if there is no defined collation.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const Expr *pExpr){
CollSeq *p = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr);
if( p==0 ) p = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
assert( p!=0 );
@@ -98904,7 +99951,7 @@
/*
** Return TRUE if the two expressions have equivalent collating sequences.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(Parse *pParse, Expr *pE1, Expr *pE2){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(Parse *pParse, const Expr *pE1, const Expr *pE2){
CollSeq *pColl1 = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pE1);
CollSeq *pColl2 = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pE2);
return sqlite3StrICmp(pColl1->zName, pColl2->zName)==0;
@@ -98915,7 +99962,7 @@
** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the
** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(const Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
if( aff1>SQLITE_AFF_NONE && aff2>SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
/* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric
@@ -98937,7 +99984,7 @@
** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should
** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
*/
-static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+static char comparisonAffinity(const Expr *pExpr){
char aff;
assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
@@ -98960,7 +100007,7 @@
** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
** the comparison in pExpr.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(const Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
if( aff<SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
return 1;
@@ -98975,7 +100022,11 @@
** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison
** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
*/
-static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
+static u8 binaryCompareP5(
+ const Expr *pExpr1, /* Left operand */
+ const Expr *pExpr2, /* Right operand */
+ int jumpIfNull /* Extra flags added to P5 */
+){
u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull;
return aff;
@@ -98994,9 +100045,9 @@
** it is not considered.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
- Parse *pParse,
- Expr *pLeft,
- Expr *pRight
+ Parse *pParse,
+ const Expr *pLeft,
+ const Expr *pRight
){
CollSeq *pColl;
assert( pLeft );
@@ -99021,7 +100072,7 @@
** is reversed in the sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq() call so that the
** correct collating sequence is found.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const Expr *p){
if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Commuted) ){
return sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, p->pRight, p->pLeft);
}else{
@@ -99073,7 +100124,7 @@
}
/*
-** If the expression passed as the only argument is of type TK_VECTOR
+** If the expression passed as the only argument is of type TK_VECTOR
** return the number of expressions in the vector. Or, if the expression
** is a sub-select, return the number of columns in the sub-select. For
** any other type of expression, return 1.
@@ -99123,7 +100174,7 @@
** sqlite3ExprCode() will generate all necessary code to compute
** the iField-th column of the vector expression pVector.
**
-** It is ok for pVector to be a scalar (as long as iField==0).
+** It is ok for pVector to be a scalar (as long as iField==0).
** In that case, this routine works like sqlite3ExprDup().
**
** The caller owns the returned Expr object and is responsible for
@@ -99179,7 +100230,7 @@
/*
** If expression pExpr is of type TK_SELECT, generate code to evaluate
-** it. Return the register in which the result is stored (or, if the
+** it. Return the register in which the result is stored (or, if the
** sub-select returns more than one column, the first in an array
** of registers in which the result is stored).
**
@@ -99201,10 +100252,10 @@
** the register number of a register that contains the value of
** element iField of the vector.
**
-** If pVector is a TK_SELECT expression, then code for it must have
+** If pVector is a TK_SELECT expression, then code for it must have
** already been generated using the exprCodeSubselect() routine. In this
** case parameter regSelect should be the first in an array of registers
-** containing the results of the sub-select.
+** containing the results of the sub-select.
**
** If pVector is of type TK_VECTOR, then code for the requested field
** is generated. In this case (*pRegFree) may be set to the number of
@@ -99264,15 +100315,16 @@
int addrDone = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);
int isCommuted = ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_Commuted);
+ assert( !ExprHasVVAProperty(pExpr,EP_Immutable) );
if( pParse->nErr ) return;
if( nLeft!=sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pRight) ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused");
return;
}
- assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_NE
- || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT
- || pExpr->op==TK_LT || pExpr->op==TK_GT
- || pExpr->op==TK_LE || pExpr->op==TK_GE
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_NE
+ || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT
+ || pExpr->op==TK_LT || pExpr->op==TK_GT
+ || pExpr->op==TK_LE || pExpr->op==TK_GE
);
assert( pExpr->op==op || (pExpr->op==TK_IS && op==TK_EQ)
|| (pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT && op==TK_NE) );
@@ -99288,7 +100340,7 @@
for(i=0; 1 /*Loop exits by "break"*/; i++){
int regFree1 = 0, regFree2 = 0;
- Expr *pL, *pR;
+ Expr *pL, *pR;
int r1, r2;
assert( i>=0 && i<nLeft );
r1 = exprVectorRegister(pParse, pLeft, i, regLeft, &pL, ®Free1);
@@ -99334,7 +100386,7 @@
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH];
if( nHeight>mxHeight ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight
);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
@@ -99379,10 +100431,10 @@
}
/*
-** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an
-** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or
+** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an
+** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or
** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
-** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other
+** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other
** referenced Expr plus one.
**
** Also propagate EP_Propagate flags up from Expr.x.pList to Expr.flags,
@@ -99407,7 +100459,7 @@
** leave an error in pParse.
**
** Also propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into
-** Expr.flags.
+** Expr.flags.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
if( pParse->nErr ) return;
@@ -99427,7 +100479,7 @@
#else /* ABOVE: Height enforcement enabled. BELOW: Height enforcement off */
/*
** Propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into
-** Expr.flags.
+** Expr.flags.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
if( p && p->x.pList && !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
@@ -99496,7 +100548,7 @@
}
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
pNew->nHeight = 1;
-#endif
+#endif
}
return pNew;
}
@@ -99603,7 +100655,7 @@
return pRight;
}else if( pRight==0 ){
return pLeft;
- }else if( (ExprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || ExprAlwaysFalse(pRight))
+ }else if( (ExprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || ExprAlwaysFalse(pRight))
&& !IN_RENAME_OBJECT
){
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
@@ -99668,7 +100720,7 @@
/* Functions prohibited in triggers and views if:
** (1) tagged with SQLITE_DIRECTONLY
** (2) not tagged with SQLITE_INNOCUOUS (which means it
- ** is tagged with SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE) and
+ ** is tagged with SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE) and
** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA is off (meaning
** that the schema is possibly tainted).
*/
@@ -99679,7 +100731,7 @@
/*
** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
-** in the original SQL statement.
+** in the original SQL statement.
**
** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
** variable number.
@@ -99817,7 +100869,7 @@
}
/*
-** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure
+** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure
** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE,
** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE.
*/
@@ -99832,14 +100884,14 @@
** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree. They differ in
** how much of the tree is measured.
**
-** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure
+** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure
** dupedExprNodeSize() Size of Expr + space for token
** dupedExprSize() Expr + token + subtree components
**
***************************************************************************
**
-** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together:
-** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and
+** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together:
+** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and
** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be.
** The return values is always one of:
**
@@ -99866,7 +100918,7 @@
assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */
assert( EXPR_FULLSIZE<=0xfff );
assert( (0xfff & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
- if( 0==flags || p->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN
+ if( 0==flags || p->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC
|| ExprHasProperty(p, EP_WinFunc)
#endif
@@ -99874,9 +100926,9 @@
nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE;
}else{
assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) );
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) );
assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) );
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) );
+ assert( !ExprHasVVAProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) );
if( p->pLeft || p->x.pList ){
nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced;
}else{
@@ -99888,7 +100940,7 @@
}
/*
-** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy
+** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy
** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that
** string is defined.)
*/
@@ -99901,16 +100953,16 @@
}
/*
-** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the
+** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the
** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a
** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
**
** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct
** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any.
**
-** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes
-** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft
-** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or
+** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes
+** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft
+** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or
** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables).
*/
static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){
@@ -99925,8 +100977,8 @@
}
/*
-** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer
-** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough
+** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer
+** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough
** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken
** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions,
** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte past the
@@ -99972,7 +101024,7 @@
}else{
u32 nSize = (u32)exprStructSize(p);
memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize);
- if( nSize<EXPR_FULLSIZE ){
+ if( nSize<EXPR_FULLSIZE ){
memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize);
}
}
@@ -99981,6 +101033,10 @@
pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static|EP_MemToken);
pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly);
pNew->flags |= staticFlag;
+ ExprClearVVAProperties(pNew);
+ if( dupFlags ){
+ ExprSetVVAProperty(pNew, EP_Immutable);
+ }
/* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */
if( nToken ){
@@ -100032,7 +101088,7 @@
}
/*
-** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second
+** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second
** argument. If an OOM condition is encountered, NULL is returned
** and the db->mallocFailed flag set.
*/
@@ -100098,7 +101154,7 @@
** without effecting the originals.
**
** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
-** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded
+** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded
** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
**
** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
@@ -100128,9 +101184,9 @@
Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr;
Expr *pNewExpr;
pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags);
- if( pOldExpr
+ if( pOldExpr
&& pOldExpr->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN
- && (pNewExpr = pItem->pExpr)!=0
+ && (pNewExpr = pItem->pExpr)!=0
){
assert( pNewExpr->iColumn==0 || i>0 );
if( pNewExpr->iColumn==0 ){
@@ -100157,7 +101213,7 @@
/*
** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from
-** the build, then none of the following routines, except for
+** the build, then none of the following routines, except for
** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes
** called with a NULL argument.
*/
@@ -100190,7 +101246,7 @@
}
pNewItem->pIBIndex = pOldItem->pIBIndex;
if( pNewItem->fg.isTabFunc ){
- pNewItem->u1.pFuncArg =
+ pNewItem->u1.pFuncArg =
sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pOldItem->u1.pFuncArg, flags);
}
pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
@@ -100307,7 +101363,7 @@
pList->nExpr = 0;
}else if( (pList->nExpr & (pList->nExpr-1))==0 ){
ExprList *pNew;
- pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList,
+ pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList,
sizeof(*pList)+(2*(sqlite3_int64)pList->nExpr-1)*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
if( pNew==0 ){
goto no_mem;
@@ -100321,7 +101377,7 @@
pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
return pList;
-no_mem:
+no_mem:
/* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
@@ -100354,8 +101410,8 @@
if( NEVER(pColumns==0) ) goto vector_append_error;
if( pExpr==0 ) goto vector_append_error;
- /* If the RHS is a vector, then we can immediately check to see that
- ** the size of the RHS and LHS match. But if the RHS is a SELECT,
+ /* If the RHS is a vector, then we can immediately check to see that
+ ** the size of the RHS and LHS match. But if the RHS is a SELECT,
** wildcards ("*") in the result set of the SELECT must be expanded before
** we can do the size check, so defer the size check until code generation.
*/
@@ -100383,7 +101439,7 @@
Expr *pFirst = pList->a[iFirst].pExpr;
assert( pFirst!=0 );
assert( pFirst->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN );
-
+
/* Store the SELECT statement in pRight so it will be deleted when
** sqlite3ExprListDelete() is called */
pFirst->pRight = pExpr;
@@ -100409,13 +101465,13 @@
assert( p->nExpr>0 );
assert( SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED<0 && SQLITE_SO_ASC==0 && SQLITE_SO_DESC>0 );
- assert( iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED
- || iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC
- || iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_DESC
+ assert( iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED
+ || iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC
+ || iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_DESC
);
- assert( eNulls==SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED
- || eNulls==SQLITE_SO_ASC
- || eNulls==SQLITE_SO_DESC
+ assert( eNulls==SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED
+ || eNulls==SQLITE_SO_ASC
+ || eNulls==SQLITE_SO_DESC
);
pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1];
@@ -100448,6 +101504,7 @@
int dequote /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */
){
assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 );
+ assert( pParse->eParseMode!=PARSE_MODE_UNMAP || dequote==0 );
if( pList ){
struct ExprList_item *pItem;
assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
@@ -100455,9 +101512,14 @@
assert( pItem->zEName==0 );
assert( pItem->eEName==ENAME_NAME );
pItem->zEName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n);
- if( dequote ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zEName);
- if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){
- sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)pItem->zEName, pName);
+ if( dequote ){
+ /* If dequote==0, then pName->z does not point to part of a DDL
+ ** statement handled by the parser. And so no token need be added
+ ** to the token-map. */
+ sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zEName);
+ if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){
+ sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)pItem->zEName, pName);
+ }
}
}
}
@@ -100643,10 +101705,10 @@
**
** The sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() is used for evaluating DEFAULT
** expressions in a CREATE TABLE statement. The Walker.eCode value is 5
-** when parsing an existing schema out of the sqlite_master table and 4
+** when parsing an existing schema out of the sqlite_schema table and 4
** when processing a new CREATE TABLE statement. A bound parameter raises
** an error for new statements, but is silently converted
-** to NULL for existing schemas. This allows sqlite_master tables that
+** to NULL for existing schemas. This allows sqlite_schema tables that
** contain a bound parameter because they were generated by older versions
** of SQLite to be parsed by newer versions of SQLite without raising a
** malformed schema error.
@@ -100681,7 +101743,7 @@
if( sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(pExpr) ){
return WRC_Prune;
}
- /* Fall thru */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
case TK_COLUMN:
case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
@@ -100695,18 +101757,20 @@
if( pWalker->eCode==3 && pExpr->iTable==pWalker->u.iCur ){
return WRC_Continue;
}
- /* Fall through */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
case TK_IF_NULL_ROW:
case TK_REGISTER:
+ case TK_DOT:
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER );
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW );
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_DOT );
pWalker->eCode = 0;
return WRC_Abort;
case TK_VARIABLE:
if( pWalker->eCode==5 ){
/* Silently convert bound parameters that appear inside of CREATE
** statements into a NULL when parsing the CREATE statement text out
- ** of the sqlite_master table */
+ ** of the sqlite_schema table */
pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
}else if( pWalker->eCode==4 ){
/* A bound parameter in a CREATE statement that originates from
@@ -100714,7 +101778,7 @@
pWalker->eCode = 0;
return WRC_Abort;
}
- /* Fall through */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
default:
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* sqlite3SelectWalkFail() disallows */
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* sqlite3SelectWalkFail() disallows */
@@ -100757,7 +101821,7 @@
**
** When this routine returns true, it indicates that the expression
** can be added to the pParse->pConstExpr list and evaluated once when
-** the prepared statement starts up. See sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit().
+** the prepared statement starts up. See sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
return exprIsConst(p, 2, 0);
@@ -100804,7 +101868,7 @@
/*
** Walk the expression tree passed as the first argument. Return non-zero
-** if the expression consists entirely of constants or copies of terms
+** if the expression consists entirely of constants or copies of terms
** in pGroupBy that sort with the BINARY collation sequence.
**
** This routine is used to determine if a term of the HAVING clause can
@@ -100834,17 +101898,17 @@
/*
** Walk an expression tree for the DEFAULT field of a column definition
-** in a CREATE TABLE statement. Return non-zero if the expression is
+** in a CREATE TABLE statement. Return non-zero if the expression is
** acceptable for use as a DEFAULT. That is to say, return non-zero if
** the expression is constant or a function call with constant arguments.
** Return and 0 if there are any variables.
**
-** isInit is true when parsing from sqlite_master. isInit is false when
+** isInit is true when parsing from sqlite_schema. isInit is false when
** processing a new CREATE TABLE statement. When isInit is true, parameters
** (such as ? or $abc) in the expression are converted into NULL. When
** isInit is false, parameters raise an error. Parameters should not be
** allowed in a CREATE TABLE statement, but some legacy versions of SQLite
-** allowed it, so we need to support it when reading sqlite_master for
+** allowed it, so we need to support it when reading sqlite_schema for
** backwards compatibility.
**
** If isInit is true, set EP_FromDDL on every TK_FUNCTION node.
@@ -100918,7 +101982,7 @@
** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL.
**
** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex
-** to tell return TRUE.
+** to tell return TRUE.
**
** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes
** when we know that a value cannot be NULL. Hence, a false positive
@@ -101006,7 +102070,7 @@
}
/*
-** pX is the RHS of an IN operator. If pX is a SELECT statement
+** pX is the RHS of an IN operator. If pX is a SELECT statement
** that can be simplified to a direct table access, then return
** a pointer to the SELECT statement. If pX is not a SELECT statement,
** or if the SELECT statement needs to be manifested into a transient
@@ -101072,7 +102136,7 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
-** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the
+** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the
** right-hand side. Return TRUE if that list is constant.
*/
static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){
@@ -101131,9 +102195,9 @@
** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or due to
** a UNIQUE constraint or index.
**
-** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used
-** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must
-** be used unless <columns> is a single INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column or an
+** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used
+** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must
+** be used unless <columns> is a single INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column or an
** index can be found with the specified <columns> as its left-most.
**
** If the IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK and IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP are both set and
@@ -101145,7 +102209,7 @@
**
** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function
** might need to know whether or not the RHS side of the IN operator
-** contains a NULL. If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and
+** contains a NULL. If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and
** if there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at
** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
** to *prRhsHasNull. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a
@@ -101185,9 +102249,9 @@
assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
mustBeUnique = (inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP)!=0;
- /* If the RHS of this IN(...) operator is a SELECT, and if it matters
+ /* If the RHS of this IN(...) operator is a SELECT, and if it matters
** whether or not the SELECT result contains NULL values, check whether
- ** or not NULL is actually possible (it may not be, for example, due
+ ** or not NULL is actually possible (it may not be, for example, due
** to NOT NULL constraints in the schema). If no NULL values are possible,
** set prRhsHasNull to 0 before continuing. */
if( prRhsHasNull && (pX->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ){
@@ -101202,12 +102266,12 @@
}
/* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
- ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new
+ ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new
** ephemeral table. */
if( pParse->nErr==0 && (p = isCandidateForInOpt(pX))!=0 ){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
Table *pTab; /* Table <table>. */
- i16 iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */
+ int iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */
ExprList *pEList = p->pEList;
int nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
@@ -101218,6 +102282,7 @@
/* Code an OP_Transaction and OP_TableLock for <table>. */
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED );
sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
@@ -101237,7 +102302,7 @@
int affinity_ok = 1;
int i;
- /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform each
+ /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform each
** comparison is the same as the affinity of each column in table
** on the RHS of the IN operator. If it not, it is not possible to
** use any index of the RHS table. */
@@ -101282,14 +102347,14 @@
continue; /* This index is not unique over the IN RHS columns */
}
}
-
+
colUsed = 0; /* Columns of index used so far */
for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){
Expr *pLhs = sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pX->pLeft, i);
Expr *pRhs = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLhs, pRhs);
int j;
-
+
assert( pReq!=0 || pRhs->iColumn==XN_ROWID || pParse->nErr );
for(j=0; j<nExpr; j++){
if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=pRhs->iColumn ) continue;
@@ -101305,7 +102370,7 @@
colUsed |= mCol;
if( aiMap ) aiMap[i] = j;
}
-
+
assert( i==nExpr || colUsed!=(MASKBIT(nExpr)-1) );
if( colUsed==(MASKBIT(nExpr)-1) ){
/* If we reach this point, that means the index pIdx is usable */
@@ -101317,11 +102382,11 @@
VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 );
eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0];
-
+
if( prRhsHasNull ){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
i64 mask = (1<<nExpr)-1;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed,
iTab, 0, 0, (u8*)&mask, P4_INT64);
#endif
*prRhsHasNull = ++pParse->nMem;
@@ -101383,8 +102448,8 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
-** Argument pExpr is an (?, ?...) IN(...) expression. This
-** function allocates and returns a nul-terminated string containing
+** Argument pExpr is an (?, ?...) IN(...) expression. This
+** function allocates and returns a nul-terminated string containing
** the affinities to be used for each column of the comparison.
**
** It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that the returned
@@ -101417,11 +102482,11 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
-** Load the Parse object passed as the first argument with an error
+** Load the Parse object passed as the first argument with an error
** message of the form:
**
** "sub-select returns N columns - expected M"
-*/
+*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SubselectError(Parse *pParse, int nActual, int nExpect){
if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
const char *zFmt = "sub-select returns %d columns - expected %d";
@@ -101432,7 +102497,7 @@
/*
** Expression pExpr is a vector that has been used in a context where
-** it is not permitted. If pExpr is a sub-select vector, this routine
+** it is not permitted. If pExpr is a sub-select vector, this routine
** loads the Parse object with a message of the form:
**
** "sub-select returns N columns - expected 1"
@@ -101440,7 +102505,7 @@
** Or, if it is a regular scalar vector:
**
** "row value misused"
-*/
+*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
if( pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){
@@ -101503,7 +102568,7 @@
if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && pParse->iSelfTab==0 ){
/* Reuse of the RHS is allowed */
/* If this routine has already been coded, but the previous code
- ** might not have been invoked yet, so invoke it now as a subroutine.
+ ** might not have been invoked yet, so invoke it now as a subroutine.
*/
if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Subrtn) ){
addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v);
@@ -101520,6 +102585,7 @@
/* Begin coding the subroutine */
ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Subrtn);
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
pExpr->y.sub.regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
pExpr->y.sub.iAddr =
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pExpr->y.sub.regReturn) + 1;
@@ -101601,6 +102667,8 @@
affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft);
if( affinity<=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
+ }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
+ affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
}
if( pKeyInfo ){
assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
@@ -101654,7 +102722,7 @@
**
** The pExpr parameter is the SELECT or EXISTS operator to be coded.
**
-** Return the register that holds the result. For a multi-column SELECT,
+** Return the register that holds the result. For a multi-column SELECT,
** the result is stored in a contiguous array of registers and the
** return value is the register of the left-most result column.
** Return 0 if an error occurs.
@@ -101705,7 +102773,7 @@
addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v);
}
-
+
/* For a SELECT, generate code to put the values for all columns of
** the first row into an array of registers and return the index of
** the first register.
@@ -101713,7 +102781,7 @@
** If this is an EXISTS, write an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists)
** into a register and return that register number.
**
- ** In both cases, the query is augmented with "LIMIT 1". Any
+ ** In both cases, the query is augmented with "LIMIT 1". Any
** preexisting limit is discarded in place of the new LIMIT 1.
*/
ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "%sSCALAR SUBQUERY %d",
@@ -101770,9 +102838,9 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
-** Expr pIn is an IN(...) expression. This function checks that the
-** sub-select on the RHS of the IN() operator has the same number of
-** columns as the vector on the LHS. Or, if the RHS of the IN() is not
+** Expr pIn is an IN(...) expression. This function checks that the
+** sub-select on the RHS of the IN() operator has the same number of
+** columns as the vector on the LHS. Or, if the RHS of the IN() is not
** a sub-query, that the LHS is a vector of size 1.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckIN(Parse *pParse, Expr *pIn){
@@ -101797,18 +102865,18 @@
** x IN (SELECT ...)
** x IN (value, value, ...)
**
-** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar or vector expression. The
+** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar or vector expression. The
** right-hand side (RHS) is an array of zero or more scalar values, or a
** subquery. If the RHS is a subquery, the number of result columns must
** match the number of columns in the vector on the LHS. If the RHS is
-** a list of values, the LHS must be a scalar.
+** a list of values, the LHS must be a scalar.
**
** The IN operator is true if the LHS value is contained within the RHS.
-** The result is false if the LHS is definitely not in the RHS. The
-** result is NULL if the presence of the LHS in the RHS cannot be
+** The result is false if the LHS is definitely not in the RHS. The
+** result is NULL if the presence of the LHS in the RHS cannot be
** determined due to NULLs.
**
-** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not
+** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not
** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS
** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained
** within the RHS then fall through.
@@ -101837,9 +102905,11 @@
int destStep6 = 0; /* Start of code for Step 6 */
int addrTruthOp; /* Address of opcode that determines the IN is true */
int destNotNull; /* Jump here if a comparison is not true in step 6 */
- int addrTop; /* Top of the step-6 loop */
+ int addrTop; /* Top of the step-6 loop */
int iTab = 0; /* Index to use */
+ u8 okConstFactor = pParse->okConstFactor;
+ assert( !ExprHasVVAProperty(pExpr,EP_Immutable) );
pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
if( sqlite3ExprCheckIN(pParse, pExpr) ) return;
zAff = exprINAffinity(pParse, pExpr);
@@ -101862,7 +102932,7 @@
aiMap, &iTab);
assert( pParse->nErr || nVector==1 || eType==IN_INDEX_EPH
- || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC
+ || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC
);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/* Confirm that aiMap[] contains nVector integer values between 0 and
@@ -101874,16 +102944,22 @@
}
#endif
- /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". If the LHS is a
- ** vector, then it is stored in an array of nVector registers starting
+ /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". If the LHS is a
+ ** vector, then it is stored in an array of nVector registers starting
** at r1.
**
** sqlite3FindInIndex() might have reordered the fields of the LHS vector
** so that the fields are in the same order as an existing index. The
** aiMap[] array contains a mapping from the original LHS field order to
** the field order that matches the RHS index.
- */
+ **
+ ** Avoid factoring the LHS of the IN(...) expression out of the loop,
+ ** even if it is constant, as OP_Affinity may be used on the register
+ ** by code generated below. */
+ assert( pParse->okConstFactor==okConstFactor );
+ pParse->okConstFactor = 0;
rLhsOrig = exprCodeVector(pParse, pLeft, &iDummy);
+ pParse->okConstFactor = okConstFactor;
for(i=0; i<nVector && aiMap[i]==i; i++){} /* Are LHS fields reordered? */
if( i==nVector ){
/* LHS fields are not reordered */
@@ -101909,21 +102985,13 @@
int r2, regToFree;
int regCkNull = 0;
int ii;
- int bLhsReal; /* True if the LHS of the IN has REAL affinity */
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
if( destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){
regCkNull = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, rLhs, rLhs, regCkNull);
}
- bLhsReal = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft)==SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
for(ii=0; ii<pList->nExpr; ii++){
- if( bLhsReal ){
- r2 = regToFree = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, r2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r2, 1, 0, "E", P4_STATIC);
- }else{
- r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, ®ToFree);
- }
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, ®ToFree);
if( regCkNull && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pList->a[ii].pExpr) ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, regCkNull, r2, regCkNull);
}
@@ -102007,7 +103075,7 @@
}
/* Step 5. If we do not care about the difference between NULL and
- ** FALSE, then just return false.
+ ** FALSE, then just return false.
*/
if( destIfFalse==destIfNull ) sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfFalse);
@@ -102068,7 +103136,7 @@
** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
**
-** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the
+** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the
** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
** like the continuation of the number.
*/
@@ -102166,7 +103234,7 @@
}else{
iAddr = 0;
}
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pCol->pDflt, regOut);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pCol->pDflt, regOut);
if( pCol->affinity>=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, regOut, 1, 0, &pCol->affinity, 1);
}
@@ -102229,7 +103297,7 @@
/*
** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
-** table pTab and store the column value in register iReg.
+** table pTab and store the column value in register iReg.
**
** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine
** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
@@ -102308,6 +103376,16 @@
}
/*
+** If the last opcode is a OP_Copy, then set the do-not-merge flag (p5)
+** so that a subsequent copy will not be merged into this one.
+*/
+static void setDoNotMergeFlagOnCopy(Vdbe *v){
+ if( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1)->opcode==OP_Copy ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); /* Tag trailing OP_Copy as not mergable */
+ }
+}
+
+/*
** Generate code to implement special SQL functions that are implemented
** in-line rather than by using the usual callbacks.
*/
@@ -102338,14 +103416,19 @@
VdbeCoverage(v);
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr, target);
}
- if( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1)->opcode==OP_Copy ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); /* Tag trailing OP_Copy as not mergable */
- }
+ setDoNotMergeFlagOnCopy(v);
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce);
break;
}
+ case INLINEFUNC_iif: {
+ Expr caseExpr;
+ memset(&caseExpr, 0, sizeof(caseExpr));
+ caseExpr.op = TK_CASE;
+ caseExpr.x.pList = pFarg;
+ return sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, &caseExpr, target);
+ }
- default: {
+ default: {
/* The UNLIKELY() function is a no-op. The result is the value
** of the first argument.
*/
@@ -102361,7 +103444,7 @@
case INLINEFUNC_expr_compare: {
/* Compare two expressions using sqlite3ExprCompare() */
assert( nFarg==2 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer,
sqlite3ExprCompare(0,pFarg->a[0].pExpr, pFarg->a[1].pExpr,-1),
target);
break;
@@ -102370,7 +103453,7 @@
case INLINEFUNC_expr_implies_expr: {
/* Compare two expressions using sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr() */
assert( nFarg==2 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer,
sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse,pFarg->a[0].pExpr, pFarg->a[1].pExpr,-1),
target);
break;
@@ -102382,7 +103465,7 @@
assert( nFarg==2 );
pA1 = pFarg->a[1].pExpr;
if( pA1->op==TK_COLUMN ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer,
sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(pFarg->a[0].pExpr,pA1->iTable),
target);
}else{
@@ -102401,7 +103484,7 @@
char aff;
assert( nFarg==1 );
aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pFarg->a[0].pExpr);
- sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target,
+ sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target,
(aff<=SQLITE_AFF_NONE) ? "none" : azAff[aff-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB]);
break;
}
@@ -102433,30 +103516,41 @@
int p5 = 0;
assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
- if( v==0 ){
- assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
- return 0;
- }
+ assert( v!=0 );
expr_code_doover:
if( pExpr==0 ){
op = TK_NULL;
}else{
+ assert( !ExprHasVVAProperty(pExpr,EP_Immutable) );
op = pExpr->op;
}
switch( op ){
case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
- struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg];
+ struct AggInfo_col *pCol;
+ assert( pAggInfo!=0 );
+ assert( pExpr->iAgg>=0 && pExpr->iAgg<pAggInfo->nColumn );
+ pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg];
if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){
assert( pCol->iMem>0 );
return pCol->iMem;
}else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){
+ Table *pTab = pCol->pTab;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab,
pCol->iSorterColumn, target);
+ if( pCol->iColumn<0 ){
+ VdbeComment((v,"%s.rowid",pTab->zName));
+ }else{
+ VdbeComment((v,"%s.%s",pTab->zName,pTab->aCol[pCol->iColumn].zName));
+ if( pTab->aCol[pCol->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target);
+ }
+ }
return target;
}
/* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
case TK_COLUMN: {
int iTab = pExpr->iTable;
@@ -102479,10 +103573,6 @@
static const char zAff[] = "B\000C\000D\000E";
assert( SQLITE_AFF_BLOB=='A' );
assert( SQLITE_AFF_TEXT=='B' );
- if( iReg!=target ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iReg, target);
- iReg = target;
- }
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, iReg, 1, 0,
&zAff[(aff-'B')*2], P4_STATIC);
}
@@ -102660,7 +103750,7 @@
case TK_BITOR:
case TK_SLASH:
case TK_LSHIFT:
- case TK_RSHIFT:
+ case TK_RSHIFT:
case TK_CONCAT: {
assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); testcase( op==TK_AND );
assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); testcase( op==TK_OR );
@@ -102696,6 +103786,7 @@
tempX.op = TK_INTEGER;
tempX.flags = EP_IntValue|EP_TokenOnly;
tempX.u.iValue = 0;
+ ExprClearVVAProperties(&tempX);
r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &tempX, ®Free1);
r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free2);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target);
@@ -102741,7 +103832,10 @@
}
case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
- if( pInfo==0 ){
+ if( pInfo==0
+ || NEVER(pExpr->iAgg<0)
+ || NEVER(pExpr->iAgg>=pInfo->nFunc)
+ ){
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken);
}else{
@@ -102767,16 +103861,13 @@
#endif
if( ConstFactorOk(pParse) && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) ){
- /* SQL functions can be expensive. So try to move constant functions
- ** out of the inner loop, even if that means an extra OP_Copy. */
- return sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, -1);
+ /* SQL functions can be expensive. So try to avoid running them
+ ** multiple times if we know they always give the same result */
+ return sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(pParse, pExpr, -1);
}
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
- pFarg = 0;
- }else{
- pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
- }
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) );
+ pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0;
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
@@ -102830,7 +103921,7 @@
assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG );
assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG );
testcase( pDef->funcFlags & OPFLAG_LENGTHARG );
- pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 =
+ pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 =
pDef->funcFlags & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
}
}
@@ -102849,7 +103940,7 @@
** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because
** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to
** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the
- ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to
+ ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to
** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test
** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)".
*/
@@ -102860,7 +103951,7 @@
}
#endif
if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
- if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+ if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
}
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC
@@ -102892,7 +103983,9 @@
int nCol;
testcase( op==TK_EXISTS );
testcase( op==TK_SELECT );
- if( op==TK_SELECT && (nCol = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr)!=1 ){
+ if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ){
+ return 0;
+ }else if( op==TK_SELECT && (nCol = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr)!=1 ){
sqlite3SubselectError(pParse, nCol, 1);
}else{
return sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr);
@@ -102943,7 +104036,7 @@
return target;
}
case TK_SPAN:
- case TK_COLLATE:
+ case TK_COLLATE:
case TK_UPLUS: {
pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
goto expr_code_doover; /* 2018-04-28: Prevent deep recursion. OSSFuzz. */
@@ -102959,7 +104052,7 @@
**
** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1
** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1)
- ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where
+ ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where
** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is
** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table.
** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1
@@ -102973,11 +104066,11 @@
**
** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid
** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a
- ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b
+ ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b
*/
Table *pTab = pExpr->y.pTab;
int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
- int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1
+ int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1
+ sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(pTab, iCol);
assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 );
@@ -103111,17 +104204,18 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
}
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDel);
+ setDoNotMergeFlagOnCopy(v);
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel);
break;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
case TK_RAISE: {
- assert( pExpr->affExpr==OE_Rollback
+ assert( pExpr->affExpr==OE_Rollback
|| pExpr->affExpr==OE_Abort
|| pExpr->affExpr==OE_Fail
|| pExpr->affExpr==OE_Ignore
);
- if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+ if( !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
return 0;
@@ -103135,8 +104229,9 @@
v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0);
VdbeCoverage(v);
}else{
- sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER,
- pExpr->affExpr, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse,
+ pParse->pTriggerTab ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER : SQLITE_ERROR,
+ pExpr->affExpr, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, 0);
}
break;
@@ -103149,15 +104244,23 @@
}
/*
-** Factor out the code of the given expression to initialization time.
+** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr just one time
+** per prepared statement execution.
+**
+** If the expression uses functions (that might throw an exception) then
+** guard them with an OP_Once opcode to ensure that the code is only executed
+** once. If no functions are involved, then factor the code out and put it at
+** the end of the prepared statement in the initialization section.
**
** If regDest>=0 then the result is always stored in that register and the
-** result is not reusable. If regDest<0 then this routine is free to
-** store the value whereever it wants. The register where the expression
-** is stored is returned. When regDest<0, two identical expressions will
-** code to the same register.
+** result is not reusable. If regDest<0 then this routine is free to
+** store the value whereever it wants. The register where the expression
+** is stored is returned. When regDest<0, two identical expressions might
+** code to the same register, if they do not contain function calls and hence
+** are factored out into the initialization section at the end of the
+** prepared statement.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to code when the VDBE initializes */
int regDest /* Store the value in this register */
@@ -103175,14 +104278,29 @@
}
}
pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0);
- p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr);
- if( p ){
- struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1];
- pItem->reusable = regDest<0;
- if( regDest<0 ) regDest = ++pParse->nMem;
- pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest;
+ if( pExpr!=0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_HasFunc) ){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ int addr;
+ assert( v );
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ pParse->okConstFactor = 0;
+ if( !pParse->db->mallocFailed ){
+ if( regDest<0 ) regDest = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, regDest);
+ }
+ pParse->okConstFactor = 1;
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pExpr);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+ }else{
+ p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr);
+ if( p ){
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1];
+ pItem->reusable = regDest<0;
+ if( regDest<0 ) regDest = ++pParse->nMem;
+ pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest;
+ }
+ pParse->pConstExpr = p;
}
- pParse->pConstExpr = p;
return regDest;
}
@@ -103207,7 +104325,7 @@
&& sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr)
){
*pReg = 0;
- r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, -1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(pParse, pExpr, -1);
}else{
int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
@@ -103229,10 +104347,12 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
int inReg;
+ assert( pExpr==0 || !ExprHasVVAProperty(pExpr,EP_Immutable) );
assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
- inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
- if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){
+ if( pParse->pVdbe==0 ) return;
+ inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
+ if( inReg!=target ){
u8 op;
if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_Subquery) ){
op = OP_Copy;
@@ -103263,9 +104383,9 @@
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
if( pParse->okConstFactor && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) ){
- sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(pParse, pExpr, target);
}else{
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pExpr, target);
}
}
@@ -103323,7 +104443,7 @@
}else if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR)!=0
&& sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr)
){
- sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target+i);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(pParse, pExpr, target+i);
}else{
int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i);
if( inReg!=target+i ){
@@ -103349,7 +104469,7 @@
**
** x BETWEEN y AND z
**
-** The above is equivalent to
+** The above is equivalent to
**
** x>=y AND x<=z
**
@@ -103446,6 +104566,7 @@
assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */
if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return; /* No way this can happen */
+ assert( !ExprHasVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_Immutable) );
op = pExpr->op;
switch( op ){
case TK_AND:
@@ -103495,7 +104616,7 @@
testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ;
- /* Fall thru */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
case TK_LT:
case TK_LE:
case TK_GT:
@@ -103565,7 +104686,7 @@
}
}
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
}
/*
@@ -103587,6 +104708,7 @@
assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */
if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+ assert( !ExprHasVVAProperty(pExpr,EP_Immutable) );
/* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
**
@@ -103670,7 +104792,7 @@
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ;
jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ;
- /* Fall thru */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
case TK_LT:
case TK_LE:
case TK_GT:
@@ -103724,7 +104846,7 @@
}
#endif
default: {
- default_expr:
+ default_expr:
if( ExprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){
sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest);
}else if( ExprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){
@@ -103774,7 +104896,7 @@
int res = 0;
int iVar;
sqlite3_value *pL, *pR = 0;
-
+
sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pParse->db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB, &pR);
if( pR ){
iVar = pVar->iColumn;
@@ -103816,9 +104938,9 @@
** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction.
**
** If pParse is not NULL then TK_VARIABLE terms in pA with bindings in
-** pParse->pReprepare can be matched against literals in pB. The
+** pParse->pReprepare can be matched against literals in pB. The
** pParse->pVdbe->expmask bitmask is updated for each variable referenced.
-** If pParse is NULL (the normal case) then any TK_VARIABLE term in
+** If pParse is NULL (the normal case) then any TK_VARIABLE term in
** Argument pParse should normally be NULL. If it is not NULL and pA or
** pB causes a return value of 2.
*/
@@ -103870,7 +104992,7 @@
}
if( (pA->flags & (EP_Distinct|EP_Commuted))
!= (pB->flags & (EP_Distinct|EP_Commuted)) ) return 2;
- if( (combinedFlags & EP_TokenOnly)==0 ){
+ if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_TokenOnly)==0) ){
if( combinedFlags & EP_xIsSelect ) return 2;
if( (combinedFlags & EP_FixedCol)==0
&& sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft, iTab) ) return 2;
@@ -103878,24 +105000,10 @@
if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList, iTab) ) return 2;
if( pA->op!=TK_STRING
&& pA->op!=TK_TRUEFALSE
- && (combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0
+ && ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0)
){
if( pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2;
- if( pA->op2!=pB->op2 ){
- if( pA->op==TK_TRUTH ) return 2;
- if( pA->op==TK_FUNCTION && iTab<0 ){
- /* Ex: CREATE TABLE t1(a CHECK( a<julianday('now') ));
- ** INSERT INTO t1(a) VALUES(julianday('now')+10);
- ** Without this test, sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit() will run on the
- ** the julianday() of INSERT first, and remember that expression.
- ** Then sqlite3ExprCodeInit() will see the julianday() in the CHECK
- ** constraint as redundant, reusing the one from the INSERT, even
- ** though the julianday() in INSERT lacks the critical NC_IsCheck
- ** flag. See ticket [830277d9db6c3ba1] (2019-10-30)
- */
- return 2;
- }
- }
+ if( pA->op2!=pB->op2 && pA->op==TK_TRUTH ) return 2;
if( pA->op!=TK_IN && pA->iTable!=pB->iTable && pA->iTable!=iTab ){
return 2;
}
@@ -103906,7 +105014,7 @@
/*
** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical, 1
-** if they are certainly different, or 2 if it is not possible to
+** if they are certainly different, or 2 if it is not possible to
** determine if they are identical or not.
**
** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed
@@ -103993,16 +105101,16 @@
case TK_MINUS:
case TK_BITOR:
case TK_LSHIFT:
- case TK_RSHIFT:
- case TK_CONCAT:
+ case TK_RSHIFT:
+ case TK_CONCAT:
seenNot = 1;
- /* Fall thru */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
case TK_STAR:
case TK_REM:
case TK_BITAND:
case TK_SLASH: {
if( exprImpliesNotNull(pParse, p->pRight, pNN, iTab, seenNot) ) return 1;
- /* Fall thru into the next case */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
case TK_SPAN:
case TK_COLLATE:
@@ -104039,9 +105147,9 @@
** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has
** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab.
**
-** If pParse is not NULL, then the values of bound variables in pE1 are
+** If pParse is not NULL, then the values of bound variables in pE1 are
** compared against literal values in pE2 and pParse->pVdbe->expmask is
-** modified to record which bound variables are referenced. If pParse
+** modified to record which bound variables are referenced. If pParse
** is NULL, then false will be returned if pE1 contains any bound variables.
**
** When in doubt, return false. Returning true might give a performance
@@ -104133,19 +105241,26 @@
case TK_LT:
case TK_LE:
case TK_GT:
- case TK_GE:
+ case TK_GE: {
+ Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+ Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EQ );
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_NE );
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_LT );
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_LE );
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_GT );
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_GE );
- if( (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pExpr->pLeft->y.pTab))
- || (pExpr->pRight->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pExpr->pRight->y.pTab))
+ /* The y.pTab=0 assignment in wherecode.c always happens after the
+ ** impliesNotNullRow() test */
+ if( (pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pLeft->y.pTab!=0)
+ && IsVirtual(pLeft->y.pTab))
+ || (pRight->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pRight->y.pTab!=0)
+ && IsVirtual(pRight->y.pTab))
){
- return WRC_Prune;
+ return WRC_Prune;
}
-
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
+ }
default:
return WRC_Continue;
}
@@ -104207,7 +105322,7 @@
};
/*
-** Check to see if there are references to columns in table
+** Check to see if there are references to columns in table
** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->iCur can be satisfied using the index
** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->pIdx.
*/
@@ -104251,23 +105366,38 @@
/*
** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker
-** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an
+** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an
** aggregate function, in order to implement the
** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine.
*/
struct SrcCount {
SrcList *pSrc; /* One particular FROM clause in a nested query */
+ int iSrcInner; /* Smallest cursor number in this context */
int nThis; /* Number of references to columns in pSrcList */
int nOther; /* Number of references to columns in other FROM clauses */
};
/*
+** xSelect callback for sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(). If this is the first
+** SELECT with a FROM clause encountered during this iteration, set
+** SrcCount.iSrcInner to the cursor number of the leftmost object in
+** the FROM cause.
+*/
+static int selectSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSel){
+ struct SrcCount *p = pWalker->u.pSrcCount;
+ if( p->iSrcInner==0x7FFFFFFF && ALWAYS(pSel->pSrc) && pSel->pSrc->nSrc ){
+ pWalker->u.pSrcCount->iSrcInner = pSel->pSrc->a[0].iCursor;
+ }
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
** Count the number of references to columns.
*/
static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
/* There was once a NEVER() on the second term on the grounds that
- ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() was always called before
- ** sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the TK_COLUMNs have not yet
+ ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() was always called before
+ ** sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the TK_COLUMNs have not yet
** been converted into TK_AGG_COLUMN. But this is no longer true due
** to window functions - sqlite3WindowRewrite() may now indirectly call
** FunctionUsesThisSrc() when creating a new sub-select. */
@@ -104281,7 +105411,7 @@
}
if( i<nSrc ){
p->nThis++;
- }else if( nSrc==0 || pExpr->iTable<pSrc->a[0].iCursor ){
+ }else if( pExpr->iTable<p->iSrcInner ){
/* In a well-formed parse tree (no name resolution errors),
** TK_COLUMN nodes with smaller Expr.iTable values are in an
** outer context. Those are the only ones to count as "other" */
@@ -104303,9 +105433,10 @@
assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
w.xExprCallback = exprSrcCount;
- w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkNoop;
+ w.xSelectCallback = selectSrcCount;
w.u.pSrcCount = &cnt;
cnt.pSrc = pSrcList;
+ cnt.iSrcInner = (pSrcList&&pSrcList->nSrc)?pSrcList->a[0].iCursor:0x7FFFFFFF;
cnt.nThis = 0;
cnt.nOther = 0;
sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pExpr->x.pList);
@@ -104318,6 +105449,64 @@
}
/*
+** This is a Walker expression node callback.
+**
+** For Expr nodes that contain pAggInfo pointers, make sure the AggInfo
+** object that is referenced does not refer directly to the Expr. If
+** it does, make a copy. This is done because the pExpr argument is
+** subject to change.
+**
+** The copy is stored on pParse->pConstExpr with a register number of 0.
+** This will cause the expression to be deleted automatically when the
+** Parse object is destroyed, but the zero register number means that it
+** will not generate any code in the preamble.
+*/
+static int agginfoPersistExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+ if( ALWAYS(!ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced))
+ && pExpr->pAggInfo!=0
+ ){
+ AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
+ int iAgg = pExpr->iAgg;
+ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){
+ assert( iAgg>=0 && iAgg<pAggInfo->nColumn );
+ if( pAggInfo->aCol[iAgg].pCExpr==pExpr ){
+ pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
+ if( pExpr ){
+ pAggInfo->aCol[iAgg].pCExpr = pExpr;
+ pParse->pConstExpr =
+ sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pParse->pConstExpr, pExpr);
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ assert( iAgg>=0 && iAgg<pAggInfo->nFunc );
+ if( pAggInfo->aFunc[iAgg].pFExpr==pExpr ){
+ pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
+ if( pExpr ){
+ pAggInfo->aFunc[iAgg].pFExpr = pExpr;
+ pParse->pConstExpr =
+ sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pParse->pConstExpr, pExpr);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a Walker object so that will persist AggInfo entries referenced
+** by the tree that is walked.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AggInfoPersistWalkerInit(Walker *pWalker, Parse *pParse){
+ memset(pWalker, 0, sizeof(*pWalker));
+ pWalker->pParse = pParse;
+ pWalker->xExprCallback = agginfoPersistExprCb;
+ pWalker->xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkNoop;
+}
+
+/*
** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of
** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails.
*/
@@ -104331,7 +105520,7 @@
&i
);
return i;
-}
+}
/*
** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of
@@ -104340,14 +105529,14 @@
static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
int i;
pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
- db,
+ db,
pInfo->aFunc,
sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]),
&pInfo->nFunc,
&i
);
return i;
-}
+}
/*
** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to
@@ -104376,7 +105565,7 @@
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){
/* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table
- ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.
+ ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.
**
** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there
** is not an entry there already.
@@ -104390,7 +105579,7 @@
}
}
if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn)
- && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0
+ && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0
){
pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k];
pCol->pTab = pExpr->y.pTab;
@@ -104398,7 +105587,7 @@
pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
pCol->iSorterColumn = -1;
- pCol->pExpr = pExpr;
+ pCol->pCExpr = pExpr;
if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){
int j, n;
ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy;
@@ -104436,12 +105625,12 @@
if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0
&& pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2
){
- /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate
+ /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate
** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure
*/
struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc;
for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pItem++){
- if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pItem->pExpr, pExpr, -1)==0 ){
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pItem->pFExpr, pExpr, -1)==0 ){
break;
}
}
@@ -104453,11 +105642,11 @@
if( i>=0 ){
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i];
- pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+ pItem->pFExpr = pExpr;
pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
- pExpr->u.zToken,
+ pExpr->u.zToken,
pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){
pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
@@ -104480,15 +105669,6 @@
}
return WRC_Continue;
}
-static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect);
- pWalker->walkerDepth++;
- return WRC_Continue;
-}
-static void analyzeAggregatesInSelectEnd(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect);
- pWalker->walkerDepth--;
-}
/*
** Analyze the pExpr expression looking for aggregate functions and
@@ -104502,8 +105682,8 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
Walker w;
w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate;
- w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect;
- w.xSelectCallback2 = analyzeAggregatesInSelectEnd;
+ w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3WalkerDepthIncrease;
+ w.xSelectCallback2 = sqlite3WalkerDepthDecrease;
w.walkerDepth = 0;
w.u.pNC = pNC;
w.pParse = 0;
@@ -104648,7 +105828,7 @@
** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned.
*/
static int isAlterableTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
- if( 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)
+ if( 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
|| ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Shadow)!=0
&& sqlite3ReadOnlyShadowTables(pParse->db)
@@ -104669,24 +105849,24 @@
** objects unusable.
*/
static void renameTestSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb, int bTemp){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"SELECT 1 "
- "FROM \"%w\".%s "
+ "FROM \"%w\"." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " "
"WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqliteX_%%' ESCAPE 'X'"
" AND sql NOT LIKE 'create virtual%%'"
" AND sqlite_rename_test(%Q, sql, type, name, %d)=NULL ",
- zDb, MASTER_NAME,
+ zDb,
zDb, bTemp
);
if( bTemp==0 ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"SELECT 1 "
- "FROM temp.%s "
+ "FROM temp." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " "
"WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqliteX_%%' ESCAPE 'X'"
" AND sql NOT LIKE 'create virtual%%'"
" AND sqlite_rename_test(%Q, sql, type, name, 1)=NULL ",
- MASTER_NAME, zDb
+ zDb
);
}
}
@@ -104705,8 +105885,8 @@
}
/*
-** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy"
-** command.
+** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy"
+** command.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */
@@ -104716,7 +105896,7 @@
int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */
char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */
Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */
- char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */
+ char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */
const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */
@@ -104724,7 +105904,7 @@
VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */
u32 savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->mDbFlags */
- savedDbFlags = db->mDbFlags;
+ savedDbFlags = db->mDbFlags;
if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table;
assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
@@ -104742,8 +105922,11 @@
/* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
*/
- if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb)
+ || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)
+ || sqlite3IsShadowTableOf(db, pTab, zName)
+ ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
goto exit_rename_table;
}
@@ -104786,7 +105969,7 @@
/* Begin a transaction for database iDb. Then modify the schema cookie
** (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the schema). Call sqlite3MayAbort(),
- ** as the scalar functions (e.g. sqlite_rename_table()) invoked by the
+ ** as the scalar functions (e.g. sqlite_rename_table()) invoked by the
** nested SQL may raise an exception. */
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v==0 ){
@@ -104800,18 +105983,18 @@
/* Rewrite all CREATE TABLE, INDEX, TRIGGER or VIEW statements in
** the schema to use the new table name. */
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "UPDATE \"%w\"." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " SET "
"sql = sqlite_rename_table(%Q, type, name, sql, %Q, %Q, %d) "
"WHERE (type!='index' OR tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase)"
"AND name NOT LIKE 'sqliteX_%%' ESCAPE 'X'"
- , zDb, MASTER_NAME, zDb, zTabName, zName, (iDb==1), zTabName
+ , zDb, zDb, zTabName, zName, (iDb==1), zTabName
);
- /* Update the tbl_name and name columns of the sqlite_master table
+ /* Update the tbl_name and name columns of the sqlite_schema table
** as required. */
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
+ "UPDATE %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " SET "
"tbl_name = %Q, "
"name = CASE "
"WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
@@ -104820,14 +106003,14 @@
"'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) "
"ELSE name END "
"WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND "
- "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');",
- zDb, MASTER_NAME,
- zName, zName, zName,
+ "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');",
+ zDb,
+ zName, zName, zName,
nTabName, zTabName
);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update
+ /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update
** it with the new table name.
*/
if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
@@ -104838,11 +106021,11 @@
#endif
/* If the table being renamed is not itself part of the temp database,
- ** edit view and trigger definitions within the temp database
+ ** edit view and trigger definitions within the temp database
** as required. */
if( iDb!=1 ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "UPDATE sqlite_temp_schema SET "
"sql = sqlite_rename_table(%Q, type, name, sql, %Q, %Q, 1), "
"tbl_name = "
"CASE WHEN tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND "
@@ -104875,6 +106058,22 @@
}
/*
+** Write code that will raise an error if the table described by
+** zDb and zTab is not empty.
+*/
+static void sqlite3ErrorIfNotEmpty(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ const char *zDb, /* Schema holding the table */
+ const char *zTab, /* Table to check for empty */
+ const char *zErr /* Error message text */
+){
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "SELECT raise(ABORT,%Q) FROM \"%w\".\"%w\"",
+ zErr, zDb, zTab
+ );
+}
+
+/*
** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
** column definition.
@@ -104926,11 +106125,12 @@
return;
}
if( pNew->pIndex ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
return;
}
if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)==0 ){
- /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a
+ /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a
** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
** for an SQL NULL default below.
*/
@@ -104939,16 +106139,15 @@
pDflt = 0;
}
if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorIfNotEmpty(pParse, zDb, zTab,
"Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value");
- return;
}
if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorIfNotEmpty(pParse, zDb, zTab,
"Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
- return;
}
+
/* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
*/
@@ -104962,14 +106161,13 @@
return;
}
if( !pVal ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
- return;
+ sqlite3ErrorIfNotEmpty(pParse, zDb, zTab,
+ "Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
}
sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
}
}else if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_STORED ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot add a STORED column");
- return;
+ sqlite3ErrorIfNotEmpty(pParse, zDb, zTab, "cannot add a STORED column");
}
@@ -104982,11 +106180,11 @@
*zEnd-- = '\0';
}
db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin;
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "UPDATE \"%w\"." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " SET "
"sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) "
- "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q",
- zDb, MASTER_NAME, pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
+ "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q",
+ zDb, pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
zTab
);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
@@ -105015,14 +106213,14 @@
/*
** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
-** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument
+** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument
** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
**
** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
-** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to
-** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c
+** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to
+** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c
** after parsing is finished.
**
** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
@@ -105088,6 +106286,7 @@
for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){
Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName);
+ pCol->hName = sqlite3StrIHash(pCol->zName);
pCol->zColl = 0;
pCol->pDflt = 0;
}
@@ -105161,7 +106360,7 @@
if( SQLITE_OK!=isAlterableTable(pParse, pTab) ) goto exit_rename_column;
if( SQLITE_OK!=isRealTable(pParse, pTab) ) goto exit_rename_column;
- /* Which schema holds the table to be altered */
+ /* Which schema holds the table to be altered */
iSchema = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
assert( iSchema>=0 );
zDb = db->aDb[iSchema].zDbSName;
@@ -105187,29 +106386,28 @@
/* Do the rename operation using a recursive UPDATE statement that
** uses the sqlite_rename_column() SQL function to compute the new
- ** CREATE statement text for the sqlite_master table.
+ ** CREATE statement text for the sqlite_schema table.
*/
sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
zNew = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pNew);
if( !zNew ) goto exit_rename_column;
assert( pNew->n>0 );
bQuote = sqlite3Isquote(pNew->z[0]);
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "UPDATE \"%w\"." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " SET "
"sql = sqlite_rename_column(sql, type, name, %Q, %Q, %d, %Q, %d, %d) "
"WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqliteX_%%' ESCAPE 'X' "
" AND (type != 'index' OR tbl_name = %Q)"
" AND sql NOT LIKE 'create virtual%%'",
- zDb, MASTER_NAME,
+ zDb,
zDb, pTab->zName, iCol, zNew, bQuote, iSchema==1,
pTab->zName
);
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE temp.%s SET "
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "UPDATE temp." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " SET "
"sql = sqlite_rename_column(sql, type, name, %Q, %Q, %d, %Q, %d, 1) "
"WHERE type IN ('trigger', 'view')",
- MASTER_NAME,
zDb, pTab->zName, iCol, zNew, bQuote
);
@@ -105256,7 +106454,7 @@
RenameToken *pList; /* List of tokens to overwrite */
int nList; /* Number of tokens in pList */
int iCol; /* Index of column being renamed */
- Table *pTab; /* Table being ALTERed */
+ Table *pTab; /* Table being ALTERed */
const char *zOld; /* Old column name */
};
@@ -105264,14 +106462,14 @@
/*
** This function is only for debugging. It performs two tasks:
**
-** 1. Checks that pointer pPtr does not already appear in the
+** 1. Checks that pointer pPtr does not already appear in the
** rename-token list.
**
** 2. Dereferences each pointer in the rename-token list.
**
** The second is most effective when debugging under valgrind or
-** address-sanitizer or similar. If any of these pointers no longer
-** point to valid objects, an exception is raised by the memory-checking
+** address-sanitizer or similar. If any of these pointers no longer
+** point to valid objects, an exception is raised by the memory-checking
** tool.
**
** The point of this is to prevent comparisons of invalid pointer values.
@@ -105316,7 +106514,7 @@
RenameToken *pNew;
assert( pPtr || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
renameTokenCheckAll(pParse, pPtr);
- if( pParse->eParseMode!=PARSE_MODE_UNMAP ){
+ if( ALWAYS(pParse->eParseMode!=PARSE_MODE_UNMAP) ){
pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(RenameToken));
if( pNew ){
pNew->p = pPtr;
@@ -105375,6 +106573,21 @@
}
/*
+** Unmap all tokens in the IdList object passed as the second argument.
+*/
+static void unmapColumnIdlistNames(
+ Parse *pParse,
+ IdList *pIdList
+){
+ if( pIdList ){
+ int ii;
+ for(ii=0; ii<pIdList->nId; ii++){
+ sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, 0, (void*)pIdList->a[ii].zName);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
** Walker callback used by sqlite3RenameExprUnmap().
*/
static int renameUnmapSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
@@ -105395,6 +106608,7 @@
for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, 0, (void*)pSrc->a[i].zName);
if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pSrc->a[i].pOn) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ unmapColumnIdlistNames(pParse, pSrc->a[i].pUsing);
}
}
@@ -105418,7 +106632,7 @@
}
/*
-** Remove all nodes that are part of expression-list pEList from the
+** Remove all nodes that are part of expression-list pEList from the
** rename list.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RenameExprlistUnmap(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pEList){
@@ -105492,13 +106706,13 @@
*/
static int renameColumnExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
RenameCtx *p = pWalker->u.pRename;
- if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER
- && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER
+ && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol
&& pWalker->pParse->pTriggerTab==p->pTab
){
renameTokenFind(pWalker->pParse, p, (void*)pExpr);
- }else if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN
- && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol
+ }else if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN
+ && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol
&& p->pTab==pExpr->y.pTab
){
renameTokenFind(pWalker->pParse, p, (void*)pExpr);
@@ -105537,7 +106751,7 @@
** adds context to the error message and then stores it in pCtx.
*/
static void renameColumnParseError(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int bPost,
sqlite3_value *pType,
sqlite3_value *pObject,
@@ -105547,7 +106761,7 @@
const char *zN = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pObject);
char *zErr;
- zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error in %s %s%s: %s",
+ zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error in %s %s%s: %s",
zT, zN, (bPost ? " after rename" : ""),
pParse->zErrMsg
);
@@ -105557,14 +106771,14 @@
/*
** For each name in the the expression-list pEList (i.e. each
-** pEList->a[i].zName) that matches the string in zOld, extract the
+** pEList->a[i].zName) that matches the string in zOld, extract the
** corresponding rename-token from Parse object pParse and add it
** to the RenameCtx pCtx.
*/
static void renameColumnElistNames(
- Parse *pParse,
- RenameCtx *pCtx,
- ExprList *pEList,
+ Parse *pParse,
+ RenameCtx *pCtx,
+ ExprList *pEList,
const char *zOld
){
if( pEList ){
@@ -105582,14 +106796,14 @@
}
/*
-** For each name in the the id-list pIdList (i.e. each pIdList->a[i].zName)
-** that matches the string in zOld, extract the corresponding rename-token
+** For each name in the the id-list pIdList (i.e. each pIdList->a[i].zName)
+** that matches the string in zOld, extract the corresponding rename-token
** from Parse object pParse and add it to the RenameCtx pCtx.
*/
static void renameColumnIdlistNames(
- Parse *pParse,
- RenameCtx *pCtx,
- IdList *pIdList,
+ Parse *pParse,
+ RenameCtx *pCtx,
+ IdList *pIdList,
const char *zOld
){
if( pIdList ){
@@ -105603,6 +106817,7 @@
}
}
+
/*
** Parse the SQL statement zSql using Parse object (*p). The Parse object
** is initialized by this function before it is used.
@@ -105631,8 +106846,8 @@
assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
p->zErrMsg = zErr;
if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK
- && p->pNewTable==0 && p->pNewIndex==0 && p->pNewTrigger==0
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && p->pNewTable==0 && p->pNewIndex==0 && p->pNewTrigger==0
){
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
@@ -105677,8 +106892,8 @@
char *zOut;
int nQuot;
- /* Set zQuot to point to a buffer containing a quoted copy of the
- ** identifier zNew. If the corresponding identifier in the original
+ /* Set zQuot to point to a buffer containing a quoted copy of the
+ ** identifier zNew. If the corresponding identifier in the original
** ALTER TABLE statement was quoted (bQuote==1), then set zNew to
** point to zQuot so that all substitutions are made using the
** quoted version of the new column name. */
@@ -105718,7 +106933,7 @@
iOff = pBest->t.z - zSql;
if( pBest->t.n!=nReplace ){
- memmove(&zOut[iOff + nReplace], &zOut[iOff + pBest->t.n],
+ memmove(&zOut[iOff + nReplace], &zOut[iOff + pBest->t.n],
nOut - (iOff + pBest->t.n)
);
nOut += nReplace - pBest->t.n;
@@ -105740,11 +106955,11 @@
/*
** Resolve all symbols in the trigger at pParse->pNewTrigger, assuming
-** it was read from the schema of database zDb. Return SQLITE_OK if
+** it was read from the schema of database zDb. Return SQLITE_OK if
** successful. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and leave an error
** message in the Parse object.
*/
-static int renameResolveTrigger(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){
+static int renameResolveTrigger(Parse *pParse){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
Trigger *pNew = pParse->pNewTrigger;
TriggerStep *pStep;
@@ -105754,7 +106969,7 @@
memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
sNC.pParse = pParse;
assert( pNew->pTabSchema );
- pParse->pTriggerTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, pNew->table,
+ pParse->pTriggerTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, pNew->table,
db->aDb[sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pTabSchema)].zDbSName
);
pParse->eTriggerOp = pNew->op;
@@ -105775,17 +106990,22 @@
if( pParse->nErr ) rc = pParse->rc;
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pStep->zTarget ){
- Table *pTarget = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pStep->zTarget, zDb);
- if( pTarget==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTarget)) ){
- SrcList sSrc;
- memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc));
- sSrc.nSrc = 1;
- sSrc.a[0].zName = pStep->zTarget;
- sSrc.a[0].pTab = pTarget;
- sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc;
- if( pStep->pWhere ){
+ SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(pParse, pStep);
+ if( pSrc ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+ struct SrcList_item *p = &pSrc->a[i];
+ p->pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, p);
+ p->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+ if( p->pTab==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ p->pTab->nTabRef++;
+ rc = sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p->pTab);
+ }
+ }
+ sNC.pSrcList = pSrc;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pStep->pWhere ){
rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pStep->pWhere);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -105795,7 +107015,7 @@
if( pStep->pUpsert ){
Upsert *pUpsert = pStep->pUpsert;
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- pUpsert->pUpsertSrc = &sSrc;
+ pUpsert->pUpsertSrc = pSrc;
sNC.uNC.pUpsert = pUpsert;
sNC.ncFlags = NC_UUpsert;
rc = sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pUpsert->pUpsertTarget);
@@ -105812,6 +107032,9 @@
sNC.ncFlags = 0;
}
sNC.pSrcList = 0;
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
}
}
@@ -105998,11 +107221,11 @@
}else{
/* A trigger */
TriggerStep *pStep;
- rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse, (bTemp ? 0 : zDb));
+ rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto renameColumnFunc_done;
for(pStep=sParse.pNewTrigger->step_list; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){
- if( pStep->zTarget ){
+ if( pStep->zTarget ){
Table *pTarget = sqlite3LocateTable(&sParse, 0, pStep->zTarget, zDb);
if( pTarget==pTab ){
if( pStep->pUpsert ){
@@ -106046,7 +107269,7 @@
}
/*
-** Walker expression callback used by "RENAME TABLE".
+** Walker expression callback used by "RENAME TABLE".
*/
static int renameTableExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
RenameCtx *p = pWalker->u.pRename;
@@ -106057,7 +107280,7 @@
}
/*
-** Walker select callback used by "RENAME TABLE".
+** Walker select callback used by "RENAME TABLE".
*/
static int renameTableSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
int i;
@@ -106083,7 +107306,7 @@
/*
** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code
** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition
-** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the
+** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the
** parent table. It is passed three arguments:
**
** 0: The database containing the table being renamed.
@@ -106194,14 +107417,14 @@
else{
Trigger *pTrigger = sParse.pNewTrigger;
TriggerStep *pStep;
- if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(sParse.pNewTrigger->table, zOld)
+ if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(sParse.pNewTrigger->table, zOld)
&& sCtx.pTab->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema
){
renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, sParse.pNewTrigger->table);
}
if( isLegacy==0 ){
- rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse, bTemp ? 0 : zDb);
+ rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
renameWalkTrigger(&sWalker, pTrigger);
for(pStep=pTrigger->step_list; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){
@@ -106288,7 +107511,7 @@
else if( sParse.pNewTrigger ){
if( isLegacy==0 ){
- rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse, bTemp ? 0 : zDb);
+ rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int i1 = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, sParse.pNewTrigger->pTabSchema);
@@ -106356,7 +107579,7 @@
** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 through 3.29.0 when
** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined. The functionality of sqlite_stat3
** is a superset of sqlite_stat2 and is also now deprecated. The
-** sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced version of sqlite_stat3 and is only
+** sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced version of sqlite_stat3 and is only
** available when compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite
** versions 3.8.1 and later. STAT4 is the only variant that is still
** supported.
@@ -106375,7 +107598,7 @@
** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same
** value in the first column of the index. The third integer is the average
** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two
-** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in
+** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in
** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns. For
** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column. If
** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1.
@@ -106385,7 +107608,7 @@
** must be separated from the last integer by a single space. If the
** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that
** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query.
-**
+**
** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat
** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of
** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl.
@@ -106443,9 +107666,9 @@
** number of entries that are strictly less than the sample. The first
** integer in nLt contains the number of entries in the index where the
** left-most column is less than the left-most column of the sample.
-** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries
+** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries
** where the first K columns are less than the first K columns of the
-** sample. The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the
+** sample. The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the
** number of distinct entries in the index that are less than the
** sample.
**
@@ -106512,8 +107735,13 @@
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
Db *pDb;
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- int aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)];
+ u32 aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)];
u8 aCreateTbl[ArraySize(aTable)];
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+ const int nToOpen = OptimizationEnabled(db,SQLITE_Stat4) ? 2 : 1;
+#else
+ const int nToOpen = 1;
+#endif
if( v==0 ) return;
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
@@ -106526,24 +107754,24 @@
for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aTable); i++){
const char *zTab = aTable[i].zName;
Table *pStat;
+ aCreateTbl[i] = 0;
if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, pDb->zDbSName))==0 ){
- if( aTable[i].zCols ){
- /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a
- ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage
- ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important
+ if( i<nToOpen ){
+ /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a
+ ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage
+ ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important
** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zDbSName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols
);
- aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot;
+ aRoot[i] = (u32)pParse->regRoot;
aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG;
}
}else{
- /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries
+ /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries
** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the
** entire contents of the table. */
aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum;
- aCreateTbl[i] = 0;
sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab);
if( zWhere ){
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
@@ -106556,15 +107784,15 @@
#endif
}else{
/* The sqlite_stat[134] table already exists. Delete all rows. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, (int)aRoot[i], iDb);
}
}
}
/* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */
- for(i=0; aTable[i].zCols; i++){
+ for(i=0; i<nToOpen; i++){
assert( i<ArraySize(aTable) );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, aRoot[i], iDb, 3);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, (int)aRoot[i], iDb, 3);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, aCreateTbl[i]);
VdbeComment((v, aTable[i].zName));
}
@@ -106582,9 +107810,9 @@
** share an instance of the following structure to hold their state
** information.
*/
-typedef struct Stat4Accum Stat4Accum;
-typedef struct Stat4Sample Stat4Sample;
-struct Stat4Sample {
+typedef struct StatAccum StatAccum;
+typedef struct StatSample StatSample;
+struct StatSample {
tRowcnt *anEq; /* sqlite_stat4.nEq */
tRowcnt *anDLt; /* sqlite_stat4.nDLt */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
@@ -106598,28 +107826,33 @@
int iCol; /* If !isPSample, the reason for inclusion */
u32 iHash; /* Tiebreaker hash */
#endif
-};
-struct Stat4Accum {
- tRowcnt nRow; /* Number of rows in the entire table */
- tRowcnt nPSample; /* How often to do a periodic sample */
+};
+struct StatAccum {
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection, for malloc() */
+ tRowcnt nEst; /* Estimated number of rows */
+ tRowcnt nRow; /* Number of rows visited so far */
+ int nLimit; /* Analysis row-scan limit */
int nCol; /* Number of columns in index + pk/rowid */
int nKeyCol; /* Number of index columns w/o the pk/rowid */
+ u8 nSkipAhead; /* Number of times of skip-ahead */
+ StatSample current; /* Current row as a StatSample */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+ tRowcnt nPSample; /* How often to do a periodic sample */
int mxSample; /* Maximum number of samples to accumulate */
- Stat4Sample current; /* Current row as a Stat4Sample */
u32 iPrn; /* Pseudo-random number used for sampling */
- Stat4Sample *aBest; /* Array of nCol best samples */
+ StatSample *aBest; /* Array of nCol best samples */
int iMin; /* Index in a[] of entry with minimum score */
int nSample; /* Current number of samples */
int nMaxEqZero; /* Max leading 0 in anEq[] for any a[] entry */
int iGet; /* Index of current sample accessed by stat_get() */
- Stat4Sample *a; /* Array of mxSample Stat4Sample objects */
- sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection, for malloc() */
+ StatSample *a; /* Array of mxSample StatSample objects */
+#endif
};
-/* Reclaim memory used by a Stat4Sample
+/* Reclaim memory used by a StatSample
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-static void sampleClear(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p){
+static void sampleClear(sqlite3 *db, StatSample *p){
assert( db!=0 );
if( p->nRowid ){
sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
@@ -106631,7 +107864,7 @@
/* Initialize the BLOB value of a ROWID
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){
+static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, StatSample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){
assert( db!=0 );
if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
p->u.aRowid = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n);
@@ -106647,7 +107880,7 @@
/* Initialize the INTEGER value of a ROWID.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, i64 iRowid){
+static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, StatSample *p, i64 iRowid){
assert( db!=0 );
if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid);
p->nRowid = 0;
@@ -106660,7 +107893,7 @@
** Copy the contents of object (*pFrom) into (*pTo).
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-static void sampleCopy(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pTo, Stat4Sample *pFrom){
+static void sampleCopy(StatAccum *p, StatSample *pTo, StatSample *pFrom){
pTo->isPSample = pFrom->isPSample;
pTo->iCol = pFrom->iCol;
pTo->iHash = pFrom->iHash;
@@ -106676,40 +107909,41 @@
#endif
/*
-** Reclaim all memory of a Stat4Accum structure.
+** Reclaim all memory of a StatAccum structure.
*/
-static void stat4Destructor(void *pOld){
- Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)pOld;
+static void statAccumDestructor(void *pOld){
+ StatAccum *p = (StatAccum*)pOld;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->aBest+i);
- for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i);
- sampleClear(p->db, &p->current);
+ if( p->mxSample ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->aBest+i);
+ for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i);
+ sampleClear(p->db, &p->current);
+ }
#endif
sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
}
/*
-** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C) SQL function. The three parameters
+** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C,L) SQL function. The four parameters
** are:
** N: The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk (note 1)
** K: The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk.
-** C: The number of rows in the index (note 2)
+** C: Estimated number of rows in the index
+** L: A limit on the number of rows to scan, or 0 for no-limit
**
** Note 1: In the special case of the covering index that implements a
** WITHOUT ROWID table, N is the number of PRIMARY KEY columns, not the
** total number of columns in the table.
**
-** Note 2: C is only used for STAT4.
-**
** For indexes on ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1. But for indexes on
** WITHOUT ROWID tables, N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the
** PRIMARY KEY of the table. The covering index that implements the
** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case.
**
-** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return
-** value is a pointer to the Stat4Accum object. The datatype of the
-** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum
+** This routine allocates the StatAccum object in heap memory. The return
+** value is a pointer to the StatAccum object. The datatype of the
+** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the StatAccum
** object.
*/
static void statInit(
@@ -106717,14 +107951,15 @@
int argc,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
- Stat4Accum *p;
+ StatAccum *p;
int nCol; /* Number of columns in index being sampled */
int nKeyCol; /* Number of key columns */
int nColUp; /* nCol rounded up for alignment */
int n; /* Bytes of space to allocate */
- sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); /* Database connection */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- int mxSample = SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES;
+ /* Maximum number of samples. 0 if STAT4 data is not collected */
+ int mxSample = OptimizationEnabled(db,SQLITE_Stat4) ?SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES :0;
#endif
/* Decode the three function arguments */
@@ -106736,16 +107971,17 @@
assert( nKeyCol<=nCol );
assert( nKeyCol>0 );
- /* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */
- n = sizeof(*p)
- + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anEq */
- + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */
+ /* Allocate the space required for the StatAccum object */
+ n = sizeof(*p)
+ + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* StatAccum.anEq */
+ + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp; /* StatAccum.anDLt */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anLt */
- + sizeof(Stat4Sample)*(nCol+mxSample) /* Stat4Accum.aBest[], a[] */
- + sizeof(tRowcnt)*3*nColUp*(nCol+mxSample)
+ if( mxSample ){
+ n += sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* StatAccum.anLt */
+ + sizeof(StatSample)*(nCol+mxSample) /* StatAccum.aBest[], a[] */
+ + sizeof(tRowcnt)*3*nColUp*(nCol+mxSample);
+ }
#endif
- ;
db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, n);
if( p==0 ){
@@ -106754,25 +107990,28 @@
}
p->db = db;
+ p->nEst = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2]);
p->nRow = 0;
+ p->nLimit = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[3]);
p->nCol = nCol;
p->nKeyCol = nKeyCol;
+ p->nSkipAhead = 0;
p->current.anDLt = (tRowcnt*)&p[1];
p->current.anEq = &p->current.anDLt[nColUp];
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- {
+ p->mxSample = p->nLimit==0 ? mxSample : 0;
+ if( mxSample ){
u8 *pSpace; /* Allocated space not yet assigned */
int i; /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */
p->iGet = -1;
- p->mxSample = mxSample;
- p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1);
+ p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(p->nEst/(mxSample/3+1) + 1);
p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp];
p->iPrn = 0x689e962d*(u32)nCol ^ 0xd0944565*(u32)sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
-
- /* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */
- p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp];
+
+ /* Set up the StatAccum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */
+ p->a = (struct StatSample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp];
p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample];
pSpace = (u8*)(&p->a[mxSample+nCol]);
for(i=0; i<(mxSample+nCol); i++){
@@ -106781,7 +108020,7 @@
p->a[i].anDLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp);
}
assert( (pSpace - (u8*)p)==n );
-
+
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
p->aBest[i].iCol = i;
}
@@ -106792,10 +108031,10 @@
** only the pointer (the 2nd parameter) matters. The size of the object
** (given by the 3rd parameter) is never used and can be any positive
** value. */
- sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(*p), stat4Destructor);
+ sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(*p), statAccumDestructor);
}
static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = {
- 2+IsStat4, /* nArg */
+ 4, /* nArg */
SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */
0, /* pUserData */
0, /* pNext */
@@ -106808,20 +108047,20 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
/*
-** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for
-** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and
+** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for
+** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and
** considering only any trailing columns and the sample hash value, this
** function returns true if sample pNew is to be preferred over pOld.
** In other words, if we assume that the cardinalities of the selected
** column for pNew and pOld are equal, is pNew to be preferred over pOld.
**
** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of
-** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid.
+** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid.
*/
static int sampleIsBetterPost(
- Stat4Accum *pAccum,
- Stat4Sample *pNew,
- Stat4Sample *pOld
+ StatAccum *pAccum,
+ StatSample *pNew,
+ StatSample *pOld
){
int nCol = pAccum->nCol;
int i;
@@ -106840,12 +108079,12 @@
** Return true if pNew is to be preferred over pOld.
**
** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of
-** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid.
+** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid.
*/
static int sampleIsBetter(
- Stat4Accum *pAccum,
- Stat4Sample *pNew,
- Stat4Sample *pOld
+ StatAccum *pAccum,
+ StatSample *pNew,
+ StatSample *pOld
){
tRowcnt nEqNew = pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol];
tRowcnt nEqOld = pOld->anEq[pOld->iCol];
@@ -106865,30 +108104,30 @@
** Copy the contents of sample *pNew into the p->a[] array. If necessary,
** remove the least desirable sample from p->a[] to make room.
*/
-static void sampleInsert(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pNew, int nEqZero){
- Stat4Sample *pSample = 0;
+static void sampleInsert(StatAccum *p, StatSample *pNew, int nEqZero){
+ StatSample *pSample = 0;
int i;
assert( IsStat4 || nEqZero==0 );
- /* Stat4Accum.nMaxEqZero is set to the maximum number of leading 0
- ** values in the anEq[] array of any sample in Stat4Accum.a[]. In
+ /* StatAccum.nMaxEqZero is set to the maximum number of leading 0
+ ** values in the anEq[] array of any sample in StatAccum.a[]. In
** other words, if nMaxEqZero is n, then it is guaranteed that there
- ** are no samples with Stat4Sample.anEq[m]==0 for (m>=n). */
+ ** are no samples with StatSample.anEq[m]==0 for (m>=n). */
if( nEqZero>p->nMaxEqZero ){
p->nMaxEqZero = nEqZero;
}
if( pNew->isPSample==0 ){
- Stat4Sample *pUpgrade = 0;
+ StatSample *pUpgrade = 0;
assert( pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]>0 );
- /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column
+ /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column
** iCol occurs many times in the table. However, if we have already
** added a sample that shares this prefix, there is no need to add
** this one. Instead, upgrade the priority of the highest priority
** existing sample that shares this prefix. */
for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){
- Stat4Sample *pOld = &p->a[i];
+ StatSample *pOld = &p->a[i];
if( pOld->anEq[pNew->iCol]==0 ){
if( pOld->isPSample ) return;
assert( pOld->iCol>pNew->iCol );
@@ -106907,7 +108146,7 @@
/* If necessary, remove sample iMin to make room for the new sample. */
if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){
- Stat4Sample *pMin = &p->a[p->iMin];
+ StatSample *pMin = &p->a[p->iMin];
tRowcnt *anEq = pMin->anEq;
tRowcnt *anLt = pMin->anLt;
tRowcnt *anDLt = pMin->anDLt;
@@ -106924,7 +108163,7 @@
/* The "rows less-than" for the rowid column must be greater than that
** for the last sample in the p->a[] array. Otherwise, the samples would
** be out of order. */
- assert( p->nSample==0
+ assert( p->nSample==0
|| pNew->anLt[p->nCol-1] > p->a[p->nSample-1].anLt[p->nCol-1] );
/* Insert the new sample */
@@ -106950,20 +108189,20 @@
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
/*
** Field iChng of the index being scanned has changed. So at this point
** p->current contains a sample that reflects the previous row of the
** index. The value of anEq[iChng] and subsequent anEq[] elements are
** correct at this point.
*/
-static void samplePushPrevious(Stat4Accum *p, int iChng){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+static void samplePushPrevious(StatAccum *p, int iChng){
int i;
/* Check if any samples from the aBest[] array should be pushed
** into IndexSample.a[] at this point. */
for(i=(p->nCol-2); i>=iChng; i--){
- Stat4Sample *pBest = &p->aBest[i];
+ StatSample *pBest = &p->aBest[i];
pBest->anEq[i] = p->current.anEq[i];
if( p->nSample<p->mxSample || sampleIsBetter(p, pBest, &p->a[p->iMin]) ){
sampleInsert(p, pBest, i);
@@ -106987,27 +108226,25 @@
}
p->nMaxEqZero = iChng;
}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- UNUSED_PARAMETER( p );
- UNUSED_PARAMETER( iChng );
-#endif
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */
/*
** Implementation of the stat_push SQL function: stat_push(P,C,R)
** Arguments:
**
-** P Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init()
+** P Pointer to the StatAccum object created by stat_init()
** C Index of left-most column to differ from previous row
** R Rowid for the current row. Might be a key record for
** WITHOUT ROWID tables.
**
-** This SQL function always returns NULL. It's purpose it to accumulate
-** statistical data and/or samples in the Stat4Accum object about the
-** index being analyzed. The stat_get() SQL function will later be used to
-** extract relevant information for constructing the sqlite_statN tables.
+** The purpose of this routine is to collect statistical data and/or
+** samples from the index being analyzed into the StatAccum object.
+** The stat_get() SQL function will be used afterwards to
+** retrieve the information gathered.
+**
+** This SQL function usually returns NULL, but might return an integer
+** if it wants the byte-code to do special processing.
**
** The R parameter is only used for STAT4
*/
@@ -107019,7 +108256,7 @@
int i;
/* The three function arguments */
- Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+ StatAccum *p = (StatAccum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
int iChng = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc );
@@ -107032,7 +108269,9 @@
for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) p->current.anEq[i] = 1;
}else{
/* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */
- samplePushPrevious(p, iChng);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+ if( p->mxSample ) samplePushPrevious(p, iChng);
+#endif
/* Update anDLt[], anLt[] and anEq[] to reflect the values that apply
** to the current row of the index. */
@@ -107042,26 +108281,25 @@
for(i=iChng; i<p->nCol; i++){
p->current.anDLt[i]++;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- p->current.anLt[i] += p->current.anEq[i];
+ if( p->mxSample ) p->current.anLt[i] += p->current.anEq[i];
#endif
p->current.anEq[i] = 1;
}
}
+
p->nRow++;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
- sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2]));
- }else{
- sampleSetRowid(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]),
- sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]));
- }
- p->current.iHash = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345;
-#endif
+ if( p->mxSample ){
+ tRowcnt nLt;
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+ sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2]));
+ }else{
+ sampleSetRowid(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]),
+ sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]));
+ }
+ p->current.iHash = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- {
- tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[p->nCol-1];
-
+ nLt = p->current.anLt[p->nCol-1];
/* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */
if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+1)/p->nPSample ){
p->current.isPSample = 1;
@@ -107077,9 +108315,14 @@
sampleCopy(p, &p->aBest[i], &p->current);
}
}
- }
+ }else
#endif
+ if( p->nLimit && p->nRow>(tRowcnt)p->nLimit*(p->nSkipAhead+1) ){
+ p->nSkipAhead++;
+ sqlite3_result_int(context, p->current.anDLt[0]>0);
+ }
}
+
static const FuncDef statPushFuncdef = {
2+IsStat4, /* nArg */
SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */
@@ -107101,15 +108344,15 @@
/*
** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function. This routine is
** used to query statistical information that has been gathered into
-** the Stat4Accum object by prior calls to stat_push(). The P parameter
-** has type BLOB but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum object.
+** the StatAccum object by prior calls to stat_push(). The P parameter
+** has type BLOB but it is really just a pointer to the StatAccum object.
** The content to returned is determined by the parameter J
** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above.
**
** The stat_get(P,J) function is not available to generic SQL. It is
** inserted as part of a manually constructed bytecode program. (See
** the callStatGet() routine below.) It is guaranteed that the P
-** parameter will always be a poiner to a Stat4Accum object, never a
+** parameter will always be a pointer to a StatAccum object, never a
** NULL.
**
** If STAT4 is not enabled, then J is always
@@ -107122,15 +108365,16 @@
int argc,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
- Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+ StatAccum *p = (StatAccum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
/* STAT4 has a parameter on this routine. */
int eCall = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
assert( argc==2 );
- assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ
+ assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ
|| eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID || eCall==STAT_GET_NLT
- || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT
+ || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT
);
+ assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || p->mxSample );
if( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 )
#else
assert( argc==1 );
@@ -107139,20 +108383,20 @@
/* Return the value to store in the "stat" column of the sqlite_stat1
** table for this index.
**
- ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing
- ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of
- ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list
+ ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing
+ ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of
+ ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list
** for each indexed column. This additional integer is an estimate of
- ** the number of rows matched by a stabbing query on the index using
+ ** the number of rows matched by a equality query on the index using
** a key with the corresponding number of fields. In other words,
- ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is
+ ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is
** "100 10 2", then SQLite estimates that:
**
** * the index contains 100 rows,
** * "WHERE a=?" matches 10 rows, and
** * "WHERE a=? AND b=?" matches 2 rows.
**
- ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of
+ ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of
** rows, then each estimate is computed as:
**
** I = (K+D-1)/D
@@ -107166,7 +108410,8 @@
return;
}
- sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", (u64)p->nRow);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu",
+ p->nSkipAhead ? (u64)p->nEst : (u64)p->nRow);
z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet);
for(i=0; i<p->nKeyCol; i++){
u64 nDistinct = p->current.anDLt[i] + 1;
@@ -107186,7 +108431,7 @@
p->iGet = 0;
}
if( p->iGet<p->nSample ){
- Stat4Sample *pS = p->a + p->iGet;
+ StatSample *pS = p->a + p->iGet;
if( pS->nRowid==0 ){
sqlite3_result_int64(context, pS->u.iRowid);
}else{
@@ -107202,7 +108447,7 @@
case STAT_GET_NEQ: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anEq; break;
case STAT_GET_NLT: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anLt; break;
default: {
- aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt;
+ aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt;
p->iGet++;
break;
}
@@ -107242,19 +108487,43 @@
{0}
};
-static void callStatGet(Parse *pParse, int regStat4, int iParam, int regOut){
+static void callStatGet(Parse *pParse, int regStat, int iParam, int regOut){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Integer, iParam, regStat4+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Integer, iParam, regStat+1);
#elif SQLITE_DEBUG
assert( iParam==STAT_GET_STAT1 );
#else
UNUSED_PARAMETER( iParam );
#endif
- assert( regOut!=regStat4 && regOut!=regStat4+1 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddFunctionCall(pParse, 0, regStat4, regOut, 1+IsStat4,
+ assert( regOut!=regStat && regOut!=regStat+1 );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddFunctionCall(pParse, 0, regStat, regOut, 1+IsStat4,
&statGetFuncdef, 0);
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
+/* Add a comment to the most recent VDBE opcode that is the name
+** of the k-th column of the pIdx index.
+*/
+static void analyzeVdbeCommentIndexWithColumnName(
+ Vdbe *v, /* Prepared statement under construction */
+ Index *pIdx, /* Index whose column is being loaded */
+ int k /* Which column index */
+){
+ int i; /* Index of column in the table */
+ assert( k>=0 && k<pIdx->nColumn );
+ i = pIdx->aiColumn[k];
+ if( NEVER(i==XN_ROWID) ){
+ VdbeComment((v,"%s.rowid",pIdx->zName));
+ }else if( i==XN_EXPR ){
+ VdbeComment((v,"%s.expr(%d)",pIdx->zName, k));
+ }else{
+ VdbeComment((v,"%s.%s", pIdx->zName, pIdx->pTable->aCol[i].zName));
+ }
+}
+#else
+# define analyzeVdbeCommentIndexWithColumnName(a,b,c)
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
/*
** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
** a single table.
@@ -107277,18 +108546,17 @@
int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */
u8 needTableCnt = 1; /* True to count the table */
int regNewRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */
- int regStat4 = iMem++; /* Register to hold Stat4Accum object */
+ int regStat = iMem++; /* Register to hold StatAccum object */
int regChng = iMem++; /* Index of changed index field */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
int regRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid argument passed to stat_push() */
-#endif
int regTemp = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */
+ int regTemp2 = iMem++; /* Second temporary use register */
int regTabname = iMem++; /* Register containing table name */
int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */
int regStat1 = iMem++; /* Value for the stat column of sqlite_stat1 */
int regPrev = iMem; /* MUST BE LAST (see below) */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
- Table *pStat1 = 0;
+ Table *pStat1 = 0;
#endif
pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, iMem);
@@ -107327,7 +108595,7 @@
}
#endif
- /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level.
+ /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level.
** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number
** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at
** this time though. */
@@ -107393,9 +108661,9 @@
** end_of_scan:
*/
- /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate
+ /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate
** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required
- ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of
+ ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of
** the sqlite_stat4 table. */
pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nColTest);
@@ -107406,21 +108674,30 @@
VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
/* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are:
- **
+ **
** (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid
** (or for a WITHOUT ROWID table, the number of PK columns),
** (2) the number of columns in the key without the rowid/pk
- ** (3) the number of rows in the index,
- **
- **
- ** The third argument is only used for STAT4
+ ** (3) estimated number of rows in the index,
*/
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat+1);
+ assert( regRowid==regStat+2 );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regRowid);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+3);
+ if( OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat4) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regTemp);
+ addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }else
#endif
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat4+1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regStat4+2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddFunctionCall(pParse, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4, 2+IsStat4,
+ {
+ addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regTemp, 1);
+ }
+ assert( regTemp2==regStat+4 );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->nAnalysisLimit, regTemp2);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddFunctionCall(pParse, 0, regStat+1, regStat, 4,
&statInitFuncdef, 0);
/* Implementation of the following:
@@ -107431,8 +108708,6 @@
** goto next_push_0;
**
*/
- addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur);
- VdbeCoverage(v);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng);
addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
@@ -107456,7 +108731,7 @@
addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
if( nColTest==1 && pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){
/* For a single-column UNIQUE index, once we have found a non-NULL
- ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip
+ ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip
** subsequent distinctness tests. */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regPrev, endDistinctTest);
VdbeCoverage(v);
@@ -107465,15 +108740,16 @@
char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp);
- aGotoChng[i] =
+ analyzeVdbeCommentIndexWithColumnName(v,pIdx,i);
+ aGotoChng[i] =
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
VdbeCoverage(v);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nColTest, regChng);
sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, endDistinctTest);
-
-
+
+
/*
** chng_addr_0:
** regPrev(0) = idx(0)
@@ -107485,11 +108761,12 @@
for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[i]);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regPrev+i);
+ analyzeVdbeCommentIndexWithColumnName(v,pIdx,i);
}
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endDistinctTest);
sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng);
}
-
+
/*
** chng_addr_N:
** regRowid = idx(rowid) // STAT4 only
@@ -107498,30 +108775,46 @@
** if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- assert( regRowid==(regStat4+2) );
- if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid);
- }else{
- Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
- int j, k, regKey;
- regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol);
- for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
- k = sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]);
- assert( k>=0 && k<pIdx->nColumn );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j);
- VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[j]].zName));
+ if( OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat4) ){
+ assert( regRowid==(regStat+2) );
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid);
+ }else{
+ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
+ int j, k, regKey;
+ regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol);
+ for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){
+ k = sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]);
+ assert( k>=0 && k<pIdx->nColumn );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j);
+ analyzeVdbeCommentIndexWithColumnName(v,pIdx,k);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol);
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol);
}
#endif
- assert( regChng==(regStat4+1) );
- sqlite3VdbeAddFunctionCall(pParse, 1, regStat4, regTemp, 2+IsStat4,
- &statPushFuncdef, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ assert( regChng==(regStat+1) );
+ {
+ sqlite3VdbeAddFunctionCall(pParse, 1, regStat, regTemp, 2+IsStat4,
+ &statPushFuncdef, 0);
+ if( db->nAnalysisLimit ){
+ int j1, j2, j3;
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SeekGT, iIdxCur, 0, regPrev, 1);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ }
/* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */
- callStatGet(pParse, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1);
+ callStatGet(pParse, regStat, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1);
assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
@@ -107533,7 +108826,7 @@
/* Add the entries to the stat4 table. */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- {
+ if( OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat4) && db->nAnalysisLimit==0 ){
int regEq = regStat1;
int regLt = regStat1+1;
int regDLt = regStat1+2;
@@ -107547,12 +108840,12 @@
pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regCol+nCol);
addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- callStatGet(pParse, regStat4, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid);
+ callStatGet(pParse, regStat, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid);
addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regSampleRowid);
VdbeCoverage(v);
- callStatGet(pParse, regStat4, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq);
- callStatGet(pParse, regStat4, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt);
- callStatGet(pParse, regStat4, STAT_GET_NDLT, regDLt);
+ callStatGet(pParse, regStat, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq);
+ callStatGet(pParse, regStat, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt);
+ callStatGet(pParse, regStat, STAT_GET_NDLT, regDLt);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, seekOp, iTabCur, addrNext, regSampleRowid, 0);
VdbeCoverage(v);
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
@@ -107792,7 +109085,7 @@
/*
** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
-** sqlite_stat1 table.
+** sqlite_stat1 table.
**
** argv[0] = name of the table
** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL)
@@ -107830,7 +109123,7 @@
tRowcnt *aiRowEst = 0;
int nCol = pIndex->nKeyCol+1;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
- /* Index.aiRowEst may already be set here if there are duplicate
+ /* Index.aiRowEst may already be set here if there are duplicate
** sqlite_stat1 entries for this index. In that case just clobber
** the old data with the new instead of allocating a new array. */
if( pIndex->aiRowEst==0 ){
@@ -107887,7 +109180,7 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
/*
** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently
-** stored in pIdx->aSample[].
+** stored in pIdx->aSample[].
*/
static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){
if( pIdx ){
@@ -107923,12 +109216,12 @@
pIdx->nRowEst0 = nRow;
/* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that
- ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of
- ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value
+ ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of
+ ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value
** only once where there exist duplicate prefixes). */
for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){
if( i==(pIdx->nSample-1)
- || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol]
+ || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol]
){
sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
nSum100 += 100;
@@ -108055,7 +109348,7 @@
if( zIndex==0 ) continue;
pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb);
if( pIdx==0 ) continue;
- /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from
+ /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from
** the sqlite_stat4 table. */
nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol;
if( pIdx!=pPrevIdx ){
@@ -108090,7 +109383,7 @@
}
/*
-** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 table into
+** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 table into
** the Index.aSample[] arrays of all indices.
*/
static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
@@ -108099,7 +109392,7 @@
assert( db->lookaside.bDisable );
if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat4", zDb) ){
rc = loadStatTbl(db,
- "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx",
+ "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx",
"SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4",
zDb
);
@@ -108115,11 +109408,11 @@
** Index.aSample[] arrays.
**
** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR
-** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 was defined
-** during compilation and the sqlite_stat4 table is present, no data is
+** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 was defined
+** during compilation and the sqlite_stat4 table is present, no data is
** read from it.
**
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 was defined during compilation and the
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 was defined during compilation and the
** sqlite_stat4 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is
** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1
** table (if it is present) before returning.
@@ -108157,7 +109450,7 @@
sInfo.db = db;
sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)!=0 ){
- zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
"SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase);
if( zSql==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
@@ -108247,6 +109540,17 @@
}
/*
+** Return true if zName points to a name that may be used to refer to
+** database iDb attached to handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbIsNamed(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
+ return (
+ sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zName)==0
+ || (iDb==0 && sqlite3StrICmp("main", zName)==0)
+ );
+}
+
+/*
** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The
** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement:
**
@@ -108312,20 +109616,19 @@
** * Specified database name already being used.
*/
if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
- zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d",
+ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d",
db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
);
goto attach_error;
}
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- char *z = db->aDb[i].zDbSName;
- assert( z && zName );
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
+ assert( zName );
+ if( sqlite3DbIsNamed(db, i, zName) ){
zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName);
goto attach_error;
}
}
-
+
/* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema
** hash tables.
*/
@@ -108340,7 +109643,7 @@
db->aDb = aNew;
pNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb];
memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
-
+
/* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
** or may not be initialized.
@@ -108369,7 +109672,7 @@
if( !pNew->pSchema ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}else if( pNew->pSchema->file_format && pNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
- zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
"attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
@@ -108388,46 +109691,10 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pNew->zDbSName==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int);
- extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
- int nKey;
- char *zKey;
- int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]);
- switch( t ){
- case SQLITE_INTEGER:
- case SQLITE_FLOAT:
- zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value");
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- break;
-
- case SQLITE_TEXT:
- case SQLITE_BLOB:
- nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
- zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
- rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
- break;
-
- case SQLITE_NULL:
- /* No key specified. Use the key from URI filename, or if none,
- ** use the key from the main database. */
- if( sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(db, zName, zPath)==0 ){
- sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
- if( nKey || sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){
- rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- }
-#endif
- sqlite3_free( zPath );
+ sqlite3_free_filename( zPath );
/* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
- ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and
+ ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and
** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the
** way we found it.
*/
@@ -108471,7 +109738,7 @@
}
goto attach_error;
}
-
+
return;
attach_error:
@@ -108509,7 +109776,7 @@
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
pDb = &db->aDb[i];
if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zDbSName, zName)==0 ) break;
+ if( sqlite3DbIsNamed(db, i, zName) ) break;
}
if( i>=db->nDb ){
@@ -108570,7 +109837,7 @@
memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
sName.pParse = pParse;
- if(
+ if(
SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
@@ -108610,7 +109877,7 @@
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH));
}
-
+
attach_end:
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname);
@@ -108700,20 +109967,21 @@
SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */
){
int i;
- const char *zDb;
struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+ sqlite3 *db = pFix->pParse->db;
+ int iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, pFix->zDb);
if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0;
- zDb = pFix->zDb;
+
for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
if( pFix->bTemp==0 ){
- if( pItem->zDatabase && sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase, zDb) ){
+ if( pItem->zDatabase && iDb!=sqlite3FindDbName(db, pItem->zDatabase) ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
"%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
return 1;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(pFix->pParse->db, pItem->zDatabase);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase);
pItem->zDatabase = 0;
pItem->pSchema = pFix->pSchema;
pItem->fg.fromDDL = 1;
@@ -108825,6 +110093,9 @@
if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
return 1;
}
+ if( pStep->pFrom && sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pStep->pFrom) ){
+ return 1;
+ }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT
if( pStep->pUpsert ){
Upsert *pUp = pStep->pUpsert;
@@ -108977,10 +110248,10 @@
/*
** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to
-** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.
+** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.
** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
**
-** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN
+** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN
** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
** then generate an error.
*/
@@ -109097,7 +110368,7 @@
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
Parse *pParse,
- AuthContext *pContext,
+ AuthContext *pContext,
const char *zContext
){
assert( pParse );
@@ -109154,13 +110425,13 @@
*/
struct TableLock {
int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */
- int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */
+ Pgno iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */
u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */
const char *zLockName; /* Name of the table */
};
/*
-** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.
+** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.
**
** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb.
** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock.
@@ -109172,7 +110443,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */
- int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */
+ Pgno iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */
u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */
const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */
){
@@ -109213,7 +110484,7 @@
*/
static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){
int i;
- Vdbe *pVdbe;
+ Vdbe *pVdbe;
pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */
@@ -109268,7 +110539,7 @@
** vdbe program
*/
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite
+ assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite
|| sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort));
if( v ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
@@ -109290,7 +110561,7 @@
** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
** on each used database.
*/
- if( db->mallocFailed==0
+ if( db->mallocFailed==0
&& (DbMaskNonZero(pParse->cookieMask) || pParse->pConstExpr)
){
int iDb, i;
@@ -109320,8 +110591,8 @@
pParse->nVtabLock = 0;
#endif
- /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened,
- ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the
+ /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened,
+ ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the
** shared-cache feature is enabled.
*/
codeTableLocks(pParse);
@@ -109330,12 +110601,21 @@
*/
sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse);
- /* Code constant expressions that where factored out of inner loops */
+ /* Code constant expressions that where factored out of inner loops.
+ **
+ ** The pConstExpr list might also contain expressions that we simply
+ ** want to keep around until the Parse object is deleted. Such
+ ** expressions have iConstExprReg==0. Do not generate code for
+ ** those expressions, of course.
+ */
if( pParse->pConstExpr ){
ExprList *pEL = pParse->pConstExpr;
pParse->okConstFactor = 0;
for(i=0; i<pEL->nExpr; i++){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEL->a[i].pExpr, pEL->a[i].u.iConstExprReg);
+ int iReg = pEL->a[i].u.iConstExprReg;
+ if( iReg>0 ){
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEL->a[i].pExpr, iReg);
+ }
}
}
@@ -109367,7 +110647,7 @@
** outermost parser.
**
** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit
-** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use
+** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against the schema table. Use
** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
@@ -109435,22 +110715,59 @@
return 0;
}
#endif
- while(1){
- for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
- int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
- if( zDatabase==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zDbSName)==0 ){
- assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
- p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName);
- if( p ) return p;
+ if( zDatabase ){
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[i].zDbSName)==0 ) break;
+ }
+ if( i>=db->nDb ){
+ /* No match against the official names. But always match "main"
+ ** to schema 0 as a legacy fallback. */
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase,"main")==0 ){
+ i = 0;
+ }else{
+ return 0;
}
}
- /* Not found. If the name we were looking for was temp.sqlite_master
- ** then change the name to sqlite_temp_master and try again. */
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, MASTER_NAME)!=0 ) break;
- if( sqlite3_stricmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[1].zDbSName)!=0 ) break;
- zName = TEMP_MASTER_NAME;
+ p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash, zName);
+ if( p==0 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
+ if( i==1 ){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName+7, &ALT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE[7])==0
+ || sqlite3StrICmp(zName+7, &ALT_SCHEMA_TABLE[7])==0
+ || sqlite3StrICmp(zName+7, &DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE[7])==0
+ ){
+ p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[1].pSchema->tblHash,
+ DFLT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE);
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName+7, &ALT_SCHEMA_TABLE[7])==0 ){
+ p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash,
+ DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* Match against TEMP first */
+ p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[1].pSchema->tblHash, zName);
+ if( p ) return p;
+ /* The main database is second */
+ p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[0].pSchema->tblHash, zName);
+ if( p ) return p;
+ /* Attached databases are in order of attachment */
+ for(i=2; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, i, 0) );
+ p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash, zName);
+ if( p ) break;
+ }
+ if( p==0 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName+7, &ALT_SCHEMA_TABLE[7])==0 ){
+ p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[0].pSchema->tblHash, DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE);
+ }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName+7, &ALT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE[7])==0 ){
+ p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[1].pSchema->tblHash,
+ DFLT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE);
+ }
+ }
}
- return 0;
+ return p;
}
/*
@@ -109474,7 +110791,7 @@
/* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
- if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk)==0
+ if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk)==0
&& SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse)
){
return 0;
@@ -109524,7 +110841,7 @@
** sqlite3FixSrcList() for details.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(
- Parse *pParse,
+ Parse *pParse,
u32 flags,
struct SrcList_item *p
){
@@ -109540,7 +110857,7 @@
}
/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes
** a particular index given the name of that index
** and the name of the database that contains the index.
** Return NULL if not found.
@@ -109560,7 +110877,7 @@
int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
assert( pSchema );
- if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zDbSName) ) continue;
+ if( zDb && sqlite3DbIsNamed(db, j, zDb)==0 ) continue;
assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName);
if( p ) break;
@@ -109713,6 +111030,7 @@
assert( pTable!=0 );
if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){
for(i=0; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+ assert( pCol->zName==0 || pCol->hName==sqlite3StrIHash(pCol->zName) );
sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl);
@@ -109727,10 +111045,10 @@
**
** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink
** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy
-** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with
+** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with
** the table.
**
-** The db parameter is optional. It is needed if the Table object
+** The db parameter is optional. It is needed if the Table object
** contains lookaside memory. (Table objects in the schema do not use
** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.) Or the
** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory
@@ -109742,7 +111060,7 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/* Record the number of outstanding lookaside allocations in schema Tables
** prior to doing any free() operations. Since schema Tables do not use
- ** lookaside, this number should not change.
+ ** lookaside, this number should not change.
**
** If malloc has already failed, it may be that it failed while allocating
** a Table object that was going to be marked ephemeral. So do not check
@@ -109759,7 +111077,7 @@
assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema
|| (IsVirtual(pTable) && pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF) );
if( (db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && !IsVirtual(pTable) ){
- char *zName = pIndex->zName;
+ char *zName = pIndex->zName;
TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, 0
);
@@ -109839,13 +111157,13 @@
}
/*
-** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
+** Open the sqlite_schema table stored in database number iDb for
** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenSchemaTable(Parse *p, int iDb){
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
- sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, MASTER_NAME);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb, 5);
+ sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, SCHEMA_ROOT, 1, DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, SCHEMA_ROOT, iDb, 5);
if( p->nTab==0 ){
p->nTab = 1;
}
@@ -109874,7 +111192,7 @@
/*
** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
-** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db
+** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db
** does not exist.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
@@ -109890,7 +111208,7 @@
** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
**
** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
-**
+**
** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
**
@@ -109953,7 +111271,7 @@
** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
** is reserved for internal use.
**
-** When parsing the sqlite_master table, this routine also checks to
+** When parsing the sqlite_schema table, this routine also checks to
** make sure the "type", "name", and "tbl_name" columns are consistent
** with the SQL.
*/
@@ -109964,7 +111282,10 @@
const char *zTblName /* Parent table name for triggers and indexes */
){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- if( sqlite3WritableSchema(db) || db->init.imposterTable ){
+ if( sqlite3WritableSchema(db)
+ || db->init.imposterTable
+ || !sqlite3Config.bExtraSchemaChecks
+ ){
/* Skip these error checks for writable_schema=ON */
return SQLITE_OK;
}
@@ -109973,10 +111294,8 @@
|| sqlite3_stricmp(zName, db->init.azInit[1])
|| sqlite3_stricmp(zTblName, db->init.azInit[2])
){
- if( sqlite3Config.bExtraSchemaChecks ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, ""); /* corruptSchema() will supply the error */
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, ""); /* corruptSchema() will supply the error */
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
}else{
if( (pParse->nested==0 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7))
@@ -110043,7 +111362,7 @@
** The storage column number (0,1,2,....) is the index of the value
** as it appears in the record on disk. Or, if the input column is
** the N-th virtual column (zero-based) then the storage number is
-** the number of non-virtual columns in the table plus N.
+** the number of non-virtual columns in the table plus N.
**
** The true column number is the index (0,1,2,...) of the column in
** the CREATE TABLE statement.
@@ -110125,7 +111444,7 @@
Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */
if( db->init.busy && db->init.newTnum==1 ){
- /* Special case: Parsing the sqlite_master or sqlite_temp_master schema */
+ /* Special case: Parsing the sqlite_schema or sqlite_temp_schema schema */
iDb = db->init.iDb;
zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb));
pName = pName1;
@@ -110134,7 +111453,7 @@
iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
if( iDb<0 ) return;
if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){
- /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless
+ /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless
** the database name is "temp" anyway. */
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
return;
@@ -110231,10 +111550,10 @@
#endif
/* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
- ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead
+ ** the schema table. Note in particular that we must go ahead
** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any
** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause
- ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the
+ ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the
** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
** now.
*/
@@ -110252,7 +111571,7 @@
}
#endif
- /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set,
+ /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set,
** set them now.
*/
reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
@@ -110267,7 +111586,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, ENC(db));
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
- /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table.
+ /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_schema table.
** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced
** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable().
**
@@ -110285,7 +111604,7 @@
pParse->addrCrTab =
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_CreateBtree, iDb, reg2, BTREE_INTKEY);
}
- sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
+ sqlite3OpenSchemaTable(pParse, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, 6, reg3, 0, nullRow, P4_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1);
@@ -110361,8 +111680,9 @@
pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
pCol->zName = z;
+ pCol->hName = sqlite3StrIHash(z);
sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(p, pCol);
-
+
if( pType->n==0 ){
/* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
** 'BLOB' with a default size of 4 bytes. */
@@ -110418,11 +111738,11 @@
** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
** associated affinity type.
**
-** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the
+** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the
** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is
** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains
-** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of
-** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT',
+** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of
+** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT',
** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned.
**
** Substring | Affinity
@@ -110561,7 +111881,7 @@
/*
** Backwards Compatibility Hack:
-**
+**
** Historical versions of SQLite accepted strings as column names in
** indexes and PRIMARY KEY constraints and in UNIQUE constraints. Example:
**
@@ -110595,11 +111915,11 @@
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"generated columns cannot be part of the PRIMARY KEY");
}
-#endif
+#endif
}
/*
-** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names
+** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names
** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the
** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
**
@@ -110629,7 +111949,7 @@
int nTerm;
if( pTab==0 ) goto primary_key_exit;
if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
goto primary_key_exit;
}
@@ -110732,7 +112052,7 @@
Index *pIdx;
sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol[i].zColl);
p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl;
-
+
/* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>",
** then an index may have been created on this column before the
** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
@@ -110823,7 +112143,7 @@
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION,
(int)(1+(unsigned)db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie));
}
@@ -110844,13 +112164,13 @@
}
/*
-** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second
+** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second
** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at
** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the
** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent,
** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer
** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning.
-**
+**
** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric
** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword,
** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise,
@@ -110894,7 +112214,7 @@
n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5;
}
n += identLength(p->zName);
- if( n<50 ){
+ if( n<50 ){
zSep = "";
zSep2 = ",";
zEnd = ")";
@@ -110935,10 +112255,10 @@
testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
-
+
zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_BLOB];
len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
- assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB
+ assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB
|| pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) );
memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len);
k += len;
@@ -111041,7 +112361,7 @@
assert( j!=XN_ROWID && j!=XN_EXPR );
for(i=0; i<nKey; i++){
assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 || j>=0 );
- if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==j
+ if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==j
&& sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], pPk->azColl[iCol])==0
){
return 1;
@@ -111092,11 +112412,11 @@
** Changes include:
**
** (1) Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL.
-** (2) Convert P3 parameter of the OP_CreateBtree from BTREE_INTKEY
+** (2) Convert P3 parameter of the OP_CreateBtree from BTREE_INTKEY
** into BTREE_BLOBKEY.
-** (3) Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry
+** (3) Bypass the creation of the sqlite_schema table entry
** for the PRIMARY KEY as the primary key index is now
-** identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself.
+** identified by the sqlite_schema table entry of the table itself.
** (4) Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the
** schema to the rootpage from the main table.
** (5) Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object
@@ -111137,13 +112457,13 @@
}
/* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index. Or, if this table was originally
- ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index.
+ ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index.
*/
if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
ExprList *pList;
Token ipkToken;
sqlite3TokenInit(&ipkToken, pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0,
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0,
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &ipkToken, 0));
if( pList==0 ) return;
if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){
@@ -111183,13 +112503,13 @@
if( !db->init.imposterTable ) pPk->uniqNotNull = 1;
nPk = pPk->nColumn = pPk->nKeyCol;
- /* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_master
+ /* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_schema
** table entry. This is only required if currently generating VDBE
** code for a CREATE TABLE (not when parsing one as part of reading
** a database schema). */
if( v && pPk->tnum>0 ){
assert( db->init.busy==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, pPk->tnum, OP_Goto);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, (int)pPk->tnum, OP_Goto);
}
/* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */
@@ -111252,6 +112572,28 @@
recomputeColumnsNotIndexed(pPk);
}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Return true if pTab is a virtual table and zName is a shadow table name
+** for that virtual table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsShadowTableOf(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
+ int nName; /* Length of zName */
+ Module *pMod; /* Module for the virtual table */
+
+ if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
+ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName);
+ if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zName, pTab->zName, nName)!=0 ) return 0;
+ if( zName[nName]!='_' ) return 0;
+ pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, pTab->azModuleArg[0]);
+ if( pMod==0 ) return 0;
+ if( pMod->pModule->iVersion<3 ) return 0;
+ if( pMod->pModule->xShadowName==0 ) return 0;
+ return pMod->pModule->xShadowName(zName+nName+1);
+}
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
** Return true if zName is a shadow table name in the current database
@@ -111263,8 +112605,6 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ShadowTableName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){
char *zTail; /* Pointer to the last "_" in zName */
Table *pTab; /* Table that zName is a shadow of */
- Module *pMod; /* Module for the virtual table */
-
zTail = strrchr(zName, '_');
if( zTail==0 ) return 0;
*zTail = 0;
@@ -111272,14 +112612,37 @@
*zTail = '_';
if( pTab==0 ) return 0;
if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
- pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, pTab->azModuleArg[0]);
- if( pMod==0 ) return 0;
- if( pMod->pModule->iVersion<3 ) return 0;
- if( pMod->pModule->xShadowName==0 ) return 0;
- return pMod->pModule->xShadowName(zTail+1);
+ return sqlite3IsShadowTableOf(db, pTab, zName);
}
#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Mark all nodes of an expression as EP_Immutable, indicating that
+** they should not be changed. Expressions attached to a table or
+** index definition are tagged this way to help ensure that we do
+** not pass them into code generator routines by mistake.
+*/
+static int markImmutableExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+ ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_Immutable);
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
+static void markExprListImmutable(ExprList *pList){
+ if( pList ){
+ Walker w;
+ memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+ w.xExprCallback = markImmutableExprStep;
+ w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkNoop;
+ w.xSelectCallback2 = 0;
+ sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pList);
+ }
+}
+#else
+#define markExprListImmutable(X) /* no-op */
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+
/*
** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
** a CREATE TABLE statement.
@@ -111288,15 +112651,15 @@
** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
** occurred.
**
-** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
+** An entry for the table is made in the schema table on disk, unless
** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1
-** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
-** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
+** it means we are reading the sqlite_schema table because we just
+** connected to the database or because the sqlite_schema table has
** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in
-** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again.
+** the sqlite_schema table. We do not want to create it again.
**
** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
-** was called to create a table generated from a
+** was called to create a table generated from a
** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of
** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
*/
@@ -111324,12 +112687,12 @@
}
/* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
- ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
+ ** "sqlite_schema" or "sqlite_temp_schema" table on the disk.
** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number
** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number
** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
**
- ** If the root page number is 1, that means this is the sqlite_master
+ ** If the root page number is 1, that means this is the sqlite_schema
** table itself. So mark it read-only.
*/
if( db->init.busy ){
@@ -111372,6 +112735,8 @@
** actually be used if PRAGMA writable_schema=ON is set. */
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pCheck);
p->pCheck = 0;
+ }else{
+ markExprListImmutable(p->pCheck);
}
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
@@ -111414,7 +112779,7 @@
}
/* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
- ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database.
+ ** in the schema table of the database.
**
** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
** file instead of into the main database file.
@@ -111431,7 +112796,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0);
- /*
+ /*
** Initialize zType for the new view or table.
*/
if( p->pSelect==0 ){
@@ -111510,20 +112875,20 @@
Token *pEnd2 = tabOpts ? &pParse->sLastToken : pEnd;
n = (int)(pEnd2->z - pParse->sNameToken.z);
if( pEnd2->z[0]!=';' ) n += pEnd2->n;
- zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
"CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z
);
}
- /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the
- ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all
+ /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the
+ ** schema table. We just need to update that slot with all
** the information we've collected.
*/
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE %Q.%s "
- "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q "
- "WHERE rowid=#%d",
- db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME,
+ "UPDATE %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE
+ " SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q"
+ " WHERE rowid=#%d",
+ db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName,
zType,
p->zName,
p->zName,
@@ -111651,7 +113016,7 @@
sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
sEnd.n = 1;
- /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */
+ /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the schema table */
sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0, 0);
create_view_fail:
@@ -111711,7 +113076,7 @@
** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point.
** But the following test is still important as it does come up
** in the following:
- **
+ **
** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a);
** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1;
** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1;
@@ -111732,10 +113097,8 @@
assert( pTable->pSelect );
pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0);
if( pSel ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
u8 eParseMode = pParse->eParseMode;
pParse->eParseMode = PARSE_MODE_NORMAL;
-#endif
n = pParse->nTab;
sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc);
pTable->nCol = -1;
@@ -111759,9 +113122,9 @@
** normally holds CHECK constraints on an ordinary table, but for
** a VIEW it holds the list of column names.
*/
- sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pTable->pCheck,
+ sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pTable->pCheck,
&pTable->nCol, &pTable->aCol);
- if( db->mallocFailed==0
+ if( db->mallocFailed==0
&& pParse->nErr==0
&& pTable->nCol==pSel->pEList->nExpr
){
@@ -111783,9 +113146,7 @@
sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
EnableLookaside;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
pParse->eParseMode = eParseMode;
-#endif
} else {
nErr++;
}
@@ -111796,7 +113157,7 @@
pTable->nCol = 0;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
- return nErr;
+ return nErr;
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
@@ -111832,7 +113193,7 @@
** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted.
** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might
** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is
-** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match
+** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match
** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices
** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved.
** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with
@@ -111840,7 +113201,7 @@
** in order to be certain that we got the right one.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo){
HashElem *pElem;
Hash *pHash;
Db *pDb;
@@ -111866,10 +113227,10 @@
/*
** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb.
-** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema
+** Also write code to modify the sqlite_schema table and internal schema
** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst
** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
-*/
+*/
static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
@@ -111879,30 +113240,31 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer
** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to
- ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to
+ ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_schema table to
** reflect this.
**
** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value
** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER
** token for additional information.
*/
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d",
- pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, iTable, r1, r1);
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "UPDATE %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE
+ " SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d",
+ pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, iTable, r1, r1);
#endif
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
}
/*
** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk.
-** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions
+** Code to update the sqlite_schema tables and internal schema definitions
** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer
** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
*/
static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
/* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the
- ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically
+ ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically
** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages
** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the
** following were coded:
@@ -111912,22 +113274,22 @@
** OP_Destroy 5 0
**
** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the
- ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the
+ ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the
** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit
** a free-list page.
*/
- int iTab = pTab->tnum;
- int iDestroyed = 0;
+ Pgno iTab = pTab->tnum;
+ Pgno iDestroyed = 0;
while( 1 ){
Index *pIdx;
- int iLargest = 0;
+ Pgno iLargest = 0;
if( iDestroyed==0 || iTab<iDestroyed ){
iLargest = iTab;
}
for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- int iIdx = pIdx->tnum;
+ Pgno iIdx = pIdx->tnum;
assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdx<iDestroyed)) && iIdx>iLargest ){
iLargest = iIdx;
@@ -111988,12 +113350,12 @@
#endif
/* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
- ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
- ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
+ ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_schema and/or
+ ** sqlite_temp_schema if required.
*/
pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
while( pTrigger ){
- assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ||
+ assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ||
pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema );
sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
@@ -112013,16 +113375,17 @@
}
#endif
- /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
- ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
+ /* Drop all entries in the schema table that refer to the
+ ** table. The program name loops through the schema table and deletes
** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
** dropped. Triggers are handled separately because a trigger can be
** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
** database.
*/
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
- pDb->zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pTab->zName);
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "DELETE FROM %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE
+ " WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
+ pDb->zDbSName, pTab->zName);
if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
destroyTable(pParse, pTab);
}
@@ -112158,7 +113521,7 @@
}
#endif
- /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
+ /* Generate code to remove the table from the schema table
** on disk.
*/
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
@@ -112262,8 +113625,8 @@
}
}
if( j>=p->nCol ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition",
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition",
pFromCol->a[i].zEName);
goto fk_end;
}
@@ -112289,7 +113652,7 @@
pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */
assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
- pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash,
+ pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash,
pFKey->zTo, (void *)pFKey
);
if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
@@ -112349,7 +113712,7 @@
int iSorter; /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */
int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */
int addr2; /* Address to jump to for next iteration */
- int tnum; /* Root page of index */
+ Pgno tnum; /* Root page of index */
int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump to this label to skip a row */
Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */
@@ -112370,7 +113733,7 @@
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v==0 ) return;
if( memRootPage>=0 ){
- tnum = memRootPage;
+ tnum = (Pgno)memRootPage;
}else{
tnum = pIndex->tnum;
}
@@ -112395,7 +113758,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, (int)tnum, iDb,
(char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0));
@@ -112414,7 +113777,7 @@
** user function that throws an exception when it is evaluated. But the
** overhead of adding a statement journal to a CREATE INDEX statement is
** very small (since most of the pages written do not contain content that
- ** needs to be restored if the statement aborts), so we call
+ ** needs to be restored if the statement aborts), so we call
** sqlite3MayAbort() for all CREATE INDEX statements. */
sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
@@ -112487,7 +113850,7 @@
for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
if( pList->a[i].bNulls ){
u8 sf = pList->a[i].sortFlags;
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported use of NULLS %s",
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported use of NULLS %s",
(sf==0 || sf==3) ? "FIRST" : "LAST"
);
return 1;
@@ -112498,8 +113861,8 @@
}
/*
-** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index
-** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will
+** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index
+** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will
** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
@@ -112507,7 +113870,7 @@
**
** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this
** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
-** to the table currently under construction.
+** to the table currently under construction.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex(
Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */
@@ -112557,7 +113920,7 @@
*/
if( pTblName!=0 ){
- /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database
+ /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database
** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
** before looking up the table.
*/
@@ -112589,7 +113952,7 @@
assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pTab==0 );
if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
if( iDb==1 && db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"cannot create a TEMP index on non-TEMP table \"%s\"",
pTab->zName);
goto exit_create_index;
@@ -112606,16 +113969,13 @@
assert( pTab!=0 );
assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
- if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0
&& db->init.busy==0
&& pTblName!=0
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
&& sqlite3UserAuthTable(pTab->zName)==0
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ALLOW_SQLITE_MASTER_INDEX
- && sqlite3StrICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"master")!=0
-#endif
- ){
+ ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
goto exit_create_index;
}
@@ -112634,10 +113994,10 @@
/*
** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another
- ** index or table with the same name.
+ ** index or table with the same name.
**
** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
- ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
+ ** sqlite_schema table (because some other process changed the schema) and
** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
** index, then we will continue to process this index.
**
@@ -112732,8 +114092,8 @@
}
}
- /*
- ** Allocate the index structure.
+ /*
+ ** Allocate the index structure.
*/
nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
nExtraCol = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 1;
@@ -112851,7 +114211,7 @@
int x = pPk->aiColumn[j];
assert( x>=0 );
if( isDupColumn(pIndex, pIndex->nKeyCol, pPk, j) ){
- pIndex->nColumn--;
+ pIndex->nColumn--;
}else{
testcase( hasColumn(pIndex->aiColumn,pIndex->nKeyCol,x) );
pIndex->aiColumn[i] = x;
@@ -112870,7 +114230,7 @@
/* If this index contains every column of its table, then mark
** it as a covering index */
- assert( HasRowid(pTab)
+ assert( HasRowid(pTab)
|| pTab->iPKey<0 || sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(pIndex, pTab->iPKey)>=0 );
recomputeColumnsNotIndexed(pIndex);
if( pTblName!=0 && pIndex->nColumn>=pTab->nCol ){
@@ -112926,13 +114286,13 @@
if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
/* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
- ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this
+ ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this
** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
** explicitly specified behavior for the index.
*/
if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
}
if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
@@ -112953,7 +114313,7 @@
if( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){
/* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
- ** in-memory database structures.
+ ** in-memory database structures.
*/
assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
if( db->init.busy ){
@@ -112968,7 +114328,7 @@
goto exit_create_index;
}
}
- p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash,
+ p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash,
pIndex->zName, pIndex);
if( p ){
assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */
@@ -112981,8 +114341,8 @@
/* If this is the initial CREATE INDEX statement (or CREATE TABLE if the
** index is an implied index for a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint) then
** emit code to allocate the index rootpage on disk and make an entry for
- ** the index in the sqlite_master table and populate the index with
- ** content. But, do not do this if we are simply reading the sqlite_master
+ ** the index in the sqlite_schema table and populate the index with
+ ** content. But, do not do this if we are simply reading the sqlite_schema
** table to parse the schema, or if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index
** of a WITHOUT ROWID table.
**
@@ -113002,12 +114362,12 @@
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
/* Create the rootpage for the index using CreateIndex. But before
- ** doing so, code a Noop instruction and store its address in
- ** Index.tnum. This is required in case this index is actually a
- ** PRIMARY KEY and the table is actually a WITHOUT ROWID table. In
+ ** doing so, code a Noop instruction and store its address in
+ ** Index.tnum. This is required in case this index is actually a
+ ** PRIMARY KEY and the table is actually a WITHOUT ROWID table. In
** that case the convertToWithoutRowidTable() routine will replace
** the Noop with a Goto to jump over the VDBE code generated below. */
- pIndex->tnum = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop);
+ pIndex->tnum = (Pgno)sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_CreateBtree, iDb, iMem, BTREE_BLOBKEY);
/* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into
@@ -113026,11 +114386,11 @@
zStmt = 0;
}
- /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index
+ /* Add an entry in sqlite_schema for this index
*/
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);",
- db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME,
+ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+ "INSERT INTO %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);",
+ db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName,
pIndex->zName,
pTab->zName,
iMem,
@@ -113049,7 +114409,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 1);
}
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIndex->tnum);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, (int)pIndex->tnum);
}
}
if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
@@ -113106,21 +114466,33 @@
** are based on typical values found in actual indices.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){
- /* 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 */
- LogEst aVal[] = { 33, 32, 30, 28, 26 };
+ /* 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 */
+ static const LogEst aVal[] = { 33, 32, 30, 28, 26 };
LogEst *a = pIdx->aiRowLogEst;
+ LogEst x;
int nCopy = MIN(ArraySize(aVal), pIdx->nKeyCol);
int i;
/* Indexes with default row estimates should not have stat1 data */
assert( !pIdx->hasStat1 );
- /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated
+ /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated
** number of rows in the table, or half the number of rows in the table
- ** for a partial index. But do not let the estimate drop below 10. */
- a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst;
- if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 ) a[0] -= 10; assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) );
- if( a[0]<33 ) a[0] = 33; assert( 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) );
+ ** for a partial index.
+ **
+ ** 2020-05-27: If some of the stat data is coming from the sqlite_stat1
+ ** table but other parts we are having to guess at, then do not let the
+ ** estimated number of rows in the table be less than 1000 (LogEst 99).
+ ** Failure to do this can cause the indexes for which we do not have
+ ** stat1 data to be ignored by the query planner.
+ */
+ x = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst;
+ assert( 99==sqlite3LogEst(1000) );
+ if( x<99 ){
+ pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst = x = 99;
+ }
+ if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 ) x -= 10; assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) );
+ a[0] = x;
/* Estimate that a[1] is 10, a[2] is 9, a[3] is 8, a[4] is 7, a[5] is
** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5. */
@@ -113183,13 +114555,13 @@
}
#endif
- /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
+ /* Generate code to remove the index and from the schema table */
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v ){
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'",
- db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pIndex->zName
+ "DELETE FROM %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'",
+ db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, pIndex->zName
);
sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName);
sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
@@ -113399,7 +114771,7 @@
** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase
** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
-** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.
+** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.
** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
** or with NULL if no database is specified.
**
@@ -113530,7 +114902,7 @@
struct SrcList_item *pItem;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s",
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s",
(pOn ? "ON" : "USING")
);
goto append_from_error;
@@ -113565,7 +114937,7 @@
}
/*
-** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added
+** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added
** element of the source-list passed as the second argument.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){
@@ -113578,7 +114950,7 @@
assert( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy==0 );
assert( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 );
if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){
- /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y
+ /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y
** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */
pItem->fg.notIndexed = 1;
}else{
@@ -113589,6 +114961,26 @@
}
/*
+** Append the contents of SrcList p2 to SrcList p1 and return the resulting
+** SrcList. Or, if an error occurs, return NULL. In all cases, p1 and p2
+** are deleted by this function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendList(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p1, SrcList *p2){
+ assert( p1 && p1->nSrc==1 );
+ if( p2 ){
+ SrcList *pNew = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(pParse, p1, p2->nSrc, 1);
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, p2);
+ }else{
+ p1 = pNew;
+ memcpy(&p1->a[1], p2->a, p2->nSrc*sizeof(struct SrcList_item));
+ sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p2);
+ }
+ }
+ return p1;
+}
+
+/*
** Add the list of function arguments to the SrcList entry for a
** table-valued-function.
*/
@@ -113668,7 +115060,7 @@
assert( pParse->db!=0 );
assert( eType==TK_COMMIT || eType==TK_END || eType==TK_ROLLBACK );
isRollback = eType==TK_ROLLBACK;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION,
+ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION,
isRollback ? "ROLLBACK" : "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){
return;
}
@@ -113680,7 +115072,7 @@
/*
** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create,
-** release or rollback an SQL savepoint.
+** release or rollback an SQL savepoint.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){
char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
@@ -113707,7 +115099,7 @@
if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
int rc;
Btree *pBt;
- static const int flags =
+ static const int flags =
SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
@@ -113723,7 +115115,7 @@
}
db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt;
assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema );
- if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){
+ if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, 0, 0) ){
sqlite3OomFault(db);
return 1;
}
@@ -113753,7 +115145,7 @@
}
/*
-** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each
+** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each
** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){
@@ -113799,9 +115191,9 @@
pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1;
}
-/*
+/*
** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is
-** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to
+** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to
** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make
** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction.
**
@@ -113810,7 +115202,7 @@
** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes
** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm
** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency
-** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in
+** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in
** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective
** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen
** to take the safe route and skip the optimization.
@@ -113834,7 +115226,7 @@
u8 p5Errmsg /* P5_ErrMsg type */
){
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
+ assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT || pParse->nested );
if( onError==OE_Abort ){
sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
}
@@ -113855,7 +115247,7 @@
StrAccum errMsg;
Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
- sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, pParse->db, 0, 0,
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, pParse->db, 0, 0,
pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
if( pIdx->aColExpr ){
sqlite3_str_appendf(&errMsg, "index '%q'", pIdx->zName);
@@ -113871,8 +115263,8 @@
}
}
zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg);
- sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse,
- IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY
+ sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse,
+ IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY
: SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE,
onError, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique);
}
@@ -113884,7 +115276,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
int onError, /* Conflict resolution algorithm */
- Table *pTab /* The table with the non-unique rowid */
+ Table *pTab /* The table with the non-unique rowid */
){
char *zMsg;
int rc;
@@ -114078,9 +115470,9 @@
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
-/*
-** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a
-** WITH clause.
+/*
+** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a
+** WITH clause.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
@@ -114149,7 +115541,7 @@
/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/
/*
-** 2005 May 23
+** 2005 May 23
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -114222,7 +115614,7 @@
** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
**
** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
-** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work,
+** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work,
** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
*/
@@ -114276,7 +115668,7 @@
memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, pColl);
- /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will
+ /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will
** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
** to the hash table).
*/
@@ -114313,23 +115705,36 @@
int create /* True to create CollSeq if doesn't already exist */
){
CollSeq *pColl;
+ assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+ assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
if( zName ){
pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create);
+ if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
}else{
pColl = db->pDfltColl;
}
- assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
- assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
- if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
return pColl;
}
/*
+** Change the text encoding for a database connection. This means that
+** the pDfltColl must change as well.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetTextEncoding(sqlite3 *db, u8 enc){
+ assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+ db->enc = enc;
+ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-08308-17224 The default collating function for all
+ ** strings is BINARY.
+ */
+ db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, sqlite3StrBINARY, 0);
+}
+
+/*
** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding.
-**
-** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding
+**
+** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding
** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
**
** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
@@ -114413,7 +115818,7 @@
** is also -1. In other words, we are searching for a function that
** takes a variable number of arguments.
**
-** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function
+** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function
** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive
** match score for any
**
@@ -114507,8 +115912,8 @@
}
}
}
-
-
+
+
/*
** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
@@ -114569,7 +115974,7 @@
** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the
** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only.
** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function.
- */
+ */
if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){
bestScore = 0;
h = SQLITE_FUNC_HASH(sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]], nName);
@@ -114588,7 +115993,7 @@
** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
** new entry to the hash table and return it.
*/
- if( createFlag && bestScore<FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH &&
+ if( createFlag && bestScore<FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH &&
(pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){
FuncDef *pOther;
u8 *z;
@@ -114615,7 +116020,7 @@
/*
** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
-** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the
+** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the
** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents
** of the schema hash tables).
**
@@ -114695,7 +116100,7 @@
** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains
** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE,
** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and
-** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table
+** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table
** name is not found or if any other error occurs.
**
** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc:
@@ -114707,7 +116112,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
Table *pTab;
- assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 );
+ assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc>=1 );
pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem);
sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab);
pItem->pTab = pTab;
@@ -114727,8 +116132,8 @@
** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method
** has been provided
**
-** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not
-** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not
+** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_schema), this call is not
+** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not
** been specified
**
** 3) The table is a shadow table, the database connection is in
@@ -114797,7 +116202,7 @@
assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 );
assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 );
}
- pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, pOrderBy,
+ pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, pOrderBy,
SF_IncludeHidden, pLimit);
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest);
@@ -114846,11 +116251,11 @@
return pWhere;
}
- /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset
+ /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset
** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example:
** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
** becomes:
- ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN (
+ ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN (
** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
** );
*/
@@ -114888,7 +116293,7 @@
pSrc->a[0].pIBIndex = 0;
/* generate the SELECT expression tree. */
- pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSelectSrc, pWhere, 0 ,0,
+ pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSelectSrc, pWhere, 0 ,0,
pOrderBy,0,pLimit
);
@@ -114944,7 +116349,7 @@
int addrEphOpen = 0; /* Instruction to open the Ephemeral table */
int bComplex; /* True if there are triggers or FKs or
** subqueries in the WHERE clause */
-
+
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */
@@ -115003,7 +116408,7 @@
}
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
assert( iDb<db->nDb );
- rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0,
+ rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0,
db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName);
assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE );
if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){
@@ -115039,7 +116444,7 @@
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
if( isView ){
- sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab,
+ sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab,
pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, iTabCur
);
iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur;
@@ -115071,7 +116476,7 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
/* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5,
- ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by
+ ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by
** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly.
**
** The "rcauth==SQLITE_OK" terms is the
@@ -115122,7 +116527,7 @@
addrEphOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEphCur, nPk);
sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
}
-
+
/* Construct a query to find the rowid or primary key for every row
** to be deleted, based on the WHERE clause. Set variable eOnePass
** to indicate the strategy used to implement this delete:
@@ -115137,12 +116542,12 @@
assert( IsVirtual(pTab)==0 || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI );
assert( IsVirtual(pTab) || bComplex || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF );
if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_SINGLE ) sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
-
+
/* Keep track of the number of rows to be deleted */
if( memCnt ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
}
-
+
/* Extract the rowid or primary key for the current row */
if( pPk ){
for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
@@ -115155,7 +116560,7 @@
iKey = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, -1, iKey);
}
-
+
if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
/* For ONEPASS, no need to store the rowid/primary-key. There is only
** one, so just keep it in its register(s) and fall through to the
@@ -115185,18 +116590,18 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, iKey);
}
}
-
- /* If this DELETE cannot use the ONEPASS strategy, this is the
+
+ /* If this DELETE cannot use the ONEPASS strategy, this is the
** end of the WHERE loop */
if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);
}else{
sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
}
-
- /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are
+
+ /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are
** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
- ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF
+ ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF
** triggers.
*/
if( !isView ){
@@ -115209,9 +116614,11 @@
iTabCur, aToOpen, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iDataCur==iTabCur );
assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 );
- if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddrOnce);
+ if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(v, iAddrOnce);
+ }
}
-
+
/* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the
** where-clause loop above.
*/
@@ -115234,8 +116641,8 @@
addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, 0, iKey);
VdbeCoverage(v);
assert( nKey==1 );
- }
-
+ }
+
/* Delete the row */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
@@ -115258,7 +116665,7 @@
sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, eOnePass, aiCurOnePass[1]);
}
-
+
/* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */
if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass);
@@ -115269,7 +116676,7 @@
}else{
sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrLoop);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop);
- }
+ }
} /* End non-truncate path */
/* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
@@ -115280,7 +116687,7 @@
sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
}
- /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is
+ /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is
** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
** invoke the callback function.
*/
@@ -115294,7 +116701,7 @@
sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT)
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT)
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrderBy);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLimit);
#endif
@@ -115339,7 +116746,7 @@
** and nPk before reading from it.
**
** If eMode is ONEPASS_MULTI, then this call is being made as part
-** of a ONEPASS delete that affects multiple rows. In this case, if
+** of a ONEPASS delete that affects multiple rows. In this case, if
** iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0) and is not the same as
** iDataCur, then its position should be preserved following the delete
** operation. Or, if iIdxNoSeek is not a valid cursor number, the
@@ -115375,7 +116782,7 @@
VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)",
iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk));
- /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists
+ /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists
** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do
** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */
iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);
@@ -115385,7 +116792,7 @@
VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists);
VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound);
}
-
+
/* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to
** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */
if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){
@@ -115402,7 +116809,7 @@
iOld = pParse->nMem+1;
pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol);
- /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be
+ /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be
** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iPk, iOld);
for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
@@ -115416,11 +116823,11 @@
/* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */
addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger,
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger,
TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
);
- /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the
+ /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the
** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved
** the cursor or already deleted the row that the cursor was
** pointing to.
@@ -115437,21 +116844,21 @@
}
/* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that
- ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables)
+ ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables)
** are not violated by deleting this row. */
sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0, 0, 0);
}
/* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really
** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to
- ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers).
+ ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers).
**
** If variable 'count' is non-zero, then this OP_Delete instruction should
** invoke the update-hook. The pre-update-hook, on the other hand should
** be invoked unless table pTab is a system table. The difference is that
- ** the update-hook is not invoked for rows removed by REPLACE, but the
+ ** the update-hook is not invoked for rows removed by REPLACE, but the
** pre-update-hook is.
- */
+ */
if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){
u8 p5 = 0;
sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,0,iIdxNoSeek);
@@ -115471,16 +116878,16 @@
/* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
- ** to the row just deleted. */
+ ** to the row just deleted. */
sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld, 0, 0);
/* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger,
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger,
TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
);
/* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE
- ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a
+ ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a
** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel);
VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()"));
@@ -115532,6 +116939,7 @@
&iPartIdxLabel, pPrior, r1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iIdxCur+i, r1,
pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); /* Cause IdxDelete to error if no entry found */
sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel);
pPrior = pIdx;
}
@@ -115564,7 +116972,7 @@
** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share
** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already
** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped.
-** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK
+** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK
** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or
** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index.
*/
@@ -115587,7 +116995,7 @@
if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){
*piPartIdxLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);
pParse->iSelfTab = iDataCur + 1;
- sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel,
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel,
SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
pParse->iSelfTab = 0;
pPrior = 0; /* Ticket a9efb42811fa41ee 2019-11-02;
@@ -115783,7 +117191,7 @@
** Implementation of the abs() function.
**
** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of
-** the numeric argument X.
+** the numeric argument X.
*/
static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
assert( argc==1 );
@@ -115800,7 +117208,7 @@
return;
}
iVal = -iVal;
- }
+ }
sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
break;
}
@@ -116052,7 +117460,7 @@
*/
if( r<-4503599627370496.0 || r>+4503599627370496.0 ){
/* The value has no fractional part so there is nothing to round */
- }else if( n==0 ){
+ }else if( n==0 ){
r = (double)((sqlite_int64)(r+(r<0?-0.5:+0.5)));
}else{
zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r);
@@ -116145,7 +117553,7 @@
#define noopFunc versionFunc /* Substitute function - never called */
/*
-** Implementation of random(). Return a random integer.
+** Implementation of random(). Return a random integer.
*/
static void randomFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
@@ -116156,11 +117564,11 @@
UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
if( r<0 ){
- /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000
+ /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000
** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that
** number of you get the same value back again. To do this
** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative
- ** values, resulting in a positive value. Then take the
+ ** values, resulting in a positive value. Then take the
** 2s complement of that positive value. The end result can
** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807.
*/
@@ -116198,8 +117606,8 @@
** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
*/
static void last_insert_rowid(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
@@ -116307,7 +117715,7 @@
** it the last character in the list.
**
** Like matching rules:
-**
+**
** '%' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters
**
*** '_' Matches any one character
@@ -116330,7 +117738,7 @@
u32 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; /* "*" or "%" */
u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; /* True if uppercase==lowercase */
const u8 *zEscaped = 0; /* One past the last escaped input char */
-
+
while( (c = Utf8Read(zPattern))!=0 ){
if( c==matchAll ){ /* Match "*" */
/* Skip over multiple "*" characters in the pattern. If there
@@ -116486,8 +117894,8 @@
** the GLOB operator.
*/
static void likeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
const unsigned char *zA, *zB;
@@ -116495,6 +117903,7 @@
int nPat;
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+ struct compareInfo backupInfo;
#ifdef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS
if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_BLOB
@@ -116525,11 +117934,17 @@
const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
if( zEsc==0 ) return;
if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context,
+ sqlite3_result_error(context,
"ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
return;
}
escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zEsc);
+ if( escape==pInfo->matchAll || escape==pInfo->matchOne ){
+ memcpy(&backupInfo, pInfo, sizeof(backupInfo));
+ pInfo = &backupInfo;
+ if( escape==pInfo->matchAll ) pInfo->matchAll = 0;
+ if( escape==pInfo->matchOne ) pInfo->matchOne = 0;
+ }
}else{
escape = pInfo->matchSet;
}
@@ -116632,8 +118047,8 @@
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
/*
-** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function.
-** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options
+** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function.
+** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options
** used to build SQLite.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
@@ -116657,7 +118072,7 @@
** digits. */
static const char hexdigits[] = {
'0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
- '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F'
+ '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F'
};
/*
@@ -116692,7 +118107,7 @@
char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
- zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4);
+ zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4);
if( zText ){
int i;
for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){
@@ -116741,7 +118156,7 @@
/*
** The unicode() function. Return the integer unicode code-point value
-** for the first character of the input string.
+** for the first character of the input string.
*/
static void unicodeFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
@@ -116897,7 +118312,7 @@
if( zOut==0 ){
return;
}
- loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;
+ loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;
cntExpand = 0;
for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){
if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){
@@ -116918,7 +118333,7 @@
** whose index is a power of two: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, ... */
u8 *zOld;
zOld = zOut;
- zOut = sqlite3_realloc64(zOut, (int)nOut + (nOut - nStr - 1));
+ zOut = sqlite3Realloc(zOut, (int)nOut + (nOut - nStr - 1));
if( zOut==0 ){
sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
sqlite3_free(zOld);
@@ -117053,7 +118468,7 @@
** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
**
** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the
-** soundex encoding of the string X.
+** soundex encoding of the string X.
*/
static void soundexFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
@@ -117142,7 +118557,7 @@
typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
struct SumCtx {
double rSum; /* Floating point sum */
- i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */
+ i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */
i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */
u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */
u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */
@@ -117256,13 +118671,13 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make
- ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our
+ ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our
** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be
** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */
assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff || p->bInverse
|| p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) );
#endif
-}
+}
static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
CountCtx *p;
p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
@@ -117279,7 +118694,7 @@
p->bInverse = 1;
#endif
}
-}
+}
#else
# define countInverse 0
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */
@@ -117288,8 +118703,8 @@
** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
*/
static void minmaxStep(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0];
@@ -117421,8 +118836,8 @@
sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
}else if( pAccum->accError==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- }else{
- sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1,
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1,
sqlite3_free);
}
}
@@ -117436,7 +118851,7 @@
sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
}else if( pAccum->accError==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- }else{
+ }else{
const char *zText = sqlite3_str_value(pAccum);
sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
@@ -117484,7 +118899,7 @@
** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If
** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function
** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and the
-** escape character and then return TRUE. If the function is not a
+** escape character and then return TRUE. If the function is not a
** LIKE-style function then return FALSE.
**
** The expression "a LIKE b ESCAPE c" is only considered a valid LIKE
@@ -117512,16 +118927,6 @@
if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){
return 0;
}
- if( nExpr<3 ){
- aWc[3] = 0;
- }else{
- Expr *pEscape = pExpr->x.pList->a[2].pExpr;
- char *zEscape;
- if( pEscape->op!=TK_STRING ) return 0;
- zEscape = pEscape->u.zToken;
- if( zEscape[0]==0 || zEscape[1]!=0 ) return 0;
- aWc[3] = zEscape[0];
- }
/* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are
** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The
@@ -117531,6 +118936,20 @@
assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll );
assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
+
+ if( nExpr<3 ){
+ aWc[3] = 0;
+ }else{
+ Expr *pEscape = pExpr->x.pList->a[2].pExpr;
+ char *zEscape;
+ if( pEscape->op!=TK_STRING ) return 0;
+ zEscape = pEscape->u.zToken;
+ if( zEscape[0]==0 || zEscape[1]!=0 ) return 0;
+ if( zEscape[0]==aWc[0] ) return 0;
+ if( zEscape[0]==aWc[1] ) return 0;
+ aWc[3] = zEscape[0];
+ }
+
*pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
return 1;
}
@@ -117611,7 +119030,7 @@
FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ),
FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ),
FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ),
- INLINE_FUNC(ifnull, 2, INLINEFUNC_coalesce, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE),
+ INLINE_FUNC(ifnull, 2, INLINEFUNC_coalesce, 0 ),
VFUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ),
VFUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ),
FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ),
@@ -117629,15 +119048,15 @@
WAGGREGATE(sum, 1,0,0, sumStep, sumFinalize, sumFinalize, sumInverse, 0),
WAGGREGATE(total, 1,0,0, sumStep,totalFinalize,totalFinalize,sumInverse, 0),
WAGGREGATE(avg, 1,0,0, sumStep, avgFinalize, avgFinalize, sumInverse, 0),
- WAGGREGATE(count, 0,0,0, countStep,
+ WAGGREGATE(count, 0,0,0, countStep,
countFinalize, countFinalize, countInverse, SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT ),
- WAGGREGATE(count, 1,0,0, countStep,
+ WAGGREGATE(count, 1,0,0, countStep,
countFinalize, countFinalize, countInverse, 0 ),
- WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep,
+ WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep,
groupConcatFinalize, groupConcatValue, groupConcatInverse, 0),
- WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep,
+ WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep,
groupConcatFinalize, groupConcatValue, groupConcatInverse, 0),
-
+
LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
@@ -117651,7 +119070,8 @@
#endif
FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ),
FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
- INLINE_FUNC(coalesce, -1, INLINEFUNC_coalesce, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE),
+ INLINE_FUNC(coalesce, -1, INLINEFUNC_coalesce, 0 ),
+ INLINE_FUNC(iif, 3, INLINEFUNC_iif, 0 ),
};
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
sqlite3AlterFunctions();
@@ -117704,25 +119124,25 @@
** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate.
** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated,
** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY is returned and the current
-** statement transaction rolled back. If a
-** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken
-** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the
+** statement transaction rolled back. If a
+** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken
+** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the
** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails.
**
** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated
-** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a
-** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed
+** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a
+** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed
** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each
** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from
** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is
** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is
** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks:
**
-** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint,
+** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint,
** there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied,
** or which row it is not satisfied for.
**
-** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the
+** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the
** transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction.
**
** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler
@@ -117734,26 +119154,26 @@
** the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the
** constraint counter.
**
-** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table,
+** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table,
** search the child table for rows that correspond to the new
** row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row
** found (as the constraint is now satisfied).
**
** DELETE operations:
**
-** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table,
-** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the
-** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found,
+** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table,
+** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the
+** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found,
** decrement the counter.
**
-** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search
-** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row
+** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search
+** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row
** in the parent table. For each found increment the counter.
**
** UPDATE operations:
**
** An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only
-** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually
+** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually
** modified (values must be compared at runtime).
**
** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2.
@@ -117762,10 +119182,10 @@
** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict
** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted.
** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception
-** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new
+** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new
** row is inserted.
**
-** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference
+** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference
** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement
** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate
** constraint counter is greater than zero,
@@ -117776,7 +119196,7 @@
** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such
** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction.
**
-** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a
+** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a
** table be handled?
**
**
@@ -117787,7 +119207,7 @@
** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation
** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original
** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were
-** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be
+** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be
** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before
** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE
** generation code to query for this information are:
@@ -117824,13 +119244,13 @@
/*
** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent
** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint.
-** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey,
-** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns.
+** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey,
+** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns.
**
-** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY
-** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx
-** is set to point to the unique index.
-**
+** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY
+** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx
+** is set to point to the unique index.
+**
** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint
** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL.
** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where
@@ -117853,8 +119273,8 @@
** PRIMARY KEY, or
**
** 4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
-** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table
-** consists of a different number of columns to the child key in
+** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table
+** consists of a different number of columns to the child key in
** the child table.
**
** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded
@@ -117878,9 +119298,9 @@
assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 );
assert( pParse );
- /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it
- ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx
- ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early.
+ /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it
+ ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx
+ ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early.
**
** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate
** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol).
@@ -117889,7 +119309,7 @@
if( nCol==1 ){
/* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true:
**
- ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly
+ ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly
** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or
** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER
** PRIMARY KEY.
@@ -117906,14 +119326,14 @@
}
for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ){
+ if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ){
/* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number
** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key
** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */
if( zKey==0 ){
- /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to
- ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be
+ /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to
+ ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be
** identified by the test. */
if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
if( aiCol ){
@@ -117971,15 +119391,15 @@
}
/*
-** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the
-** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed
+** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the
+** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed
** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row
** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the
** new row.
**
** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the
-** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into
-** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no
+** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into
+** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no
** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be
** found in the parent table:
**
@@ -117993,7 +119413,7 @@
**
** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
**
-** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file
+** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file
** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1".
*/
static void fkLookupParent(
@@ -118015,15 +119435,15 @@
sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v,
(!pFKey->isDeferred
&& !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)
- && !pParse->pToplevel
+ && !pParse->pToplevel
&& !pParse->isMultiWrite) ? OE_Abort : OE_Ignore);
/* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any
** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need
** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations.
**
- ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If
- ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to
+ ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If
+ ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to
** search for a matching row in the parent table. */
if( nIncr<0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk);
@@ -118040,17 +119460,17 @@
** column of the parent table (table pTab). */
int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */
int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-
- /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e.
+
+ /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e.
** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there
** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of
** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column
** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy,
sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(pFKey->pFrom,aiCol[0])+1+regData, regTemp);
iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0);
VdbeCoverage(v);
-
+
/* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
@@ -118059,7 +119479,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
}
-
+
sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v);
sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk);
@@ -118070,21 +119490,21 @@
int nCol = pFKey->nCol;
int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-
+
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy,
sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(pFKey->pFrom, aiCol[i])+1+regData,
regTemp+i);
}
-
+
/* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
- ** increment the constraint-counter.
+ ** increment the constraint-counter.
**
- ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match
+ ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match
** itself. So set JUMPIFNULL to make sure we do the OP_Found if any
** of the parent-key values are NULL (at this point it is known that
** none of the child key values are).
@@ -118108,19 +119528,19 @@
}
sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk);
}
-
+
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec,
sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db,pIdx), nCol);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
-
+
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol);
}
}
if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)
- && !pParse->pToplevel
- && !pParse->isMultiWrite
+ && !pParse->pToplevel
+ && !pParse->isMultiWrite
){
/* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly
** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of
@@ -118198,7 +119618,7 @@
/*
** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted
-** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is
+** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is
** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating
** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice -
** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row.
@@ -118225,7 +119645,7 @@
**
** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
**
-** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file
+** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file
** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2".
*/
static void fkScanChildren(
@@ -118268,7 +119688,7 @@
Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */
Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */
Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */
- i16 iCol; /* Index of column in child table */
+ i16 iCol; /* Index of column in child table */
const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */
iCol = pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : -1;
@@ -118290,7 +119710,7 @@
**
** The first form is used for rowid tables. The second form is used
** for WITHOUT ROWID tables. In the second form, the *parent* key is
- ** (a,b,...). Either the parent or primary key could be used to
+ ** (a,b,...). Either the parent or primary key could be used to
** uniquely identify the current row, but the parent key is more convenient
** as the required values have already been loaded into registers
** by the caller.
@@ -118339,7 +119759,7 @@
/* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
if( iFkIfZero ){
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(v, iFkIfZero);
}
}
@@ -118362,7 +119782,7 @@
}
/*
-** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the
+** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the
** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
** and all of its sub-components.
**
@@ -118390,7 +119810,7 @@
**
** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or
** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is
-** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK
+** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK
** constraint violations in the database,
**
** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM <tbl>" is executed before dropping
@@ -118407,7 +119827,7 @@
assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* Not a view */
if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){
/* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table
- ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without
+ ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without
** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over
** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints
** when this statement is run. */
@@ -118424,10 +119844,10 @@
sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0, 0, 0);
pParse->disableTriggers = 0;
- /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint
+ /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint
** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before
** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement
- ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes.
+ ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes.
**
** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as
** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK
@@ -118451,7 +119871,7 @@
/*
** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key
** for which pTab is the child table. An UPDATE statement against pTab
-** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is
+** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is
** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array
** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element
** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement
@@ -118478,7 +119898,7 @@
/*
** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key
** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab
-** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is
+** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is
** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array
** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element
** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement
@@ -118488,9 +119908,9 @@
** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified.
*/
static int fkParentIsModified(
- Table *pTab,
- FKey *p,
- int *aChange,
+ Table *pTab,
+ FKey *p,
+ int *aChange,
int bChngRowid
){
int i;
@@ -118531,7 +119951,7 @@
/*
** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of
-** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint
+** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint
** processing for the operation.
**
** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the
@@ -118547,11 +119967,11 @@
** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before
** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention
** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted
-** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention.
+** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(
Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */
+ Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */
int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */
int regNew, /* New row data is stored here */
int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */
@@ -118583,16 +120003,16 @@
int i;
int bIgnore = 0;
- if( aChange
+ if( aChange
&& sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0
- && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0
+ && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0
){
continue;
}
- /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index
- ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these
- ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return
+ /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index
+ ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these
+ ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return
** early. */
if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
@@ -118636,7 +120056,7 @@
}
assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the
+ /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the
** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any
** values read from the parent table are NULL. */
if( db->xAuth ){
@@ -118648,24 +120068,24 @@
#endif
}
- /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate
- ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns
+ /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate
+ ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns
** in the parent table. */
sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName);
pParse->nTab++;
if( regOld!=0 ){
/* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent.
- ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an
+ ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an
** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */
fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1, bIgnore);
}
if( regNew!=0 && !isSetNullAction(pParse, pFKey) ){
/* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot
- ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint.
+ ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint.
**
** If this operation is being performed as part of a trigger program
- ** that is actually a "SET NULL" action belonging to this very
+ ** that is actually a "SET NULL" action belonging to this very
** foreign key, then omit this scan altogether. As all child key
** values are guaranteed to be NULL, it is not possible for adding
** this row to cause an FK violation. */
@@ -118686,8 +120106,8 @@
continue;
}
- if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)
- && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite
+ if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)
+ && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite
){
assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 );
/* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause (or fix)
@@ -118710,7 +120130,7 @@
pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
pItem->pTab->nTabRef++;
pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
-
+
if( regNew!=0 ){
fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1);
}
@@ -118729,10 +120149,10 @@
**
** Note 2: At first glance it may seem like SQLite could simply omit
** all OP_FkCounter related scans when either CASCADE or SET NULL
- ** applies. The trouble starts if the CASCADE or SET NULL action
- ** trigger causes other triggers or action rules attached to the
+ ** applies. The trouble starts if the CASCADE or SET NULL action
+ ** trigger causes other triggers or action rules attached to the
** child table to fire. In these cases the fk constraint counters
- ** might be set incorrectly if any OP_FkCounter related scans are
+ ** might be set incorrectly if any OP_FkCounter related scans are
** omitted. */
if( !pFKey->isDeferred && eAction!=OE_Cascade && eAction!=OE_SetNull ){
sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
@@ -118748,7 +120168,7 @@
#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x)))
/*
-** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a
+** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a
** row contained in table pTab.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(
@@ -118778,17 +120198,17 @@
/*
-** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a
+** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a
** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then
** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points
** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab.
-** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding
+** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding
** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified,
** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the
** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table.
**
** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns
-** non-zero. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function
+** non-zero. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function
** returns zero.
**
** For an UPDATE, this function returns 2 if:
@@ -118808,8 +120228,8 @@
int eRet = 0;
if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
if( !aChange ){
- /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the
- ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any
+ /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the
+ ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any
** foreign key constraint. */
eRet = (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey);
}else{
@@ -118838,7 +120258,7 @@
}
/*
-** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being
+** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being
** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey.
** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is
** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a
@@ -118850,7 +120270,7 @@
** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers
** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()).
**
-** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in
+** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in
** the following schema:
**
** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY);
@@ -118863,7 +120283,7 @@
** END;
**
** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It
-** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by
+** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by
** sqlite3FkDelete().
*/
static Trigger *fkActionTrigger(
@@ -118919,7 +120339,7 @@
** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the
** parent table are used for the comparison. */
pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ,
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0),
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)),
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tFromCol, 0)
@@ -118933,20 +120353,20 @@
*/
if( pChanges ){
pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS,
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0),
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)),
- sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0),
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0))
);
pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pWhen, pEq);
}
-
+
if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){
Expr *pNew;
if( action==OE_Cascade ){
- pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
+ pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT,
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0),
sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0));
}else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){
@@ -118978,7 +120398,7 @@
if( action==OE_Restrict ){
Token tFrom;
- Expr *pRaise;
+ Expr *pRaise;
tFrom.z = zFrom;
tFrom.n = nFrom;
@@ -118986,7 +120406,7 @@
if( pRaise ){
pRaise->affExpr = OE_Abort;
}
- pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,
+ pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,
sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise),
sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, 0, &tFrom, 0),
pWhere,
@@ -118998,7 +120418,7 @@
/* Disable lookaside memory allocation */
DisableLookaside;
- pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
+ pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */
sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */
nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->zTarget */
@@ -119007,7 +120427,7 @@
pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1];
pStep->zTarget = (char *)&pStep[1];
memcpy((char *)pStep->zTarget, zFrom, nFrom);
-
+
pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
@@ -119033,13 +120453,14 @@
switch( action ){
case OE_Restrict:
- pStep->op = TK_SELECT;
+ pStep->op = TK_SELECT;
break;
- case OE_Cascade:
- if( !pChanges ){
- pStep->op = TK_DELETE;
- break;
+ case OE_Cascade:
+ if( !pChanges ){
+ pStep->op = TK_DELETE;
+ break;
}
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
default:
pStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
}
@@ -119065,9 +120486,9 @@
int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */
int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */
){
- /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that
- ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK
- ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated
+ /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that
+ ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK
+ ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated
** trigger sub-program. */
if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */
@@ -119147,7 +120568,7 @@
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/*
-** Generate code that will
+** Generate code that will
**
** (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then
** (2) open pTab as cursor iCur.
@@ -119166,7 +120587,7 @@
assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
- sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum,
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum,
(opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb, pTab->nNVCol);
@@ -119183,7 +120604,7 @@
/*
** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index
-** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in
+** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in
** the table, according to the affinity of the column:
**
** Character Column affinity
@@ -119236,7 +120657,7 @@
}
pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0;
}
-
+
return pIdx->zColAff;
}
@@ -119295,9 +120716,9 @@
/*
** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices
-** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if
-** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can
-** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT.
+** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if
+** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can
+** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT.
*/
static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
@@ -119312,7 +120733,7 @@
assert( pOp!=0 );
if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){
Index *pIndex;
- int tnum = pOp->p2;
+ Pgno tnum = pOp->p2;
if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){
return 1;
}
@@ -119517,7 +120938,7 @@
/*
** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the
-** register used by the autoincrement tracker.
+** register used by the autoincrement tracker.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){
AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */
@@ -119546,7 +120967,7 @@
/* 8 */ {OP_Goto, 0, 11, 0},
/* 9 */ {OP_Next, 0, 2, 0},
/* 10 */ {OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0},
- /* 11 */ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}
+ /* 11 */ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}
};
VdbeOp *aOp;
pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
@@ -119898,7 +121319,7 @@
regData = regRowid+1;
/* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
- ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and
+ ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and
** remember the column indices.
**
** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
@@ -119931,7 +121352,7 @@
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS
if( pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & (COLFLAG_STORED|COLFLAG_VIRTUAL) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"cannot INSERT into generated column \"%s\"",
pTab->aCol[j].zName);
goto insert_cleanup;
@@ -119986,7 +121407,7 @@
** the destination table (template 3).
**
** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
- ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a
+ ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a
** temp table in the case of row triggers.
*/
if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, iDb, pTab) ){
@@ -120022,7 +121443,7 @@
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid);
}
}else{
- /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a
+ /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a
** single-row VALUES clause
*/
NameContext sNC;
@@ -120041,7 +121462,7 @@
}
/* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
- ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key
+ ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key
** column index in the original table definition.
*/
if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
@@ -120068,7 +121489,7 @@
if( pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_NOINSERT ) nHidden++;
}
if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn);
goto insert_cleanup;
@@ -120077,7 +121498,7 @@
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
goto insert_cleanup;
}
-
+
/* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
*/
if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0
@@ -120226,7 +121647,7 @@
}
if( useTempTable ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, k, iRegStore);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, k, iRegStore);
}else if( pSelect ){
if( regFromSelect!=regData ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+k, iRegStore);
@@ -120297,7 +121718,7 @@
}
/* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE,
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE,
pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop);
sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1);
@@ -120380,7 +121801,7 @@
** constraints or (b) there are no triggers and this table is not a
** parent table in a foreign key constraint. It is safe to set the
** flag in the second case as if any REPLACE constraint is hit, an
- ** OP_Delete or OP_IdxDelete instruction will be executed on each
+ ** OP_Delete or OP_IdxDelete instruction will be executed on each
** cursor that is disturbed. And these instructions both clear the
** VdbeCursor.seekResult variable, disabling the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT
** functionality. */
@@ -120399,7 +121820,7 @@
if( pTrigger ){
/* Code AFTER triggers */
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER,
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER,
pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop);
}
@@ -120435,7 +121856,7 @@
}
/*
- ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is
+ ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is
** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
** invoke the callback function.
*/
@@ -120468,7 +121889,7 @@
#endif
/*
-** Meanings of bits in of pWalker->eCode for
+** Meanings of bits in of pWalker->eCode for
** sqlite3ExprReferencesUpdatedColumn()
*/
#define CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN 0x01 /* CHECK constraint uses a changing column */
@@ -120667,9 +122088,9 @@
assert( v!=0 );
assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */
nCol = pTab->nCol;
-
+
/* pPk is the PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables and NULL for
- ** normal rowid tables. nPkField is the number of key fields in the
+ ** normal rowid tables. nPkField is the number of key fields in the
** pPk index or 1 for a rowid table. In other words, nPkField is the
** number of fields in the true primary key of the table. */
if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
@@ -120738,13 +122159,13 @@
VdbeCoverage(v);
assert( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)==0 );
nSeenReplace++;
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pCol->pDflt, iReg);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pCol->pDflt, iReg);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
break;
}
case OE_Abort:
sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
- /* Fall through */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
case OE_Rollback:
case OE_Fail: {
char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName,
@@ -120793,6 +122214,7 @@
onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
for(i=0; i<pCheck->nExpr; i++){
int allOk;
+ Expr *pCopy;
Expr *pExpr = pCheck->a[i].pExpr;
if( aiChng
&& !sqlite3ExprReferencesUpdatedColumn(pExpr, aiChng, pkChng)
@@ -120801,9 +122223,17 @@
** updated so there is no point it verifying the check constraint */
continue;
}
+ if( bAffinityDone==0 ){
+ sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNewData+1);
+ bAffinityDone = 1;
+ }
allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, onError);
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ pCopy = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
+ if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+ sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCopy, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ }
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCopy);
if( onError==OE_Ignore ){
sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest);
}else{
@@ -120963,7 +122393,7 @@
switch( onError ){
default: {
onError = OE_Abort;
- /* Fall thru into the next case */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
case OE_Rollback:
case OE_Abort:
@@ -120981,10 +122411,10 @@
** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries.
**
** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers
- ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call
- ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries
- ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry
- ** when it is inserted.
+ ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call
+ ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries
+ ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry
+ ** when it is inserted.
**
** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called,
** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require
@@ -121024,7 +122454,7 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT
case OE_Update: {
sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate(pParse, pUpsert, pTab, 0, iDataCur);
- /* Fall through */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
#endif
case OE_Ignore: {
@@ -121067,7 +122497,7 @@
sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNewData+1);
bAffinityDone = 1;
}
- VdbeNoopComment((v, "uniqueness check for %s", pIdx->zName));
+ VdbeNoopComment((v, "prep index %s", pIdx->zName));
iThisCur = iIdxCur+ix;
@@ -121112,7 +122542,7 @@
#endif
sqlite3VdbeReleaseRegisters(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn, 0, 0);
- /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index
+ /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index
** of a WITHOUT ROWID table and there has been no change the
** primary key, then no collision is possible. The collision detection
** logic below can all be skipped. */
@@ -121123,7 +122553,7 @@
/* Find out what action to take in case there is a uniqueness conflict */
onError = pIdx->onError;
- if( onError==OE_None ){
+ if( onError==OE_None ){
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk);
continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
}
@@ -121151,7 +122581,7 @@
**
** This is not possible for ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK builds, as the row
** must be explicitly deleted in order to ensure any pre-update hook
- ** is invoked. */
+ ** is invoked. */
#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
if( (ix==0 && pIdx->pNext==0) /* Condition 3 */
&& pPk==pIdx /* Condition 2 */
@@ -121168,7 +122598,7 @@
/* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, onError);
- addrConflictCk =
+ addrConflictCk =
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NoConflict, iThisCur, addrUniqueOk,
regIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
@@ -121198,7 +122628,7 @@
}
}
if( isUpdate ){
- /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID
+ /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID
** table, only conflict if the new PRIMARY KEY values are actually
** different from the old.
**
@@ -121208,7 +122638,7 @@
int addrJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+pPk->nKeyCol;
int op = OP_Ne;
int regCmp = (IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? regIdx : regR);
-
+
for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
char *p4 = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pPk->azColl[i]);
x = pPk->aiColumn[i];
@@ -121218,7 +122648,7 @@
op = OP_Eq;
}
x = sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(pTab, x);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op,
regOldData+1+x, addrJump, regCmp+i, p4, P4_COLLSEQ
);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL);
@@ -121245,7 +122675,7 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT
case OE_Update: {
sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate(pParse, pUpsert, pTab, pIdx, iIdxCur+ix);
- /* Fall through */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
#endif
case OE_Ignore: {
@@ -121302,12 +122732,14 @@
x = *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addrConflictCk);
if( x.opcode!=OP_IdxRowid ){
int p2; /* New P2 value for copied conflict check opcode */
+ const char *zP4;
if( sqlite3OpcodeProperty[x.opcode]&OPFLG_JUMP ){
p2 = lblRecheckOk;
}else{
p2 = x.p2;
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, x.opcode, x.p1, p2, x.p3, x.p4.z, x.p4type);
+ zP4 = x.p4type==P4_INT32 ? SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(x.p4.i) : x.p4.z;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, x.opcode, x.p1, p2, x.p3, zP4, x.p4type);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, x.p5);
VdbeCoverageIf(v, p2!=x.p2);
}
@@ -121447,7 +122879,7 @@
if( update_flags==0 ){
int r = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, r);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Insert,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Insert,
iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i], r, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE
);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_ISNOOP);
@@ -121620,7 +123052,7 @@
**
** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2;
**
-** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1.
+** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1.
** Columns are not decoded and reassembled, which greatly improves
** performance. Raw index records are transferred in the same way.
**
@@ -121731,7 +123163,7 @@
return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */
}
if( pSrc->tnum==pDest->tnum && pSrc->pSchema==pDest->pSchema ){
- testcase( pSrc!=pDest ); /* Possible due to bad sqlite_master.rootpage */
+ testcase( pSrc!=pDest ); /* Possible due to bad sqlite_schema.rootpage */
return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */
}
if( HasRowid(pDest)!=HasRowid(pSrc) ){
@@ -121755,8 +123187,8 @@
Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i];
Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i];
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS
- if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)==0
- && (pDestCol->colFlags | pSrcCol->colFlags) & COLFLAG_HIDDEN
+ if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)==0
+ && (pDestCol->colFlags | pSrcCol->colFlags) & COLFLAG_HIDDEN
){
return 0; /* Neither table may have __hidden__ columns */
}
@@ -121773,7 +123205,7 @@
**
** Nevertheless, this is a useful notational shorthand to tell SQLite
** to do a bulk transfer all of the content from t1 over to t2.
- **
+ **
** We could, in theory, disable this (except for internal use by the
** VACUUM command where it is actually needed). But why do that? It
** seems harmless enough, and provides a useful service.
@@ -121807,7 +123239,7 @@
if( (pDestCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)==0 && i>0 ){
assert( pDestCol->pDflt==0 || pDestCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN );
assert( pSrcCol->pDflt==0 || pSrcCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN );
- if( (pDestCol->pDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->pDflt==0)
+ if( (pDestCol->pDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->pDflt==0)
|| (pDestCol->pDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->pDflt->u.zToken,
pSrcCol->pDflt->u.zToken)!=0)
){
@@ -121841,7 +123273,7 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
/* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains
** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary.
- ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM
+ ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM
** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So
** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably
** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e]
@@ -121888,7 +123320,7 @@
** (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields
** of index entries might need to change.)
**
- ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization
+ ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization
** is unable to test uniqueness.)
**
** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback.
@@ -121915,14 +123347,13 @@
addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 );
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1);
if( db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SeekEnd, iDest);
- insFlags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|
- OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
+ insFlags = OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
}else{
insFlags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND;
}
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid,
(char*)pDest, P4_TABLE);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, insFlags);
@@ -121947,19 +123378,18 @@
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR);
VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName));
addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1);
if( db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum ){
/* This INSERT command is part of a VACUUM operation, which guarantees
** that the destination table is empty. If all indexed columns use
** collation sequence BINARY, then it can also be assumed that the
- ** index will be populated by inserting keys in strictly sorted
+ ** index will be populated by inserting keys in strictly sorted
** order. In this case, instead of seeking within the b-tree as part
** of every OP_IdxInsert opcode, an OP_SeekEnd is added before the
- ** OP_IdxInsert to seek to the point within the b-tree where each key
+ ** OP_IdxInsert to seek to the point within the b-tree where each key
** should be inserted. This is faster.
**
** If any of the indexed columns use a collation sequence other than
- ** BINARY, this optimization is disabled. This is because the user
+ ** BINARY, this optimization is disabled. This is because the user
** might change the definition of a collation sequence and then run
** a VACUUM command. In that case keys may not be written in strictly
** sorted order. */
@@ -121971,10 +123401,10 @@
idxInsFlags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SeekEnd, iDest);
}
- }
- if( !HasRowid(pSrc) && pDestIdx->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY ){
+ }else if( !HasRowid(pSrc) && pDestIdx->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY ){
idxInsFlags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
}
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, idxInsFlags|OPFLAG_APPEND);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
@@ -122068,7 +123498,7 @@
rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
/* Invoke the callback function if required */
- if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc ||
+ if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc ||
(SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit
&& db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
if( !callbackIsInit ){
@@ -122177,7 +123607,7 @@
** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
-** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of
+** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of
** sqlite3.h.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE3EXT_H
@@ -122495,6 +123925,11 @@
const char *(*filename_database)(const char*);
const char *(*filename_journal)(const char*);
const char *(*filename_wal)(const char*);
+ /* Version 3.32.0 and later */
+ char *(*create_filename)(const char*,const char*,const char*,
+ int,const char**);
+ void (*free_filename)(char*);
+ sqlite3_file *(*database_file_object)(const char*);
};
/*
@@ -122795,17 +124230,21 @@
#define sqlite3_filename_database sqlite3_api->filename_database
#define sqlite3_filename_journal sqlite3_api->filename_journal
#define sqlite3_filename_wal sqlite3_api->filename_wal
+/* Version 3.32.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_create_filename sqlite3_api->create_filename
+#define sqlite3_free_filename sqlite3_api->free_filename
+#define sqlite3_database_file_object sqlite3_api->database_file_object
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
- /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable
+ /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable
** extension */
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0;
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api=v;
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 \
extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api;
#else
- /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the
+ /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the
** application */
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /*no-op*/
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) (void)v; /* unused parameter */
@@ -123097,8 +124536,8 @@
sqlite3_memory_highwater,
sqlite3_memory_used,
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
- 0,
- 0,
+ 0,
+ 0,
0,
0,
0,
@@ -123273,8 +124712,20 @@
sqlite3_filename_database,
sqlite3_filename_journal,
sqlite3_filename_wal,
+ /* Version 3.32.0 and later */
+ sqlite3_create_filename,
+ sqlite3_free_filename,
+ sqlite3_database_file_object,
};
+/* True if x is the directory separator character
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
+# define DirSep(X) ((X)=='/'||(X)=='\\')
+#else
+# define DirSep(X) ((X)=='/')
+#endif
+
/*
** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a
@@ -123283,7 +124734,7 @@
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
**
-** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with
+** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with
** error message text. The calling function should free this memory
** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ).
*/
@@ -123307,7 +124758,7 @@
/* Shared library endings to try if zFile cannot be loaded as written */
static const char *azEndings[] = {
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
- "dll"
+ "dll"
#elif defined(__APPLE__)
"dylib"
#else
@@ -123347,7 +124798,7 @@
if( pzErrMsg ){
*pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc64(nMsg);
if( zErrmsg ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
"unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
}
@@ -123359,9 +124810,9 @@
/* If no entry point was specified and the default legacy
** entry point name "sqlite3_extension_init" was not found, then
** construct an entry point name "sqlite3_X_init" where the X is
- ** replaced by the lowercase value of every ASCII alphabetic
+ ** replaced by the lowercase value of every ASCII alphabetic
** character in the filename after the last "/" upto the first ".",
- ** and eliding the first three characters if they are "lib".
+ ** and eliding the first three characters if they are "lib".
** Examples:
**
** /usr/local/lib/libExample5.4.3.so ==> sqlite3_example_init
@@ -123376,7 +124827,7 @@
return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}
memcpy(zAltEntry, "sqlite3_", 8);
- for(iFile=ncFile-1; iFile>=0 && zFile[iFile]!='/'; iFile--){}
+ for(iFile=ncFile-1; iFile>=0 && !DirSep(zFile[iFile]); iFile--){}
iFile++;
if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zFile+iFile, "lib", 3)==0 ) iFile += 3;
for(iEntry=8; (c = zFile[iFile])!=0 && c!='.'; iFile++){
@@ -123476,12 +124927,12 @@
** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded
** extensions.
**
-** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN
** mutex must be held while accessing this list.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList;
static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList {
- u32 nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */
+ u32 nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */
void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */
} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 };
@@ -123518,7 +124969,7 @@
{
u32 i;
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN);
#endif
wsdAutoextInit;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
@@ -123556,7 +125007,7 @@
void (*xInit)(void)
){
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN);
#endif
int i;
int n = 0;
@@ -123583,7 +125034,7 @@
#endif
{
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN);
#endif
wsdAutoextInit;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
@@ -123613,7 +125064,7 @@
for(i=0; go; i++){
char *zErrmsg;
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
const sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk = 0;
@@ -123668,7 +125119,7 @@
** that includes the PragType_XXXX macro definitions and the aPragmaName[]
** object. This ensures that the aPragmaName[] table is arranged in
** lexicographical order to facility a binary search of the pragma name.
-** Do not edit pragma.h directly. Edit and rerun the script in at
+** Do not edit pragma.h directly. Edit and rerun the script in at
** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl. */
/************** Include pragma.h in the middle of pragma.c *******************/
/************** Begin file pragma.h ******************************************/
@@ -123679,49 +125130,49 @@
*/
/* The various pragma types */
-#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE 0
-#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM 1
-#define PragTyp_FLAG 2
-#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT 3
-#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE 4
-#define PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL 5
-#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE 6
-#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST 7
-#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS 8
-#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY 9
-#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST 10
-#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 11
-#define PragTyp_ENCODING 12
-#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK 13
-#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST 14
-#define PragTyp_FUNCTION_LIST 15
-#define PragTyp_HARD_HEAP_LIMIT 16
-#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM 17
-#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO 18
-#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST 19
-#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK 20
-#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE 21
-#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT 22
-#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE 23
-#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE 24
-#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT 25
-#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE 26
-#define PragTyp_MODULE_LIST 27
-#define PragTyp_OPTIMIZE 28
-#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE 29
-#define PragTyp_PRAGMA_LIST 30
-#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE 31
-#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY 32
-#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT 33
-#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS 34
-#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO 35
-#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE 36
-#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY 37
-#define PragTyp_THREADS 38
-#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 39
-#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT 40
-#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS 41
-#define PragTyp_KEY 42
+#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS 0
+#define PragTyp_ANALYSIS_LIMIT 1
+#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE 2
+#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM 3
+#define PragTyp_FLAG 4
+#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT 5
+#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE 6
+#define PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL 7
+#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE 8
+#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST 9
+#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS 10
+#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY 11
+#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST 12
+#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 13
+#define PragTyp_ENCODING 14
+#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK 15
+#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST 16
+#define PragTyp_FUNCTION_LIST 17
+#define PragTyp_HARD_HEAP_LIMIT 18
+#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM 19
+#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO 20
+#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST 21
+#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK 22
+#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE 23
+#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT 24
+#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE 25
+#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE 26
+#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT 27
+#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE 28
+#define PragTyp_MODULE_LIST 29
+#define PragTyp_OPTIMIZE 30
+#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE 31
+#define PragTyp_PRAGMA_LIST 32
+#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE 33
+#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY 34
+#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT 35
+#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS 36
+#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO 37
+#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE 38
+#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY 39
+#define PragTyp_THREADS 40
+#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 41
+#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT 42
#define PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS 43
#define PragTyp_STATS 44
@@ -123741,57 +125192,57 @@
*/
static const char *const pragCName[] = {
/* 0 */ "id", /* Used by: foreign_key_list */
- /* 1 */ "seq",
- /* 2 */ "table",
- /* 3 */ "from",
- /* 4 */ "to",
- /* 5 */ "on_update",
- /* 6 */ "on_delete",
- /* 7 */ "match",
+ /* 1 */ "seq",
+ /* 2 */ "table",
+ /* 3 */ "from",
+ /* 4 */ "to",
+ /* 5 */ "on_update",
+ /* 6 */ "on_delete",
+ /* 7 */ "match",
/* 8 */ "cid", /* Used by: table_xinfo */
- /* 9 */ "name",
- /* 10 */ "type",
- /* 11 */ "notnull",
- /* 12 */ "dflt_value",
- /* 13 */ "pk",
- /* 14 */ "hidden",
+ /* 9 */ "name",
+ /* 10 */ "type",
+ /* 11 */ "notnull",
+ /* 12 */ "dflt_value",
+ /* 13 */ "pk",
+ /* 14 */ "hidden",
/* table_info reuses 8 */
/* 15 */ "seqno", /* Used by: index_xinfo */
- /* 16 */ "cid",
- /* 17 */ "name",
- /* 18 */ "desc",
- /* 19 */ "coll",
- /* 20 */ "key",
+ /* 16 */ "cid",
+ /* 17 */ "name",
+ /* 18 */ "desc",
+ /* 19 */ "coll",
+ /* 20 */ "key",
/* 21 */ "name", /* Used by: function_list */
- /* 22 */ "builtin",
- /* 23 */ "type",
- /* 24 */ "enc",
- /* 25 */ "narg",
- /* 26 */ "flags",
+ /* 22 */ "builtin",
+ /* 23 */ "type",
+ /* 24 */ "enc",
+ /* 25 */ "narg",
+ /* 26 */ "flags",
/* 27 */ "tbl", /* Used by: stats */
- /* 28 */ "idx",
- /* 29 */ "wdth",
- /* 30 */ "hght",
- /* 31 */ "flgs",
+ /* 28 */ "idx",
+ /* 29 */ "wdth",
+ /* 30 */ "hght",
+ /* 31 */ "flgs",
/* 32 */ "seq", /* Used by: index_list */
- /* 33 */ "name",
- /* 34 */ "unique",
- /* 35 */ "origin",
- /* 36 */ "partial",
+ /* 33 */ "name",
+ /* 34 */ "unique",
+ /* 35 */ "origin",
+ /* 36 */ "partial",
/* 37 */ "table", /* Used by: foreign_key_check */
- /* 38 */ "rowid",
- /* 39 */ "parent",
- /* 40 */ "fkid",
+ /* 38 */ "rowid",
+ /* 39 */ "parent",
+ /* 40 */ "fkid",
/* index_info reuses 15 */
/* 41 */ "seq", /* Used by: database_list */
- /* 42 */ "name",
- /* 43 */ "file",
+ /* 42 */ "name",
+ /* 43 */ "file",
/* 44 */ "busy", /* Used by: wal_checkpoint */
- /* 45 */ "log",
+ /* 45 */ "log",
/* 46 */ "checkpointed",
/* collation_list reuses 32 */
/* 47 */ "database", /* Used by: lock_status */
- /* 48 */ "status",
+ /* 48 */ "status",
/* 49 */ "cache_size", /* Used by: default_cache_size */
/* module_list pragma_list reuses 9 */
/* 50 */ "timeout", /* Used by: busy_timeout */
@@ -123807,13 +125258,18 @@
u64 iArg; /* Extra argument */
} PragmaName;
static const PragmaName aPragmaName[] = {
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
{/* zName: */ "activate_extensions",
/* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS,
/* ePragFlg: */ 0,
/* ColNames: */ 0, 0,
/* iArg: */ 0 },
#endif
+ {/* zName: */ "analysis_limit",
+ /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ANALYSIS_LIMIT,
+ /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0,
+ /* ColNames: */ 0, 0,
+ /* iArg: */ 0 },
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS)
{/* zName: */ "application_id",
/* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE,
@@ -123950,7 +125406,7 @@
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
{/* zName: */ "foreign_key_check",
/* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK,
- /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0,
+ /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt,
/* ColNames: */ 37, 4,
/* iArg: */ 0 },
#endif
@@ -124003,18 +125459,6 @@
/* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0,
/* ColNames: */ 0, 0,
/* iArg: */ 0 },
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
- {/* zName: */ "hexkey",
- /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY,
- /* ePragFlg: */ 0,
- /* ColNames: */ 0, 0,
- /* iArg: */ 2 },
- {/* zName: */ "hexrekey",
- /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY,
- /* ePragFlg: */ 0,
- /* ColNames: */ 0, 0,
- /* iArg: */ 3 },
-#endif
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK)
{/* zName: */ "ignore_check_constraints",
@@ -124067,13 +125511,6 @@
/* ColNames: */ 0, 0,
/* iArg: */ 0 },
#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
- {/* zName: */ "key",
- /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY,
- /* ePragFlg: */ 0,
- /* ColNames: */ 0, 0,
- /* iArg: */ 0 },
-#endif
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
{/* zName: */ "legacy_alter_table",
/* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
@@ -124181,15 +125618,6 @@
/* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
/* ColNames: */ 0, 0,
/* iArg: */ SQLITE_RecTriggers },
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
- {/* zName: */ "rekey",
- /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY,
- /* ePragFlg: */ 0,
- /* ColNames: */ 0, 0,
- /* iArg: */ 1 },
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
{/* zName: */ "reverse_unordered_selects",
/* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG,
/* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1,
@@ -124274,18 +125702,6 @@
/* ColNames: */ 0, 0,
/* iArg: */ 0 },
#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
- {/* zName: */ "textkey",
- /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY,
- /* ePragFlg: */ 0,
- /* ColNames: */ 0, 0,
- /* iArg: */ 4 },
- {/* zName: */ "textrekey",
- /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY,
- /* ePragFlg: */ 0,
- /* ColNames: */ 0, 0,
- /* iArg: */ 5 },
-#endif
{/* zName: */ "threads",
/* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_THREADS,
/* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0,
@@ -124354,14 +125770,14 @@
/* iArg: */ SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_NoSchemaError },
#endif
};
-/* Number of pragmas: 66 on by default, 82 total. */
+/* Number of pragmas: 67 on by default, 77 total. */
/************** End of pragma.h **********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in pragma.c *********************/
/*
** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF,
-** 1 for ON or NORMAL, 2 for FULL, and 3 for EXTRA. Return 1 for an empty or
+** 1 for ON or NORMAL, 2 for FULL, and 3 for EXTRA. Return 1 for an empty or
** unrecognized string argument. The FULL and EXTRA option is disallowed
** if the omitFull parameter it 1.
**
@@ -124420,7 +125836,7 @@
/*
** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value.
**
-** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are
+** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are
** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively.
*/
static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){
@@ -124572,7 +125988,7 @@
case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break;
case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break;
case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break;
- default: zName = "NO ACTION";
+ default: zName = "NO ACTION";
assert( action==OE_None ); break;
}
return zName;
@@ -124636,7 +126052,7 @@
){
for(; p; p=p->pNext){
const char *zType;
- static const u32 mask =
+ static const u32 mask =
SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC |
SQLITE_DIRECTONLY |
SQLITE_SUBTYPE |
@@ -124655,7 +126071,7 @@
&& showInternFuncs==0
){
continue;
- }
+ }
if( p->xValue!=0 ){
zType = "w";
}else if( p->xFinalize!=0 ){
@@ -124690,7 +126106,7 @@
}
/*
-** Process a pragma statement.
+** Process a pragma statement.
**
** Pragmas are of this form:
**
@@ -124705,7 +126121,7 @@
** id and pId2 is any empty string.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(
- Parse *pParse,
+ Parse *pParse,
Token *pId1, /* First part of [schema.]id field */
Token *pId2, /* Second part of [schema.]id field, or NULL */
Token *pValue, /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
@@ -124733,8 +126149,8 @@
if( iDb<0 ) return;
pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the
- ** pragma, make sure it is open.
+ /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the
+ ** pragma, make sure it is open.
*/
if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
return;
@@ -124802,7 +126218,7 @@
}
/* Register the result column names for pragmas that return results */
- if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns)==0
+ if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns)==0
&& ((pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns1)==0 || zRight==0)
){
setPragmaResultColumnNames(v, pPragma);
@@ -124810,7 +126226,7 @@
/* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */
switch( pPragma->ePragTyp ){
-
+
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
/*
** PRAGMA [schema.]default_cache_size
@@ -124884,7 +126300,7 @@
** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc().
*/
db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
- if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,-1,0) ){
+ if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,0,0) ){
sqlite3OomFault(db);
}
}
@@ -124926,7 +126342,7 @@
** PRAGMA [schema.]max_page_count=N
**
** The first form reports the current setting for the
- ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The
+ ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The
** second form attempts to change this setting. Both
** forms return the current setting.
**
@@ -124940,13 +126356,19 @@
*/
case PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT: {
int iReg;
+ i64 x = 0;
sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg);
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg,
- sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)));
+ if( zRight && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight,&x)==0 ){
+ if( x<0 ) x = 0;
+ else if( x>0xfffffffe ) x = 0xfffffffe;
+ }else{
+ x = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, (int)x);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1);
break;
@@ -125087,7 +126509,7 @@
*/
rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){
- /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or
+ /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or
** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database
** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates
** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database.
@@ -125189,7 +126611,7 @@
assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
if( !zRight ){
returnSingleInt(v,
- (db->flags & SQLITE_CacheSpill)==0 ? 0 :
+ (db->flags & SQLITE_CacheSpill)==0 ? 0 :
sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pDb->pBt,0));
}else{
int size = 1;
@@ -125363,7 +126785,7 @@
Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
char *proxy_file_path = NULL;
sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
- sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
&proxy_file_path);
returnSingleText(v, proxy_file_path);
}else{
@@ -125371,10 +126793,10 @@
sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
int res;
if( zRight[0] ){
- res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+ res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
zRight);
} else {
- res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+ res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
NULL);
}
if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -125384,8 +126806,8 @@
}
break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
/*
** PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous
** PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL|EXTRA
@@ -125400,7 +126822,7 @@
returnSingleInt(v, pDb->safety_level-1);
}else{
if( !db->autoCommit ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
}else if( iDb!=1 ){
int iLevel = (getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1) & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
@@ -125440,7 +126862,7 @@
if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0;
}
- /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL
+ /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL
** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all
** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value.
*/
@@ -125467,15 +126889,14 @@
*/
case PragTyp_TABLE_INFO: if( zRight ){
Table *pTab;
+ sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb);
pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, LOCATE_NOERR, zRight, zDb);
if( pTab ){
- int iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
int i, k;
int nHidden = 0;
Column *pCol;
Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
pParse->nMem = 7;
- sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iTabDb);
sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
int isHidden = 0;
@@ -125683,7 +127104,7 @@
pFK = pTab->pFKey;
if( pFK ){
int iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- int i = 0;
+ int i = 0;
pParse->nMem = 8;
sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iTabDb);
while(pFK){
@@ -125732,7 +127153,6 @@
regRow = ++pParse->nMem;
k = sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->tblHash);
while( k ){
- int iTabDb;
if( zRight ){
pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zRight, zDb);
k = 0;
@@ -125741,23 +127161,24 @@
k = sqliteHashNext(k);
}
if( pTab==0 || pTab->pFKey==0 ) continue;
- iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iTabDb);
- sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iTabDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
if( pTab->nCol+regRow>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = pTab->nCol + regRow;
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, iTabDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regResult, pTab->zName);
for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){
pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb);
if( pParent==0 ) continue;
pIdx = 0;
- sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iTabDb, pParent->tnum, 0, pParent->zName);
+ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pParent->tnum, 0, pParent->zName);
x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, 0);
if( x==0 ){
if( pIdx==0 ){
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, i, iTabDb, pParent, OP_OpenRead);
+ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, i, iDb, pParent, OP_OpenRead);
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, i, pIdx->tnum, iTabDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, i, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
}
}else{
@@ -125780,8 +127201,8 @@
addrOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);
/* Generate code to read the child key values into registers
- ** regRow..regRow+n. If any of the child key values are NULL, this
- ** row cannot cause an FK violation. Jump directly to addrOk in
+ ** regRow..regRow+n. If any of the child key values are NULL, this
+ ** row cannot cause an FK violation. Jump directly to addrOk in
** this case. */
for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
int iCol = aiCols ? aiCols[j] : pFK->aCol[j].iFrom;
@@ -125846,13 +127267,26 @@
**
** Verify the integrity of the database.
**
- ** The "quick_check" is reduced version of
+ ** The "quick_check" is reduced version of
** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption
** without the overhead of cross-checking indexes. Quick_check
** is linear time wherease integrity_check is O(NlogN).
+ **
+ ** The maximum nubmer of errors is 100 by default. A different default
+ ** can be specified using a numeric parameter N.
+ **
+ ** Or, the parameter N can be the name of a table. In that case, only
+ ** the one table named is verified. The freelist is only verified if
+ ** the named table is "sqlite_schema" (or one of its aliases).
+ **
+ ** All schemas are checked by default. To check just a single
+ ** schema, use the form:
+ **
+ ** PRAGMA schema.integrity_check;
*/
case PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK: {
int i, j, addr, mxErr;
+ Table *pObjTab = 0; /* Check only this one table, if not NULL */
int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q');
@@ -125875,9 +127309,13 @@
/* Set the maximum error count */
mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
if( zRight ){
- sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr);
- if( mxErr<=0 ){
- mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
+ if( sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr) ){
+ if( mxErr<=0 ){
+ mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
+ }
+ }else{
+ pObjTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zRight,
+ iDb>=0 ? db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName : 0);
}
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr-1, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */
@@ -125906,15 +127344,21 @@
Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); /* Current table */
Index *pIdx; /* An index on pTab */
int nIdx; /* Number of indexes on pTab */
+ if( pObjTab && pObjTab!=pTab ) continue;
if( HasRowid(pTab) ) cnt++;
for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ cnt++; }
if( nIdx>mxIdx ) mxIdx = nIdx;
}
+ if( cnt==0 ) continue;
+ if( pObjTab ) cnt++;
aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(cnt+1));
if( aRoot==0 ) break;
- for(cnt=0, x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+ cnt = 0;
+ if( pObjTab ) aRoot[++cnt] = 0;
+ for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
Index *pIdx;
+ if( pObjTab && pObjTab!=pTab ) continue;
if( HasRowid(pTab) ) aRoot[++cnt] = pTab->tnum;
for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
aRoot[++cnt] = pIdx->tnum;
@@ -125948,11 +127392,12 @@
int r1 = -1;
if( pTab->tnum<1 ) continue; /* Skip VIEWs or VIRTUAL TABLEs */
+ if( pObjTab && pObjTab!=pTab ) continue;
pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenRead, 0,
1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
/* reg[7] counts the number of entries in the table.
- ** reg[8+i] counts the number of entries in the i-th index
+ ** reg[8+i] counts the number of entries in the i-th index
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7);
for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
@@ -125996,7 +127441,7 @@
for(k=pCheck->nExpr-1; k>0; k--){
sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCheck->a[k].pExpr, addrCkFault, 0);
}
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[0].pExpr, addrCkOk,
+ sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[0].pExpr, addrCkOk,
SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCkFault);
pParse->iSelfTab = 0;
@@ -126058,7 +127503,6 @@
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iDataCur, loopTop); VdbeCoverage(v);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop-1);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
if( !isQuick ){
sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 2, "wrong # of entries in index ");
for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
@@ -126072,8 +127516,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
}
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
- }
+ }
}
{
static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
@@ -126115,7 +127558,7 @@
** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
- **
+ **
** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
@@ -126153,21 +127596,12 @@
** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
*/
- int canChangeEnc = 1; /* True if allowed to change the encoding */
- int i; /* For looping over all attached databases */
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- if( db->aDb[i].pBt!=0
- && DbHasProperty(db,i,DB_SchemaLoaded)
- && !DbHasProperty(db,i,DB_Empty)
- ){
- canChangeEnc = 0;
- }
- }
- if( canChangeEnc ){
+ if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_EncodingFixed)==0 ){
for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
- SCHEMA_ENC(db) = ENC(db) =
- pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+ u8 enc = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+ SCHEMA_ENC(db) = enc;
+ sqlite3SetTextEncoding(db, enc);
break;
}
}
@@ -126230,6 +127664,7 @@
aOp[1].p1 = iDb;
aOp[1].p2 = iCookie;
aOp[1].p3 = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
+ aOp[1].p5 = 1;
}else{
/* Read the specified cookie value */
static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = {
@@ -126306,8 +127741,8 @@
if( zRight ){
sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
}
- returnSingleInt(v,
- db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ?
+ returnSingleInt(v,
+ db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ?
SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0);
}
break;
@@ -126347,7 +127782,7 @@
** 0x0002 Run ANALYZE on tables that might benefit. On by default.
** See below for additional information.
**
- ** 0x0004 (Not yet implemented) Record usage and performance
+ ** 0x0004 (Not yet implemented) Record usage and performance
** information from the current session in the
** database file so that it will be available to "optimize"
** pragmas run by future database connections.
@@ -126358,7 +127793,7 @@
** The default MASK is and always shall be 0xfffe. 0xfffe means perform all
** of the optimizations listed above except Debug Mode, including new
** optimizations that have not yet been invented. If new optimizations are
- ** ever added that should be off by default, those off-by-default
+ ** ever added that should be off by default, those off-by-default
** optimizations will have bitmasks of 0x10000 or larger.
**
** DETERMINATION OF WHEN TO RUN ANALYZE
@@ -126419,7 +127854,7 @@
}
if( szThreshold ){
sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfSmaller, iTabCur,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfSmaller, iTabCur,
sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2+(opMask&1), szThreshold);
VdbeCoverage(v);
}
@@ -126516,6 +127951,25 @@
break;
}
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA analysis_limit
+ ** PRAGMA analysis_limit = N
+ **
+ ** Configure the maximum number of rows that ANALYZE will examine
+ ** in each index that it looks at. Return the new limit.
+ */
+ case PragTyp_ANALYSIS_LIMIT: {
+ sqlite3_int64 N;
+ if( zRight
+ && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK
+ && N>=0
+ ){
+ db->nAnalysisLimit = (int)(N&0x7fffffff);
+ }
+ returnSingleInt(v, db->nAnalysisLimit);
+ break;
+ }
+
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
@@ -126534,7 +127988,7 @@
pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( pBt==0 || sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)==0 ){
zState = "closed";
- }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zDbSName : 0,
+ }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zDbSName : 0,
SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){
zState = azLockName[j];
}
@@ -126544,59 +127998,11 @@
}
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- /* Pragma iArg
- ** ---------- ------
- ** key 0
- ** rekey 1
- ** hexkey 2
- ** hexrekey 3
- ** textkey 4
- ** textrekey 5
- */
- case PragTyp_KEY: {
- if( zRight ){
- char zBuf[40];
- const char *zKey = zRight;
- int n;
- if( pPragma->iArg==2 || pPragma->iArg==3 ){
- u8 iByte;
- int i;
- for(i=0, iByte=0; i<sizeof(zBuf)*2 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zRight[i]); i++){
- iByte = (iByte<<4) + sqlite3HexToInt(zRight[i]);
- if( (i&1)!=0 ) zBuf[i/2] = iByte;
- }
- zKey = zBuf;
- n = i/2;
- }else{
- n = pPragma->iArg<4 ? sqlite3Strlen30(zRight) : -1;
- }
- if( (pPragma->iArg & 1)==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zKey, n);
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zKey, n);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && n!=0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "ok", SQLITE_STATIC);
- returnSingleText(v, "ok");
- }
- }
- break;
- }
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
case PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS: if( zRight ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){
- sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]);
- }
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){
sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]);
}
-#endif
}
break;
#endif
@@ -126606,7 +128012,7 @@
/* The following block is a no-op unless SQLITE_DEBUG is defined. Its only
** purpose is to execute assert() statements to verify that if the
** PragFlg_NoColumns1 flag is set and the caller specified an argument
- ** to the PRAGMA, the implementation has not added any OP_ResultRow
+ ** to the PRAGMA, the implementation has not added any OP_ResultRow
** instructions to the VM. */
if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns1) && zRight ){
sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoResultRow(v);
@@ -126637,7 +128043,7 @@
char *azArg[2]; /* Value of the argument and schema */
};
-/*
+/*
** Pragma virtual table module xConnect method.
*/
static int pragmaVtabConnect(
@@ -126699,7 +128105,7 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Pragma virtual table module xDisconnect method.
*/
static int pragmaVtabDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
@@ -126797,11 +128203,11 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Pragma virtual table module xFilter method.
*/
static int pragmaVtabFilter(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
@@ -126856,11 +128262,11 @@
}
/* The xColumn method simply returns the corresponding column from
-** the PRAGMA.
+** the PRAGMA.
*/
static int pragmaVtabColumn(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
- sqlite3_context *ctx,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
+ sqlite3_context *ctx,
int i
){
PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor;
@@ -126873,7 +128279,7 @@
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
+/*
** Pragma virtual table module xRowid method.
*/
static int pragmaVtabRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *p){
@@ -127024,7 +128430,7 @@
assert( argc==5 );
UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
+ db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_EncodingFixed;
pData->nInitRow++;
if( db->mallocFailed ){
corruptSchema(pData, argv[1], 0);
@@ -127048,7 +128454,13 @@
assert( db->init.busy );
db->init.iDb = iDb;
- db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[3]);
+ if( sqlite3GetUInt32(argv[3], &db->init.newTnum)==0
+ || (db->init.newTnum>pData->mxPage && pData->mxPage>0)
+ ){
+ if( sqlite3Config.bExtraSchemaChecks ){
+ corruptSchema(pData, argv[1], "invalid rootpage");
+ }
+ }
db->init.orphanTrigger = 0;
db->init.azInit = argv;
pStmt = 0;
@@ -127081,12 +128493,17 @@
*/
Index *pIndex;
pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[1], db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName);
- if( pIndex==0
- || sqlite3GetInt32(argv[3],&pIndex->tnum)==0
+ if( pIndex==0 ){
+ corruptSchema(pData, argv[1], "orphan index");
+ }else
+ if( sqlite3GetUInt32(argv[3],&pIndex->tnum)==0
|| pIndex->tnum<2
+ || pIndex->tnum>pData->mxPage
|| sqlite3IndexHasDuplicateRootPage(pIndex)
){
- corruptSchema(pData, argv[1], pIndex?"invalid rootpage":"orphan index");
+ if( sqlite3Config.bExtraSchemaChecks ){
+ corruptSchema(pData, argv[1], "invalid rootpage");
+ }
}
}
return 0;
@@ -127110,8 +128527,9 @@
char const *azArg[6];
int meta[5];
InitData initData;
- const char *zMasterName;
+ const char *zSchemaTabName;
int openedTransaction = 0;
+ int mask = ((db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_EncodingFixed) | ~DBFLAG_EncodingFixed);
assert( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk)==0 );
assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
@@ -127121,13 +128539,13 @@
db->init.busy = 1;
- /* Construct the in-memory representation schema tables (sqlite_master or
- ** sqlite_temp_master) by invoking the parser directly. The appropriate
+ /* Construct the in-memory representation schema tables (sqlite_schema or
+ ** sqlite_temp_schema) by invoking the parser directly. The appropriate
** table name will be inserted automatically by the parser so we can just
** use the abbreviation "x" here. The parser will also automatically tag
** the schema table as read-only. */
azArg[0] = "table";
- azArg[1] = zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+ azArg[1] = zSchemaTabName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
azArg[2] = azArg[1];
azArg[3] = "1";
azArg[4] = "CREATE TABLE x(type text,name text,tbl_name text,"
@@ -127139,7 +128557,9 @@
initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
initData.mInitFlags = mFlags;
initData.nInitRow = 0;
+ initData.mxPage = 0;
sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 5, (char **)azArg, 0);
+ db->mDbFlags &= mask;
if( initData.rc ){
rc = initData.rc;
goto error_out;
@@ -127156,7 +128576,7 @@
}
/* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
- ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it
+ ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it
** will be closed before this function returns. */
sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
@@ -127199,27 +128619,25 @@
** as sqlite3.enc.
*/
if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){ /* text encoding */
- if( iDb==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ if( iDb==0 && (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_EncodingFixed)==0 ){
u8 encoding;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */
encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3;
if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8;
- ENC(db) = encoding;
#else
- ENC(db) = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ encoding = SQLITE_UTF8;
#endif
+ sqlite3SetTextEncoding(db, encoding);
}else{
/* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */
- if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){
+ if( (meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3)!=ENC(db) ){
sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same"
" text encoding as main database");
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
goto initone_error_out;
}
}
- }else{
- DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
}
pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db);
@@ -127262,11 +128680,12 @@
/* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
*/
assert( db->init.busy );
+ initData.mxPage = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pDb->pBt);
{
char *zSql;
- zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
"SELECT*FROM\"%w\".%s ORDER BY rowid",
- db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zMasterName);
+ db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zSchemaTabName);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
{
sqlite3_xauth xAuth;
@@ -127292,11 +128711,11 @@
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_NoSchemaError)){
/* Black magic: If the SQLITE_NoSchemaError flag is set, then consider
- ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the
+ ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the
** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one
** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset
** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary
- ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table
+ ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_schema table
** even when its contents have been corrupted.
*/
DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
@@ -127331,13 +128750,12 @@
** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
**
** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set
-** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database
-** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
+** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
int i, rc;
int commit_internal = !(db->mDbFlags&DBFLAG_SchemaChange);
-
+
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[0].pBt) );
assert( db->init.busy==0 );
@@ -127402,7 +128820,7 @@
if( pBt==0 ) continue;
/* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
- ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it
+ ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it
** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */
if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){
rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0, 0);
@@ -127413,7 +128831,7 @@
openedTransaction = 1;
}
- /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the
+ /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the
** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation,
** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */
sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie);
@@ -127438,17 +128856,18 @@
** attached database is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){
- int i = -1000000;
+ int i = -32768;
- /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in
+ /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -32768. This happens when code in
** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one
- ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this
+ ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this
** function should never be used.
**
- ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
- ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much
+ ** We return -32768 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
+ ** -32768 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much
** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
- ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
+ ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds) and
+ ** -32768 will still fit into a 16-bit signed integer.
*/
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
if( pSchema ){
@@ -127464,10 +128883,25 @@
}
/*
+** Deallocate a single AggInfo object
+*/
+static void agginfoFree(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *p){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aFunc);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
** Free all memory allocations in the pParse object
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse *pParse){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ AggInfo *pThis = pParse->pAggList;
+ while( pThis ){
+ AggInfo *pNext = pThis->pNext;
+ agginfoFree(db, pThis);
+ pThis = pNext;
+ }
sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aLabel);
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pParse->pConstExpr);
if( db ){
@@ -127526,8 +128960,8 @@
** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because
** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it
** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change
- ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold
- ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is
+ ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold
+ ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is
** holding them.
**
** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection,
@@ -127661,7 +129095,7 @@
**
** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has
-** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error
+** locked the sqlite3_schema table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error
** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){
@@ -127762,7 +129196,7 @@
** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
*/
static int sqlite3Prepare16(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
u32 prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */
@@ -127805,7 +129239,7 @@
int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8));
*pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8);
rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
@@ -127820,7 +129254,7 @@
** occurs.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
@@ -127832,7 +129266,7 @@
return rc;
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
@@ -127844,7 +129278,7 @@
return rc;
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v3(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */
@@ -127880,20 +129314,6 @@
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/*
-** Trace output macros
-*/
-#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
-/***/ int sqlite3SelectTrace = 0;
-# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X) \
- if(sqlite3SelectTrace&(K)) \
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("%u/%d/%p: ",(S)->selId,(P)->addrExplain,(S)),\
- sqlite3DebugPrintf X
-#else
-# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X)
-#endif
-
-
-/*
** An instance of the following object is used to record information about
** how to process the DISTINCT keyword, to simplify passing that information
** into the selectInnerLoop() routine.
@@ -127968,7 +129388,6 @@
if( OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(p->pWinDefn) ){
sqlite3WindowListDelete(db, p->pWinDefn);
}
- assert( p->pWin==0 );
#endif
if( OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(p->pWith) ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, p->pWith);
if( bFree ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p);
@@ -127983,6 +129402,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){
pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest;
pDest->iSDParm = iParm;
+ pDest->iSDParm2 = 0;
pDest->zAffSdst = 0;
pDest->iSdst = 0;
pDest->nSdst = 0;
@@ -128004,9 +129424,9 @@
u32 selFlags, /* Flag parameters, such as SF_Distinct */
Expr *pLimit /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */
){
- Select *pNew;
+ Select *pNew, *pAllocated;
Select standin;
- pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+ pAllocated = pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(*pNew) );
if( pNew==0 ){
assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
pNew = &standin;
@@ -128040,12 +129460,11 @@
#endif
if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) {
clearSelect(pParse->db, pNew, pNew!=&standin);
- pNew = 0;
+ pAllocated = 0;
}else{
assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 );
}
- assert( pNew!=&standin );
- return pNew;
+ return pAllocated;
}
@@ -128057,21 +129476,6 @@
}
/*
-** Delete all the substructure for p, but keep p allocated. Redefine
-** p to be a single SELECT where every column of the result set has a
-** value of NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectReset(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
- if( ALWAYS(p) ){
- clearSelect(pParse->db, p, 0);
- memset(&p->iLimit, 0, sizeof(Select) - offsetof(Select,iLimit));
- p->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0,
- sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db,TK_NULL,0,0));
- p->pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(SrcList));
- }
-}
-
-/*
** Return a pointer to the right-most SELECT statement in a compound.
*/
static Select *findRightmost(Select *p){
@@ -128122,7 +129526,7 @@
for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
p = apAll[i];
for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aKeyword); j++){
- if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar
+ if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar
&& sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){
jointype |= aKeyword[j].code;
break;
@@ -128144,9 +129548,9 @@
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
"%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC);
jointype = JT_INNER;
- }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0
+ }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0
&& (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
jointype = JT_INNER;
}
@@ -128159,15 +129563,17 @@
*/
static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){
int i;
- for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
+ u8 h = sqlite3StrIHash(zCol);
+ Column *pCol;
+ for(pCol=pTab->aCol, i=0; i<pTab->nCol; pCol++, i++){
+ if( pCol->hName==h && sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
}
return -1;
}
/*
** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a
-** table that has a column named zCol.
+** table that has a column named zCol.
**
** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index
** of the matching column and return TRUE.
@@ -128188,7 +129594,7 @@
assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */
for(i=0; i<N; i++){
iCol = columnIndex(pSrc->a[i].pTab, zCol);
- if( iCol>=0
+ if( iCol>=0
&& (bIgnoreHidden==0 || IsHiddenColumn(&pSrc->a[i].pTab->aCol[iCol])==0)
){
if( piTab ){
@@ -128208,7 +129614,7 @@
**
** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2)
**
-** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the
+** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the
** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is
** column iColRight of tab2.
*/
@@ -128285,7 +129691,7 @@
}
sqlite3SetJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
p = p->pRight;
- }
+ }
}
/* Undo the work of sqlite3SetJoinExpr(). In the expression p, convert every
@@ -128308,7 +129714,7 @@
}
unsetJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
p = p->pRight;
- }
+ }
}
/*
@@ -128382,7 +129788,7 @@
}
/* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
- ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are
+ ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are
** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
@@ -128503,7 +129909,7 @@
** case regData==regOrigData.
** (3) Some output columns are omitted from the sort record due to
** the SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCE optimization, or due to the
- ** SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF optimization, or due to the
+ ** SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF optimization, or due to the
** SortCtx.pDeferredRowLoad optimiation. In any of these cases
** regOrigData is 0 to prevent this routine from trying to copy
** values that might not yet exist.
@@ -128541,7 +129947,7 @@
pParse->nMem += pSort->nOBSat;
nKey = nExpr - pSort->nOBSat + bSeq;
if( bSeq ){
- addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr);
+ addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr);
}else{
addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SequenceTest, pSort->iECursor);
}
@@ -128575,10 +129981,10 @@
/* At this point the values for the new sorter entry are stored
** in an array of registers. They need to be composed into a record
** and inserted into the sorter if either (a) there are currently
- ** less than LIMIT+OFFSET items or (b) the new record is smaller than
+ ** less than LIMIT+OFFSET items or (b) the new record is smaller than
** the largest record currently in the sorter. If (b) is true and there
** are already LIMIT+OFFSET items in the sorter, delete the largest
- ** entry before inserting the new one. This way there are never more
+ ** entry before inserting the new one. This way there are never more
** than LIMIT+OFFSET items in the sorter.
**
** If the new record does not need to be inserted into the sorter,
@@ -128657,8 +130063,8 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES
/*
** This function is called as part of inner-loop generation for a SELECT
-** statement with an ORDER BY that is not optimized by an index. It
-** determines the expressions, if any, that the sorter-reference
+** statement with an ORDER BY that is not optimized by an index. It
+** determines the expressions, if any, that the sorter-reference
** optimization should be used for. The sorter-reference optimization
** is used for SELECT queries like:
**
@@ -128668,11 +130074,11 @@
** storing values read from that column in the sorter records, the PK of
** the row from table t1 is stored instead. Then, as records are extracted from
** the sorter to return to the user, the required value of bigblob is
-** retrieved directly from table t1. If the values are very large, this
+** retrieved directly from table t1. If the values are very large, this
** can be more efficient than storing them directly in the sorter records.
**
-** The ExprList_item.bSorterRef flag is set for each expression in pEList
-** for which the sorter-reference optimization should be enabled.
+** The ExprList_item.bSorterRef flag is set for each expression in pEList
+** for which the sorter-reference optimization should be enabled.
** Additionally, the pSort->aDefer[] array is populated with entries
** for all cursors required to evaluate all selected expressions. Finally.
** output variable (*ppExtra) is set to an expression list containing
@@ -128741,7 +130147,7 @@
**
** If srcTab is negative, then the p->pEList expressions
** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If srcTab is
-** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and p->pEList is used only
+** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and p->pEList is used only
** to get the number of columns and the collation sequence for each column.
*/
static void selectInnerLoop(
@@ -128823,8 +130229,8 @@
}
if( pSort && hasDistinct==0 && eDest!=SRT_EphemTab && eDest!=SRT_Table ){
/* For each expression in p->pEList that is a copy of an expression in
- ** the ORDER BY clause (pSort->pOrderBy), set the associated
- ** iOrderByCol value to one more than the index of the ORDER BY
+ ** the ORDER BY clause (pSort->pOrderBy), set the associated
+ ** iOrderByCol value to one more than the index of the ORDER BY
** expression within the sort-key that pushOntoSorter() will generate.
** This allows the p->pEList field to be omitted from the sorted record,
** saving space and CPU cycles. */
@@ -128840,7 +130246,7 @@
selectExprDefer(pParse, pSort, p->pEList, &pExtra);
if( pExtra && pParse->db->mallocFailed==0 ){
/* If there are any extra PK columns to add to the sorter records,
- ** allocate extra memory cells and adjust the OpenEphemeral
+ ** allocate extra memory cells and adjust the OpenEphemeral
** instruction to account for the larger records. This is only
** required if there are one or more WITHOUT ROWID tables with
** composite primary keys in the SortCtx.aDefer[] array. */
@@ -128870,8 +130276,9 @@
testcase( eDest==SRT_Mem );
testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
- assert( eDest==SRT_Set || eDest==SRT_Mem
- || eDest==SRT_Coroutine || eDest==SRT_Output );
+ assert( eDest==SRT_Set || eDest==SRT_Mem
+ || eDest==SRT_Coroutine || eDest==SRT_Output
+ || eDest==SRT_Upfrom );
}
sRowLoadInfo.regResult = regResult;
sRowLoadInfo.ecelFlags = ecelFlags;
@@ -128881,7 +130288,7 @@
if( pExtra ) nResultCol += pExtra->nExpr;
#endif
if( p->iLimit
- && (ecelFlags & SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF)!=0
+ && (ecelFlags & SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF)!=0
&& nPrefixReg>0
){
assert( pSort!=0 );
@@ -129020,6 +130427,30 @@
break;
}
+ case SRT_Upfrom: {
+ if( pSort ){
+ pushOntoSorter(
+ pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regOrig, nResultCol, nPrefixReg);
+ }else{
+ int i2 = pDest->iSDParm2;
+ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+
+ /* If the UPDATE FROM join is an aggregate that matches no rows, it
+ ** might still be trying to return one row, because that is what
+ ** aggregates do. Don't record that empty row in the output table. */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regResult, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
+
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord,
+ regResult+(i2<0), nResultCol-(i2<0), r1);
+ if( i2<0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, regResult);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, regResult, i2);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this
@@ -129036,7 +130467,7 @@
}else{
int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
assert( sqlite3Strlen30(pDest->zAffSdst)==nResultCol );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol,
r1, pDest->zAffSdst, nResultCol);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, regResult, nResultCol);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
@@ -129044,6 +130475,7 @@
break;
}
+
/* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
*/
case SRT_Exists: {
@@ -129053,7 +130485,7 @@
}
/* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
- ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell or array of
+ ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell or array of
** memory cells and break out of the scan loop.
*/
case SRT_Mem: {
@@ -129108,7 +130540,7 @@
/* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open
** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously
** added to the queue. */
- addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0,
+ addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0,
regResult, nResultCol);
VdbeCoverage(v);
}
@@ -129361,7 +130793,7 @@
if( pSort->labelBkOut ){
addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v);
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iSortTab, regSortOut,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iSortTab, regSortOut,
nKey+1+nColumn+nRefKey);
if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce);
addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak);
@@ -129394,7 +130826,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCsr);
if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iSortTab, iKey++, regKey);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, iCsr,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, iCsr,
sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1, regKey);
}else{
int k;
@@ -129451,8 +130883,19 @@
break;
}
#endif
+ case SRT_Upfrom: {
+ int i2 = pDest->iSDParm2;
+ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord,regRow+(i2<0),nColumn-(i2<0),r1);
+ if( i2<0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, regRow);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, regRow, i2);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
default: {
- assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
+ assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
if( eDest==SRT_Output ){
@@ -129494,14 +130937,14 @@
** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The
** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression
** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The
-** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is
+** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is
** considered a column by this function.
**
** SELECT col FROM tbl;
** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl;
** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl);
** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl);
-**
+**
** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL.
**
** This routine has either 3 or 6 parameters depending on whether or not
@@ -129513,7 +130956,7 @@
# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E) columnTypeImpl(A,B)
#endif
static const char *columnTypeImpl(
- NameContext *pNC,
+ NameContext *pNC,
#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
Expr *pExpr
#else
@@ -129556,19 +130999,19 @@
if( pTab==0 ){
/* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would
** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how
- ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer
+ ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer
** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like
** the following:
**
** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER);
** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1;
**
- ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the
+ ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the
** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even
** though it should really be "INTEGER".
**
** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never
- ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression
+ ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression
** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT
** branch below. */
break;
@@ -129582,7 +131025,7 @@
*/
if( iCol>=0 && iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr ){
/* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
- ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see
+ ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see
** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
*/
NameContext sNC;
@@ -129590,7 +131033,7 @@
sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
sNC.pNext = pNC;
sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
- zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol);
+ zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol);
}
}else{
/* A real table or a CTE table */
@@ -129634,13 +131077,13 @@
sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
sNC.pNext = pNC;
sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
- zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol);
+ zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol);
break;
}
#endif
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
if( pzOrigDb ){
assert( pzOrigTab && pzOrigCol );
*pzOrigDb = zOrigDb;
@@ -129676,7 +131119,7 @@
const char *zOrigCol = 0;
zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol);
- /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other
+ /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other
** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this
** virtual machine is deleted.
*/
@@ -129889,6 +131332,7 @@
if( cnt>3 ) sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(cnt), &cnt);
}
pCol->zName = zName;
+ pCol->hName = sqlite3StrIHash(zName);
sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(0, pCol);
if( zName && sqlite3HashInsert(&ht, zName, pCol)==pCol ){
sqlite3OomFault(db);
@@ -129910,7 +131354,7 @@
/*
** Add type and collation information to a column list based on
** a SELECT statement.
-**
+**
** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList().
** The column list has only names, not types or collations. This
** routine goes through and adds the types and collations.
@@ -130018,9 +131462,9 @@
** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
** pLimit expressions. pLimit->pLeft and pLimit->pRight hold the expressions
** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
-** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset
-** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute
-** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then
+** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset
+** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute
+** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then
** iLimit and iOffset are negative.
**
** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if
@@ -130046,7 +131490,7 @@
if( p->iLimit ) return;
- /*
+ /*
** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some
** controversy about what the correct behavior should be.
** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
@@ -130174,7 +131618,7 @@
** inserted into the Queue table. The iDistinct table keeps a copy of all rows
** that have ever been inserted into Queue and causes duplicates to be
** discarded. If the operator is UNION ALL, then duplicates are allowed.
-**
+**
** If the query has an ORDER BY, then entries in the Queue table are kept in
** ORDER BY order and the first entry is extracted for each cycle. Without
** an ORDER BY, the Queue table is just a FIFO.
@@ -130387,7 +131831,7 @@
**
** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the
** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query
-** in which case this routine will be called recursively.
+** in which case this routine will be called recursively.
**
** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
@@ -130517,7 +131961,7 @@
p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow);
if( pPrior->pLimit
&& sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit->pLeft, &nLimit)
- && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit)
+ && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit)
){
p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit);
}
@@ -130534,7 +131978,7 @@
Expr *pLimit; /* Saved values of p->nLimit */
int addr;
SelectDest uniondest;
-
+
testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT );
testcase( p->op==TK_UNION );
priorOp = SRT_Union;
@@ -130556,7 +132000,7 @@
findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
assert( p->pEList );
}
-
+
/* Code the SELECT statements to our left
*/
assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy );
@@ -130565,7 +132009,7 @@
if( rc ){
goto multi_select_end;
}
-
+
/* Code the current SELECT statement
*/
if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){
@@ -130582,9 +132026,7 @@
selectOpName(p->op)));
rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest);
testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy.
- ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+ assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
pDelete = p->pPrior;
p->pPrior = pPrior;
p->pOrderBy = 0;
@@ -130595,7 +132037,7 @@
p->pLimit = pLimit;
p->iLimit = 0;
p->iOffset = 0;
-
+
/* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form
** it is that we currently need.
*/
@@ -130624,7 +132066,7 @@
int addr;
SelectDest intersectdest;
int r1;
-
+
/* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin
** by allocating the tables we will need.
@@ -130632,13 +132074,13 @@
tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
-
+
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0);
assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
assert( p->pEList );
-
+
/* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
*/
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1);
@@ -130646,7 +132088,7 @@
if( rc ){
goto multi_select_end;
}
-
+
/* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2"
*/
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0);
@@ -130667,10 +132109,11 @@
}
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
p->pLimit = pLimit;
-
+
/* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
** tables.
*/
+ if( rc ) break;
assert( p->pEList );
iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);
iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);
@@ -130691,7 +132134,7 @@
break;
}
}
-
+
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
if( p->pNext==0 ){
ExplainQueryPlanPop(pParse);
@@ -130699,8 +132142,8 @@
#endif
}
if( pParse->nErr ) goto multi_select_end;
-
- /* Compute collating sequences used by
+
+ /* Compute collating sequences used by
** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.
**
@@ -130806,7 +132249,7 @@
addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);
- /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT
+ /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT
*/
if( regPrev ){
int addr1, addr2;
@@ -130848,7 +132291,7 @@
int r1;
testcase( pIn->nSdst>1 );
r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst,
r1, pDest->zAffSdst, pIn->nSdst);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1,
pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
@@ -130888,7 +132331,7 @@
** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other
** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output.
**
- ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers.
+ ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers.
** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to
** return the next row of result.
*/
@@ -130945,7 +132388,7 @@
**
** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB.
**
-** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which
+** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which
** <operator> is used:
**
**
@@ -131037,7 +132480,7 @@
sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */
int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
- int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */
+ u32 *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */
assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 );
assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */
@@ -131050,7 +132493,7 @@
/* Patch up the ORDER BY clause
*/
- op = p->op;
+ op = p->op;
pPrior = p->pPrior;
assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 );
pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
@@ -131086,7 +132529,7 @@
** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct
** collation.
*/
- aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(nOrderBy + 1));
+ aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(u32)*(nOrderBy + 1));
if( aPermute ){
struct ExprList_item *pItem;
aPermute[0] = nOrderBy;
@@ -131126,7 +132569,7 @@
}
}
}
-
+
/* Separate the left and the right query from one another
*/
p->pPrior = 0;
@@ -131171,7 +132614,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regAddrA);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
- /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on
+ /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on
** the right - the "B" select
*/
addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1;
@@ -131180,7 +132623,7 @@
savedLimit = p->iLimit;
savedOffset = p->iOffset;
p->iLimit = regLimitB;
- p->iOffset = 0;
+ p->iOffset = 0;
ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "RIGHT"));
sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB);
p->iLimit = savedLimit;
@@ -131194,7 +132637,7 @@
addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
p, &destA, pDest, regOutA,
regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd);
-
+
/* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B
** select as the next output row of the compound select.
*/
@@ -131211,7 +132654,7 @@
*/
if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){
addrEofA_noB = addrEofA = labelEnd;
- }else{
+ }else{
VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine"));
addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
addrEofA_noB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, labelEnd);
@@ -131226,7 +132669,7 @@
if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
addrEofB = addrEofA;
if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
- }else{
+ }else{
VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine"));
addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v);
@@ -131321,13 +132764,13 @@
/*
** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to
** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
-** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column
+** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column
** unchanged.)
**
** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery
** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
-** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine makes the necessary
+** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine makes the necessary
** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
*/
@@ -131341,7 +132784,10 @@
){
pExpr->iRightJoinTable = pSubst->iNewTable;
}
- if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==pSubst->iTable ){
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN
+ && pExpr->iTable==pSubst->iTable
+ && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FixedCol)
+ ){
if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
}else{
@@ -131359,6 +132805,7 @@
ifNullRow.op = TK_IF_NULL_ROW;
ifNullRow.pLeft = pCopy;
ifNullRow.iTable = pSubst->iNewTable;
+ ifNullRow.flags = EP_Skip;
pCopy = &ifNullRow;
}
testcase( ExprHasProperty(pCopy, EP_Subquery) );
@@ -131378,7 +132825,7 @@
if( pExpr ){
if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN && pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE ){
CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pSubst->pParse, pExpr);
- pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pSubst->pParse, pExpr,
+ pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pSubst->pParse, pExpr,
(pColl ? pColl->zName : "BINARY")
);
}
@@ -131447,6 +132894,38 @@
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
/*
+** pSelect is a SELECT statement and pSrcItem is one item in the FROM
+** clause of that SELECT.
+**
+** This routine scans the entire SELECT statement and recomputes the
+** pSrcItem->colUsed mask.
+*/
+static int recomputeColumnsUsedExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+ if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return WRC_Continue;
+ pItem = pWalker->u.pSrcItem;
+ if( pItem->iCursor!=pExpr->iTable ) return WRC_Continue;
+ if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+ pItem->colUsed |= sqlite3ExprColUsed(pExpr);
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
+static void recomputeColumnsUsed(
+ Select *pSelect, /* The complete SELECT statement */
+ struct SrcList_item *pSrcItem /* Which FROM clause item to recompute */
+){
+ Walker w;
+ if( NEVER(pSrcItem->pTab==0) ) return;
+ memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+ w.xExprCallback = recomputeColumnsUsedExpr;
+ w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkNoop;
+ w.u.pSrcItem = pSrcItem;
+ pSrcItem->colUsed = 0;
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+/*
** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries as a performance optimization.
** This routine returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening occurs.
**
@@ -131468,7 +132947,7 @@
** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
**
** The code generated for this simplification gives the same result
-** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might
+** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might
** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
** avoided.
**
@@ -131495,7 +132974,7 @@
** (4) The subquery can not be DISTINCT.
**
** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT
-** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction
+** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction
** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries.
**
** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was:
@@ -131512,7 +132991,7 @@
**
** (**) Restriction (10) was removed from the code on 2005-02-05 but we
** accidently carried the comment forward until 2014-09-15. Original
-** constraint: "If the subquery is aggregate then the outer query
+** constraint: "If the subquery is aggregate then the outer query
** may not use LIMIT."
**
** (11) The subquery and the outer query may not both have ORDER BY clauses.
@@ -131530,7 +133009,7 @@
**
** (16) If the outer query is aggregate, then the subquery may not
** use ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter
-** until we introduced the group_concat() function.
+** until we introduced the group_concat() function.
**
** (17) If the subquery is a compound select, then
** (17a) all compound operators must be a UNION ALL, and
@@ -131557,7 +133036,7 @@
** syntax error and return a detailed message.
**
** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the
-** ORDER BY clause of the parent must be simple references to
+** ORDER BY clause of the parent must be simple references to
** columns of the sub-query.
**
** (19) If the subquery uses LIMIT then the outer query may not
@@ -131581,7 +133060,7 @@
** recursive queries in multiSelect().
**
** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was:
-** The subquery may not be an aggregate that uses the built-in min() or
+** The subquery may not be an aggregate that uses the built-in min() or
** or max() functions. (Without this restriction, a query like:
** "SELECT x FROM (SELECT max(y), x FROM t1)" would not necessarily
** return the value X for which Y was maximal.)
@@ -131615,11 +133094,12 @@
SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
int iNewParent = -1;/* Replacement table for iParent */
- int isLeftJoin = 0; /* True if pSub is the right side of a LEFT JOIN */
+ int isLeftJoin = 0; /* True if pSub is the right side of a LEFT JOIN */
int i; /* Loop counter */
Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */
struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ Walker w; /* Walker to persist agginfo data */
/* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not.
*/
@@ -131700,7 +133180,7 @@
else if( iFrom>0 && !isAgg ){
/* Setting isLeftJoin to -1 causes OP_IfNullRow opcodes to be generated for
** every reference to any result column from subquery in a join, even
- ** though they are not necessary. This will stress-test the OP_IfNullRow
+ ** though they are not necessary. This will stress-test the OP_IfNullRow
** opcode. */
isLeftJoin = -1;
}
@@ -131763,13 +133243,13 @@
pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
/* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions
- ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must
+ ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must
** be of the form:
**
- ** SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause>
+ ** SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause>
**
** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block
- ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or
+ ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or
** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original
** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple
** select statements in the compound sub-query.
@@ -131822,7 +133302,7 @@
if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
}
- /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause
+ /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause
** in the outer query.
*/
pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect;
@@ -131920,10 +133400,10 @@
memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
}
pSrc->a[iFrom].fg.jointype = jointype;
-
- /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for
+
+ /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for
** references to the iParent in the outer query.
- **
+ **
** Example:
**
** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
@@ -131933,7 +133413,7 @@
** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see
** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10".
*/
- if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
+ if( pSub->pOrderBy && (pParent->selFlags & SF_NoopOrderBy)==0 ){
/* At this point, any non-zero iOrderByCol values indicate that the
** ORDER BY column expression is identical to the iOrderByCol'th
** expression returned by SELECT statement pSub. Since these values
@@ -131957,7 +133437,13 @@
if( isLeftJoin>0 ){
sqlite3SetJoinExpr(pWhere, iNewParent);
}
- pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pWhere, pParent->pWhere);
+ if( pWhere ){
+ if( pParent->pWhere ){
+ pParent->pWhere = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND, pWhere, pParent->pWhere);
+ }else{
+ pParent->pWhere = pWhere;
+ }
+ }
if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
SubstContext x;
x.pParse = pParse;
@@ -131967,12 +133453,12 @@
x.pEList = pSub->pEList;
substSelect(&x, pParent, 0);
}
-
+
/* The flattened query is a compound if either the inner or the
** outer query is a compound. */
pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Compound;
assert( (pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct)==0 ); /* restriction (17b) */
-
+
/*
** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y;
**
@@ -131983,15 +133469,23 @@
pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit;
pSub->pLimit = 0;
}
+
+ /* Recompute the SrcList_item.colUsed masks for the flattened
+ ** tables. */
+ for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){
+ recomputeColumnsUsed(pParent, &pSrc->a[i+iFrom]);
+ }
}
/* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return
** success.
*/
+ sqlite3AggInfoPersistWalkerInit(&w, pParse);
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(&w,pSub1);
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1);
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
- if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
+ if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x100 ){
SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After flattening:\n"));
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
}
@@ -132031,9 +133525,8 @@
assert( pColumn->op==TK_COLUMN );
assert( sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pValue) );
- if( !ExprHasProperty(pValue, EP_FixedCol) && sqlite3ExprAffinity(pValue)!=0 ){
- return;
- }
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pColumn, EP_FixedCol) ) return;
+ if( sqlite3ExprAffinity(pValue)!=0 ) return;
if( !sqlite3IsBinary(sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(pConst->pParse,pExpr)) ){
return;
}
@@ -132056,9 +133549,6 @@
if( pConst->apExpr==0 ){
pConst->nConst = 0;
}else{
- if( ExprHasProperty(pValue, EP_FixedCol) ){
- pValue = pValue->pLeft;
- }
pConst->apExpr[pConst->nConst*2-2] = pColumn;
pConst->apExpr[pConst->nConst*2-1] = pValue;
}
@@ -132185,7 +133675,7 @@
sqlite3DbFree(x.pParse->db, x.apExpr);
nChng += x.nChng;
}
- }while( x.nChng );
+ }while( x.nChng );
return nChng;
}
@@ -132236,8 +133726,8 @@
** But if the (b2=2) term were to be pushed down into the bb subquery,
** then the (1,1,NULL) row would be suppressed.
**
-** (6) The inner query features one or more window-functions (since
-** changes to the WHERE clause of the inner query could change the
+** (6) The inner query features one or more window-functions (since
+** changes to the WHERE clause of the inner query could change the
** window over which window functions are calculated).
**
** Return 0 if no changes are made and non-zero if one or more WHERE clause
@@ -132252,11 +133742,14 @@
){
Expr *pNew;
int nChng = 0;
+ Select *pSel;
if( pWhere==0 ) return 0;
if( pSubq->selFlags & SF_Recursive ) return 0; /* restriction (2) */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC
- if( pSubq->pWin ) return 0; /* restriction (6) */
+ for(pSel=pSubq; pSel; pSel=pSel->pPrior){
+ if( pSel->pWin ) return 0; /* restriction (6) */
+ }
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
@@ -132265,7 +133758,7 @@
** in the future.
*/
{
- Select *pX;
+ Select *pX;
for(pX=pSubq; pX; pX=pX->pPrior){
assert( (pX->selFlags & (SF_Recursive))==0 );
}
@@ -132315,7 +133808,7 @@
/*
** The pFunc is the only aggregate function in the query. Check to see
-** if the query is a candidate for the min/max optimization.
+** if the query is a candidate for the min/max optimization.
**
** If the query is a candidate for the min/max optimization, then set
** *ppMinMax to be an ORDER BY clause to be used for the optimization
@@ -132334,7 +133827,7 @@
ExprList *pEList = pFunc->x.pList; /* Arguments to agg function */
const char *zFunc; /* Name of aggregate function pFunc */
ExprList *pOrderBy;
- u8 sortFlags;
+ u8 sortFlags = 0;
assert( *ppMinMax==0 );
assert( pFunc->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
@@ -132345,7 +133838,9 @@
zFunc = pFunc->u.zToken;
if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){
eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
- sortFlags = KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL;
+ if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pEList->a[0].pExpr) ){
+ sortFlags = KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL;
+ }
}else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){
eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX;
sortFlags = KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC;
@@ -132360,7 +133855,7 @@
/*
** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query.
-** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This
+** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This
** function tests if the SELECT is of the form:
**
** SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
@@ -132375,7 +133870,7 @@
assert( !p->pGroupBy );
- if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1
+ if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1
|| p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect
){
return 0;
@@ -132396,8 +133891,8 @@
/*
** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an
** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there
-** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return
-** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate
+** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return
+** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate
** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){
@@ -132405,8 +133900,8 @@
Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
char *zIndexedBy = pFrom->u1.zIndexedBy;
Index *pIdx;
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex;
- pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndexedBy);
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex;
+ pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndexedBy);
pIdx=pIdx->pNext
);
if( !pIdx ){
@@ -132419,7 +133914,7 @@
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with
+** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with
** an alternative collating sequence.
**
** SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2 ORDER BY .. COLLATE ...
@@ -132454,6 +133949,14 @@
for(pX=p; pX && (pX->op==TK_ALL || pX->op==TK_SELECT); pX=pX->pPrior){}
if( pX==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
a = p->pOrderBy->a;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC
+ /* If iOrderByCol is already non-zero, then it has already been matched
+ ** to a result column of the SELECT statement. This occurs when the
+ ** SELECT is rewritten for window-functions processing and then passed
+ ** to sqlite3SelectPrep() and similar a second time. The rewriting done
+ ** by this function is not required in this case. */
+ if( a[0].u.x.iOrderByCol ) return WRC_Continue;
+#endif
for(i=p->pOrderBy->nExpr-1; i>=0; i--){
if( a[i].pExpr->flags & EP_Collate ) break;
}
@@ -132506,9 +134009,9 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
/*
-** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested
-** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by
-** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE)
+** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested
+** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by
+** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE)
** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise
** return NULL.
**
@@ -132543,7 +134046,7 @@
** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this
** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it
** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when
-** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT
+** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT
** statement with which it is associated.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){
@@ -132557,7 +134060,7 @@
}
/*
-** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by
+** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by
** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And,
** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive
** reference to the current CTE.
@@ -132572,7 +134075,7 @@
** parser and some error code other than SQLITE_OK returned.
*/
static int withExpand(
- Walker *pWalker,
+ Walker *pWalker,
struct SrcList_item *pFrom
){
Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
@@ -132624,8 +134127,8 @@
SrcList *pSrc = pFrom->pSelect->pSrc;
for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i];
- if( pItem->zDatabase==0
- && pItem->zName!=0
+ if( pItem->zDatabase==0
+ && pItem->zName!=0
&& 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zName, pCte->zName)
){
pItem->pTab = pTab;
@@ -132636,14 +134139,14 @@
}
}
- /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */
+ /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */
if( pTab->nTabRef>2 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(
pParse, "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName
);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- assert( pTab->nTabRef==1 ||
+ assert( pTab->nTabRef==1 ||
((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nTabRef==2 ));
pCte->zCteErr = "circular reference: %s";
@@ -132692,12 +134195,12 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
/*
-** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH
+** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH
** clause, pop it from the stack stored as part of the Parse object.
**
** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by
** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table
-** names and other FROM clause elements.
+** names and other FROM clause elements.
*/
static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
@@ -132749,7 +134252,7 @@
** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
** element of the FROM clause.
**
-** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that
+** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that
** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause,
** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT
@@ -132805,8 +134308,8 @@
for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
Table *pTab;
assert( pFrom->fg.isRecursive==0 || pFrom->pTab!=0 );
- if( pFrom->fg.isRecursive ) continue;
- assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+ if( pFrom->pTab ) continue;
+ assert( pFrom->fg.isRecursive==0 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
if( withExpand(pWalker, pFrom) ) return WRC_Abort;
if( pFrom->pTab ) {} else
@@ -132972,7 +134475,7 @@
** bit set.
*/
if( (p->selFlags & SF_IncludeHidden)==0
- && IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j])
+ && IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j])
){
continue;
}
@@ -132982,7 +134485,7 @@
if( (pFrom->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0
&& tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0, 1)
){
- /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the
+ /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the
** table to the right of the join */
continue;
}
@@ -133013,7 +134516,7 @@
pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr);
sqlite3TokenInit(&sColname, zColname);
sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0);
- if( pNew && (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){
+ if( pNew && (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 && !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){
struct ExprList_item *pX = &pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1];
sqlite3DbFree(db, pX->zEName);
if( pSub ){
@@ -133053,29 +134556,6 @@
return WRC_Continue;
}
-/*
-** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker.
-**
-** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees
-** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably,
-** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then
-** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every
-** subquery in the parser tree.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker for SELECT statements.
-** subquery in the parser tree.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Select *NotUsed2){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Always assert. This xSelectCallback2 implementation proves that the
@@ -133217,6 +134697,7 @@
struct AggInfo_func *pFunc;
int nReg = pAggInfo->nFunc + pAggInfo->nColumn;
if( nReg==0 ) return;
+ if( pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/* Verify that all AggInfo registers are within the range specified by
** AggInfo.mnReg..AggInfo.mxReg */
@@ -133233,7 +134714,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->mnReg, pAggInfo->mxReg);
for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pFunc++){
if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){
- Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr;
+ Expr *pE = pFunc->pFExpr;
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) );
if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one "
@@ -133257,8 +134738,8 @@
int i;
struct AggInfo_func *pF;
for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
- ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ ExprList *pList = pF->pFExpr->x.pList;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pFExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0);
sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
}
@@ -133287,22 +134768,26 @@
int nArg;
int addrNext = 0;
int regAgg;
- ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- assert( !IsWindowFunc(pF->pExpr) );
- if( ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ){
- Expr *pFilter = pF->pExpr->y.pWin->pFilter;
- if( pAggInfo->nAccumulator
- && (pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)
+ ExprList *pList = pF->pFExpr->x.pList;
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pFExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ assert( !IsWindowFunc(pF->pFExpr) );
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pF->pFExpr, EP_WinFunc) ){
+ Expr *pFilter = pF->pFExpr->y.pWin->pFilter;
+ if( pAggInfo->nAccumulator
+ && (pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)
+ && regAcc
){
+ /* If regAcc==0, there there exists some min() or max() function
+ ** without a FILTER clause that will ensure the magnet registers
+ ** are populated. */
if( regHit==0 ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem;
- /* If this is the first row of the group (regAcc==0), clear the
+ /* If this is the first row of the group (regAcc contains 0), clear the
** "magnet" register regHit so that the accumulator registers
- ** are populated if the FILTER clause jumps over the the
+ ** are populated if the FILTER clause jumps over the the
** invocation of min() or max() altogether. Or, if this is not
- ** the first row (regAcc==1), set the magnet register so that the
- ** accumulators are not populated unless the min()/max() is invoked and
- ** indicates that they should be. */
+ ** the first row (regAcc contains 1), set the magnet register so that
+ ** the accumulators are not populated unless the min()/max() is invoked
+ ** and indicates that they should be. */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regAcc, regHit);
}
addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);
@@ -133317,7 +134802,7 @@
regAgg = 0;
}
if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){
- if( addrNext==0 ){
+ if( addrNext==0 ){
addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);
}
testcase( nArg==0 ); /* Error condition */
@@ -133353,12 +134838,12 @@
addrHitTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regHit); VdbeCoverage(v);
}
for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; i<pAggInfo->nAccumulator; i++, pC++){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem);
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pCExpr, pC->iMem);
}
pAggInfo->directMode = 0;
if( addrHitTest ){
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrHitTest);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(v, addrHitTest);
}
}
@@ -133388,10 +134873,10 @@
/*
** sqlite3WalkExpr() callback used by havingToWhere().
**
-** If the node passed to the callback is a TK_AND node, return
+** If the node passed to the callback is a TK_AND node, return
** WRC_Continue to tell sqlite3WalkExpr() to iterate through child nodes.
**
-** Otherwise, return WRC_Prune. In this case, also check if the
+** Otherwise, return WRC_Prune. In this case, also check if the
** sub-expression matches the criteria for being moved to the WHERE
** clause. If so, add it to the WHERE clause and replace the sub-expression
** within the HAVING expression with a constant "1".
@@ -133438,7 +134923,7 @@
sWalker.u.pSelect = p;
sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, p->pHaving);
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
- if( sWalker.eCode && (sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){
+ if( sWalker.eCode && (sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x100)!=0 ){
SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("Move HAVING terms into WHERE:\n"));
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
}
@@ -133471,7 +134956,7 @@
continue;
}
if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pThis->pSelect->pWhere, pS1->pWhere, -1)
- || sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pThis->pSelect->pHaving, pS1->pHaving, -1)
+ || sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pThis->pSelect->pHaving, pS1->pHaving, -1)
){
/* The view was modified by some other optimization such as
** pushDownWhereTerms() */
@@ -133560,7 +135045,7 @@
p->selFlags &= ~SF_Aggregate;
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
- if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){
+ if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x400 ){
SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After count-of-view optimization:\n"));
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
}
@@ -133570,7 +135055,7 @@
#endif /* SQLITE_COUNTOFVIEW_OPTIMIZATION */
/*
-** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.
+** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.
**
** The results are returned according to the SelectDest structure.
** See comments in sqliteInt.h for further information.
@@ -133596,10 +135081,10 @@
Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */
ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */
Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */
+ AggInfo *pAggInfo = 0; /* Aggregate information */
int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */
DistinctCtx sDistinct; /* Info on how to code the DISTINCT keyword */
SortCtx sSort; /* Info on how to code the ORDER BY clause */
- AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */
int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */
sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
ExprList *pMinMaxOrderBy = 0; /* Added ORDER BY for min/max queries */
@@ -133611,10 +135096,9 @@
return 1;
}
if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
- memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p, ("begin processing:\n", pParse->addrExplain));
- if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
+ if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x100 ){
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
}
#endif
@@ -133624,7 +135108,7 @@
assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue );
assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue );
if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
- assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union ||
+ assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union ||
pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard ||
pDest->eDest==SRT_Queue || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo ||
pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_Fifo);
@@ -133633,6 +135117,7 @@
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
p->pOrderBy = 0;
p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
+ p->selFlags |= SF_NoopOrderBy;
}
sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0);
if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
@@ -133640,12 +135125,30 @@
}
assert( p->pEList!=0 );
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
- if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x104 ){
+ if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x104 ){
SELECTTRACE(0x104,pParse,p, ("after name resolution:\n"));
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
}
#endif
+ /* If the SF_UpdateFrom flag is set, then this function is being called
+ ** as part of populating the temp table for an UPDATE...FROM statement.
+ ** In this case, it is an error if the target object (pSrc->a[0]) name
+ ** or alias is duplicated within FROM clause (pSrc->a[1..n]). */
+ if( p->selFlags & SF_UpdateFrom ){
+ struct SrcList_item *p0 = &p->pSrc->a[0];
+ for(i=1; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+ struct SrcList_item *p1 = &p->pSrc->a[i];
+ if( p0->pTab==p1->pTab && 0==sqlite3_stricmp(p0->zAlias, p1->zAlias) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "target object/alias may not appear in FROM clause: %s",
+ p0->zAlias ? p0->zAlias : p0->pTab->zName
+ );
+ goto select_end;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
generateColumnNames(pParse, p);
}
@@ -133657,7 +135160,7 @@
goto select_end;
}
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
- if( p->pWin && (sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x108)!=0 ){
+ if( p->pWin && (sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x108)!=0 ){
SELECTTRACE(0x104,pParse,p, ("after window rewrite:\n"));
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
}
@@ -133668,7 +135171,7 @@
memset(&sSort, 0, sizeof(sSort));
sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
- /* Try to various optimizations (flattening subqueries, and strength
+ /* Try to do various optimizations (flattening subqueries, and strength
** reduction of join operators) in the FROM clause up into the main query
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
@@ -133677,6 +135180,11 @@
Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;
+ /* The expander should have already created transient Table objects
+ ** even for FROM clause elements such as subqueries that do not correspond
+ ** to a real table */
+ assert( pTab!=0 );
+
/* Convert LEFT JOIN into JOIN if there are terms of the right table
** of the LEFT JOIN used in the WHERE clause.
*/
@@ -133759,7 +135267,7 @@
rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
SELECTTRACE(0x1,pParse,p,("end compound-select processing\n"));
- if( (sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x2000)!=0 && ExplainQueryPlanParent(pParse)==0 ){
+ if( (sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x2000)!=0 && ExplainQueryPlanParent(pParse)==0 ){
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
}
#endif
@@ -133778,7 +135286,7 @@
&& propagateConstants(pParse, p)
){
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
- if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
+ if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x100 ){
SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After constant propagation:\n"));
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
}
@@ -133866,7 +135374,7 @@
(pItem->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0)
){
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
- if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
+ if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x100 ){
SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,
("After WHERE-clause push-down into subquery %d:\n", pSub->selId));
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
@@ -133896,7 +135404,7 @@
** set on each invocation.
*/
int addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1;
-
+
pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, pItem->regReturn, 0, addrTop);
VdbeComment((v, "%s", pItem->pTab->zName));
@@ -133966,13 +135474,13 @@
sDistinct.isTnct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0;
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
- if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){
+ if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x400 ){
SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After all FROM-clause analysis:\n"));
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
}
#endif
- /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and
+ /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and
** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query
** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this:
**
@@ -133982,12 +135490,12 @@
**
** SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz ORDER BY xyz
**
- ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be
- ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally
- ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER
+ ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be
+ ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally
+ ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER
** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other.
*/
- if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct
+ if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct
&& sqlite3ExprListCompare(sSort.pOrderBy, pEList, -1)==0
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC
&& p->pWin==0
@@ -134002,7 +135510,7 @@
assert( sDistinct.isTnct );
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
- if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){
+ if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x400 ){
SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("Transform DISTINCT into GROUP BY:\n"));
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
}
@@ -134068,7 +135576,7 @@
u16 wctrlFlags = (sDistinct.isTnct ? WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT : 0)
| (p->selFlags & SF_FixedLimit);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC
- Window *pWin = p->pWin; /* Master window object (or NULL) */
+ Window *pWin = p->pWin; /* Main window object (or NULL) */
if( pWin ){
sqlite3WindowCodeInit(pParse, p);
}
@@ -134095,7 +135603,7 @@
}
}
- /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral
+ /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral
** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
** into an OP_Noop.
*/
@@ -134167,8 +135675,8 @@
if( p->nSelectRow>66 ) p->nSelectRow = 66;
/* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are
- ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause
- ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out
+ ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause
+ ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out
** in the correct order. It also may not - the GROUP BY might use a
** database index that causes rows to be grouped together as required
** but not actually sorted. Either way, record the fact that the
@@ -134178,8 +135686,8 @@
int ii;
/* The GROUP BY processing doesn't care whether rows are delivered in
** ASC or DESC order - only that each group is returned contiguously.
- ** So set the ASC/DESC flags in the GROUP BY to match those in the
- ** ORDER BY to maximize the chances of rows being delivered in an
+ ** So set the ASC/DESC flags in the GROUP BY to match those in the
+ ** ORDER BY to maximize the chances of rows being delivered in an
** order that makes the ORDER BY redundant. */
for(ii=0; ii<pGroupBy->nExpr; ii++){
u8 sortFlags = sSort.pOrderBy->a[ii].sortFlags & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC;
@@ -134201,14 +135709,21 @@
** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the
** SELECT statement.
*/
+ pAggInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pAggInfo) );
+ if( pAggInfo==0 ){
+ goto select_end;
+ }
+ pAggInfo->pNext = pParse->pAggList;
+ pParse->pAggList = pAggInfo;
+ pAggInfo->selId = p->selId;
memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
sNC.pParse = pParse;
sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
- sNC.uNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo;
+ sNC.uNC.pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
VVA_ONLY( sNC.ncFlags = NC_UAggInfo; )
- sAggInfo.mnReg = pParse->nMem+1;
- sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr : 0;
- sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
+ pAggInfo->mnReg = pParse->nMem+1;
+ pAggInfo->nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr : 0;
+ pAggInfo->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList);
sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sSort.pOrderBy);
if( pHaving ){
@@ -134221,14 +135736,14 @@
}
sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving);
}
- sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn;
- if( p->pGroupBy==0 && p->pHaving==0 && sAggInfo.nFunc==1 ){
- minMaxFlag = minMaxQuery(db, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].pExpr, &pMinMaxOrderBy);
+ pAggInfo->nAccumulator = pAggInfo->nColumn;
+ if( p->pGroupBy==0 && p->pHaving==0 && pAggInfo->nFunc==1 ){
+ minMaxFlag = minMaxQuery(db, pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFExpr, &pMinMaxOrderBy);
}else{
minMaxFlag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
}
- for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){
- Expr *pExpr = sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr;
+ for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++){
+ Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aFunc[i].pFExpr;
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
sNC.ncFlags |= NC_InAggFunc;
sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pExpr->x.pList);
@@ -134240,22 +135755,22 @@
#endif
sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_InAggFunc;
}
- sAggInfo.mxReg = pParse->nMem;
+ pAggInfo->mxReg = pParse->nMem;
if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
- if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){
+ if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x400 ){
int ii;
- SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After aggregate analysis:\n"));
+ SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After aggregate analysis %p:\n", pAggInfo));
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
- for(ii=0; ii<sAggInfo.nColumn; ii++){
+ for(ii=0; ii<pAggInfo->nColumn; ii++){
sqlite3DebugPrintf("agg-column[%d] iMem=%d\n",
- ii, sAggInfo.aCol[ii].iMem);
- sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, sAggInfo.aCol[ii].pExpr, 0);
+ ii, pAggInfo->aCol[ii].iMem);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pAggInfo->aCol[ii].pCExpr, 0);
}
- for(ii=0; ii<sAggInfo.nFunc; ii++){
+ for(ii=0; ii<pAggInfo->nFunc; ii++){
sqlite3DebugPrintf("agg-func[%d]: iMem=%d\n",
- ii, sAggInfo.aFunc[ii].iMem);
- sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, sAggInfo.aFunc[ii].pExpr, 0);
+ ii, pAggInfo->aFunc[ii].iMem);
+ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pAggInfo->aFunc[ii].pFExpr, 0);
}
}
#endif
@@ -134278,12 +135793,13 @@
/* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to
** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out
** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction
- ** will be converted into a Noop.
+ ** will be converted into a Noop.
*/
- sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++;
- pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse,pGroupBy,0,sAggInfo.nColumn);
- addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen,
- sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn,
+ pAggInfo->sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+ pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy,
+ 0, pAggInfo->nColumn);
+ addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen,
+ pAggInfo->sortingIdx, pAggInfo->nSortingColumn,
0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
/* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing
@@ -134330,7 +135846,7 @@
int nCol;
int nGroupBy;
- explainTempTable(pParse,
+ explainTempTable(pParse,
(sDistinct.isTnct && (p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)==0) ?
"DISTINCT" : "GROUP BY");
@@ -134338,8 +135854,8 @@
nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr;
nCol = nGroupBy;
j = nGroupBy;
- for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
- if( sAggInfo.aCol[i].iSorterColumn>=j ){
+ for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){
+ if( pAggInfo->aCol[i].iSorterColumn>=j ){
nCol++;
j++;
}
@@ -134347,8 +135863,8 @@
regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0, 0);
j = nGroupBy;
- for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
- struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i];
+ for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){
+ struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[i];
if( pCol->iSorterColumn>=j ){
int r1 = j + regBase;
sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v,
@@ -134358,16 +135874,16 @@
}
regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, pAggInfo->sortingIdx, regRecord);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
- sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++;
+ pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++;
sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, pAggInfo->sortingIdx, addrEnd);
VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); VdbeCoverage(v);
- sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1;
+ pAggInfo->useSortingIdx = 1;
}
/* If the index or temporary table used by the GROUP BY sort
@@ -134375,9 +135891,9 @@
** clause, cancel the ephemeral table open coded earlier.
**
** This is an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless.
- ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to
+ ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to
** disable this optimization for testing purposes. */
- if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder)
+ if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder)
&& (groupBySort || sqlite3WhereIsSorted(pWInfo))
){
sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
@@ -134391,14 +135907,14 @@
*/
addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
if( groupBySort ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, pAggInfo->sortingIdx,
sortOut, sortPTab);
}
for(j=0; j<pGroupBy->nExpr; j++){
if( groupBySort ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j);
}else{
- sAggInfo.directMode = 1;
+ pAggInfo->directMode = 1;
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j);
}
}
@@ -134428,14 +135944,14 @@
** the current row
*/
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
- updateAccumulator(pParse, iUseFlag, &sAggInfo);
+ updateAccumulator(pParse, iUseFlag, pAggInfo);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag);
VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator"));
/* End of the loop
*/
if( groupBySort ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, pAggInfo->sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop);
VdbeCoverage(v);
}else{
sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
@@ -134468,7 +135984,7 @@
VdbeCoverage(v);
VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point"));
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
- finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+ finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, pAggInfo);
sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, &sSort,
&sDistinct, pDest,
@@ -134479,16 +135995,15 @@
/* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator
*/
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset);
- resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+ resetAccumulator(pParse, pAggInfo);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag);
VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty"));
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset);
-
+
} /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */
else {
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
Table *pTab;
- if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){
+ if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, pAggInfo))!=0 ){
/* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then
** the SQL statement is of the form:
**
@@ -134507,7 +136022,7 @@
Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */
Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */
- int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */
+ Pgno iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */
sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
@@ -134518,17 +136033,19 @@
**
** (2013-10-03) Do not count the entries in a partial index.
**
- ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only
+ ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only
** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy.
*/
if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pBest = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- if( pIdx->bUnordered==0
- && pIdx->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow
- && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0
- && (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRow<pBest->szIdxRow)
- ){
- pBest = pIdx;
+ if( !p->pSrc->a[0].fg.notIndexed ){
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ if( pIdx->bUnordered==0
+ && pIdx->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow
+ && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0
+ && (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRow<pBest->szIdxRow)
+ ){
+ pBest = pIdx;
+ }
}
}
if( pBest ){
@@ -134537,17 +136054,16 @@
}
/* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, (int)iRoot, iDb, 1);
if( pKeyInfo ){
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, pAggInfo->aFunc[0].iMem);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr);
explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest);
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
- {
+ }else{
int regAcc = 0; /* "populate accumulators" flag */
+ int addrSkip;
/* If there are accumulator registers but no min() or max() functions
** without FILTER clauses, allocate register regAcc. Register regAcc
@@ -134556,14 +136072,18 @@
** that the accumulator registers are (a) updated only once if
** there are no min() or max functions or (b) always updated for the
** first row visited by the aggregate, so that they are updated at
- ** least once even if the FILTER clause means the min() or max()
+ ** least once even if the FILTER clause means the min() or max()
** function visits zero rows. */
- if( sAggInfo.nAccumulator ){
- for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){
- if( ExprHasProperty(sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ) continue;
- if( sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pFunc->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ) break;
+ if( pAggInfo->nAccumulator ){
+ for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++){
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pAggInfo->aFunc[i].pFExpr, EP_WinFunc) ){
+ continue;
+ }
+ if( pAggInfo->aFunc[i].pFunc->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+ break;
+ }
}
- if( i==sAggInfo.nFunc ){
+ if( i==pAggInfo->nFunc ){
regAcc = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regAcc);
}
@@ -134574,7 +136094,7 @@
** of output.
*/
assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );
- resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+ resetAccumulator(pParse, pAggInfo);
/* If this query is a candidate for the min/max optimization, then
** minMaxFlag will have been previously set to either
@@ -134590,24 +136110,23 @@
if( pWInfo==0 ){
goto select_end;
}
- updateAccumulator(pParse, regAcc, &sAggInfo);
+ updateAccumulator(pParse, regAcc, pAggInfo);
if( regAcc ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regAcc);
- if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo));
- VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index",
- (minMaxFlag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max")));
+ addrSkip = sqlite3WhereOrderByLimitOptLabel(pWInfo);
+ if( addrSkip!=sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(pWInfo) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrSkip);
}
sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
- finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+ finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, pAggInfo);
}
sSort.pOrderBy = 0;
sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, 0, 0,
+ selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, 0, 0,
pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd);
}
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd);
-
+
} /* endif aggregate query */
if( sDistinct.eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ){
@@ -134637,11 +136156,28 @@
*/
select_end:
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pMinMaxOrderBy);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( pAggInfo && !db->mallocFailed ){
+ for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){
+ Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aCol[i].pCExpr;
+ assert( pExpr!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+ if( pExpr==0 ) continue;
+ assert( pExpr->pAggInfo==pAggInfo );
+ assert( pExpr->iAgg==i );
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++){
+ Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aFunc[i].pFExpr;
+ assert( pExpr!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+ if( pExpr==0 ) continue;
+ assert( pExpr->pAggInfo==pAggInfo );
+ assert( pExpr->iAgg==i );
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
SELECTTRACE(0x1,pParse,p,("end processing\n"));
- if( (sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x2000)!=0 && ExplainQueryPlanParent(pParse)==0 ){
+ if( (sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x2000)!=0 && ExplainQueryPlanParent(pParse)==0 ){
sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
}
#endif
@@ -134709,7 +136245,7 @@
if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){
char **azNew;
p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need;
- azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
+ azNew = sqlite3Realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
p->azResult = azNew;
}
@@ -134762,7 +136298,7 @@
** at the conclusion of the call.
**
** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
-** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly.
+** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly.
** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
** the calling procedure is finished using it.
*/
@@ -134818,7 +136354,7 @@
}
if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
char **azNew;
- azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData );
+ azNew = sqlite3Realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData );
if( azNew==0 ){
sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
@@ -134880,6 +136416,7 @@
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect);
sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList);
sqlite3UpsertDelete(db, pTmp->pUpsert);
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTmp->pFrom);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp->zSpan);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
@@ -134887,7 +136424,7 @@
}
/*
-** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to
+** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to
** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers.
**
** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab
@@ -134914,7 +136451,7 @@
for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p);
if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema
- && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName)
+ && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName)
){
pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
pList = pTrig;
@@ -134982,7 +136519,7 @@
** ^^^^^^^^
**
** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database
- ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing out of SQLITE_MASTER.
+ ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing out of the schema table
*/
if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){
sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase);
@@ -135061,7 +136598,7 @@
** of triggers.
*/
if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S",
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S",
(tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
@@ -135157,8 +136694,8 @@
}
sqlite3TokenInit(&nameToken, pTrig->zName);
sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken);
- if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list)
- || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen)
+ if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list)
+ || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen)
){
goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
}
@@ -135172,21 +136709,22 @@
#endif
/* if we are not initializing,
- ** build the sqlite_master entry
+ ** build the sqlite_schema entry
*/
if( !db->init.busy ){
Vdbe *v;
char *z;
- /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
+ /* Make an entry in the sqlite_schema table */
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
testcase( z==0 );
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')",
- db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, zName,
+ "INSERT INTO %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE
+ " VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')",
+ db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zName,
pTrig->table, z);
sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
@@ -135226,14 +136764,14 @@
int i;
if( z ) for(i=0; z[i]; i++) if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ) z[i] = ' ';
return z;
-}
+}
/*
** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
**
** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
-** body of a TRIGGER.
+** body of a TRIGGER.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
@@ -135339,6 +136877,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
Parse *pParse, /* Parser */
Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */
+ SrcList *pFrom,
ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */
u8 orconf, /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
@@ -135353,16 +136892,20 @@
if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){
pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
+ pTriggerStep->pFrom = pFrom;
pEList = 0;
pWhere = 0;
+ pFrom = 0;
}else{
pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+ pTriggerStep->pFrom = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pFrom, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
}
pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
}
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pFrom);
return pTriggerStep;
}
@@ -135395,7 +136938,7 @@
return pTriggerStep;
}
-/*
+/*
** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
@@ -135409,7 +136952,7 @@
}
/*
-** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema.
+** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema.
**
** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
@@ -135434,7 +136977,7 @@
assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
- if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zDbSName, zDb) ) continue;
+ if( zDb && sqlite3DbIsNamed(db, j, zDb)==0 ) continue;
assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName);
if( pTrigger ) break;
@@ -135464,7 +137007,7 @@
/*
-** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger.
+** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
Table *pTable;
@@ -135493,8 +137036,8 @@
*/
if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='trigger'",
- db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pTrigger->zName
+ "DELETE FROM %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " WHERE name=%Q AND type='trigger'",
+ db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, pTrigger->zName
);
sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0);
@@ -135544,12 +137087,12 @@
for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zEName)>=0 ) return 1;
}
- return 0;
+ return 0;
}
/*
** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least
-** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is
+** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is
** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at
** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified.
*/
@@ -135589,37 +137132,40 @@
** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
** wants.
*/
-static SrcList *targetSrcList(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(
Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */
){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */
- SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */
-
+ SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */
+ char *zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pStep->zTarget);
pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, 0);
+ assert( pSrc==0 || pSrc->nSrc==1 );
+ assert( zName || pSrc==0 );
if( pSrc ){
- assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 );
- pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pStep->zTarget);
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
- if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
- const char *zDb;
- assert( iDb<db->nDb );
- zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName;
- pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zDb);
+ Schema *pSchema = pStep->pTrig->pSchema;
+ pSrc->a[0].zName = zName;
+ if( pSchema!=db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+ pSrc->a[0].pSchema = pSchema;
}
+ if( pStep->pFrom ){
+ SrcList *pDup = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pStep->pFrom, 0);
+ pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppendList(pParse, pSrc, pDup);
+ }
+ }else{
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
}
return pSrc;
}
/*
-** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single
+** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single
** trigger.
*/
static int codeTriggerProgram(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
- int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */
+ int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */
){
TriggerStep *pStep;
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
@@ -135655,27 +137201,27 @@
switch( pStep->op ){
case TK_UPDATE: {
- sqlite3Update(pParse,
- targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
- sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0),
- sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0),
+ sqlite3Update(pParse,
+ sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(pParse, pStep),
+ sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0),
+ sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0),
pParse->eOrconf, 0, 0, 0
);
break;
}
case TK_INSERT: {
- sqlite3Insert(pParse,
- targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
- sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0),
- sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList),
+ sqlite3Insert(pParse,
+ sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(pParse, pStep),
+ sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0),
+ sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList),
pParse->eOrconf,
sqlite3UpsertDup(db, pStep->pUpsert)
);
break;
}
case TK_DELETE: {
- sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,
- targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+ sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,
+ sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(pParse, pStep),
sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), 0, 0
);
break;
@@ -135688,7 +137234,7 @@
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
break;
}
- }
+ }
if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount);
}
@@ -135733,7 +137279,7 @@
}
/*
-** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program
+** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program
** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf.
*/
static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger(
@@ -135756,7 +137302,7 @@
assert( pTop->pVdbe );
/* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they
- ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg
+ ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg
** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */
pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg));
if( !pPrg ) return 0;
@@ -135770,7 +137316,7 @@
pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff;
pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff;
- /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the
+ /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the
** trigger sub-program. */
pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse));
if( !pSubParse ) return 0;
@@ -135786,7 +137332,7 @@
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse);
if( v ){
- VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)",
+ VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)",
pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf),
(pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"),
(pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""),
@@ -135796,19 +137342,19 @@
));
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
if( pTrigger->zName ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1,
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1,
sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC
);
}
#endif
/* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false
- ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the
+ ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the
** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */
if( pTrigger->pWhen ){
pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0);
- if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen)
- && db->mallocFailed==0
+ if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen)
+ && db->mallocFailed==0
){
iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pSubParse);
sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
@@ -135845,7 +137391,7 @@
return pPrg;
}
-
+
/*
** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for
** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such
@@ -135867,8 +137413,8 @@
** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with
** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere
** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */
- for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg;
- pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf);
+ for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg;
+ pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf);
pPrg=pPrg->pNext
);
@@ -135881,7 +137427,7 @@
}
/*
-** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on
+** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on
** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this
** function are the same as those described in the header function for
** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger()
@@ -135899,7 +137445,7 @@
pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
- /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program
+ /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program
** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */
if( pPrg ){
int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers));
@@ -135928,7 +137474,7 @@
** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified
** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op.
**
-** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers
+** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers
** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references
** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab
** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows:
@@ -135945,12 +137491,12 @@
** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab
**
** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will
-** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or
-** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway).
+** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or
+** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway).
** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers
** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an
** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg
-** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through
+** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through
** (reg+N+N+1) are.
**
** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the
@@ -135982,12 +137528,12 @@
** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */
assert( p->pSchema!=0 );
assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 );
- assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema
+ assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema
|| p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema );
/* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
- if( p->op==op
- && p->tr_tm==tr_tm
+ if( p->op==op
+ && p->tr_tm==tr_tm
&& checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges)
){
sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump);
@@ -135996,9 +137542,9 @@
}
/*
-** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table.
-** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the
-** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information
+** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table.
+** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the
+** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information
** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire
** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command.
**
@@ -136008,7 +137554,7 @@
** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns
** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned.
**
-** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is
+** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is
** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is.
**
** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned
@@ -136085,10 +137631,10 @@
/*
** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
-** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the
+** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the
** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
**
-** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the
+** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the
** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
@@ -136097,21 +137643,21 @@
** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
** for the column and the P4 value is not required.
**
-** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have
+** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have
** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
-** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated
+** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated
** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
-** into the sqlite_master table.)
+** into the sqlite_schema table.)
**
** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for
** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
** sqlite3_value objects.
**
-** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction
-** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is
-** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save
-** space.
+** If column as REAL affinity and the table is an ordinary b-tree table
+** (not a virtual table) then the value might have been stored as an
+** integer. In that case, add an OP_RealAffinity opcode to make sure
+** it has been converted into REAL.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){
assert( pTab!=0 );
@@ -136121,14 +137667,14 @@
Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
assert( i<pTab->nCol );
- sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc,
+ sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc,
pCol->affinity, &pValue);
if( pValue ){
sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pValue, P4_MEM);
}
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
+ if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg);
}
#endif
@@ -136186,11 +137732,148 @@
}
/*
+** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression of type TK_ROW with
+** Expr.iColumn set to value (iCol+1). The resolver will modify the
+** expression to be a TK_COLUMN reading column iCol of the first
+** table in the source-list (pSrc->a[0]).
+*/
+static Expr *exprRowColumn(Parse *pParse, int iCol){
+ Expr *pRet = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0);
+ if( pRet ) pRet->iColumn = iCol+1;
+ return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Assuming both the pLimit and pOrderBy parameters are NULL, this function
+** generates VM code to run the query:
+**
+** SELECT <other-columns>, pChanges FROM pTabList WHERE pWhere
+**
+** and write the results to the ephemeral table already opened as cursor
+** iEph. None of pChanges, pTabList or pWhere are modified or consumed by
+** this function, they must be deleted by the caller.
+**
+** Or, if pLimit and pOrderBy are not NULL, and pTab is not a view:
+**
+** SELECT <other-columns>, pChanges FROM pTabList
+** WHERE pWhere
+** GROUP BY <other-columns>
+** ORDER BY pOrderBy LIMIT pLimit
+**
+** If pTab is a view, the GROUP BY clause is omitted.
+**
+** Exactly how results are written to table iEph, and exactly what
+** the <other-columns> in the query above are is determined by the type
+** of table pTabList->a[0].pTab.
+**
+** If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then argument pPk must be its
+** PRIMARY KEY. In this case <other-columns> are the primary key columns
+** of the table, in order. The results of the query are written to ephemeral
+** table iEph as index keys, using OP_IdxInsert.
+**
+** If the table is actually a view, then <other-columns> are all columns of
+** the view. The results are written to the ephemeral table iEph as records
+** with automatically assigned integer keys.
+**
+** If the table is a virtual or ordinary intkey table, then <other-columns>
+** is its rowid. For a virtual table, the results are written to iEph as
+** records with automatically assigned integer keys For intkey tables, the
+** rowid value in <other-columns> is used as the integer key, and the
+** remaining fields make up the table record.
+*/
+static void updateFromSelect(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ int iEph, /* Cursor for open eph. table */
+ Index *pPk, /* PK if table 0 is WITHOUT ROWID */
+ ExprList *pChanges, /* List of expressions to return */
+ SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables to select from */
+ Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause for query */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY clause */
+ Expr *pLimit /* LIMIT clause */
+){
+ int i;
+ SelectDest dest;
+ Select *pSelect = 0;
+ ExprList *pList = 0;
+ ExprList *pGrp = 0;
+ Expr *pLimit2 = 0;
+ ExprList *pOrderBy2 = 0;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ Table *pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;
+ SrcList *pSrc;
+ Expr *pWhere2;
+ int eDest;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
+ if( pOrderBy && pLimit==0 ) {
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on UPDATE");
+ return;
+ }
+ pOrderBy2 = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pOrderBy, 0);
+ pLimit2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLimit, 0);
+#else
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pOrderBy);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pLimit);
+#endif
+
+ pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pTabList, 0);
+ pWhere2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
+
+ assert( pTabList->nSrc>1 );
+ if( pSrc ){
+ pSrc->a[0].iCursor = -1;
+ pSrc->a[0].pTab->nTabRef--;
+ pSrc->a[0].pTab = 0;
+ }
+ if( pPk ){
+ for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){
+ Expr *pNew = exprRowColumn(pParse, pPk->aiColumn[i]);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
+ if( pLimit ){
+ pGrp = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pGrp, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pNew, 0));
+ }
+#endif
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew);
+ }
+ eDest = SRT_Upfrom;
+ }else if( pTab->pSelect ){
+ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, exprRowColumn(pParse, i));
+ }
+ eDest = SRT_Table;
+ }else{
+ eDest = IsVirtual(pTab) ? SRT_Table : SRT_Upfrom;
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_ROW,0,0));
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
+ if( pLimit ){
+ pGrp = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_ROW,0,0));
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ if( ALWAYS(pChanges) ){
+ for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList,
+ sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[i].pExpr, 0)
+ );
+ }
+ }
+ pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pList,
+ pSrc, pWhere2, pGrp, 0, pOrderBy2, SF_UpdateFrom|SF_IncludeHidden, pLimit2
+ );
+ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, eDest, iEph);
+ dest.iSDParm2 = (pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : -1);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+}
+
+/*
** Process an UPDATE statement.
**
-** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
-** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/
-* onError pTabList pChanges pWhere
+** UPDATE OR IGNORE tbl SET a=b, c=d FROM tbl2... WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
+** \_______/ \_/ \______/ \_____/ \________________/
+** onError | pChanges | pWhere
+** \_______________________/
+** pTabList
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
@@ -136205,7 +137888,7 @@
int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */
Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */
int addrTop = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
- WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo = 0; /* Information about the WHERE clause */
Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */
Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */
Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
@@ -136224,6 +137907,7 @@
u8 chngRowid; /* Rowid changed in a normal table */
u8 chngKey; /* Either chngPk or chngRowid */
Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */
+ int iRowidExpr = -1; /* Index of "rowid=" (or IPK) assignment in pChanges */
AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */
NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */
@@ -136247,6 +137931,7 @@
i16 nPk = 0; /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */
int bReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */
int bFinishSeek = 1; /* The OP_FinishSeek opcode is needed */
+ int nChangeFrom = 0; /* If there is a FROM, pChanges->nExpr, else 0 */
/* Register Allocations */
int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */
@@ -136262,9 +137947,8 @@
if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
- assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
- /* Locate the table which we want to update.
+ /* Locate the table which we want to update.
*/
pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
@@ -136287,8 +137971,15 @@
# define isView 0
#endif
+ /* If there was a FROM clause, set nChangeFrom to the number of expressions
+ ** in the change-list. Otherwise, set it to 0. There cannot be a FROM
+ ** clause if this function is being called to generate code for part of
+ ** an UPSERT statement. */
+ nChangeFrom = (pTabList->nSrc>1) ? pChanges->nExpr : 0;
+ assert( nChangeFrom==0 || pUpsert==0 );
+
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
- if( !isView ){
+ if( !isView && nChangeFrom==0 ){
pWhere = sqlite3LimitWhere(
pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, "UPDATE"
);
@@ -136327,7 +138018,7 @@
}
pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur;
- /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[].
+ /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[].
** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values.
*/
aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx+1) + nIdx+2 );
@@ -136357,7 +138048,9 @@
*/
chngRowid = chngPk = 0;
for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
- if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
+ /* If this is an UPDATE with a FROM clause, do not resolve expressions
+ ** here. The call to sqlite3Select() below will do that. */
+ if( nChangeFrom==0 && sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
@@ -136365,6 +138058,7 @@
if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
chngRowid = 1;
pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+ iRowidExpr = i;
}else if( pPk && (pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){
chngPk = 1;
}
@@ -136372,7 +138066,7 @@
else if( pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED ){
testcase( pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_VIRTUAL );
testcase( pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_STORED );
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"cannot UPDATE generated column \"%s\"",
pTab->aCol[j].zName);
goto update_cleanup;
@@ -136387,6 +138081,7 @@
j = -1;
chngRowid = 1;
pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+ iRowidExpr = i;
}else{
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zEName);
pParse->checkSchema = 1;
@@ -136414,11 +138109,11 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS
/* Mark generated columns as changing if their generator expressions
- ** reference any changing column. The actual aXRef[] value for
+ ** reference any changing column. The actual aXRef[] value for
** generated expressions is not used, other than to check to see that it
** is non-negative, so the value of aXRef[] for generated columns can be
** set to any non-negative number. We use 99999 so that the value is
- ** obvious when looking at aXRef[] in a symbolic debugger.
+ ** obvious when looking at aXRef[] in a symbolic debugger.
*/
if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasGenerated ){
int bProgress;
@@ -136439,7 +138134,7 @@
}
#endif
- /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop.
+ /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop.
** So reset the colUsed mask. Unless this is a virtual table. In that
** case, set all bits of the colUsed mask (to ensure that the virtual
** table implementation makes all columns available).
@@ -136478,7 +138173,7 @@
}
aRegIdx[nAllIdx] = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register storing the table record */
if( bReplace ){
- /* If REPLACE conflict resolution might be invoked, open cursors on all
+ /* If REPLACE conflict resolution might be invoked, open cursors on all
** indexes in case they are needed to delete records. */
memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
}
@@ -136516,8 +138211,8 @@
** an ephemeral table.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
- if( isView ){
- sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab,
+ if( nChangeFrom==0 && isView ){
+ sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab,
pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, iDataCur
);
pOrderBy = 0;
@@ -136528,7 +138223,7 @@
/* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
** WHERE clause.
*/
- if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
+ if( nChangeFrom==0 && sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
@@ -136555,125 +138250,150 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
}
- if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ if( nChangeFrom==0 && HasRowid(pTab) ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
}else{
- assert( pPk!=0 );
- nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;
+ assert( pPk!=0 || HasRowid(pTab) );
+ nPk = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 0;
iPk = pParse->nMem+1;
pParse->nMem += nPk;
+ pParse->nMem += nChangeFrom;
regKey = ++pParse->nMem;
if( pUpsert==0 ){
+ int nEphCol = nPk + nChangeFrom + (isView ? pTab->nCol : 0);
iEph = pParse->nTab++;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk, iPk+nPk-1);
- addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nPk);
- sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
- }
- }
-
- if( pUpsert ){
- /* If this is an UPSERT, then all cursors have already been opened by
- ** the outer INSERT and the data cursor should be pointing at the row
- ** that is to be updated. So bypass the code that searches for the
- ** row(s) to be updated.
- */
- pWInfo = 0;
- eOnePass = ONEPASS_SINGLE;
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, labelBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- bFinishSeek = 0;
- }else{
- /* Begin the database scan.
- **
- ** Do not consider a single-pass strategy for a multi-row update if
- ** there are any triggers or foreign keys to process, or rows may
- ** be deleted as a result of REPLACE conflict handling. Any of these
- ** things might disturb a cursor being used to scan through the table
- ** or index, causing a single-pass approach to malfunction. */
- flags = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE;
- if( !pParse->nested && !pTrigger && !hasFK && !chngKey && !bReplace ){
- flags |= WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW;
- }
- pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, flags, iIdxCur);
- if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-
- /* A one-pass strategy that might update more than one row may not
- ** be used if any column of the index used for the scan is being
- ** updated. Otherwise, if there is an index on "b", statements like
- ** the following could create an infinite loop:
- **
- ** UPDATE t1 SET b=b+1 WHERE b>?
- **
- ** Fall back to ONEPASS_OFF if where.c has selected a ONEPASS_MULTI
- ** strategy that uses an index for which one or more columns are being
- ** updated. */
- eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
- bFinishSeek = sqlite3WhereUsesDeferredSeek(pWInfo);
- if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_SINGLE ){
- sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
- if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){
- int iCur = aiCurOnePass[1];
- if( iCur>=0 && iCur!=iDataCur && aToOpen[iCur-iBaseCur] ){
- eOnePass = ONEPASS_OFF;
+ if( pPk ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk, iPk+nPk-1);
+ addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nEphCol);
+ if( pPk ){
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pPk);
+ if( pKeyInfo ){
+ pKeyInfo->nAllField = nEphCol;
+ sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
}
- assert( iCur!=iDataCur || !HasRowid(pTab) );
+ }
+ if( nChangeFrom ){
+ updateFromSelect(
+ pParse, iEph, pPk, pChanges, pTabList, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit
+ );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ if( isView ) iDataCur = iEph;
+#endif
}
}
}
- if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
- /* Read the rowid of the current row of the WHERE scan. In ONEPASS_OFF
- ** mode, write the rowid into the FIFO. In either of the one-pass modes,
- ** leave it in register regOldRowid. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid);
- if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ){
- /* We need to use regRowSet, so reallocate aRegIdx[nAllIdx] */
- aRegIdx[nAllIdx] = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
- }
+ if( nChangeFrom ){
+ sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+ eOnePass = ONEPASS_OFF;
+ nKey = nPk;
+ regKey = iPk;
}else{
- /* Read the PK of the current row into an array of registers. In
- ** ONEPASS_OFF mode, serialize the array into a record and store it in
- ** the ephemeral table. Or, in ONEPASS_SINGLE or MULTI mode, change
- ** the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction to a Noop (the ephemeral table
- ** is not required) and leave the PK fields in the array of registers. */
- for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
- assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
- sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur,
- pPk->aiColumn[i], iPk+i);
- }
- if( eOnePass ){
- if( addrOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen);
- nKey = nPk;
- regKey = iPk;
+ if( pUpsert ){
+ /* If this is an UPSERT, then all cursors have already been opened by
+ ** the outer INSERT and the data cursor should be pointing at the row
+ ** that is to be updated. So bypass the code that searches for the
+ ** row(s) to be updated.
+ */
+ pWInfo = 0;
+ eOnePass = ONEPASS_SINGLE;
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, labelBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ bFinishSeek = 0;
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey,
- sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db, pPk), nPk);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey, iPk, nPk);
+ /* Begin the database scan.
+ **
+ ** Do not consider a single-pass strategy for a multi-row update if
+ ** there are any triggers or foreign keys to process, or rows may
+ ** be deleted as a result of REPLACE conflict handling. Any of these
+ ** things might disturb a cursor being used to scan through the table
+ ** or index, causing a single-pass approach to malfunction. */
+ flags = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE;
+ if( !pParse->nested && !pTrigger && !hasFK && !chngKey && !bReplace ){
+ flags |= WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW;
+ }
+ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, flags,iIdxCur);
+ if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+
+ /* A one-pass strategy that might update more than one row may not
+ ** be used if any column of the index used for the scan is being
+ ** updated. Otherwise, if there is an index on "b", statements like
+ ** the following could create an infinite loop:
+ **
+ ** UPDATE t1 SET b=b+1 WHERE b>?
+ **
+ ** Fall back to ONEPASS_OFF if where.c has selected a ONEPASS_MULTI
+ ** strategy that uses an index for which one or more columns are being
+ ** updated. */
+ eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass);
+ bFinishSeek = sqlite3WhereUsesDeferredSeek(pWInfo);
+ if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_SINGLE ){
+ sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+ if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){
+ int iCur = aiCurOnePass[1];
+ if( iCur>=0 && iCur!=iDataCur && aToOpen[iCur-iBaseCur] ){
+ eOnePass = ONEPASS_OFF;
+ }
+ assert( iCur!=iDataCur || !HasRowid(pTab) );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ /* Read the rowid of the current row of the WHERE scan. In ONEPASS_OFF
+ ** mode, write the rowid into the FIFO. In either of the one-pass modes,
+ ** leave it in register regOldRowid. */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid);
+ if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ){
+ /* We need to use regRowSet, so reallocate aRegIdx[nAllIdx] */
+ aRegIdx[nAllIdx] = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* Read the PK of the current row into an array of registers. In
+ ** ONEPASS_OFF mode, serialize the array into a record and store it in
+ ** the ephemeral table. Or, in ONEPASS_SINGLE or MULTI mode, change
+ ** the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction to a Noop (the ephemeral table
+ ** is not required) and leave the PK fields in the array of registers. */
+ for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
+ assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 );
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur,
+ pPk->aiColumn[i], iPk+i);
+ }
+ if( eOnePass ){
+ if( addrOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen);
+ nKey = nPk;
+ regKey = iPk;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey,
+ sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db, pPk), nPk);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey, iPk, nPk);
+ }
}
}
if( pUpsert==0 ){
- if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI ){
+ if( nChangeFrom==0 && eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI ){
sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
}
-
+
if( !isView ){
int addrOnce = 0;
-
+
/* Open every index that needs updating. */
if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0;
if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0;
}
-
+
if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI && (nIdx-(aiCurOnePass[1]>=0))>0 ){
addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v);
}
sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, 0, iBaseCur,
aToOpen, 0, 0);
- if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce);
+ if( addrOnce ){
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(v, addrOnce);
+ }
}
-
+
/* Top of the update loop */
if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
if( !isView && aiCurOnePass[0]!=iDataCur && aiCurOnePass[1]!=iDataCur ){
@@ -136687,12 +138407,31 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak);
VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk==0);
VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk!=0);
- }else if( pPk ){
+ }else if( pPk || nChangeFrom ){
labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
- addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iEph, regKey);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey, 0);
- VdbeCoverage(v);
+ addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ if( nChangeFrom ){
+ if( !isView ){
+ if( pPk ){
+ for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iEph, i, iPk+i);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(
+ v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, iPk, nPk
+ ); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iEph, regOldRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(
+ v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid
+ ); VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iEph, regKey);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey,0);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
}else{
labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet,labelBreak,
regOldRowid);
@@ -136708,7 +138447,12 @@
** already populated. */
assert( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid );
if( chngRowid ){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid);
+ assert( iRowidExpr>=0 );
+ if( nChangeFrom==0 ){
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iEph, iRowidExpr, regNewRowid);
+ }
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); VdbeCoverage(v);
}
@@ -136716,7 +138460,7 @@
** information is needed */
if( chngPk || hasFK || pTrigger ){
u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0);
- oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse,
+ oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse,
pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError
);
for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
@@ -136745,8 +138489,8 @@
** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the
** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by
** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The
- ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from
- ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger
+ ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from
+ ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger
** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to
** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes.
*/
@@ -136761,9 +138505,15 @@
}else{
j = aXRef[i];
if( j>=0 ){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, k);
+ if( nChangeFrom ){
+ int nOff = (isView ? pTab->nCol : nPk);
+ assert( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iEph, nOff+j, k);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, k);
+ }
}else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask & MASKBIT32(i)) ){
- /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed
+ /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed
** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or
** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via
** a new.* reference in a trigger program.
@@ -136790,46 +138540,48 @@
*/
if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNew);
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges,
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges,
TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue);
- /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this
- ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are
- ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated
- ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the
- ** documentation.
- */
- if( pPk ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue,regKey,nKey);
- VdbeCoverage(v);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid);
- VdbeCoverage(v);
- }
-
- /* After-BEFORE-trigger-reload-loop:
- ** If it did not delete it, the BEFORE trigger may still have modified
- ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for
- ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their registers
- ** in case this has happened. Only unmodified columns are reloaded.
- ** The values computed for modified columns use the values before the
- ** BEFORE trigger runs. See test case trigger1-18.0 (added 2018-04-26)
- ** for an example.
- */
- for(i=0, k=regNew; i<pTab->nCol; i++, k++){
- if( pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED ){
- if( pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_VIRTUAL ) k--;
- }else if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){
- sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, k);
+ if( !isView ){
+ /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this
+ ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are
+ ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated
+ ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the
+ ** documentation.
+ */
+ if( pPk ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound,iDataCur,labelContinue,regKey,nKey);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue,regOldRowid);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
}
- }
+
+ /* After-BEFORE-trigger-reload-loop:
+ ** If it did not delete it, the BEFORE trigger may still have modified
+ ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for
+ ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their registers
+ ** in case this has happened. Only unmodified columns are reloaded.
+ ** The values computed for modified columns use the values before the
+ ** BEFORE trigger runs. See test case trigger1-18.0 (added 2018-04-26)
+ ** for an example.
+ */
+ for(i=0, k=regNew; i<pTab->nCol; i++, k++){
+ if( pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED ){
+ if( pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_VIRTUAL ) k--;
+ }else if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, k);
+ }
+ }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS
- if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasGenerated ){
- testcase( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasVirtual );
- testcase( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasStored );
- sqlite3ComputeGeneratedColumns(pParse, regNew, pTab);
+ if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasGenerated ){
+ testcase( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasVirtual );
+ testcase( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasStored );
+ sqlite3ComputeGeneratedColumns(pParse, regNew, pTab);
+ }
+#endif
}
-#endif
}
if( !isView ){
@@ -136872,7 +138624,7 @@
** to process, delete the old record. Otherwise, add a noop OP_Delete
** to invoke the pre-update hook.
**
- ** That (regNew==regnewRowid+1) is true is also important for the
+ ** That (regNew==regnewRowid+1) is true is also important for the
** pre-update hook. If the caller invokes preupdate_new(), the returned
** value is copied from memory cell (regNewRowid+1+iCol), where iCol
** is the column index supplied by the user.
@@ -136899,29 +138651,29 @@
if( hasFK ){
sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
}
-
+
/* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */
sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
- pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx,
- OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | (eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ? OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION : 0),
+ pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx,
+ OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | (eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ? OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION : 0),
0, 0
);
/* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
- ** to the row just updated. */
+ ** to the row just updated. */
if( hasFK ){
sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey);
}
}
- /* Increment the row counter
+ /* Increment the row counter
*/
if( regRowCount ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
}
- sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges,
+ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges,
TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue);
/* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
@@ -136932,7 +138684,7 @@
}else if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue);
sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
- }else if( pPk ){
+ }else if( pPk || nChangeFrom ){
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEph, addrTop); VdbeCoverage(v);
}else{
@@ -136964,7 +138716,7 @@
sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT)
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT)
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrderBy);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLimit);
#endif
@@ -136984,8 +138736,8 @@
/*
** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
**
-** There are two possible strategies - the default and the special
-** "onepass" strategy. Onepass is only used if the virtual table
+** There are two possible strategies - the default and the special
+** "onepass" strategy. Onepass is only used if the virtual table
** implementation indicates that pWhere may match at most one row.
**
** The default strategy is to create an ephemeral table that contains
@@ -137017,7 +138769,7 @@
int i; /* Loop counter */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
- WhereInfo *pWInfo;
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo = 0;
int nArg = 2 + pTab->nCol; /* Number of arguments to VUpdate */
int regArg; /* First register in VUpdate arg array */
int regRec; /* Register in which to assemble record */
@@ -137035,74 +138787,101 @@
addr= sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, nArg);
regArg = pParse->nMem + 1;
pParse->nMem += nArg;
- regRec = ++pParse->nMem;
- regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
-
- /* Start scanning the virtual table */
- pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0,0,WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED,0);
- if( pWInfo==0 ) return;
-
- /* Populate the argument registers. */
- for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
- assert( (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)==0 );
- if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, regArg+2+i);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, i, regArg+2+i);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NOCHNG);/* Enable sqlite3_vtab_nochange() */
- }
- }
- if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg);
+ if( pSrc->nSrc>1 ){
+ Expr *pRow;
+ ExprList *pList;
if( pRowid ){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowid, regArg+1);
+ pRow = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0);
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg+1);
+ pRow = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0);
}
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRow);
+
+ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+ if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList,
+ sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0)
+ );
+ }else{
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, exprRowColumn(pParse, i));
+ }
+ }
+
+ updateFromSelect(pParse, ephemTab, 0, pList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+ eOnePass = ONEPASS_OFF;
}else{
- Index *pPk; /* PRIMARY KEY index */
- i16 iPk; /* PRIMARY KEY column */
- pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
- assert( pPk!=0 );
- assert( pPk->nKeyCol==1 );
- iPk = pPk->aiColumn[0];
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, iPk, regArg);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regArg+2+iPk, regArg+1);
- }
+ regRec = ++pParse->nMem;
+ regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
- eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aDummy);
+ /* Start scanning the virtual table */
+ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc,pWhere,0,0,WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED,0);
+ if( pWInfo==0 ) return;
- /* There is no ONEPASS_MULTI on virtual tables */
- assert( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE );
+ /* Populate the argument registers. */
+ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+ assert( (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)==0 );
+ if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, regArg+2+i);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, i, regArg+2+i);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NOCHNG);/* For sqlite3_vtab_nochange() */
+ }
+ }
+ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg);
+ if( pRowid ){
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowid, regArg+1);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg+1);
+ }
+ }else{
+ Index *pPk; /* PRIMARY KEY index */
+ i16 iPk; /* PRIMARY KEY column */
+ pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
+ assert( pPk!=0 );
+ assert( pPk->nKeyCol==1 );
+ iPk = pPk->aiColumn[0];
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, iPk, regArg);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regArg+2+iPk, regArg+1);
+ }
- if( eOnePass ){
- /* If using the onepass strategy, no-op out the OP_OpenEphemeral coded
- ** above. */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addr);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr);
- }else{
- /* Create a record from the argument register contents and insert it into
- ** the ephemeral table. */
- sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regArg, nArg, regRec);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- /* Signal an assert() within OP_MakeRecord that it is allowed to
- ** accept no-change records with serial_type 10 */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC);
+ eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aDummy);
+
+ /* There is no ONEPASS_MULTI on virtual tables */
+ assert( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE );
+
+ if( eOnePass ){
+ /* If using the onepass strategy, no-op out the OP_OpenEphemeral coded
+ ** above. */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addr);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr);
+ }else{
+ /* Create a record from the argument register contents and insert it into
+ ** the ephemeral table. */
+ sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regArg, nArg, regRec);
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM)
+ /* Signal an assert() within OP_MakeRecord that it is allowed to
+ ** accept no-change records with serial_type 10 */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC);
#endif
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, ephemTab, regRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, ephemTab, regRec, regRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, ephemTab, regRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, ephemTab, regRec, regRowid);
+ }
}
if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ){
/* End the virtual table scan */
- sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+ if( pSrc->nSrc==1 ){
+ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+ }
/* Begin scannning through the ephemeral table. */
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab); VdbeCoverage(v);
- /* Extract arguments from the current row of the ephemeral table and
+ /* Extract arguments from the current row of the ephemeral table and
** invoke the VUpdate method. */
for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i, regArg+i);
@@ -137236,11 +139015,11 @@
rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pUpsert->pUpsertTargetWhere);
if( rc ) return rc;
- /* Check to see if the conflict target matches the rowid. */
+ /* Check to see if the conflict target matches the rowid. */
pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;
pTarget = pUpsert->pUpsertTarget;
iCursor = pTabList->a[0].iCursor;
- if( HasRowid(pTab)
+ if( HasRowid(pTab)
&& pTarget->nExpr==1
&& (pTerm = pTarget->a[0].pExpr)->op==TK_COLUMN
&& pTerm->iColumn==XN_ROWID
@@ -137363,7 +139142,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, OE_Abort);
i = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iDataCur, 0, iPk, nPk);
VdbeCoverage(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CORRUPT, OE_Abort, 0,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CORRUPT, OE_Abort, 0,
"corrupt database", P4_STATIC);
sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, i);
@@ -137432,7 +139211,7 @@
assert( sqlite3_strnicmp(zSql,"SELECT",6)==0 );
/* The secondary SQL must be one of CREATE TABLE, CREATE INDEX,
** or INSERT. Historically there have been attacks that first
- ** corrupt the sqlite_master.sql field with other kinds of statements
+ ** corrupt the sqlite_schema.sql field with other kinds of statements
** then run VACUUM to get those statements to execute at inappropriate
** times. */
if( zSubSql
@@ -137574,7 +139353,7 @@
zOut = "";
}
- /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be
+ /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be
** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and
** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */
saved_flags = db->flags;
@@ -137624,18 +139403,7 @@
}
db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_VacuumInto;
}
- nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(pMain);
-
- /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( db->nextPagesize ){
- extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
- int nKey;
- char *zKey;
- sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, iDb, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
- if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0;
- }
-#endif
+ nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetRequestedReserve(pMain);
sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pTemp, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->cache_size);
sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pMain,0));
@@ -137674,14 +139442,14 @@
*/
db->init.iDb = nDb; /* force new CREATE statements into vacuum_db */
rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg,
- "SELECT sql FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master"
+ "SELECT sql FROM \"%w\".sqlite_schema"
" WHERE type='table'AND name<>'sqlite_sequence'"
" AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0",
zDbMain
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg,
- "SELECT sql FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master"
+ "SELECT sql FROM \"%w\".sqlite_schema"
" WHERE type='index'",
zDbMain
);
@@ -137695,7 +139463,7 @@
rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg,
"SELECT'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.'||quote(name)"
"||' SELECT*FROM\"%w\".'||quote(name)"
- "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master "
+ "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_schema "
"WHERE type='table'AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0",
zDbMain
);
@@ -137706,18 +139474,18 @@
/* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database
** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any
** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries
- ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table.
+ ** from the schema table.
*/
rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg,
- "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master"
- " SELECT*FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master"
+ "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_schema"
+ " SELECT*FROM \"%w\".sqlite_schema"
" WHERE type IN('view','trigger')"
" OR(type='table'AND rootpage=0)",
zDbMain
);
if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum;
- /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the
+ /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the
** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs,
** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database
** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit
@@ -137779,7 +139547,7 @@
db->nChange = saved_nChange;
db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange;
db->mTrace = saved_mTrace;
- sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1);
+ sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, 0, 1);
/* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
@@ -137797,7 +139565,7 @@
}
/* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[]
- ** array. */
+ ** array. */
sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
return rc;
@@ -137826,7 +139594,7 @@
/*
** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the
** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of
-** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of
+** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of
** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which
** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods.
*/
@@ -137983,7 +139751,7 @@
/*
** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected.
** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock.
-** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.
+** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.
**
** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked,
** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed.
@@ -137995,7 +139763,7 @@
/*
** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table.
-** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access
+** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access
** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
@@ -138030,7 +139798,7 @@
/*
** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the
** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated
-** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity.
+** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity.
** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with
** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list.
*/
@@ -138039,8 +139807,8 @@
VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable;
p->pVTable = 0;
- /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database
- ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments
+ /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database
+ ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments
** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why
** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any
** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list.
@@ -138096,7 +139864,7 @@
** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list.
**
** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all
-** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the
+** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the
** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The
** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows:
**
@@ -138109,7 +139877,7 @@
** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then
** the database handle mutex is held.
**
-** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously
+** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously
** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){
@@ -138135,12 +139903,12 @@
** record.
**
** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer
-** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable
+** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable
** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema.
-** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database
-** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the
+** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database
+** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the
** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures
-** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated
+** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated
** database connection.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
@@ -138214,13 +139982,13 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
/* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice.
** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the
- ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable().
+ ** sqlite_schema table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable().
** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now.
*/
if( pTable->azModuleArg ){
int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema);
assert( iDb>=0 ); /* The database the table is being created in */
- sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName,
+ sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName,
pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName);
}
#endif
@@ -138252,12 +140020,12 @@
addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
pParse->sArg.z = 0;
if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return;
-
+
/* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the
** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being
- ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then
+ ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_schema) then
** do additional initialization work and store the statement text
- ** in the sqlite_master table.
+ ** in the sqlite_schema table.
*/
if( !db->init.busy ){
char *zStmt;
@@ -138274,20 +140042,20 @@
}
zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken);
- /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the
- ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all
- ** the information we've collected.
+ /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the
+ ** schema table. We just need to update that slot with all
+ ** the information we've collected.
**
** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an
- ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab
+ ** entry in the sqlite_schema table tht was created for this vtab
** by sqlite3StartTable().
*/
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE %Q.%s "
+ "UPDATE %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " "
"SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q "
"WHERE rowid=#%d",
- db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME,
+ db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName,
pTab->zName,
pTab->zName,
zStmt,
@@ -138306,7 +140074,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, iReg);
}
- /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory
+ /* If we are rereading the sqlite_schema table create the in-memory
** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until
** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This
** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before
@@ -138357,7 +140125,7 @@
** to this procedure.
*/
static int vtabCallConstructor(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
Table *pTab,
Module *pMod,
int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
@@ -138376,7 +140144,7 @@
/* Check that the virtual-table is not already being initialized */
for(pCtx=db->pVtabCtx; pCtx; pCtx=pCtx->pPrior){
if( pCtx->pTab==pTab ){
- *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
"vtable constructor called recursively: %s", pTab->zName
);
return SQLITE_LOCKED;
@@ -138438,7 +140206,7 @@
int iCol;
u16 oooHidden = 0;
/* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure
- ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the
+ ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the
** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden".
** If so, set the Column COLFLAG_HIDDEN flag and remove the token from
** the type string. */
@@ -138483,7 +140251,7 @@
/*
** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method
-** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned
+** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned
** and an error left in pParse.
**
** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table.
@@ -138554,7 +140322,7 @@
/*
** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method
-** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb.
+** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb.
**
** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point to an English language
** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned.
@@ -138573,8 +140341,8 @@
zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod);
- /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method,
- ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an
+ /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method,
+ ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an
** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
*/
if( pMod==0 || pMod->pModule->xCreate==0 || pMod->pModule->xDestroy==0 ){
@@ -138627,7 +140395,7 @@
sParse.eParseMode = PARSE_MODE_DECLARE_VTAB;
sParse.db = db;
sParse.nQueryLoop = 1;
- if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr)
+ if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr)
&& sParse.pNewTable
&& !db->mallocFailed
&& !sParse.pNewTable->pSelect
@@ -138725,7 +140493,7 @@
** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is
** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure.
**
-** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks.
+** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks.
*/
static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){
int i;
@@ -138774,7 +140542,7 @@
}
/*
-** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the
+** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the
** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){
@@ -138783,7 +140551,7 @@
}
/*
-** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the
+** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the
** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){
@@ -138805,7 +140573,7 @@
/* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater
** than zero, then this function is being called from within a
- ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to
+ ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to
** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED.
*/
if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){
@@ -138813,7 +140581,7 @@
}
if( !pVTab ){
return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ }
pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule;
if( pModule->xBegin ){
@@ -138826,7 +140594,7 @@
}
}
- /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the
+ /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the
** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */
rc = growVTrans(db);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -138850,11 +140618,11 @@
** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked.
**
** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is
-** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is
** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with
** an open transaction is invoked.
**
-** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK,
+** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK,
** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this
** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful,
** SQLITE_OK is returned.
@@ -138903,7 +140671,7 @@
** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to
** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators.
**
-** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a
+** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a
** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the
** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag.
*/
@@ -138932,7 +140700,7 @@
assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 );
pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef;
-
+
/* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation
** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function.
**
@@ -138986,7 +140754,7 @@
if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return;
}
n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]);
- apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc64(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n);
+ apVtabLock = sqlite3Realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n);
if( apVtabLock ){
pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock;
pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab;
@@ -139050,7 +140818,7 @@
Table *pTab = pMod->pEpoTab;
if( pTab!=0 ){
/* Mark the table as Ephemeral prior to deleting it, so that the
- ** sqlite3DeleteTable() routine will know that it is not stored in
+ ** sqlite3DeleteTable() routine will know that it is not stored in
** the schema. */
pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab);
@@ -139066,8 +140834,8 @@
** within an xUpdate method.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){
- static const unsigned char aMap[] = {
- SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE
+ static const unsigned char aMap[] = {
+ SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE
};
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
@@ -139079,7 +140847,7 @@
}
/*
-** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide
+** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide
** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior
** of the virtual table being implemented.
*/
@@ -139306,7 +141074,7 @@
/* This object holds the prerequisites and the cost of running a
** subquery on one operand of an OR operator in the WHERE clause.
-** See WhereOrSet for additional information
+** See WhereOrSet for additional information
*/
struct WhereOrCost {
Bitmask prereq; /* Prerequisites */
@@ -139358,7 +141126,7 @@
** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators,
** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR.
**
-** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.
+** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.
** The following identity holds:
**
** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm
@@ -139443,6 +141211,12 @@
#define TERM_LIKE 0x0400 /* The original LIKE operator */
#define TERM_IS 0x0800 /* Term.pExpr is an IS operator */
#define TERM_VARSELECT 0x1000 /* Term.pExpr contains a correlated sub-query */
+#define TERM_HEURTRUTH 0x2000 /* Heuristic truthProb used */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+# define TERM_HIGHTRUTH 0x4000 /* Term excludes few rows */
+#else
+# define TERM_HIGHTRUTH 0 /* Only used with STAT4 */
+#endif
/*
** An instance of the WhereScan object is used as an iterator for locating
@@ -139510,8 +141284,8 @@
** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm.
**
-** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in
-** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE
+** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in
+** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE
** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might
** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum
** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping
@@ -139557,13 +141331,16 @@
UnpackedRecord *pRec; /* Probe for stat4 (if required) */
int nRecValid; /* Number of valid fields currently in pRec */
#endif
- unsigned int bldFlags; /* SQLITE_BLDF_* flags */
+ unsigned char bldFlags1; /* First set of SQLITE_BLDF_* flags */
+ unsigned char bldFlags2; /* Second set of SQLITE_BLDF_* flags */
unsigned int iPlanLimit; /* Search limiter */
};
/* Allowed values for WhereLoopBuider.bldFlags */
-#define SQLITE_BLDF_INDEXED 0x0001 /* An index is used */
-#define SQLITE_BLDF_UNIQUE 0x0002 /* All keys of a UNIQUE index used */
+#define SQLITE_BLDF1_INDEXED 0x0001 /* An index is used */
+#define SQLITE_BLDF1_UNIQUE 0x0002 /* All keys of a UNIQUE index used */
+
+#define SQLITE_BLDF2_2NDPASS 0x0004 /* Second builder pass needed */
/* The WhereLoopBuilder.iPlanLimit is used to limit the number of
** index+constraint combinations the query planner will consider for a
@@ -139816,7 +141593,7 @@
}
/*
-** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This
+** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This
** function appends text to pStr that describes the subset of table
** rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an SQL expression.
**
@@ -139857,7 +141634,7 @@
/*
** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
** command, or if either SQLITE_DEBUG or SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS was
-** defined at compile-time. If it is not a no-op, a single OP_Explain opcode
+** defined at compile-time. If it is not a no-op, a single OP_Explain opcode
** is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in pLevel.
**
** If an OP_Explain opcode is added to the VM, its address is returned.
@@ -139940,7 +141717,7 @@
assert( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT);
zRangeOp = "<";
}
- sqlite3_str_appendf(&str,
+ sqlite3_str_appendf(&str,
" USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY (rowid%s?)",zRangeOp);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
@@ -139969,11 +141746,11 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
/*
** Configure the VM passed as the first argument with an
-** sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() entry corresponding to the scan used to
-** implement level pLvl. Argument pSrclist is a pointer to the FROM
+** sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() entry corresponding to the scan used to
+** implement level pLvl. Argument pSrclist is a pointer to the FROM
** clause that the scan reads data from.
**
-** If argument addrExplain is not 0, it must be the address of an
+** If argument addrExplain is not 0, it must be the address of an
** OP_Explain instruction that describes the same loop.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(
@@ -140029,7 +141806,7 @@
**
** Only the parent term was in the original WHERE clause. The child1
** and child2 terms were added by the LIKE optimization. If both of
-** the virtual child terms are valid, then testing of the parent can be
+** the virtual child terms are valid, then testing of the parent can be
** skipped.
**
** Usually the parent term is marked as TERM_CODED. But if the parent
@@ -140061,7 +141838,7 @@
/*
** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff
-** to the n registers starting at base.
+** to the n registers starting at base.
**
** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB and SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which
** are no-ops) at the beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries
@@ -140098,7 +141875,7 @@
}
/*
-** Expression pRight, which is the RHS of a comparison operation, is
+** Expression pRight, which is the RHS of a comparison operation, is
** either a vector of n elements or, if n==1, a scalar expression.
** Before the comparison operation, affinity zAff is to be applied
** to the pRight values. This function modifies characters within the
@@ -140196,12 +141973,12 @@
}
pSelect = pNew->x.pSelect;
if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){
- /* If the SELECT statement has an ORDER BY clause, zero the
- ** iOrderByCol variables. These are set to non-zero when an
- ** ORDER BY term exactly matches one of the terms of the
+ /* If the SELECT statement has an ORDER BY clause, zero the
+ ** iOrderByCol variables. These are set to non-zero when an
+ ** ORDER BY term exactly matches one of the terms of the
** result-set. Since the result-set of the SELECT statement may
- ** have been modified or reordered, these variables are no longer
- ** set correctly. Since setting them is just an optimization,
+ ** have been modified or reordered, these variables are no longer
+ ** set correctly. Since setting them is just an optimization,
** it's easiest just to zero them here. */
ExprList *pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
@@ -140222,7 +141999,7 @@
/*
** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality
-** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be
+** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be
** coded.
**
** The current value for the constraint is left in a register, the index
@@ -140368,7 +142145,7 @@
** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c).
** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10
** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this
-** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two
+** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two
** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate
** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored
** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned.
@@ -140458,7 +142235,7 @@
testcase( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==XN_EXPR );
VdbeComment((v, "%s", explainIndexColumnName(pIdx, j)));
}
- }
+ }
/* Evaluate the equality constraints
*/
@@ -140467,7 +142244,7 @@
int r1;
pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j];
assert( pTerm!=0 );
- /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns.
+ /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns.
** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */
testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 );
testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
@@ -140483,8 +142260,8 @@
if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
if( pTerm->pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){
/* No affinity ever needs to be (or should be) applied to a value
- ** from the RHS of an "? IN (SELECT ...)" expression. The
- ** sqlite3FindInIndex() routine has already ensured that the
+ ** from the RHS of an "? IN (SELECT ...)" expression. The
+ ** sqlite3FindInIndex() routine has already ensured that the
** affinity of the comparison has been applied to the value. */
if( zAff ) zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
}
@@ -140511,7 +142288,7 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS
/*
** If the most recently coded instruction is a constant range constraint
-** (a string literal) that originated from the LIKE optimization, then
+** (a string literal) that originated from the LIKE optimization, then
** set P3 and P5 on the OP_String opcode so that the string will be cast
** to a BLOB at appropriate times.
**
@@ -140536,7 +142313,7 @@
assert( pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>0 );
pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1);
assert( pOp!=0 );
- assert( pOp->opcode==OP_String8
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_String8
|| pTerm->pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db->mallocFailed );
pOp->p3 = (int)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>>1); /* Register holding counter */
pOp->p5 = (u8)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr&1); /* ASC or DESC */
@@ -140579,7 +142356,7 @@
/*
** Test whether or not expression pExpr, which was part of a WHERE clause,
** should be included in the cursor-hint for a table that is on the rhs
-** of a LEFT JOIN. Set Walker.eCode to non-zero before returning if the
+** of a LEFT JOIN. Set Walker.eCode to non-zero before returning if the
** expression is not suitable.
**
** An expression is unsuitable if it might evaluate to non NULL even if
@@ -140592,9 +142369,9 @@
** CASE WHEN col THEN 0 ELSE 1 END
*/
static int codeCursorHintIsOrFunction(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
- if( pExpr->op==TK_IS
- || pExpr->op==TK_ISNULL || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT
- || pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL || pExpr->op==TK_CASE
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_IS
+ || pExpr->op==TK_ISNULL || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT
+ || pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL || pExpr->op==TK_CASE
){
pWalker->eCode = 1;
}else if( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ){
@@ -140615,10 +142392,10 @@
** that accesses any table other than the one identified by
** CCurHint.iTabCur, then do the following:
**
-** 1) allocate a register and code an OP_Column instruction to read
+** 1) allocate a register and code an OP_Column instruction to read
** the specified column into the new register, and
**
-** 2) transform the expression node to a TK_REGISTER node that reads
+** 2) transform the expression node to a TK_REGISTER node that reads
** from the newly populated register.
**
** Also, if the node is a TK_COLUMN that does access the table idenified
@@ -140646,7 +142423,7 @@
** the parent context. Do not walk the function arguments in this case.
**
** todo: It should be possible to replace this node with a TK_REGISTER
- ** expression, as the result of the expression must be stored in a
+ ** expression, as the result of the expression must be stored in a
** register at this point. The same holds for TK_AGG_COLUMN nodes. */
rc = WRC_Prune;
}
@@ -140689,18 +142466,18 @@
if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
if( pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady ) continue;
- /* Any terms specified as part of the ON(...) clause for any LEFT
+ /* Any terms specified as part of the ON(...) clause for any LEFT
** JOIN for which the current table is not the rhs are omitted
- ** from the cursor-hint.
+ ** from the cursor-hint.
**
- ** If this table is the rhs of a LEFT JOIN, "IS" or "IS NULL" terms
+ ** If this table is the rhs of a LEFT JOIN, "IS" or "IS NULL" terms
** that were specified as part of the WHERE clause must be excluded.
** This is to address the following:
**
** SELECT ... t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON (t1.a=t2.b) WHERE t2.c IS NULL;
**
** Say there is a single row in t2 that matches (t1.a=t2.b), but its
- ** t2.c values is not NULL. If the (t2.c IS NULL) constraint is
+ ** t2.c values is not NULL. If the (t2.c IS NULL) constraint is
** pushed down to the cursor, this row is filtered out, causing
** SQLite to synthesize a row of NULL values. Which does match the
** WHERE clause, and so the query returns a row. Which is incorrect.
@@ -140713,7 +142490,7 @@
*/
if( pTabItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT ){
Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
- if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
+ if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
|| pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pTabItem->iCursor
){
sWalker.eCode = 0;
@@ -140751,7 +142528,7 @@
if( pExpr!=0 ){
sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintFixExpr;
sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pExpr);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CursorHint,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CursorHint,
(sHint.pIdx ? sHint.iIdxCur : sHint.iTabCur), 0, 0,
(const char*)pExpr, P4_EXPR);
}
@@ -140763,7 +142540,7 @@
/*
** Cursor iCur is open on an intkey b-tree (a table). Register iRowid contains
** a rowid value just read from cursor iIdxCur, open on index pIdx. This
-** function generates code to do a deferred seek of cursor iCur to the
+** function generates code to do a deferred seek of cursor iCur to the
** rowid stored in register iRowid.
**
** Normally, this is just:
@@ -140773,8 +142550,8 @@
** However, if the scan currently being coded is a branch of an OR-loop and
** the statement currently being coded is a SELECT, then P3 of OP_DeferredSeek
** is set to iIdxCur and P4 is set to point to an array of integers
-** containing one entry for each column of the table cursor iCur is open
-** on. For each table column, if the column is the i'th column of the
+** containing one entry for each column of the table cursor iCur is open
+** on. For each table column, if the column is the i'th column of the
** index, then the corresponding array entry is set to (i+1). If the column
** does not appear in the index at all, the array entry is set to 0.
*/
@@ -140789,7 +142566,7 @@
assert( iIdxCur>0 );
assert( pIdx->aiColumn[pIdx->nColumn-1]==-1 );
-
+
pWInfo->bDeferredSeek = 1;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_DeferredSeek, iIdxCur, 0, iCur);
if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)
@@ -140797,7 +142574,7 @@
){
int i;
Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
- int *ai = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(int)*(pTab->nCol+1));
+ u32 *ai = (u32*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(u32)*(pTab->nCol+1));
if( ai ){
ai[0] = pTab->nCol;
for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn-1; i++){
@@ -141168,7 +142945,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pOp->opcode, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3);
}
- /* Generate code that will continue to the next row if
+ /* Generate code that will continue to the next row if
** the IN constraint is not satisfied */
pCompare = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, 0, 0);
assert( pCompare!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
@@ -141177,7 +142954,9 @@
pCompare->pRight = pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0);
if( pRight ){
pRight->iTable = iReg+j+2;
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCompare, pLevel->addrCont, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(
+ pParse, pCompare, pLevel->addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL
+ );
}
pCompare->pLeft = 0;
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCompare);
@@ -141244,7 +143023,7 @@
int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */
int op; /* Cursor seek operation */
- /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding
+ /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding
** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx
*/
const u8 aMoveOp[] = {
@@ -141300,8 +143079,8 @@
testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem;
codeExprOrVector(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue, 1);
- if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight)
- && (pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT)
+ if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight)
+ && (pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT)
){
testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge;
}else{
@@ -141329,14 +143108,14 @@
}else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
/* Case 4: A scan using an index.
**
- ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality
+ ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality
** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N
** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain
** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed
- ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only
+ ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only
** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
- ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the
- ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all
+ ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the
+ ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all
** optimized:
**
** x=5
@@ -141357,7 +143136,7 @@
** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
- */
+ */
static const u8 aStartOp[] = {
0,
0,
@@ -141398,15 +143177,15 @@
iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
assert( nEq>=pLoop->nSkip );
- /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end
- ** of the range.
+ /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end
+ ** of the range.
*/
j = nEq;
if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
pRangeStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++];
nExtraReg = MAX(nExtraReg, pLoop->u.btree.nBtm);
/* Like optimization range constraints always occur in pairs */
- assert( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)==0 ||
+ assert( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)==0 ||
(pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)!=0 );
}
if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
@@ -141439,7 +143218,7 @@
assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
/* If the WHERE_BIGNULL_SORT flag is set, then index column nEq uses
- ** a non-default "big-null" sort (either ASC NULLS LAST or DESC NULLS
+ ** a non-default "big-null" sort (either ASC NULLS LAST or DESC NULLS
** FIRST). In both cases separate ordered scans are made of those
** index entries for which the column is null and for those for which
** it is not. For an ASC sort, the non-NULL entries are scanned first.
@@ -141454,11 +143233,14 @@
nExtraReg = 1;
bSeekPastNull = 1;
pLevel->regBignull = regBignull = ++pParse->nMem;
+ if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regBignull);
+ }
pLevel->addrBignull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);
}
/* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
- ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the
+ ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the
** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
*/
if( (nEq<pIdx->nKeyCol && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC))
@@ -141503,7 +143285,7 @@
}
if( zStartAff ){
updateRangeAffinityStr(pRight, nBtm, &zStartAff[nEq]);
- }
+ }
nConstraint += nBtm;
testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pRight)==0 ){
@@ -141554,7 +143336,7 @@
assert( bStopAtNull==startEq );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
op = aStartOp[(nConstraint>1)*4 + 2 + bRev];
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase,
nConstraint-startEq);
VdbeCoverage(v);
VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind); testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
@@ -141644,7 +143426,7 @@
}
/* Seek the table cursor, if required */
- omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0
+ omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0
&& (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0;
if( omitTable ){
/* pIdx is a covering index. No need to access the main table. */
@@ -141678,7 +143460,7 @@
** to virtual columns in the table into references to (stored) columns
** of the index.
**
- ** Do not do this for the RHS of a LEFT JOIN. This is because the
+ ** Do not do this for the RHS of a LEFT JOIN. This is because the
** expression may be evaluated after OP_NullRow has been executed on
** the cursor. In this case it is important to do the full evaluation,
** as the result of the expression may not be NULL, even if all table
@@ -141692,7 +143474,7 @@
if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 ){
whereIndexExprTrans(pIdx, iCur, iIdxCur, pWInfo);
}
-
+
/* If a partial index is driving the loop, try to eliminate WHERE clause
** terms from the query that must be true due to the WHERE clause of
** the partial index.
@@ -141710,7 +143492,7 @@
** a LEFT JOIN: */
assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 );
}
-
+
/* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. */
if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW ){
pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
@@ -141820,15 +143602,15 @@
pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList;
}
- /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is
+ /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is
** equivalent to an empty rowset. Or, create an ephemeral index
** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID.
**
- ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction
+ ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction
** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This
** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps
- ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the
- ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to
+ ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the
+ ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to
** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if
** called on an uninitialized cursor.
*/
@@ -141853,7 +143635,7 @@
**
** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is
** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the
- ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as
+ ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as
** indices.
**
** This optimization also only applies if the (x1 OR x2 OR ...) term
@@ -141877,7 +143659,7 @@
/* The extra 0x10000 bit on the opcode is masked off and does not
** become part of the new Expr.op. However, it does make the
** op==TK_AND comparison inside of sqlite3PExpr() false, and this
- ** prevents sqlite3PExpr() from implementing AND short-circuit
+ ** prevents sqlite3PExpr() from implementing AND short-circuit
** optimization, which we do not want here. */
pAndExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND|0x10000, 0, pAndExpr);
}
@@ -141948,9 +143730,9 @@
**
** Use some of the same optimizations as OP_RowSetTest: If iSet
** is zero, assume that the key cannot already be present in
- ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no
- ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never
- ** be tested for. */
+ ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no
+ ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never
+ ** be tested for. */
if( iSet ){
jmp1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, regRowset, 0, r, nPk);
VdbeCoverage(v);
@@ -141989,8 +143771,8 @@
** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that
** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term
** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous
- ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set
- ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will
+ ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set
+ ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will
** be available.
*/
pSubLoop = pSubWInfo->a[0].pWLoop;
@@ -142062,7 +143844,7 @@
**
** iLoop==1: Code only expressions that are entirely covered by pIdx.
** iLoop==2: Code remaining expressions that do not contain correlated
- ** sub-queries.
+ ** sub-queries.
** iLoop==3: Code all remaining expressions.
**
** An effort is made to skip unnecessary iterations of the loop.
@@ -142087,7 +143869,7 @@
if( (pTabItem->fg.jointype&JT_LEFT) && !ExprHasProperty(pE,EP_FromJoin) ){
continue;
}
-
+
if( iLoop==1 && !sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(pE, pLevel->iTabCur, pIdx) ){
iNext = 2;
continue;
@@ -142160,7 +143942,7 @@
WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_IS, 0);
if( pAlt==0 ) continue;
if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue;
- if( (pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN)
+ if( (pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN)
&& (pAlt->pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect)
&& (pAlt->pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr>1)
){
@@ -142176,7 +143958,7 @@
}
/* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
- ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.
+ ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.
*/
if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
@@ -142475,8 +144257,8 @@
** 2019-06-14 https://sqlite.org/src/info/ce8717f0885af975
** 2019-09-03 https://sqlite.org/src/info/0f0428096f17252a
*/
- if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN
- || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+ if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN
+ || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
|| IsVirtual(pLeft->y.pTab) /* Value might be numeric */
){
int isNum;
@@ -142511,7 +144293,7 @@
** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program.
** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()
** API. To work around them, add a dummy OP_Variable here.
- */
+ */
int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0);
@@ -142548,7 +144330,7 @@
** 9. column IS NOT NULL SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL
**
** In every case, "column" must be a column of a virtual table. If there
-** is a match, set *ppLeft to the "column" expression, set *ppRight to the
+** is a match, set *ppLeft to the "column" expression, set *ppRight to the
** "expr" expression (even though in forms (6) and (8) the column is on the
** right and the expression is on the left). Also set *peOp2 to the
** appropriate virtual table operator. The return value is 1 or 2 if there
@@ -142591,7 +144373,8 @@
** MATCH(expression,vtab_column)
*/
pCol = pList->a[1].pExpr;
- if( pCol->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pCol->y.pTab) ){
+ testcase( pCol->op==TK_COLUMN && pCol->y.pTab==0 );
+ if( ExprIsVtab(pCol) ){
for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aOp); i++){
if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken, aOp[i].zOp)==0 ){
*peOp2 = aOp[i].eOp2;
@@ -142613,7 +144396,8 @@
** with function names in an arbitrary case.
*/
pCol = pList->a[0].pExpr;
- if( pCol->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pCol->y.pTab) ){
+ testcase( pCol->op==TK_COLUMN && pCol->y.pTab==0 );
+ if( ExprIsVtab(pCol) ){
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
sqlite3_module *pMod;
void (*xNotUsed)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
@@ -142636,10 +144420,12 @@
int res = 0;
Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
- if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pLeft->y.pTab) ){
+ testcase( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN && pLeft->y.pTab==0 );
+ if( ExprIsVtab(pLeft) ){
res++;
}
- if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pRight->y.pTab) ){
+ testcase( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN && pRight->y.pTab==0 );
+ if( pRight && ExprIsVtab(pRight) ){
res++;
SWAP(Expr*, pLeft, pRight);
}
@@ -142707,7 +144493,7 @@
**
** The following is NOT generated:
**
-** x<y OR x>y --> x!=y
+** x<y OR x>y --> x!=y
*/
static void whereCombineDisjuncts(
SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */
@@ -142804,10 +144590,10 @@
** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T
**
** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form
-** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and
+** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and
** <op> is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN".
** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more
-** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND
+** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND
** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have
** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object.
**
@@ -142898,7 +144684,7 @@
if( !db->mallocFailed ){
for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; j<pAndWC->nTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){
assert( pAndTerm->pExpr );
- if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op)
+ if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op)
|| pAndTerm->eOperator==WO_AUX
){
b |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor);
@@ -143001,7 +144787,7 @@
pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){
/* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the
** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceded
- ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term
+ ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term
** and use its inversion. */
testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED );
testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
@@ -143030,7 +144816,7 @@
assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ );
if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){
pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
- }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn || (iColumn==XN_EXPR
+ }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn || (iColumn==XN_EXPR
&& sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft, pLeft, -1)
)){
okToChngToIN = 0;
@@ -143052,7 +144838,7 @@
}
/* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies
- ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is
+ ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is
** pTerm converted into an IN operator.
*/
if( okToChngToIN ){
@@ -143197,8 +144983,8 @@
Expr *pExpr, /* An operand of a comparison operator */
int op /* The specific comparison operator */
){
- /* If this expression is a vector to the left or right of a
- ** inequality constraint (>, <, >= or <=), perform the processing
+ /* If this expression is a vector to the left or right of a
+ ** inequality constraint (>, <, >= or <=), perform the processing
** on the first element of the vector. */
assert( TK_GT+1==TK_LE && TK_GT+2==TK_LT && TK_GT+3==TK_GE );
assert( TK_IS<TK_GE && TK_ISNULL<TK_GE && TK_IN<TK_GE );
@@ -143313,7 +145099,7 @@
pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op) & opMask;
}
if( op==TK_IS ) pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_IS;
- if( pRight
+ if( pRight
&& exprMightBeIndexed(pSrc, pTerm->prereqRight, aiCurCol, pRight, op)
){
WhereTerm *pNew;
@@ -143378,7 +145164,7 @@
for(i=0; i<2; i++){
Expr *pNewExpr;
int idxNew;
- pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i],
+ pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i],
sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0),
sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0));
transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr, pExpr);
@@ -143416,7 +145202,7 @@
** bound is made all lowercase so that the bounds also work when comparing
** BLOBs.
*/
- if( pWC->op==TK_AND
+ if( pWC->op==TK_AND
&& isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase)
){
Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
@@ -143452,7 +145238,7 @@
if( noCase ){
/* The point is to increment the last character before the first
** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the
- ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the
+ ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the
** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full
** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag
*/
@@ -143508,7 +145294,7 @@
prereqColumn = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft);
if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){
Expr *pNewExpr;
- pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH,
+ pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH,
0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0));
if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) && pNewExpr ){
ExprSetProperty(pNewExpr, EP_FromJoin);
@@ -143539,11 +145325,11 @@
**
** This is only required if at least one side of the comparison operation
** is not a sub-select. */
- if( pWC->op==TK_AND
+ if( pWC->op==TK_AND
&& (pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IS)
&& (nLeft = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft))>1
&& sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pRight)==nLeft
- && ( (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0
+ && ( (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0
|| (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0)
){
int i;
@@ -143565,7 +145351,7 @@
/* If there is a vector IN term - e.g. "(a, b) IN (SELECT ...)" - create
** a virtual term for each vector component. The expression object
- ** used by each such virtual term is pExpr (the full vector IN(...)
+ ** used by each such virtual term is pExpr (the full vector IN(...)
** expression). The WhereTerm.iField variable identifies the index within
** the vector on the LHS that the virtual term represents.
**
@@ -143759,7 +145545,7 @@
/*
-** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause.
+** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause.
**
** Note that exprAnalyze() might add new virtual terms onto the
** end of the WHERE clause. We do not want to analyze these new
@@ -143778,7 +145564,7 @@
/*
** For table-valued-functions, transform the function arguments into
-** new WHERE clause terms.
+** new WHERE clause terms.
**
** Each function argument translates into an equality constraint against
** a HIDDEN column in the table.
@@ -143811,7 +145597,7 @@
pColRef->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
pColRef->iColumn = k++;
pColRef->y.pTab = pTab;
- pRhs = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS,
+ pRhs = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS,
sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pArgs->a[j].pExpr, 0), 0);
pTerm = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pColRef, pRhs);
if( pItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT ){
@@ -143884,8 +145670,12 @@
}
/*
-** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause returns rows in ORDER BY order.
-** Return FALSE if the output needs to be sorted.
+** Return the number of ORDER BY terms that are satisfied by the
+** WHERE clause. A return of 0 means that the output must be
+** completely sorted. A return equal to the number of ORDER BY
+** terms means that no sorting is needed at all. A return that
+** is positive but less than the number of ORDER BY terms means that
+** block sorting is required.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
return pWInfo->nOBSat;
@@ -143909,7 +145699,7 @@
** be the continuation for the inner-most loop.
**
** It is always safe for this routine to return the continuation of the
-** inner-most loop, in the sense that a correct answer will result.
+** inner-most loop, in the sense that a correct answer will result.
** Returning the continuation the second inner loop is an optimization
** that might make the code run a little faster, but should not change
** the final answer.
@@ -143917,7 +145707,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOrderByLimitOptLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
WhereLevel *pInner;
if( !pWInfo->bOrderedInnerLoop ){
- /* The ORDER BY LIMIT optimization does not apply. Jump to the
+ /* The ORDER BY LIMIT optimization does not apply. Jump to the
** continuation of the inner-most loop. */
return pWInfo->iContinue;
}
@@ -143948,7 +145738,7 @@
** operate directly on the rowids returned by a WHERE clause. Return
** ONEPASS_SINGLE (1) if the statement can operation directly because only
** a single row is to be changed. Return ONEPASS_MULTI (2) if the one-pass
-** optimization can be used on multiple
+** optimization can be used on multiple
**
** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true)
** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS
@@ -144218,7 +146008,7 @@
** if pIdx!=0 and <op> is one of the WO_xx operator codes specified by
** the op parameter. Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found.
**
-** If pIdx!=0 then it must be one of the indexes of table iCur.
+** If pIdx!=0 then it must be one of the indexes of table iCur.
** Search for terms matching the iColumn-th column of pIdx
** rather than the iColumn-th column of table iCur.
**
@@ -144331,17 +146121,17 @@
){
Table *pTab;
Index *pIdx;
- int i;
+ int i;
int iBase;
/* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of
- ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT
+ ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT
** clause is redundant. */
if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor;
pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;
- /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return
+ /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return
** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the
** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query.
*/
@@ -144392,7 +146182,7 @@
** Convert OP_Column opcodes to OP_Copy in previously generated code.
**
** This routine runs over generated VDBE code and translates OP_Column
-** opcodes into OP_Copy when the table is being accessed via co-routine
+** opcodes into OP_Copy when the table is being accessed via co-routine
** instead of via table lookup.
**
** If the iAutoidxCur is not zero, then any OP_Rowid instructions on
@@ -144490,7 +146280,7 @@
char aff;
if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0;
if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))==0 ) return 0;
- if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)
+ if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)
&& !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
&& (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS)
){
@@ -144707,7 +146497,7 @@
}
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
-
+
/* Jump here when skipping the initialization */
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit);
@@ -144718,7 +146508,7 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
-** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the
+** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the
** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure
** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free().
*/
@@ -144757,7 +146547,7 @@
nTerm++;
}
- /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current
+ /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current
** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
** the sqlite3_index_info structure.
*/
@@ -144839,7 +146629,7 @@
assert( pTerm->eOperator&(WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_AUX) );
if( op & (WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE)
- && sqlite3ExprIsVector(pTerm->pExpr->pRight)
+ && sqlite3ExprIsVector(pTerm->pExpr->pRight)
){
testcase( j!=i );
if( j<16 ) mNoOmit |= (1 << j);
@@ -144911,8 +146701,8 @@
** Return the index of the sample that is the smallest sample that
** is greater than or equal to pRec. Note that this index is not an index
** into the aSample[] array - it is an index into a virtual set of samples
-** based on the contents of aSample[] and the number of fields in record
-** pRec.
+** based on the contents of aSample[] and the number of fields in record
+** pRec.
*/
static int whereKeyStats(
Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */
@@ -144948,38 +146738,38 @@
** consider prefixes of those samples. For example, if the set of samples
** in aSample is:
**
- ** aSample[0] = (a, 5)
- ** aSample[1] = (a, 10)
- ** aSample[2] = (b, 5)
- ** aSample[3] = (c, 100)
+ ** aSample[0] = (a, 5)
+ ** aSample[1] = (a, 10)
+ ** aSample[2] = (b, 5)
+ ** aSample[3] = (c, 100)
** aSample[4] = (c, 105)
**
- ** Then the search space should ideally be the samples above and the
- ** unique prefixes [a], [b] and [c]. But since that is hard to organize,
+ ** Then the search space should ideally be the samples above and the
+ ** unique prefixes [a], [b] and [c]. But since that is hard to organize,
** the code actually searches this set:
**
- ** 0: (a)
- ** 1: (a, 5)
- ** 2: (a, 10)
- ** 3: (a, 10)
- ** 4: (b)
- ** 5: (b, 5)
- ** 6: (c)
- ** 7: (c, 100)
+ ** 0: (a)
+ ** 1: (a, 5)
+ ** 2: (a, 10)
+ ** 3: (a, 10)
+ ** 4: (b)
+ ** 5: (b, 5)
+ ** 6: (c)
+ ** 7: (c, 100)
** 8: (c, 105)
** 9: (c, 105)
**
** For each sample in the aSample[] array, N samples are present in the
- ** effective sample array. In the above, samples 0 and 1 are based on
+ ** effective sample array. In the above, samples 0 and 1 are based on
** sample aSample[0]. Samples 2 and 3 on aSample[1] etc.
**
** Often, sample i of each block of N effective samples has (i+1) fields.
** Except, each sample may be extended to ensure that it is greater than or
- ** equal to the previous sample in the array. For example, in the above,
- ** sample 2 is the first sample of a block of N samples, so at first it
- ** appears that it should be 1 field in size. However, that would make it
- ** smaller than sample 1, so the binary search would not work. As a result,
- ** it is extended to two fields. The duplicates that this creates do not
+ ** equal to the previous sample in the array. For example, in the above,
+ ** sample 2 is the first sample of a block of N samples, so at first it
+ ** appears that it should be 1 field in size. However, that would make it
+ ** smaller than sample 1, so the binary search would not work. As a result,
+ ** it is extended to two fields. The duplicates that this creates do not
** cause any problems.
*/
nField = pRec->nField;
@@ -144993,7 +146783,7 @@
iSamp = iTest / nField;
if( iSamp>0 ){
/* The proposed effective sample is a prefix of sample aSample[iSamp].
- ** Specifically, the shortest prefix of at least (1 + iTest%nField)
+ ** Specifically, the shortest prefix of at least (1 + iTest%nField)
** fields that is greater than the previous effective sample. */
for(n=(iTest % nField) + 1; n<nField; n++){
if( aSample[iSamp-1].anLt[n-1]!=aSample[iSamp].anLt[n-1] ) break;
@@ -145028,8 +146818,8 @@
assert( i<pIdx->nSample );
assert( iCol==nField-1 );
pRec->nField = nField;
- assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)
- || pParse->db->mallocFailed
+ assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)
+ || pParse->db->mallocFailed
);
}else{
/* Unless i==pIdx->nSample, indicating that pRec is larger than
@@ -145037,7 +146827,7 @@
** (iCol+1) field prefix of sample i. */
assert( i<=pIdx->nSample && i>=0 );
pRec->nField = iCol+1;
- assert( i==pIdx->nSample
+ assert( i==pIdx->nSample
|| sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)>0
|| pParse->db->mallocFailed );
@@ -145065,7 +146855,7 @@
aStat[0] = aSample[i].anLt[iCol];
aStat[1] = aSample[i].anEq[iCol];
}else{
- /* At this point, the (iCol+1) field prefix of aSample[i] is the first
+ /* At this point, the (iCol+1) field prefix of aSample[i] is the first
** sample that is greater than pRec. Or, if i==pIdx->nSample then pRec
** is larger than all samples in the array. */
tRowcnt iUpper, iGap;
@@ -145097,7 +146887,7 @@
/*
** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower
-** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated
+** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated
** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number
** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account.
**
@@ -145135,18 +146925,18 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
-/*
+/*
** This function is called to estimate the number of rows visited by a
** range-scan on a skip-scan index. For example:
**
** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b, c);
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=? AND c BETWEEN ? AND ?;
**
-** Value pLoop->nOut is currently set to the estimated number of rows
-** visited for scanning (a=? AND b=?). This function reduces that estimate
+** Value pLoop->nOut is currently set to the estimated number of rows
+** visited for scanning (a=? AND b=?). This function reduces that estimate
** by some factor to account for the (c BETWEEN ? AND ?) expression based
-** on the stat4 data for the index. this scan will be peformed multiple
-** times (once for each (a,b) combination that matches a=?) is dealt with
+** on the stat4 data for the index. this scan will be peformed multiple
+** times (once for each (a,b) combination that matches a=?) is dealt with
** by the caller.
**
** It does this by scanning through all stat4 samples, comparing values
@@ -145167,7 +146957,7 @@
** estimate of the number of rows delivered remains unchanged), *pbDone
** is left as is.
**
-** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise,
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise,
** SQLITE_OK.
*/
static int whereRangeSkipScanEst(
@@ -145185,7 +146975,7 @@
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
u8 aff = sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(db, p, nEq);
CollSeq *pColl;
-
+
sqlite3_value *p1 = 0; /* Value extracted from pLower */
sqlite3_value *p2 = 0; /* Value extracted from pUpper */
sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; /* Value extracted from record */
@@ -145217,7 +147007,7 @@
nDiff = (nUpper - nLower);
if( nDiff<=0 ) nDiff = 1;
- /* If there is both an upper and lower bound specified, and the
+ /* If there is both an upper and lower bound specified, and the
** comparisons indicate that they are close together, use the fallback
** method (assume that the scan visits 1/64 of the rows) for estimating
** the number of rows visited. Otherwise, estimate the number of rows
@@ -145264,7 +147054,7 @@
**
** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ...
**
-** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second
+** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second
** left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is:
**
** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
@@ -145272,13 +147062,13 @@
** then nEq is set to 0.
**
** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the
-** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without
-** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, then *pnOut is the number of
+** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without
+** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, then *pnOut is the number of
** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced)
** to account for the range constraints pLower and pUpper.
-**
+**
** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be
-** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4.
+** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4.
** and a pair of constraints (x>? AND x<?) reduces the expected number of
** rows visited by a factor of 64.
*/
@@ -145306,7 +147096,7 @@
int nBtm = pLoop->u.btree.nBtm;
int nTop = pLoop->u.btree.nTop;
- /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in
+ /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in
** the index that are less than the lower bound of the range query. The
** lower bound being the concatenation of $P and $L, where $P is the
** key-prefix formed by the nEq values matched against the nEq left-most
@@ -145315,7 +147105,7 @@
** Or, if pLower is NULL or $L cannot be extracted from it (because it
** is not a simple variable or literal value), the lower bound of the
** range is $P. Due to a quirk in the way whereKeyStats() works, even
- ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and
+ ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and
** ($P:$L) and the larger of the two returned values is used.
**
** Similarly, iUpper is to be set to the estimate of the number of rows
@@ -145339,7 +147129,7 @@
iLower = 0;
iUpper = p->nRowEst0;
}else{
- /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must
+ /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must
** have been requested when testing key $P in whereEqualScanEst(). */
whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
iLower = a[0];
@@ -145427,7 +147217,7 @@
** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended
** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the
** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to
- ** match 1/64 of the index. */
+ ** match 1/64 of the index. */
if( pLower && pLower->truthProb>0 && pUpper && pUpper->truthProb>0 ){
nNew -= 20;
}
@@ -145454,7 +147244,7 @@
** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is
** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE".
**
-** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK.
** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
** non-zero.
**
@@ -145505,7 +147295,7 @@
WHERETRACE(0x10,("equality scan regions %s(%d): %d\n",
p->zName, nEq-1, (int)a[1]));
*pnRow = a[1];
-
+
return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */
@@ -145518,7 +147308,7 @@
**
** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4)
**
-** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK.
** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
** non-zero.
**
@@ -145579,7 +147369,7 @@
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"left={%d:%d}",
pTerm->leftCursor, pTerm->u.leftColumn);
}else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 && pTerm->u.pOrInfo!=0 ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"indexable=0x%lld",
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"indexable=0x%lld",
pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable);
}else{
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"left=%d", pTerm->leftCursor);
@@ -145782,7 +147572,7 @@
**
** Conditions (2) and (3) mean that X is a "proper subset" of Y.
** If X is a proper subset of Y then Y is a better choice and ought
-** to have a lower cost. This routine returns TRUE when that cost
+** to have a lower cost. This routine returns TRUE when that cost
** relationship is inverted and needs to be adjusted. Constraint (4)
** was added because if X uses skip-scan less than Y it still might
** deserve a lower cost even if it is a proper subset of Y. Constraint (5)
@@ -145809,7 +147599,7 @@
}
if( j<0 ) return 0; /* X not a subset of Y since term X[i] not used by Y */
}
- if( (pX->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0
+ if( (pX->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0
&& (pY->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
return 0; /* Constraint (5) */
}
@@ -145836,7 +147626,7 @@
if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab ) continue;
if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) continue;
if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(p, pTemplate) ){
- /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its
+ /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its
** subset p. */
WHERETRACE(0x80,("subset cost adjustment %d,%d to %d,%d\n",
pTemplate->rRun, pTemplate->nOut, p->rRun, p->nOut-1));
@@ -145882,7 +147672,7 @@
/* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero
** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN
** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */
- assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0
+ assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0
|| p->rSetup==pTemplate->rSetup );
/* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index
@@ -145947,7 +147737,7 @@
**
** When accumulating multiple loops (when pBuilder->pOrSet is NULL) we
** still might overwrite similar loops with the new template if the
-** new template is better. Loops may be overwritten if the following
+** new template is better. Loops may be overwritten if the following
** conditions are met:
**
** (1) They have the same iTab.
@@ -146005,7 +147795,7 @@
sqlite3WhereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC);
}
#endif
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}else{
p = *ppPrev;
}
@@ -146123,7 +147913,9 @@
/* In the absence of explicit truth probabilities, use heuristics to
** guess a reasonable truth probability. */
pLoop->nOut--;
- if( pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS) ){
+ if( (pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS))!=0
+ && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_HIGHTRUTH)==0 /* tag-20200224-1 */
+ ){
Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight;
int k = 0;
testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS );
@@ -146132,7 +147924,10 @@
}else{
k = 20;
}
- if( iReduce<k ) iReduce = k;
+ if( iReduce<k ){
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_HEURTRUTH;
+ iReduce = k;
+ }
}
}
}
@@ -146140,7 +147935,7 @@
if( pLoop->nOut > nRow-iReduce ) pLoop->nOut = nRow - iReduce;
}
-/*
+/*
** Term pTerm is a vector range comparison operation. The first comparison
** in the vector can be optimized using column nEq of the index. This
** function returns the total number of vector elements that can be used
@@ -146169,7 +147964,7 @@
nCmp = MIN(nCmp, (pIdx->nColumn - nEq));
for(i=1; i<nCmp; i++){
- /* Test if comparison i of pTerm is compatible with column (i+nEq)
+ /* Test if comparison i of pTerm is compatible with column (i+nEq)
** of the index. If not, exit the loop. */
char aff; /* Comparison affinity */
char idxaff = 0; /* Indexed columns affinity */
@@ -146186,9 +147981,9 @@
** the right column of the right source table. And that the sort
** order of the index column is the same as the sort order of the
** leftmost index column. */
- if( pLhs->op!=TK_COLUMN
- || pLhs->iTable!=iCur
- || pLhs->iColumn!=pIdx->aiColumn[i+nEq]
+ if( pLhs->op!=TK_COLUMN
+ || pLhs->iTable!=iCur
+ || pLhs->iColumn!=pIdx->aiColumn[i+nEq]
|| pIdx->aSortOrder[i+nEq]!=pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]
){
break;
@@ -146217,15 +148012,15 @@
#endif
/*
-** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the
+** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the
** index pIndex. Try to match one more.
**
-** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the
-** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq
-** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this
+** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the
+** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq
+** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this
** function returns.
**
-** If pProbe->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK, that means pIndex is
+** If pProbe->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK, that means pIndex is
** a fake index used for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
*/
static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(
@@ -146314,9 +148109,9 @@
}
if( IsUniqueIndex(pProbe) && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1 ){
- pBuilder->bldFlags |= SQLITE_BLDF_UNIQUE;
+ pBuilder->bldFlags1 |= SQLITE_BLDF1_UNIQUE;
}else{
- pBuilder->bldFlags |= SQLITE_BLDF_INDEXED;
+ pBuilder->bldFlags1 |= SQLITE_BLDF1_INDEXED;
}
pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags;
pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq;
@@ -146328,9 +148123,9 @@
pNew->prereq = (saved_prereq | pTerm->prereqRight) & ~pNew->maskSelf;
assert( nInMul==0
- || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0
- || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0
- || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0
+ || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0
+ || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0
+ || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0
);
if( eOp & WO_IN ){
@@ -146357,7 +148152,7 @@
/* Let:
** N = the total number of rows in the table
** K = the number of entries on the RHS of the IN operator
- ** M = the number of rows in the table that match terms to the
+ ** M = the number of rows in the table that match terms to the
** to the left in the same index. If the IN operator is on
** the left-most index column, M==N.
**
@@ -146392,11 +148187,11 @@
int iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq];
pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
assert( saved_nEq==pNew->u.btree.nEq );
- if( iCol==XN_ROWID
+ if( iCol==XN_ROWID
|| (iCol>=0 && nInMul==0 && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1)
){
- if( iCol==XN_ROWID || pProbe->uniqNotNull
- || (pProbe->nKeyCol==1 && pProbe->onError && eOp==WO_EQ)
+ if( iCol==XN_ROWID || pProbe->uniqNotNull
+ || (pProbe->nKeyCol==1 && pProbe->onError && eOp==WO_EQ)
){
pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW;
}else{
@@ -146441,7 +148236,7 @@
/* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to
** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the
- ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all
+ ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all
** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates
** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul). */
assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut );
@@ -146462,8 +148257,8 @@
}else{
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
tRowcnt nOut = 0;
- if( nInMul==0
- && pProbe->nSample
+ if( nInMul==0
+ && pProbe->nSample
&& pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nSampleCol
&& ((eOp & WO_IN)==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect))
&& OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat4)
@@ -146481,6 +148276,27 @@
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */
if( nOut ){
pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(nOut);
+ if( nEq==1
+ /* TUNING: Mark terms as "low selectivity" if they seem likely
+ ** to be true for half or more of the rows in the table.
+ ** See tag-202002240-1 */
+ && pNew->nOut+10 > pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]
+ ){
+#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x01 */
+ if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x01 ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf(
+ "STAT4 determines term has low selectivity:\n");
+ sqlite3WhereTermPrint(pTerm, 999);
+ }
+#endif
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_HIGHTRUTH;
+ if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_HEURTRUTH ){
+ /* If the term has previously been used with an assumption of
+ ** higher selectivity, then set the flag to rerun the
+ ** loop computations. */
+ pBuilder->bldFlags2 |= SQLITE_BLDF2_2NDPASS;
+ }
+ }
if( pNew->nOut>saved_nOut ) pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;
pNew->nOut -= nIn;
}
@@ -146490,8 +148306,8 @@
{
pNew->nOut += (pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq-1]);
if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
- /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a
- ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows
+ /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a
+ ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows
** as (col=?). */
pNew->nOut += 10;
}
@@ -146544,12 +148360,12 @@
/* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints
** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average
- ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18.
+ ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18.
**
** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows
** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index
** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of
- ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower.
+ ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower.
** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly
** more expensive. */
assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) );
@@ -146557,6 +148373,7 @@
&& saved_nEq+1<pProbe->nKeyCol
&& saved_nEq==pNew->nLTerm
&& pProbe->noSkipScan==0
+ && pProbe->hasStat1!=0
&& OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SkipScan)
&& pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42 /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */
&& (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK
@@ -146643,7 +148460,7 @@
pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
if( (!ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) || pExpr->iRightJoinTable==iTab)
&& (isLeft==0 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
- && sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse, pExpr, pWhere, iTab)
+ && sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse, pExpr, pWhere, iTab)
){
return 1;
}
@@ -146665,18 +148482,18 @@
** cost = nRow * K // scan of covering index
** cost = nRow * (K+3.0) // scan of non-covering index
**
-** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative
+** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative
** estimated average size of the index and table records.
**
** For an index scan, where nVisit is the number of index rows visited
-** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on
+** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on
** the index b-tree:
**
** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit) // covering index
** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit) // non-covering index
**
-** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the
-** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when
+** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the
+** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when
** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans.
**
** The estimated values (nRow, nVisit, nSeek) often contain a large amount
@@ -146706,7 +148523,7 @@
LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of the number of rows in the table */
WhereClause *pWC; /* The parsed WHERE clause */
Table *pTab; /* Table being queried */
-
+
pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
@@ -146800,9 +148617,9 @@
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
- /* Loop over all indices. If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only
+ /* Loop over all indices. If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only
** consider index pProbe. */
- for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe;
+ for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe;
pProbe=(pSrc->pIBIndex ? 0 : pProbe->pNext), iSortIdx++
){
int isLeft = (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0;
@@ -146826,6 +148643,7 @@
pNew->nOut = rSize;
pNew->u.btree.pIndex = pProbe;
b = indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(pBuilder, pProbe, pSrc->iCursor);
+
/* The ONEPASS_DESIRED flags never occurs together with ORDER BY */
assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || b==0 );
if( pProbe->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK ){
@@ -146855,6 +148673,7 @@
if( b
|| !HasRowid(pTab)
|| pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0
+ || pSrc->fg.isIndexedBy
|| ( m==0
&& pProbe->bUnordered==0
&& (pProbe->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow)
@@ -146893,7 +148712,7 @@
if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS) ) nLookup -= 19;
}
}
-
+
pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, nLookup);
}
ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult);
@@ -146904,9 +148723,9 @@
}
}
- pBuilder->bldFlags = 0;
+ pBuilder->bldFlags1 = 0;
rc = whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, 0);
- if( pBuilder->bldFlags==SQLITE_BLDF_INDEXED ){
+ if( pBuilder->bldFlags1==SQLITE_BLDF1_INDEXED ){
/* If a non-unique index is used, or if a prefix of the key for
** unique index is used (making the index functionally non-unique)
** then the sqlite_stat1 data becomes important for scoring the
@@ -146968,13 +148787,13 @@
*pbIn = 0;
pNew->prereq = mPrereq;
- /* Set the usable flag on the subset of constraints identified by
+ /* Set the usable flag on the subset of constraints identified by
** arguments mUsable and mExclude. */
pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[pIdxCons->iTermOffset];
pIdxCons->usable = 0;
- if( (pTerm->prereqRight & mUsable)==pTerm->prereqRight
+ if( (pTerm->prereqRight & mUsable)==pTerm->prereqRight
&& (pTerm->eOperator & mExclude)==0
){
pIdxCons->usable = 1;
@@ -147128,8 +148947,8 @@
** entries that occur before the virtual table in the FROM clause and are
** separated from it by at least one LEFT or CROSS JOIN. Similarly, the
** mUnusable mask contains all FROM clause entries that occur after the
-** virtual table and are separated from it by at least one LEFT or
-** CROSS JOIN.
+** virtual table and are separated from it by at least one LEFT or
+** CROSS JOIN.
**
** For example, if the query were:
**
@@ -147137,9 +148956,9 @@
**
** then mPrereq corresponds to (t1, t2) and mUnusable to (t5, t6).
**
-** All the tables in mPrereq must be scanned before the current virtual
-** table. So any terms for which all prerequisites are satisfied by
-** mPrereq may be specified as "usable" in all calls to xBestIndex.
+** All the tables in mPrereq must be scanned before the current virtual
+** table. So any terms for which all prerequisites are satisfied by
+** mPrereq may be specified as "usable" in all calls to xBestIndex.
** Conversely, all tables in mUnusable must be scanned after the current
** virtual table, so any terms for which the prerequisites overlap with
** mUnusable should always be configured as "not-usable" for xBestIndex.
@@ -147168,7 +148987,7 @@
pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
pSrc = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab];
assert( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) );
- p = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, mUnusable, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy,
+ p = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, mUnusable, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy,
&mNoOmit);
if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
pNew->rSetup = 0;
@@ -147188,7 +149007,7 @@
/* If the call to xBestIndex() with all terms enabled produced a plan
** that does not require any source tables (IOW: a plan with mBest==0)
- ** and does not use an IN(...) operator, then there is no point in making
+ ** and does not use an IN(...) operator, then there is no point in making
** any further calls to xBestIndex() since they will all return the same
** result (if the xBestIndex() implementation is sane). */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((mBest = (pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq))!=0 || bIn) ){
@@ -147211,7 +149030,7 @@
}
}
- /* Call xBestIndex once for each distinct value of (prereqRight & ~mPrereq)
+ /* Call xBestIndex once for each distinct value of (prereqRight & ~mPrereq)
** in the set of terms that apply to the current virtual table. */
while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int i;
@@ -147268,8 +149087,8 @@
** btrees or virtual tables.
*/
static int whereLoopAddOr(
- WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
- Bitmask mPrereq,
+ WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder,
+ Bitmask mPrereq,
Bitmask mUnusable
){
WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
@@ -147282,7 +149101,7 @@
WhereLoopBuilder sSubBuild;
WhereOrSet sSum, sCur;
struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-
+
pWC = pBuilder->pWC;
pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm;
pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
@@ -147292,14 +149111,14 @@
for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd && rc==SQLITE_OK; pTerm++){
if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0
- && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0
+ && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0
){
WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm];
WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
int once = 1;
int i, j;
-
+
sSubBuild = *pBuilder;
sSubBuild.pOrderBy = 0;
sSubBuild.pOrSet = &sCur;
@@ -147320,7 +149139,7 @@
}
sCur.n = 0;
#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
- WHERETRACE(0x200, ("OR-term %d of %p has %d subterms:\n",
+ WHERETRACE(0x200, ("OR-term %d of %p has %d subterms:\n",
(int)(pOrTerm-pOrWC->a), pTerm, sSubBuild.pWC->nTerm));
if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x400 ){
sqlite3WhereClausePrint(sSubBuild.pWC);
@@ -147368,8 +149187,8 @@
/* TUNING: Currently sSum.a[i].rRun is set to the sum of the costs
** of all sub-scans required by the OR-scan. However, due to rounding
** errors, it may be that the cost of the OR-scan is equal to its
- ** most expensive sub-scan. Add the smallest possible penalty
- ** (equivalent to multiplying the cost by 1.07) to ensure that
+ ** most expensive sub-scan. Add the smallest possible penalty
+ ** (equivalent to multiplying the cost by 1.07) to ensure that
** this does not happen. Otherwise, for WHERE clauses such as the
** following where there is an index on "y":
**
@@ -147389,7 +149208,7 @@
}
/*
-** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables
+** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables
*/
static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){
WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo;
@@ -147402,7 +149221,6 @@
sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
WhereLoop *pNew;
- u8 priorJointype = 0;
/* Loop over the tables in the join, from left to right */
pNew = pBuilder->pNew;
@@ -147413,12 +149231,13 @@
pNew->iTab = iTab;
pBuilder->iPlanLimit += SQLITE_QUERY_PLANNER_LIMIT_INCR;
pNew->maskSelf = sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pItem->iCursor);
- if( ((pItem->fg.jointype|priorJointype) & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0 ){
+ if( (pItem->fg.jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0 ){
/* This condition is true when pItem is the FROM clause term on the
** right-hand-side of a LEFT or CROSS JOIN. */
mPrereq = mPrior;
+ }else{
+ mPrereq = 0;
}
- priorJointype = pItem->fg.jointype;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){
struct SrcList_item *p;
@@ -147456,17 +149275,17 @@
** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 6th
** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY
** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation. Return N:
-**
+**
** N>0: N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
** N==0: No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied
-** N<0: Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied.
+** N<0: Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied.
**
** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as
** strict. With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that
** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another. GROUP BY
** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long
** as equivalent rows are grouped together. Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT
-** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order. With ORDER BY, the
+** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order. With ORDER BY, the
** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order.
*/
static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(
@@ -147516,7 +149335,7 @@
** row of the WhereLoop. Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically
** order-distinct. A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause
** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being
- ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that
+ ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that
** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct.
** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL.
**
@@ -147536,7 +149355,9 @@
orderDistinctMask = 0;
ready = 0;
eqOpMask = WO_EQ | WO_IS | WO_ISNULL;
- if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT ) eqOpMask |= WO_IN;
+ if( wctrlFlags & (WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX|WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN) ){
+ eqOpMask |= WO_IN;
+ }
for(iLoop=0; isOrderDistinct && obSat<obDone && iLoop<=nLoop; iLoop++){
if( iLoop>0 ) ready |= pLoop->maskSelf;
if( iLoop<nLoop ){
@@ -147569,16 +149390,20 @@
~ready, eqOpMask, 0);
if( pTerm==0 ) continue;
if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ){
- /* IN terms are only valid for sorting in the ORDER BY LIMIT
+ /* IN terms are only valid for sorting in the ORDER BY LIMIT
** optimization, and then only if they are actually used
** by the query plan */
- assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT );
+ assert( wctrlFlags &
+ (WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT|WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX) );
for(j=0; j<pLoop->nLTerm && pTerm!=pLoop->aLTerm[j]; j++){}
if( j>=pLoop->nLTerm ) continue;
}
if( (pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS))!=0 && pOBExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
- if( sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(pWInfo->pParse,
- pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr, pTerm->pExpr)==0 ){
+ Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+ CollSeq *pColl1 = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+ CollSeq *pColl2 = sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(pParse, pTerm->pExpr);
+ assert( pColl1 );
+ if( pColl2==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(pColl1->zName, pColl2->zName) ){
continue;
}
testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS );
@@ -147611,7 +149436,7 @@
for(j=0; j<nColumn; j++){
u8 bOnce = 1; /* True to run the ORDER BY search loop */
- assert( j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq
+ assert( j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq
|| (pLoop->aLTerm[j]==0)==(j<pLoop->nSkip)
);
if( j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq && j>=pLoop->nSkip ){
@@ -147623,7 +149448,7 @@
** the loop need to be marked as not order-distinct because it can
** have repeated NULL rows.
**
- ** If the current term is a column of an ((?,?) IN (SELECT...))
+ ** If the current term is a column of an ((?,?) IN (SELECT...))
** expression for which the SELECT returns more than one column,
** check that it is the only column used by this loop. Otherwise,
** if it is one of two or more, none of the columns can be
@@ -147636,7 +149461,7 @@
testcase( isOrderDistinct );
isOrderDistinct = 0;
}
- continue;
+ continue;
}else if( ALWAYS(eOp & WO_IN) ){
/* ALWAYS() justification: eOp is an equality operator due to the
** j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq constraint above. Any equality other
@@ -147677,7 +149502,7 @@
}
/* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column
- ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off
+ ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off
*/
isMatch = 0;
for(i=0; bOnce && i<nOrderBy; i++){
@@ -147817,7 +149642,7 @@
#endif
/*
-** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have
+** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have
** nOrderby columns and that the first nSorted columns are already in
** order.
*/
@@ -147827,13 +149652,13 @@
int nOrderBy,
int nSorted
){
- /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is
+ /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is
** the number of rows to sort is:
**
** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)).
- **
- ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y
- ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the
+ **
+ ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y
+ ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the
** sorting cost to:
**
** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)) * (Y/X)
@@ -147926,7 +149751,7 @@
** space for the aSortCost[] array. Each element of the aSortCost array
** is either zero - meaning it has not yet been initialized - or the
** cost of sorting nRowEst rows of data where the first X terms of
- ** the ORDER BY clause are already in order, where X is the array
+ ** the ORDER BY clause are already in order, where X is the array
** index. */
aSortCost = (LogEst*)pX;
memset(aSortCost, 0, sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy);
@@ -147947,7 +149772,7 @@
** in this case the query may return a maximum of one row, the results
** are already in the requested order. Set isOrdered to nOrderBy to
** indicate this. Or, if nLoop is greater than zero, set isOrdered to
- ** -1, indicating that the result set may or may not be ordered,
+ ** -1, indicating that the result set may or may not be ordered,
** depending on the loops added to the current plan. */
aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : nOrderBy;
}
@@ -147977,7 +149802,7 @@
continue;
}
- /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop.
+ /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop.
** Compute its cost */
rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow);
rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rUnsorted, pFrom->rUnsorted);
@@ -148004,7 +149829,7 @@
WHERETRACE(0x002,
("---- sort cost=%-3d (%d/%d) increases cost %3d to %-3d\n",
- aSortCost[isOrdered], (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy,
+ aSortCost[isOrdered], (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy,
rUnsorted, rCost));
}else{
rCost = rUnsorted;
@@ -148069,11 +149894,11 @@
** same set of loops and has the same isOrdered setting as the
** candidate path. Check to see if the candidate should replace
** pTo or if the candidate should be skipped.
- **
+ **
** The conditional is an expanded vector comparison equivalent to:
** (pTo->rCost,pTo->nRow,pTo->rUnsorted) <= (rCost,nOut,rUnsorted)
*/
- if( pTo->rCost<rCost
+ if( pTo->rCost<rCost
|| (pTo->rCost==rCost
&& (pTo->nRow<nOut
|| (pTo->nRow==nOut && pTo->rUnsorted<=rUnsorted)
@@ -148124,8 +149949,8 @@
mxCost = aTo[0].rCost;
mxUnsorted = aTo[0].nRow;
for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jj<mxChoice; jj++, pTo++){
- if( pTo->rCost>mxCost
- || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->rUnsorted>mxUnsorted)
+ if( pTo->rCost>mxCost
+ || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->rUnsorted>mxUnsorted)
){
mxCost = pTo->rCost;
mxUnsorted = pTo->rUnsorted;
@@ -148164,7 +149989,7 @@
sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pSpace);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
-
+
/* Find the lowest cost path. pFrom will be left pointing to that path */
pFrom = aFrom;
for(ii=1; ii<nFrom; ii++){
@@ -148203,7 +150028,7 @@
pWInfo->nOBSat = 0;
if( nLoop>0 ){
u32 wsFlags = pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1]->wsFlags;
- if( (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0
+ if( (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0
&& (wsFlags&(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN))!=(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN)
){
Bitmask m = 0;
@@ -148217,13 +150042,18 @@
}
}
}
+ }else if( nLoop
+ && pWInfo->nOBSat==1
+ && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & (WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX))!=0
+ ){
+ pWInfo->bOrderedInnerLoop = 1;
}
}
if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP)
&& pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr && nLoop>0
){
Bitmask revMask = 0;
- int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy,
+ int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy,
pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &revMask
);
assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 );
@@ -148250,7 +150080,7 @@
** times for the common case.
**
** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this
-** no-frills query planner. Return zero if this query needs the
+** no-frills query planner. Return zero if this query needs the
** general-purpose query planner.
*/
static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){
@@ -148290,8 +150120,8 @@
int opMask;
assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->aLTerm );
if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx)
- || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0
- || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace)
+ || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0
+ || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace)
) continue;
opMask = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? (WO_EQ|WO_IS) : WO_EQ;
for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){
@@ -148344,8 +150174,8 @@
}
/*
-** Return true if the expression contains no non-deterministic SQL
-** functions. Do not consider non-deterministic SQL functions that are
+** Return true if the expression contains no non-deterministic SQL
+** functions. Do not consider non-deterministic SQL functions that are
** part of sub-select statements.
*/
static int exprIsDeterministic(Expr *p){
@@ -148358,6 +150188,28 @@
return w.eCode;
}
+
+#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
+/*
+** Display all WhereLoops in pWInfo
+*/
+static void showAllWhereLoops(WhereInfo *pWInfo, WhereClause *pWC){
+ if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects */
+ WhereLoop *p;
+ int i;
+ static const char zLabel[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwyxz"
+ "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWYXZ";
+ for(p=pWInfo->pLoops, i=0; p; p=p->pNextLoop, i++){
+ p->cId = zLabel[i%(sizeof(zLabel)-1)];
+ sqlite3WhereLoopPrint(p, pWC);
+ }
+ }
+}
+# define WHERETRACE_ALL_LOOPS(W,C) showAllWhereLoops(W,C)
+#else
+# define WHERETRACE_ALL_LOOPS(W,C)
+#endif
+
/*
** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing.
** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains
@@ -148438,7 +150290,7 @@
** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL.
**
-** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If
+** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If
** WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index
** to use for OR clause processing. The WHERE clause should use this
** specific cursor. If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is
@@ -148471,8 +150323,8 @@
u8 bFordelete = 0; /* OPFLAG_FORDELETE or zero, as appropriate */
assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW)==0 || (
- (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0
- && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0
+ (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0
+ && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0
));
/* Only one of WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE or WHERE_USE_LIMIT */
@@ -148495,7 +150347,7 @@
}
/* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of
- ** bits in a Bitmask
+ ** bits in a Bitmask
*/
testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS );
if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){
@@ -148503,7 +150355,7 @@
return 0;
}
- /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in
+ /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in
** pTabList. But if the WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE flag is set, then we should
** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that
** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized.
@@ -148535,7 +150387,7 @@
pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
pWInfo->iLimit = iAuxArg;
pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
- memset(&pWInfo->nOBSat, 0,
+ memset(&pWInfo->nOBSat, 0,
offsetof(WhereInfo,sWC) - offsetof(WhereInfo,nOBSat));
memset(&pWInfo->a[0], 0, sizeof(WhereLoop)+nTabList*sizeof(WhereLevel));
assert( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ); /* ONEPASS defaults to OFF */
@@ -148555,7 +150407,7 @@
initMaskSet(pMaskSet);
sqlite3WhereClauseInit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWInfo);
sqlite3WhereSplit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWhere, TK_AND);
-
+
/* Special case: No FROM clause
*/
if( nTabList==0 ){
@@ -148595,14 +150447,14 @@
}
#endif
}
-
+
/* Analyze all of the subexpressions. */
sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC);
if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
/* Special case: WHERE terms that do not refer to any tables in the join
** (constant expressions). Evaluate each such term, and jump over all the
- ** generated code if the result is not true.
+ ** generated code if the result is not true.
**
** Do not do this if the expression contains non-deterministic functions
** that are not within a sub-select. This is not strictly required, but
@@ -148659,20 +150511,29 @@
if( nTabList!=1 || whereShortCut(&sWLB)==0 ){
rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB);
if( rc ) goto whereBeginError;
-
-#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
- if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects */
- WhereLoop *p;
- int i;
- static const char zLabel[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwyxz"
- "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWYXZ";
- for(p=pWInfo->pLoops, i=0; p; p=p->pNextLoop, i++){
- p->cId = zLabel[i%(sizeof(zLabel)-1)];
- sqlite3WhereLoopPrint(p, sWLB.pWC);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
+ /* If one or more WhereTerm.truthProb values were used in estimating
+ ** loop parameters, but then those truthProb values were subsequently
+ ** changed based on STAT4 information while computing subsequent loops,
+ ** then we need to rerun the whole loop building process so that all
+ ** loops will be built using the revised truthProb values. */
+ if( sWLB.bldFlags2 & SQLITE_BLDF2_2NDPASS ){
+ WHERETRACE_ALL_LOOPS(pWInfo, sWLB.pWC);
+ WHERETRACE(0xffff,
+ ("**** Redo all loop computations due to"
+ " TERM_HIGHTRUTH changes ****\n"));
+ while( pWInfo->pLoops ){
+ WhereLoop *p = pWInfo->pLoops;
+ pWInfo->pLoops = p->pNextLoop;
+ whereLoopDelete(db, p);
}
+ rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB);
+ if( rc ) goto whereBeginError;
}
#endif
-
+ WHERETRACE_ALL_LOOPS(pWInfo, sWLB.pWC);
+
wherePathSolver(pWInfo, 0);
if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){
@@ -148719,7 +150580,7 @@
** 1) The query must not be an aggregate.
** 2) The table must be the RHS of a LEFT JOIN.
** 3) Either the query must be DISTINCT, or else the ON or USING clause
- ** must contain a constraint that limits the scan of the table to
+ ** must contain a constraint that limits the scan of the table to
** at most a single row.
** 4) The table must not be referenced by any part of the query apart
** from its own USING or ON clause.
@@ -148732,13 +150593,13 @@
**
** then table t2 can be omitted from the following:
**
- ** SELECT v1, v3 FROM t1
+ ** SELECT v1, v3 FROM t1
** LEFT JOIN t2 ON (t1.ipk=t2.ipk)
** LEFT JOIN t3 ON (t1.ipk=t3.ipk)
**
** or from:
**
- ** SELECT DISTINCT v1, v3 FROM t1
+ ** SELECT DISTINCT v1, v3 FROM t1
** LEFT JOIN t2
** LEFT JOIN t3 ON (t1.ipk=t3.ipk)
*/
@@ -148873,7 +150734,7 @@
assert( pTabItem->iCursor==pLevel->iTabCur );
testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS-1 );
testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS );
- if( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF
+ if( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF
&& pTab->nCol<BMS
&& (pTab->tabFlags & (TF_HasGenerated|TF_WithoutRowid))==0
){
@@ -148942,7 +150803,7 @@
&& (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0
&& pWInfo->eDistinct!=WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED
){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SEEKEQ); /* Hint to COMDB2 */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SEEKEQ);
}
VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName));
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
@@ -149028,7 +150889,7 @@
#endif
/*
-** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on
+** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on
** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
@@ -149100,12 +150961,6 @@
if( pIn->eEndLoopOp!=OP_Noop ){
if( pIn->nPrefix ){
assert( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT );
- if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IfNoHope, pLevel->iIdxCur,
- sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2+(pLevel->iLeftJoin!=0),
- pIn->iBase, pIn->nPrefix);
- VdbeCoverage(v);
- }
if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
/* For LEFT JOIN queries, cursor pIn->iCur may not have been
** opened yet. This occurs for WHERE clauses such as
@@ -149115,11 +150970,18 @@
** return the null-row. So, if the cursor is not open yet,
** jump over the OP_Next or OP_Prev instruction about to
** be coded. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNotOpen, pIn->iCur,
- sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNotOpen, pIn->iCur,
+ sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2 +
+ ((pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0)
);
VdbeCoverage(v);
}
+ if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IfNoHope, pLevel->iIdxCur,
+ sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2,
+ pIn->iBase, pIn->nPrefix);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
+ }
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop);
VdbeCoverage(v);
@@ -149151,8 +151013,8 @@
assert( pLevel->iTabCur==pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iTabCur);
}
- if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)
- || ((ws & WHERE_MULTI_OR) && pLevel->u.pCovidx)
+ if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)
+ || ((ws & WHERE_MULTI_OR) && pLevel->u.pCovidx)
){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
}
@@ -149208,7 +151070,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor);
}
if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
- && (ws & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX))==0
+ && (ws & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX))==0
&& pLevel->iIdxCur!=pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1]
){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur);
@@ -149220,7 +151082,7 @@
** from the index instead of from the table where possible. In some cases
** this optimization prevents the table from ever being read, which can
** yield a significant performance boost.
- **
+ **
** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and
** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table
** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes
@@ -149267,7 +151129,7 @@
pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
OpcodeRewriteTrace(db, k, pOp);
}
- assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0
+ assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0
|| pWInfo->eOnePass );
}else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
@@ -149343,12 +151205,12 @@
** (in this case max()) to process rows sorted in order of (c, d), which
** makes things easier for obvious reasons. More generally:
**
-** * FROM, WHERE, GROUP BY and HAVING clauses are all moved to
+** * FROM, WHERE, GROUP BY and HAVING clauses are all moved to
** the sub-query.
**
** * ORDER BY, LIMIT and OFFSET remain part of the parent query.
**
-** * Terminals from each of the expression trees that make up the
+** * Terminals from each of the expression trees that make up the
** select-list and ORDER BY expressions in the parent query are
** selected by the sub-query. For the purposes of the transformation,
** terminals are column references and aggregate functions.
@@ -149357,14 +151219,14 @@
** the same window declaration (the OVER bit), then a single scan may
** be used to process more than one window function. For example:
**
-** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d),
-** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d)
+** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d),
+** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d)
** FROM t1;
**
** is transformed in the same way as the example above. However:
**
-** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d),
-** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY a ORDER BY b)
+** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d),
+** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY a ORDER BY b)
** FROM t1;
**
** Must be transformed to:
@@ -149417,15 +151279,15 @@
** first_value(expr)
** last_value(expr)
** nth_value(expr, N)
-**
-** These are the same built-in window functions supported by Postgres.
+**
+** These are the same built-in window functions supported by Postgres.
** Although the behaviour of aggregate window functions (functions that
** can be used as either aggregates or window funtions) allows them to
** be implemented using an API, built-in window functions are much more
-** esoteric. Additionally, some window functions (e.g. nth_value())
+** esoteric. Additionally, some window functions (e.g. nth_value())
** may only be implemented by caching the entire partition in memory.
** As such, some built-in window functions use the same API as aggregate
-** window functions and some are implemented directly using VDBE
+** window functions and some are implemented directly using VDBE
** instructions. Additionally, for those functions that use the API, the
** window frame is sometimes modified before the SELECT statement is
** rewritten. For example, regardless of the specified window frame, the
@@ -149437,7 +151299,7 @@
**
** As well as some of the built-in window functions, aggregate window
** functions min() and max() are implemented using VDBE instructions if
-** the start of the window frame is declared as anything other than
+** the start of the window frame is declared as anything other than
** UNBOUNDED PRECEDING.
*/
@@ -149448,7 +151310,7 @@
** ROWS BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW
*/
static void row_numberStepFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
@@ -149476,10 +151338,10 @@
** Implementation of built-in window function dense_rank(). Assumes that
** the window frame has been set to:
**
-** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW
+** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW
*/
static void dense_rankStepFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
@@ -149511,7 +151373,7 @@
sqlite3_value *pValue;
};
static void nth_valueStepFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
@@ -149564,7 +151426,7 @@
#define nth_valueValueFunc noopValueFunc
static void first_valueStepFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
@@ -149595,10 +151457,10 @@
** Implementation of built-in window function rank(). Assumes that
** the window frame has been set to:
**
-** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW
+** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW
*/
static void rankStepFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
@@ -149629,7 +151491,7 @@
** GROUPS BETWEEN CURRENT ROW AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING
*/
static void percent_rankStepFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
@@ -149642,7 +151504,7 @@
}
}
static void percent_rankInvFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
@@ -149674,7 +151536,7 @@
** GROUPS BETWEEN 1 FOLLOWING AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING
*/
static void cume_distStepFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
@@ -149687,7 +151549,7 @@
}
}
static void cume_distInvFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
@@ -149723,7 +151585,7 @@
** ROWS CURRENT ROW AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING
*/
static void ntileStepFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
@@ -149743,7 +151605,7 @@
}
}
static void ntileInvFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
@@ -149789,7 +151651,7 @@
** Implementation of last_value().
*/
static void last_valueStepFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
@@ -149807,7 +151669,7 @@
}
}
static void last_valueInvFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
@@ -149960,7 +151822,7 @@
** of this file), pWin is updated here.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowUpdate(
- Parse *pParse,
+ Parse *pParse,
Window *pList, /* List of named windows for this SELECT */
Window *pWin, /* Window frame to update */
FuncDef *pFunc /* Window function definition */
@@ -149980,17 +151842,17 @@
sqlite3WindowChain(pParse, pWin, pList);
}
if( (pWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE)
- && (pWin->pStart || pWin->pEnd)
+ && (pWin->pStart || pWin->pEnd)
&& (pWin->pOrderBy==0 || pWin->pOrderBy->nExpr!=1)
){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"RANGE with offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING requires one ORDER BY expression"
);
}else
if( pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW ){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
if( pWin->pFilter ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"FILTER clause may only be used with aggregate window functions"
);
}else{
@@ -150000,14 +151862,14 @@
int eStart;
int eEnd;
} aUp[] = {
- { row_numberName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT },
- { dense_rankName, TK_RANGE, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT },
- { rankName, TK_RANGE, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT },
- { percent_rankName, TK_GROUPS, TK_CURRENT, TK_UNBOUNDED },
- { cume_distName, TK_GROUPS, TK_FOLLOWING, TK_UNBOUNDED },
- { ntileName, TK_ROWS, TK_CURRENT, TK_UNBOUNDED },
- { leadName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_UNBOUNDED },
- { lagName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT },
+ { row_numberName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT },
+ { dense_rankName, TK_RANGE, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT },
+ { rankName, TK_RANGE, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT },
+ { percent_rankName, TK_GROUPS, TK_CURRENT, TK_UNBOUNDED },
+ { cume_distName, TK_GROUPS, TK_FOLLOWING, TK_UNBOUNDED },
+ { ntileName, TK_ROWS, TK_CURRENT, TK_UNBOUNDED },
+ { leadName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_UNBOUNDED },
+ { lagName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT },
};
int i;
for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aUp); i++){
@@ -150045,7 +151907,7 @@
/*
** Callback function used by selectWindowRewriteEList(). If necessary,
-** this function appends to the output expression-list and updates
+** this function appends to the output expression-list and updates
** expression (*ppExpr) in place.
*/
static int selectWindowRewriteExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
@@ -150086,7 +151948,7 @@
}
}
}
- /* Fall through. */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
case TK_COLUMN: {
@@ -150106,6 +151968,7 @@
p->pSub = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p->pSub, pDup);
}
if( p->pSub ){
+ int f = pExpr->flags & EP_Collate;
assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Static)==0 );
ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static);
sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pExpr);
@@ -150116,6 +151979,7 @@
pExpr->iColumn = (iCol<0 ? p->pSub->nExpr-1: iCol);
pExpr->iTable = p->pWin->iEphCsr;
pExpr->y.pTab = p->pTab;
+ pExpr->flags = f;
}
if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort;
break;
@@ -150146,16 +152010,16 @@
**
** * TK_COLUMN,
** * aggregate function, or
-** * window function with a Window object that is not a member of the
+** * window function with a Window object that is not a member of the
** Window list passed as the second argument (pWin).
**
** Append the node to output expression-list (*ppSub). And replace it
-** with a TK_COLUMN that reads the (N-1)th element of table
+** with a TK_COLUMN that reads the (N-1)th element of table
** pWin->iEphCsr, where N is the number of elements in (*ppSub) after
** appending the new one.
*/
static void selectWindowRewriteEList(
- Parse *pParse,
+ Parse *pParse,
Window *pWin,
SrcList *pSrc,
ExprList *pEList, /* Rewrite expressions in this list */
@@ -150198,13 +152062,19 @@
int i;
int nInit = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
for(i=0; i<pAppend->nExpr; i++){
- int iDummy;
Expr *pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pAppend->a[i].pExpr, 0);
assert( pDup==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pDup, EP_MemToken) );
- if( bIntToNull && pDup && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pDup, &iDummy) ){
- pDup->op = TK_NULL;
- pDup->flags &= ~(EP_IntValue|EP_IsTrue|EP_IsFalse);
- pDup->u.zToken = 0;
+ if( bIntToNull && pDup ){
+ int iDummy;
+ Expr *pSub;
+ for(pSub=pDup; ExprHasProperty(pSub, EP_Skip); pSub=pSub->pLeft){
+ assert( pSub );
+ }
+ if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pSub, &iDummy) ){
+ pSub->op = TK_NULL;
+ pSub->flags &= ~(EP_IntValue|EP_IsTrue|EP_IsFalse);
+ pSub->u.zToken = 0;
+ }
}
pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pDup);
if( pList ) pList->a[nInit+i].sortFlags = pAppend->a[i].sortFlags;
@@ -150214,8 +152084,25 @@
}
/*
+** When rewriting a query, if the new subquery in the FROM clause
+** contains TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes that refer to an outer query,
+** then we have to increase the Expr->op2 values of those nodes
+** due to the extra subquery layer that was added.
+**
+** See also the incrAggDepth() routine in resolve.c
+*/
+static int sqlite3WindowExtraAggFuncDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION
+ && pExpr->op2>=pWalker->walkerDepth
+ ){
+ pExpr->op2++;
+ }
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
** If the SELECT statement passed as the second argument does not invoke
-** any SQL window functions, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it
+** any SQL window functions, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it
** rewrites the SELECT statement so that window function xStep functions
** are invoked in the correct order as described under "SELECT REWRITING"
** at the top of this file.
@@ -150233,14 +152120,19 @@
ExprList *pSort = 0;
ExprList *pSublist = 0; /* Expression list for sub-query */
- Window *pMWin = p->pWin; /* Master window object */
+ Window *pMWin = p->pWin; /* Main window object */
Window *pWin; /* Window object iterator */
Table *pTab;
+ Walker w;
+
+ u32 selFlags = p->selFlags;
pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
if( pTab==0 ){
return sqlite3ErrorToParser(db, SQLITE_NOMEM);
}
+ sqlite3AggInfoPersistWalkerInit(&w, pParse);
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p);
p->pSrc = 0;
p->pWhere = 0;
@@ -150274,8 +152166,8 @@
selectWindowRewriteEList(pParse, pMWin, pSrc, p->pOrderBy, pTab, &pSublist);
pMWin->nBufferCol = (pSublist ? pSublist->nExpr : 0);
- /* Append the PARTITION BY and ORDER BY expressions to the to the
- ** sub-select expression list. They are required to figure out where
+ /* Append the PARTITION BY and ORDER BY expressions to the to the
+ ** sub-select expression list. They are required to figure out where
** boundaries for partitions and sets of peer rows lie. */
pSublist = exprListAppendList(pParse, pSublist, pMWin->pPartition, 0);
pSublist = exprListAppendList(pParse, pSublist, pMWin->pOrderBy, 0);
@@ -150306,11 +152198,11 @@
/* If there is no ORDER BY or PARTITION BY clause, and the window
** function accepts zero arguments, and there are no other columns
** selected (e.g. "SELECT row_number() OVER () FROM t1"), it is possible
- ** that pSublist is still NULL here. Add a constant expression here to
- ** keep everything legal in this case.
+ ** that pSublist is still NULL here. Add a constant expression here to
+ ** keep everything legal in this case.
*/
if( pSublist==0 ){
- pSublist = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0,
+ pSublist = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0,
sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, "0")
);
}
@@ -150318,6 +152210,9 @@
pSub = sqlite3SelectNew(
pParse, pSublist, pSrc, pWhere, pGroupBy, pHaving, pSort, 0, 0
);
+ SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,pSub,
+ ("New window-function subquery in FROM clause of (%u/%p)\n",
+ p->selId, p));
p->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, 0);
if( p->pSrc ){
Table *pTab2;
@@ -150325,6 +152220,7 @@
sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, p->pSrc);
pSub->selFlags |= SF_Expanded;
pTab2 = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSub, SQLITE_AFF_NONE);
+ pSub->selFlags |= (selFlags & SF_Aggregate);
if( pTab2==0 ){
/* Might actually be some other kind of error, but in that case
** pParse->nErr will be set, so if SQLITE_NOMEM is set, we will get
@@ -150335,6 +152231,11 @@
pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
p->pSrc->a[0].pTab = pTab;
pTab = pTab2;
+ memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+ w.xExprCallback = sqlite3WindowExtraAggFuncDepth;
+ w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3WalkerDepthIncrease;
+ w.xSelectCallback2 = sqlite3WalkerDepthDecrease;
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSub);
}
}else{
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub);
@@ -150348,7 +152249,6 @@
assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
sqlite3ErrorToParser(pParse->db, SQLITE_NOMEM);
}
- sqlite3SelectReset(pParse, p);
}
return rc;
}
@@ -150485,10 +152385,10 @@
** equivalent nul-terminated string.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowAssemble(
- Parse *pParse,
- Window *pWin,
- ExprList *pPartition,
- ExprList *pOrderBy,
+ Parse *pParse,
+ Window *pWin,
+ ExprList *pPartition,
+ ExprList *pOrderBy,
Token *pBase
){
if( pWin ){
@@ -150526,7 +152426,7 @@
zErr = "frame specification";
}
if( zErr ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"cannot override %s of window: %s", zErr, pWin->zBase
);
}else{
@@ -150762,7 +152662,7 @@
};
/*
-** A single instance of this structure is allocated on the stack by
+** A single instance of this structure is allocated on the stack by
** sqlite3WindowCodeStep() and a pointer to it passed to the various helper
** routines. This is to reduce the number of arguments required by each
** helper function.
@@ -150809,7 +152709,7 @@
**
** Each cursor (start, current and end) consists of a VDBE cursor
** (WindowCsrAndReg.csr) and an array of registers (starting at
-** WindowCodeArg.reg) that always contains a copy of the peer values
+** WindowCodeArg.reg) that always contains a copy of the peer values
** read from the corresponding cursor.
**
** Depending on the window-frame in question, all three cursors may not
@@ -150853,8 +152753,8 @@
}
/*
-** Generate VM code to invoke either xStep() (if bInverse is 0) or
-** xInverse (if bInverse is non-zero) for each window function in the
+** Generate VM code to invoke either xStep() (if bInverse is 0) or
+** xInverse (if bInverse is non-zero) for each window function in the
** linked list starting at pMWin. Or, for built-in window functions
** that do not use the standard function API, generate the required
** inline VM code.
@@ -150903,7 +152803,7 @@
regArg = reg;
if( pMWin->regStartRowid==0
- && (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX)
+ && (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX)
&& (pWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED)
){
int addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regArg);
@@ -150938,7 +152838,7 @@
VdbeCoverage(v);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTmp);
}
-
+
if( pWin->bExprArgs ){
int iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
VdbeOp *pOp, *pEnd;
@@ -150960,7 +152860,7 @@
pColl = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pWin->pOwner->x.pList->a[0].pExpr);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0,0,0, (const char*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, bInverse? OP_AggInverse : OP_AggStep,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, bInverse? OP_AggInverse : OP_AggStep,
bInverse, regArg, pWin->regAccum);
sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg);
@@ -150993,7 +152893,7 @@
for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){
if( pMWin->regStartRowid==0
- && (pWin->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX)
+ && (pWin->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX)
&& (pWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED)
){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regResult);
@@ -151149,7 +153049,7 @@
int lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);
int tmpReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regResult);
-
+
if( pFunc->zName==nth_valueName ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column,pMWin->iEphCsr,pWin->iArgCol+1,tmpReg);
windowCheckValue(pParse, tmpReg, 2);
@@ -151171,7 +153071,7 @@
int lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);
int tmpReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
int iEph = pMWin->iEphCsr;
-
+
if( nArg<3 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regResult);
}else{
@@ -151188,7 +153088,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, tmpReg2, tmpReg, tmpReg);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, tmpReg2);
}
-
+
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, csr, lbl, tmpReg);
VdbeCoverage(v);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, csr, pWin->iArgCol, pWin->regResult);
@@ -151213,6 +153113,7 @@
Window *pWin;
for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){
FuncDef *pFunc = pWin->pFunc;
+ assert( pWin->regAccum );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regAccum);
nArg = MAX(nArg, windowArgCount(pWin));
if( pMWin->regStartRowid==0 ){
@@ -151233,7 +153134,7 @@
return regArg;
}
-/*
+/*
** Return true if the current frame should be cached in the ephemeral table,
** even if there are no xInverse() calls required.
*/
@@ -151257,9 +153158,9 @@
** regOld and regNew are each the first register in an array of size
** pOrderBy->nExpr. This function generates code to compare the two
** arrays of registers using the collation sequences and other comparison
-** parameters specified by pOrderBy.
+** parameters specified by pOrderBy.
**
-** If the two arrays are not equal, the contents of regNew is copied to
+** If the two arrays are not equal, the contents of regNew is copied to
** regOld and control falls through. Otherwise, if the contents of the arrays
** are equal, an OP_Goto is executed. The address of the OP_Goto is returned.
*/
@@ -151276,7 +153177,7 @@
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, 0, 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regOld, regNew, nVal);
sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (void*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump,
sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1
);
VdbeCoverageEqNe(v);
@@ -151310,7 +153211,7 @@
** or subtraction is a a copy of csr1.peerVal.
*/
static void windowCodeRangeTest(
- WindowCodeArg *p,
+ WindowCodeArg *p,
int op, /* OP_Ge, OP_Gt, or OP_Le */
int csr1, /* Cursor number for cursor 1 */
int regVal, /* Register containing non-negative number */
@@ -151365,8 +153266,8 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, arith, regVal, reg1, reg1);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGe);
- /* If the BIGNULL flag is set for the ORDER BY, then it is required to
- ** consider NULL values to be larger than all other values, instead of
+ /* If the BIGNULL flag is set for the ORDER BY, then it is required to
+ ** consider NULL values to be larger than all other values, instead of
** the usual smaller. The VDBE opcodes OP_Ge and so on do not handle this
** (and adding that capability causes a performance regression), so
** instead if the BIGNULL flag is set then cases where either reg1 or
@@ -151381,23 +153282,23 @@
** if( op==OP_Le ) goto lbl;
** }
**
- ** Additionally, if either reg1 or reg2 are NULL but the jump to lbl is
+ ** Additionally, if either reg1 or reg2 are NULL but the jump to lbl is
** not taken, control jumps over the comparison operator coded below this
** block. */
if( pOrderBy->a[0].sortFlags & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL ){
/* This block runs if reg1 contains a NULL. */
int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, reg1); VdbeCoverage(v);
switch( op ){
- case OP_Ge:
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, lbl);
+ case OP_Ge:
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, lbl);
break;
- case OP_Gt:
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, reg2, lbl);
- VdbeCoverage(v);
+ case OP_Gt:
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, reg2, lbl);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
break;
- case OP_Le:
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, reg2, lbl);
- VdbeCoverage(v);
+ case OP_Le:
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, reg2, lbl);
+ VdbeCoverage(v);
break;
default: assert( op==OP_Lt ); /* no-op */ break;
}
@@ -151430,7 +153331,7 @@
/*
** Helper function for sqlite3WindowCodeStep(). Each call to this function
-** generates VM code for a single RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or AGGINVERSE
+** generates VM code for a single RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or AGGINVERSE
** operation. Refer to the header comment for sqlite3WindowCodeStep() for
** details.
*/
@@ -151489,8 +153390,8 @@
addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
/* If this is a (RANGE BETWEEN a FOLLOWING AND b FOLLOWING) or
- ** (RANGE BETWEEN b PRECEDING AND a PRECEDING) frame, ensure the
- ** start cursor does not advance past the end cursor within the
+ ** (RANGE BETWEEN b PRECEDING AND a PRECEDING) frame, ensure the
+ ** start cursor does not advance past the end cursor within the
** temporary table. It otherwise might, if (a>b). */
if( pMWin->eStart==pMWin->eEnd && regCountdown
&& pMWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE && op==WINDOW_AGGINVERSE
@@ -151591,6 +153492,10 @@
pNew->eStart = p->eStart;
pNew->eExclude = p->eExclude;
pNew->regResult = p->regResult;
+ pNew->regAccum = p->regAccum;
+ pNew->iArgCol = p->iArgCol;
+ pNew->iEphCsr = p->iEphCsr;
+ pNew->bExprArgs = p->bExprArgs;
pNew->pStart = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pStart, 0);
pNew->pEnd = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pEnd, 0);
pNew->pOwner = pOwner;
@@ -151619,11 +153524,11 @@
}
/*
-** Return true if it can be determined at compile time that expression
-** pExpr evaluates to a value that, when cast to an integer, is greater
+** Return true if it can be determined at compile time that expression
+** pExpr evaluates to a value that, when cast to an integer, is greater
** than zero. False otherwise.
**
-** If an OOM error occurs, this function sets the Parse.db.mallocFailed
+** If an OOM error occurs, this function sets the Parse.db.mallocFailed
** flag and returns zero.
*/
static int windowExprGtZero(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
@@ -151639,11 +153544,11 @@
}
/*
-** sqlite3WhereBegin() has already been called for the SELECT statement
+** sqlite3WhereBegin() has already been called for the SELECT statement
** passed as the second argument when this function is invoked. It generates
-** code to populate the Window.regResult register for each window function
+** code to populate the Window.regResult register for each window function
** and invoke the sub-routine at instruction addrGosub once for each row.
-** sqlite3WhereEnd() is always called before returning.
+** sqlite3WhereEnd() is always called before returning.
**
** This function handles several different types of window frames, which
** require slightly different processing. The following pseudo code is
@@ -151658,17 +153563,17 @@
** Gosub flush
** }
** Insert new row into eph table.
-**
+**
** if( first row of partition ){
** // Rewind three cursors, all open on the eph table.
** Rewind(csrEnd);
** Rewind(csrStart);
** Rewind(csrCurrent);
-**
+**
** regEnd = <expr2> // FOLLOWING expression
** regStart = <expr1> // PRECEDING expression
** }else{
-** // First time this branch is taken, the eph table contains two
+** // First time this branch is taken, the eph table contains two
** // rows. The first row in the partition, which all three cursors
** // currently point to, and the following row.
** AGGSTEP
@@ -151697,17 +153602,17 @@
** with arguments read from the current row of cursor csrEnd, then
** step cursor csrEnd forward one row (i.e. sqlite3BtreeNext()).
**
-** RETURN_ROW: return a row to the caller based on the contents of the
-** current row of csrCurrent and the current state of all
+** RETURN_ROW: return a row to the caller based on the contents of the
+** current row of csrCurrent and the current state of all
** aggregates. Then step cursor csrCurrent forward one row.
**
-** AGGINVERSE: invoke the aggregate xInverse() function for each window
+** AGGINVERSE: invoke the aggregate xInverse() function for each window
** functions with arguments read from the current row of cursor
** csrStart. Then step csrStart forward one row.
**
** There are two other ROWS window frames that are handled significantly
** differently from the above - "BETWEEN <expr> PRECEDING AND <expr> PRECEDING"
-** and "BETWEEN <expr> FOLLOWING AND <expr> FOLLOWING". These are special
+** and "BETWEEN <expr> FOLLOWING AND <expr> FOLLOWING". These are special
** cases because they change the order in which the three cursors (csrStart,
** csrCurrent and csrEnd) iterate through the ephemeral table. Cases that
** use UNBOUNDED or CURRENT ROW are much simpler variations on one of these
@@ -151857,15 +153762,15 @@
** regEnd = <expr2>
** regStart = <expr1>
** }else if( new group ){
-** ...
+** ...
** }
** }
**
-** 2. Instead of processing a single row, each RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or
+** 2. Instead of processing a single row, each RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or
** AGGINVERSE step processes the current row of the relevant cursor and
** all subsequent rows belonging to the same group.
**
-** RANGE window frames are a little different again. As for GROUPS, the
+** RANGE window frames are a little different again. As for GROUPS, the
** main loop runs once per group only. And RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP and AGGINVERSE
** deal in groups instead of rows. As for ROWS and GROUPS, there are three
** basic cases:
@@ -151902,7 +153807,7 @@
** }
** }
**
-** In the above notation, "csr.key" means the current value of the ORDER BY
+** In the above notation, "csr.key" means the current value of the ORDER BY
** expression (there is only ever 1 for a RANGE that uses an <expr> FOLLOWING
** or <expr PRECEDING) read from cursor csr.
**
@@ -152002,11 +153907,11 @@
int regStart = 0; /* Value of <expr> PRECEDING */
int regEnd = 0; /* Value of <expr> FOLLOWING */
- assert( pMWin->eStart==TK_PRECEDING || pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT
- || pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED
+ assert( pMWin->eStart==TK_PRECEDING || pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT
+ || pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED
);
- assert( pMWin->eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eEnd==TK_CURRENT
- || pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED || pMWin->eEnd==TK_PRECEDING
+ assert( pMWin->eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eEnd==TK_CURRENT
+ || pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED || pMWin->eEnd==TK_PRECEDING
);
assert( pMWin->eExclude==0 || pMWin->eExclude==TK_CURRENT
|| pMWin->eExclude==TK_GROUP || pMWin->eExclude==TK_TIES
@@ -152028,9 +153933,9 @@
s.end.csr = s.current.csr+3;
/* Figure out when rows may be deleted from the ephemeral table. There
- ** are four options - they may never be deleted (eDelete==0), they may
+ ** are four options - they may never be deleted (eDelete==0), they may
** be deleted as soon as they are no longer part of the window frame
- ** (eDelete==WINDOW_AGGINVERSE), they may be deleted as after the row
+ ** (eDelete==WINDOW_AGGINVERSE), they may be deleted as after the row
** has been returned to the caller (WINDOW_RETURN_ROW), or they may
** be deleted after they enter the frame (WINDOW_AGGSTEP). */
switch( pMWin->eStart ){
@@ -152078,7 +153983,7 @@
}
/* If this is not a "ROWS BETWEEN ..." frame, then allocate arrays of
- ** registers to store copies of the ORDER BY expressions (peer values)
+ ** registers to store copies of the ORDER BY expressions (peer values)
** for the main loop, and for each cursor (start, current and end). */
if( pMWin->eFrmType!=TK_ROWS ){
int nPeer = (pOrderBy ? pOrderBy->nExpr : 0);
@@ -152099,7 +154004,7 @@
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regNew, nInput, regRecord);
/* An input row has just been read into an array of registers starting
- ** at regNew. If the window has a PARTITION clause, this block generates
+ ** at regNew. If the window has a PARTITION clause, this block generates
** VM code to check if the input row is the start of a new partition.
** If so, it does an OP_Gosub to an address to be filled in later. The
** address of the OP_Gosub is stored in local variable addrGosubFlush. */
@@ -152392,6 +154297,27 @@
DisableLookaside;
}
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) \
+ && defined(SQLITE_UDL_CAPABLE_PARSER)
+/*
+** Issue an error message if an ORDER BY or LIMIT clause occurs on an
+** UPDATE or DELETE statement.
+*/
+static void updateDeleteLimitError(
+ Parse *pParse,
+ ExprList *pOrderBy,
+ Expr *pLimit
+){
+ if( pOrderBy ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "syntax error near \"ORDER BY\"");
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "syntax error near \"LIMIT\"");
+ }
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT */
+
/*
** For a compound SELECT statement, make sure p->pPrior->pNext==p for
@@ -152407,7 +154333,7 @@
pLoop->pNext = pNext;
pLoop->selFlags |= SF_Compound;
}
- if( (p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 &&
+ if( (p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 &&
(mxSelect = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT])>0 &&
cnt>mxSelect
){
@@ -152428,6 +154354,7 @@
p->op = (u8)op;
p->affExpr = 0;
p->flags = EP_Leaf;
+ ExprClearVVAProperties(p);
p->iAgg = -1;
p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
p->x.pList = 0;
@@ -152444,7 +154371,7 @@
}
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
p->nHeight = 1;
-#endif
+#endif
if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){
return (Expr*)sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)p, &t);
}
@@ -152520,7 +154447,7 @@
** the minor type might be the name of the identifier.
** Each non-terminal can have a different minor type.
** Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though.
-** This macros defines the minor type for terminal
+** This macros defines the minor type for terminal
** symbols.
** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor types.
** This is typically a union of many types, one of
@@ -152590,18 +154517,18 @@
#define sqlite3ParserCTX_FETCH Parse *pParse=yypParser->pParse;
#define sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE yypParser->pParse=pParse;
#define YYFALLBACK 1
-#define YYNSTATE 551
+#define YYNSTATE 553
#define YYNRULE 385
#define YYNRULE_WITH_ACTION 325
#define YYNTOKEN 181
-#define YY_MAX_SHIFT 550
-#define YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE 801
-#define YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE 1185
-#define YY_ERROR_ACTION 1186
-#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION 1187
-#define YY_NO_ACTION 1188
-#define YY_MIN_REDUCE 1189
-#define YY_MAX_REDUCE 1573
+#define YY_MAX_SHIFT 552
+#define YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE 803
+#define YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE 1187
+#define YY_ERROR_ACTION 1188
+#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION 1189
+#define YY_NO_ACTION 1190
+#define YY_MIN_REDUCE 1191
+#define YY_MAX_REDUCE 1575
/************* End control #defines *******************************************/
#define YY_NLOOKAHEAD ((int)(sizeof(yy_lookahead)/sizeof(yy_lookahead[0])))
@@ -152621,7 +154548,7 @@
/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement
** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
-** action integer.
+** action integer.
**
** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as
** follows
@@ -152668,204 +154595,205 @@
** yy_default[] Default action for each state.
**
*********** Begin parsing tables **********************************************/
-#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1958)
+#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1962)
static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
- /* 0 */ 544, 1220, 544, 449, 1258, 544, 1237, 544, 114, 111,
- /* 10 */ 211, 544, 1535, 544, 1258, 521, 114, 111, 211, 390,
- /* 20 */ 1230, 342, 42, 42, 42, 42, 1223, 42, 42, 71,
- /* 30 */ 71, 935, 1222, 71, 71, 71, 71, 1460, 1491, 936,
- /* 40 */ 818, 451, 6, 121, 122, 112, 1163, 1163, 1004, 1007,
- /* 50 */ 997, 997, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 1541, 390,
- /* 60 */ 1356, 1515, 550, 2, 1191, 194, 526, 434, 143, 291,
- /* 70 */ 526, 136, 526, 369, 261, 502, 272, 383, 1271, 525,
- /* 80 */ 501, 491, 164, 121, 122, 112, 1163, 1163, 1004, 1007,
- /* 90 */ 997, 997, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 1356, 440,
- /* 100 */ 1512, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116,
- /* 110 */ 115, 422, 266, 266, 266, 266, 1496, 356, 1498, 433,
- /* 120 */ 355, 1496, 515, 522, 1483, 541, 1112, 541, 1112, 390,
- /* 130 */ 403, 241, 208, 114, 111, 211, 98, 290, 535, 221,
- /* 140 */ 1027, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116,
- /* 150 */ 115, 422, 1140, 121, 122, 112, 1163, 1163, 1004, 1007,
- /* 160 */ 997, 997, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 404, 426,
- /* 170 */ 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 422, 1416, 466, 123,
+ /* 0 */ 546, 1222, 546, 451, 1260, 546, 1239, 546, 114, 111,
+ /* 10 */ 211, 546, 1537, 546, 1260, 523, 114, 111, 211, 392,
+ /* 20 */ 1232, 344, 42, 42, 42, 42, 1225, 42, 42, 71,
+ /* 30 */ 71, 937, 1224, 71, 71, 71, 71, 1462, 1493, 938,
+ /* 40 */ 820, 453, 6, 121, 122, 112, 1165, 1165, 1006, 1009,
+ /* 50 */ 999, 999, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 1543, 392,
+ /* 60 */ 1358, 1517, 552, 2, 1193, 194, 528, 436, 143, 291,
+ /* 70 */ 528, 136, 528, 371, 261, 504, 272, 385, 1273, 527,
+ /* 80 */ 503, 493, 164, 121, 122, 112, 1165, 1165, 1006, 1009,
+ /* 90 */ 999, 999, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 1358, 442,
+ /* 100 */ 1514, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116,
+ /* 110 */ 115, 424, 266, 266, 266, 266, 1498, 358, 1500, 435,
+ /* 120 */ 357, 1498, 517, 524, 1485, 543, 1114, 543, 1114, 392,
+ /* 130 */ 405, 241, 208, 114, 111, 211, 98, 290, 537, 221,
+ /* 140 */ 1029, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116,
+ /* 150 */ 115, 424, 1142, 121, 122, 112, 1165, 1165, 1006, 1009,
+ /* 160 */ 999, 999, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 406, 428,
+ /* 170 */ 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 424, 1418, 468, 123,
/* 180 */ 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115,
- /* 190 */ 422, 116, 116, 116, 115, 422, 538, 538, 538, 390,
- /* 200 */ 503, 120, 120, 120, 120, 113, 1049, 1140, 1141, 1142,
- /* 210 */ 1049, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116,
- /* 220 */ 115, 422, 1459, 121, 122, 112, 1163, 1163, 1004, 1007,
- /* 230 */ 997, 997, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 390, 442,
- /* 240 */ 314, 83, 461, 81, 357, 380, 1140, 80, 118, 118,
- /* 250 */ 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 422, 179,
- /* 260 */ 432, 422, 121, 122, 112, 1163, 1163, 1004, 1007, 997,
- /* 270 */ 997, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 432, 431, 266,
+ /* 190 */ 424, 116, 116, 116, 115, 424, 540, 540, 540, 392,
+ /* 200 */ 505, 120, 120, 120, 120, 113, 1051, 1142, 1143, 1144,
+ /* 210 */ 1051, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116,
+ /* 220 */ 115, 424, 1461, 121, 122, 112, 1165, 1165, 1006, 1009,
+ /* 230 */ 999, 999, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 392, 444,
+ /* 240 */ 316, 83, 463, 81, 359, 382, 1142, 80, 118, 118,
+ /* 250 */ 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 424, 179,
+ /* 260 */ 434, 424, 121, 122, 112, 1165, 1165, 1006, 1009, 999,
+ /* 270 */ 999, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 434, 433, 266,
/* 280 */ 266, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116,
- /* 290 */ 115, 422, 541, 1107, 901, 504, 1140, 114, 111, 211,
- /* 300 */ 1429, 1140, 1141, 1142, 206, 489, 1107, 390, 447, 1107,
- /* 310 */ 543, 328, 120, 120, 120, 120, 298, 1429, 1431, 17,
+ /* 290 */ 115, 424, 543, 1109, 903, 506, 1142, 114, 111, 211,
+ /* 300 */ 1431, 1142, 1143, 1144, 206, 491, 1109, 392, 449, 1109,
+ /* 310 */ 545, 330, 120, 120, 120, 120, 298, 1431, 1433, 17,
/* 320 */ 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115,
- /* 330 */ 422, 121, 122, 112, 1163, 1163, 1004, 1007, 997, 997,
- /* 340 */ 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 390, 1356, 432, 1140,
- /* 350 */ 480, 1140, 1141, 1142, 994, 994, 1005, 1008, 443, 118,
- /* 360 */ 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 422,
- /* 370 */ 121, 122, 112, 1163, 1163, 1004, 1007, 997, 997, 119,
- /* 380 */ 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 1052, 1052, 463, 1429, 118,
- /* 390 */ 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 422,
- /* 400 */ 1140, 449, 544, 1424, 1140, 1141, 1142, 233, 964, 1140,
- /* 410 */ 479, 476, 475, 171, 358, 390, 164, 405, 412, 840,
- /* 420 */ 474, 164, 185, 332, 71, 71, 1241, 998, 118, 118,
- /* 430 */ 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 422, 121,
- /* 440 */ 122, 112, 1163, 1163, 1004, 1007, 997, 997, 119, 119,
- /* 450 */ 120, 120, 120, 120, 390, 1140, 1141, 1142, 833, 12,
- /* 460 */ 313, 507, 163, 354, 1140, 1141, 1142, 114, 111, 211,
- /* 470 */ 506, 290, 535, 544, 276, 180, 290, 535, 121, 122,
- /* 480 */ 112, 1163, 1163, 1004, 1007, 997, 997, 119, 119, 120,
- /* 490 */ 120, 120, 120, 343, 482, 71, 71, 118, 118, 118,
- /* 500 */ 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 422, 1140, 209,
- /* 510 */ 409, 521, 1140, 1107, 1569, 376, 252, 269, 340, 485,
- /* 520 */ 335, 484, 238, 390, 511, 362, 1107, 1125, 331, 1107,
- /* 530 */ 191, 407, 286, 32, 455, 441, 118, 118, 118, 118,
- /* 540 */ 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 422, 121, 122, 112,
- /* 550 */ 1163, 1163, 1004, 1007, 997, 997, 119, 119, 120, 120,
- /* 560 */ 120, 120, 390, 1140, 1141, 1142, 985, 1140, 1141, 1142,
- /* 570 */ 1140, 233, 490, 1490, 479, 476, 475, 6, 163, 544,
- /* 580 */ 510, 544, 115, 422, 474, 5, 121, 122, 112, 1163,
- /* 590 */ 1163, 1004, 1007, 997, 997, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120,
+ /* 330 */ 424, 121, 122, 112, 1165, 1165, 1006, 1009, 999, 999,
+ /* 340 */ 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 392, 1358, 434, 1142,
+ /* 350 */ 482, 1142, 1143, 1144, 996, 996, 1007, 1010, 445, 118,
+ /* 360 */ 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 424,
+ /* 370 */ 121, 122, 112, 1165, 1165, 1006, 1009, 999, 999, 119,
+ /* 380 */ 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 1054, 1054, 465, 1431, 118,
+ /* 390 */ 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 424,
+ /* 400 */ 1142, 451, 546, 1426, 1142, 1143, 1144, 233, 966, 1142,
+ /* 410 */ 481, 478, 477, 171, 360, 392, 164, 407, 414, 842,
+ /* 420 */ 476, 164, 185, 334, 71, 71, 1243, 1000, 118, 118,
+ /* 430 */ 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 424, 121,
+ /* 440 */ 122, 112, 1165, 1165, 1006, 1009, 999, 999, 119, 119,
+ /* 450 */ 120, 120, 120, 120, 392, 1142, 1143, 1144, 835, 12,
+ /* 460 */ 314, 509, 163, 356, 1142, 1143, 1144, 114, 111, 211,
+ /* 470 */ 508, 290, 537, 546, 276, 180, 290, 537, 121, 122,
+ /* 480 */ 112, 1165, 1165, 1006, 1009, 999, 999, 119, 119, 120,
+ /* 490 */ 120, 120, 120, 345, 484, 71, 71, 118, 118, 118,
+ /* 500 */ 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 424, 1142, 209,
+ /* 510 */ 411, 523, 1142, 1109, 1571, 378, 252, 269, 342, 487,
+ /* 520 */ 337, 486, 238, 392, 513, 364, 1109, 1127, 333, 1109,
+ /* 530 */ 191, 409, 286, 32, 457, 443, 118, 118, 118, 118,
+ /* 540 */ 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 424, 121, 122, 112,
+ /* 550 */ 1165, 1165, 1006, 1009, 999, 999, 119, 119, 120, 120,
+ /* 560 */ 120, 120, 392, 1142, 1143, 1144, 987, 1142, 1143, 1144,
+ /* 570 */ 1142, 233, 492, 1492, 481, 478, 477, 6, 163, 546,
+ /* 580 */ 512, 546, 115, 424, 476, 5, 121, 122, 112, 1165,
+ /* 590 */ 1165, 1006, 1009, 999, 999, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120,
/* 600 */ 120, 13, 13, 13, 13, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117,
- /* 610 */ 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 422, 401, 500, 406, 544,
- /* 620 */ 1484, 542, 1140, 890, 890, 1140, 1141, 1142, 1471, 1140,
- /* 630 */ 275, 390, 806, 807, 808, 969, 420, 420, 420, 16,
- /* 640 */ 16, 55, 55, 1240, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117,
- /* 650 */ 116, 116, 116, 115, 422, 121, 122, 112, 1163, 1163,
- /* 660 */ 1004, 1007, 997, 997, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120,
- /* 670 */ 390, 1187, 1, 1, 550, 2, 1191, 1140, 1141, 1142,
- /* 680 */ 194, 291, 896, 136, 1140, 1141, 1142, 895, 519, 1490,
- /* 690 */ 1271, 3, 378, 6, 121, 122, 112, 1163, 1163, 1004,
- /* 700 */ 1007, 997, 997, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 856,
- /* 710 */ 544, 922, 544, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116,
- /* 720 */ 116, 116, 115, 422, 266, 266, 1090, 1567, 1140, 549,
- /* 730 */ 1567, 1191, 13, 13, 13, 13, 291, 541, 136, 390,
- /* 740 */ 483, 419, 418, 964, 342, 1271, 466, 408, 857, 279,
+ /* 610 */ 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 424, 403, 502, 408, 546,
+ /* 620 */ 1486, 544, 1142, 892, 892, 1142, 1143, 1144, 1473, 1142,
+ /* 630 */ 275, 392, 808, 809, 810, 971, 422, 422, 422, 16,
+ /* 640 */ 16, 55, 55, 1242, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117,
+ /* 650 */ 116, 116, 116, 115, 424, 121, 122, 112, 1165, 1165,
+ /* 660 */ 1006, 1009, 999, 999, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120,
+ /* 670 */ 392, 1189, 1, 1, 552, 2, 1193, 1142, 1143, 1144,
+ /* 680 */ 194, 291, 898, 136, 1142, 1143, 1144, 897, 521, 1492,
+ /* 690 */ 1273, 3, 380, 6, 121, 122, 112, 1165, 1165, 1006,
+ /* 700 */ 1009, 999, 999, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 858,
+ /* 710 */ 546, 924, 546, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116,
+ /* 720 */ 116, 116, 115, 424, 266, 266, 1092, 1569, 1142, 551,
+ /* 730 */ 1569, 1193, 13, 13, 13, 13, 291, 543, 136, 392,
+ /* 740 */ 485, 421, 420, 966, 344, 1273, 468, 410, 859, 279,
/* 750 */ 140, 221, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116,
- /* 760 */ 116, 115, 422, 121, 122, 112, 1163, 1163, 1004, 1007,
- /* 770 */ 997, 997, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 544, 266,
- /* 780 */ 266, 426, 390, 1140, 1141, 1142, 1170, 828, 1170, 466,
- /* 790 */ 429, 145, 541, 1144, 399, 313, 437, 301, 836, 1488,
- /* 800 */ 71, 71, 410, 6, 1088, 471, 221, 100, 112, 1163,
- /* 810 */ 1163, 1004, 1007, 997, 997, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120,
+ /* 760 */ 116, 115, 424, 121, 122, 112, 1165, 1165, 1006, 1009,
+ /* 770 */ 999, 999, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 546, 266,
+ /* 780 */ 266, 428, 392, 1142, 1143, 1144, 1172, 830, 1172, 468,
+ /* 790 */ 431, 145, 543, 1146, 401, 314, 439, 302, 838, 1490,
+ /* 800 */ 71, 71, 412, 6, 1090, 473, 221, 100, 112, 1165,
+ /* 810 */ 1165, 1006, 1009, 999, 999, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120,
/* 820 */ 120, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116,
- /* 830 */ 115, 422, 237, 1423, 544, 449, 426, 287, 984, 544,
- /* 840 */ 236, 235, 234, 828, 97, 527, 427, 1263, 1263, 1144,
- /* 850 */ 492, 306, 428, 836, 975, 544, 71, 71, 974, 1239,
- /* 860 */ 544, 51, 51, 300, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117,
- /* 870 */ 116, 116, 116, 115, 422, 194, 103, 70, 70, 266,
- /* 880 */ 266, 544, 71, 71, 266, 266, 30, 389, 342, 974,
- /* 890 */ 974, 976, 541, 526, 1107, 326, 390, 541, 493, 395,
- /* 900 */ 1468, 195, 528, 13, 13, 1356, 240, 1107, 277, 280,
- /* 910 */ 1107, 280, 303, 455, 305, 331, 390, 31, 188, 417,
- /* 920 */ 121, 122, 112, 1163, 1163, 1004, 1007, 997, 997, 119,
- /* 930 */ 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 142, 390, 363, 455, 984,
- /* 940 */ 121, 122, 112, 1163, 1163, 1004, 1007, 997, 997, 119,
- /* 950 */ 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 975, 321, 1140, 324, 974,
- /* 960 */ 121, 110, 112, 1163, 1163, 1004, 1007, 997, 997, 119,
- /* 970 */ 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 462, 375, 1183, 118, 118,
- /* 980 */ 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 422, 1140,
- /* 990 */ 974, 974, 976, 304, 9, 364, 244, 360, 118, 118,
- /* 1000 */ 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 422, 312,
- /* 1010 */ 544, 342, 1140, 1141, 1142, 299, 290, 535, 118, 118,
- /* 1020 */ 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 422, 1261,
- /* 1030 */ 1261, 1161, 13, 13, 278, 419, 418, 466, 390, 921,
- /* 1040 */ 260, 260, 289, 1167, 1140, 1141, 1142, 189, 1169, 266,
- /* 1050 */ 266, 466, 388, 541, 1184, 544, 1168, 263, 144, 487,
- /* 1060 */ 920, 544, 541, 122, 112, 1163, 1163, 1004, 1007, 997,
- /* 1070 */ 997, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 71, 71, 1140,
- /* 1080 */ 1170, 1270, 1170, 13, 13, 896, 1068, 1161, 544, 466,
- /* 1090 */ 895, 107, 536, 1489, 4, 1266, 1107, 6, 523, 1047,
- /* 1100 */ 12, 1069, 1090, 1568, 311, 453, 1568, 518, 539, 1107,
- /* 1110 */ 56, 56, 1107, 1487, 421, 1356, 1070, 6, 343, 285,
+ /* 830 */ 115, 424, 237, 1425, 546, 451, 428, 287, 986, 546,
+ /* 840 */ 236, 235, 234, 830, 97, 529, 429, 1265, 1265, 1146,
+ /* 850 */ 494, 307, 430, 838, 977, 546, 71, 71, 976, 1241,
+ /* 860 */ 546, 51, 51, 300, 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117,
+ /* 870 */ 116, 116, 116, 115, 424, 194, 103, 70, 70, 266,
+ /* 880 */ 266, 546, 71, 71, 266, 266, 30, 391, 344, 976,
+ /* 890 */ 976, 978, 543, 528, 1109, 328, 392, 543, 495, 397,
+ /* 900 */ 1470, 195, 530, 13, 13, 1358, 240, 1109, 277, 280,
+ /* 910 */ 1109, 280, 304, 457, 306, 333, 392, 31, 188, 419,
+ /* 920 */ 121, 122, 112, 1165, 1165, 1006, 1009, 999, 999, 119,
+ /* 930 */ 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 142, 392, 365, 457, 986,
+ /* 940 */ 121, 122, 112, 1165, 1165, 1006, 1009, 999, 999, 119,
+ /* 950 */ 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 977, 323, 1142, 326, 976,
+ /* 960 */ 121, 110, 112, 1165, 1165, 1006, 1009, 999, 999, 119,
+ /* 970 */ 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 464, 377, 1185, 118, 118,
+ /* 980 */ 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 424, 1142,
+ /* 990 */ 976, 976, 978, 305, 9, 366, 244, 362, 118, 118,
+ /* 1000 */ 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 424, 313,
+ /* 1010 */ 546, 344, 1142, 1143, 1144, 299, 290, 537, 118, 118,
+ /* 1020 */ 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115, 424, 1263,
+ /* 1030 */ 1263, 1163, 13, 13, 278, 421, 420, 468, 392, 923,
+ /* 1040 */ 260, 260, 289, 1169, 1142, 1143, 1144, 189, 1171, 266,
+ /* 1050 */ 266, 468, 390, 543, 1186, 546, 1170, 263, 144, 489,
+ /* 1060 */ 922, 546, 543, 122, 112, 1165, 1165, 1006, 1009, 999,
+ /* 1070 */ 999, 119, 119, 120, 120, 120, 120, 71, 71, 1142,
+ /* 1080 */ 1172, 1272, 1172, 13, 13, 898, 1070, 1163, 546, 468,
+ /* 1090 */ 897, 107, 538, 1491, 4, 1268, 1109, 6, 525, 1049,
+ /* 1100 */ 12, 1071, 1092, 1570, 312, 455, 1570, 520, 541, 1109,
+ /* 1110 */ 56, 56, 1109, 1489, 423, 1358, 1072, 6, 345, 285,
/* 1120 */ 118, 118, 118, 118, 117, 117, 116, 116, 116, 115,
- /* 1130 */ 422, 423, 1269, 319, 1140, 1141, 1142, 876, 266, 266,
- /* 1140 */ 1275, 107, 536, 533, 4, 1486, 293, 877, 1209, 6,
- /* 1150 */ 210, 541, 541, 164, 1540, 494, 414, 865, 539, 267,
- /* 1160 */ 267, 1212, 396, 509, 497, 204, 266, 266, 394, 529,
- /* 1170 */ 8, 984, 541, 517, 544, 920, 456, 105, 105, 541,
- /* 1180 */ 1088, 423, 266, 266, 106, 415, 423, 546, 545, 266,
- /* 1190 */ 266, 974, 516, 533, 1371, 541, 15, 15, 266, 266,
- /* 1200 */ 454, 1118, 541, 266, 266, 1068, 1370, 513, 290, 535,
- /* 1210 */ 544, 541, 512, 97, 442, 314, 541, 544, 920, 125,
- /* 1220 */ 1069, 984, 974, 974, 976, 977, 27, 105, 105, 399,
- /* 1230 */ 341, 1509, 44, 44, 106, 1070, 423, 546, 545, 57,
- /* 1240 */ 57, 974, 341, 1509, 107, 536, 544, 4, 460, 399,
- /* 1250 */ 214, 1118, 457, 294, 375, 1089, 532, 297, 544, 537,
- /* 1260 */ 396, 539, 290, 535, 104, 244, 102, 524, 58, 58,
- /* 1270 */ 544, 109, 974, 974, 976, 977, 27, 1514, 1129, 425,
- /* 1280 */ 59, 59, 270, 237, 423, 138, 95, 373, 373, 372,
- /* 1290 */ 255, 370, 60, 60, 815, 1178, 533, 544, 273, 544,
- /* 1300 */ 1161, 843, 387, 386, 544, 1307, 544, 215, 210, 296,
- /* 1310 */ 513, 847, 544, 265, 208, 514, 1306, 295, 274, 61,
- /* 1320 */ 61, 62, 62, 436, 984, 1160, 45, 45, 46, 46,
- /* 1330 */ 105, 105, 1184, 920, 47, 47, 1474, 106, 544, 423,
- /* 1340 */ 546, 545, 218, 544, 974, 935, 1085, 217, 544, 377,
- /* 1350 */ 395, 107, 536, 936, 4, 156, 1161, 843, 158, 544,
- /* 1360 */ 49, 49, 141, 544, 38, 50, 50, 544, 539, 307,
- /* 1370 */ 63, 63, 544, 1448, 216, 974, 974, 976, 977, 27,
- /* 1380 */ 444, 64, 64, 544, 1447, 65, 65, 544, 524, 14,
- /* 1390 */ 14, 423, 458, 544, 66, 66, 310, 544, 316, 97,
- /* 1400 */ 1034, 544, 961, 533, 268, 127, 127, 544, 391, 67,
- /* 1410 */ 67, 544, 978, 290, 535, 52, 52, 513, 544, 68,
- /* 1420 */ 68, 1294, 512, 69, 69, 397, 165, 855, 854, 53,
- /* 1430 */ 53, 984, 966, 151, 151, 243, 430, 105, 105, 199,
- /* 1440 */ 152, 152, 448, 1303, 106, 243, 423, 546, 545, 1129,
- /* 1450 */ 425, 974, 320, 270, 862, 863, 1034, 220, 373, 373,
- /* 1460 */ 372, 255, 370, 450, 323, 815, 243, 544, 978, 544,
- /* 1470 */ 107, 536, 544, 4, 544, 938, 939, 325, 215, 1046,
- /* 1480 */ 296, 1046, 974, 974, 976, 977, 27, 539, 295, 76,
- /* 1490 */ 76, 54, 54, 327, 72, 72, 128, 128, 1503, 1254,
- /* 1500 */ 107, 536, 544, 4, 1045, 544, 1045, 531, 1238, 544,
- /* 1510 */ 423, 544, 315, 334, 544, 97, 544, 539, 217, 544,
- /* 1520 */ 472, 1528, 533, 239, 73, 73, 156, 129, 129, 158,
- /* 1530 */ 467, 130, 130, 126, 126, 344, 150, 150, 149, 149,
- /* 1540 */ 423, 134, 134, 329, 1030, 216, 97, 239, 929, 345,
- /* 1550 */ 984, 243, 533, 1315, 339, 544, 105, 105, 900, 1355,
- /* 1560 */ 544, 1290, 258, 106, 338, 423, 546, 545, 544, 1301,
- /* 1570 */ 974, 893, 99, 536, 109, 4, 544, 133, 133, 391,
- /* 1580 */ 984, 197, 131, 131, 290, 535, 105, 105, 530, 539,
- /* 1590 */ 132, 132, 1361, 106, 1219, 423, 546, 545, 75, 75,
- /* 1600 */ 974, 974, 974, 976, 977, 27, 544, 430, 826, 1211,
- /* 1610 */ 894, 139, 423, 109, 544, 1200, 1199, 1201, 1522, 544,
- /* 1620 */ 201, 544, 11, 374, 533, 1287, 347, 349, 77, 77,
- /* 1630 */ 1340, 974, 974, 976, 977, 27, 74, 74, 351, 213,
- /* 1640 */ 435, 43, 43, 48, 48, 302, 477, 309, 1348, 382,
- /* 1650 */ 353, 452, 984, 337, 1237, 1420, 1419, 205, 105, 105,
- /* 1660 */ 192, 367, 193, 534, 1525, 106, 1178, 423, 546, 545,
- /* 1670 */ 247, 167, 974, 270, 1467, 200, 1465, 1175, 373, 373,
- /* 1680 */ 372, 255, 370, 398, 79, 815, 83, 82, 1425, 446,
- /* 1690 */ 161, 177, 169, 95, 1337, 438, 172, 173, 215, 174,
- /* 1700 */ 296, 175, 35, 974, 974, 976, 977, 27, 295, 1345,
- /* 1710 */ 439, 470, 223, 36, 379, 445, 1414, 381, 459, 1351,
- /* 1720 */ 181, 227, 88, 465, 259, 229, 1436, 318, 186, 468,
- /* 1730 */ 322, 230, 384, 1202, 231, 486, 1257, 1256, 217, 411,
- /* 1740 */ 1255, 1248, 90, 847, 206, 413, 156, 505, 1539, 158,
- /* 1750 */ 1226, 1538, 283, 1508, 1227, 336, 385, 284, 1225, 496,
- /* 1760 */ 1537, 1298, 94, 346, 348, 216, 1247, 499, 1299, 245,
- /* 1770 */ 246, 1297, 416, 350, 1494, 124, 1493, 10, 524, 361,
- /* 1780 */ 1400, 101, 96, 288, 508, 253, 1135, 1208, 34, 1296,
- /* 1790 */ 547, 254, 256, 257, 392, 548, 1197, 1192, 359, 391,
- /* 1800 */ 1280, 1279, 196, 365, 290, 535, 366, 352, 1452, 1322,
- /* 1810 */ 1321, 1453, 153, 137, 281, 154, 802, 424, 155, 1451,
- /* 1820 */ 1450, 198, 292, 202, 203, 78, 212, 430, 271, 135,
- /* 1830 */ 1044, 1042, 958, 168, 219, 157, 170, 879, 308, 222,
- /* 1840 */ 1058, 176, 159, 962, 400, 84, 402, 178, 85, 86,
- /* 1850 */ 87, 166, 160, 393, 1061, 224, 225, 1057, 146, 18,
- /* 1860 */ 226, 317, 1050, 1172, 243, 464, 182, 228, 37, 183,
- /* 1870 */ 817, 469, 338, 232, 330, 481, 184, 89, 845, 19,
- /* 1880 */ 20, 92, 473, 478, 333, 91, 162, 858, 147, 488,
- /* 1890 */ 282, 1123, 148, 1010, 928, 1093, 39, 93, 40, 495,
- /* 1900 */ 1094, 187, 498, 207, 262, 264, 923, 242, 1109, 109,
- /* 1910 */ 1113, 1111, 1097, 33, 21, 1117, 520, 1025, 22, 23,
- /* 1920 */ 24, 1116, 25, 190, 97, 1011, 1009, 26, 1013, 1067,
- /* 1930 */ 248, 7, 1066, 249, 1014, 28, 41, 889, 979, 827,
- /* 1940 */ 108, 29, 250, 540, 251, 1530, 371, 368, 1131, 1130,
- /* 1950 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1529,
+ /* 1130 */ 424, 425, 1271, 321, 1142, 1143, 1144, 878, 266, 266,
+ /* 1140 */ 1277, 107, 538, 535, 4, 1488, 293, 879, 1211, 6,
+ /* 1150 */ 210, 543, 543, 164, 294, 496, 416, 204, 541, 267,
+ /* 1160 */ 267, 1214, 398, 511, 499, 204, 266, 266, 396, 531,
+ /* 1170 */ 8, 986, 543, 519, 546, 922, 458, 105, 105, 543,
+ /* 1180 */ 1090, 425, 266, 266, 106, 417, 425, 548, 547, 266,
+ /* 1190 */ 266, 976, 518, 535, 1373, 543, 15, 15, 266, 266,
+ /* 1200 */ 456, 1120, 543, 266, 266, 1070, 1372, 515, 290, 537,
+ /* 1210 */ 546, 543, 514, 97, 444, 316, 543, 546, 922, 125,
+ /* 1220 */ 1071, 986, 976, 976, 978, 979, 27, 105, 105, 401,
+ /* 1230 */ 343, 1511, 44, 44, 106, 1072, 425, 548, 547, 57,
+ /* 1240 */ 57, 976, 343, 1511, 107, 538, 546, 4, 462, 401,
+ /* 1250 */ 214, 1120, 459, 297, 377, 1091, 534, 1309, 546, 539,
+ /* 1260 */ 398, 541, 290, 537, 104, 244, 102, 526, 58, 58,
+ /* 1270 */ 546, 199, 976, 976, 978, 979, 27, 1516, 1131, 427,
+ /* 1280 */ 59, 59, 270, 237, 425, 138, 95, 375, 375, 374,
+ /* 1290 */ 255, 372, 60, 60, 817, 1180, 535, 546, 273, 546,
+ /* 1300 */ 1163, 1308, 389, 388, 546, 438, 546, 215, 210, 296,
+ /* 1310 */ 515, 849, 546, 265, 208, 516, 1476, 295, 274, 61,
+ /* 1320 */ 61, 62, 62, 308, 986, 109, 45, 45, 46, 46,
+ /* 1330 */ 105, 105, 1186, 922, 47, 47, 341, 106, 546, 425,
+ /* 1340 */ 548, 547, 1542, 546, 976, 867, 340, 217, 546, 937,
+ /* 1350 */ 397, 107, 538, 218, 4, 156, 1163, 938, 158, 546,
+ /* 1360 */ 49, 49, 1162, 546, 268, 50, 50, 546, 541, 1450,
+ /* 1370 */ 63, 63, 546, 1449, 216, 976, 976, 978, 979, 27,
+ /* 1380 */ 446, 64, 64, 546, 460, 65, 65, 546, 318, 14,
+ /* 1390 */ 14, 425, 1305, 546, 66, 66, 1087, 546, 141, 379,
+ /* 1400 */ 38, 546, 963, 535, 322, 127, 127, 546, 393, 67,
+ /* 1410 */ 67, 546, 325, 290, 537, 52, 52, 515, 546, 68,
+ /* 1420 */ 68, 845, 514, 69, 69, 399, 165, 857, 856, 53,
+ /* 1430 */ 53, 986, 311, 151, 151, 97, 432, 105, 105, 327,
+ /* 1440 */ 152, 152, 526, 1048, 106, 1048, 425, 548, 547, 1131,
+ /* 1450 */ 427, 976, 1032, 270, 968, 239, 329, 243, 375, 375,
+ /* 1460 */ 374, 255, 372, 940, 941, 817, 1296, 546, 220, 546,
+ /* 1470 */ 107, 538, 546, 4, 546, 1256, 199, 845, 215, 1036,
+ /* 1480 */ 296, 1530, 976, 976, 978, 979, 27, 541, 295, 76,
+ /* 1490 */ 76, 54, 54, 980, 72, 72, 128, 128, 864, 865,
+ /* 1500 */ 107, 538, 546, 4, 1047, 546, 1047, 533, 469, 546,
+ /* 1510 */ 425, 546, 450, 1240, 546, 243, 546, 541, 217, 546,
+ /* 1520 */ 452, 197, 535, 243, 73, 73, 156, 129, 129, 158,
+ /* 1530 */ 336, 130, 130, 126, 126, 1036, 150, 150, 149, 149,
+ /* 1540 */ 425, 134, 134, 317, 474, 216, 97, 239, 331, 980,
+ /* 1550 */ 986, 97, 535, 346, 347, 546, 105, 105, 902, 931,
+ /* 1560 */ 546, 895, 243, 106, 109, 425, 548, 547, 546, 1505,
+ /* 1570 */ 976, 828, 99, 538, 139, 4, 546, 133, 133, 393,
+ /* 1580 */ 986, 1317, 131, 131, 290, 537, 105, 105, 1357, 541,
+ /* 1590 */ 132, 132, 1292, 106, 1303, 425, 548, 547, 75, 75,
+ /* 1600 */ 976, 976, 976, 978, 979, 27, 546, 432, 896, 1289,
+ /* 1610 */ 532, 109, 425, 1363, 546, 1221, 1213, 1202, 258, 546,
+ /* 1620 */ 349, 546, 1201, 11, 535, 1203, 1524, 351, 77, 77,
+ /* 1630 */ 376, 976, 976, 978, 979, 27, 74, 74, 353, 213,
+ /* 1640 */ 301, 43, 43, 48, 48, 437, 310, 201, 303, 1350,
+ /* 1650 */ 315, 355, 986, 454, 479, 1239, 339, 192, 105, 105,
+ /* 1660 */ 1422, 1421, 193, 536, 205, 106, 1527, 425, 548, 547,
+ /* 1670 */ 1180, 167, 976, 270, 247, 1469, 1467, 1177, 375, 375,
+ /* 1680 */ 374, 255, 372, 200, 369, 817, 400, 83, 79, 82,
+ /* 1690 */ 1427, 448, 177, 95, 1342, 161, 169, 1339, 215, 440,
+ /* 1700 */ 296, 172, 173, 976, 976, 978, 979, 27, 295, 174,
+ /* 1710 */ 175, 441, 472, 223, 1347, 383, 35, 381, 36, 461,
+ /* 1720 */ 88, 1353, 181, 447, 384, 1416, 227, 467, 259, 229,
+ /* 1730 */ 186, 488, 470, 324, 1250, 230, 231, 320, 217, 1204,
+ /* 1740 */ 1438, 1259, 386, 1258, 413, 90, 156, 849, 1541, 158,
+ /* 1750 */ 206, 415, 1540, 507, 1300, 1257, 94, 348, 1229, 1301,
+ /* 1760 */ 387, 1510, 1228, 338, 1227, 216, 350, 1539, 498, 283,
+ /* 1770 */ 284, 1249, 501, 1299, 352, 245, 246, 418, 1298, 354,
+ /* 1780 */ 1496, 1495, 124, 10, 526, 363, 101, 1324, 253, 96,
+ /* 1790 */ 510, 1210, 34, 549, 1137, 254, 256, 257, 166, 393,
+ /* 1800 */ 550, 1199, 1282, 361, 290, 537, 1281, 196, 367, 368,
+ /* 1810 */ 1194, 153, 1454, 137, 281, 1323, 1455, 804, 154, 426,
+ /* 1820 */ 198, 155, 1453, 1452, 292, 212, 202, 432, 1402, 203,
+ /* 1830 */ 271, 135, 288, 78, 1046, 1044, 960, 168, 157, 881,
+ /* 1840 */ 170, 219, 309, 222, 1060, 176, 964, 159, 402, 84,
+ /* 1850 */ 178, 404, 85, 86, 87, 160, 1063, 224, 394, 395,
+ /* 1860 */ 225, 1059, 146, 18, 226, 319, 243, 1174, 466, 228,
+ /* 1870 */ 1052, 182, 183, 37, 819, 471, 340, 232, 332, 483,
+ /* 1880 */ 184, 89, 162, 19, 20, 475, 91, 480, 847, 335,
+ /* 1890 */ 147, 860, 282, 92, 490, 93, 1125, 148, 1012, 1095,
+ /* 1900 */ 39, 497, 1096, 40, 500, 262, 207, 264, 930, 187,
+ /* 1910 */ 925, 109, 1111, 1115, 1113, 7, 1099, 242, 33, 1119,
+ /* 1920 */ 21, 522, 22, 23, 24, 1118, 25, 190, 97, 26,
+ /* 1930 */ 1027, 1013, 1011, 1015, 1069, 1016, 1068, 249, 248, 28,
+ /* 1940 */ 41, 891, 981, 829, 108, 29, 250, 542, 251, 370,
+ /* 1950 */ 373, 1133, 1132, 1190, 1190, 1190, 1190, 1190, 1190, 1190,
+ /* 1960 */ 1532, 1531,
};
static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
/* 0 */ 189, 211, 189, 189, 218, 189, 220, 189, 267, 268,
@@ -152983,7 +154911,7 @@
/* 1120 */ 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110,
/* 1130 */ 111, 59, 200, 233, 114, 115, 116, 63, 234, 235,
/* 1140 */ 235, 19, 20, 71, 22, 300, 189, 73, 200, 304,
- /* 1150 */ 116, 247, 247, 81, 23, 200, 227, 26, 36, 234,
+ /* 1150 */ 116, 247, 247, 81, 189, 200, 227, 26, 36, 234,
/* 1160 */ 235, 203, 204, 143, 200, 26, 234, 235, 194, 200,
/* 1170 */ 48, 99, 247, 66, 189, 141, 284, 105, 106, 247,
/* 1180 */ 100, 59, 234, 235, 112, 259, 114, 115, 116, 234,
@@ -152995,76 +154923,76 @@
/* 1240 */ 212, 119, 302, 303, 19, 20, 189, 22, 274, 189,
/* 1250 */ 15, 144, 278, 189, 22, 23, 63, 189, 189, 203,
/* 1260 */ 204, 36, 136, 137, 155, 24, 157, 143, 211, 212,
- /* 1270 */ 189, 26, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 0, 1, 2,
+ /* 1270 */ 189, 140, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 0, 1, 2,
/* 1280 */ 211, 212, 5, 46, 59, 161, 147, 10, 11, 12,
/* 1290 */ 13, 14, 211, 212, 17, 60, 71, 189, 258, 189,
- /* 1300 */ 59, 59, 105, 106, 189, 189, 189, 30, 116, 32,
+ /* 1300 */ 59, 189, 105, 106, 189, 189, 189, 30, 116, 32,
/* 1310 */ 85, 124, 189, 251, 252, 90, 189, 40, 258, 211,
/* 1320 */ 212, 211, 212, 189, 99, 26, 211, 212, 211, 212,
- /* 1330 */ 105, 106, 100, 141, 211, 212, 189, 112, 189, 114,
- /* 1340 */ 115, 116, 24, 189, 119, 31, 23, 70, 189, 26,
- /* 1350 */ 113, 19, 20, 39, 22, 78, 115, 115, 81, 189,
- /* 1360 */ 211, 212, 22, 189, 24, 211, 212, 189, 36, 189,
+ /* 1330 */ 105, 106, 100, 141, 211, 212, 119, 112, 189, 114,
+ /* 1340 */ 115, 116, 23, 189, 119, 26, 129, 70, 189, 31,
+ /* 1350 */ 113, 19, 20, 24, 22, 78, 115, 39, 81, 189,
+ /* 1360 */ 211, 212, 26, 189, 22, 211, 212, 189, 36, 189,
/* 1370 */ 211, 212, 189, 189, 97, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154,
- /* 1380 */ 127, 211, 212, 189, 189, 211, 212, 189, 143, 211,
- /* 1390 */ 212, 59, 189, 189, 211, 212, 23, 189, 189, 26,
- /* 1400 */ 59, 189, 149, 71, 22, 211, 212, 189, 131, 211,
- /* 1410 */ 212, 189, 59, 136, 137, 211, 212, 85, 189, 211,
- /* 1420 */ 212, 253, 90, 211, 212, 292, 293, 118, 119, 211,
- /* 1430 */ 212, 99, 23, 211, 212, 26, 159, 105, 106, 140,
- /* 1440 */ 211, 212, 23, 189, 112, 26, 114, 115, 116, 1,
- /* 1450 */ 2, 119, 189, 5, 7, 8, 115, 139, 10, 11,
- /* 1460 */ 12, 13, 14, 23, 189, 17, 26, 189, 115, 189,
- /* 1470 */ 19, 20, 189, 22, 189, 83, 84, 189, 30, 150,
- /* 1480 */ 32, 152, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 36, 40, 211,
- /* 1490 */ 212, 211, 212, 189, 211, 212, 211, 212, 309, 189,
- /* 1500 */ 19, 20, 189, 22, 150, 189, 152, 231, 189, 189,
+ /* 1380 */ 127, 211, 212, 189, 189, 211, 212, 189, 189, 211,
+ /* 1390 */ 212, 59, 189, 189, 211, 212, 23, 189, 22, 26,
+ /* 1400 */ 24, 189, 149, 71, 189, 211, 212, 189, 131, 211,
+ /* 1410 */ 212, 189, 189, 136, 137, 211, 212, 85, 189, 211,
+ /* 1420 */ 212, 59, 90, 211, 212, 292, 293, 118, 119, 211,
+ /* 1430 */ 212, 99, 23, 211, 212, 26, 159, 105, 106, 189,
+ /* 1440 */ 211, 212, 143, 150, 112, 152, 114, 115, 116, 1,
+ /* 1450 */ 2, 119, 23, 5, 23, 26, 189, 26, 10, 11,
+ /* 1460 */ 12, 13, 14, 83, 84, 17, 253, 189, 139, 189,
+ /* 1470 */ 19, 20, 189, 22, 189, 189, 140, 115, 30, 59,
+ /* 1480 */ 32, 139, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 36, 40, 211,
+ /* 1490 */ 212, 211, 212, 59, 211, 212, 211, 212, 7, 8,
+ /* 1500 */ 19, 20, 189, 22, 150, 189, 152, 231, 281, 189,
/* 1510 */ 59, 189, 23, 189, 189, 26, 189, 36, 70, 189,
- /* 1520 */ 23, 139, 71, 26, 211, 212, 78, 211, 212, 81,
- /* 1530 */ 281, 211, 212, 211, 212, 189, 211, 212, 211, 212,
- /* 1540 */ 59, 211, 212, 23, 23, 97, 26, 26, 23, 189,
- /* 1550 */ 99, 26, 71, 189, 119, 189, 105, 106, 107, 189,
- /* 1560 */ 189, 189, 280, 112, 129, 114, 115, 116, 189, 189,
+ /* 1520 */ 23, 237, 71, 26, 211, 212, 78, 211, 212, 81,
+ /* 1530 */ 189, 211, 212, 211, 212, 115, 211, 212, 211, 212,
+ /* 1540 */ 59, 211, 212, 23, 23, 97, 26, 26, 23, 115,
+ /* 1550 */ 99, 26, 71, 189, 189, 189, 105, 106, 107, 23,
+ /* 1560 */ 189, 23, 26, 112, 26, 114, 115, 116, 189, 309,
/* 1570 */ 119, 23, 19, 20, 26, 22, 189, 211, 212, 131,
- /* 1580 */ 99, 237, 211, 212, 136, 137, 105, 106, 189, 36,
+ /* 1580 */ 99, 189, 211, 212, 136, 137, 105, 106, 189, 36,
/* 1590 */ 211, 212, 189, 112, 189, 114, 115, 116, 211, 212,
- /* 1600 */ 119, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 189, 159, 23, 189,
- /* 1610 */ 23, 26, 59, 26, 189, 189, 189, 189, 189, 189,
- /* 1620 */ 209, 189, 238, 187, 71, 250, 250, 250, 211, 212,
- /* 1630 */ 241, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 211, 212, 250, 290,
- /* 1640 */ 254, 211, 212, 211, 212, 254, 215, 286, 241, 241,
- /* 1650 */ 254, 286, 99, 214, 220, 214, 214, 224, 105, 106,
- /* 1660 */ 244, 240, 244, 273, 192, 112, 60, 114, 115, 116,
- /* 1670 */ 139, 290, 119, 5, 196, 238, 196, 38, 10, 11,
- /* 1680 */ 12, 13, 14, 196, 287, 17, 148, 287, 276, 113,
- /* 1690 */ 43, 22, 229, 147, 241, 18, 232, 232, 30, 232,
- /* 1700 */ 32, 232, 264, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 40, 265,
- /* 1710 */ 196, 18, 195, 264, 241, 241, 241, 265, 196, 229,
- /* 1720 */ 229, 195, 155, 62, 196, 195, 283, 282, 22, 216,
- /* 1730 */ 196, 195, 216, 196, 195, 113, 213, 213, 70, 64,
- /* 1740 */ 213, 222, 22, 124, 162, 111, 78, 142, 219, 81,
- /* 1750 */ 215, 219, 275, 303, 213, 213, 216, 275, 213, 216,
- /* 1760 */ 213, 256, 113, 255, 255, 97, 222, 216, 256, 196,
- /* 1770 */ 91, 256, 82, 255, 308, 146, 308, 22, 143, 196,
- /* 1780 */ 270, 155, 145, 272, 144, 25, 13, 199, 26, 256,
- /* 1790 */ 198, 190, 190, 6, 296, 188, 188, 188, 244, 131,
- /* 1800 */ 245, 245, 243, 242, 136, 137, 241, 255, 208, 260,
- /* 1810 */ 260, 208, 202, 217, 217, 202, 4, 3, 202, 208,
- /* 1820 */ 208, 22, 160, 209, 209, 208, 15, 159, 98, 16,
- /* 1830 */ 23, 23, 137, 148, 24, 128, 140, 20, 16, 142,
- /* 1840 */ 1, 140, 128, 149, 61, 53, 37, 148, 53, 53,
- /* 1850 */ 53, 293, 128, 296, 114, 34, 139, 1, 5, 22,
- /* 1860 */ 113, 158, 68, 75, 26, 41, 68, 139, 24, 113,
- /* 1870 */ 20, 19, 129, 123, 23, 96, 22, 22, 59, 22,
- /* 1880 */ 22, 147, 67, 67, 24, 22, 37, 28, 23, 22,
- /* 1890 */ 67, 23, 23, 23, 114, 23, 22, 26, 22, 24,
- /* 1900 */ 23, 22, 24, 139, 23, 23, 141, 34, 88, 26,
- /* 1910 */ 75, 86, 23, 22, 34, 75, 24, 23, 34, 34,
- /* 1920 */ 34, 93, 34, 26, 26, 23, 23, 34, 23, 23,
- /* 1930 */ 26, 44, 23, 22, 11, 22, 22, 133, 23, 23,
- /* 1940 */ 22, 22, 139, 26, 139, 139, 15, 23, 1, 1,
- /* 1950 */ 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 139, 310, 310,
- /* 1960 */ 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310,
+ /* 1600 */ 119, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 189, 159, 23, 250,
+ /* 1610 */ 189, 26, 59, 189, 189, 189, 189, 189, 280, 189,
+ /* 1620 */ 250, 189, 189, 238, 71, 189, 189, 250, 211, 212,
+ /* 1630 */ 187, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 211, 212, 250, 290,
+ /* 1640 */ 240, 211, 212, 211, 212, 254, 286, 209, 254, 241,
+ /* 1650 */ 240, 254, 99, 286, 215, 220, 214, 244, 105, 106,
+ /* 1660 */ 214, 214, 244, 273, 224, 112, 192, 114, 115, 116,
+ /* 1670 */ 60, 290, 119, 5, 139, 196, 196, 38, 10, 11,
+ /* 1680 */ 12, 13, 14, 238, 240, 17, 196, 148, 287, 287,
+ /* 1690 */ 276, 113, 22, 147, 241, 43, 229, 241, 30, 18,
+ /* 1700 */ 32, 232, 232, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 40, 232,
+ /* 1710 */ 232, 196, 18, 195, 265, 265, 264, 241, 264, 196,
+ /* 1720 */ 155, 229, 229, 241, 241, 241, 195, 62, 196, 195,
+ /* 1730 */ 22, 113, 216, 196, 222, 195, 195, 282, 70, 196,
+ /* 1740 */ 283, 213, 216, 213, 64, 22, 78, 124, 219, 81,
+ /* 1750 */ 162, 111, 219, 142, 256, 213, 113, 255, 213, 256,
+ /* 1760 */ 216, 303, 215, 213, 213, 97, 255, 213, 216, 275,
+ /* 1770 */ 275, 222, 216, 256, 255, 196, 91, 82, 256, 255,
+ /* 1780 */ 308, 308, 146, 22, 143, 196, 155, 260, 25, 145,
+ /* 1790 */ 144, 199, 26, 198, 13, 190, 190, 6, 293, 131,
+ /* 1800 */ 188, 188, 245, 244, 136, 137, 245, 243, 242, 241,
+ /* 1810 */ 188, 202, 208, 217, 217, 260, 208, 4, 202, 3,
+ /* 1820 */ 22, 202, 208, 208, 160, 15, 209, 159, 270, 209,
+ /* 1830 */ 98, 16, 272, 208, 23, 23, 137, 148, 128, 20,
+ /* 1840 */ 140, 24, 16, 142, 1, 140, 149, 128, 61, 53,
+ /* 1850 */ 148, 37, 53, 53, 53, 128, 114, 34, 296, 296,
+ /* 1860 */ 139, 1, 5, 22, 113, 158, 26, 75, 41, 139,
+ /* 1870 */ 68, 68, 113, 24, 20, 19, 129, 123, 23, 96,
+ /* 1880 */ 22, 22, 37, 22, 22, 67, 22, 67, 59, 24,
+ /* 1890 */ 23, 28, 67, 147, 22, 26, 23, 23, 23, 23,
+ /* 1900 */ 22, 24, 23, 22, 24, 23, 139, 23, 114, 22,
+ /* 1910 */ 141, 26, 88, 75, 86, 44, 23, 34, 22, 75,
+ /* 1920 */ 34, 24, 34, 34, 34, 93, 34, 26, 26, 34,
+ /* 1930 */ 23, 23, 23, 23, 23, 11, 23, 22, 26, 22,
+ /* 1940 */ 22, 133, 23, 23, 22, 22, 139, 26, 139, 23,
+ /* 1950 */ 15, 1, 1, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310,
+ /* 1960 */ 139, 139, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310,
/* 1970 */ 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310,
/* 1980 */ 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310,
/* 1990 */ 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310,
@@ -153081,11 +155009,12 @@
/* 2100 */ 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310,
/* 2110 */ 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310,
/* 2120 */ 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310,
- /* 2130 */ 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310,
+ /* 2130 */ 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310, 310,
+ /* 2140 */ 310, 310, 310,
};
-#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (550)
+#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (552)
#define YY_SHIFT_MIN (0)
-#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1948)
+#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1951)
static const unsigned short int yy_shift_ofst[] = {
/* 0 */ 1448, 1277, 1668, 1072, 1072, 340, 1122, 1225, 1332, 1481,
/* 10 */ 1481, 1481, 335, 0, 0, 180, 897, 1481, 1481, 1481,
@@ -153102,51 +155031,51 @@
/* 120 */ 1481, 1481, 1481, 1481, 1481, 1481, 147, 258, 258, 258,
/* 130 */ 258, 258, 79, 65, 84, 449, 19, 786, 449, 636,
/* 140 */ 636, 449, 880, 880, 880, 880, 113, 142, 142, 472,
- /* 150 */ 150, 1958, 1958, 399, 399, 399, 93, 237, 341, 237,
+ /* 150 */ 150, 1962, 1962, 399, 399, 399, 93, 237, 341, 237,
/* 160 */ 237, 1074, 1074, 437, 350, 704, 1080, 449, 449, 449,
/* 170 */ 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449,
/* 180 */ 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 818, 818,
- /* 190 */ 449, 1088, 217, 217, 734, 734, 1124, 1126, 1958, 1958,
- /* 200 */ 1958, 739, 840, 840, 453, 454, 511, 187, 563, 570,
+ /* 190 */ 449, 1088, 217, 217, 734, 734, 1124, 1126, 1962, 1962,
+ /* 200 */ 1962, 739, 840, 840, 453, 454, 511, 187, 563, 570,
/* 210 */ 898, 669, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449,
/* 220 */ 449, 670, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449,
/* 230 */ 449, 449, 449, 449, 674, 674, 674, 449, 449, 449,
/* 240 */ 449, 1034, 449, 449, 449, 972, 1107, 449, 449, 1193,
/* 250 */ 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 449, 260, 177,
/* 260 */ 489, 1241, 1241, 1241, 1241, 1192, 489, 489, 952, 1197,
- /* 270 */ 625, 1235, 1139, 181, 181, 1086, 1139, 1139, 1086, 1187,
- /* 280 */ 1131, 1237, 1314, 1314, 1314, 181, 1245, 1245, 1109, 1299,
- /* 290 */ 549, 1340, 1606, 1531, 1531, 1639, 1639, 1531, 1538, 1576,
- /* 300 */ 1669, 1647, 1546, 1677, 1677, 1677, 1677, 1531, 1693, 1546,
- /* 310 */ 1546, 1576, 1669, 1647, 1647, 1546, 1531, 1693, 1567, 1661,
- /* 320 */ 1531, 1693, 1706, 1531, 1693, 1531, 1693, 1706, 1622, 1622,
- /* 330 */ 1622, 1675, 1720, 1720, 1706, 1622, 1619, 1622, 1675, 1622,
- /* 340 */ 1622, 1582, 1706, 1634, 1634, 1706, 1605, 1649, 1605, 1649,
- /* 350 */ 1605, 1649, 1605, 1649, 1531, 1679, 1679, 1690, 1690, 1629,
- /* 360 */ 1635, 1755, 1531, 1626, 1629, 1637, 1640, 1546, 1760, 1762,
- /* 370 */ 1773, 1773, 1787, 1787, 1787, 1958, 1958, 1958, 1958, 1958,
- /* 380 */ 1958, 1958, 1958, 1958, 1958, 1958, 1958, 1958, 1958, 1958,
- /* 390 */ 308, 835, 954, 1232, 879, 715, 728, 1323, 864, 1318,
- /* 400 */ 1253, 1373, 297, 1409, 1419, 1440, 1489, 1497, 1520, 1242,
- /* 410 */ 1309, 1447, 1435, 1341, 1521, 1525, 1392, 1548, 1329, 1354,
- /* 420 */ 1585, 1587, 1353, 1382, 1812, 1814, 1799, 1662, 1811, 1730,
- /* 430 */ 1813, 1807, 1808, 1695, 1685, 1707, 1810, 1696, 1817, 1697,
- /* 440 */ 1822, 1839, 1701, 1694, 1714, 1783, 1809, 1699, 1792, 1795,
- /* 450 */ 1796, 1797, 1724, 1740, 1821, 1717, 1856, 1853, 1837, 1747,
- /* 460 */ 1703, 1794, 1838, 1798, 1788, 1824, 1728, 1756, 1844, 1850,
- /* 470 */ 1852, 1743, 1750, 1854, 1815, 1855, 1857, 1851, 1858, 1816,
- /* 480 */ 1819, 1860, 1779, 1859, 1863, 1823, 1849, 1865, 1734, 1867,
- /* 490 */ 1868, 1869, 1870, 1871, 1872, 1874, 1875, 1877, 1876, 1878,
- /* 500 */ 1764, 1881, 1882, 1780, 1873, 1879, 1765, 1883, 1880, 1884,
- /* 510 */ 1885, 1886, 1820, 1835, 1825, 1887, 1840, 1828, 1888, 1889,
- /* 520 */ 1891, 1892, 1897, 1898, 1893, 1894, 1883, 1902, 1903, 1905,
- /* 530 */ 1906, 1904, 1909, 1911, 1923, 1913, 1914, 1915, 1916, 1918,
- /* 540 */ 1919, 1917, 1804, 1803, 1805, 1806, 1818, 1924, 1931, 1947,
- /* 550 */ 1948,
+ /* 270 */ 625, 1235, 1131, 181, 181, 1086, 1139, 1131, 1086, 1187,
+ /* 280 */ 1319, 1237, 1318, 1318, 1318, 181, 1299, 1299, 1109, 1336,
+ /* 290 */ 549, 1376, 1610, 1535, 1535, 1639, 1639, 1535, 1539, 1578,
+ /* 300 */ 1670, 1546, 1652, 1546, 1681, 1681, 1681, 1681, 1535, 1694,
+ /* 310 */ 1546, 1546, 1578, 1670, 1652, 1546, 1652, 1546, 1535, 1694,
+ /* 320 */ 1565, 1665, 1535, 1694, 1708, 1535, 1694, 1535, 1694, 1708,
+ /* 330 */ 1618, 1618, 1618, 1680, 1723, 1723, 1708, 1618, 1623, 1618,
+ /* 340 */ 1680, 1618, 1618, 1588, 1708, 1640, 1640, 1708, 1611, 1643,
+ /* 350 */ 1611, 1643, 1611, 1643, 1611, 1643, 1535, 1685, 1685, 1695,
+ /* 360 */ 1695, 1636, 1641, 1761, 1535, 1631, 1636, 1644, 1646, 1546,
+ /* 370 */ 1763, 1766, 1781, 1781, 1791, 1791, 1791, 1962, 1962, 1962,
+ /* 380 */ 1962, 1962, 1962, 1962, 1962, 1962, 1962, 1962, 1962, 1962,
+ /* 390 */ 1962, 1962, 308, 835, 954, 1232, 879, 715, 728, 1373,
+ /* 400 */ 864, 1329, 1253, 1409, 297, 1431, 1489, 1497, 1520, 1521,
+ /* 410 */ 1525, 1362, 1309, 1491, 1217, 1420, 1429, 1536, 1380, 1538,
+ /* 420 */ 1293, 1354, 1548, 1585, 1434, 1342, 1813, 1816, 1798, 1664,
+ /* 430 */ 1810, 1732, 1815, 1811, 1812, 1699, 1689, 1710, 1817, 1700,
+ /* 440 */ 1819, 1701, 1826, 1843, 1705, 1697, 1719, 1787, 1814, 1702,
+ /* 450 */ 1796, 1799, 1800, 1801, 1727, 1742, 1823, 1721, 1860, 1857,
+ /* 460 */ 1841, 1751, 1707, 1802, 1840, 1803, 1792, 1827, 1730, 1759,
+ /* 470 */ 1849, 1854, 1856, 1747, 1754, 1858, 1818, 1859, 1861, 1855,
+ /* 480 */ 1862, 1820, 1829, 1865, 1783, 1863, 1864, 1825, 1845, 1867,
+ /* 490 */ 1746, 1872, 1873, 1874, 1875, 1869, 1876, 1878, 1877, 1879,
+ /* 500 */ 1881, 1880, 1767, 1882, 1884, 1794, 1883, 1887, 1769, 1885,
+ /* 510 */ 1886, 1888, 1889, 1890, 1824, 1838, 1828, 1871, 1844, 1832,
+ /* 520 */ 1892, 1893, 1896, 1897, 1901, 1902, 1895, 1907, 1885, 1908,
+ /* 530 */ 1909, 1910, 1911, 1912, 1913, 1915, 1924, 1917, 1918, 1919,
+ /* 540 */ 1920, 1922, 1923, 1921, 1808, 1807, 1809, 1821, 1822, 1926,
+ /* 550 */ 1935, 1950, 1951,
};
-#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (389)
+#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (391)
#define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-262)
-#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1617)
+#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1625)
static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
/* 0 */ 490, -122, 545, 645, 650, -120, -189, -187, -184, -182,
/* 10 */ -178, -176, 45, 30, 200, -251, -134, 390, 392, 521,
@@ -153169,88 +155098,89 @@
/* 180 */ 158, 749, 716, 900, 304, 822, 929, 926, 499, 793,
/* 190 */ 322, 892, 813, 845, 958, 1056, 751, 905, 1133, 1062,
/* 200 */ 803, -210, -185, -179, -148, -167, -89, 121, 274, 281,
- /* 210 */ 320, 336, 439, 663, 711, 957, 1064, 1068, 1116, 1127,
- /* 220 */ 1134, -196, 1147, 1180, 1184, 1195, 1203, 1209, 1254, 1263,
- /* 230 */ 1275, 1288, 1304, 1310, 205, 422, 638, 1319, 1324, 1346,
- /* 240 */ 1360, 1168, 1364, 1370, 1372, 869, 1189, 1380, 1399, 1276,
- /* 250 */ 1403, 121, 1405, 1420, 1426, 1427, 1428, 1429, 1249, 1282,
- /* 260 */ 1344, 1375, 1376, 1377, 1388, 1168, 1344, 1344, 1384, 1411,
- /* 270 */ 1436, 1349, 1389, 1386, 1391, 1361, 1407, 1408, 1365, 1431,
- /* 280 */ 1433, 1434, 1439, 1441, 1442, 1396, 1416, 1418, 1390, 1421,
- /* 290 */ 1437, 1472, 1381, 1478, 1480, 1397, 1400, 1487, 1412, 1444,
- /* 300 */ 1438, 1463, 1453, 1464, 1465, 1467, 1469, 1514, 1517, 1473,
- /* 310 */ 1474, 1452, 1449, 1490, 1491, 1475, 1522, 1526, 1443, 1445,
- /* 320 */ 1528, 1530, 1513, 1534, 1536, 1537, 1539, 1516, 1523, 1524,
- /* 330 */ 1527, 1519, 1529, 1532, 1540, 1541, 1535, 1542, 1544, 1545,
- /* 340 */ 1547, 1450, 1543, 1477, 1482, 1551, 1505, 1508, 1512, 1509,
- /* 350 */ 1515, 1518, 1533, 1552, 1573, 1466, 1468, 1549, 1550, 1555,
- /* 360 */ 1554, 1510, 1583, 1511, 1556, 1559, 1561, 1565, 1588, 1592,
- /* 370 */ 1601, 1602, 1607, 1608, 1609, 1498, 1557, 1558, 1610, 1600,
- /* 380 */ 1603, 1611, 1612, 1613, 1596, 1597, 1614, 1615, 1617, 1616,
+ /* 210 */ 320, 336, 439, 663, 711, 957, 965, 1064, 1068, 1112,
+ /* 220 */ 1116, -196, 1127, 1134, 1180, 1184, 1195, 1199, 1203, 1215,
+ /* 230 */ 1223, 1250, 1267, 1286, 205, 422, 638, 1324, 1341, 1364,
+ /* 240 */ 1365, 1213, 1392, 1399, 1403, 869, 1260, 1405, 1421, 1276,
+ /* 250 */ 1424, 121, 1426, 1427, 1428, 1433, 1436, 1437, 1227, 1338,
+ /* 260 */ 1284, 1359, 1370, 1377, 1388, 1213, 1284, 1284, 1385, 1438,
+ /* 270 */ 1443, 1349, 1400, 1391, 1394, 1360, 1408, 1410, 1367, 1439,
+ /* 280 */ 1440, 1435, 1442, 1446, 1447, 1397, 1413, 1418, 1390, 1444,
+ /* 290 */ 1445, 1474, 1381, 1479, 1480, 1401, 1402, 1490, 1414, 1449,
+ /* 300 */ 1452, 1453, 1467, 1456, 1469, 1470, 1477, 1478, 1515, 1518,
+ /* 310 */ 1476, 1482, 1450, 1454, 1492, 1483, 1493, 1484, 1523, 1531,
+ /* 320 */ 1457, 1455, 1532, 1534, 1516, 1537, 1540, 1543, 1541, 1526,
+ /* 330 */ 1528, 1530, 1542, 1512, 1529, 1533, 1544, 1545, 1547, 1550,
+ /* 340 */ 1549, 1551, 1554, 1458, 1552, 1494, 1495, 1556, 1498, 1502,
+ /* 350 */ 1503, 1511, 1517, 1519, 1522, 1524, 1579, 1472, 1473, 1527,
+ /* 360 */ 1555, 1557, 1559, 1558, 1589, 1560, 1561, 1564, 1566, 1568,
+ /* 370 */ 1592, 1595, 1605, 1606, 1612, 1613, 1622, 1562, 1563, 1505,
+ /* 380 */ 1609, 1604, 1608, 1614, 1615, 1616, 1596, 1597, 1617, 1620,
+ /* 390 */ 1625, 1619,
};
static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
- /* 0 */ 1573, 1573, 1573, 1409, 1186, 1295, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1409,
- /* 10 */ 1409, 1409, 1186, 1325, 1325, 1462, 1217, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 20 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1408, 1186, 1186,
- /* 30 */ 1186, 1186, 1492, 1492, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 40 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1334, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 50 */ 1410, 1411, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1461, 1463, 1426, 1344, 1343,
- /* 60 */ 1342, 1341, 1444, 1312, 1339, 1332, 1336, 1404, 1405, 1403,
- /* 70 */ 1407, 1411, 1410, 1186, 1335, 1375, 1389, 1374, 1186, 1186,
- /* 80 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 90 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 100 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 110 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 120 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1383, 1388, 1394, 1387,
- /* 130 */ 1384, 1377, 1376, 1378, 1379, 1186, 1207, 1259, 1186, 1186,
- /* 140 */ 1186, 1186, 1480, 1479, 1186, 1186, 1217, 1369, 1368, 1380,
- /* 150 */ 1381, 1391, 1390, 1469, 1527, 1526, 1427, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 160 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1492, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 170 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 180 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1492, 1492,
- /* 190 */ 1186, 1217, 1492, 1492, 1213, 1213, 1319, 1186, 1475, 1295,
- /* 200 */ 1286, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 210 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1466, 1464, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 220 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 230 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 240 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1291, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 250 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1521, 1186, 1439,
- /* 260 */ 1273, 1291, 1291, 1291, 1291, 1293, 1274, 1272, 1285, 1218,
- /* 270 */ 1193, 1565, 1338, 1314, 1314, 1562, 1338, 1338, 1562, 1234,
- /* 280 */ 1543, 1229, 1325, 1325, 1325, 1314, 1319, 1319, 1406, 1292,
- /* 290 */ 1285, 1186, 1565, 1300, 1300, 1564, 1564, 1300, 1427, 1347,
- /* 300 */ 1353, 1262, 1338, 1268, 1268, 1268, 1268, 1300, 1204, 1338,
- /* 310 */ 1338, 1347, 1353, 1262, 1262, 1338, 1300, 1204, 1443, 1559,
- /* 320 */ 1300, 1204, 1417, 1300, 1204, 1300, 1204, 1417, 1260, 1260,
- /* 330 */ 1260, 1249, 1186, 1186, 1417, 1260, 1234, 1260, 1249, 1260,
- /* 340 */ 1260, 1510, 1417, 1421, 1421, 1417, 1318, 1313, 1318, 1313,
- /* 350 */ 1318, 1313, 1318, 1313, 1300, 1502, 1502, 1328, 1328, 1333,
- /* 360 */ 1319, 1412, 1300, 1186, 1333, 1331, 1329, 1338, 1210, 1252,
- /* 370 */ 1524, 1524, 1520, 1520, 1520, 1570, 1570, 1475, 1536, 1217,
- /* 380 */ 1217, 1217, 1217, 1536, 1236, 1236, 1218, 1218, 1217, 1536,
- /* 390 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1531, 1186, 1428, 1304,
- /* 400 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 410 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 420 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1358, 1186, 1189, 1472, 1186, 1186, 1470,
- /* 430 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1305, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 440 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 450 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1561, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 460 */ 1186, 1186, 1442, 1441, 1186, 1186, 1302, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 470 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 480 */ 1232, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 490 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 500 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1330, 1186, 1186,
- /* 510 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 520 */ 1186, 1186, 1507, 1320, 1186, 1186, 1552, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 530 */ 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186, 1186,
- /* 540 */ 1186, 1547, 1276, 1360, 1186, 1359, 1363, 1186, 1198, 1186,
- /* 550 */ 1186,
+ /* 0 */ 1575, 1575, 1575, 1411, 1188, 1297, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1411,
+ /* 10 */ 1411, 1411, 1188, 1327, 1327, 1464, 1219, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 20 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1410, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 30 */ 1188, 1188, 1494, 1494, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 40 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1336, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 50 */ 1412, 1413, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1463, 1465, 1428, 1346, 1345,
+ /* 60 */ 1344, 1343, 1446, 1314, 1341, 1334, 1338, 1406, 1407, 1405,
+ /* 70 */ 1409, 1413, 1412, 1188, 1337, 1377, 1391, 1376, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 80 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 90 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 100 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 110 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 120 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1385, 1390, 1396, 1389,
+ /* 130 */ 1386, 1379, 1378, 1380, 1381, 1188, 1209, 1261, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 140 */ 1188, 1188, 1482, 1481, 1188, 1188, 1219, 1371, 1370, 1382,
+ /* 150 */ 1383, 1393, 1392, 1471, 1529, 1528, 1429, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 160 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1494, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 170 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 180 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1494, 1494,
+ /* 190 */ 1188, 1219, 1494, 1494, 1215, 1215, 1321, 1188, 1477, 1297,
+ /* 200 */ 1288, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 210 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1468, 1466, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 220 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 230 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 240 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1293, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 250 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1523, 1188, 1441,
+ /* 260 */ 1275, 1293, 1293, 1293, 1293, 1295, 1276, 1274, 1287, 1220,
+ /* 270 */ 1195, 1567, 1294, 1316, 1316, 1564, 1340, 1294, 1564, 1236,
+ /* 280 */ 1545, 1231, 1327, 1327, 1327, 1316, 1321, 1321, 1408, 1294,
+ /* 290 */ 1287, 1188, 1567, 1302, 1302, 1566, 1566, 1302, 1429, 1349,
+ /* 300 */ 1355, 1340, 1264, 1340, 1270, 1270, 1270, 1270, 1302, 1206,
+ /* 310 */ 1340, 1340, 1349, 1355, 1264, 1340, 1264, 1340, 1302, 1206,
+ /* 320 */ 1445, 1561, 1302, 1206, 1419, 1302, 1206, 1302, 1206, 1419,
+ /* 330 */ 1262, 1262, 1262, 1251, 1188, 1188, 1419, 1262, 1236, 1262,
+ /* 340 */ 1251, 1262, 1262, 1512, 1419, 1423, 1423, 1419, 1320, 1315,
+ /* 350 */ 1320, 1315, 1320, 1315, 1320, 1315, 1302, 1504, 1504, 1330,
+ /* 360 */ 1330, 1335, 1321, 1414, 1302, 1188, 1335, 1333, 1331, 1340,
+ /* 370 */ 1212, 1254, 1526, 1526, 1522, 1522, 1522, 1572, 1572, 1477,
+ /* 380 */ 1538, 1219, 1219, 1219, 1219, 1538, 1238, 1238, 1220, 1220,
+ /* 390 */ 1219, 1538, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1533, 1188,
+ /* 400 */ 1430, 1306, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 410 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 420 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1360, 1188, 1191, 1474, 1188,
+ /* 430 */ 1188, 1472, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1307, 1188,
+ /* 440 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 450 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1563, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 460 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1444, 1443, 1188, 1188, 1304, 1188,
+ /* 470 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 480 */ 1188, 1188, 1234, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 490 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 500 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1332,
+ /* 510 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 520 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1509, 1322, 1188, 1188, 1554, 1188,
+ /* 530 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188, 1188,
+ /* 540 */ 1188, 1188, 1188, 1549, 1278, 1362, 1188, 1361, 1365, 1188,
+ /* 550 */ 1200, 1188, 1188,
};
/********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/
-/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens.
+/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens.
** If a construct like the following:
-**
+**
** %fallback ID X Y Z.
**
** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
@@ -153503,10 +155433,10 @@
#endif /* NDEBUG */
#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
+/*
** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off
-** by making either argument NULL
+** by making either argument NULL
**
** Inputs:
** <ul>
@@ -153531,7 +155461,7 @@
#if defined(YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG)
/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
** are required. The following table supplies these names */
-static const char *const yyTokenName[] = {
+static const char *const yyTokenName[] = {
/* 0 */ "$",
/* 1 */ "SEMI",
/* 2 */ "EXPLAIN",
@@ -154000,7 +155930,7 @@
/* 148 */ "cmd ::= with DELETE FROM xfullname indexed_opt where_opt",
/* 149 */ "where_opt ::=",
/* 150 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
- /* 151 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 151 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist from where_opt",
/* 152 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
/* 153 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr",
/* 154 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
@@ -154110,7 +156040,7 @@
/* 258 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm",
/* 259 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm",
/* 260 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED",
- /* 261 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt",
+ /* 261 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist from where_opt scanpt",
/* 262 */ "trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select upsert scanpt",
/* 263 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt",
/* 264 */ "trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt",
@@ -154267,7 +156197,7 @@
#endif
p->yystksz = newSize;
}
- return pNew==0;
+ return pNew==0;
}
#endif
@@ -154309,7 +156239,7 @@
}
#ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
-/*
+/*
** This function allocates a new parser.
** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
** malloc.
@@ -154336,7 +156266,7 @@
/* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value
** associated with a symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal
** or nonterminal. "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is
-** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the
+** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the
** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor
** directives of the input grammar.
*/
@@ -154351,7 +156281,7 @@
/* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen
** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
- ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is
+ ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is
** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
**
** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
@@ -154491,7 +156421,7 @@
}
#ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
-/*
+/*
** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are called for
** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
**
@@ -154713,7 +156643,7 @@
assert( yypParser->yyhwm == (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack) );
}
#endif
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0
if( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystackEnd ){
yypParser->yytos--;
yyStackOverflow(yypParser);
@@ -154892,7 +156822,7 @@
186, /* (148) cmd ::= with DELETE FROM xfullname indexed_opt where_opt */
241, /* (149) where_opt ::= */
241, /* (150) where_opt ::= WHERE expr */
- 186, /* (151) cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
+ 186, /* (151) cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist from where_opt */
262, /* (152) setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
262, /* (153) setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr */
262, /* (154) setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
@@ -155002,7 +156932,7 @@
285, /* (258) trnm ::= nm DOT nm */
286, /* (259) tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */
286, /* (260) tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */
- 284, /* (261) trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt */
+ 284, /* (261) trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist from where_opt scanpt */
284, /* (262) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select upsert scanpt */
284, /* (263) trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt */
284, /* (264) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt */
@@ -155282,7 +157212,7 @@
-6, /* (148) cmd ::= with DELETE FROM xfullname indexed_opt where_opt */
0, /* (149) where_opt ::= */
-2, /* (150) where_opt ::= WHERE expr */
- -8, /* (151) cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
+ -9, /* (151) cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist from where_opt */
-5, /* (152) setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
-7, /* (153) setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr */
-3, /* (154) setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
@@ -155392,7 +157322,7 @@
-3, /* (258) trnm ::= nm DOT nm */
-3, /* (259) tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */
-2, /* (260) tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */
- -8, /* (261) trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt */
+ -9, /* (261) trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist from where_opt scanpt */
-8, /* (262) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select upsert scanpt */
-6, /* (263) trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt */
-3, /* (264) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt */
@@ -155572,7 +157502,7 @@
assert( yypParser->yyhwm == (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack));
}
#endif
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0
if( yypParser->yytos>=yypParser->yystackEnd ){
yyStackOverflow(yypParser);
/* The call to yyStackOverflow() above pops the stack until it is
@@ -155883,7 +157813,7 @@
break;
case 82: /* cmd ::= select */
{
- SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
+ SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy539, &dest);
sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy539);
}
@@ -156028,7 +157958,8 @@
{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
break;
case 103: /* from ::= */
-{yymsp[1].minor.yy47 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yymsp[1].minor.yy47));}
+ case 106: /* stl_prefix ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==106);
+{yymsp[1].minor.yy47 = 0;}
break;
case 104: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
{
@@ -156041,9 +157972,6 @@
if( ALWAYS(yymsp[-1].minor.yy47 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy47->nSrc>0) ) yymsp[-1].minor.yy47->a[yymsp[-1].minor.yy47->nSrc-1].fg.jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy192;
}
break;
- case 106: /* stl_prefix ::= */
-{yymsp[1].minor.yy47 = 0;}
- break;
case 107: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */
{
yymsp[-6].minor.yy47 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy47,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy202,yymsp[0].minor.yy600);
@@ -156122,7 +158050,7 @@
}
break;
case 118: /* xfullname ::= nm AS nm */
-{
+{
yymsp[-2].minor.yy47 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0); /*A-overwrites-X*/
if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy47 ) yymsp[-2].minor.yy47->a[0].zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
@@ -156215,11 +158143,12 @@
sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy47,yymsp[0].minor.yy202,0,0);
}
break;
- case 151: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
+ case 151: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist from where_opt */
{
- sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy47, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy242,"set list");
- sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy47,yymsp[-1].minor.yy242,yymsp[0].minor.yy202,yymsp[-5].minor.yy192,0,0,0);
+ sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy47, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy242,"set list");
+ yymsp[-5].minor.yy47 = sqlite3SrcListAppendList(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy47, yymsp[-1].minor.yy47);
+ sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-5].minor.yy47,yymsp[-2].minor.yy242,yymsp[0].minor.yy202,yymsp[-6].minor.yy192,0,0,0);
}
break;
case 152: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
@@ -156479,7 +158408,7 @@
yymsp[-4].minor.yy202->x.pList = pList;
}else{
sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
- }
+ }
if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy192 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy202 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy202, 0);
}
break;
@@ -156496,6 +158425,13 @@
*/
sqlite3ExprUnmapAndDelete(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy202);
yymsp[-4].minor.yy202 = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER, yymsp[-3].minor.yy192 ? "1" : "0");
+ }else if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy242->nExpr==1 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(yymsp[-1].minor.yy242->a[0].pExpr) ){
+ Expr *pRHS = yymsp[-1].minor.yy242->a[0].pExpr;
+ yymsp[-1].minor.yy242->a[0].pExpr = 0;
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy242);
+ pRHS = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS, pRHS, 0);
+ yymsp[-4].minor.yy202 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, yymsp[-4].minor.yy202, pRHS);
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy192 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy202 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy202, 0);
}else{
yymsp[-4].minor.yy202 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy202, 0);
if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy202 ){
@@ -156577,7 +158513,7 @@
break;
case 225: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt */
{
- sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0,
+ sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0,
sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-2].minor.yy242, yymsp[-10].minor.yy192,
&yymsp[-11].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy202, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-8].minor.yy192, SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF);
if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && pParse->pNewIndex ){
@@ -156672,7 +158608,7 @@
}
break;
case 257: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */
-{
+{
assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy447!=0 );
yymsp[-1].minor.yy447->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy447;
}
@@ -156680,7 +158616,7 @@
case 258: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */
{
yymsp[-2].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE "
"statements within triggers");
}
@@ -156699,9 +158635,9 @@
"within triggers");
}
break;
- case 261: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt */
-{yylhsminor.yy447 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy242, yymsp[-1].minor.yy202, yymsp[-6].minor.yy192, yymsp[-7].minor.yy0.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy436);}
- yymsp[-7].minor.yy447 = yylhsminor.yy447;
+ case 261: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist from where_opt scanpt */
+{yylhsminor.yy447 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy47, yymsp[-3].minor.yy242, yymsp[-1].minor.yy202, yymsp[-7].minor.yy192, yymsp[-8].minor.yy0.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy436);}
+ yymsp[-8].minor.yy447 = yylhsminor.yy447;
break;
case 262: /* trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select upsert scanpt */
{
@@ -156719,7 +158655,7 @@
break;
case 265: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
{
- yymsp[-3].minor.yy202 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0);
+ yymsp[-3].minor.yy202 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0);
if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy202 ){
yymsp[-3].minor.yy202->affExpr = OE_Ignore;
}
@@ -156727,7 +158663,7 @@
break;
case 266: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
{
- yymsp[-5].minor.yy202 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_RAISE, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1);
+ yymsp[-5].minor.yy202 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_RAISE, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1);
if( yymsp[-5].minor.yy202 ) {
yymsp[-5].minor.yy202->affExpr = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy192;
}
@@ -156879,18 +158815,18 @@
yymsp[-1].minor.yy303 = yylhsminor.yy303;
break;
case 303: /* frame_opt ::= */
-{
+{
yymsp[1].minor.yy303 = sqlite3WindowAlloc(pParse, 0, TK_UNBOUNDED, 0, TK_CURRENT, 0, 0);
}
break;
case 304: /* frame_opt ::= range_or_rows frame_bound_s frame_exclude_opt */
-{
+{
yylhsminor.yy303 = sqlite3WindowAlloc(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy192, yymsp[-1].minor.yy77.eType, yymsp[-1].minor.yy77.pExpr, TK_CURRENT, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy58);
}
yymsp[-2].minor.yy303 = yylhsminor.yy303;
break;
case 305: /* frame_opt ::= range_or_rows BETWEEN frame_bound_s AND frame_bound_e frame_exclude_opt */
-{
+{
yylhsminor.yy303 = sqlite3WindowAlloc(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy192, yymsp[-3].minor.yy77.eType, yymsp[-3].minor.yy77.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy77.eType, yymsp[-1].minor.yy77.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy58);
}
yymsp[-5].minor.yy303 = yylhsminor.yy303;
@@ -157204,7 +159140,7 @@
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
/* A syntax error has occurred.
** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
- ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".
+ ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".
**
** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
**
@@ -157428,7 +159364,7 @@
** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just
** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need
** to adjust the encoding. The mapping is only valid for alphabetics
-** which are the only characters for which this feature is used.
+** which are the only characters for which this feature is used.
**
** Used by keywordhash.h
*/
@@ -157460,7 +159396,7 @@
/*
** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
-** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is
+** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is
** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
**
** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
@@ -157598,35 +159534,35 @@
};
/* aKWCode[i] is the parser symbol code for the i-th keyword */
static const unsigned char aKWCode[145] = {
- TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE,
- TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN,
- TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD,
- TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE,
- TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE,
- TK_EXCLUDE, TK_DELETE, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, TK_OR,
- TK_ISNULL, TK_NULLS, TK_SAVEPOINT, TK_INTERSECT, TK_TIES,
- TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, TK_LIKE_KW,
- TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW,
- TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_CONSTRAINT,
- TK_INTO, TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TRIGGER,
- TK_RANGE, TK_GENERATED, TK_DETACH, TK_HAVING, TK_LIKE_KW,
- TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_REFERENCES, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY,
- TK_WITHOUT, TK_WITH, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_ATTACH,
- TK_BETWEEN, TK_NOTHING, TK_GROUPS, TK_GROUP, TK_CASCADE,
- TK_ASC, TK_DEFAULT, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE,
- TK_CTIME_KW, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH,
- TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, TK_UPDATE,
- TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_ALWAYS, TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE,
- TK_RECURSIVE, TK_AFTER, TK_RENAME, TK_AND, TK_DEFERRED,
- TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN,
- TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW,
- TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CURRENT, TK_PARTITION, TK_DROP,
- TK_PRECEDING, TK_FAIL, TK_LAST, TK_FILTER, TK_REPLACE,
- TK_FIRST, TK_FOLLOWING, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIMIT,
- TK_IF, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT, TK_OTHERS, TK_OVER,
- TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROWS, TK_ROW, TK_UNBOUNDED,
- TK_UNION, TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_WINDOW,
- TK_DO, TK_BY, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL, TK_PRIMARY,
+ TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE,
+ TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN,
+ TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD,
+ TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE,
+ TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE,
+ TK_EXCLUDE, TK_DELETE, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, TK_OR,
+ TK_ISNULL, TK_NULLS, TK_SAVEPOINT, TK_INTERSECT, TK_TIES,
+ TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, TK_LIKE_KW,
+ TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW,
+ TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_CONSTRAINT,
+ TK_INTO, TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TRIGGER,
+ TK_RANGE, TK_GENERATED, TK_DETACH, TK_HAVING, TK_LIKE_KW,
+ TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_REFERENCES, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY,
+ TK_WITHOUT, TK_WITH, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_ATTACH,
+ TK_BETWEEN, TK_NOTHING, TK_GROUPS, TK_GROUP, TK_CASCADE,
+ TK_ASC, TK_DEFAULT, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE,
+ TK_CTIME_KW, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH,
+ TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, TK_UPDATE,
+ TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_ALWAYS, TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE,
+ TK_RECURSIVE, TK_AFTER, TK_RENAME, TK_AND, TK_DEFERRED,
+ TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN,
+ TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW,
+ TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CURRENT, TK_PARTITION, TK_DROP,
+ TK_PRECEDING, TK_FAIL, TK_LAST, TK_FILTER, TK_REPLACE,
+ TK_FIRST, TK_FOLLOWING, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIMIT,
+ TK_IF, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT, TK_OTHERS, TK_OVER,
+ TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROWS, TK_ROW, TK_UNBOUNDED,
+ TK_UNION, TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_WINDOW,
+ TK_DO, TK_BY, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL, TK_PRIMARY,
};
/* Hash table decoded:
** 0: INSERT
@@ -157767,12 +159703,17 @@
i = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ n) % 127;
for(i=((int)aKWHash[i])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aKWNext[i])-1){
if( aKWLen[i]!=n ) continue;
- j = 0;
zKW = &zKWText[aKWOffset[i]];
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+ if( (z[0]&~0x20)!=zKW[0] ) continue;
+ if( (z[1]&~0x20)!=zKW[1] ) continue;
+ j = 2;
while( j<n && (z[j]&~0x20)==zKW[j] ){ j++; }
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+ if( toupper(z[0])!=zKW[0] ) continue;
+ if( toupper(z[1])!=zKW[1] ) continue;
+ j = 2;
while( j<n && toupper(z[j])==zKW[j] ){ j++; }
#endif
if( j<n ) continue;
@@ -157953,14 +159894,14 @@
** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false.
**
** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
-** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters,
+** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters,
** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
**
** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
** end result.
**
** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
-** middle of identifiers. But many SQL implementations do.
+** middle of identifiers. But many SQL implementations do.
** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
** But the feature is undocumented.
*/
@@ -158000,12 +159941,12 @@
do {
z += sqlite3GetToken(z, &t);
}while( t==TK_SPACE );
- if( t==TK_ID
- || t==TK_STRING
- || t==TK_JOIN_KW
- || t==TK_WINDOW
- || t==TK_OVER
- || sqlite3ParserFallback(t)==TK_ID
+ if( t==TK_ID
+ || t==TK_STRING
+ || t==TK_JOIN_KW
+ || t==TK_WINDOW
+ || t==TK_OVER
+ || sqlite3ParserFallback(t)==TK_ID
){
t = TK_ID;
}
@@ -158022,8 +159963,8 @@
**
** SELECT sum(x) OVER ...
**
-** In the above, "OVER" might be a keyword, or it might be an alias for the
-** sum(x) expression. If a "%fallback ID OVER" directive were added to
+** In the above, "OVER" might be a keyword, or it might be an alias for the
+** sum(x) expression. If a "%fallback ID OVER" directive were added to
** grammar, then SQLite would always treat "OVER" as an alias, making it
** impossible to call a window-function without a FILTER clause.
**
@@ -158067,7 +160008,7 @@
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */
/*
-** Return the length (in bytes) of the token that begins at z[0].
+** Return the length (in bytes) of the token that begins at z[0].
** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
@@ -158224,6 +160165,7 @@
}
/* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
case CC_DIGIT: {
testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' );
@@ -158245,7 +160187,7 @@
*tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
}
if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
- ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1])
+ ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1])
|| ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2]))
)
){
@@ -158328,6 +160270,7 @@
#endif
/* If it is not a BLOB literal, then it must be an ID, since no
** SQL keywords start with the letter 'x'. Fall through */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
case CC_ID: {
i = 1;
@@ -158350,7 +160293,7 @@
/*
** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is
** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs
-** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into
+** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into
** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that
** error message.
*/
@@ -158370,7 +160313,7 @@
assert( zSql!=0 );
mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+ AtomicStore(&db->u1.isInterrupted, 0);
}
pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
pParse->zTail = zSql;
@@ -158409,13 +160352,13 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC
if( tokenType>=TK_WINDOW ){
assert( tokenType==TK_SPACE || tokenType==TK_OVER || tokenType==TK_FILTER
- || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL || tokenType==TK_WINDOW
+ || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL || tokenType==TK_WINDOW
);
#else
if( tokenType>=TK_SPACE ){
assert( tokenType==TK_SPACE || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL );
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */
- if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+ if( AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) ){
pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
break;
}
@@ -158480,7 +160423,7 @@
assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
*pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
- sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s in \"%s\"",
+ sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s in \"%s\"",
*pzErrMsg, pParse->zTail);
pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
nErr++;
@@ -158502,7 +160445,7 @@
#endif
if( !IN_SPECIAL_PARSE ){
- /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table
+ /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table
** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
*/
@@ -158735,7 +160678,7 @@
** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
** semicolon.
**
-** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of
+** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of
** a statement.
**
** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
@@ -159078,29 +161021,91 @@
} /* extern "C" */
#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
#endif
+
+/*
+** This is an extension initializer that is a no-op and always
+** succeeds, except that it fails if the fault-simulation is set
+** to 500.
+*/
+static int sqlite3TestExtInit(sqlite3 *db){
+ (void)db;
+ return sqlite3FaultSim(500);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Forward declarations of external module initializer functions
+** for modules that need them.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts5Init(sqlite3*);
+#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Json1Init(sqlite3*);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StmtVtabInit(sqlite3*);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts5Init(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** An array of pointers to extension initializer functions for
+** built-in extensions.
+*/
+static int (*const sqlite3BuiltinExtensions[])(sqlite3*) = {
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
+ sqlite3Fts1Init,
#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
+ sqlite3Fts2Init,
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+ sqlite3Fts3Init,
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
+ sqlite3Fts5Init,
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU_COLLATIONS)
+ sqlite3IcuInit,
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+ sqlite3RtreeInit,
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB
+ sqlite3DbpageRegister,
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB
+ sqlite3DbstatRegister,
+#endif
+ sqlite3TestExtInit,
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
+ sqlite3Json1Init,
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB
+ sqlite3StmtVtabInit,
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BYTECODE_VTAB
+ sqlite3VdbeBytecodeVtabInit,
+#endif
+};
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant
-** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro.
+** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro.
*/
SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
#endif
/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns
-** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.
+** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
@@ -159164,13 +161169,13 @@
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
/*
-** Initialize SQLite.
+** Initialize SQLite.
**
** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation,
** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with
** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as
-** sqlite3_open().
+** sqlite3_open().
**
** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process,
** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown.
@@ -159195,7 +161200,7 @@
** without blocking.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){
- MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMainMtx; ) /* The main static mutex */
int rc; /* Result code */
#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
int bRunExtraInit = 0; /* Extra initialization needed */
@@ -159218,9 +161223,12 @@
** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end
** of this routine.
*/
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
+ sqlite3MemoryBarrier();
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
- /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to
+ /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to
** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
@@ -159232,13 +161240,13 @@
if( rc ) return rc;
/* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex.
- ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that
+ ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MAIN mutex. Note that
** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the
** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static
** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem.
*/
- MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+ MUTEX_LOGIC( pMainMtx = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); )
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMainMtx);
sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1;
if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
rc = sqlite3MallocInit();
@@ -159256,7 +161264,7 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++;
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMainMtx);
/* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc
** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate
@@ -159302,8 +161310,9 @@
}
#endif
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage,
+ sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage,
sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
+ sqlite3MemoryBarrier();
sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1;
#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
bRunExtraInit = 1;
@@ -159316,14 +161325,14 @@
/* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive
** mutex to prevent a resource leak.
*/
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMainMtx);
sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--;
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){
assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 );
sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0;
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMainMtx);
/* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has
** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but
@@ -159519,7 +161528,7 @@
** a single parameter which is a pointer to an integer and writes into
** that integer the number of extra bytes per page required for each page
** in SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. */
- *va_arg(ap, int*) =
+ *va_arg(ap, int*) =
sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree() +
sqlite3HeaderSizePcache() +
sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1();
@@ -159606,7 +161615,7 @@
sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
break;
}
-
+
/* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument.
** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is
** NULL.
@@ -159728,7 +161737,7 @@
/*
** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection.
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.
** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY.
**
** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot.
@@ -159743,12 +161752,12 @@
sqlite3_int64 szAlloc = sz*(sqlite3_int64)cnt;
int nBig; /* Number of full-size slots */
int nSm; /* Number smaller LOOKASIDE_SMALL-byte slots */
-
+
if( sqlite3LookasideUsed(db,0)>0 ){
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
/* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before
- ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for
+ ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for
** both at the same time.
*/
if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
@@ -160023,7 +162032,7 @@
}
/*
-** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE.
+** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE.
**
** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independent
** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
@@ -160165,7 +162174,7 @@
/*
** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared
-** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects.
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects.
*/
static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){
int j;
@@ -160192,7 +162201,7 @@
}
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE ){
- db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE, db->pTraceArg, db, 0);
+ db->trace.xV2(SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE, db->pTraceArg, db, 0);
}
/* Force xDisconnect calls on all virtual tables */
@@ -160351,7 +162360,7 @@
/* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
- ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database
+ ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database
** structure?
*/
sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema);
@@ -160379,7 +162388,7 @@
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback().
+ /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback().
** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has
** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken
** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between
@@ -160605,8 +162614,7 @@
*/
static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
void *ptr, /* Database connection */
- int count, /* Number of times table has been busy */
- sqlite3_file *pFile /* The file on which the lock occurred */
+ int count /* Number of times table has been busy */
){
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || HAVE_USLEEP
/* This case is for systems that have support for sleeping for fractions of
@@ -160620,19 +162628,6 @@
int tmout = db->busyTimeout;
int delay, prior;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
- if( sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile,SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT,&tmout)==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( count ){
- tmout = 0;
- sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &tmout);
- return 0;
- }else{
- return 1;
- }
- }
-#else
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pFile);
-#endif
assert( count>=0 );
if( count < NDELAY ){
delay = delays[count];
@@ -160652,7 +162647,6 @@
** must be done in increments of whole seconds */
sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
int tmout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pFile);
if( (count+1)*1000 > tmout ){
return 0;
}
@@ -160670,25 +162664,16 @@
** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it
** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p, sqlite3_file *pFile){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
int rc;
if( p->xBusyHandler==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
- if( p->bExtraFileArg ){
- /* Add an extra parameter with the pFile pointer to the end of the
- ** callback argument list */
- int (*xTra)(void*,int,sqlite3_file*);
- xTra = (int(*)(void*,int,sqlite3_file*))p->xBusyHandler;
- rc = xTra(p->pBusyArg, p->nBusy, pFile);
- }else{
- /* Legacy style busy handler callback */
- rc = p->xBusyHandler(p->pBusyArg, p->nBusy);
- }
+ rc = p->xBusyHandler(p->pBusyArg, p->nBusy);
if( rc==0 ){
p->nBusy = -1;
}else{
p->nBusy++;
}
- return rc;
+ return rc;
}
/*
@@ -160707,7 +162692,6 @@
db->busyHandler.xBusyHandler = xBusy;
db->busyHandler.pBusyArg = pArg;
db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
- db->busyHandler.bExtraFileArg = 0;
db->busyTimeout = 0;
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return SQLITE_OK;
@@ -160720,9 +162704,9 @@
** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
int nOps,
- int (*xProgress)(void*),
+ int (*xProgress)(void*),
void *pArg
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
@@ -160758,7 +162742,6 @@
sqlite3_busy_handler(db, (int(*)(void*,int))sqliteDefaultBusyCallback,
(void*)db);
db->busyTimeout = ms;
- db->busyHandler.bExtraFileArg = 1;
}else{
sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
}
@@ -160775,7 +162758,7 @@
return;
}
#endif
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
+ AtomicStore(&db->u1.isInterrupted, 1);
}
@@ -160783,7 +162766,7 @@
** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except
** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
-** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared.
+** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(
sqlite3 *db,
@@ -160825,7 +162808,7 @@
assert( SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE==SQLITE_INNOCUOUS );
extraFlags ^= SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE;
-
+
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
@@ -160854,7 +162837,7 @@
#else
enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
#endif
-
+
/* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so,
** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
@@ -160863,7 +162846,7 @@
p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==(u32)enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
if( db->nVdbeActive ){
- sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
"unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
assert( !db->mallocFailed );
return SQLITE_BUSY;
@@ -160938,7 +162921,7 @@
pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy;
pArg->pUserData = p;
}
- rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p,
+ rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p,
xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse, pArg
);
if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){
@@ -161055,7 +163038,7 @@
**
** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create
-** a new one that always throws a run-time error.
+** a new one that always throws a run-time error.
**
** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
@@ -161088,7 +163071,7 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
/*
** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace
-** is returned.
+** is returned.
**
** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL
** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
@@ -161107,7 +163090,7 @@
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
pOld = db->pTraceArg;
db->mTrace = xTrace ? SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY : 0;
- db->xTrace = (int(*)(u32,void*,void*,void*))xTrace;
+ db->trace.xLegacy = xTrace;
db->pTraceArg = pArg;
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return pOld;
@@ -161131,7 +163114,7 @@
if( mTrace==0 ) xTrace = 0;
if( xTrace==0 ) mTrace = 0;
db->mTrace = mTrace;
- db->xTrace = xTrace;
+ db->trace.xV2 = xTrace;
db->pTraceArg = pArg;
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return SQLITE_OK;
@@ -161139,8 +163122,8 @@
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
-** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered
-** profile function is returned.
+** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered
+** profile function is returned.
**
** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL
** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
@@ -161274,7 +163257,7 @@
** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file
** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by
** wal_autocheckpoint()).
-*/
+*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(
void *pClientData, /* Argument */
sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */
@@ -161397,7 +163380,7 @@
/* If there are no active statements, clear the interrupt flag at this
** point. */
if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+ AtomicStore(&db->u1.isInterrupted, 0);
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
@@ -161408,7 +163391,7 @@
/*
** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points
-** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are
+** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are
** checkpointed.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
@@ -161422,9 +163405,9 @@
** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is
** not currently open in WAL mode.
**
-** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this
-** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If
-** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is
+** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this
+** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If
+** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is
** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
**
** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex
@@ -161593,7 +163576,7 @@
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3 *db){
return db ? db->iSysErrno : 0;
-}
+}
/*
** Return a string that describes the kind of error specified in the
@@ -161610,7 +163593,7 @@
*/
static int createCollation(
sqlite3* db,
- const char *zName,
+ const char *zName,
u8 enc,
void* pCtx,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
@@ -161618,7 +163601,7 @@
){
CollSeq *pColl;
int enc2;
-
+
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
/* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
@@ -161635,14 +163618,14 @@
return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
}
- /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation
+ /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation
** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
*/
pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
if( db->nVdbeActive ){
- sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
+ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
"unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
@@ -161653,7 +163636,7 @@
** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
** to be called.
- */
+ */
if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName);
int j;
@@ -161802,17 +163785,19 @@
** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename)
** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain
** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in
-** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains
+** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains
** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters.
**
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to
** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to
-** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the
-** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release
-** this buffer.
+** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. The value
+** stored in *pzFile is a database name acceptable to sqlite3_uri_parameter()
+** and is in the same format as names created using sqlite3_create_filename().
+** The caller must invoke sqlite3_free_filename() (not sqlite3_free()!) on
+** the value returned in *pzFile to avoid a memory leak.
**
** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg
-** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error
+** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error
** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release
** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free().
*/
@@ -161820,7 +163805,7 @@
const char *zDefaultVfs, /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */
const char *zUri, /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */
unsigned int *pFlags, /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */
- sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */
+ sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */
char **pzFile, /* OUT: Filename component of URI */
char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */
){
@@ -161841,9 +163826,9 @@
int eState; /* Parser state when parsing URI */
int iIn; /* Input character index */
int iOut = 0; /* Output character index */
- u64 nByte = nUri+2; /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+ u64 nByte = nUri+8; /* Bytes of space to allocate */
- /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen
+ /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen
** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name. */
flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
@@ -161851,6 +163836,9 @@
zFile = sqlite3_malloc64(nByte);
if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+ memset(zFile, 0, 4); /* 4-byte of 0x00 is the start of DB name marker */
+ zFile += 4;
+
iIn = 5;
#ifdef SQLITE_ALLOW_URI_AUTHORITY
if( strncmp(zUri+5, "///", 3)==0 ){
@@ -161858,7 +163846,7 @@
/* The following condition causes URIs with five leading / characters
** like file://///host/path to be converted into UNCs like //host/path.
** The correct URI for that UNC has only two or four leading / characters
- ** file://host/path or file:////host/path. But 5 leading slashes is a
+ ** file://host/path or file:////host/path. But 5 leading slashes is a
** common error, we are told, so we handle it as a special case. */
if( strncmp(zUri+7, "///", 3)==0 ){ iIn++; }
}else if( strncmp(zUri+5, "//localhost/", 12)==0 ){
@@ -161870,7 +163858,7 @@
iIn = 7;
while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='/' ) iIn++;
if( iIn!=7 && (iIn!=16 || memcmp("localhost", &zUri[7], 9)) ){
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s",
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s",
iIn-7, &zUri[7]);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
goto parse_uri_out;
@@ -161878,8 +163866,8 @@
}
#endif
- /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer.
- ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way.
+ /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer.
+ ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way.
**
** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending
** on the parsing context. As follows:
@@ -161891,9 +163879,9 @@
eState = 0;
while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){
iIn++;
- if( c=='%'
- && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn])
- && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1])
+ if( c=='%'
+ && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn])
+ && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1])
){
int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4);
octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]);
@@ -161905,7 +163893,7 @@
** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or
** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character
** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */
- while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#'
+ while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#'
&& (eState!=0 || c!='?')
&& (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&'))
&& (eState!=2 || c!='&')
@@ -161940,10 +163928,9 @@
zFile[iOut++] = c;
}
if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
- zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
- zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+ memset(zFile+iOut, 0, 4); /* end-of-options + empty journal filenames */
- /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted
+ /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted
** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that
** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2()
** method. */
@@ -161979,7 +163966,7 @@
if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){
static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = {
{ "ro", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY },
- { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE },
+ { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE },
{ "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE },
{ "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY },
{ 0, 0 }
@@ -162021,13 +164008,14 @@
}
}else{
- zFile = sqlite3_malloc64(nUri+2);
+ zFile = sqlite3_malloc64(nUri+8);
if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+ memset(zFile, 0, 4);
+ zFile += 4;
if( nUri ){
memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri);
}
- zFile[nUri] = '\0';
- zFile[nUri+1] = '\0';
+ memset(zFile+nUri, 0, 4);
flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
}
@@ -162038,7 +164026,7 @@
}
parse_uri_out:
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_free(zFile);
+ sqlite3_free_filename(zFile);
zFile = 0;
}
*pFlags = flags;
@@ -162046,44 +164034,26 @@
return rc;
}
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
/*
-** Process URI filename query parameters relevant to the SQLite Encryption
-** Extension. Return true if any of the relevant query parameters are
-** seen and return false if not.
+** This routine does the core work of extracting URI parameters from a
+** database filename for the sqlite3_uri_parameter() interface.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
- const char *zDb, /* Which schema is being created/attached */
- const char *zUri /* URI filename */
-){
- const char *zKey;
- if( (zKey = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zUri, "hexkey"))!=0 && zKey[0] ){
- u8 iByte;
- int i;
- char zDecoded[40];
- for(i=0, iByte=0; i<sizeof(zDecoded)*2 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zKey[i]); i++){
- iByte = (iByte<<4) + sqlite3HexToInt(zKey[i]);
- if( (i&1)!=0 ) zDecoded[i/2] = iByte;
- }
- sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zDecoded, i/2);
- return 1;
- }else if( (zKey = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zUri, "key"))!=0 ){
- sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zKey, sqlite3Strlen30(zKey));
- return 1;
- }else if( (zKey = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zUri, "textkey"))!=0 ){
- sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zKey, -1);
- return 1;
- }else{
- return 0;
+static const char *uriParameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){
+ zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+ while( zFilename[0] ){
+ int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam);
+ zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+ if( x==0 ) return zFilename;
+ zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
}
+ return 0;
}
-#endif
+
/*
** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"
** is UTF-8 encoded.
*/
static int openDatabase(
@@ -162097,6 +164067,7 @@
int isThreadsafe; /* True for threadsafe connections */
char *zOpen = 0; /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */
char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
if( ppDb==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
@@ -162135,12 +164106,12 @@
flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB |
- SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB |
- SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB |
- SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL |
- SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
- SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL |
- SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL |
SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX |
SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX |
SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
@@ -162149,7 +164120,7 @@
/* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) );
if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
- if( isThreadsafe
+ if( isThreadsafe
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS
|| sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex
#endif
@@ -162192,7 +164163,7 @@
**
** SQLITE_DQS SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML
** ---------- ----------------------- -----------------------
-** undefined on on
+** undefined on on
** 3 on on
** 2 on off
** 1 off on
@@ -162245,6 +164216,9 @@
#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_DEFENSIVE)
| SQLITE_Defensive
#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE)
+ | SQLITE_LegacyAlter
+#endif
;
sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
@@ -162266,15 +164240,10 @@
if( db->mallocFailed ){
goto opendb_out;
}
- /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-08308-17224 The default collating function for all
- ** strings is BINARY.
- */
- db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3StrBINARY, 0);
- assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 );
/* Parse the filename/URI argument
**
- ** Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument.
+ ** Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument.
** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we
** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger
** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations
@@ -162292,7 +164261,7 @@
testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */
testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */
if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; /* IMP: R-65497-44594 */
+ rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; /* IMP: R-18321-05872 */
}else{
rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg);
}
@@ -162315,12 +164284,14 @@
}
sqlite3BtreeEnter(db->aDb[0].pBt);
db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
- if( !db->mallocFailed ) ENC(db) = SCHEMA_ENC(db);
+ if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+ sqlite3SetTextEncoding(db, SCHEMA_ENC(db));
+ }
sqlite3BtreeLeave(db->aDb[0].pBt);
db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);
/* The default safety_level for the main database is FULL; for the temp
- ** database it is OFF. This matches the pager layer defaults.
+ ** database it is OFF. This matches the pager layer defaults.
*/
db->aDb[0].zDbSName = "main";
db->aDb[0].safety_level = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1;
@@ -162340,14 +164311,11 @@
sqlite3RegisterPerConnectionBuiltinFunctions(db);
rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
- /* Register any built-in FTS5 module before loading the automatic
- ** extensions. This allows automatic extensions to register FTS5
- ** tokenizers and auxiliary functions. */
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts5Init(db);
+
+ /* Load compiled-in extensions */
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<ArraySize(sqlite3BuiltinExtensions); i++){
+ rc = sqlite3BuiltinExtensions[i](db);
}
-#endif
/* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
@@ -162360,65 +164328,9 @@
}
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*);
- rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
- }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*);
- rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db);
- }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 /* automatically defined by SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 */
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
- }
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU_COLLATIONS)
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db);
- }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
- rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
- }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
- rc = sqlite3DbpageRegister(db);
- }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
- rc = sqlite3DbstatRegister(db);
- }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
- rc = sqlite3Json1Init(db);
- }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
- rc = sqlite3StmtVtabInit(db);
- }
-#endif
-
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS
/* Testing use only!!! The -DSQLITE_ENABLE_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS=1 compile-time
- ** option gives access to internal functions by default.
+ ** option gives access to internal functions by default.
** Testing use only!!! */
db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_InternalFunc;
#endif
@@ -162463,10 +164375,7 @@
sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(pArg, db, zFilename, 0);
}
#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(db, 0, zOpen);
-#endif
- sqlite3_free(zOpen);
+ sqlite3_free_filename(zOpen);
return rc & 0xff;
}
@@ -162475,8 +164384,8 @@
** Open a new database handle.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
- const char *zFilename,
- sqlite3 **ppDb
+ const char *zFilename,
+ sqlite3 **ppDb
){
return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb,
SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
@@ -162495,7 +164404,7 @@
** Open a new database handle.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
- const void *zFilename,
+ const void *zFilename,
sqlite3 **ppDb
){
char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
@@ -162534,9 +164443,9 @@
** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
- sqlite3* db,
- const char *zName,
- int enc,
+ sqlite3* db,
+ const char *zName,
+ int enc,
void* pCtx,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
){
@@ -162547,9 +164456,9 @@
** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
- sqlite3* db,
- const char *zName,
- int enc,
+ sqlite3* db,
+ const char *zName,
+ int enc,
void* pCtx,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
void(*xDel)(void*)
@@ -162572,9 +164481,9 @@
** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
- sqlite3* db,
+ sqlite3* db,
const void *zName,
- int enc,
+ int enc,
void* pCtx,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
){
@@ -162602,8 +164511,8 @@
** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void *pCollNeededArg,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ void *pCollNeededArg,
void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
@@ -162623,8 +164532,8 @@
** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void *pCollNeededArg,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ void *pCollNeededArg,
void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
@@ -162693,13 +164602,15 @@
testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, lineno, "cannot open file");
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CORRUPT_PGNO)
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(int lineno, Pgno pgno){
char zMsg[100];
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zMsg), zMsg, "database corruption page %d", pgno);
testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_CORRUPT, lineno, zMsg);
}
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NomemError(int lineno){
testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_NOMEM, lineno, "OOM");
@@ -162794,13 +164705,13 @@
/* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
- **
- ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_"
- ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column.
**
- ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an
+ ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_"
+ ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column.
+ **
+ ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an
** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
- */
+ */
if( pCol ){
zDataType = sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,0);
zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
@@ -162850,7 +164761,7 @@
pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
if( pVfs==0 ) return 0;
- /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep()
+ /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep()
** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's.
*/
rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000);
@@ -162902,6 +164813,13 @@
}else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION ){
*(unsigned int*)pArg = sqlite3PagerDataVersion(pPager);
rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_RESERVE_BYTES ){
+ int iNew = *(int*)pArg;
+ *(int*)pArg = sqlite3BtreeGetRequestedReserve(pBtree);
+ if( iNew>=0 && iNew<=255 ){
+ sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBtree, 0, iNew, 0);
+ }
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}else{
rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
}
@@ -163014,7 +164932,7 @@
/*
** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd)
**
- ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures
+ ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures
** are benign.
*/
case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: {
@@ -163112,29 +165030,15 @@
** 10 little-endian, determined at run-time
** 432101 big-endian, determined at compile-time
** 123410 little-endian, determined at compile-time
- */
+ */
case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: {
rc = SQLITE_BYTEORDER*100 + SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN*10 + SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
break;
}
- /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N)
- **
- ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database
- ** connection db.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: {
- sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
- int x = va_arg(ap,int);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- break;
- }
-
/* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N)
**
- ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The
+ ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The
** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal
** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the
** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times
@@ -163184,8 +165088,14 @@
/* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS, int);
**
** Set or clear a flag that causes SQLite to verify that type, name,
- ** and tbl_name fields of the sqlite_master table. This is normally
+ ** and tbl_name fields of the sqlite_schema table. This is normally
** on, but it is sometimes useful to turn it off for testing.
+ **
+ ** 2020-07-22: Disabling EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS also disables the
+ ** verification of rootpage numbers when parsing the schema. This
+ ** is useful to make it easier to reach strange internal error states
+ ** during testing. The EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS setting is always enabled
+ ** in production.
*/
case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS: {
sqlite3GlobalConfig.bExtraSchemaChecks = va_arg(ap, int);
@@ -163204,7 +165114,7 @@
/* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr);
**
- ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context
+ ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context
** pointer ptr.
*/
case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE: {
@@ -163316,8 +165226,70 @@
}
/*
+** Append text z[] to the end of p[]. Return a pointer to the first
+** character after then zero terminator on the new text in p[].
+*/
+static char *appendText(char *p, const char *z){
+ size_t n = strlen(z);
+ memcpy(p, z, n+1);
+ return p+n+1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate memory to hold names for a database, journal file, WAL file,
+** and query parameters. The pointer returned is valid for use by
+** sqlite3_filename_database() and sqlite3_uri_parameter() and related
+** functions.
+**
+** Memory layout must be compatible with that generated by the pager
+** and expected by sqlite3_uri_parameter() and databaseName().
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_create_filename(
+ const char *zDatabase,
+ const char *zJournal,
+ const char *zWal,
+ int nParam,
+ const char **azParam
+){
+ sqlite3_int64 nByte;
+ int i;
+ char *pResult, *p;
+ nByte = strlen(zDatabase) + strlen(zJournal) + strlen(zWal) + 10;
+ for(i=0; i<nParam*2; i++){
+ nByte += strlen(azParam[i])+1;
+ }
+ pResult = p = sqlite3_malloc64( nByte );
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ memset(p, 0, 4);
+ p += 4;
+ p = appendText(p, zDatabase);
+ for(i=0; i<nParam*2; i++){
+ p = appendText(p, azParam[i]);
+ }
+ *(p++) = 0;
+ p = appendText(p, zJournal);
+ p = appendText(p, zWal);
+ *(p++) = 0;
+ *(p++) = 0;
+ assert( (sqlite3_int64)(p - pResult)==nByte );
+ return pResult + 4;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory obtained from sqlite3_create_filename(). It is a severe
+** error to call this routine with any parameter other than a pointer
+** previously obtained from sqlite3_create_filename() or a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_filename(char *p){
+ if( p==0 ) return;
+ p = (char*)databaseName(p);
+ sqlite3_free(p - 4);
+}
+
+
+/*
** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks
-** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
+** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter.
**
** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen()
@@ -163329,14 +165301,7 @@
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){
if( zFilename==0 || zParam==0 ) return 0;
zFilename = databaseName(zFilename);
- zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
- while( zFilename[0] ){
- int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam);
- zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
- if( x==0 ) return zFilename;
- zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
- }
- return 0;
+ return uriParameter(zFilename, zParam);
}
/*
@@ -163390,7 +165355,6 @@
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_database(const char *zFilename){
return databaseName(zFilename);
- return sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename - 3, "\003");
}
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_journal(const char *zFilename){
zFilename = databaseName(zFilename);
@@ -163453,11 +165417,11 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
/*
-** Obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot of database zDb currently
+** Obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot of database zDb currently
** being read by handle db.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_get(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
const char *zDb,
sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot
){
@@ -163493,8 +165457,8 @@
** Open a read-transaction on the snapshot idendified by pSnapshot.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_open(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zDb,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zDb,
sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot
){
int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
@@ -163596,7 +165560,7 @@
int i, n;
int nOpt;
const char **azCompileOpt;
-
+
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
if( zOptName==0 ){
(void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
@@ -163609,7 +165573,7 @@
if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7;
n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName);
- /* Since nOpt is normally in single digits, a linear search is
+ /* Since nOpt is normally in single digits, a linear search is
** adequate. No need for a binary search. */
for(i=0; i<nOpt; i++){
if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0
@@ -163669,25 +165633,25 @@
*/
#define assertMutexHeld() \
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) )
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN)) )
/*
** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process
** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection
-** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER
+** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MAIN
** mutex is held.
*/
static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0;
#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following
+** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following
** properties of the blocked connections list:
**
-** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either
+** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either
** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both.
**
-** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for
+** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for
** xUnlockNotify are grouped together.
**
** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the
@@ -163739,8 +165703,8 @@
sqlite3 **pp;
assertMutexHeld();
for(
- pp=&sqlite3BlockedList;
- *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify;
+ pp=&sqlite3BlockedList;
+ *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify;
pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked
);
db->pNextBlocked = *pp;
@@ -163748,20 +165712,20 @@
}
/*
-** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
+** Obtain the STATIC_MAIN mutex.
*/
static void enterMutex(void){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN));
checkListProperties(0);
}
/*
-** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
+** Release the STATIC_MAIN mutex.
*/
static void leaveMutex(void){
assertMutexHeld();
checkListProperties(0);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN));
}
/*
@@ -163802,9 +165766,9 @@
db->xUnlockNotify = 0;
db->pUnlockArg = 0;
}else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){
- /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a
+ /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a
** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback
- ** immediately.
+ ** immediately.
*/
xNotify(&pArg, 1);
}else{
@@ -163830,7 +165794,7 @@
}
/*
-** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement
+** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement
** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED
** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available
** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction.
@@ -163846,7 +165810,7 @@
/*
** This function is called when
-** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held
+** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held
** by database connection db have been released.
**
** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections
@@ -163872,7 +165836,7 @@
void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */
aArg = aStatic;
- enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */
+ enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MAIN mutex */
/* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */
for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){
@@ -163906,7 +165870,7 @@
}else{
/* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to
** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the
- ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to
+ ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to
** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed.
**
** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error
@@ -163914,17 +165878,17 @@
** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be
** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections
** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait
- ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never
+ ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never
** arrive.
**
** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context
** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and
- ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without
+ ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without
** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because
** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of
** context pointers the application will receive two or more
** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will
- ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple
+ ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple
** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the
** circumstances.
*/
@@ -163955,11 +165919,11 @@
xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
}
sqlite3_free(aDyn);
- leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */
+ leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MAIN mutex */
}
/*
-** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is
+** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is
** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){
@@ -164036,7 +166000,7 @@
** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a
** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions.
** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document.
-** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first
+** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first
** word of the document has a position of 0.
**
** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time
@@ -164061,7 +166025,7 @@
**
** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream
-** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur
+** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur
** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals
** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1.
** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more
@@ -164085,7 +166049,7 @@
** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and
** a doclist consists of one or more document records.
**
-** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an
+** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an
** array of varint-encoded docids.
**
**** Segment leaf nodes ****
@@ -164281,7 +166245,7 @@
#ifndef _FTSINT_H
#define _FTSINT_H
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# define NDEBUG 1
#endif
@@ -164304,7 +166268,7 @@
/* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-/* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */
+/* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3
#endif
@@ -164348,7 +166312,7 @@
** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
-** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an
+** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an
** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
**
@@ -164380,7 +166344,7 @@
** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
**
- ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error
+ ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error
** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialized by
@@ -164401,7 +166365,7 @@
/*
** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
- ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method).
+ ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method).
*/
int (*xOpen)(
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */
@@ -164410,7 +166374,7 @@
);
/*
- ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this
+ ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this
** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
*/
int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
@@ -164421,7 +166385,7 @@
** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
**
- ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the
+ ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the
** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
@@ -164433,7 +166397,7 @@
**
** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
- ** to xNext() or xClose().
+ ** to xNext() or xClose().
*/
/* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
@@ -164451,7 +166415,7 @@
** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1.
*/
- /*
+ /*
** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor.
*/
int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid);
@@ -164520,7 +166484,7 @@
} *ht;
};
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
**
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
@@ -164539,10 +166503,10 @@
** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case
** is respected in comparisons.
**
-** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long.
+** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long.
** memcmp() is used to compare keys.
**
-** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.
+** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.
*/
#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1
#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2
@@ -164595,7 +166559,7 @@
/*
** This constant determines the maximum depth of an FTS expression tree
-** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform
+** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform
** various operations on the query tree, so the disadvantage of a large
** limit is that it may allow very large queries to use large amounts
** of stack space (perhaps causing a stack overflow).
@@ -164613,11 +166577,11 @@
#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16
/*
-** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the
+** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the
** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is
** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction
** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed.
-** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new
+** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new
** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately.
*/
#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024)
@@ -164648,7 +166612,7 @@
/*
** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms
** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored
-** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables.
+** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables.
**
** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the
** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index
@@ -164656,8 +166620,8 @@
** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels
** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on.
**
-** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In
-** theory though this may happen, but only after at least
+** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In
+** theory though this may happen, but only after at least
** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables.
*/
#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024
@@ -164675,11 +166639,11 @@
** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists.
*/
#define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */
-#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */
+#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */
/*
** The assert_fts3_nc() macro is similar to the assert() macro, except that it
-** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be
+** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be
** guranteed that the database is not corrupt.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
@@ -164691,7 +166655,7 @@
/*
** This section provides definitions to allow the
-** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the
+** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the
** amalgamation.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
@@ -164729,7 +166693,7 @@
/*
** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled.
*/
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# define NDEBUG 1
#endif
@@ -164747,6 +166711,8 @@
#define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
+#define deliberate_fall_through
+
#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
@@ -164792,8 +166758,8 @@
u32 nLeafAdd; /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */
int bLock; /* Used to prevent recursive content= tbls */
- /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these
- ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call.
+ /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these
+ ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call.
*/
sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40];
sqlite3_stmt *pSeekStmt; /* Cache for fts3CursorSeekStmt() */
@@ -164811,8 +166777,8 @@
char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */
sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */
- /*
- ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index
+ /*
+ ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index
** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one
** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature).
** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid.
@@ -164822,10 +166788,10 @@
** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[]
** is an index of prefixes of a specific length.
**
- ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the
+ ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the
** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including
** malloc overhead. When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash
- ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most
+ ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most
** recently inserted record.
*/
int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */
@@ -164908,10 +166874,10 @@
**
** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d);
** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three';
-**
+**
** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b",
** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a,
-** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1"
+** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1"
** indicating that all columns should be searched,
** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4.
*/
@@ -164970,8 +166936,8 @@
char *pOrPoslist;
i64 iOrDocid;
- /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing
- ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase.
+ /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing
+ ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase.
*/
int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */
int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */
@@ -164981,10 +166947,10 @@
/*
** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator.
**
-** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist
-** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results
-** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial
-** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this
+** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist
+** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results
+** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial
+** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this
** buffer.
**
** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global
@@ -164996,7 +166962,7 @@
** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
**
-** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed
+** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed
** when the expression node is.
*/
struct Fts3Expr {
@@ -165020,7 +166986,7 @@
/*
** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first
-** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For
+** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For
** example, the following:
**
** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e"
@@ -165077,7 +167043,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *,
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *,
int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
@@ -165139,11 +167105,12 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(sqlite3_int64, char *, int, char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int*, Fts3Table*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadInt(const char *z, int *pnOut);
/* fts3_tokenizer.c */
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *,
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *,
sqlite3_tokenizer **, char **
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char);
@@ -165179,7 +167146,7 @@
Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);
@@ -165212,7 +167179,7 @@
/* #include <stdarg.h> */
/* #include "fts3.h" */
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
/* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#endif
@@ -165237,7 +167204,7 @@
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_may_be_corrupt = 1;
-/*
+/*
** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes.
** The number of bytes written is returned.
@@ -165283,7 +167250,7 @@
return (int)(p - pStart);
}
-/*
+/*
** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error.
** The value is stored in *v.
@@ -165292,7 +167259,7 @@
return sqlite3Fts3GetVarintU(pBuf, (sqlite3_uint64*)v);
}
-/*
+/*
** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0] and
** not extending past pEnd[-1].
** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error.
@@ -165319,7 +167286,7 @@
}
/*
-** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to
+** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to
** a non-negative 32-bit integer before it is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){
@@ -165378,7 +167345,7 @@
int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */
/* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */
- if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']';
+ if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']';
while( z[iIn] ){
if( z[iIn]==quote ){
@@ -165414,14 +167381,14 @@
** varint is part of.
*/
static void fts3GetReverseVarint(
- char **pp,
- char *pStart,
+ char **pp,
+ char *pStart,
sqlite3_int64 *pVal
){
sqlite3_int64 iVal;
char *p;
- /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are
+ /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are
** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is
** clear on character p[-1]. */
for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--);
@@ -165508,7 +167475,7 @@
sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database handle */
/* Drop the shadow tables */
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
"DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments';"
"DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir';"
"DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize';"
@@ -165534,7 +167501,7 @@
** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect()
** and xCreate() methods.
**
-** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op.
** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
** before returning.
*/
@@ -165557,7 +167524,7 @@
/* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)",
+ "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)",
zCols, p->zName, zLanguageid
);
if( !zCols || !zSql ){
@@ -165576,7 +167543,7 @@
** Create the %_stat table if it does not already exist.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
- fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db,
+ fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db,
"CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'"
"(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);",
p->zDb, p->zName
@@ -165612,9 +167579,9 @@
zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, langid", zContentCols, zLanguageid);
}
if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
+
/* Create the content table */
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
"CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)",
p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols
);
@@ -165622,11 +167589,11 @@
}
/* Create other tables */
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
"CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);",
p->zDb, p->zName
);
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
"CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'("
"level INTEGER,"
"idx INTEGER,"
@@ -165639,7 +167606,7 @@
p->zDb, p->zName
);
if( p->bHasDocsize ){
- fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
"CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);",
p->zDb, p->zName
);
@@ -165654,7 +167621,7 @@
/*
** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz.
**
-** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op.
** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
** before returning.
*/
@@ -165663,7 +167630,7 @@
int rc; /* Return code */
char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */
-
+
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb);
if( !zSql ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
@@ -165689,11 +167656,11 @@
**
** <key> = <value>
**
-** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value>
+** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value>
** term may be quoted, but the <key> may not.
*/
static int fts3IsSpecialColumn(
- const char *z,
+ const char *z,
int *pnKey,
char **pzValue
){
@@ -165770,7 +167737,7 @@
}
/*
-** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that
+** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that
** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following:
**
** SELECT <list of expressions> FROM %_content AS x ...
@@ -165821,7 +167788,7 @@
fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", p->zLanguageid);
}
}
- fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x",
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x",
p->zDb,
(p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName),
(p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content")
@@ -165836,7 +167803,7 @@
**
** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark
** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed
-** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three
+** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three
** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned:
**
** "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)"
@@ -165872,12 +167839,28 @@
}
/*
+** Buffer z contains a positive integer value encoded as utf-8 text.
+** Decode this value and store it in *pnOut, returning the number of bytes
+** consumed. If an overflow error occurs return a negative value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadInt(const char *z, int *pnOut){
+ u64 iVal = 0;
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; z[i]>='0' && z[i]<='9'; i++){
+ iVal = iVal*10 + (z[i] - '0');
+ if( iVal>0x7FFFFFFF ) return -1;
+ }
+ *pnOut = (int)iVal;
+ return i;
+}
+
+/*
** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer
-** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then
+** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then
** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of
** the integer value.
**
-** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value.
+** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value.
**
** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and
** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned.
@@ -165886,19 +167869,17 @@
*/
static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){
const int MAX_NPREFIX = 10000000;
- const char *p; /* Iterator pointer */
int nInt = 0; /* Output value */
-
- for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){
- nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0');
- if( nInt>MAX_NPREFIX ){
- nInt = 0;
- break;
- }
+ int nByte;
+ nByte = sqlite3Fts3ReadInt(*pp, &nInt);
+ if( nInt>MAX_NPREFIX ){
+ nInt = 0;
}
- if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ if( nByte==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
*pnOut = nInt;
- *pp = p;
+ *pp += nByte;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
@@ -165998,7 +167979,7 @@
char **pzErr /* OUT: error message */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- char *zSql; /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */
+ char *zSql; /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Compiled version of zSql */
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl);
@@ -166140,9 +168121,9 @@
char *zVal;
/* Check if this is a tokenizer specification */
- if( !pTokenizer
+ if( !pTokenizer
&& strlen(z)>8
- && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8)
+ && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8)
&& 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8])
){
rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr);
@@ -166202,8 +168183,8 @@
break;
case 4: /* ORDER */
- if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3))
- && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4))
+ if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3))
+ && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4))
){
sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized order: %s", zVal);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
@@ -166254,17 +168235,17 @@
** TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){
- sqlite3_free(zCompress);
- sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
+ sqlite3_free(zCompress);
+ sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
zCompress = 0;
zUncompress = 0;
if( nCol==0 ){
- sqlite3_free((void*)aCol);
+ sqlite3_free((void*)aCol);
aCol = 0;
rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent,&aCol,&nCol,&nString,pzErr);
/* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id
- ** column from the aCol[] array. */
+ ** column from the aCol[] array. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){
int j;
for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
@@ -166351,7 +168332,7 @@
/* Fill in the azColumn array */
for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
- char *z;
+ char *z;
int n = 0;
z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(aCol[iCol], &n);
if( n>0 ){
@@ -166370,7 +168351,7 @@
for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++){
char *zNot = azNotindexed[i];
if( zNot && n==(int)strlen(zNot)
- && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(p->azColumn[iCol], zNot, n)
+ && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(p->azColumn[iCol], zNot, n)
){
p->abNotindexed[iCol] = 1;
sqlite3_free(zNot);
@@ -166394,7 +168375,7 @@
p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
- /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the
+ /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the
** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist.
*/
if( isCreate ){
@@ -166494,11 +168475,11 @@
#endif
}
-/*
+/*
** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There
** are three possible strategies, in order of preference:
**
-** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid.
+** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid.
** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column.
** 3. Linear scan of %_content table.
*/
@@ -166517,7 +168498,7 @@
}
/* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option,
- ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient
+ ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient
** strategy is possible.
*/
pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH;
@@ -166553,12 +168534,12 @@
**
** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first
** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct
- ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even
+ ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even
** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting
- ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested
+ ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested
** context" error.
*/
- if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH
+ if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH
&& pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn
){
pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn;
@@ -166567,7 +168548,7 @@
}
/* Equality constraint on the langid column */
- if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
+ if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
&& pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn + 2
){
iLangidCons = i;
@@ -166595,22 +168576,22 @@
if( iCons>=0 ){
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = iIdx++;
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1;
- }
+ }
if( iLangidCons>=0 ){
pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_LANGID;
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangidCons].argvIndex = iIdx++;
- }
+ }
if( iDocidGe>=0 ){
pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE;
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidGe].argvIndex = iIdx++;
- }
+ }
if( iDocidLe>=0 ){
pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE;
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidLe].argvIndex = iIdx++;
- }
+ }
/* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or
- ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible.
+ ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible.
*/
if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){
struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0];
@@ -166637,7 +168618,7 @@
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
/* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the
- ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
+ ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
*ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
@@ -166729,7 +168710,7 @@
/*
** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row
** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return
-** SQLITE_OK on success.
+** SQLITE_OK on success.
*/
static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -166765,7 +168746,7 @@
/*
** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching
-** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this
+** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this
** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is
** passed in zTerm/nTerm.
**
@@ -166793,10 +168774,11 @@
i64 nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated buffer */
int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */
sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */
+ int nBuffer = 0; /* Total term size */
- /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every
+ /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every
** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree
- ** node into variable iChild.
+ ** node into variable iChild.
**
** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two
** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a
@@ -166812,21 +168794,24 @@
if( zCsr>zEnd ){
return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
}
-
+
while( zCsr<zEnd && (piFirst || piLast) ){
int cmp; /* memcmp() result */
int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix */
int nPrefix = 0; /* Size of term prefix */
- int nBuffer; /* Total term size */
-
+
/* Load the next term on the node into zBuffer. Use realloc() to expand
** the size of zBuffer if required. */
if( !isFirstTerm ){
zCsr += fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nPrefix);
+ if( nPrefix>nBuffer ){
+ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ goto finish_scan;
+ }
}
isFirstTerm = 0;
zCsr += fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nSuffix);
-
+
assert( nPrefix>=0 && nSuffix>=0 );
if( nPrefix>zCsr-zNode || nSuffix>zEnd-zCsr || nSuffix==0 ){
rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
@@ -166849,8 +168834,8 @@
/* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from
** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal
- ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree
- ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search
+ ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree
+ ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search
** iChild.
**
** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then
@@ -166886,20 +168871,20 @@
** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term
** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix.
**
-** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the
+** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the
** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term.
** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the
** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified
** term is a prefix.
**
-** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain
-** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the
+** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain
+** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the
** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified
** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and
** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure.
**
** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
+*/
static int fts3SelectLeaf(
Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */
@@ -166951,7 +168936,7 @@
}
/*
-** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3
+** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3
** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list.
*/
static void fts3PutDeltaVarint(
@@ -166959,17 +168944,17 @@
sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */
){
- assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) );
+ assert_fts3_nc( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) );
*pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev);
*piPrev = iVal;
}
/*
-** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the
+** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the
** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
** first byte after the position-list.
**
-** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for
+** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for
** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this
** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in
** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist.
@@ -166982,12 +168967,12 @@
char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
char c = 0;
- /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3
+ /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3
** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by
** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail
** of some other, multi-byte, value.
**
- ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not
+ ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not
** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments
** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the
** last byte in the position-list.
@@ -167009,7 +168994,7 @@
}
/*
-** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the
+** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the
** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list.
**
@@ -167060,7 +169045,7 @@
** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or
** (1)).
**
-** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to
+** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to
** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp,
** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to
** point to the next value before returning.
@@ -167076,7 +169061,9 @@
sqlite3_int64 *pi /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */
){
if( (**pp)&0xFE ){
- fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi);
+ int iVal;
+ *pp += fts3GetVarint32((*pp), &iVal);
+ *pi += iVal;
*pi -= 2;
}else{
*pi = POSITION_LIST_END;
@@ -167088,7 +169075,7 @@
** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new
** column list.
**
-** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before
+** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before
** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes
** written (0 if iCol==0).
*/
@@ -167123,7 +169110,7 @@
int iCol1; /* The current column index in pp1 */
int iCol2; /* The current column index in pp2 */
- if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){
+ if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){
fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1);
if( iCol1==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
}
@@ -167147,7 +169134,7 @@
/* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists
** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2).
- ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each
+ ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each
** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a
** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists
** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte
@@ -167156,8 +169143,11 @@
*/
fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1);
fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2);
+ if( i1<2 || i2<2 ){
+ break;
+ }
do {
- fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2);
+ fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2);
iPrev -= 2;
if( i1==i2 ){
fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
@@ -167199,7 +169189,7 @@
** When this function returns, both *pp1 and *pp2 are left pointing to the
** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists.
**
-** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for
+** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for
** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in
** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e.
** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken
@@ -167224,12 +169214,12 @@
/* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */
assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 );
- assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 );
- if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){
+ assert_fts3_nc( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 );
+ if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){
p1++;
p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
}
- if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){
+ if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){
p2++;
p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
}
@@ -167251,8 +169241,8 @@
if( iPos1<0 || iPos2<0 ) break;
while( 1 ){
- if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken
- || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken)
+ if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken
+ || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken)
){
sqlite3_int64 iSave;
iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2;
@@ -167287,8 +169277,8 @@
/* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of
** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the
- ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next
- ** column-number in the position list.
+ ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next
+ ** column-number in the position list.
*/
else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
@@ -167317,14 +169307,14 @@
/*
** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. The argument
-** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression
+** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression
** like:
**
** "phrase 1" NEAR "phrase number 2"
**
-** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR
-** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position
-** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2"
+** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR
+** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position
+** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2"
** in the example above).
**
** The output position list - written to *pp - is a copy of *pp2 with those
@@ -167364,7 +169354,7 @@
return res;
}
-/*
+/*
** An instance of this function is used to merge together the (potentially
** large number of) doclists for each term that matches a prefix query.
** See function fts3TermSelectMerge() for details.
@@ -167385,7 +169375,7 @@
** from *pp. *pp is then set to point 1 byte past the end of the read varint.
**
** If bDescIdx is false, the value read is added to *pVal before returning.
-** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this
+** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this
** function returns.
*/
static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3(
@@ -167413,9 +169403,9 @@
** end of the value written.
**
** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to
-** the buffer is that of parameter iVal.
+** the buffer is that of parameter iVal.
**
-** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value
+** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value
** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal)
** (if bDescIdx is non-zero).
**
@@ -167448,7 +169438,7 @@
/*
** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two
** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable
-** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2).
+** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2).
** Otherwise, (i2-i1).
**
** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are
@@ -167459,7 +169449,7 @@
/*
** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all
-** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the
+** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the
** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist
** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be
** passed a non-zero value.
@@ -167499,12 +169489,12 @@
** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in
** ascending order).
**
- ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the
+ ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the
** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is
- ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list
+ ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list
** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since
** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must
- ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from
+ ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from
** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid
** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists
** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output.
@@ -167516,9 +169506,9 @@
**
** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the
** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input
- ** docids to grow.
+ ** docids to grow.
**
- ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending
+ ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending
** order.
*/
aOut = sqlite3_malloc64((i64)n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1+FTS3_BUFFER_PADDING);
@@ -167545,7 +169535,7 @@
fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2);
fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
}
-
+
assert( (p-aOut)<=((p1?(p1-a1):n1)+(p2?(p2-a2):n2)+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1) );
}
@@ -167568,7 +169558,7 @@
** exactly nDist tokens before it.
**
** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order,
-** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending
+** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending
** order, it should be passed a non-zero value.
**
** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function.
@@ -167714,7 +169704,7 @@
int nNew;
char *aNew;
- int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx,
+ int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx,
pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -167758,15 +169748,15 @@
){
if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){
/* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output
- ** buffer using memcpy().
+ ** buffer using memcpy().
**
- ** Add FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes of unused space to the end of the
+ ** Add FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes of unused space to the end of the
** allocation. This is so as to ensure that the buffer is big enough
** to hold the current doclist AND'd with any other doclist. If the
** doclists are stored in order=ASC order, this padding would not be
** required (since the size of [doclistA AND doclistB] is always less
** than or equal to the size of [doclistA] in that case). But this is
- ** not true for order=DESC. For example, a doclist containing (1, -1)
+ ** not true for order=DESC. For example, a doclist containing (1, -1)
** may be smaller than (-1), as in the first example the -1 may be stored
** as a single-byte delta, whereas in the second it must be stored as a
** FTS3_VARINT_MAX byte varint.
@@ -167796,7 +169786,7 @@
char *aNew;
int nNew;
- int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge,
+ int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge,
pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -167807,7 +169797,7 @@
if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]);
pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0;
-
+
aMerge = aNew;
nMerge = nNew;
if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){
@@ -167824,7 +169814,7 @@
** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array.
*/
static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(
- Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,
Fts3SegReader *pNew
){
if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){
@@ -167863,10 +169853,10 @@
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement to iterate through segments */
int rc2; /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */
- /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader
+ /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader
** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being
** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling
- ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by
+ ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by
** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these
** calls out here. */
if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex && p->iPrevLangid==iLangid ){
@@ -167900,10 +169890,10 @@
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock;
}
-
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1,
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1,
(isPrefix==0 && isScan==0),
- iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock,
+ iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock,
iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
@@ -167919,7 +169909,7 @@
}
/*
-** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a
+** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a
** single level therein.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
@@ -167935,7 +169925,7 @@
){
assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
- || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING
+ || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING
|| iLevel>=0
);
assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
@@ -167961,20 +169951,20 @@
int nTerm, /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Fts3MultiSegReader to modify */
){
- return fts3SegReaderCursor(p,
+ return fts3SegReaderCursor(p,
iLangid, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr
);
}
/*
** Open an Fts3MultiSegReader to scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. Or,
-** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which
+** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which
** zTerm/nTerm is a prefix. If successful, return SQLITE_OK and write
** a pointer to the new Fts3MultiSegReader to *ppSegcsr. Otherwise, return
** an SQLite error code.
**
** It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object by eventually
-** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree()
+** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree()
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
** Output parameter *ppSegcsr is set to 0 if an error occurs.
@@ -167999,7 +169989,7 @@
for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){
bFound = 1;
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid,
i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr
);
pSegcsr->bLookup = 1;
@@ -168009,7 +169999,7 @@
for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){
bFound = 1;
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid,
i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -168022,7 +170012,7 @@
}
if( bFound==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid,
0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr
);
pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix;
@@ -168070,7 +170060,7 @@
rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter);
while( SQLITE_OK==rc
- && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr))
+ && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr))
){
rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist);
}
@@ -168099,7 +170089,7 @@
**
** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist
** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed
-** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded
+** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded
** varints.
*/
static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){
@@ -168245,7 +170235,7 @@
assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 );
rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid,
- p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr,
+ p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr,
&p->base.zErrMsg
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -168272,7 +170262,7 @@
(pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC")
);
}else{
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s",
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s",
p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC")
);
}
@@ -168297,8 +170287,8 @@
return fts3NextMethod(pCursor);
}
-/*
-** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
+/*
+** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
*/
static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
@@ -168310,7 +170300,7 @@
return pCsr->isEof;
}
-/*
+/*
** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3
** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The
@@ -168322,7 +170312,7 @@
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
+/*
** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from
** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to.
**
@@ -168365,7 +170355,7 @@
break;
}else{
iCol = p->nColumn;
- /* fall-through */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
default:
@@ -168382,8 +170372,8 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
-** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by
+/*
+** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by
** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be
** inserted, updated or deleted.
*/
@@ -168418,7 +170408,7 @@
**
** Of course, updating the input segments also involves deleting a bunch
** of blocks from the segments table. But this is not considered overhead
- ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input
+ ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input
** segments.
*/
const u32 nMinMerge = 64; /* Minimum amount of incr-merge work to do */
@@ -168428,8 +170418,8 @@
i64 iLastRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db);
rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK
- && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16)
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16)
&& p->nAutoincrmerge && p->nAutoincrmerge!=0xff
){
int mxLevel = 0; /* Maximum relative level value in db */
@@ -168468,7 +170458,7 @@
}
/*
-** Implementation of xBegin() method.
+** Implementation of xBegin() method.
*/
static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
@@ -168524,17 +170514,17 @@
/* Skip backwards passed any trailing 0x00 bytes added by NearTrim() */
while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 );
- /* Search backwards for a varint with value zero (the end of the previous
+ /* Search backwards for a varint with value zero (the end of the previous
** poslist). This is an 0x00 byte preceded by some byte that does not
** have the 0x80 bit set. */
- while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){
- c = *p--;
+ while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){
+ c = *p--;
}
assert( p==pStart || c==0 );
/* At this point p points to that preceding byte without the 0x80 bit
** set. So to find the start of the poslist, skip forward 2 bytes then
- ** over a varint.
+ ** over a varint.
**
** Normally. The other case is that p==pStart and the poslist to return
** is the first in the doclist. In this case do not skip forward 2 bytes.
@@ -168555,7 +170545,7 @@
** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions.
**
** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size
-** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the
+** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the
** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error
** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The
** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message.
@@ -168600,7 +170590,7 @@
assert( nVal>=1 );
if( nVal>6 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(pContext,
+ sqlite3_result_error(pContext,
"wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1);
return;
}
@@ -168608,9 +170598,13 @@
switch( nVal ){
case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]);
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]);
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]);
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]);
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
}
if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){
@@ -168642,8 +170636,8 @@
}
}
-/*
-** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This
+/*
+** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This
** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment.
** Example usage is:
**
@@ -168752,10 +170746,10 @@
/* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not.
** So bHasStat may not be 2. */
rc = fts3SetHasStat(p);
-
+
/* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is
- ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction
- ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method
+ ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction
+ ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method
** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to
** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes.
*/
@@ -168846,7 +170840,7 @@
*/
static int fts3ShadowName(const char *zName){
static const char *azName[] = {
- "content", "docsize", "segdir", "segments", "stat",
+ "content", "docsize", "segdir", "segments", "stat",
};
unsigned int i;
for(i=0; i<sizeof(azName)/sizeof(azName[0]); i++){
@@ -168894,7 +170888,7 @@
}
/*
-** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are
+** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are
** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c
** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions
** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations.
@@ -168958,10 +170952,10 @@
/* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
- || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter)
+ || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter)
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE
- || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode)
+ || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode)
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
|| (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
@@ -168977,11 +170971,11 @@
}
#endif
- /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload
+ /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload
** the four scalar functions. If this is successful, register the
** module with sqlite.
*/
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc
&& SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer"))
&& SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1))
&& SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1))
@@ -169015,7 +171009,7 @@
/*
** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed
-** by pExpr.
+** by pExpr.
**
** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of
** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple
@@ -169025,7 +171019,7 @@
** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a
** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which
** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed
-** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory
+** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory
** doclist and then traversed.
*/
static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders(
@@ -169042,7 +171036,7 @@
*pnToken += nToken;
for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i];
- int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr,
+ int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr,
pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -169248,7 +171242,7 @@
sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
-
+
pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut;
if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
@@ -169273,7 +171267,7 @@
#define MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS 4
/*
-** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query
+** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query
** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this
** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be
** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids.
@@ -169291,12 +171285,12 @@
/* Determine if doclists may be loaded from disk incrementally. This is
** possible if the bOptOk argument is true, the FTS doclists will be
- ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of
+ ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of
** MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS or fewer tokens, none of which are are "^first"
** tokens or prefix tokens that cannot use a prefix-index. */
int bHaveIncr = 0;
- int bIncrOk = (bOptOk
- && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx
+ int bIncrOk = (bOptOk
+ && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx
&& p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
&& pTab->bNoIncrDoclist==0
@@ -169332,12 +171326,12 @@
}
/*
-** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start)
+** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start)
** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase
** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through
** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc".
**
-** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or
+** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or
** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this
** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning.
*/
@@ -169409,7 +171403,7 @@
assert( nDoclist>0 );
assert( *pbEof==0 );
- assert( p || *piDocid==0 );
+ assert_fts3_nc( p || *piDocid==0 );
assert( !p || (p>=aDoclist && p<=&aDoclist[nDoclist]) );
if( p==0 ){
@@ -169417,7 +171411,7 @@
p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, piDocid);
}else{
fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p);
- while( p<&aDoclist[nDoclist] && *p==0 ) p++;
+ while( p<&aDoclist[nDoclist] && *p==0 ) p++;
if( p>=&aDoclist[nDoclist] ){
*pbEof = 1;
}else{
@@ -169441,7 +171435,7 @@
){
char *pIter; /* Used to iterate through aAll */
char *pEnd; /* 1 byte past end of aAll */
-
+
if( pDL->pNextDocid ){
pIter = pDL->pNextDocid;
assert( pDL->aAll!=0 || pIter==0 );
@@ -169490,12 +171484,12 @@
};
/*
-** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a
+** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a
** multi-token phrase. Advance it to the next matching document in the
** database and populate output variable *p with the details of the new
** entry. Or, if the iterator has reached EOF, set *pbEof to true.
**
-** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
** SQLITE_OK.
*/
static int incrPhraseTokenNext(
@@ -169536,18 +171530,18 @@
/*
** The phrase iterator passed as the second argument:
**
-** * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and
+** * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and
**
** * does not contain any deferred tokens.
**
** Advance it to the next matching documnent in the database and populate
-** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields.
+** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields.
**
** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is
** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0.
**
-** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
** SQLITE_OK.
*/
static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(
@@ -169565,7 +171559,7 @@
assert( p->bIncr==1 );
if( p->nToken==1 ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr,
&pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList
);
if( pDL->pList==0 ) bEof = 1;
@@ -169595,8 +171589,8 @@
/* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */
for(i=0; i<p->nToken; i++){
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0
- && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0
+ && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0
){
rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof);
if( DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)>0 ){
@@ -169643,8 +171637,8 @@
}
/*
-** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid.
-** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
+** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid.
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
** SQLITE_OK.
**
** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
@@ -169663,7 +171657,7 @@
if( p->bIncr ){
rc = fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(pCsr, p, pbEof);
}else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){
- sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll,
+ sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll,
&pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof
);
pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid;
@@ -169723,7 +171717,7 @@
** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong
** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or
** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered
-** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in
+** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in
** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot.
*/
typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost;
@@ -169791,7 +171785,7 @@
** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return
** an SQLite error code.
**
-** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating
+** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating
** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount
** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in
** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus
@@ -169801,10 +171795,10 @@
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){
/* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost
- ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required
+ ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required
** data from the %_stat table to calculate it.
**
- ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3
+ ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3
** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table.
** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in
** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of
@@ -169836,7 +171830,7 @@
pCsr->nDoc = nDoc;
pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz);
- assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 );
+ assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 );
rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
}
@@ -169845,11 +171839,11 @@
}
/*
-** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be
+** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be
** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is
** called.
**
-** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the
+** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the
** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within
** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition
** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details.
@@ -169899,8 +171893,8 @@
assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nDocSize>0 );
- /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order
- ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer
+ /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order
+ ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer
** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index.
** Load the doclists for tokens that are either:
**
@@ -169911,7 +171905,7 @@
**
** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the
** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist
- ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in
+ ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in
** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded.
** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that
** one or more tokens will not be deferred.
@@ -169927,8 +171921,8 @@
/* Set pTC to point to the cheapest remaining token. */
for(iTC=0; iTC<nTC; iTC++){
- if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot
- && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl)
+ if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot
+ && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl)
){
pTC = &aTC[iTC];
}
@@ -169937,7 +171931,7 @@
if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){
/* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all
- ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages
+ ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages
** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred.
*/
Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
@@ -169946,7 +171940,7 @@
pToken->pSegcsr = 0;
}else{
/* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the
- ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from
+ ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from
** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */
if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4;
@@ -170059,7 +172053,7 @@
**
** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in
** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to
-** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the
+** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in the
** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example,
** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to
** the position list associated with phrase "abc".
@@ -170068,7 +172062,7 @@
** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this
** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero.
**
-** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit
+** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit
** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in
** pPhrase.
*/
@@ -170082,8 +172076,8 @@
int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken;
int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken;
int nNew;
- char *p2;
- char *pOut;
+ char *p2;
+ char *pOut;
int res;
assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList );
@@ -170094,10 +172088,12 @@
);
if( res ){
nNew = (int)(pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1;
- assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' );
- assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 );
- memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew);
- pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew;
+ if( nNew>=0 ){
+ assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' );
+ assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 );
+ memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew);
+ pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew;
+ }
*paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
*pnToken = pPhrase->nToken;
}
@@ -170130,19 +172126,19 @@
**
** 1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists
** entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in
-** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all.
+** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all.
**
** Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or
-** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the
+** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the
** next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other
** words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression
-** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C",
+** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C",
** where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case
** is populated as for "A * C" before returning.
**
-** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is
+** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is
** advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y".
-**
+**
** See sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred() for details on testing if a row is
** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators.
*/
@@ -170206,11 +172202,12 @@
fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
}
}
+ pRight->bEof = pLeft->bEof = 1;
}
}
break;
}
-
+
case FTSQUERY_OR: {
Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
@@ -170250,9 +172247,9 @@
fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){
- while( !*pRc
- && !pRight->bEof
- && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0
+ while( !*pRc
+ && !pRight->bEof
+ && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0
){
fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
}
@@ -170277,14 +172274,14 @@
** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR
** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately.
**
-** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR
-** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists
-** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression.
+** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR
+** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists
+** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression.
**
** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each
** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those
** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR
-** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not
+** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not
** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not
** be edited if 0 is returned.
*/
@@ -170307,15 +172304,15 @@
** | |
** "w" "x"
**
- ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The
+ ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The
** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are
** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works.
*/
- if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK
- && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK
+ && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
&& (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
){
- Fts3Expr *p;
+ Fts3Expr *p;
sqlite3_int64 nTmp = 0; /* Bytes of temp space */
char *aTmp; /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */
@@ -170362,12 +172359,12 @@
/*
** This function is a helper function for sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred().
** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the
-** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr
+** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr
** currently points to, or zero if it does not.
**
** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
-** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to
-** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is
+** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to
+** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is
** undefined.
*/
static int fts3EvalTestExpr(
@@ -170386,10 +172383,10 @@
&& fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc)
);
- /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for
+ /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for
** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(),
- ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize
- ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries.
+ ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize
+ ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries.
** For example if this expression:
**
** ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)'
@@ -170401,8 +172398,8 @@
** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b"
** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause).
*/
- if( bHit==0
- && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+ if( bHit==0
+ && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
&& (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
){
Fts3Expr *p;
@@ -170434,7 +172431,7 @@
default: {
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
- if( pCsr->pDeferred
+ if( pCsr->pDeferred
&& (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred)
){
Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
@@ -170448,7 +172445,10 @@
}else
#endif
{
- bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId);
+ bHit = (
+ pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId
+ && pExpr->pPhrase->doclist.nList>0
+ );
}
break;
}
@@ -170490,7 +172490,7 @@
** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred
** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred
** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account
- ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()).
+ ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()).
*/
if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
@@ -170545,7 +172545,7 @@
/*
** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to
-** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental
+** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental
** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration.
**
** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is
@@ -170588,11 +172588,11 @@
}
/*
-** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the
+** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the
** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched
** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments
** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently
-** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase
+** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase
** expression nodes.
*/
static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int nCol){
@@ -170686,9 +172686,9 @@
pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid;
- }while( pCsr->isEof==0
- && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
- && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc)
+ }while( pCsr->isEof==0
+ && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+ && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc)
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){
@@ -170703,7 +172703,7 @@
pRoot->bEof = bEof;
}else{
/* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending
- ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the
+ ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the
** do loop can not be written:
**
** do {...} while( pRoot->iDocid<iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
@@ -170711,7 +172711,8 @@
fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
do {
fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
- assert( pRoot->bEof==0 );
+ assert_fts3_nc( pRoot->bEof==0 );
+ if( pRoot->bEof ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
}while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
}
}
@@ -170719,10 +172720,10 @@
}
/*
-** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase
+** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase
** expression node for the following information:
**
-** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of
+** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of
** the FTS table (considering all rows), and
**
** 2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the
@@ -170736,12 +172737,12 @@
**
** Caveats:
**
-** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output
+** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output
** values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other
-** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each
+** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each
** column of each row of the table.
**
-** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred
+** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred
** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering
** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences.
**
@@ -170779,14 +172780,14 @@
/*
** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function
-** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE.
+** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE.
**
** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing
** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol
-** of the current row.
+** of the current row.
**
-** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each
-** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2)
+** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each
+** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2)
** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example,
** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list
** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain:
@@ -170808,7 +172809,7 @@
int iThis;
sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
- /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than
+ /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than
** column iCol, return a NULL pointer. */
*ppOut = 0;
assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nColumn );
@@ -170827,8 +172828,8 @@
Fts3Expr *pNear; /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */
int bMatch;
- /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not,
- ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid
+ /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not,
+ ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid
** pCsr->iPrevId may lie earlier in the doclist buffer. Or, if the
** tree that the node is part of has been marked as EOF, but the node
** itself is not EOF, then it may point to an earlier entry. */
@@ -170876,7 +172877,7 @@
(pIter >= (pPh->doclist.aAll + pPh->doclist.nAll));
while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)<0 ) && bEof==0 ){
sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext(
- bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll,
+ bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll,
&pIter, &iDocid, &bEof
);
}
@@ -170885,7 +172886,7 @@
while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)>0 ) && bEof==0 ){
int dummy;
sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
- bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll,
+ bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll,
&pIter, &iDocid, &dummy, &bEof
);
}
@@ -170961,7 +172962,7 @@
__declspec(dllexport)
#endif
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_init(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
char **pzErrMsg,
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
@@ -171055,11 +173056,11 @@
*/
if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ) goto bad_args;
- zDb = argv[1];
+ zDb = argv[1];
nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
if( argc==5 ){
if( nDb==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("temp", zDb, 4) ){
- zDb = argv[3];
+ zDb = argv[3];
nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
zFts3 = argv[4];
}else{
@@ -171123,7 +173124,7 @@
** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
*/
static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
){
int i;
@@ -171136,14 +173137,14 @@
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
/* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */
- if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1
- && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
+ if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1
+ && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
&& pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
){
pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
}
- /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column.
+ /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column.
** And equality constraints on the hidden "languageid" column. */
for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable ){
@@ -171224,11 +173225,11 @@
static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){
if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){
struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew;
- aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc64(pCsr->aStat,
+ aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc64(pCsr->aStat,
sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize
);
if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0,
+ memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0,
sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat)
);
pCsr->aStat = aNew;
@@ -171288,8 +173289,8 @@
/* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating
** that the following integer will be a column number, or the
- ** start of a position list for column 0.
- **
+ ** start of a position list for column 0.
+ **
** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the
** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to
** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term.
@@ -171402,7 +173403,7 @@
if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
pCsr->nStop = (int)strlen(pCsr->zStop);
}
-
+
if( iLangid>=0 ){
iLangVal = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[iLangid]);
@@ -171541,15 +173542,15 @@
******************************************************************************
**
** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings
-** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported
+** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported
** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is
-** hand-coded.
+** hand-coded.
*/
/* #include "fts3Int.h" */
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
/*
-** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been
+** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been
** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between
** the new and the old syntaxes are:
@@ -171558,7 +173559,7 @@
**
** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not.
**
-** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not
+** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not
** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator).
**
** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence
@@ -171567,7 +173568,7 @@
**
** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the
** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable
-** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to
+** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to
** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can
** be tested using a single build of testfixture.
**
@@ -171596,7 +173597,7 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0;
#else
-# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1
# else
# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0
@@ -171614,7 +173615,7 @@
/*
** isNot:
** This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is
-** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a
+** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a
** FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the
** FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to
** zero.
@@ -171633,7 +173634,7 @@
};
/*
-** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function.
+** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function.
**
** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it
** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behavior when passed
@@ -171649,7 +173650,7 @@
/*
** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful,
-** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful,
+** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful,
** return NULL.
*/
static void *fts3MallocZero(sqlite3_int64 nByte){
@@ -171697,7 +173698,7 @@
** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this
** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is
** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the
-** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated
** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free().
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation
@@ -171751,8 +173752,8 @@
}
while( 1 ){
- if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses
- && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-'
+ if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses
+ && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-'
){
pParse->isNot = 1;
iStart--;
@@ -171772,7 +173773,7 @@
pModule->xClose(pCursor);
}
-
+
*ppExpr = pRet;
return rc;
}
@@ -171794,7 +173795,7 @@
** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string
** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character
** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire
-** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE
+** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE
** containing the results.
**
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the
@@ -171819,7 +173820,7 @@
int nToken = 0;
/* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase,
- ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single
+ ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single
** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to
** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach.
**
@@ -171828,7 +173829,7 @@
** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers:
**
** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase
- ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken
+ ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken
** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array.
**
** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens.
@@ -171913,7 +173914,7 @@
}
/*
-** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr
+** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr
** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached.
**
** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM
@@ -171949,7 +173950,7 @@
pParse->isNot = 0;
/* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or
- ** close bracket, or a quoted string.
+ ** close bracket, or a quoted string.
*/
while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){
nInput--;
@@ -171976,19 +173977,16 @@
if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
assert( nKey==4 );
if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){
- nNear = 0;
- for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){
- nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0');
- }
+ nKey += 1+sqlite3Fts3ReadInt(&zInput[nKey+1], &nNear);
}
}
/* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true,
** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close
- ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF.
+ ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF.
*/
cNext = zInput[nKey];
- if( fts3isspace(cNext)
+ if( fts3isspace(cNext)
|| cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0
){
pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
@@ -172037,15 +174035,15 @@
}
}
- /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or
+ /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or
** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer
** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit
- ** column specifier for the token.
+ ** column specifier for the token.
**
** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier
** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was
** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was
- ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the
+ ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the
** limitation.
*/
iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol;
@@ -172053,8 +174051,8 @@
for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){
const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii];
int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr);
- if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':'
- && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0
+ if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':'
+ && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0
){
iCol = ii;
iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1);
@@ -172099,7 +174097,7 @@
}
/*
-** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query
+** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query
** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently
** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary
** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence
@@ -172129,7 +174127,7 @@
/*
** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function
-** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched
+** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched
** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered.
**
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the
@@ -172161,8 +174159,8 @@
if( p ){
int isPhrase;
- if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses
- && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot
+ if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses
+ && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot
){
/* Create an implicit NOT operator. */
Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
@@ -172283,13 +174281,13 @@
}
/*
-** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed
+** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed
** as the only argument is more than nMaxDepth.
*/
static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( p ){
- if( nMaxDepth<0 ){
+ if( nMaxDepth<0 ){
rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
}else{
rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pLeft, nMaxDepth-1);
@@ -172304,12 +174302,12 @@
/*
** This function attempts to transform the expression tree at (*pp) to
** an equivalent but more balanced form. The tree is modified in place.
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the
-** new root expression node.
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the
+** new root expression node.
**
** nMaxDepth is the maximum allowable depth of the balanced sub-tree.
**
-** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and
** expression (*pp) freed.
*/
static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){
@@ -172424,7 +174422,7 @@
}
pRoot = p;
}else{
- /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array
+ /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array
** and pFree list. Everything else is cleaned up by the call to
** sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot) below. */
Fts3Expr *pDel;
@@ -172466,7 +174464,7 @@
}
}
}
-
+
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot);
pRoot = 0;
@@ -172480,9 +174478,9 @@
** differences:
**
** 1. It does not do expression rebalancing.
-** 2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the
+** 2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the
** maximum allowable depth.
-** 3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an
+** 3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an
** expression tree. It should be deleted using sqlite3Fts3ExprFree()
** in this case.
*/
@@ -172521,7 +174519,7 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
-
+
return rc;
}
@@ -172540,7 +174538,7 @@
** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to
** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[]
** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names
-** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right.
+** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right.
** Column names must be nul-terminated strings.
**
** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column
@@ -172563,7 +174561,7 @@
int rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced(
pTokenizer, iLangid, azCol, bFts4, nCol, iDefaultCol, z, n, ppExpr
);
-
+
/* Rebalance the expression. And check that its depth does not exceed
** SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppExpr ){
@@ -172578,7 +174576,7 @@
*ppExpr = 0;
if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr,
- "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)",
+ "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)",
SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
@@ -172640,11 +174638,11 @@
/*
** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the
** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from
-** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use
+** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use
** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered,
** NULL is returned.
**
-** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to
+** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to
** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free().
*/
static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){
@@ -172658,7 +174656,7 @@
zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf(
"%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn);
for(i=0; zBuf && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
- zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf,
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf,
pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z,
(pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"")
);
@@ -172691,7 +174689,7 @@
}
/*
-** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the
+** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the
** expression parser. It should be called as follows:
**
** fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...);
@@ -172724,7 +174722,7 @@
char *zErr = 0;
if( argc<3 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context,
+ sqlite3_result_error(context,
"Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1
);
return;
@@ -172802,15 +174800,15 @@
}
/*
-** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest()
-** with database connection db.
+** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest()
+** with database connection db.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){
int rc = sqlite3_create_function(
db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)pHash, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance",
+ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance",
-1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)pHash, fts3ExprTestRebalance, 0, 0
);
}
@@ -172874,8 +174872,8 @@
** fields of the Hash structure.
**
** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
-** keyClass is one of the constants
-** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass
+** keyClass is one of the constants
+** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass
** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is
** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
@@ -172952,7 +174950,7 @@
/*
** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
**
-** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some
** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
**
** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a
@@ -173012,7 +175010,7 @@
/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
-** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail
** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
**
** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs.
@@ -173057,7 +175055,7 @@
count = pEntry->count;
xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass);
while( count-- && elem ){
- if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){
+ if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){
return elem;
}
elem = elem->next;
@@ -173076,7 +175074,7 @@
){
struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
if( elem->prev ){
- elem->prev->next = elem->next;
+ elem->prev->next = elem->next;
}else{
pH->first = elem->next;
}
@@ -173104,8 +175102,8 @@
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(
- const Fts3Hash *pH,
- const void *pKey,
+ const Fts3Hash *pH,
+ const void *pKey,
int nKey
){
int h; /* A hash on key */
@@ -173119,7 +175117,7 @@
return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
}
-/*
+/*
** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
@@ -173293,7 +175291,7 @@
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
** *ppCursor.
*/
static int porterOpen(
@@ -173346,7 +175344,7 @@
/*
** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
-** to Porter ruls.
+** to Porter ruls.
**
** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
@@ -173466,11 +175464,11 @@
/*
** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
-** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the
+** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the
** ending to zTo.
**
** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo
-** is in normal order.
+** is in normal order.
**
** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not
** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
@@ -173539,9 +175537,9 @@
** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
** 3 bytes from the end. For long words without digits, 10 bytes
** are taken from each end. US-ASCII case folding still applies.
-**
-** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not
-** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just
+**
+** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not
+** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just
** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
** case folding.
**
@@ -173586,11 +175584,11 @@
}
}
- /* Step 1b */
+ /* Step 1b */
z2 = z;
if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
/* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */
- }else if(
+ }else if(
(stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
&& z!=z2
){
@@ -173629,7 +175627,7 @@
stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
break;
case 'l':
- if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0)
+ if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0)
&& !stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0)
&& !stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0)
&& !stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0)
@@ -173917,7 +175915,7 @@
}
/*
-** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying
+** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying
** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
**
** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
@@ -174089,7 +176087,7 @@
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer");
}else{
- (*ppTok)->pModule = m;
+ (*ppTok)->pModule = m;
}
sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
}
@@ -174109,7 +176107,7 @@
/* #include <string.h> */
/*
-** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers
+** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers
** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
** function must be called with two or more arguments:
**
@@ -174121,9 +176119,9 @@
**
** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are
-** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the
+** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the
** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
-** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example,
+** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example,
** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
**
** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
@@ -174131,7 +176129,7 @@
** will return the string:
**
** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
-**
+**
*/
static void testFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
@@ -174226,8 +176224,8 @@
static
int registerTokenizer(
- sqlite3 *db,
- char *zName,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ char *zName,
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
){
int rc;
@@ -174249,8 +176247,8 @@
static
int queryTokenizer(
- sqlite3 *db,
- char *zName,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ char *zName,
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
){
int rc;
@@ -174335,23 +176333,23 @@
/*
** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
-** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy
+** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy
** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
**
** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
**
** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above
** fts3TokenizerFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is
-** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header
-** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both
+** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header
+** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both
** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash.
**
** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name
** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(
- sqlite3 *db,
- Fts3Hash *pHash,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ Fts3Hash *pHash,
const char *zName
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -174505,7 +176503,7 @@
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
** *ppCursor.
*/
static int simpleOpen(
@@ -174660,8 +176658,8 @@
**
** input = <string>
**
-** The virtual table module tokenizes this <string>, using the FTS3
-** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
+** The virtual table module tokenizes this <string>, using the FTS3
+** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
** statement and returns one row for each token in the result. With
** fields set as follows:
**
@@ -174730,7 +176728,7 @@
/*
** The second argument, argv[], is an array of pointers to nul-terminated
-** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a
+** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a
** single block of memory. It then dequotes any of the strings that appear
** to be quoted.
**
@@ -174786,7 +176784,7 @@
** and xCreate are identical operations.
**
** argv[0]: module name
-** argv[1]: database name
+** argv[1]: database name
** argv[2]: table name
** argv[3]: first argument (tokenizer name)
*/
@@ -174823,7 +176821,8 @@
assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK)==(pMod!=0) );
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- const char * const *azArg = (const char * const *)&azDequote[1];
+ const char * const *azArg = 0;
+ if( nDequote>1 ) azArg = (const char * const *)&azDequote[1];
rc = pMod->xCreate((nDequote>1 ? nDequote-1 : 0), azArg, &pTok);
}
@@ -174866,16 +176865,16 @@
** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
*/
static int fts3tokBestIndexMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
){
int i;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
- if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable
- && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0
- && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
+ if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable
+ && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0
+ && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
){
pInfo->idxNum = 1;
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
@@ -174985,7 +176984,7 @@
if( pCsr->zInput==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- memcpy(pCsr->zInput, zByte, nByte);
+ if( nByte>0 ) memcpy(pCsr->zInput, zByte, nByte);
pCsr->zInput[nByte] = 0;
rc = pTab->pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTok, pCsr->zInput, nByte, &pCsr->pCsr);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -175106,7 +177105,7 @@
** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically,
** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3
** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some
-** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query
+** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query
** code in fts3.c.
*/
@@ -175122,7 +177121,7 @@
/*
** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they
-** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end
+** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end
** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer
** of 920 bytes is allocated for it.
**
@@ -175139,10 +177138,10 @@
** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example,
** if a query has a LIMIT clause).
**
-** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD
+** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD
** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes.
-** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values
-** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful
+** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values
+** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful
** for testing purposes.
**
** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may
@@ -175155,7 +177154,7 @@
# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE test_fts3_node_chunksize
# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold
#else
-# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024)
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024)
# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4)
#endif
@@ -175169,7 +177168,7 @@
/*
** If FTS_LOG_MERGES is defined, call sqlite3_log() to report each automatic
-** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for
+** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for
** debugging FTS only, it should not usually be turned on in production
** systems.
*/
@@ -175255,7 +177254,7 @@
char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */
int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */
- /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate
+ /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate
** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist).
*/
char *pOffsetList;
@@ -175300,11 +177299,11 @@
** fts3NodeFree()
**
** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge
-** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the
+** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the
** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of
** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have
** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually
-** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively
+** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively
** little memory.
*/
struct SegmentNode {
@@ -175325,7 +177324,7 @@
*/
#define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT 0
#define SQL_IS_EMPTY 1
-#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2
#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS 3
#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR 4
#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE 5
@@ -175373,7 +177372,7 @@
** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0.
**
** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with
-** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound
+** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound
** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before
** returning.
*/
@@ -175397,7 +177396,7 @@
/* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)",
/* 11 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)",
- /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/
+ /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/
/* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
"FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC",
/* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
@@ -175431,10 +177430,12 @@
" ORDER BY (level %% 1024) ASC, 2 DESC LIMIT 1",
/* Estimate the upper limit on the number of leaf nodes in a new segment
-** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See
+** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See
** function sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge() for details. */
/* 29 */ "SELECT 2 * total(1 + leaves_end_block - start_block) "
- " FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx < ?",
+ " FROM (SELECT * FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' "
+ " WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC LIMIT ?"
+ " )",
/* SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY
** Delete the %_segdir entry on absolute level :1 with index :2. */
@@ -175446,7 +177447,7 @@
/* 31 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET idx = ? WHERE level=? AND idx=?",
/* SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR
-** Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute
+** Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute
** level :1 with index value :2. */
/* 32 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
"FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
@@ -175470,7 +177471,7 @@
** Return the largest relative level in the FTS index or indexes. */
/* 36 */ "SELECT max( level %% 1024 ) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
- /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/
+ /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/
/* 37 */ "SELECT level, idx, end_block "
"FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? "
"ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC",
@@ -175486,7 +177487,7 @@
assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) );
assert( eStmt<SizeofArray(azSql) && eStmt>=0 );
-
+
pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt];
if( !pStmt ){
int f = SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT|SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB;
@@ -175591,7 +177592,7 @@
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
int rc;
if( *pRC ) return;
- rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal);
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_step(pStmt);
rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
@@ -175601,22 +177602,22 @@
/*
-** This function ensures that the caller has obtained an exclusive
-** shared-cache table-lock on the %_segdir table. This is required before
+** This function ensures that the caller has obtained an exclusive
+** shared-cache table-lock on the %_segdir table. This is required before
** writing data to the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then
** the caller may end up attempting to take this lock as part of committing
-** a transaction, causing SQLite to return SQLITE_LOCKED or
+** a transaction, causing SQLite to return SQLITE_LOCKED or
** LOCKED_SHAREDCACHEto a COMMIT command.
**
-** It is best to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when
-** committing a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back.
-** And this is not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE.
-** It can still happen if the user locks the underlying tables directly
+** It is best to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when
+** committing a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back.
+** And this is not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE.
+** It can still happen if the user locks the underlying tables directly
** instead of accessing them via FTS.
*/
static int fts3Writelock(Fts3Table *p){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
+
if( p->nPendingData==0 ){
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
@@ -175633,7 +177634,7 @@
/*
** FTS maintains a separate indexes for each language-id (a 32-bit integer).
** Within each language id, a separate index is maintained to store the
-** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS
+** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS
** "prefix=" option). And each index consists of multiple levels ("relative
** levels").
**
@@ -175643,14 +177644,14 @@
** separate component values into the single 64-bit integer value that
** can be used to query the %_segdir table.
**
-** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024
+** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024
** 64-bit integer level values ("absolute levels"). The main terms index
** for language-id 0 is allocate values 0-1023. The first prefix index
** (if any) for language-id 0 is allocated values 1024-2047. And so on.
** Language 1 indexes are allocated immediately following language 0.
**
** So, for a system with nPrefix prefix indexes configured, the block of
-** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index
+** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index
** iIndex starts at absolute level ((iLangid * (nPrefix+1) + iIndex) * 1024).
*/
static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel(
@@ -175671,7 +177672,7 @@
/*
** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through
** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful,
-** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement,
** return an SQLite error code.
**
** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for
@@ -175702,16 +177703,16 @@
if( iLevel<0 ){
/* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */
rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2,
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2,
getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
);
}
}else{
/* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */
rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,iLevel));
}
}
@@ -175855,7 +177856,7 @@
}
if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){
if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){
- /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only
+ /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only
** happen if there was no previous entry for this token.
*/
assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) );
@@ -175901,7 +177902,7 @@
assert( pTokenizer && pModule );
/* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with
- ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and
+ ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and
** return early. */
if( zText==0 ){
*pnWord = 0;
@@ -175932,8 +177933,8 @@
rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken
);
-
- /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too
+
+ /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too
** short for. */
for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i];
@@ -175949,8 +177950,8 @@
return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
}
-/*
-** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to
+/*
+** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to
** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the
** contents of the document with docid iDocid.
*/
@@ -175969,10 +177970,10 @@
** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms
** generate longer doclists.
*/
- if( iDocid<p->iPrevDocid
+ if( iDocid<p->iPrevDocid
|| (iDocid==p->iPrevDocid && p->bPrevDelete==0)
|| p->iPrevLangid!=iLangid
- || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData
+ || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData
){
int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
@@ -175984,7 +177985,7 @@
}
/*
-** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables.
+** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){
int i;
@@ -176009,9 +178010,9 @@
** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row.
*/
static int fts3InsertTerms(
- Fts3Table *p,
- int iLangid,
- sqlite3_value **apVal,
+ Fts3Table *p,
+ int iLangid,
+ sqlite3_value **apVal,
u32 *aSz
){
int i; /* Iterator variable */
@@ -176074,7 +178075,7 @@
rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zLanguageid ){
rc = sqlite3_bind_int(
- pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2,
+ pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2,
sqlite3_value_int(apVal[p->nColumn+4])
);
}
@@ -176101,8 +178102,8 @@
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
- /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the
- ** new docid value.
+ /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the
+ ** new docid value.
*/
sqlite3_step(pContentInsert);
rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert);
@@ -176152,7 +178153,7 @@
** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the
** full-text index.
*/
-static void fts3DeleteTerms(
+static void fts3DeleteTerms(
int *pRC, /* Result code */
Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */
sqlite3_value *pRowid, /* The docid to be deleted */
@@ -176199,7 +178200,7 @@
*/
static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int);
-/*
+/*
** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table.
** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting
** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned
@@ -176208,17 +178209,17 @@
** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel
**
** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested
-** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the
+** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the
** allocated index is 0.
**
** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK
** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(
- Fts3Table *p,
+ Fts3Table *p,
int iLangid, /* Language id */
int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */
- int iLevel,
+ int iLevel,
int *piIdx
){
int rc; /* Return Code */
@@ -176266,7 +178267,7 @@
** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The
** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not
** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated
-** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the
+** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the
** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set
** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning.
**
@@ -176345,14 +178346,14 @@
sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments);
p->pSegments = 0;
}
-
+
static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
int nRead; /* Number of bytes to read */
int rc; /* Return code */
nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE);
rc = sqlite3_blob_read(
- pReader->pBlob,
+ pReader->pBlob,
&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate],
nRead,
pReader->nPopulate
@@ -176372,10 +178373,10 @@
static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( !pReader->pBlob
+ assert( !pReader->pBlob
|| (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode])
);
- while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK
+ while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK
&& (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate
){
rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
@@ -176401,7 +178402,7 @@
** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
*/
static int fts3SegReaderNext(
- Fts3Table *p,
+ Fts3Table *p,
Fts3SegReader *pReader,
int bIncr
){
@@ -176441,7 +178442,7 @@
fts3SegReaderSetEof(pReader);
- /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf
+ /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf
** blocks have already been traversed. */
#ifdef CORRUPT_DB
assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock || CORRUPT_DB );
@@ -176451,7 +178452,7 @@
}
rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
- p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode,
+ p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode,
(bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0)
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
@@ -176467,12 +178468,12 @@
rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is
+
+ /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is
** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */
pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix);
pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix);
- if( nSuffix<=0
+ if( nSuffix<=0
|| (&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] - pNext)<nSuffix
|| nPrefix>pReader->nTerm
){
@@ -176503,11 +178504,12 @@
pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
/* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the
- ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either
+ ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either
** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt.
*/
if( pReader->nDoclist > pReader->nNode-(pReader->aDoclist-pReader->aNode)
|| (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1])
+ || pReader->nDoclist==0
){
return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
}
@@ -176527,7 +178529,7 @@
pReader->iDocid = 0;
pReader->nOffsetList = 0;
sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
- pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList,
+ pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList,
&pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
);
}else{
@@ -176543,8 +178545,8 @@
/*
** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist
** associated with the current term.
-**
-** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then
+**
+** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then
** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list
** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint).
** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset
@@ -176587,22 +178589,22 @@
** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of
** the same offset list. */
while( 1 ){
-
+
/* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is
- ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired
+ ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired
** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk
** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte past
** the populated part of pReader->aNode[].
*/
while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
assert( *p==0 );
-
+
if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break;
rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
p++;
-
+
/* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the
** size of the previous offset-list.
*/
@@ -176613,7 +178615,7 @@
/* List may have been edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim() */
while( p<pEnd && *p==0 ) p++;
-
+
/* If there are no more entries in the doclist, set pOffsetList to
** NULL. Otherwise, set Fts3SegReader.iDocid to the next docid and
** Fts3SegReader.pOffsetList to point to the next offset list before
@@ -176640,7 +178642,7 @@
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(
- Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,
int *pnOvfl
){
@@ -176655,8 +178657,8 @@
for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pMsr->nSegment; ii++){
Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii];
- if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader)
- && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader)
+ if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader)
+ && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader)
){
sqlite3_int64 jj;
for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){
@@ -176674,7 +178676,7 @@
}
/*
-** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the
+** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the
** second argument.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
@@ -176833,7 +178835,7 @@
}else{
/* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in
- ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup.
+ ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup.
**
** Because the stack address of pE may be accessed via the aElem pointer
** below, the "Fts3HashElem *pE" must be declared so that it is valid
@@ -176868,7 +178870,7 @@
}
/*
-** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures.
+** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures.
** Comparison is as follows:
**
** 1) EOF is greater than not EOF.
@@ -176939,7 +178941,7 @@
/*
** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument
-** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm.
+** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm.
**
** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return
** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are
@@ -177000,7 +179002,7 @@
#endif
}
-/*
+/*
** Insert a record into the %_segments table.
*/
static int fts3WriteSegment(
@@ -177042,7 +179044,7 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Insert a record into the %_segdir table.
*/
static int fts3WriteSegdir(
@@ -177080,7 +179082,7 @@
/*
** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and
-** zNext, in bytes. For example,
+** zNext, in bytes. For example,
**
** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3
** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2
@@ -177104,7 +179106,7 @@
*/
static int fts3NodeAddTerm(
Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */
+ SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */
int isCopyTerm, /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */
const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
int nTerm /* Size of term in bytes */
@@ -177113,7 +179115,7 @@
int rc;
SegmentNode *pNew;
- /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if
+ /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if
** this is possible.
*/
if( pTree ){
@@ -177125,7 +179127,7 @@
nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
- /* If nSuffix is zero or less, then zTerm/nTerm must be a prefix of
+ /* If nSuffix is zero or less, then zTerm/nTerm must be a prefix of
** pWriter->zTerm/pWriter->nTerm. i.e. must be equal to or less than when
** compared with BINARY collation. This indicates corruption. */
if( nSuffix<=0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
@@ -177138,8 +179140,8 @@
** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large
** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes
** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when
- ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB,
- ** this is not expected to be a serious problem.
+ ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB,
+ ** this is not expected to be a serious problem.
*/
assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] );
pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq);
@@ -177183,7 +179185,7 @@
** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it.
**
** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for
- ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree
+ ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree
** has no parent, one is created here.
*/
pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize);
@@ -177208,7 +179210,7 @@
pTree->zMalloc = 0;
}else{
pNew->pLeftmost = pNew;
- rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+ rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
}
*ppTree = pNew;
@@ -177219,8 +179221,8 @@
** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite().
*/
static int fts3TreeFinishNode(
- SegmentNode *pTree,
- int iHeight,
+ SegmentNode *pTree,
+ int iHeight,
sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild
){
int nStart;
@@ -177233,15 +179235,15 @@
/*
** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the
-** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of
-** pTree and its peers to the database.
+** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of
+** pTree and its peers to the database.
**
** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead,
** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node.
**
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is
** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no
-** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is
+** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is
** returned.
*/
static int fts3NodeWrite(
@@ -177269,7 +179271,7 @@
for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){
int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf);
int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart;
-
+
rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite);
iNextFree++;
iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1);
@@ -177315,7 +179317,7 @@
*/
static int fts3SegWriterAdd(
Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
- SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */
+ SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */
int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */
const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */
@@ -177358,7 +179360,7 @@
nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
- /* If nSuffix is zero or less, then zTerm/nTerm must be a prefix of
+ /* If nSuffix is zero or less, then zTerm/nTerm must be a prefix of
** pWriter->zTerm/pWriter->nTerm. i.e. must be equal to or less than when
** compared with BINARY collation. This indicates corruption. */
if( nSuffix<=0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
@@ -177484,12 +179486,12 @@
pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx,
+ rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx,
pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, pWriter->nLeafData, zRoot, nRoot);
}
}else{
/* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */
- rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx,
+ rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx,
0, 0, 0, pWriter->nLeafData, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
}
p->nLeafAdd++;
@@ -177497,7 +179499,7 @@
}
/*
-** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the
+** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the
** first argument.
*/
static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){
@@ -177547,9 +179549,9 @@
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not.
*/
static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel(
- Fts3Table *p,
+ Fts3Table *p,
int iLangid,
- int iIndex,
+ int iIndex,
sqlite3_int64 *pnMax
){
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
@@ -177565,7 +179567,7 @@
rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2,
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2,
getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
);
if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
@@ -177594,8 +179596,8 @@
int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2,
- ((iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2,
+ (((u64)iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL
);
*pbMax = 0;
@@ -177632,9 +179634,9 @@
** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large
** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically,
** it:
-**
-** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with
-** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third
+**
+** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with
+** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third
** argument, and
**
** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir
@@ -177666,7 +179668,7 @@
rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2,
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2,
getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
);
}
@@ -177688,7 +179690,7 @@
}
/*
-** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains
+** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains
** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This
** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they
** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol.
@@ -177715,7 +179717,7 @@
while( 1 ){
char c = 0;
while( p<pEnd && (c | *p)&0xFE ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
-
+
if( iCol==iCurrent ){
nList = (int)(p - pList);
break;
@@ -177796,7 +179798,7 @@
rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
j = 1;
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK
&& j<nMerge
&& apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
&& apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
@@ -177839,7 +179841,7 @@
int i;
int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment;
- /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search
+ /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search
** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of
** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many
** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment
@@ -177923,7 +179925,7 @@
** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart()
** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep()
**
-** then the entire doclist for the term is available in
+** then the entire doclist for the term is available in
** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){
@@ -177945,6 +179947,19 @@
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+static int fts3GrowSegReaderBuffer(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, int nReq){
+ if( nReq>pCsr->nBuffer ){
+ char *aNew;
+ pCsr->nBuffer = nReq*2;
+ aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer);
+ if( !aNew ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pCsr->aBuffer = aNew;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(
Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
@@ -177971,9 +179986,9 @@
do {
int nMerge;
int i;
-
+
/* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array
- ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again.
+ ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again.
*/
for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i];
@@ -177995,34 +180010,34 @@
pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm;
/* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points
- ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all
+ ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all
** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early.
**
** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term
** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early.
*/
if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){
- if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm
+ if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm
|| (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm)
- || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm)
+ || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm)
){
break;
}
}
nMerge = 1;
- while( nMerge<nSegment
+ while( nMerge<nSegment
&& apSegment[nMerge]->aNode
- && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm
+ && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm
&& 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm)
){
nMerge++;
}
assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) );
- if( nMerge==1
- && !isIgnoreEmpty
- && !isFirst
+ if( nMerge==1
+ && !isIgnoreEmpty
+ && !isFirst
&& (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0)
){
pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist;
@@ -178067,7 +180082,7 @@
if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){
- /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged
+ /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged
** doclist. */
sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){
@@ -178079,20 +180094,14 @@
}
nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0);
- if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){
- char *aNew;
- pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2;
- aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer);
- if( !aNew ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pCsr->aBuffer = aNew;
- }
+
+ rc = fts3GrowSegReaderBuffer(pCsr, nByte+nDoclist);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
if( isFirst ){
char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist];
int nWrite;
-
+
nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a);
if( nWrite ){
iPrev = iDocid;
@@ -178112,6 +180121,9 @@
fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp);
}
if( nDoclist>0 ){
+ rc = fts3GrowSegReaderBuffer(pCsr, nDoclist+FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ memset(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer;
pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist;
rc = SQLITE_ROW;
@@ -178142,18 +180154,18 @@
}
/*
-** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT
-** statement passed as the first argument.
+** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT
+** statement passed as the first argument.
**
** The "end_block" field may contain either an integer, or a text field
-** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated
-** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock
-** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second,
+** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated
+** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock
+** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second,
** set *piEndBlock to the first value and *pnByte to the second.
*/
static void fts3ReadEndBlockField(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int iCol,
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int iCol,
i64 *piEndBlock,
i64 *pnByte
){
@@ -178161,11 +180173,11 @@
if( zText ){
int i;
int iMul = 1;
- i64 iVal = 0;
+ u64 iVal = 0;
for(i=0; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){
iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0');
}
- *piEndBlock = iVal;
+ *piEndBlock = (i64)iVal;
while( zText[i]==' ' ) i++;
iVal = 0;
if( zText[i]=='-' ){
@@ -178175,7 +180187,7 @@
for(/* no-op */; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){
iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0');
}
- *pnByte = (iVal * (i64)iMul);
+ *pnByte = ((i64)iVal * (i64)iMul);
}
}
@@ -178199,10 +180211,10 @@
i64 iLast = (iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + 1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1;
i64 nLimit = (nByte*3)/2;
- /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to
+ /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to
** segments in this index on levels greater than iAbsLevel. If there is
- ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all
- ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be
+ ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all
+ ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be
** promoted to level iAbsLevel. */
sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 2, iLast);
@@ -178210,7 +180222,7 @@
i64 nSize = 0, dummy;
fts3ReadEndBlockField(pRange, 2, &dummy, &nSize);
if( nSize<=0 || nSize>nLimit ){
- /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not
+ /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not
** contain a size value. This happens if it was written by an
** old version of FTS. In this case it is not possible to determine
** the size of the segment, and so segment promotion does not
@@ -178276,18 +180288,18 @@
}
/*
-** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single
+** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single
** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a
-** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level
+** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level
** currently present in the database.
**
** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one
-** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately.
-** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs,
+** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately.
+** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs,
** an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
static int fts3SegmentMerge(
- Fts3Table *p,
+ Fts3Table *p,
int iLangid, /* Language id to merge */
int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] to merge */
int iLevel /* Level to merge */
@@ -178331,7 +180343,7 @@
}else{
/* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next
** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to
- ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to
+ ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to
** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. */
assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING==-1 );
iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1);
@@ -178342,8 +180354,8 @@
assert( csr.nSegment>0 );
assert_fts3_nc( iNewLevel>=getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0) );
- assert_fts3_nc(
- iNewLevel<getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)
+ assert_fts3_nc(
+ iNewLevel<getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)
);
memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegFilter));
@@ -178354,7 +180366,7 @@
while( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr);
if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) break;
- rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1,
+ rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1,
csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, csr.aDoclist, csr.nDoclist);
}
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
@@ -178382,13 +180394,13 @@
}
-/*
-** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments.
+/*
+** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int i;
-
+
for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, p->iPrevLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING);
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -178492,7 +180504,7 @@
/*
** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints,
** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus
-** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the
+** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the
** varints are set as follows:
**
** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table.
@@ -178577,7 +180589,7 @@
}
/*
-** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each
+** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each
** iIndex/iLangid combination.
*/
static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){
@@ -178618,7 +180630,7 @@
**
** INSERT INTO <tbl>(<tbl>) VALUES('rebuild');
**
-** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one
+** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one
** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on
** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based
** on the contents of the %_content table.
@@ -178698,9 +180710,9 @@
/*
-** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an
+** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an
** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan
-** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute
+** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute
** level iAbsLevel.
*/
static int fts3IncrmergeCsr(
@@ -178710,7 +180722,7 @@
Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */
){
int rc; /* Return Code */
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */
sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* Bytes allocated at pCsr->apSegment[] */
/* Allocate space for the Fts3MultiSegReader.aCsr[] array */
@@ -178765,7 +180777,7 @@
};
/*
-** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree
+** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree
** nodes (blocks).
*/
struct NodeWriter {
@@ -178834,12 +180846,12 @@
/*
** Attempt to advance the node-reader object passed as the first argument to
-** the next entry on the node.
+** the next entry on the node.
**
-** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible).
+** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible).
** Otherwise return SQLITE_OK. If there is no next entry on the node
** (e.g. because the current entry is the last) set NodeReader->aNode to
-** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output
+** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output
** variables for the new entry.
*/
static int nodeReaderNext(NodeReader *p){
@@ -178892,7 +180904,7 @@
/*
** Initialize a node-reader object to read the node in buffer aNode/nNode.
**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to
** point to the first entry on the node (if any). Otherwise, an SQLite
** error code is returned.
*/
@@ -178941,7 +180953,7 @@
int nSpace;
/* Figure out how much space the key will consume if it is written to
- ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression,
+ ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression,
** the space required changes depending on which node the key is to
** be added to. */
nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pNode->key.a, pNode->key.n, zTerm, nTerm);
@@ -178950,9 +180962,9 @@
nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix);
nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
- if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){
+ if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){
/* If the current node of layer iLayer contains zero keys, or if adding
- ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize
+ ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize
** bytes in size, write the key here. */
Blob *pBlk = &pNode->block;
@@ -179008,12 +181020,12 @@
** A node header is a single 0x00 byte for a leaf node, or a height varint
** followed by the left-hand-child varint for an internal node.
**
-** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a
+** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a
** leaf node, the doclist is passed as aDoclist/nDoclist. For an internal
** node, both aDoclist and nDoclist must be passed 0.
**
** If the size of the value in blob pPrev is zero, then this is the first
-** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the
+** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the
** previous term. Before this function returns, it is updated to contain a
** copy of zTerm/nTerm.
**
@@ -179030,7 +181042,7 @@
const char *zTerm, /* New term to write */
int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
const char *aDoclist, /* Doclist (or NULL) to write */
- int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */
+ int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
int bFirst = (pPrev->n==0); /* True if this is the first term written */
@@ -179105,7 +181117,7 @@
rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pLeaf->iBlock, pLeaf->block.a, pLeaf->block.n);
pWriter->nWork++;
- /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the
+ /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the
** parent must:
**
** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written
@@ -179170,7 +181182,7 @@
NodeWriter *pRoot; /* NodeWriter for root node */
int rc = *pRc; /* Error code */
- /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment
+ /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment
** root node. If the segment fits entirely on a single leaf node, iRoot
** will be set to 0. If the root node is the parent of the leaves, iRoot
** will be 1. And so on. */
@@ -179188,17 +181200,17 @@
/* The entire output segment fits on a single node. Normally, this means
** the node would be stored as a blob in the "root" column of the %_segdir
- ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that
- ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the
- ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated.
- ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle
+ ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that
+ ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the
+ ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated.
+ ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle
** segments that fit entirely on the root node with start_block!=0.
**
- ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a
+ ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a
** pointer to the single content node. So that the segment consists of a
** single leaf and a single interior (root) node.
**
- ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments
+ ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments
** table until we are sure it is needed.
*/
if( iRoot==0 ){
@@ -179226,7 +181238,7 @@
/* Write the %_segdir record. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p,
+ rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p,
pWriter->iAbsLevel+1, /* level */
pWriter->iIdx, /* idx */
pWriter->iStart, /* start_block */
@@ -179265,11 +181277,11 @@
/*
-** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is
+** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is
** NULL. If no error occurs and the entry is NULL, set *pbRes 1 before
-** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0.
+** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0.
**
-** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite
+** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite
** error code. The final value of *pbRes is undefined in this case.
**
** This is used to test if a segment is an "appendable" segment. If it
@@ -179287,14 +181299,14 @@
if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCheck) ) bRes = 1;
rc = sqlite3_reset(pCheck);
}
-
+
*pbRes = bRes;
return rc;
}
/*
** This function is called when initializing an incremental-merge operation.
-** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level
+** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level
** (iAbsLevel+1) can be appended to by the incremental merge. If it can, the
** merge-writer object *pWriter is initialized to write to it.
**
@@ -179303,7 +181315,7 @@
** * It was initially created as an appendable segment (with all required
** space pre-allocated), and
**
-** * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is
+** * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is
** greater than the largest key currently stored in the potential
** output segment.
*/
@@ -179380,7 +181392,7 @@
int i;
int nHeight = (int)aRoot[0];
NodeWriter *pNode;
- if( nHeight<1 || nHeight>FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT ){
+ if( nHeight<1 || nHeight>=FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT ){
sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
}
@@ -179397,7 +181409,7 @@
pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[nHeight];
pNode->iBlock = pWriter->iStart + pWriter->nLeafEst*nHeight;
- blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block,
+ blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block,
MAX(nRoot, p->nNodeSize)+FTS3_NODE_PADDING, &rc
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -179423,7 +181435,7 @@
pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i-1];
pNode->iBlock = reader.iChild;
rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, reader.iChild, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0);
- blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block,
+ blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block,
MAX(nBlock, p->nNodeSize)+FTS3_NODE_PADDING, &rc
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -179449,13 +181461,13 @@
/*
** Determine the largest segment index value that exists within absolute
** level iAbsLevel+1. If no error occurs, set *piIdx to this value plus
-** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all
+** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all
** within level iAbsLevel, set *piIdx to zero.
**
** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of
** *piIdx is undefined in this case.
*/
-static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(
+static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(
Fts3Table *p, /* FTS Table handle */
sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute index of input segments */
int *piIdx /* OUT: Next free index at iAbsLevel+1 */
@@ -179474,7 +181486,7 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Allocate an appendable output segment on absolute level iAbsLevel+1
** with idx value iIdx.
**
@@ -179488,7 +181500,7 @@
** When an appendable segment is allocated, it is estimated that the
** maximum number of leaf blocks that may be required is the sum of the
** number of leaf blocks consumed by the input segments, plus the number
-** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack
+** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack
** variable nLeafEst.
**
** A total of 16*nLeafEst blocks are allocated when an appendable segment
@@ -179497,10 +181509,10 @@
** of interior nodes that are parents of the leaf nodes start at block
** (start_block + (1 + end_block - start_block) / 16). And so on.
**
-** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the
+** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the
** pre-processor macro FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT.
*/
-static int fts3IncrmergeWriter(
+static int fts3IncrmergeWriter(
Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */
sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */
int iIdx, /* Index of new output segment */
@@ -179538,7 +181550,7 @@
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
/* Insert the marker in the %_segments table to make sure nobody tries
- ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify
+ ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify
** appendable segments. */
rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iEnd, 0, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
@@ -179555,13 +181567,13 @@
}
/*
-** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the
+** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the
** following two statements:
**
** DELETE FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx = :iIdx
** UPDATE %_segdir SET idx = idx - 1 WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx > :iIdx
**
-** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE
+** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE
** statement ensures that the remaining segments have contiguously allocated
** idx values.
*/
@@ -179686,8 +181698,8 @@
pNew->n = 0;
/* Populate new node buffer */
- for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode);
- rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode;
+ for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode);
+ rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode;
rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader)
){
if( pNew->n==0 ){
@@ -179714,7 +181726,7 @@
}
/*
-** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute
+** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute
** level iAbsLevel. This may involve deleting entries from the %_segments
** table, and modifying existing entries in both the %_segments and %_segdir
** tables.
@@ -179838,9 +181850,9 @@
}
*pnRem = 0;
}else{
- /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this
+ /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this
** segment to the upper level. The segment is modified in place
- ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */
+ ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */
const char *zTerm = pSeg->zTerm;
int nTerm = pSeg->nTerm;
rc = fts3TruncateSegment(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx, zTerm, nTerm);
@@ -179876,7 +181888,7 @@
}
/*
-** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one
+** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one
** exists, is stored in the rowid==1 row of the %_stat table.
**
** If successful, populate blob *pHint with the value read from the %_stat
@@ -179913,7 +181925,7 @@
/*
** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
** Otherwise, append an entry to the hint stored in blob *pHint. Each entry
-** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments
+** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments
** and the number of input segments.
**
** If successful, leave *pRc set to SQLITE_OK and return. If an error occurs,
@@ -179934,7 +181946,7 @@
/*
** Read the last entry (most recently pushed) from the hint blob *pHint
-** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and
+** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and
** *pnInput before returning.
**
** If no error occurs, return SQLITE_OK. If the hint blob in *pHint does
@@ -179964,10 +181976,10 @@
/*
** Attempt an incremental merge that writes nMerge leaf blocks.
**
-** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments
-** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest
-** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains
-** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to
+** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments
+** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest
+** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains
+** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to
** write the quota of nMerge leaf blocks.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){
@@ -179998,7 +182010,7 @@
/* Search the %_segdir table for the absolute level with the smallest
** relative level number that contains at least nMin segments, if any.
** If one is found, set iAbsLevel to the absolute level number and
- ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found,
+ ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found,
** set nSeg to -1.
*/
rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL, &pFindLevel, 0);
@@ -180014,7 +182026,7 @@
/* If the hint read from the %_stat table is not empty, check if the
** last entry in it specifies a relative level smaller than or equal
- ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this
+ ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this
** iteration of the loop will work on merging at the hinted level.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hint.n ){
@@ -180026,9 +182038,9 @@
if( nSeg<0 || (iAbsLevel % nMod) >= (iHintAbsLevel % nMod) ){
/* Based on the scan in the block above, it is known that there
** are no levels with a relative level smaller than that of
- ** iAbsLevel with more than nSeg segments, or if nSeg is -1,
+ ** iAbsLevel with more than nSeg segments, or if nSeg is -1,
** no levels with more than nMin segments. Use this to limit the
- ** value of nHintSeg to avoid a large memory allocation in case the
+ ** value of nHintSeg to avoid a large memory allocation in case the
** merge-hint is corrupt*/
iAbsLevel = iHintAbsLevel;
nSeg = MIN(MAX(nMin,nSeg), nHintSeg);
@@ -180046,11 +182058,17 @@
** Exit early in this case. */
if( nSeg<=0 ) break;
- /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg
- ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using
+ assert( nMod<=0x7FFFFFFF );
+ if( iAbsLevel<0 || iAbsLevel>(nMod<<32) ){
+ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg
+ ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using
** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg
** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is
- ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop
+ ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop
** to start work on some other level. */
memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc);
pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS;
@@ -180138,7 +182156,7 @@
** the integer.
**
** This function used for parameters to merge= and incrmerge=
-** commands.
+** commands.
*/
static int fts3Getint(const char **pz){
const char *z = *pz;
@@ -180333,7 +182351,7 @@
** to true and return SQLITE_OK. Or if the contents do not match, set *pbOk
** to false before returning.
**
-** If an error occurs (e.g. an OOM or IO error), return an SQLite error
+** If an error occurs (e.g. an OOM or IO error), return an SQLite error
** code. The final value of *pbOk is undefined in this case.
*/
static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){
@@ -180364,7 +182382,7 @@
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = p->pTokenizer->pModule;
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
char *zSql;
-
+
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist);
if( !zSql ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
@@ -180423,7 +182441,7 @@
** the FTS index are correct, return SQLITE_OK. Or, if the contents of the
** FTS index are incorrect, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
**
-** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite
+** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite
** error code.
**
** The integrity-check works as follows. For each token and indexed token
@@ -180432,7 +182450,7 @@
**
** + The index number (0 for the main index, 1 for the first prefix
** index etc.),
-** + The token (or token prefix) text itself,
+** + The token (or token prefix) text itself,
** + The language-id of the row it appears in,
** + The docid of the row it appears in,
** + The column it appears in, and
@@ -180443,7 +182461,7 @@
**
** The integrity-check code calculates the same checksum in two ways:
**
-** 1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and
+** 1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and
** 2. By scanning and tokenizing the content table.
**
** If the two checksums are identical, the integrity-check is deemed to have
@@ -180464,7 +182482,7 @@
**
** "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES(<expr>)"
**
-** Argument pVal contains the result of <expr>. Currently the only
+** Argument pVal contains the result of <expr>. Currently the only
** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'.
*/
static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){
@@ -180522,7 +182540,7 @@
}
/*
-** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to
+** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to
** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
@@ -180550,14 +182568,14 @@
int i; /* Used to iterate through table columns */
sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */
Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */
-
+
Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer;
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule;
-
+
assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 );
iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
-
+
for(i=0; i<p->nColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
if( p->abNotindexed[i]==0 ){
const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1);
@@ -180598,8 +182616,8 @@
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(
- Fts3DeferredToken *p,
- char **ppData,
+ Fts3DeferredToken *p,
+ char **ppData,
int *pnData
){
char *pRet;
@@ -180619,7 +182637,7 @@
nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy);
*pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip;
*ppData = pRet;
-
+
memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
@@ -180639,7 +182657,7 @@
}
memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred));
pDeferred->pToken = pToken;
- pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred;
+ pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred;
pDeferred->iCol = iCol;
pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred;
@@ -180656,8 +182674,8 @@
** of subsiduary data structures accordingly.
*/
static int fts3DeleteByRowid(
- Fts3Table *p,
- sqlite3_value *pRowid,
+ Fts3Table *p,
+ sqlite3_value *pRowid,
int *pnChng, /* IN/OUT: Decrement if row is deleted */
u32 *aSzDel
){
@@ -180695,14 +182713,14 @@
** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual
** tables. The schema of the virtual table being:
**
-** CREATE TABLE <table name>(
+** CREATE TABLE <table name>(
** <user columns>,
-** <table name> HIDDEN,
-** docid HIDDEN,
+** <table name> HIDDEN,
+** docid HIDDEN,
** <langid> HIDDEN
** );
**
-**
+**
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* FTS3 vtab object */
@@ -180722,7 +182740,7 @@
assert( p->bHasStat==0 || p->bHasStat==1 );
assert( p->pSegments==0 );
- assert(
+ assert(
nArg==1 /* DELETE operations */
|| nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3) /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */
);
@@ -180731,9 +182749,9 @@
**
** INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command');
*/
- if( nArg>1
- && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL
- && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL
+ if( nArg>1
+ && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL
+ && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL
){
rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]);
goto update_out;
@@ -180772,24 +182790,24 @@
pNewRowid = apVal[1];
}
- if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && (
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && (
sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL
|| sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid)
)){
/* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be
- ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and
+ ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and
** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the
** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any
- ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid.
+ ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid.
**
- ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into
+ ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into
** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any
** other error) while doing so, return immediately.
**
** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot
- ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual
+ ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual
** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this
- ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is
+ ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is
** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have
** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value).
*/
@@ -180810,7 +182828,7 @@
assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER );
rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel);
}
-
+
/* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */
if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]);
@@ -180843,10 +182861,10 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful,
-** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if
-** there was any data to flush) into a single segment.
+** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if
+** there was any data to flush) into a single segment.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){
int rc;
@@ -180902,7 +182920,7 @@
#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM 'b' /* nCol*nPhrase values */
/*
-** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo().
+** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo().
*/
#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT "pcx"
@@ -180919,7 +182937,7 @@
};
/*
-** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the
+** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the
** fts3BestSnippet() routine.
*/
typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter;
@@ -180952,7 +182970,7 @@
};
/*
-** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while
+** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while
** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function.
*/
typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo;
@@ -181023,8 +183041,8 @@
static void fts3MIBufferFree(void *p){
MatchinfoBuffer *pBuf = (MatchinfoBuffer*)((u8*)p - ((u32*)p)[-1]);
- assert( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1]
- || (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[pBuf->nElem+2]
+ assert( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1]
+ || (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[pBuf->nElem+2]
);
if( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] ){
pBuf->aRef[1] = 0;
@@ -181080,7 +183098,7 @@
}
}
-/*
+/*
** End of MatchinfoBuffer code.
*************************************************************************/
@@ -181141,7 +183159,7 @@
** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator.
** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked.
**
-** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK,
+** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK,
** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately.
** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for
** all eligible phrase nodes.
@@ -181176,11 +183194,11 @@
/*
** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor
-** pCsr.
+** pCsr.
**
-** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable
-** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or
-** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If
+** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable
+** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or
+** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If
** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all
** matchable phrases of the expression.
*/
@@ -181210,7 +183228,7 @@
}
/*
-** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two
+** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two
** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater
** than or equal to parameter iNext.
*/
@@ -181279,7 +183297,7 @@
}
/*
-** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet
+** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet
** iterator pIter.
*/
static void fts3SnippetDetails(
@@ -181359,7 +183377,7 @@
}
}else{
assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (
- pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0
+ pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0
));
}
@@ -181367,14 +183385,14 @@
}
/*
-** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens
+** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens
** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet
** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated
** by adding:
**
** (a) +1 point for each occurrence of a matchable phrase in the snippet.
**
-** (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in
+** (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in
** the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set.
**
** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before
@@ -181435,7 +183453,7 @@
}
}
- /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in
+ /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in
** *pFragment. Store its associated 'score' in iBestScore.
*/
pFragment->iCol = iCol;
@@ -181507,8 +183525,8 @@
**
** ........X.....X
**
-** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the
-** document so that there are approximately the same number of
+** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the
+** document so that there are approximately the same number of
** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there
** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this:
**
@@ -181516,8 +183534,8 @@
**
** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting
** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there
-** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document
-** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term.
+** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document
+** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term.
*/
static int fts3SnippetShift(
Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */
@@ -181607,7 +183625,7 @@
int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1; /* Query column to extract text from */
sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */
-
+
zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
if( zDoc==0 ){
if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
@@ -181647,7 +183665,7 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
/* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token
** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end
- ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output.
+ ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output.
** Then break out of the loop. */
rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1);
}
@@ -181664,7 +183682,7 @@
/* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are
** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment,
- ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column.
+ ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( iPos>0 || iFragment>0 ){
@@ -181700,8 +183718,8 @@
/*
-** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a
-** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single
+** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a
+** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single
** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the
** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that
** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data).
@@ -181747,7 +183765,7 @@
iStart = pExpr->iPhrase * ((p->nCol + 31) / 32);
}
- while( 1 ){
+ if( pIter ) while( 1 ){
int nHit = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pIter);
if( (pPhrase->iColumn>=pTab->nColumn || pPhrase->iColumn==iCol) ){
if( p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS ){
@@ -181787,11 +183805,11 @@
/*
** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats
-** for a single query.
+** for a single query.
**
** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a
-** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements
-** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the
+** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements
+** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the
** current query.
**
** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This
@@ -181807,7 +183825,7 @@
** at least one instance of phrase iPhrase.
**
** If the phrase pExpr consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all X and
-** Y values are set to nDoc, where nDoc is the number of documents in the
+** Y values are set to nDoc, where nDoc is the number of documents in the
** file system. This is done because the full-text index doclist is required
** to calculate these values properly, and the full-text index doclist is
** not available for deferred tokens.
@@ -181825,7 +183843,7 @@
/*
** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the
-** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the
+** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the
** array that are different for each row returned by the query.
*/
static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb(
@@ -181852,7 +183870,7 @@
}
static int fts3MatchinfoCheck(
- Fts3Table *pTab,
+ Fts3Table *pTab,
char cArg,
char **pzErr
){
@@ -181877,8 +183895,8 @@
switch( cArg ){
case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC:
- case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE:
- case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL:
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE:
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL:
nVal = 1;
break;
@@ -181944,7 +183962,7 @@
}
/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while
+** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while
** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the
** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the
** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request.
@@ -181957,7 +183975,7 @@
int iPos; /* Current position */
};
-/*
+/*
** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has
** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns.
*/
@@ -181994,16 +184012,16 @@
pIter->pRead = pRead;
return rc;
}
-
+
/*
-** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag.
+** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag.
**
** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each
-** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[]
+** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[]
** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case.
**
** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the
-** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is
+** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is
** undefined.
*/
static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){
@@ -182080,7 +184098,7 @@
/*
** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to
-** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the
+** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the
** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the
** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format
** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array
@@ -182091,7 +184109,7 @@
** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS)
** have already been populated.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the
** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined.
*/
@@ -182116,7 +184134,7 @@
case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL:
if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol;
break;
-
+
case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC:
if( bGlobal ){
sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
@@ -182125,7 +184143,7 @@
}
break;
- case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH:
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH:
if( bGlobal ){
sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of rows in table */
const char *a; /* Aggregate column length array */
@@ -182214,7 +184232,7 @@
/*
-** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The
+** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The
** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32).
*/
static void fts3GetMatchinfo(
@@ -182234,8 +184252,8 @@
sInfo.pCursor = pCsr;
sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn;
- /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the
- ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard
+ /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the
+ ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard
** the cached data. */
if( pCsr->pMIBuffer && strcmp(pCsr->pMIBuffer->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){
sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer);
@@ -182243,7 +184261,7 @@
}
/* If Fts3Cursor.pMIBuffer is NULL, then this is the first time the
- ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case
+ ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case
** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and
** initialize those elements that are constant for every row.
*/
@@ -182318,7 +184336,7 @@
/* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from
** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop
- ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in
+ ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in
** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query
** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text
** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate
@@ -182389,7 +184407,7 @@
assert( nFToken>0 );
for(i=0; i<nSnippet && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
- rc = fts3SnippetText(pCsr, &aSnippet[i],
+ rc = fts3SnippetText(pCsr, &aSnippet[i],
i, (i==nSnippet-1), nFToken, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, &res
);
}
@@ -182487,7 +184505,7 @@
sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;
- /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to
+ /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to
** string-buffer res for each column.
*/
for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
@@ -182500,7 +184518,7 @@
const char *zDoc;
int nDoc;
- /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is
+ /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is
** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from
** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded.
*/
@@ -182508,11 +184526,11 @@
sCtx.iTerm = 0;
(void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void*)&sCtx);
- /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored
+ /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored
** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop.
** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite
- ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM
- ** to the caller.
+ ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM
+ ** to the caller.
*/
zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
@@ -182559,7 +184577,7 @@
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
char aBuffer[64];
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer,
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer,
"%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart
);
rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1);
@@ -182740,7 +184758,7 @@
**
** For each codepoint in the zIn/nIn string, this function checks if the
** sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() function already returns the desired result.
-** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the
+** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the
** unicode_tokenizer.aiException[] array. For the purposes of tokenization,
** the return value of sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() is inverted for all
** codepoints in the aiException[] array.
@@ -182766,8 +184784,8 @@
while( z<zTerm ){
READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 );
- if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum
- && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)==0
+ if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum
+ && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)==0
){
nEntry++;
}
@@ -182784,7 +184802,7 @@
z = (const unsigned char *)zIn;
while( z<zTerm ){
READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
- if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum
+ if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum
&& sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)==0
){
int i, j;
@@ -182887,7 +184905,7 @@
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
** *ppCursor.
*/
static int unicodeOpen(
@@ -182951,7 +184969,7 @@
const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput];
/* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token.
- ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of
+ ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of
** the input. */
while( z<zTerm ){
READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
@@ -182983,7 +185001,7 @@
/* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */
if( z>=zTerm ) break;
READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
- }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, (int)iCode)
+ }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, (int)iCode)
|| sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)
);
@@ -182998,7 +185016,7 @@
}
/*
-** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module
+** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module
** structure for the unicode tokenizer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const **ppModule){
@@ -183053,11 +185071,11 @@
** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e.
** codepoints for which this function should return 0).
**
- ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first
+ ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first
** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
- ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value
- ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint
- ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints
+ ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value
+ ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint
+ ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints
** using this format.
*/
static const unsigned int aEntry[] = {
@@ -183182,46 +185200,46 @@
*/
static int remove_diacritic(int c, int bComplex){
unsigned short aDia[] = {
- 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995,
- 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286,
- 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732,
- 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336,
- 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3766, 3832, 3896,
- 3912, 3928, 3944, 3968, 4008, 4040, 4056, 4106,
- 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344,
- 4408, 4424, 4442, 4472, 4488, 4504, 6148, 6198,
- 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, 61448, 61468,
- 61512, 61534, 61592, 61610, 61642, 61672, 61688, 61704,
- 61726, 61784, 61800, 61816, 61836, 61880, 61896, 61914,
- 61948, 61998, 62062, 62122, 62154, 62184, 62200, 62218,
- 62252, 62302, 62364, 62410, 62442, 62478, 62536, 62554,
- 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 62766,
- 62830, 62890, 62924, 62974, 63032, 63050, 63082, 63118,
- 63182, 63242, 63274, 63310, 63368, 63390,
+ 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995,
+ 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286,
+ 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732,
+ 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336,
+ 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3766, 3832, 3896,
+ 3912, 3928, 3944, 3968, 4008, 4040, 4056, 4106,
+ 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344,
+ 4408, 4424, 4442, 4472, 4488, 4504, 6148, 6198,
+ 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, 61448, 61468,
+ 61512, 61534, 61592, 61610, 61642, 61672, 61688, 61704,
+ 61726, 61784, 61800, 61816, 61836, 61880, 61896, 61914,
+ 61948, 61998, 62062, 62122, 62154, 62184, 62200, 62218,
+ 62252, 62302, 62364, 62410, 62442, 62478, 62536, 62554,
+ 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 62766,
+ 62830, 62890, 62924, 62974, 63032, 63050, 63082, 63118,
+ 63182, 63242, 63274, 63310, 63368, 63390,
};
#define HIBIT ((unsigned char)0x80)
unsigned char aChar[] = {
- '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n',
- 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c',
- 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i',
- 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r',
- 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y',
- 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o',
- 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'g', 'k', 'o',
- 'o'|HIBIT, 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a',
- 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', 'u', 's',
- 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o'|HIBIT, 'o',
- 'o'|HIBIT, 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0',
- '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b',
- 'c'|HIBIT, 'd', 'd', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e', 'e'|HIBIT,
- 'f', 'g', 'h', 'h', 'i', 'i'|HIBIT,
- 'k', 'l', 'l'|HIBIT, 'l', 'm', 'n',
- 'o'|HIBIT, 'p', 'r', 'r'|HIBIT, 'r', 's',
- 's'|HIBIT, 't', 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'v', 'w',
- 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't',
- 'w', 'y', 'a', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT,
- 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e'|HIBIT, 'i', 'o', 'o'|HIBIT,
- 'o'|HIBIT, 'o'|HIBIT, 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'u'|HIBIT, 'y',
+ '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n',
+ 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c',
+ 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i',
+ 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r',
+ 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y',
+ 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o',
+ 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'g', 'k', 'o',
+ 'o'|HIBIT, 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a',
+ 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', 'u', 's',
+ 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o'|HIBIT, 'o',
+ 'o'|HIBIT, 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0',
+ '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b',
+ 'c'|HIBIT, 'd', 'd', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e', 'e'|HIBIT,
+ 'f', 'g', 'h', 'h', 'i', 'i'|HIBIT,
+ 'k', 'l', 'l'|HIBIT, 'l', 'm', 'n',
+ 'o'|HIBIT, 'p', 'r', 'r'|HIBIT, 'r', 's',
+ 's'|HIBIT, 't', 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'v', 'w',
+ 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't',
+ 'w', 'y', 'a', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT,
+ 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e'|HIBIT, 'i', 'o', 'o'|HIBIT,
+ 'o'|HIBIT, 'o'|HIBIT, 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'u'|HIBIT, 'y',
};
unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007;
@@ -183343,19 +185361,19 @@
{42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1},
{42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1},
{42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1},
- {65313, 14, 26},
+ {65313, 14, 26},
};
static const unsigned short aiOff[] = {
- 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32,
- 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71,
- 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207,
- 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219,
- 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721,
- 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274,
- 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406,
- 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462,
- 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511,
- 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529,
+ 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32,
+ 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71,
+ 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207,
+ 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219,
+ 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721,
+ 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274,
+ 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406,
+ 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462,
+ 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511,
+ 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529,
};
int ret = c;
@@ -183393,7 +185411,7 @@
ret = remove_diacritic(ret, eRemoveDiacritic==2);
}
}
-
+
else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){
ret = c + 40;
}
@@ -183449,6 +185467,10 @@
# define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
#endif
+#ifndef deliberate_fall_through
+# define deliberate_fall_through
+#endif
+
/*
** Versions of isspace(), isalnum() and isdigit() to which it is safe
** to pass signed char values.
@@ -183622,7 +185644,7 @@
}
-/* Report an out-of-memory (OOM) condition
+/* Report an out-of-memory (OOM) condition
*/
static void jsonOom(JsonString *p){
p->bErr = 1;
@@ -183661,6 +185683,7 @@
/* Append N bytes from zIn onto the end of the JsonString string.
*/
static void jsonAppendRaw(JsonString *p, const char *zIn, u32 N){
+ if( N==0 ) return;
if( (N+p->nUsed >= p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N)!=0 ) return;
memcpy(p->zBuf+p->nUsed, zIn, N);
p->nUsed += N;
@@ -183739,7 +185762,7 @@
}
/*
-** Append a function parameter value to the JSON string under
+** Append a function parameter value to the JSON string under
** construction.
*/
static void jsonAppendValue(
@@ -183784,7 +185807,7 @@
*/
static void jsonResult(JsonString *p){
if( p->bErr==0 ){
- sqlite3_result_text64(p->pCtx, p->zBuf, p->nUsed,
+ sqlite3_result_text64(p->pCtx, p->zBuf, p->nUsed,
p->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free,
SQLITE_UTF8);
jsonZero(p);
@@ -183866,7 +185889,7 @@
jsonAppendString(pOut, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n);
break;
}
- /* Fall through into the next case */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
case JSON_REAL:
case JSON_INT: {
@@ -184007,7 +186030,7 @@
sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, i);
int_done:
break;
- int_as_real: /* fall through to real */;
+ int_as_real: i=0; /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
case JSON_REAL: {
double r;
@@ -184027,7 +186050,7 @@
if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){
sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n,
SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- }else
+ }else
#endif
assert( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW)==0 );
if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_ESCAPE)==0 ){
@@ -184748,7 +186771,7 @@
char *zMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("json_%s() needs an odd number of arguments",
zFuncName);
sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zMsg, -1);
- sqlite3_free(zMsg);
+ sqlite3_free(zMsg);
}
/*
@@ -184835,7 +186858,7 @@
/*
** Implementation of the json_QUOTE(VALUE) function. Return a JSON value
-** corresponding to the SQL value input. Mostly this means putting
+** corresponding to the SQL value input. Mostly this means putting
** double-quotes around strings and returning the unquoted string "null"
** when given a NULL input.
*/
@@ -184882,7 +186905,7 @@
** json_array_length(JSON)
** json_array_length(JSON, PATH)
**
-** Return the number of elements in the top-level JSON array.
+** Return the number of elements in the top-level JSON array.
** Return 0 if the input is not a well-formed JSON array.
*/
static void jsonArrayLengthFunc(
@@ -185375,7 +187398,7 @@
if( c=='}' || c==']' ) nNest--;
}
}
- pStr->nUsed -= i;
+ pStr->nUsed -= i;
memmove(&z[1], &z[i+1], (size_t)pStr->nUsed-1);
}
#else
@@ -185491,7 +187514,7 @@
UNUSED_PARAM(argv);
UNUSED_PARAM(argc);
UNUSED_PARAM(pAux);
- rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db,
+ rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db,
"CREATE TABLE x(key,value,type,atom,id,parent,fullkey,path,"
"json HIDDEN,root HIDDEN)");
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -185670,7 +187693,7 @@
break;
}
case JEACH_ID: {
- sqlite3_result_int64(ctx,
+ sqlite3_result_int64(ctx,
(sqlite3_int64)p->i + ((pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)!=0));
break;
}
@@ -185710,6 +187733,7 @@
}
/* For json_each() path and root are the same so fall through
** into the root case */
+ /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
}
default: {
const char *zRoot = p->zRoot;
@@ -185989,7 +188013,7 @@
{ "json_tree", &jsonTreeModule },
};
#endif
- static const int enc =
+ static const int enc =
SQLITE_UTF8 |
SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC |
SQLITE_INNOCUOUS;
@@ -186020,8 +188044,8 @@
__declspec(dllexport)
#endif
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_json_init(
- sqlite3 *db,
- char **pzErrMsg,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ char **pzErrMsg,
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
@@ -186052,7 +188076,7 @@
** Database Format of R-Tree Tables
** --------------------------------
**
-** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three
+** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three
** native SQLite tables declared as follows. In each case, the '%' character
** in the table name is replaced with the user-supplied name of the r-tree
** table.
@@ -186078,7 +188102,7 @@
** of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer.
** For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused.
**
-** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently
+** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently
** stored in the node.
**
** 3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry
@@ -186117,6 +188141,7 @@
/* #include <string.h> */
/* #include <stdio.h> */
/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* The following macro is used to suppress compiler warnings.
*/
@@ -186141,7 +188166,7 @@
#define RTREE_MAX_AUX_COLUMN 100
/* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to
-** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is
+** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is
** used.
*/
#define HASHSIZE 97
@@ -186150,13 +188175,13 @@
** the number of rows in the virtual table to calculate the costs of
** various strategies. If possible, this estimate is loaded from the
** sqlite_stat1 table (with RTREE_MIN_ROWEST as a hard-coded minimum).
-** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use
+** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use
** RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST.
*/
#define RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST 1048576
#define RTREE_MIN_ROWEST 100
-/*
+/*
** An rtree virtual-table object.
*/
struct Rtree {
@@ -186175,7 +188200,7 @@
#endif
int iDepth; /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */
char *zDb; /* Name of database containing r-tree table */
- char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */
+ char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */
u32 nBusy; /* Current number of users of this structure */
i64 nRowEst; /* Estimated number of rows in this table */
u32 nCursor; /* Number of open cursors */
@@ -186184,7 +188209,7 @@
/* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is
** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains -
- ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree
+ ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree
** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0).
*/
RtreeNode *pDeleted;
@@ -186210,7 +188235,7 @@
/* Statement for writing to the "aux:" fields, if there are any */
sqlite3_stmt *pWriteAux;
- RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */
+ RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */
};
/* Possible values for Rtree.eCoordType: */
@@ -186259,7 +188284,7 @@
};
/*
-** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the
+** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the
** maximum. In Gutman's notation:
**
** m = M/3
@@ -186274,7 +188299,7 @@
/*
** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest
** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates).
-** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since
+** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since
** 3^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of
** 40 or less.
*/
@@ -186288,7 +188313,7 @@
*/
#define RTREE_CACHE_SZ 5
-/*
+/*
** An rtree cursor object.
*/
struct RtreeCursor {
@@ -186368,7 +188393,7 @@
#define RTREE_TRUE 0x3f /* ? */
#define RTREE_FALSE 0x40 /* @ */
-/*
+/*
** An rtree structure node.
*/
struct RtreeNode {
@@ -186383,7 +188408,7 @@
/* Return the number of cells in a node */
#define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2])
-/*
+/*
** A single cell from a node, deserialized
*/
struct RtreeCell {
@@ -186398,11 +188423,11 @@
** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() and which appear on the right of MATCH
** operators in order to constrain a search.
**
-** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions. Exactly one of
+** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions. Exactly one of
** xGeom and xQueryFunc fields is non-NULL, depending on whether the
** SQL function was created using sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or
** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
-**
+**
** This object is deleted automatically by the destructor mechanism in
** sqlite3_create_function_v2().
*/
@@ -186455,6 +188480,23 @@
#endif
/*
+** Make sure that the compiler intrinsics we desire are enabled when
+** compiling with an appropriate version of MSVC unless prevented by
+** the SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC define.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC)
+# if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400
+# if !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+/* # include <intrin.h> */
+# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ulong)
+# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_uint64)
+# else
+/* # include <cmnintrin.h> */
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time.
**
@@ -186503,9 +188545,9 @@
pCoord->u = *(u32*)p;
#else
pCoord->u = (
- (((u32)p[0]) << 24) +
- (((u32)p[1]) << 16) +
- (((u32)p[2]) << 8) +
+ (((u32)p[0]) << 24) +
+ (((u32)p[1]) << 16) +
+ (((u32)p[2]) << 8) +
(((u32)p[3]) << 0)
);
#endif
@@ -186525,13 +188567,13 @@
return x;
#else
return (i64)(
- (((u64)p[0]) << 56) +
- (((u64)p[1]) << 48) +
- (((u64)p[2]) << 40) +
- (((u64)p[3]) << 32) +
- (((u64)p[4]) << 24) +
- (((u64)p[5]) << 16) +
- (((u64)p[6]) << 8) +
+ (((u64)p[0]) << 56) +
+ (((u64)p[1]) << 48) +
+ (((u64)p[2]) << 40) +
+ (((u64)p[3]) << 32) +
+ (((u64)p[4]) << 24) +
+ (((u64)p[5]) << 16) +
+ (((u64)p[6]) << 8) +
(((u64)p[7]) << 0)
);
#endif
@@ -186785,7 +188827,7 @@
}
/* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries"
- ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to
+ ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to
** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
*/
if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -186984,7 +189026,7 @@
sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int
);
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xCreate method.
*/
static int rtreeCreate(
@@ -186997,7 +189039,7 @@
return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1);
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xConnect method.
*/
static int rtreeConnect(
@@ -187042,7 +189084,7 @@
}
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method.
*/
static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
@@ -187050,7 +189092,7 @@
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method.
*/
static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
@@ -187060,7 +189102,7 @@
"DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';"
"DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';"
"DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';",
- pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName,
+ pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName,
pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName,
pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName
);
@@ -187078,7 +189120,7 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method.
*/
static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
@@ -187127,7 +189169,7 @@
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xClose method.
*/
static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
@@ -187145,7 +189187,7 @@
/*
** Rtree virtual table module xEof method.
**
-** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid
+** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid
** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise.
*/
static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
@@ -187201,7 +189243,7 @@
/*
** Check the RTree node or entry given by pCellData and p against the MATCH
-** constraint pConstraint.
+** constraint pConstraint.
*/
static int rtreeCallbackConstraint(
RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* The constraint to test */
@@ -187274,7 +189316,7 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Check the internal RTree node given by pCellData against constraint p.
** If this constraint cannot be satisfied by any child within the node,
** set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN.
@@ -187292,7 +189334,7 @@
*/
pCellData += 8 + 4*(p->iCoord&0xfe);
- assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE
+ assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE
|| p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_TRUE
|| p->op==RTREE_FALSE );
assert( ((((char*)pCellData) - (char*)0)&3)==0 ); /* 4-byte aligned */
@@ -187335,7 +189377,7 @@
){
RtreeDValue xN; /* Coordinate value converted to a double */
- assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE
+ assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE
|| p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_TRUE
|| p->op==RTREE_FALSE );
pCellData += 8 + p->iCoord*4;
@@ -187354,12 +189396,12 @@
}
/*
-** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit
+** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit
** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell.
*/
static int nodeRowidIndex(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeNode *pNode,
+ Rtree *pRtree,
+ RtreeNode *pNode,
i64 iRowid,
int *piIndex
){
@@ -187501,7 +189543,7 @@
pFirst = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur);
pCur->anQueue[iLevel]++;
if( pFirst==0
- || pFirst->rScore>rScore
+ || pFirst->rScore>rScore
|| (pFirst->rScore==rScore && pFirst->iLevel>iLevel)
){
if( pCur->bPoint ){
@@ -187685,7 +189727,7 @@
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xNext method.
*/
static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
@@ -187703,7 +189745,7 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method.
*/
static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
@@ -187717,7 +189759,7 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method.
*/
static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
@@ -187750,7 +189792,7 @@
&pCsr->pReadAux, 0);
if( rc ) return rc;
}
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1,
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1,
nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell));
rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pReadAux);
if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
@@ -187763,12 +189805,12 @@
}
sqlite3_result_value(ctx,
sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pReadAux, i - pRtree->nDim2 + 1));
- }
+ }
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with
+/*
+** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with
** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and
** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set
** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf
@@ -187827,11 +189869,11 @@
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
+/*
** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method.
*/
static int rtreeFilter(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
@@ -187876,8 +189918,8 @@
pCsr->atEOF = 1;
}
}else{
- /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array
- ** with the configured constraints.
+ /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array
+ ** with the configured constraints.
*/
rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && argc>0 ){
@@ -187948,7 +189990,7 @@
/*
** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three
-** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to
+** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to
** least desirable):
**
** idxNum idxStr Strategy
@@ -187958,8 +190000,8 @@
** ------------------------------------------------
**
** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy
-** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each
-** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to
+** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each
+** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to
** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with
** (argvIndex==1) etc.
**
@@ -188005,8 +190047,8 @@
for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){
struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii];
- if( bMatch==0 && p->usable
- && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
+ if( bMatch==0 && p->usable
+ && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
){
/* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */
int jj;
@@ -188019,11 +190061,11 @@
pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1;
/* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures
- ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be
- ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which
+ ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be
+ ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which
** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). It is expected to return
** a single row.
- */
+ */
pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0;
pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 1;
pIdxInfo->idxFlags = SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE;
@@ -188139,8 +190181,8 @@
for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim2; ii+=2){
RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii];
RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii];
- if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f))
- || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i))
+ if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f))
+ || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i))
){
return 0;
}
@@ -188161,9 +190203,9 @@
}
static RtreeDValue cellOverlap(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeCell *p,
- RtreeCell *aCell,
+ Rtree *pRtree,
+ RtreeCell *p,
+ RtreeCell *aCell,
int nCell
){
int ii;
@@ -188274,7 +190316,7 @@
cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell);
}
-
+
p = pParent;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
@@ -188305,7 +190347,7 @@
/*
** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size
-** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to
+** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to
** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values
** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For
** example, assuming the inputs:
@@ -188321,9 +190363,9 @@
** sorting algorithm.
*/
static void SortByDistance(
- int *aIdx,
- int nIdx,
- RtreeDValue *aDistance,
+ int *aIdx,
+ int nIdx,
+ RtreeDValue *aDistance,
int *aSpare
){
if( nIdx>1 ){
@@ -188377,7 +190419,7 @@
/*
** Arguments aIdx, aCell and aSpare all point to arrays of size
-** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to
+** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to
** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values
** in aIdx according to dimension iDim of the cells in aCell. The
** minimum value of dimension iDim is considered first, the
@@ -188388,10 +190430,10 @@
*/
static void SortByDimension(
Rtree *pRtree,
- int *aIdx,
- int nIdx,
- int iDim,
- RtreeCell *aCell,
+ int *aIdx,
+ int nIdx,
+ int iDim,
+ RtreeCell *aCell,
int *aSpare
){
if( nIdx>1 ){
@@ -188488,8 +190530,8 @@
int nLeft;
for(
- nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree);
- nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree));
+ nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree);
+ nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree));
nLeft++
){
RtreeCell left;
@@ -188544,9 +190586,9 @@
static int updateMapping(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- i64 iRowid,
- RtreeNode *pNode,
+ Rtree *pRtree,
+ i64 iRowid,
+ RtreeNode *pNode,
int iHeight
){
int (*xSetMapping)(Rtree *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64);
@@ -188582,7 +190624,7 @@
RtreeCell leftbbox;
RtreeCell rightbbox;
- /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and
+ /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and
** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node.
*/
aCell = sqlite3_malloc64((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1));
@@ -188699,14 +190741,14 @@
}
/*
-** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is
+** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is
** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate
** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node.
**
** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update
** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the
** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which
-** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this
+** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this
** function is called to determine its ancestry.
*/
static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){
@@ -188780,7 +190822,7 @@
if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){
return rc;
}
-
+
/* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into
** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on.
*/
@@ -188795,9 +190837,9 @@
static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( pParent ){
- int ii;
+ int ii;
int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
RtreeCell box; /* Bounding box for pNode */
nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box);
@@ -188852,9 +190894,9 @@
}
static int Reinsert(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- RtreeNode *pNode,
- RtreeCell *pCell,
+ Rtree *pRtree,
+ RtreeNode *pNode,
+ RtreeCell *pCell,
int iHeight
){
int *aOrder;
@@ -188908,7 +190950,7 @@
for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
aDistance[ii] = RTREE_ZERO;
for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
- RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) -
+ RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) -
DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]));
aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]);
}
@@ -188953,7 +190995,7 @@
}
/*
-** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a
+** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a
** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0).
*/
static int rtreeInsertCell(
@@ -189043,8 +191085,8 @@
/* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialize Rtree.iDepth */
rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
- /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry
- ** about to be deleted.
+ /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry
+ ** about to be deleted.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf, 0);
@@ -189075,11 +191117,11 @@
}
/* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove
- ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and
+ ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and
** reduce the tree height by one.
**
** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into
- ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform
+ ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform
** in this scenario).
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){
@@ -189149,8 +191191,8 @@
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) */
/*
-** A constraint has failed while inserting a row into an rtree table.
-** Assuming no OOM error occurs, this function sets the error message
+** A constraint has failed while inserting a row into an rtree table.
+** Assuming no OOM error occurs, this function sets the error message
** (at pRtree->base.zErrMsg) to an appropriate value and returns
** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
**
@@ -189163,7 +191205,7 @@
*/
static int rtreeConstraintError(Rtree *pRtree, int iCol){
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
- char *zSql;
+ char *zSql;
int rc;
assert( iCol==0 || iCol%2 );
@@ -189200,9 +191242,9 @@
** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables.
*/
static int rtreeUpdate(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
- int nData,
- sqlite3_value **aData,
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
+ int nData,
+ sqlite3_value **aData,
sqlite_int64 *pRowid
){
Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
@@ -189269,7 +191311,7 @@
}
}
- /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in
+ /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in
** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */
if( sqlite3_value_type(aData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(aData[2]);
@@ -189375,8 +191417,8 @@
"ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node' RENAME TO \"%w_node\";"
"ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";"
"ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid' RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";"
- , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
- , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
+ , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
+ , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
);
if( zSql ){
@@ -189391,8 +191433,8 @@
** The xSavepoint method.
**
** This module does not need to do anything to support savepoints. However,
-** it uses this hook to close any open blob handle. This is done because a
-** DROP TABLE command - which fortunately always opens a savepoint - cannot
+** it uses this hook to close any open blob handle. This is done because a
+** DROP TABLE command - which fortunately always opens a savepoint - cannot
** succeed if there are any open blob handles. i.e. if the blob handle were
** not closed here, the following would fail:
**
@@ -189499,10 +191541,10 @@
};
static int rtreeSqlInit(
- Rtree *pRtree,
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zDb,
- const char *zPrefix,
+ Rtree *pRtree,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zDb,
+ const char *zPrefix,
int isCreate
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -189582,7 +191624,7 @@
}
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFormat, zDb, zPrefix);
if( zSql ){
- rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, f, appStmt[i], 0);
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, f, appStmt[i], 0);
}else{
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
@@ -189612,7 +191654,7 @@
if( zSql==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, f, &pRtree->pWriteAux, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, f, &pRtree->pWriteAux, 0);
sqlite3_free(zSql);
}
}
@@ -189653,9 +191695,9 @@
** table already exists. In this case the node-size is determined by inspecting
** the root node of the tree.
**
-** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size.
-** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the
-** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries
+** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size.
+** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the
+** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries
** would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size.
*/
static int getNodeSize(
@@ -189706,7 +191748,7 @@
return sqlite3GetToken((const unsigned char*)z,&dummy);
}
-/*
+/*
** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
** methods of the r-tree virtual table.
**
@@ -189771,7 +191813,7 @@
** the r-tree table schema.
*/
pSql = sqlite3_str_new(db);
- sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, "CREATE TABLE x(%.*s INT",
+ sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, "CREATE TABLE x(%.*s INT",
rtreeTokenLength(argv[3]), argv[3]);
for(ii=4; ii<argc; ii++){
const char *zArg = argv[ii];
@@ -189781,8 +191823,10 @@
}else if( pRtree->nAux>0 ){
break;
}else{
+ static const char *azFormat[] = {",%.*s REAL", ",%.*s INT"};
pRtree->nDim2++;
- sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, ",%.*s NUM", rtreeTokenLength(zArg), zArg);
+ sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, azFormat[eCoordType],
+ rtreeTokenLength(zArg), zArg);
}
}
sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, ");");
@@ -189847,7 +191891,7 @@
**
** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one
** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a
-** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the
+** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the
** <num-dimension>*2 coordinates.
*/
static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
@@ -189903,10 +191947,10 @@
*/
static void rtreedepth(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
- if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB
|| sqlite3_value_bytes(apArg[0])<2
){
- sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1);
+ sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1);
}else{
u8 *zBlob = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[0]);
sqlite3_result_int(ctx, readInt16(zBlob));
@@ -189989,7 +192033,7 @@
if( z==0 ){
pCheck->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- pCheck->zReport = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s%z",
+ pCheck->zReport = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s%z",
pCheck->zReport, (pCheck->zReport ? "\n" : ""), z
);
if( pCheck->zReport==0 ){
@@ -190020,7 +192064,7 @@
if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK && pCheck->pGetNode==0 ){
pCheck->pGetNode = rtreeCheckPrepare(pCheck,
- "SELECT data FROM %Q.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno=?",
+ "SELECT data FROM %Q.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno=?",
pCheck->zDb, pCheck->zTab
);
}
@@ -190090,7 +192134,7 @@
}else if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
i64 ii = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
if( ii!=iVal ){
- rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck,
"Found (%lld -> %lld) in %s table, expected (%lld -> %lld)",
iKey, ii, (bLeaf ? "%_rowid" : "%_parent"), iKey, iVal
);
@@ -190106,13 +192150,13 @@
** if they are not.
**
** Additionally, if pParent is not NULL, then it is assumed to point to
-** the array of coordinates on the parent page that bound the page
+** the array of coordinates on the parent page that bound the page
** containing pCell. In this case it is also verified that the two
** sets of coordinates are mutually consistent and an error message added
** to the RtreeCheck object if they are not.
*/
static void rtreeCheckCellCoord(
- RtreeCheck *pCheck,
+ RtreeCheck *pCheck,
i64 iNode, /* Node id to use in error messages */
int iCell, /* Cell number to use in error messages */
u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to cell coordinates */
@@ -190128,7 +192172,7 @@
/* printf("%e, %e\n", c1.u.f, c2.u.f); */
if( pCheck->bInt ? c1.i>c2.i : c1.f>c2.f ){
- rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck,
"Dimension %d of cell %d on node %lld is corrupt", i, iCell, iNode
);
}
@@ -190137,10 +192181,10 @@
readCoord(&pParent[4*2*i], &p1);
readCoord(&pParent[4*(2*i + 1)], &p2);
- if( (pCheck->bInt ? c1.i<p1.i : c1.f<p1.f)
+ if( (pCheck->bInt ? c1.i<p1.i : c1.f<p1.f)
|| (pCheck->bInt ? c2.i>p2.i : c2.f>p2.f)
){
- rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck,
"Dimension %d of cell %d on node %lld is corrupt relative to parent"
, i, iCell, iNode
);
@@ -190172,7 +192216,7 @@
aNode = rtreeCheckGetNode(pCheck, iNode, &nNode);
if( aNode ){
if( nNode<4 ){
- rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck,
"Node %lld is too small (%d bytes)", iNode, nNode
);
}else{
@@ -190188,8 +192232,8 @@
}
nCell = readInt16(&aNode[2]);
if( (4 + nCell*(8 + pCheck->nDim*2*4))>nNode ){
- rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck,
- "Node %lld is too small for cell count of %d (%d bytes)",
+ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck,
+ "Node %lld is too small for cell count of %d (%d bytes)",
iNode, nCell, nNode
);
}else{
@@ -190332,11 +192376,11 @@
** b) unless the cell is on the root node, that the cell is bounded
** by the parent cell on the parent node.
**
-** c) for leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the %_rowid
-** table corresponding to the cell's rowid value that
+** c) for leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the %_rowid
+** table corresponding to the cell's rowid value that
** points to the correct node.
**
-** d) for cells on non-leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the
+** d) for cells on non-leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the
** %_parent table mapping from the cell's child node to the
** node that it resides on.
**
@@ -190345,17 +192389,17 @@
** is a leaf cell that corresponds to each entry in the %_rowid table.
**
** 3. That there are the same number of entries in the %_parent table
-** as there are non-leaf cells in the r-tree structure, and that
-** there is a non-leaf cell that corresponds to each entry in the
+** as there are non-leaf cells in the r-tree structure, and that
+** there is a non-leaf cell that corresponds to each entry in the
** %_parent table.
*/
static void rtreecheck(
- sqlite3_context *ctx,
- int nArg,
+ sqlite3_context *ctx,
+ int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
if( nArg!=1 && nArg!=2 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(ctx,
+ sqlite3_result_error(ctx,
"wrong number of arguments to function rtreecheck()", -1
);
}else{
@@ -190746,7 +192790,7 @@
){
GeoPoly *p = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0);
if( p ){
- sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr,
+ sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr,
4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
sqlite3_free(p);
}
@@ -190854,7 +192898,7 @@
GeoX(p,ii) = x1;
GeoY(p,ii) = y1;
}
- sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr,
+ sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr,
4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
sqlite3_free(p);
}
@@ -190898,7 +192942,7 @@
if( p ){
sqlite3_result_double(context, geopolyArea(p));
sqlite3_free(p);
- }
+ }
}
/*
@@ -190906,7 +192950,7 @@
**
** If the rotation of polygon X is clockwise (incorrect) instead of
** counter-clockwise (the correct winding order according to RFC7946)
-** then reverse the order of the vertexes in polygon X.
+** then reverse the order of the vertexes in polygon X.
**
** In other words, this routine returns a CCW polygon regardless of the
** winding order of its input.
@@ -190932,10 +192976,10 @@
GeoY(p,jj) = t;
}
}
- sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr,
+ sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr,
4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
sqlite3_free(p);
- }
+ }
}
#define GEOPOLY_PI 3.1415926535897932385
@@ -191068,6 +193112,8 @@
aCoord[2].f = mnY;
aCoord[3].f = mxY;
}
+ }else{
+ memset(aCoord, 0, sizeof(RtreeCoord)*4);
}
return pOut;
}
@@ -191082,7 +193128,7 @@
){
GeoPoly *p = geopolyBBox(context, argv[0], 0, 0);
if( p ){
- sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr,
+ sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr,
4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
sqlite3_free(p);
}
@@ -191133,7 +193179,7 @@
if( pBBox==0 ) return;
p = geopolyBBox(context, 0, pBBox->a, 0);
if( p ){
- sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr,
+ sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr,
4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
sqlite3_free(p);
}
@@ -191313,7 +193359,7 @@
pEvent->eType = 1;
pEvent->pSeg = pSeg;
}
-
+
/*
@@ -191353,7 +193399,7 @@
}
}
pLast->pNext = pRight ? pRight : pLeft;
- return head.pNext;
+ return head.pNext;
}
/*
@@ -191402,7 +193448,7 @@
}
}
pLast->pNext = pRight ? pRight : pLeft;
- return head.pNext;
+ return head.pNext;
}
/*
@@ -191447,8 +193493,8 @@
GeoSegment *pSeg;
unsigned char aOverlap[4];
- nByte = sizeof(GeoEvent)*nVertex*2
- + sizeof(GeoSegment)*nVertex
+ nByte = sizeof(GeoEvent)*nVertex*2
+ + sizeof(GeoSegment)*nVertex
+ sizeof(GeoOverlap);
p = sqlite3_malloc64( nByte );
if( p==0 ) return -1;
@@ -191590,7 +193636,7 @@
#endif
}
-/*
+/*
** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
** methods of the geopoly virtual table.
**
@@ -191680,7 +193726,7 @@
}
-/*
+/*
** GEOPOLY virtual table module xCreate method.
*/
static int geopolyCreate(
@@ -191693,7 +193739,7 @@
return geopolyInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1);
}
-/*
+/*
** GEOPOLY virtual table module xConnect method.
*/
static int geopolyConnect(
@@ -191707,7 +193753,7 @@
}
-/*
+/*
** GEOPOLY virtual table module xFilter method.
**
** Query plans:
@@ -191757,8 +193803,8 @@
pCsr->atEOF = 1;
}
}else{
- /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array
- ** with the configured constraints.
+ /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array
+ ** with the configured constraints.
*/
rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && idxNum<=3 ){
@@ -191839,7 +193885,7 @@
/*
** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three
-** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to
+** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to
** least desirable):
**
** idxNum idxStr Strategy
@@ -191899,7 +193945,7 @@
}
-/*
+/*
** GEOPOLY virtual table module xColumn method.
*/
static int geopolyColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
@@ -191919,7 +193965,7 @@
&pCsr->pReadAux, 0);
if( rc ) return rc;
}
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1,
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1,
nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell));
rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pReadAux);
if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
@@ -191958,9 +194004,9 @@
** argv[3] = new value for first application-defined column....
*/
static int geopolyUpdate(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
- int nData,
- sqlite3_value **aData,
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
+ int nData,
+ sqlite3_value **aData,
sqlite_int64 *pRowid
){
Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
@@ -192002,7 +194048,7 @@
}
coordChange = 1;
- /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in
+ /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in
** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */
if( newRowidValid && (!oldRowidValid || oldRowid!=newRowid) ){
int steprc;
@@ -192182,7 +194228,7 @@
aFunc[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
}
for(i=0; i<sizeof(aAgg)/sizeof(aAgg[0]) && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
- rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, aAgg[i].zName, 1,
+ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, aAgg[i].zName, 1,
SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC|SQLITE_INNOCUOUS, 0,
0, aAgg[i].xStep, aAgg[i].xFinal);
}
@@ -192198,7 +194244,7 @@
/*
** Register the r-tree module with database handle db. This creates the
-** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar
+** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar
** function "rtreenode".
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){
@@ -192325,7 +194371,7 @@
pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = 0;
pGeomCtx->xDestructor = 0;
pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext;
- return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY,
+ return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY,
(void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback
);
}
@@ -192350,7 +194396,7 @@
pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = xQueryFunc;
pGeomCtx->xDestructor = xDestructor;
pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext;
- return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY,
+ return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY,
(void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback
);
}
@@ -192386,9 +194432,9 @@
*************************************************************************
** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $
**
-** This file implements an integration between the ICU library
-** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library
-** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses
+** This file implements an integration between the ICU library
+** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library
+** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses
** ICU to provide the following to SQLite:
**
** * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP
@@ -192399,7 +194445,7 @@
**
** * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation sequences.
**
-** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to
+** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to
** provide case-independent matching.
*/
@@ -192426,7 +194472,7 @@
** This function is called when an ICU function called from within
** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error.
**
-** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is
+** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is
** loaded with an error message based on the following two args.
*/
static void icuFunctionError(
@@ -192491,7 +194537,7 @@
/*
** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is
-** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and
+** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and
** false (0) if they are different.
*/
static int icuLikeCompare(
@@ -192518,12 +194564,12 @@
** 3. uPattern is an unescaped escape character, or
** 4. uPattern is to be handled as an ordinary character
*/
- if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ALL ){
+ if( uPattern==MATCH_ALL && !prevEscape && uPattern!=(uint32_t)uEsc ){
/* Case 1. */
uint8_t c;
/* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a
- ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the
+ ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the
** test string.
*/
while( (c=*zPattern) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){
@@ -192544,12 +194590,12 @@
}
return 0;
- }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ONE ){
+ }else if( uPattern==MATCH_ONE && !prevEscape && uPattern!=(uint32_t)uEsc ){
/* Case 2. */
if( *zString==0 ) return 0;
SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
- }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==(uint32_t)uEsc){
+ }else if( uPattern==(uint32_t)uEsc && !prevEscape ){
/* Case 3. */
prevEscape = 1;
@@ -192576,15 +194622,15 @@
**
** A LIKE B
**
-** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E,
+** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E,
**
** A LIKE B ESCAPE E
**
** is mapped to like(B, A, E).
*/
static void icuLikeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
@@ -192610,7 +194656,7 @@
if( zE==0 ) return;
U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc);
if( i!=nE){
- sqlite3_result_error(context,
+ sqlite3_result_error(context,
"ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
return;
}
@@ -192633,7 +194679,7 @@
/*
** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes
** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile
-** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either
+** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either
** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result
** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise.
**
@@ -192657,8 +194703,8 @@
(void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */
- /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL,
- ** then the result is also NULL.
+ /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL,
+ ** then the result is also NULL.
*/
if( !zString ){
return;
@@ -192696,7 +194742,7 @@
}
/* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL
- ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than
+ ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than
** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid
** pointer after this function returns.
*/
@@ -192707,7 +194753,7 @@
}
/*
-** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and
+** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and
** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC).
** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc).
**
@@ -192715,7 +194761,7 @@
** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences
** between the two.
**
-** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar
+** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar
** functions are invoked with one argument:
**
** upper('ABC') -> 'abc'
@@ -192823,7 +194869,7 @@
/*
** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation().
**
-** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation
+** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation
** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called
** as follows:
**
@@ -192834,8 +194880,8 @@
** collation sequence to create.
*/
static void icuLoadCollation(
- sqlite3_context *p,
- int nArg,
+ sqlite3_context *p,
+ int nArg,
sqlite3_value **apArg
){
sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p);
@@ -192861,7 +194907,7 @@
}
assert(p);
- rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator,
+ rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator,
icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -192899,11 +194945,11 @@
};
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int i;
-
+
for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){
const struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i];
rc = sqlite3_create_function(
- db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc,
+ db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc,
p->iContext ? (void*)db : (void*)0,
p->xFunc, 0, 0
);
@@ -192917,7 +194963,7 @@
__declspec(dllexport)
#endif
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_icu_init(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
char **pzErrMsg,
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
@@ -193020,7 +195066,7 @@
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
** *ppCursor.
*/
static int icuOpen(
@@ -193062,7 +195108,7 @@
pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3];
pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
- U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
+ U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
while( c>0 ){
int isError = 0;
c = u_foldCase(c, opt);
@@ -193208,7 +195254,7 @@
*************************************************************************
**
**
-** OVERVIEW
+** OVERVIEW
**
** The RBU extension requires that the RBU update be packaged as an
** SQLite database. The tables it expects to find are described in
@@ -193216,34 +195262,34 @@
** that the user wishes to write to, a corresponding data_xyz table is
** created in the RBU database and populated with one row for each row to
** update, insert or delete from the target table.
-**
+**
** The update proceeds in three stages:
-**
+**
** 1) The database is updated. The modified database pages are written
** to a *-oal file. A *-oal file is just like a *-wal file, except
** that it is named "<database>-oal" instead of "<database>-wal".
** Because regular SQLite clients do not look for file named
** "<database>-oal", they go on using the original database in
** rollback mode while the *-oal file is being generated.
-**
+**
** During this stage RBU does not update the database by writing
** directly to the target tables. Instead it creates "imposter"
** tables using the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER interface that it uses
** to update each b-tree individually. All updates required by each
** b-tree are completed before moving on to the next, and all
** updates are done in sorted key order.
-**
+**
** 2) The "<database>-oal" file is moved to the equivalent "<database>-wal"
** location using a call to rename(2). Before doing this the RBU
** module takes an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file, ensuring
** that there are no other active readers.
-**
+**
** Once the EXCLUSIVE lock is released, any other database readers
** detect the new *-wal file and read the database in wal mode. At
** this point they see the new version of the database - including
** the updates made as part of the RBU update.
-**
-** 3) The new *-wal file is checkpointed. This proceeds in the same way
+**
+** 3) The new *-wal file is checkpointed. This proceeds in the same way
** as a regular database checkpoint, except that a single frame is
** checkpointed each time sqlite3rbu_step() is called. If the RBU
** handle is closed before the entire *-wal file is checkpointed,
@@ -193252,7 +195298,7 @@
** the future.
**
** POTENTIAL PROBLEMS
-**
+**
** The rename() call might not be portable. And RBU is not currently
** syncing the directory after renaming the file.
**
@@ -193274,7 +195320,7 @@
** fields are collected. This means we're probably writing a lot more
** data to disk when saving the state of an ongoing update to the RBU
** update database than is strictly necessary.
-**
+**
*/
/* #include <assert.h> */
@@ -193298,42 +195344,42 @@
**
*************************************************************************
**
-** This file contains the public interface for the RBU extension.
+** This file contains the public interface for the RBU extension.
*/
/*
** SUMMARY
**
-** Writing a transaction containing a large number of operations on
+** Writing a transaction containing a large number of operations on
** b-tree indexes that are collectively larger than the available cache
-** memory can be very inefficient.
+** memory can be very inefficient.
**
** The problem is that in order to update a b-tree, the leaf page (at least)
** containing the entry being inserted or deleted must be modified. If the
-** working set of leaves is larger than the available cache memory, then a
-** single leaf that is modified more than once as part of the transaction
+** working set of leaves is larger than the available cache memory, then a
+** single leaf that is modified more than once as part of the transaction
** may be loaded from or written to the persistent media multiple times.
** Additionally, because the index updates are likely to be applied in
-** random order, access to pages within the database is also likely to be in
+** random order, access to pages within the database is also likely to be in
** random order, which is itself quite inefficient.
**
** One way to improve the situation is to sort the operations on each index
** by index key before applying them to the b-tree. This leads to an IO
** pattern that resembles a single linear scan through the index b-tree,
-** and all but guarantees each modified leaf page is loaded and stored
+** and all but guarantees each modified leaf page is loaded and stored
** exactly once. SQLite uses this trick to improve the performance of
** CREATE INDEX commands. This extension allows it to be used to improve
** the performance of large transactions on existing databases.
**
-** Additionally, this extension allows the work involved in writing the
-** large transaction to be broken down into sub-transactions performed
-** sequentially by separate processes. This is useful if the system cannot
-** guarantee that a single update process will run for long enough to apply
-** the entire update, for example because the update is being applied on a
-** mobile device that is frequently rebooted. Even after the writer process
+** Additionally, this extension allows the work involved in writing the
+** large transaction to be broken down into sub-transactions performed
+** sequentially by separate processes. This is useful if the system cannot
+** guarantee that a single update process will run for long enough to apply
+** the entire update, for example because the update is being applied on a
+** mobile device that is frequently rebooted. Even after the writer process
** has committed one or more sub-transactions, other database clients continue
-** to read from the original database snapshot. In other words, partially
-** applied transactions are not visible to other clients.
+** to read from the original database snapshot. In other words, partially
+** applied transactions are not visible to other clients.
**
** "RBU" stands for "Resumable Bulk Update". As in a large database update
** transmitted via a wireless network to a mobile device. A transaction
@@ -193349,9 +195395,9 @@
**
** * INSERT statements may not use any default values.
**
-** * UPDATE and DELETE statements must identify their target rows by
+** * UPDATE and DELETE statements must identify their target rows by
** non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values. Rows with NULL values stored in PRIMARY
-** KEY fields may not be updated or deleted. If the table being written
+** KEY fields may not be updated or deleted. If the table being written
** has no PRIMARY KEY, affected rows must be identified by rowid.
**
** * UPDATE statements may not modify PRIMARY KEY columns.
@@ -193368,10 +195414,10 @@
** PREPARATION
**
** An "RBU update" is stored as a separate SQLite database. A database
-** containing an RBU update is an "RBU database". For each table in the
+** containing an RBU update is an "RBU database". For each table in the
** target database to be updated, the RBU database should contain a table
** named "data_<target name>" containing the same set of columns as the
-** target table, and one more - "rbu_control". The data_% table should
+** target table, and one more - "rbu_control". The data_% table should
** have no PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraints, but each column should have
** the same type as the corresponding column in the target database.
** The "rbu_control" column should have no type at all. For example, if
@@ -193386,22 +195432,22 @@
** The order of the columns in the data_% table does not matter.
**
** Instead of a regular table, the RBU database may also contain virtual
-** tables or view named using the data_<target> naming scheme.
+** tables or view named using the data_<target> naming scheme.
**
-** Instead of the plain data_<target> naming scheme, RBU database tables
+** Instead of the plain data_<target> naming scheme, RBU database tables
** may also be named data<integer>_<target>, where <integer> is any sequence
** of zero or more numeric characters (0-9). This can be significant because
-** tables within the RBU database are always processed in order sorted by
+** tables within the RBU database are always processed in order sorted by
** name. By judicious selection of the <integer> portion of the names
** of the RBU tables the user can therefore control the order in which they
** are processed. This can be useful, for example, to ensure that "external
** content" FTS4 tables are updated before their underlying content tables.
**
** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table that has no
-** PRIMARY KEY declaration, the data_% table must also contain a column
-** named "rbu_rowid". This column is mapped to the tables implicit primary
-** key column - "rowid". Virtual tables for which the "rowid" column does
-** not function like a primary key value cannot be updated using RBU. For
+** PRIMARY KEY declaration, the data_% table must also contain a column
+** named "rbu_rowid". This column is mapped to the tables implicit primary
+** key column - "rowid". Virtual tables for which the "rowid" column does
+** not function like a primary key value cannot be updated using RBU. For
** example, if the target db contains either of the following:
**
** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x1 USING fts3(a, b);
@@ -193424,35 +195470,35 @@
** CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, langid, rbu_rowid, rbu_control);
** CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control);
**
-** For each row to INSERT into the target database as part of the RBU
+** For each row to INSERT into the target database as part of the RBU
** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record
** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 0. The
-** other columns should be set to the values that make up the new record
-** to insert.
+** other columns should be set to the values that make up the new record
+** to insert.
**
-** If the target database table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, it is not
-** possible to insert a NULL value into the IPK column. Attempting to
+** If the target database table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, it is not
+** possible to insert a NULL value into the IPK column. Attempting to
** do so results in an SQLITE_MISMATCH error.
**
-** For each row to DELETE from the target database as part of the RBU
+** For each row to DELETE from the target database as part of the RBU
** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record
** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 1. The
** real primary key values of the row to delete should be stored in the
** corresponding columns of the data_% table. The values stored in the
** other columns are not used.
**
-** For each row to UPDATE from the target database as part of the RBU
+** For each row to UPDATE from the target database as part of the RBU
** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record
** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain a value of type text.
-** The real primary key values identifying the row to update should be
+** The real primary key values identifying the row to update should be
** stored in the corresponding columns of the data_% table row, as should
-** the new values of all columns being update. The text value in the
+** the new values of all columns being update. The text value in the
** "rbu_control" column must contain the same number of characters as
** there are columns in the target database table, and must consist entirely
-** of 'x' and '.' characters (or in some special cases 'd' - see below). For
+** of 'x' and '.' characters (or in some special cases 'd' - see below). For
** each column that is being updated, the corresponding character is set to
** 'x'. For those that remain as they are, the corresponding character of the
-** rbu_control value should be set to '.'. For example, given the tables
+** rbu_control value should be set to '.'. For example, given the tables
** above, the update statement:
**
** UPDATE t1 SET c = 'usa' WHERE a = 4;
@@ -193466,30 +195512,30 @@
** target table with the value stored in the corresponding data_% column, the
** user-defined SQL function "rbu_delta()" is invoked and the result stored in
** the target table column. rbu_delta() is invoked with two arguments - the
-** original value currently stored in the target table column and the
+** original value currently stored in the target table column and the
** value specified in the data_xxx table.
**
** For example, this row:
**
** INSERT INTO data_t1(a, b, c, rbu_control) VALUES(4, NULL, 'usa', '..d');
**
-** is similar to an UPDATE statement such as:
+** is similar to an UPDATE statement such as:
**
** UPDATE t1 SET c = rbu_delta(c, 'usa') WHERE a = 4;
**
-** Finally, if an 'f' character appears in place of a 'd' or 's' in an
+** Finally, if an 'f' character appears in place of a 'd' or 's' in an
** ota_control string, the contents of the data_xxx table column is assumed
** to be a "fossil delta" - a patch to be applied to a blob value in the
** format used by the fossil source-code management system. In this case
-** the existing value within the target database table must be of type BLOB.
+** the existing value within the target database table must be of type BLOB.
** It is replaced by the result of applying the specified fossil delta to
** itself.
**
** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table with no PRIMARY
-** KEY, the rbu_control value should not include a character corresponding
+** KEY, the rbu_control value should not include a character corresponding
** to the rbu_rowid value. For example, this:
**
-** INSERT INTO data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control)
+** INSERT INTO data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control)
** VALUES(NULL, 'usa', 12, '.x');
**
** causes a result similar to:
@@ -193499,14 +195545,14 @@
** The data_xxx tables themselves should have no PRIMARY KEY declarations.
** However, RBU is more efficient if reading the rows in from each data_xxx
** table in "rowid" order is roughly the same as reading them sorted by
-** the PRIMARY KEY of the corresponding target database table. In other
-** words, rows should be sorted using the destination table PRIMARY KEY
+** the PRIMARY KEY of the corresponding target database table. In other
+** words, rows should be sorted using the destination table PRIMARY KEY
** fields before they are inserted into the data_xxx tables.
**
** USAGE
**
-** The API declared below allows an application to apply an RBU update
-** stored on disk to an existing target database. Essentially, the
+** The API declared below allows an application to apply an RBU update
+** stored on disk to an existing target database. Essentially, the
** application:
**
** 1) Opens an RBU handle using the sqlite3rbu_open() function.
@@ -193517,24 +195563,24 @@
**
** 3) Calls the sqlite3rbu_step() function one or more times on
** the new handle. Each call to sqlite3rbu_step() performs a single
-** b-tree operation, so thousands of calls may be required to apply
+** b-tree operation, so thousands of calls may be required to apply
** a complete update.
**
** 4) Calls sqlite3rbu_close() to close the RBU update handle. If
** sqlite3rbu_step() has been called enough times to completely
** apply the update to the target database, then the RBU database
-** is marked as fully applied. Otherwise, the state of the RBU
-** update application is saved in the RBU database for later
+** is marked as fully applied. Otherwise, the state of the RBU
+** update application is saved in the RBU database for later
** resumption.
**
** See comments below for more detail on APIs.
**
** If an update is only partially applied to the target database by the
-** time sqlite3rbu_close() is called, various state information is saved
+** time sqlite3rbu_close() is called, various state information is saved
** within the RBU database. This allows subsequent processes to automatically
** resume the RBU update from where it left off.
**
-** To remove all RBU extension state information, returning an RBU database
+** To remove all RBU extension state information, returning an RBU database
** to its original contents, it is sufficient to drop all tables that begin
** with the prefix "rbu_"
**
@@ -193570,21 +195616,21 @@
** the path to the RBU database. Each call to this function must be matched
** by a call to sqlite3rbu_close(). When opening the databases, RBU passes
** the SQLITE_CONFIG_URI flag to sqlite3_open_v2(). So if either zTarget
-** or zRbu begin with "file:", it will be interpreted as an SQLite
+** or zRbu begin with "file:", it will be interpreted as an SQLite
** database URI, not a regular file name.
**
-** If the zState argument is passed a NULL value, the RBU extension stores
-** the current state of the update (how many rows have been updated, which
+** If the zState argument is passed a NULL value, the RBU extension stores
+** the current state of the update (how many rows have been updated, which
** indexes are yet to be updated etc.) within the RBU database itself. This
** can be convenient, as it means that the RBU application does not need to
-** organize removing a separate state file after the update is concluded.
-** Or, if zState is non-NULL, it must be a path to a database file in which
+** organize removing a separate state file after the update is concluded.
+** Or, if zState is non-NULL, it must be a path to a database file in which
** the RBU extension can store the state of the update.
**
** When resuming an RBU update, the zState argument must be passed the same
** value as when the RBU update was started.
**
-** Once the RBU update is finished, the RBU extension does not
+** Once the RBU update is finished, the RBU extension does not
** automatically remove any zState database file, even if it created it.
**
** By default, RBU uses the default VFS to access the files on disk. To
@@ -193597,7 +195643,7 @@
** the zipvfs_create_vfs() API below for details on using RBU with zipvfs.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open(
- const char *zTarget,
+ const char *zTarget,
const char *zRbu,
const char *zState
);
@@ -193607,13 +195653,13 @@
** An RBU vacuum is similar to SQLite's built-in VACUUM command, except
** that it can be suspended and resumed like an RBU update.
**
-** The second argument to this function identifies a database in which
-** to store the state of the RBU vacuum operation if it is suspended. The
+** The second argument to this function identifies a database in which
+** to store the state of the RBU vacuum operation if it is suspended. The
** first time sqlite3rbu_vacuum() is called, to start an RBU vacuum
** operation, the state database should either not exist or be empty
-** (contain no tables). If an RBU vacuum is suspended by calling
+** (contain no tables). If an RBU vacuum is suspended by calling
** sqlite3rbu_close() on the RBU handle before sqlite3rbu_step() has
-** returned SQLITE_DONE, the vacuum state is stored in the state database.
+** returned SQLITE_DONE, the vacuum state is stored in the state database.
** The vacuum can be resumed by calling this function to open a new RBU
** handle specifying the same target and state databases.
**
@@ -193621,26 +195667,26 @@
** name of the state database is "<database>-vacuum", where <database>
** is the name of the target database file. In this case, on UNIX, if the
** state database is not already present in the file-system, it is created
-** with the same permissions as the target db is made.
+** with the same permissions as the target db is made.
**
-** With an RBU vacuum, it is an SQLITE_MISUSE error if the name of the
-** state database ends with "-vactmp". This name is reserved for internal
+** With an RBU vacuum, it is an SQLITE_MISUSE error if the name of the
+** state database ends with "-vactmp". This name is reserved for internal
** use.
**
** This function does not delete the state database after an RBU vacuum
** is completed, even if it created it. However, if the call to
** sqlite3rbu_close() returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the contents
** of the state tables within the state database are zeroed. This way,
-** the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() opens a handle that starts a
+** the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() opens a handle that starts a
** new RBU vacuum operation.
**
** As with sqlite3rbu_open(), Zipvfs users should rever to the comment
-** describing the sqlite3rbu_create_vfs() API function below for
-** a description of the complications associated with using RBU with
+** describing the sqlite3rbu_create_vfs() API function below for
+** a description of the complications associated with using RBU with
** zipvfs databases.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum(
- const char *zTarget,
+ const char *zTarget,
const char *zState
);
@@ -193652,7 +195698,7 @@
** is removed entirely. If the second parameter is negative, the limit is
** not modified (this is useful for querying the current limit).
**
-** In all cases the returned value is the current limit in bytes (zero
+** In all cases the returned value is the current limit in bytes (zero
** indicates unlimited).
**
** If the temp space limit is exceeded during operation, an SQLITE_FULL
@@ -193661,13 +195707,13 @@
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size_limit(sqlite3rbu*, sqlite3_int64);
/*
-** Return the current amount of temp file space, in bytes, currently used by
+** Return the current amount of temp file space, in bytes, currently used by
** the RBU handle passed as the only argument.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size(sqlite3rbu*);
/*
-** Internally, each RBU connection uses a separate SQLite database
+** Internally, each RBU connection uses a separate SQLite database
** connection to access the target and rbu update databases. This
** API allows the application direct access to these database handles.
**
@@ -193678,10 +195724,10 @@
** following scenarios:
**
** * If any target tables are virtual tables, it may be necessary to
-** call sqlite3_create_module() on the target database handle to
+** call sqlite3_create_module() on the target database handle to
** register the required virtual table implementations.
**
-** * If the data_xxx tables in the RBU source database are virtual
+** * If the data_xxx tables in the RBU source database are virtual
** tables, the application may need to call sqlite3_create_module() on
** the rbu update db handle to any required virtual table
** implementations.
@@ -193700,12 +195746,12 @@
SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3rbu_db(sqlite3rbu*, int bRbu);
/*
-** Do some work towards applying the RBU update to the target db.
+** Do some work towards applying the RBU update to the target db.
**
-** Return SQLITE_DONE if the update has been completely applied, or
+** Return SQLITE_DONE if the update has been completely applied, or
** SQLITE_OK if no error occurs but there remains work to do to apply
-** the RBU update. If an error does occur, some other error code is
-** returned.
+** the RBU update. If an error does occur, some other error code is
+** returned.
**
** Once a call to sqlite3rbu_step() has returned a value other than
** SQLITE_OK, all subsequent calls on the same RBU handle are no-ops
@@ -193718,7 +195764,7 @@
**
** If a power failure or application crash occurs during an update, following
** system recovery RBU may resume the update from the point at which the state
-** was last saved. In other words, from the most recent successful call to
+** was last saved. In other words, from the most recent successful call to
** sqlite3rbu_close() or this function.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
@@ -193726,7 +195772,7 @@
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *pRbu);
/*
-** Close an RBU handle.
+** Close an RBU handle.
**
** If the RBU update has been completely applied, mark the RBU database
** as fully applied. Otherwise, assuming no error has occurred, save the
@@ -193740,20 +195786,20 @@
** eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free().
**
** Otherwise, if no error occurs, this function returns SQLITE_OK if the
-** update has been partially applied, or SQLITE_DONE if it has been
+** update has been partially applied, or SQLITE_DONE if it has been
** completely applied.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_close(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, char **pzErrmsg);
/*
-** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or
+** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or
** updates) that have been performed on the target database since the
** current RBU update was started.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu);
/*
-** Obtain permyriadage (permyriadage is to 10000 as percentage is to 100)
+** Obtain permyriadage (permyriadage is to 10000 as percentage is to 100)
** progress indications for the two stages of an RBU update. This API may
** be useful for driving GUI progress indicators and similar.
**
@@ -193766,16 +195812,16 @@
** The update is visible to non-RBU clients during stage 2. During stage 1
** non-RBU reader clients may see the original database.
**
-** If this API is called during stage 2 of the update, output variable
+** If this API is called during stage 2 of the update, output variable
** (*pnOne) is set to 10000 to indicate that stage 1 has finished and (*pnTwo)
** to a value between 0 and 10000 to indicate the permyriadage progress of
-** stage 2. A value of 5000 indicates that stage 2 is half finished,
+** stage 2. A value of 5000 indicates that stage 2 is half finished,
** 9000 indicates that it is 90% finished, and so on.
**
-** If this API is called during stage 1 of the update, output variable
+** If this API is called during stage 1 of the update, output variable
** (*pnTwo) is set to 0 to indicate that stage 2 has not yet started. The
-** value to which (*pnOne) is set depends on whether or not the RBU
-** database contains an "rbu_count" table. The rbu_count table, if it
+** value to which (*pnOne) is set depends on whether or not the RBU
+** database contains an "rbu_count" table. The rbu_count table, if it
** exists, must contain the same columns as the following:
**
** CREATE TABLE rbu_count(tbl TEXT PRIMARY KEY, cnt INTEGER) WITHOUT ROWID;
@@ -193834,20 +195880,20 @@
/*
** Create an RBU VFS named zName that accesses the underlying file-system
-** via existing VFS zParent. Or, if the zParent parameter is passed NULL,
+** via existing VFS zParent. Or, if the zParent parameter is passed NULL,
** then the new RBU VFS uses the default system VFS to access the file-system.
-** The new object is registered as a non-default VFS with SQLite before
+** The new object is registered as a non-default VFS with SQLite before
** returning.
**
** Part of the RBU implementation uses a custom VFS object. Usually, this
-** object is created and deleted automatically by RBU.
+** object is created and deleted automatically by RBU.
**
** The exception is for applications that also use zipvfs. In this case,
** the custom VFS must be explicitly created by the user before the RBU
** handle is opened. The RBU VFS should be installed so that the zipvfs
-** VFS uses the RBU VFS, which in turn uses any other VFS layers in use
+** VFS uses the RBU VFS, which in turn uses any other VFS layers in use
** (for example multiplexor) to access the file-system. For example,
-** to assemble an RBU enabled VFS stack that uses both zipvfs and
+** to assemble an RBU enabled VFS stack that uses both zipvfs and
** multiplexor (error checking omitted):
**
** // Create a VFS named "multiplex" (not the default).
@@ -193869,9 +195915,9 @@
** may be used by RBU clients. Attempting to use RBU with a zipvfs VFS stack
** that does not include the RBU layer results in an error.
**
-** The overhead of adding the "rbu" VFS to the system is negligible for
-** non-RBU users. There is no harm in an application accessing the
-** file-system via "rbu" all the time, even if it only uses RBU functionality
+** The overhead of adding the "rbu" VFS to the system is negligible for
+** non-RBU users. There is no harm in an application accessing the
+** file-system via "rbu" all the time, even if it only uses RBU functionality
** occasionally.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(const char *zName, const char *zParent);
@@ -193924,17 +195970,17 @@
** RBU_STATE_STAGE:
** May be set to integer values 1, 2, 4 or 5. As follows:
** 1: the *-rbu file is currently under construction.
-** 2: the *-rbu file has been constructed, but not yet moved
+** 2: the *-rbu file has been constructed, but not yet moved
** to the *-wal path.
** 4: the checkpoint is underway.
** 5: the rbu update has been checkpointed.
**
** RBU_STATE_TBL:
-** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the table
+** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the table
** currently being written.
**
** RBU_STATE_IDX:
-** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the index
+** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the index
** currently being written, or NULL if the main table is currently being
** updated.
**
@@ -193954,14 +196000,14 @@
** be continued if this happens).
**
** RBU_STATE_COOKIE:
-** Valid if STAGE==1. The current change-counter cookie value in the
+** Valid if STAGE==1. The current change-counter cookie value in the
** target db file.
**
** RBU_STATE_OALSZ:
** Valid if STAGE==1. The size in bytes of the *-oal file.
**
** RBU_STATE_DATATBL:
-** Only valid if STAGE==1. The RBU database name of the table
+** Only valid if STAGE==1. The RBU database name of the table
** currently being read.
*/
#define RBU_STATE_STAGE 1
@@ -194043,7 +196089,7 @@
** the target database that require updating. For each such table, the
** iterator visits, in order:
**
-** * the table itself,
+** * the table itself,
** * each index of the table (zero or more points to visit), and
** * a special "cleanup table" state.
**
@@ -194057,7 +196103,7 @@
** this array set set to 1. This is because in that case, the module has
** no way to tell which fields will be required to add and remove entries
** from the partial indexes.
-**
+**
*/
struct RbuObjIter {
sqlite3_stmt *pTblIter; /* Iterate through tables */
@@ -194139,7 +196185,7 @@
**
** nPhaseOneStep:
** If the RBU database contains an rbu_count table, this value is set to
-** a running estimate of the number of b-tree operations required to
+** a running estimate of the number of b-tree operations required to
** finish populating the *-oal file. This allows the sqlite3_bp_progress()
** API to calculate the permyriadage progress of populating the *-oal file
** using the formula:
@@ -194159,7 +196205,7 @@
**
** * the RBU update contains any UPDATE operations. If the PK specified
** for an UPDATE operation does not exist in the target table, then
-** no b-tree operations are required on index b-trees. Or if the
+** no b-tree operations are required on index b-trees. Or if the
** specified PK does exist, then (nIndex*2) such operations are
** required (one delete and one insert on each index b-tree).
**
@@ -194516,7 +196562,7 @@
/*
** Prepare the SQL statement in buffer zSql against database handle db.
** If successful, set *ppStmt to point to the new statement and return
-** SQLITE_OK.
+** SQLITE_OK.
**
** Otherwise, if an error does occur, set *ppStmt to NULL and return
** an SQLite error code. Additionally, set output variable *pzErrmsg to
@@ -194524,7 +196570,7 @@
** of the caller to (eventually) free this buffer using sqlite3_free().
*/
static int prepareAndCollectError(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
char **pzErrmsg,
const char *zSql
@@ -194556,9 +196602,9 @@
/*
** Unless it is NULL, argument zSql points to a buffer allocated using
** sqlite3_malloc containing an SQL statement. This function prepares the SQL
-** statement against database db and frees the buffer. If statement
-** compilation is successful, *ppStmt is set to point to the new statement
-** handle and SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** statement against database db and frees the buffer. If statement
+** compilation is successful, *ppStmt is set to point to the new statement
+** handle and SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *ppStmt is set to NULL and an error code
** returned. In this case, *pzErrmsg may also be set to point to an error
@@ -194569,7 +196615,7 @@
** In this case SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and *ppStmt set to NULL.
*/
static int prepareFreeAndCollectError(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
char **pzErrmsg,
char *zSql
@@ -194626,7 +196672,7 @@
}
sqlite3_free(pIter->aIdxCol);
sqlite3_free(pIter->zIdxSql);
-
+
pIter->pSelect = 0;
pIter->pInsert = 0;
pIter->pDelete = 0;
@@ -194653,16 +196699,16 @@
/*
** Advance the iterator to the next position.
**
-** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left
-** pointing to the next entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is
-** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left
+** pointing to the next entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is
+** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the
** error code is returned.
*/
static int rbuObjIterNext(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){
int rc = p->rc;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Free any SQLite statements used while processing the previous object */
+ /* Free any SQLite statements used while processing the previous object */
rbuObjIterClearStatements(pIter);
if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){
rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain,
@@ -194721,7 +196767,7 @@
** The implementation of the rbu_target_name() SQL function. This function
** accepts one or two arguments. The first argument is the name of a table -
** the name of a table in the RBU database. The second, if it is present, is 1
-** for a view or 0 for a table.
+** for a view or 0 for a table.
**
** For a non-vacuum RBU handle, if the table name matches the pattern:
**
@@ -194769,19 +196815,19 @@
/*
** Initialize the iterator structure passed as the second argument.
**
-** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left
-** pointing to the first entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is
-** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left
+** pointing to the first entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is
+** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the
** error code is returned.
*/
static int rbuObjIterFirst(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){
int rc;
memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(RbuObjIter));
- rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg,
+ rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf(
"SELECT rbu_target_name(name, type='view') AS target, name "
- "FROM sqlite_master "
+ "FROM sqlite_schema "
"WHERE type IN ('table', 'view') AND target IS NOT NULL "
" %s "
"ORDER BY name"
@@ -194790,7 +196836,7 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pIdxIter, &p->zErrmsg,
"SELECT name, rootpage, sql IS NULL OR substr(8, 6)=='UNIQUE' "
- " FROM main.sqlite_master "
+ " FROM main.sqlite_schema "
" WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name = ?"
);
}
@@ -194806,7 +196852,7 @@
**
** If an error has already occurred (p->rc is already set to something other
** than SQLITE_OK), then this function returns NULL without modifying the
-** stored error code. In this case it still calls sqlite3_free() on any
+** stored error code. In this case it still calls sqlite3_free() on any
** printf() parameters associated with %z conversions.
*/
static char *rbuMPrintf(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zFmt, ...){
@@ -194852,12 +196898,12 @@
}
/*
-** Attempt to allocate and return a pointer to a zeroed block of nByte
-** bytes.
+** Attempt to allocate and return a pointer to a zeroed block of nByte
+** bytes.
**
-** If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) occurs, return NULL and leave an
-** error code in the rbu handle passed as the first argument. Or, if an
-** error has already occurred when this function is called, return NULL
+** If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) occurs, return NULL and leave an
+** error code in the rbu handle passed as the first argument. Or, if an
+** error has already occurred when this function is called, return NULL
** immediately without attempting the allocation or modifying the stored
** error code.
*/
@@ -194954,7 +197000,7 @@
** RBU_PK_VTAB: Table is a virtual table.
**
** Argument *piPk is also of type (int*), and also points to an output
-** parameter. Unless the table has an external primary key index
+** parameter. Unless the table has an external primary key index
** (i.e. unless *peType is set to 3), then *piPk is set to zero. Or,
** if the table does have an external primary key index, then *piPk
** is set to the root page number of the primary key index before
@@ -194962,12 +197008,12 @@
**
** ALGORITHM:
**
-** if( no entry exists in sqlite_master ){
+** if( no entry exists in sqlite_schema ){
** return RBU_PK_NOTABLE
** }else if( sql for the entry starts with "CREATE VIRTUAL" ){
** return RBU_PK_VTAB
** }else if( "PRAGMA index_list()" for the table contains a "pk" index ){
-** if( the index that is the pk exists in sqlite_master ){
+** if( the index that is the pk exists in sqlite_schema ){
** *piPK = rootpage of that index.
** return RBU_PK_EXTERNAL
** }else{
@@ -194987,9 +197033,9 @@
int *piPk
){
/*
- ** 0) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q AND IsVirtual(%Q)
+ ** 0) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_schema where name=%Q AND IsVirtual(%Q)
** 1) PRAGMA index_list = ?
- ** 2) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q
+ ** 2) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_schema where name=%Q
** 3) PRAGMA table_info = ?
*/
sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
@@ -194998,10 +197044,10 @@
*piPk = 0;
assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[0], &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[0], &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf(
"SELECT (sql LIKE 'create virtual%%'), rootpage"
- " FROM sqlite_master"
+ " FROM sqlite_schema"
" WHERE name=%Q", zTab
));
if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3_step(aStmt[0])!=SQLITE_ROW ){
@@ -195014,7 +197060,7 @@
}
*piTnum = sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[0], 1);
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[1], &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[1], &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA index_list=%Q",zTab)
);
if( p->rc ) goto rbuTableType_end;
@@ -195022,9 +197068,9 @@
const u8 *zOrig = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 3);
const u8 *zIdx = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 1);
if( zOrig && zIdx && zOrig[0]=='p' ){
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[2], &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[2], &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf(
- "SELECT rootpage FROM sqlite_master WHERE name = %Q", zIdx
+ "SELECT rootpage FROM sqlite_schema WHERE name = %Q", zIdx
));
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( sqlite3_step(aStmt[2])==SQLITE_ROW ){
@@ -195038,7 +197084,7 @@
}
}
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[3], &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[3], &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info=%Q",zTab)
);
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -195114,7 +197160,7 @@
** the table (not index) that the iterator currently points to.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. If
-** an error does occur, an error code and error message are also left in
+** an error does occur, an error code and error message are also left in
** the RBU handle.
*/
static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){
@@ -195136,7 +197182,7 @@
if( p->rc ) return p->rc;
if( pIter->zIdx==0 ) pIter->iTnum = iTnum;
- assert( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK
+ assert( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK
|| pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID
|| pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB
);
@@ -195144,7 +197190,7 @@
/* Populate the azTblCol[] and nTblCol variables based on the columns
** of the input table. Ignore any input table columns that begin with
** "rbu_". */
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", pIter->zDataTbl)
);
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -195180,7 +197226,7 @@
** present in the input table. Populate the abTblPk[], azTblType[] and
** aiTblOrder[] arrays at the same time. */
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info(%Q)", pIter->zTbl)
);
}
@@ -195223,8 +197269,8 @@
}
/*
-** This function constructs and returns a pointer to a nul-terminated
-** string containing some SQL clause or list based on one or more of the
+** This function constructs and returns a pointer to a nul-terminated
+** string containing some SQL clause or list based on one or more of the
** column names currently stored in the pIter->azTblCol[] array.
*/
static char *rbuObjIterGetCollist(
@@ -195275,10 +197321,10 @@
}
/*
-** This function is called as part of restarting an RBU vacuum within
+** This function is called as part of restarting an RBU vacuum within
** stage 1 of the process (while the *-oal file is being built) while
** updating a table (not an index). The table may be a rowid table or
-** a WITHOUT ROWID table. It queries the target database to find the
+** a WITHOUT ROWID table. It queries the target database to find the
** largest key that has already been written to the target table and
** constructs a WHERE clause that can be used to extract the remaining
** rows from the source table. For a rowid table, the WHERE clause
@@ -195302,7 +197348,7 @@
sqlite3_stmt *pMax = 0;
char *zRet = 0;
if( bRowid ){
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pMax, &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pMax, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf(
"SELECT max(_rowid_) FROM \"%s%w\"", zWrite, pIter->zTbl
)
@@ -195318,9 +197364,9 @@
char *zList = rbuObjIterGetPkList(p, pIter, "", ", ", "");
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pMax, &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pMax, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf(
- "SELECT %s FROM \"%s%w\" ORDER BY %s LIMIT 1",
+ "SELECT %s FROM \"%s%w\" ORDER BY %s LIMIT 1",
zSelect, zWrite, pIter->zTbl, zOrder
)
);
@@ -195342,12 +197388,12 @@
** This function is called as part of restating an RBU vacuum when the
** current operation is writing content to an index. If possible, it
** queries the target index b-tree for the largest key already written to
-** it, then composes and returns an expression that can be used in a WHERE
-** clause to select the remaining required rows from the source table.
+** it, then composes and returns an expression that can be used in a WHERE
+** clause to select the remaining required rows from the source table.
** It is only possible to return such an expression if:
**
** * The index contains no DESC columns, and
-** * The last key written to the index before the operation was
+** * The last key written to the index before the operation was
** suspended does not contain any NULL values.
**
** The expression is of the form:
@@ -195357,7 +197403,7 @@
** except that the "?" placeholders are replaced with literal values.
**
** If the expression cannot be created, NULL is returned. In this case,
-** the caller has to use an OFFSET clause to extract only the required
+** the caller has to use an OFFSET clause to extract only the required
** rows from the sourct table, just as it does for an RBU update operation.
*/
char *rbuVacuumIndexStart(
@@ -195450,23 +197496,23 @@
}
/*
-** This function is used to create a SELECT list (the list of SQL
-** expressions that follows a SELECT keyword) for a SELECT statement
-** used to read from an data_xxx or rbu_tmp_xxx table while updating the
-** index object currently indicated by the iterator object passed as the
-** second argument. A "PRAGMA index_xinfo = <idxname>" statement is used
+** This function is used to create a SELECT list (the list of SQL
+** expressions that follows a SELECT keyword) for a SELECT statement
+** used to read from an data_xxx or rbu_tmp_xxx table while updating the
+** index object currently indicated by the iterator object passed as the
+** second argument. A "PRAGMA index_xinfo = <idxname>" statement is used
** to obtain the required information.
**
** If the index is of the following form:
**
** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(c, b COLLATE nocase);
**
-** and "t1" is a table with an explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column
+** and "t1" is a table with an explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column
** "ipk", the returned string is:
**
** "`c` COLLATE 'BINARY', `b` COLLATE 'NOCASE', `ipk` COLLATE 'BINARY'"
**
-** As well as the returned string, three other malloc'd strings are
+** As well as the returned string, three other malloc'd strings are
** returned via output parameters. As follows:
**
** pzImposterCols: ...
@@ -195536,11 +197582,11 @@
if( pIter->bUnique==0 || sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5) ){
const char *zOrder = (bDesc ? " DESC" : "");
- zImpPK = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\"%s",
+ zImpPK = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\"%s",
zImpPK, zCom, nBind, zCol, zOrder
);
}
- zImpCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" %s COLLATE %Q",
+ zImpCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" %s COLLATE %Q",
zImpCols, zCom, nBind, zCol, zType, zCollate
);
zWhere = sqlite3_mprintf(
@@ -195586,7 +197632,7 @@
** the text ", old._rowid_" to the returned value.
*/
static char *rbuObjIterGetOldlist(
- sqlite3rbu *p,
+ sqlite3rbu *p,
RbuObjIter *pIter,
const char *zObj
){
@@ -195627,7 +197673,7 @@
** "b = ?1 AND c = ?2"
*/
static char *rbuObjIterGetWhere(
- sqlite3rbu *p,
+ sqlite3rbu *p,
RbuObjIter *pIter
){
char *zList = 0;
@@ -195642,7 +197688,7 @@
zSep = " AND ";
}
}
- zList = rbuMPrintf(p,
+ zList = rbuMPrintf(p,
"_rowid_ = (SELECT id FROM rbu_imposter2 WHERE %z)", zList
);
@@ -195682,7 +197728,7 @@
**
** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using
-** sqlite3_free().
+** sqlite3_free().
**
** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new
** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first
@@ -195706,19 +197752,19 @@
for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){
char c = zMask[pIter->aiSrcOrder[i]];
if( c=='x' ){
- zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d",
+ zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d",
zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1
);
zSep = ", ";
}
else if( c=='d' ){
- zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)",
+ zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)",
zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1
);
zSep = ", ";
}
else if( c=='f' ){
- zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_fossil_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)",
+ zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_fossil_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)",
zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1
);
zSep = ", ";
@@ -195736,7 +197782,7 @@
**
** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using
-** sqlite3_free().
+** sqlite3_free().
**
** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new
** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first
@@ -195760,8 +197806,8 @@
}
/*
-** The iterator currently points to a table (not index) of type
-** RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID. This function creates the PRIMARY KEY
+** The iterator currently points to a table (not index) of type
+** RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID. This function creates the PRIMARY KEY
** declaration for the corresponding imposter table. For example,
** if the iterator points to a table created as:
**
@@ -195778,7 +197824,7 @@
const char *zSep = "PRIMARY KEY(";
sqlite3_stmt *pXList = 0; /* PRAGMA index_list = (pIter->zTbl) */
sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; /* PRAGMA index_xinfo = <pk-index> */
-
+
p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXList, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_list = %Q", pIter->zTbl)
);
@@ -195816,7 +197862,7 @@
** a table b-tree where the table has an external primary key. If the
** iterator passed as the second argument does not currently point to
** a table (not index) with an external primary key, this function is a
-** no-op.
+** no-op.
**
** Assuming the iterator does point to a table with an external PK, this
** function creates a WITHOUT ROWID imposter table named "rbu_imposter2"
@@ -195843,8 +197889,8 @@
/* Figure out the name of the primary key index for the current table.
** This is needed for the argument to "PRAGMA index_xinfo". Set
** zIdx to point to a nul-terminated string containing this name. */
- p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pQuery, &p->zErrmsg,
- "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage = ?"
+ p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pQuery, &p->zErrmsg,
+ "SELECT name FROM sqlite_schema WHERE rootpage = ?"
);
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_bind_int(pQuery, 1, tnum);
@@ -195865,7 +197911,7 @@
int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1);
int bDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3);
const char *zCollate = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 4);
- zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d %s COLLATE %Q", zCols, zComma,
+ zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d %s COLLATE %Q", zCols, zComma,
iCid, pIter->azTblType[iCid], zCollate
);
zPk = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d%s", zPk, zComma, iCid, bDesc?" DESC":"");
@@ -195877,7 +197923,7 @@
sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum);
rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain,
- "CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(%z, PRIMARY KEY(%z)) WITHOUT ROWID",
+ "CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(%z, PRIMARY KEY(%z)) WITHOUT ROWID",
zCols, zPk
);
sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0);
@@ -195885,7 +197931,7 @@
}
/*
-** If an error has already occurred when this function is called, it
+** If an error has already occurred when this function is called, it
** immediately returns zero (without doing any work). Or, if an error
** occurs during the execution of this function, it sets the error code
** in the sqlite3rbu object indicated by the first argument and returns
@@ -195898,9 +197944,9 @@
** an imposter table are created, or zero otherwise.
**
** An imposter table is required in all cases except RBU_PK_VTAB. Only
-** virtual tables are written to directly. The imposter table has the
-** same schema as the actual target table (less any UNIQUE constraints).
-** More precisely, the "same schema" means the same columns, types,
+** virtual tables are written to directly. The imposter table has the
+** same schema as the actual target table (less any UNIQUE constraints).
+** More precisely, the "same schema" means the same columns, types,
** collation sequences. For tables that do not have an external PRIMARY
** KEY, it also means the same PRIMARY KEY declaration.
*/
@@ -195926,7 +197972,7 @@
** "PRIMARY KEY" to the imposter table column declaration. */
zPk = "PRIMARY KEY ";
}
- zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\" %s %sCOLLATE %Q%s",
+ zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\" %s %sCOLLATE %Q%s",
zSql, zComma, zCol, pIter->azTblType[iCol], zPk, zColl,
(pIter->abNotNull[iCol] ? " NOT NULL" : "")
);
@@ -195941,8 +197987,8 @@
}
sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum);
- rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"(%z)%s",
- pIter->zTbl, zSql,
+ rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"(%z)%s",
+ pIter->zTbl, zSql,
(pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ? " WITHOUT ROWID" : "")
);
sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0);
@@ -195956,12 +198002,12 @@
** INSERT INTO rbu_tmp_xxx VALUES(?, ?, ? ...);
**
** The number of bound variables is equal to the number of columns in
-** the target table, plus one (for the rbu_control column), plus one more
-** (for the rbu_rowid column) if the target table is an implicit IPK or
+** the target table, plus one (for the rbu_control column), plus one more
+** (for the rbu_rowid column) if the target table is an implicit IPK or
** virtual table.
*/
static void rbuObjIterPrepareTmpInsert(
- sqlite3rbu *p,
+ sqlite3rbu *p,
RbuObjIter *pIter,
const char *zCollist,
const char *zRbuRowid
@@ -195972,14 +198018,14 @@
assert( pIter->pTmpInsert==0 );
p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(
p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTmpInsert, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf(
- "INSERT INTO %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'(rbu_control,%s%s) VALUES(%z)",
+ "INSERT INTO %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'(rbu_control,%s%s) VALUES(%z)",
p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, zCollist, zRbuRowid, zBind
));
}
}
static void rbuTmpInsertFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nVal,
sqlite3_value **apVal
){
@@ -195988,8 +198034,8 @@
int i;
assert( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0
- || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL
- || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_NONE
+ || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL
+ || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_NONE
);
if( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0 ){
p->nPhaseOneStep += p->objiter.nIndex;
@@ -196017,7 +198063,7 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
- "SELECT trim(sql) FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='index' AND name=?"
+ "SELECT trim(sql) FROM sqlite_schema WHERE type='index' AND name=?"
);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -196104,12 +198150,12 @@
}
/*
-** Ensure that the SQLite statement handles required to update the
-** target database object currently indicated by the iterator passed
+** Ensure that the SQLite statement handles required to update the
+** target database object currently indicated by the iterator passed
** as the second argument are available.
*/
static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll(
- sqlite3rbu *p,
+ sqlite3rbu *p,
RbuObjIter *pIter,
int nOffset /* Add "LIMIT -1 OFFSET $nOffset" to SELECT */
){
@@ -196183,9 +198229,9 @@
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
"SELECT %s, 0 AS rbu_control FROM '%q' %s %s %s ORDER BY %s%s",
- zCollist,
+ zCollist,
pIter->zDataTbl,
- zPart,
+ zPart,
(zStart ? (zPart ? "AND" : "WHERE") : ""), zStart,
zCollist, zLimit
);
@@ -196206,7 +198252,7 @@
"%s %s typeof(rbu_control)='integer' AND rbu_control!=1 "
"ORDER BY %s%s",
zCollist, p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, zPart,
- zCollist, pIter->zDataTbl,
+ zCollist, pIter->zDataTbl,
zPart,
(zPart ? "AND" : "WHERE"),
zCollist, zLimit
@@ -196248,7 +198294,7 @@
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pInsert, pz,
sqlite3_mprintf(
- "INSERT INTO \"%s%w\"(%s%s) VALUES(%s)",
+ "INSERT INTO \"%s%w\"(%s%s) VALUES(%s)",
zWrite, zTbl, zCollist, (bRbuRowid ? ", _rowid_" : ""), zBindings
)
);
@@ -196341,10 +198387,10 @@
p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pSelect, pz,
sqlite3_mprintf(
"SELECT %s,%s rbu_control%s FROM '%q'%s %s %s %s",
- zCollist,
+ zCollist,
(rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "0 AS " : ""),
zRbuRowid,
- pIter->zDataTbl, (zStart ? zStart : ""),
+ pIter->zDataTbl, (zStart ? zStart : ""),
(zOrder ? "ORDER BY" : ""), zOrder,
zLimit
)
@@ -196362,16 +198408,16 @@
sqlite3_free(zCollist);
sqlite3_free(zLimit);
}
-
+
return p->rc;
}
/*
** Set output variable *ppStmt to point to an UPDATE statement that may
** be used to update the imposter table for the main table b-tree of the
-** table object that pIter currently points to, assuming that the
+** table object that pIter currently points to, assuming that the
** rbu_control column of the data_xyz table contains zMask.
-**
+**
** If the zMask string does not specify any columns to update, then this
** is not an error. Output variable *ppStmt is set to NULL in this case.
*/
@@ -196398,7 +198444,7 @@
*pp = pUp->pNext;
pUp->pNext = pIter->pRbuUpdate;
pIter->pRbuUpdate = pUp;
- *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate;
+ *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
nUp++;
@@ -196428,7 +198474,7 @@
const char *zPrefix = "";
if( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB ) zPrefix = "rbu_imp_";
- zUpdate = sqlite3_mprintf("UPDATE \"%s%w\" SET %s WHERE %s",
+ zUpdate = sqlite3_mprintf("UPDATE \"%s%w\" SET %s WHERE %s",
zPrefix, pIter->zTbl, zSet, zWhere
);
p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(
@@ -196444,8 +198490,8 @@
}
static sqlite3 *rbuOpenDbhandle(
- sqlite3rbu *p,
- const char *zName,
+ sqlite3rbu *p,
+ const char *zName,
int bUseVfs
){
sqlite3 *db = 0;
@@ -196474,8 +198520,8 @@
}
/*
-** Allocate an RbuState object and load the contents of the rbu_state
-** table into it. Return a pointer to the new object. It is the
+** Allocate an RbuState object and load the contents of the rbu_state
+** table into it. Return a pointer to the new object. It is the
** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the object using
** sqlite3_free().
**
@@ -196491,7 +198537,7 @@
pRet = (RbuState*)rbuMalloc(p, sizeof(RbuState));
if( pRet==0 ) return 0;
- rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
+ rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT k, v FROM %s.rbu_state", p->zStateDb)
);
while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
@@ -196599,9 +198645,9 @@
int bOk = 0;
sqlite3_stmt *pCnt = 0;
p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pCnt, &p->zErrmsg,
- "SELECT count(*) FROM stat.sqlite_master"
+ "SELECT count(*) FROM stat.sqlite_schema"
);
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
&& sqlite3_step(pCnt)==SQLITE_ROW
&& 1==sqlite3_column_int(pCnt, 0)
){
@@ -196614,7 +198660,7 @@
p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid state database");
}
-
+
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0);
}
@@ -196668,7 +198714,7 @@
if( *zExtra=='\0' ) zExtra = 0;
}
- zTarget = sqlite3_mprintf("file:%s-vactmp?rbu_memory=1%s%s",
+ zTarget = sqlite3_mprintf("file:%s-vactmp?rbu_memory=1%s%s",
sqlite3_db_filename(p->dbRbu, "main"),
(zExtra==0 ? "" : "&"), (zExtra==0 ? "" : zExtra)
);
@@ -196683,19 +198729,19 @@
}
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain,
+ p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain,
"rbu_tmp_insert", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTmpInsertFunc, 0, 0
);
}
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain,
+ p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain,
"rbu_fossil_delta", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, rbuFossilDeltaFunc, 0, 0
);
}
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu,
+ p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu,
"rbu_target_name", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTargetNameFunc, 0, 0
);
}
@@ -196703,9 +198749,9 @@
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
p->rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->dbMain, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU, (void*)p);
}
- rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master");
+ rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_schema");
- /* Mark the database file just opened as an RBU target database. If
+ /* Mark the database file just opened as an RBU target database. If
** this call returns SQLITE_NOTFOUND, then the RBU vfs is not in use.
** This is an error. */
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -196753,10 +198799,10 @@
}
/*
-** Return the current wal-index header checksum for the target database
+** Return the current wal-index header checksum for the target database
** as a 64-bit integer.
**
-** The checksum is store in the first page of xShmMap memory as an 8-byte
+** The checksum is store in the first page of xShmMap memory as an 8-byte
** blob starting at byte offset 40.
*/
static i64 rbuShmChecksum(sqlite3rbu *p){
@@ -196774,11 +198820,11 @@
/*
** This function is called as part of initializing or reinitializing an
-** incremental checkpoint.
+** incremental checkpoint.
**
-** It populates the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] array with the set of
-** (wal frame -> db page) copy operations required to checkpoint the
-** current wal file, and obtains the set of shm locks required to safely
+** It populates the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] array with the set of
+** (wal frame -> db page) copy operations required to checkpoint the
+** current wal file, and obtains the set of shm locks required to safely
** perform the copy operations directly on the file-system.
**
** If argument pState is not NULL, then the incremental checkpoint is
@@ -196796,7 +198842,7 @@
if( pState==0 ){
p->eStage = 0;
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master", 0, 0, 0);
+ p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_schema", 0, 0, 0);
}
}
@@ -196813,19 +198859,19 @@
** would be read/written are recorded in the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[]
** array.
**
- ** * Calls to xShmLock(UNLOCK) to release the exclusive shm WRITER,
+ ** * Calls to xShmLock(UNLOCK) to release the exclusive shm WRITER,
** READ0 and CHECKPOINT locks taken as part of the checkpoint are
** no-ops. These locks will not be released until the connection
** is closed.
**
- ** * Attempting to xSync() the database file causes an SQLITE_INTERNAL
+ ** * Attempting to xSync() the database file causes an SQLITE_INTERNAL
** error.
**
** As a result, unless an error (i.e. OOM or SQLITE_BUSY) occurs, the
** checkpoint below fails with SQLITE_INTERNAL, and leaves the aFrame[]
- ** array populated with a set of (frame -> page) mappings. Because the
- ** WRITER, CHECKPOINT and READ0 locks are still held, it is safe to copy
- ** data from the wal file into the database file according to the
+ ** array populated with a set of (frame -> page) mappings. Because the
+ ** WRITER, CHECKPOINT and READ0 locks are still held, it is safe to copy
+ ** data from the wal file into the database file according to the
** contents of aFrame[].
*/
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -196858,9 +198904,9 @@
p->nPagePerSector = 1;
}
- /* Call xSync() on the wal file. This causes SQLite to sync the
- ** directory in which the target database and the wal file reside, in
- ** case it has not been synced since the rename() call in
+ /* Call xSync() on the wal file. This causes SQLite to sync the
+ ** directory in which the target database and the wal file reside, in
+ ** case it has not been synced since the rename() call in
** rbuMoveOalFile(). */
p->rc = pWal->pMethods->xSync(pWal, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
}
@@ -196901,7 +198947,7 @@
/*
** Called when a page of data is written to offset iOff of the database
-** file while the rbu handle is in capture mode. Record the page number
+** file while the rbu handle is in capture mode. Record the page number
** of the page being written in the aFrame[] array.
*/
static int rbuCaptureDbWrite(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, i64 iOff){
@@ -196969,7 +199015,7 @@
** The RBU handle is currently in RBU_STAGE_OAL state, with a SHARED lock
** on the database file. This proc moves the *-oal file to the *-wal path,
** then reopens the database file (this time in vanilla, non-oal, WAL mode).
-** If an error occurs, leave an error code and error message in the rbu
+** If an error occurs, leave an error code and error message in the rbu
** handle.
*/
static void rbuMoveOalFile(sqlite3rbu *p){
@@ -196991,7 +199037,7 @@
}else{
/* Move the *-oal file to *-wal. At this point connection p->db is
** holding a SHARED lock on the target database file (because it is
- ** in WAL mode). So no other connection may be writing the db.
+ ** in WAL mode). So no other connection may be writing the db.
**
** In order to ensure that there are no database readers, an EXCLUSIVE
** lock is obtained here before the *-oal is moved to *-wal.
@@ -197149,8 +199195,8 @@
/* If this is an INSERT into a table b-tree and the table has an
** explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, check that this is not an attempt
** to write a NULL into the IPK column. That is not permitted. */
- if( eType==RBU_INSERT
- && pIter->zIdx==0 && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[i]
+ if( eType==RBU_INSERT
+ && pIter->zIdx==0 && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[i]
&& sqlite3_column_type(pIter->pSelect, i)==SQLITE_NULL
){
p->rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
@@ -197167,18 +199213,18 @@
if( p->rc ) return;
}
if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){
- if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB
- || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE
- || (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL && rbuIsVacuum(p))
+ if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB
+ || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE
+ || (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL && rbuIsVacuum(p))
){
- /* For a virtual table, or a table with no primary key, the
+ /* For a virtual table, or a table with no primary key, the
** SELECT statement is:
**
** SELECT <cols>, rbu_control, rbu_rowid FROM ....
**
** Hence column_value(pIter->nCol+1).
*/
- assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1,
+ assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1,
rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "rowid" : "rbu_rowid"
);
pVal = sqlite3_column_value(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1);
@@ -197242,8 +199288,8 @@
p->rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pUpdate, i+1, pVal);
}
}
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
- && (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE)
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE)
){
/* Bind the rbu_rowid value to column _rowid_ */
assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1, "rbu_rowid");
@@ -197273,7 +199319,7 @@
int iCookie = 1000000;
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
- p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(dbread, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(dbread, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
"PRAGMA schema_version"
);
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -197305,7 +199351,7 @@
int rc;
assert( p->zErrmsg==0 );
- rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg,
+ rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf(
"INSERT OR REPLACE INTO %s.rbu_state(k, v) VALUES "
"(%d, %d), "
@@ -197320,9 +199366,9 @@
"(%d, %Q) ",
p->zStateDb,
RBU_STATE_STAGE, eStage,
- RBU_STATE_TBL, p->objiter.zTbl,
- RBU_STATE_IDX, p->objiter.zIdx,
- RBU_STATE_ROW, p->nStep,
+ RBU_STATE_TBL, p->objiter.zTbl,
+ RBU_STATE_IDX, p->objiter.zIdx,
+ RBU_STATE_ROW, p->nStep,
RBU_STATE_PROGRESS, p->nProgress,
RBU_STATE_CKPT, p->iWalCksum,
RBU_STATE_COOKIE, (i64)pFd->iCookie,
@@ -197343,7 +199389,7 @@
/*
-** The second argument passed to this function is the name of a PRAGMA
+** The second argument passed to this function is the name of a PRAGMA
** setting - "page_size", "auto_vacuum", "user_version" or "application_id".
** This function executes the following on sqlite3rbu.dbRbu:
**
@@ -197362,7 +199408,7 @@
static void rbuCopyPragma(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zPragma){
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_stmt *pPragma = 0;
- p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pPragma, &p->zErrmsg,
+ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pPragma, &p->zErrmsg,
sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.%s", zPragma)
);
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pPragma) ){
@@ -197375,7 +199421,7 @@
}
/*
-** The RBU handle passed as the only argument has just been opened and
+** The RBU handle passed as the only argument has just been opened and
** the state database is empty. If this RBU handle was opened for an
** RBU vacuum operation, create the schema in the target db.
*/
@@ -197386,8 +199432,8 @@
assert( rbuIsVacuum(p) );
p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "PRAGMA writable_schema=1", 0,0, &p->zErrmsg);
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg,
- "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql!='' AND rootpage!=0"
+ p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg,
+ "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_schema WHERE sql!='' AND rootpage!=0"
" AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
" ORDER BY type DESC"
);
@@ -197401,14 +199447,14 @@
if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg,
- "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage=0 OR rootpage IS NULL"
+ p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg,
+ "SELECT * FROM sqlite_schema WHERE rootpage=0 OR rootpage IS NULL"
);
}
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg,
- "INSERT INTO sqlite_master VALUES(?,?,?,?,?)"
+ p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg,
+ "INSERT INTO sqlite_schema VALUES(?,?,?,?,?)"
);
}
@@ -197448,11 +199494,11 @@
while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl ){
if( pIter->bCleanup ){
- /* Clean up the rbu_tmp_xxx table for the previous table. It
+ /* Clean up the rbu_tmp_xxx table for the previous table. It
** cannot be dropped as there are currently active SQL statements.
** But the contents can be deleted. */
if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && pIter->abIndexed ){
- rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu,
+ rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu,
"DELETE FROM %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'", p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl
);
}
@@ -197502,10 +199548,10 @@
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( p->nStep>=p->nFrame ){
sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal;
-
+
/* Sync the db file */
p->rc = pDb->pMethods->xSync(pDb, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
-
+
/* Update nBackfill */
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
void volatile *ptr;
@@ -197514,7 +199560,7 @@
((u32 volatile*)ptr)[24] = p->iMaxFrame;
}
}
-
+
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_DONE;
p->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
@@ -197522,7 +199568,7 @@
}else{
/* At one point the following block copied a single frame from the
** wal file to the database file. So that one call to sqlite3rbu_step()
- ** checkpointed a single frame.
+ ** checkpointed a single frame.
**
** However, if the sector-size is larger than the page-size, and the
** application calls sqlite3rbu_savestate() or close() immediately
@@ -197536,7 +199582,7 @@
iSector = (pFrame->iDbPage-1) / p->nPagePerSector;
rbuCheckpointFrame(p, pFrame);
p->nStep++;
- }while( p->nStep<p->nFrame
+ }while( p->nStep<p->nFrame
&& iSector==((p->aFrame[p->nStep].iDbPage-1) / p->nPagePerSector)
&& p->rc==SQLITE_OK
);
@@ -197582,7 +199628,7 @@
RbuObjIter *pIter = &p->objiter;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl && (pIter->bCleanup
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl && (pIter->bCleanup
|| rbuStrCompare(pIter->zIdx, pState->zIdx)
|| (pState->zDataTbl==0 && rbuStrCompare(pIter->zTbl, pState->zTbl))
|| (pState->zDataTbl && rbuStrCompare(pIter->zDataTbl, pState->zDataTbl))
@@ -197658,7 +199704,7 @@
** the number of auxilliary indexes on the table.
*/
static void rbuIndexCntFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
int nVal,
sqlite3_value **apVal
){
@@ -197669,9 +199715,9 @@
sqlite3 *db = (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? p->dbRbu : p->dbMain);
assert( nVal==1 );
-
- rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(db, &pStmt, &zErrmsg,
- sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master "
+
+ rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(db, &pStmt, &zErrmsg,
+ sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_schema "
"WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name = %Q", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]))
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -197704,7 +199750,7 @@
** and the cnt column the number of rows it contains.
**
** sqlite3rbu.nPhaseOneStep is initialized to the sum of (1 + nIndex) * cnt
-** for all rows in the rbu_count table, where nIndex is the number of
+** for all rows in the rbu_count table, where nIndex is the number of
** indexes on the corresponding target database table.
*/
static void rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(sqlite3rbu *p){
@@ -197714,15 +199760,15 @@
p->nPhaseOneStep = -1;
- p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu,
+ p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu,
"rbu_index_cnt", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuIndexCntFunc, 0, 0
);
-
+
/* Check for the rbu_count table. If it does not exist, or if an error
** occurs, nPhaseOneStep will be left set to -1. */
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
- "SELECT 1 FROM sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name = 'rbu_count'"
+ "SELECT 1 FROM sqlite_schema WHERE tbl_name = 'rbu_count'"
);
}
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -197731,7 +199777,7 @@
}
p->rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}
-
+
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg,
"SELECT sum(cnt * (1 + rbu_index_cnt(rbu_target_name(tbl))))"
@@ -197749,7 +199795,7 @@
static sqlite3rbu *openRbuHandle(
- const char *zTarget,
+ const char *zTarget,
const char *zRbu,
const char *zState
){
@@ -197787,7 +199833,7 @@
** to be a wal-mode db. But, this may have happened due to an earlier
** RBU vacuum operation leaving an old wal file in the directory.
** If this is the case, it will have been checkpointed and deleted
- ** when the handle was closed and a second attempt to open the
+ ** when the handle was closed and a second attempt to open the
** database may succeed. */
rbuOpenDatabase(p, &bRetry);
if( bRetry ){
@@ -197800,7 +199846,7 @@
assert( pState || p->rc!=SQLITE_OK );
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( pState->eStage==0 ){
+ if( pState->eStage==0 ){
rbuDeleteOalFile(p);
rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(p);
p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_OAL;
@@ -197824,15 +199870,15 @@
}
}
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
&& (p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE)
&& pState->eStage!=0
){
rbu_file *pFd = (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? p->pRbuFd : p->pTargetFd);
- if( pFd->iCookie!=pState->iCookie ){
+ if( pFd->iCookie!=pState->iCookie ){
/* At this point (pTargetFd->iCookie) contains the value of the
- ** change-counter cookie (the thing that gets incremented when a
- ** transaction is committed in rollback mode) currently stored on
+ ** change-counter cookie (the thing that gets incremented when a
+ ** transaction is committed in rollback mode) currently stored on
** page 1 of the database file. */
p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("database modified during rbu %s",
@@ -197869,7 +199915,7 @@
}
/* Check if the main database is a zipvfs db. If it is, set the upper
- ** level pager to use "journal_mode=off". This prevents it from
+ ** level pager to use "journal_mode=off". This prevents it from
** generating a large journal using a temp file. */
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int frc = sqlite3_file_control(db, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS, 0);
@@ -197915,10 +199961,10 @@
}
/*
-** Open and return a new RBU handle.
+** Open and return a new RBU handle.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open(
- const char *zTarget,
+ const char *zTarget,
const char *zRbu,
const char *zState
){
@@ -197931,7 +199977,7 @@
** Open a handle to begin or resume an RBU VACUUM operation.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum(
- const char *zTarget,
+ const char *zTarget,
const char *zState
){
if( zTarget==0 ){ return rbuMisuseError(); }
@@ -198005,8 +200051,8 @@
rbuObjIterFinalize(&p->objiter);
/* If this is an RBU vacuum handle and the vacuum has either finished
- ** successfully or encountered an error, delete the contents of the
- ** state table. This causes the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum()
+ ** successfully or encountered an error, delete the contents of the
+ ** state table. This causes the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum()
** specifying the current target and state databases to start a new
** vacuum from scratch. */
if( rbuIsVacuum(p) && p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && p->dbRbu ){
@@ -198039,7 +200085,7 @@
}
/*
-** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or
+** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or
** updates) that have been performed on the target database since the
** current RBU update was started.
*/
@@ -198137,7 +200183,7 @@
if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){
assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
const char *zBegin = rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "BEGIN" : "BEGIN IMMEDIATE";
rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, zBegin, 0, 0, 0);
}
@@ -198152,7 +200198,7 @@
** Beginning of RBU VFS shim methods. The VFS shim modifies the behaviour
** of a standard VFS in the following ways:
**
-** 1. Whenever the first page of a main database file is read or
+** 1. Whenever the first page of a main database file is read or
** written, the value of the change-counter cookie is stored in
** rbu_file.iCookie. Similarly, the value of the "write-version"
** database header field is stored in rbu_file.iWriteVer. This ensures
@@ -198160,15 +200206,15 @@
**
** 2. Whenever an SQLITE_OPEN_WAL file is opened, the (rbu_file.pWalFd)
** member variable of the associated database file descriptor is set
-** to point to the new file. A mutex protected linked list of all main
-** db fds opened using a particular RBU VFS is maintained at
+** to point to the new file. A mutex protected linked list of all main
+** db fds opened using a particular RBU VFS is maintained at
** rbu_vfs.pMain to facilitate this.
**
-** 3. Using a new file-control "SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU", a main db rbu_file
+** 3. Using a new file-control "SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU", a main db rbu_file
** object can be marked as the target database of an RBU update. This
** turns on the following extra special behaviour:
**
-** 3a. If xAccess() is called to check if there exists a *-wal file
+** 3a. If xAccess() is called to check if there exists a *-wal file
** associated with an RBU target database currently in RBU_STAGE_OAL
** stage (preparing the *-oal file), the following special handling
** applies:
@@ -198181,26 +200227,26 @@
**
** Then, when xOpen() is called to open the *-wal file associated with
** the RBU target in RBU_STAGE_OAL stage, instead of opening the *-wal
-** file, the rbu vfs opens the corresponding *-oal file instead.
+** file, the rbu vfs opens the corresponding *-oal file instead.
**
** 3b. The *-shm pages returned by xShmMap() for a target db file in
** RBU_STAGE_OAL mode are actually stored in heap memory. This is to
** avoid creating a *-shm file on disk. Additionally, xShmLock() calls
** are no-ops on target database files in RBU_STAGE_OAL mode. This is
-** because assert() statements in some VFS implementations fail if
+** because assert() statements in some VFS implementations fail if
** xShmLock() is called before xShmMap().
**
** 3c. If an EXCLUSIVE lock is attempted on a target database file in any
-** mode except RBU_STAGE_DONE (all work completed and checkpointed), it
+** mode except RBU_STAGE_DONE (all work completed and checkpointed), it
** fails with an SQLITE_BUSY error. This is to stop RBU connections
** from automatically checkpointing a *-wal (or *-oal) file from within
** sqlite3_close().
**
** 3d. In RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE mode, all xRead() calls on the wal file, and
-** all xWrite() calls on the target database file perform no IO.
+** all xWrite() calls on the target database file perform no IO.
** Instead the frame and page numbers that would be read and written
** are recorded. Additionally, successful attempts to obtain exclusive
-** xShmLock() WRITER, CHECKPOINTER and READ0 locks on the target
+** xShmLock() WRITER, CHECKPOINTER and READ0 locks on the target
** database file are recorded. xShmLock() calls to unlock the same
** locks are no-ops (so that once obtained, these locks are never
** relinquished). Finally, calls to xSync() on the target database
@@ -198276,7 +200322,7 @@
}
/*
-** Given that zWal points to a buffer containing a wal file name passed to
+** Given that zWal points to a buffer containing a wal file name passed to
** either the xOpen() or xAccess() VFS method, search the main-db list for
** a file-handle opened by the same database connection on the corresponding
** database file.
@@ -198329,7 +200375,7 @@
/*
-** Read and return an unsigned 32-bit big-endian integer from the buffer
+** Read and return an unsigned 32-bit big-endian integer from the buffer
** passed as the only argument.
*/
static u32 rbuGetU32(u8 *aBuf){
@@ -198359,9 +200405,9 @@
** Read data from an rbuVfs-file.
*/
static int rbuVfsRead(
- sqlite3_file *pFile,
- void *zBuf,
- int iAmt,
+ sqlite3_file *pFile,
+ void *zBuf,
+ int iAmt,
sqlite_int64 iOfst
){
rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile;
@@ -198372,20 +200418,20 @@
assert( p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
rc = rbuCaptureWalRead(p->pRbu, iOfst, iAmt);
}else{
- if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL
- && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL)
- && iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz
+ if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL
+ && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL)
+ && iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz
){
rc = SQLITE_OK;
memset(zBuf, 0, iAmt);
}else{
rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
#if 1
- /* If this is being called to read the first page of the target
- ** database as part of an rbu vacuum operation, synthesize the
+ /* If this is being called to read the first page of the target
+ ** database as part of an rbu vacuum operation, synthesize the
** contents of the first page if it does not yet exist. Otherwise,
** SQLite will not check for a *-wal file. */
- if( pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(pRbu)
+ if( pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(pRbu)
&& rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ && iOfst==0
&& (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
&& pRbu->rc==SQLITE_OK
@@ -198425,9 +200471,9 @@
** Write data to an rbuVfs-file.
*/
static int rbuVfsWrite(
- sqlite3_file *pFile,
- const void *zBuf,
- int iAmt,
+ sqlite3_file *pFile,
+ const void *zBuf,
+ int iAmt,
sqlite_int64 iOfst
){
rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile;
@@ -198439,8 +200485,8 @@
rc = rbuCaptureDbWrite(p->pRbu, iOfst);
}else{
if( pRbu ){
- if( pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL
- && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL)
+ if( pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL
+ && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL)
&& iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz
){
pRbu->iOalSz = iAmt + iOfst;
@@ -198500,10 +200546,10 @@
/* If this is an RBU vacuum operation and this is the target database,
** pretend that it has at least one page. Otherwise, SQLite will not
- ** check for the existance of a *-wal file. rbuVfsRead() contains
+ ** check for the existance of a *-wal file. rbuVfsRead() contains
** similar logic. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *pSize==0
- && p->pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(p->pRbu)
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *pSize==0
+ && p->pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(p->pRbu)
&& (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
){
*pSize = 1024;
@@ -198520,10 +200566,10 @@
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) );
- if( eLock==SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE
+ if( eLock==SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE
&& (p->bNolock || (pRbu && pRbu->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_DONE))
){
- /* Do not allow EXCLUSIVE locks. Preventing SQLite from taking this
+ /* Do not allow EXCLUSIVE locks. Preventing SQLite from taking this
** prevents it from checkpointing the database from sqlite3_close(). */
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}else{
@@ -198636,8 +200682,8 @@
assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) );
if( pRbu && (pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE) ){
/* Magic number 1 is the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock. Preventing SQLite from
- ** taking this lock also prevents any checkpoints from occurring.
- ** todo: really, it's not clear why this might occur, as
+ ** taking this lock also prevents any checkpoints from occurring.
+ ** todo: really, it's not clear why this might occur, as
** wal_autocheckpoint ought to be turned off. */
if( ofst==WAL_LOCK_CKPT && n==1 ) rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}else{
@@ -198661,10 +200707,10 @@
** Obtain a pointer to a mapping of a single 32KiB page of the *-shm file.
*/
static int rbuVfsShmMap(
- sqlite3_file *pFile,
- int iRegion,
- int szRegion,
- int isWrite,
+ sqlite3_file *pFile,
+ int iRegion,
+ int szRegion,
+ int isWrite,
void volatile **pp
){
rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile;
@@ -198672,7 +200718,7 @@
int eStage = (p->pRbu ? p->pRbu->eStage : 0);
/* If not in RBU_STAGE_OAL, allow this call to pass through. Or, if this
- ** rbu is in the RBU_STAGE_OAL state, use heap memory for *-shm space
+ ** rbu is in the RBU_STAGE_OAL state, use heap memory for *-shm space
** instead of a file on disk. */
assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) );
if( eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){
@@ -198798,7 +200844,7 @@
if( pDb->pRbu && pDb->pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){
/* This call is to open a *-wal file. Intead, open the *-oal. This
** code ensures that the string passed to xOpen() is terminated by a
- ** pair of '\0' bytes in case the VFS attempts to extract a URI
+ ** pair of '\0' bytes in case the VFS attempts to extract a URI
** parameter from it. */
const char *zBase = zName;
size_t nCopy;
@@ -198827,8 +200873,8 @@
pFd->pRbu = pRbuVfs->pRbu;
}
- if( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB
- && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "rbu_memory", 0)
+ if( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB
+ && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "rbu_memory", 0)
){
assert( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
oflags = SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
@@ -198867,9 +200913,9 @@
** is available, or false otherwise.
*/
static int rbuVfsAccess(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- const char *zPath,
- int flags,
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+ const char *zPath,
+ int flags,
int *pResOut
){
rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs = (rbu_vfs*)pVfs;
@@ -198885,7 +200931,7 @@
** a) if the *-wal file does exist, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN. This
** ensures that the RBU extension never tries to update a database
** in wal mode, even if the first page of the database file has
- ** been damaged.
+ ** been damaged.
**
** b) if the *-wal file does not exist, claim that it does anyway,
** causing SQLite to call xOpen() to open it. This call will also
@@ -198915,9 +200961,9 @@
** of at least (DEVSYM_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes.
*/
static int rbuVfsFullPathname(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- const char *zPath,
- int nOut,
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+ const char *zPath,
+ int nOut,
char *zOut
){
sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs;
@@ -198935,7 +200981,7 @@
/*
** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable
-** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated
+** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated
** with dynamic libraries.
*/
static void rbuVfsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){
@@ -198947,8 +200993,8 @@
** Return a pointer to the symbol zSymbol in the dynamic library pHandle.
*/
static void (*rbuVfsDlSym(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- void *pArg,
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+ void *pArg,
const char *zSym
))(void){
sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs;
@@ -198965,7 +201011,7 @@
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
/*
-** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of
+** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of
** random data.
*/
static int rbuVfsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
@@ -198974,7 +201020,7 @@
}
/*
-** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds
+** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds
** actually slept.
*/
static int rbuVfsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
@@ -199140,22 +201186,22 @@
/*
** Page paths:
-**
-** The value of the 'path' column describes the path taken from the
-** root-node of the b-tree structure to each page. The value of the
+**
+** The value of the 'path' column describes the path taken from the
+** root-node of the b-tree structure to each page. The value of the
** root-node path is '/'.
**
** The value of the path for the left-most child page of the root of
** a b-tree is '/000/'. (Btrees store content ordered from left to right
** so the pages to the left have smaller keys than the pages to the right.)
** The next to left-most child of the root page is
-** '/001', and so on, each sibling page identified by a 3-digit hex
+** '/001', and so on, each sibling page identified by a 3-digit hex
** value. The children of the 451st left-most sibling have paths such
** as '/1c2/000/, '/1c2/001/' etc.
**
-** Overflow pages are specified by appending a '+' character and a
+** Overflow pages are specified by appending a '+' character and a
** six-digit hexadecimal value to the path to the cell they are linked
-** from. For example, the three overflow pages in a chain linked from
+** from. For example, the three overflow pages in a chain linked from
** the left-most cell of the 450th child of the root page are identified
** by the paths:
**
@@ -199169,7 +201215,7 @@
**
** '/1c2/000/' // Left-most child of 451st child of root
*/
-static const char zDbstatSchema[] =
+static const char zDbstatSchema[] =
"CREATE TABLE x("
" name TEXT," /* 0 Name of table or index */
" path TEXT," /* 1 Path to page from root (NULL for agg) */
@@ -199351,6 +201397,7 @@
i = 0;
if( iSchema>=0 ){
pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[iSchema].argvIndex = ++i;
+ pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[iSchema].omit = 1;
pIdxInfo->idxNum |= 0x01;
}
if( iName>=0 ){
@@ -199363,8 +201410,8 @@
}
pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;
- /* Records are always returned in ascending order of (name, path).
- ** If this will satisfy the client, set the orderByConsumed flag so that
+ /* Records are always returned in ascending order of (name, path).
+ ** If this will satisfy the client, set the orderByConsumed flag so that
** SQLite does not do an external sort.
*/
if( ( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy==1
@@ -199470,7 +201517,7 @@
int nLocal;
int nMinLocal;
int nMaxLocal;
-
+
if( flags==0x0D ){ /* Table leaf node */
nMinLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 32 / 255 - 23;
nMaxLocal = nUsable - 35;
@@ -199565,7 +201612,9 @@
if( nPayload>(u32)nLocal ){
int j;
int nOvfl = ((nPayload - nLocal) + nUsable-4 - 1) / (nUsable - 4);
- if( iOff+nLocal>nUsable ) goto statPageIsCorrupt;
+ if( iOff+nLocal>nUsable || nPayload>0x7fffffff ){
+ goto statPageIsCorrupt;
+ }
pCell->nLastOvfl = (nPayload-nLocal) - (nOvfl-1) * (nUsable-4);
pCell->nOvfl = nOvfl;
pCell->aOvfl = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(u32)*nOvfl);
@@ -199579,7 +201628,7 @@
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
assert( pPg==0 );
return rc;
- }
+ }
pCell->aOvfl[j] = sqlite3Get4byte(sqlite3PagerGetData(pPg));
sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
}
@@ -199674,7 +201723,7 @@
while( pCell->iOvfl<pCell->nOvfl ){
int nUsable, iOvfl;
sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
- nUsable = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) -
+ nUsable = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) -
sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(pBt);
sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
pCsr->nPage++;
@@ -199794,7 +201843,7 @@
** meaning of the bits in idxNum.
*/
static int statFilter(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
@@ -199834,10 +201883,10 @@
pSql = sqlite3_str_new(pTab->db);
sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql,
"SELECT * FROM ("
- "SELECT 'sqlite_master' AS name,1 AS rootpage,'table' AS type"
+ "SELECT 'sqlite_schema' AS name,1 AS rootpage,'table' AS type"
" UNION ALL "
"SELECT name,rootpage,type"
- " FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master WHERE rootpage!=0)",
+ " FROM \"%w\".sqlite_schema WHERE rootpage!=0)",
pTab->db->aDb[pCsr->iDb].zDbSName);
if( zName ){
sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, "WHERE name=%Q", zName);
@@ -199860,8 +201909,8 @@
}
static int statColumn(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
- sqlite3_context *ctx,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
+ sqlite3_context *ctx,
int i
){
StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
@@ -199979,7 +202028,7 @@
** This file contains an implementation of the "sqlite_dbpage" virtual table.
**
** The sqlite_dbpage virtual table is used to read or write whole raw
-** pages of the database file. The pager interface is used so that
+** pages of the database file. The pager interface is used so that
** uncommitted changes and changes recorded in the WAL file are correctly
** retrieved.
**
@@ -200040,7 +202089,7 @@
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY);
- rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db,
+ rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db,
"CREATE TABLE x(pgno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB, schema HIDDEN)");
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pTab = (DbpageTable *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(DbpageTable));
@@ -200180,7 +202229,7 @@
** idxStr is not used
*/
static int dbpageFilter(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
@@ -200191,7 +202240,7 @@
Btree *pBt;
/* Default setting is no rows of result */
- pCsr->pgno = 1;
+ pCsr->pgno = 1;
pCsr->mxPgno = 0;
if( idxNum & 2 ){
@@ -200226,8 +202275,8 @@
}
static int dbpageColumn(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
- sqlite3_context *ctx,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
+ sqlite3_context *ctx,
int i
){
DbpageCursor *pCsr = (DbpageCursor *)pCursor;
@@ -200304,7 +202353,7 @@
goto update_fail;
}
szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt);
- if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[3])!=SQLITE_BLOB
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[3])!=SQLITE_BLOB
|| sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[3])!=szPage
){
zErr = "bad page value";
@@ -200449,7 +202498,7 @@
};
/*
-** An object of this type is used internally as an abstraction for
+** An object of this type is used internally as an abstraction for
** input data. Input data may be supplied either as a single large buffer
** (e.g. sqlite3changeset_start()) or using a stream function (e.g.
** sqlite3changeset_start_strm()).
@@ -200510,11 +202559,11 @@
SessionChange **apChange; /* Hash table buckets */
};
-/*
+/*
** RECORD FORMAT:
**
-** The following record format is similar to (but not compatible with) that
-** used in SQLite database files. This format is used as part of the
+** The following record format is similar to (but not compatible with) that
+** used in SQLite database files. This format is used as part of the
** change-set binary format, and so must be architecture independent.
**
** Unlike the SQLite database record format, each field is self-contained -
@@ -200548,7 +202597,7 @@
** Real values:
** An 8-byte big-endian IEEE 754-2008 real value.
**
-** Varint values are encoded in the same way as varints in the SQLite
+** Varint values are encoded in the same way as varints in the SQLite
** record format.
**
** CHANGESET FORMAT:
@@ -200580,7 +202629,7 @@
**
** The new.* record that is part of each INSERT change contains the values
** that make up the new row. Similarly, the old.* record that is part of each
-** DELETE change contains the values that made up the row that was deleted
+** DELETE change contains the values that made up the row that was deleted
** from the database. In the changeset format, the records that are part
** of INSERT or DELETE changes never contain any undefined (type byte 0x00)
** fields.
@@ -200589,8 +202638,8 @@
** associated with table columns that are not PRIMARY KEY columns and are
** not modified by the UPDATE change are set to "undefined". Other fields
** are set to the values that made up the row before the UPDATE that the
-** change records took place. Within the new.* record, fields associated
-** with table columns modified by the UPDATE change contain the new
+** change records took place. Within the new.* record, fields associated
+** with table columns modified by the UPDATE change contain the new
** values. Fields associated with table columns that are not modified
** are set to "undefined".
**
@@ -200616,7 +202665,7 @@
**
** As in the changeset format, each field of the single record that is part
** of a patchset change is associated with the correspondingly positioned
-** table column, counting from left to right within the CREATE TABLE
+** table column, counting from left to right within the CREATE TABLE
** statement.
**
** For a DELETE change, all fields within the record except those associated
@@ -200634,7 +202683,7 @@
**
** REBASE BLOB FORMAT:
**
-** A rebase blob may be output by sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and its
+** A rebase blob may be output by sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and its
** streaming equivalent for use with the sqlite3_rebaser APIs to rebase
** existing changesets. A rebase blob contains one entry for each conflict
** resolved using either the OMIT or REPLACE strategies within the apply_v2()
@@ -200658,7 +202707,7 @@
**
** In a rebase blob, the first field is set to SQLITE_INSERT if the change
** that caused the conflict was an INSERT or UPDATE, or to SQLITE_DELETE if
-** it was a DELETE. The second field is set to 0x01 if the conflict
+** it was a DELETE. The second field is set to 0x01 if the conflict
** resolution strategy was REPLACE, or 0x00 if it was OMIT.
**
** If the change that caused the conflict was a DELETE, then the single
@@ -200682,7 +202731,7 @@
};
/*
-** Write a varint with value iVal into the buffer at aBuf. Return the
+** Write a varint with value iVal into the buffer at aBuf. Return the
** number of bytes written.
*/
static int sessionVarintPut(u8 *aBuf, int iVal){
@@ -200697,7 +202746,7 @@
}
/*
-** Read a varint value from aBuf[] into *piVal. Return the number of
+** Read a varint value from aBuf[] into *piVal. Return the number of
** bytes read.
*/
static int sessionVarintGet(u8 *aBuf, int *piVal){
@@ -200736,13 +202785,13 @@
** This function is used to serialize the contents of value pValue (see
** comment titled "RECORD FORMAT" above).
**
-** If it is non-NULL, the serialized form of the value is written to
+** If it is non-NULL, the serialized form of the value is written to
** buffer aBuf. *pnWrite is set to the number of bytes written before
** returning. Or, if aBuf is NULL, the only thing this function does is
** set *pnWrite.
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. Or, if an OOM error occurs
-** within a call to sqlite3_value_text() (may fail if the db is utf-16))
+** within a call to sqlite3_value_text() (may fail if the db is utf-16))
** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
*/
static int sessionSerializeValue(
@@ -200754,16 +202803,16 @@
if( pValue ){
int eType; /* Value type (SQLITE_NULL, TEXT etc.) */
-
+
eType = sqlite3_value_type(pValue);
if( aBuf ) aBuf[0] = eType;
-
+
switch( eType ){
- case SQLITE_NULL:
+ case SQLITE_NULL:
nByte = 1;
break;
-
- case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+
+ case SQLITE_INTEGER:
case SQLITE_FLOAT:
if( aBuf ){
/* TODO: SQLite does something special to deal with mixed-endian
@@ -200780,14 +202829,14 @@
}
sessionPutI64(&aBuf[1], i);
}
- nByte = 9;
+ nByte = 9;
break;
-
+
default: {
u8 *z;
int n;
int nVarint;
-
+
assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB );
if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
z = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_text(pValue);
@@ -200797,12 +202846,12 @@
n = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue);
if( z==0 && (eType!=SQLITE_BLOB || n>0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
nVarint = sessionVarintLen(n);
-
+
if( aBuf ){
sessionVarintPut(&aBuf[1], n);
if( n ) memcpy(&aBuf[nVarint + 1], z, n);
}
-
+
nByte = 1 + nVarint + n;
break;
}
@@ -200844,7 +202893,7 @@
}
/*
-** Append the hash of the blob passed via the second and third arguments to
+** Append the hash of the blob passed via the second and third arguments to
** the hash-key value passed as the first. Return the new hash-key value.
*/
static unsigned int sessionHashAppendBlob(unsigned int h, int n, const u8 *z){
@@ -200863,7 +202912,7 @@
/*
** This function may only be called from within a pre-update callback.
-** It calculates a hash based on the primary key values of the old.* or
+** It calculates a hash based on the primary key values of the old.* or
** new.* row currently available and, assuming no error occurs, writes it to
** *piHash before returning. If the primary key contains one or more NULL
** values, *pbNullPK is set to true before returning.
@@ -200970,12 +203019,12 @@
int isPK = pTab->abPK[i];
if( bPkOnly && isPK==0 ) continue;
- /* It is not possible for eType to be SQLITE_NULL here. The session
+ /* It is not possible for eType to be SQLITE_NULL here. The session
** module does not record changes for rows with NULL values stored in
** primary key columns. */
- assert( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT
- || eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB
- || eType==SQLITE_NULL || eType==0
+ assert( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT
+ || eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB
+ || eType==SQLITE_NULL || eType==0
);
assert( !isPK || (eType!=0 && eType!=SQLITE_NULL) );
@@ -200986,7 +203035,7 @@
h = sessionHashAppendI64(h, sessionGetI64(a));
a += 8;
}else{
- int n;
+ int n;
a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n);
h = sessionHashAppendBlob(h, n, a);
a += n;
@@ -201001,7 +203050,7 @@
/*
** Arguments aLeft and aRight are pointers to change records for table pTab.
** This function returns true if the two records apply to the same row (i.e.
-** have the same values stored in the primary key columns), or false
+** have the same values stored in the primary key columns), or false
** otherwise.
*/
static int sessionChangeEqual(
@@ -201038,17 +203087,17 @@
** Arguments aLeft and aRight both point to buffers containing change
** records with nCol columns. This function "merges" the two records into
** a single records which is written to the buffer at *paOut. *paOut is
-** then set to point to one byte after the last byte written before
+** then set to point to one byte after the last byte written before
** returning.
**
-** The merging of records is done as follows: For each column, if the
+** The merging of records is done as follows: For each column, if the
** aRight record contains a value for the column, copy the value from
** their. Otherwise, if aLeft contains a value, copy it. If neither
** record contains a value for a given column, then neither does the
** output record.
*/
static void sessionMergeRecord(
- u8 **paOut,
+ u8 **paOut,
int nCol,
u8 *aLeft,
u8 *aRight
@@ -201078,13 +203127,13 @@
/*
** This is a helper function used by sessionMergeUpdate().
**
-** When this function is called, both *paOne and *paTwo point to a value
-** within a change record. Before it returns, both have been advanced so
+** When this function is called, both *paOne and *paTwo point to a value
+** within a change record. Before it returns, both have been advanced so
** as to point to the next value in the record.
**
** If, when this function is called, *paTwo points to a valid value (i.e.
** *paTwo[0] is not 0x00 - the "no value" placeholder), a copy of the *paTwo
-** pointer is returned and *pnVal is set to the number of bytes in the
+** pointer is returned and *pnVal is set to the number of bytes in the
** serialized value. Otherwise, a copy of *paOne is returned and *pnVal
** set to the number of bytes in the value at *paOne. If *paOne points
** to the "no value" placeholder, *pnVal is set to 1. In other words:
@@ -201183,8 +203232,8 @@
aOld = sessionMergeValue(&aOld1, &aOld2, &nOld);
aNew = sessionMergeValue(&aNew1, &aNew2, &nNew);
- if( bPatchset==0
- && (pTab->abPK[i] || (nOld==nNew && 0==memcmp(aOld, aNew, nNew)))
+ if( bPatchset==0
+ && (pTab->abPK[i] || (nOld==nNew && 0==memcmp(aOld, aNew, nNew)))
){
*(aOut++) = '\0';
}else{
@@ -201273,7 +203322,7 @@
}
/*
-** If required, grow the hash table used to store changes on table pTab
+** If required, grow the hash table used to store changes on table pTab
** (part of the session pSession). If a fatal OOM error occurs, set the
** session object to failed and return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, return
** SQLITE_OK.
@@ -201413,7 +203462,7 @@
*pzTab = (char *)pAlloc;
pAlloc += nThis+1;
}
-
+
i = 0;
while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
int nName = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 1);
@@ -201426,7 +203475,7 @@
i++;
}
rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-
+
}
/* If successful, populate the output variables. Otherwise, zero them and
@@ -201456,14 +203505,14 @@
** If an error occurs, an error code is stored in sqlite3_session.rc and
** non-zero returned. Or, if no error occurs but the table has no primary
** key, sqlite3_session.rc is left set to SQLITE_OK and non-zero returned to
-** indicate that updates on this table should be ignored. SessionTable.abPK
+** indicate that updates on this table should be ignored. SessionTable.abPK
** is set to NULL in this case.
*/
static int sessionInitTable(sqlite3_session *pSession, SessionTable *pTab){
if( pTab->nCol==0 ){
u8 *abPK;
assert( pTab->azCol==0 || pTab->abPK==0 );
- pSession->rc = sessionTableInfo(pSession->db, pSession->zDb,
+ pSession->rc = sessionTableInfo(pSession->db, pSession->zDb,
pTab->zName, &pTab->nCol, 0, &pTab->azCol, &abPK
);
if( pSession->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -201524,7 +203573,7 @@
/*
-** This function is only called from with a pre-update-hook reporting a
+** This function is only called from with a pre-update-hook reporting a
** change on table pTab (attached to session pSession). The type of change
** (UPDATE, INSERT, DELETE) is specified by the first argument.
**
@@ -201536,8 +203585,8 @@
sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object pTab is attached to */
SessionTable *pTab /* Table that change applies to */
){
- int iHash;
- int bNull = 0;
+ int iHash;
+ int bNull = 0;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
SessionStat1Ctx stat1 = {{0,0,0,0,0},0};
@@ -201546,7 +203595,7 @@
/* Load table details if required */
if( sessionInitTable(pSession, pTab) ) return;
- /* Check the number of columns in this xPreUpdate call matches the
+ /* Check the number of columns in this xPreUpdate call matches the
** number of columns in the table. */
if( pTab->nCol!=pSession->hook.xCount(pSession->hook.pCtx) ){
pSession->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
@@ -201598,10 +203647,10 @@
SessionChange *pChange; /* New change object */
sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate */
int i; /* Used to iterate through columns */
-
+
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
pTab->nEntry++;
-
+
/* Figure out how large an allocation is required */
nByte = sizeof(SessionChange);
for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
@@ -201619,7 +203668,7 @@
rc = sessionSerializeValue(0, p, &nByte);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto error_out;
}
-
+
/* Allocate the change object */
pChange = (SessionChange *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte);
if( !pChange ){
@@ -201629,7 +203678,7 @@
memset(pChange, 0, sizeof(SessionChange));
pChange->aRecord = (u8 *)&pChange[1];
}
-
+
/* Populate the change object. None of the preupdate_old(),
** preupdate_new() or SerializeValue() calls below may fail as all
** required values and encodings have already been cached in memory.
@@ -201657,8 +203706,8 @@
}else if( pC->bIndirect ){
/* If the existing change is considered "indirect", but this current
** change is "direct", mark the change object as direct. */
- if( pSession->hook.xDepth(pSession->hook.pCtx)==0
- && pSession->bIndirect==0
+ if( pSession->hook.xDepth(pSession->hook.pCtx)==0
+ && pSession->bIndirect==0
){
pC->bIndirect = 0;
}
@@ -201676,7 +203725,7 @@
}
static int sessionFindTable(
- sqlite3_session *pSession,
+ sqlite3_session *pSession,
const char *zName,
SessionTable **ppTab
){
@@ -201693,7 +203742,7 @@
/* If there is a table-filter configured, invoke it. If it returns 0,
** do not automatically add the new table. */
if( pSession->xTableFilter==0
- || pSession->xTableFilter(pSession->pFilterCtx, zName)
+ || pSession->xTableFilter(pSession->pFilterCtx, zName)
){
rc = sqlite3session_attach(pSession, zName);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -201728,8 +203777,8 @@
for(pSession=(sqlite3_session *)pCtx; pSession; pSession=pSession->pNext){
SessionTable *pTab;
- /* If this session is attached to a different database ("main", "temp"
- ** etc.), or if it is not currently enabled, there is nothing to do. Skip
+ /* If this session is attached to a different database ("main", "temp"
+ ** etc.), or if it is not currently enabled, there is nothing to do. Skip
** to the next session object attached to this database. */
if( pSession->bEnable==0 ) continue;
if( pSession->rc ) continue;
@@ -201820,7 +203869,7 @@
static char *sessionExprComparePK(
int nCol,
- const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2,
+ const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2,
const char *zTab,
const char **azCol, u8 *abPK
){
@@ -201843,7 +203892,7 @@
static char *sessionExprCompareOther(
int nCol,
- const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2,
+ const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2,
const char *zTab,
const char **azCol, u8 *abPK
){
@@ -201920,9 +203969,9 @@
}
static int sessionDiffFindModified(
- sqlite3_session *pSession,
- SessionTable *pTab,
- const char *zFrom,
+ sqlite3_session *pSession,
+ SessionTable *pTab,
+ const char *zFrom,
const char *zExpr
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -202021,7 +204070,7 @@
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- zExpr = sessionExprComparePK(pTo->nCol,
+ zExpr = sessionExprComparePK(pTo->nCol,
zDb, zFrom, pTo->zName, pTo->azCol, pTo->abPK
);
}
@@ -202076,7 +204125,7 @@
memcpy(pNew->zDb, zDb, nDb+1);
sessionPreupdateHooks(pNew);
- /* Add the new session object to the linked list of session objects
+ /* Add the new session object to the linked list of session objects
** attached to database handle $db. Do this under the cover of the db
** handle mutex. */
sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
@@ -202135,7 +204184,7 @@
sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
sqlite3ValueFree(pSession->pZeroBlob);
- /* Delete all attached table objects. And the contents of their
+ /* Delete all attached table objects. And the contents of their
** associated hash-tables. */
sessionDeleteTable(pSession->pTable);
@@ -202147,7 +204196,7 @@
** Set a table filter on a Session Object.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter(
- sqlite3_session *pSession,
+ sqlite3_session *pSession,
int(*xFilter)(void*, const char*),
void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xFilter */
){
@@ -202191,7 +204240,7 @@
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
/* Populate the new SessionTable object and link it into the list.
- ** The new object must be linked onto the end of the list, not
+ ** The new object must be linked onto the end of the list, not
** simply added to the start of it in order to ensure that tables
** appear in the correct order when a changeset or patchset is
** eventually generated. */
@@ -202259,8 +204308,8 @@
}
/*
-** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
-** called. Otherwise, append a single byte to the buffer.
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
+** called. Otherwise, append a single byte to the buffer.
**
** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before
** returning.
@@ -202272,8 +204321,8 @@
}
/*
-** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
-** called. Otherwise, append a single varint to the buffer.
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
+** called. Otherwise, append a single varint to the buffer.
**
** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before
** returning.
@@ -202285,16 +204334,16 @@
}
/*
-** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
-** called. Otherwise, append a blob of data to the buffer.
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
+** called. Otherwise, append a blob of data to the buffer.
**
** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before
** returning.
*/
static void sessionAppendBlob(
- SessionBuffer *p,
- const u8 *aBlob,
- int nBlob,
+ SessionBuffer *p,
+ const u8 *aBlob,
+ int nBlob,
int *pRc
){
if( nBlob>0 && 0==sessionBufferGrow(p, nBlob, pRc) ){
@@ -202304,7 +204353,7 @@
}
/*
-** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
** called. Otherwise, append a string to the buffer. All bytes in the string
** up to (but not including) the nul-terminator are written to the buffer.
**
@@ -202312,8 +204361,8 @@
** returning.
*/
static void sessionAppendStr(
- SessionBuffer *p,
- const char *zStr,
+ SessionBuffer *p,
+ const char *zStr,
int *pRc
){
int nStr = sqlite3Strlen30(zStr);
@@ -202324,7 +204373,7 @@
}
/*
-** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
** called. Otherwise, append the string representation of integer iVal
** to the buffer. No nul-terminator is written.
**
@@ -202342,9 +204391,9 @@
}
/*
-** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
** called. Otherwise, append the string zStr enclosed in quotes (") and
-** with any embedded quote characters escaped to the buffer. No
+** with any embedded quote characters escaped to the buffer. No
** nul-terminator byte is written.
**
** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before
@@ -202417,8 +204466,8 @@
/*
**
-** This function appends an update change to the buffer (see the comments
-** under "CHANGESET FORMAT" at the top of the file). An update change
+** This function appends an update change to the buffer (see the comments
+** under "CHANGESET FORMAT" at the top of the file). An update change
** consists of:
**
** 1 byte: SQLITE_UPDATE (0x17)
@@ -202433,10 +204482,10 @@
** If all of the old.* values are equal to their corresponding new.* value
** (i.e. nothing has changed), then no data at all is appended to the buffer.
**
-** Otherwise, the old.* record contains all primary key values and the
-** original values of any fields that have been modified. The new.* record
+** Otherwise, the old.* record contains all primary key values and the
+** original values of any fields that have been modified. The new.* record
** contains the new values of only those fields that have been modified.
-*/
+*/
static int sessionAppendUpdate(
SessionBuffer *pBuf, /* Buffer to append to */
int bPatchset, /* True for "patchset", 0 for "changeset" */
@@ -202487,8 +204536,8 @@
int nHdr = 1 + sessionVarintGet(&pCsr[1], &n);
assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB );
nAdvance = nHdr + n;
- if( eType==sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)
- && n==sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, i)
+ if( eType==sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)
+ && n==sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, i)
&& (n==0 || 0==memcmp(&pCsr[nHdr], sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, i), n))
){
break;
@@ -202715,7 +204764,7 @@
/*
** This function is a no-op if *pRc is set to other than SQLITE_OK when it
-** is called. Otherwise, append a serialized table header (part of the binary
+** is called. Otherwise, append a serialized table header (part of the binary
** changeset format) to buffer *pBuf. If an error occurs, set *pRc to an
** SQLite error code before returning.
*/
@@ -202739,7 +204788,7 @@
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the new changeset/patchset
** stored in output variables *pnChangeset and *ppChangeset. Or, if an error
-** occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and both output variables set
+** occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and both output variables set
** to 0.
*/
static int sessionGenerateChangeset(
@@ -202824,10 +204873,10 @@
/* If the buffer is now larger than sessions_strm_chunk_size, pass
** its contents to the xOutput() callback. */
- if( xOutput
- && rc==SQLITE_OK
- && buf.nBuf>nNoop
- && buf.nBuf>sessions_strm_chunk_size
+ if( xOutput
+ && rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && buf.nBuf>nNoop
+ && buf.nBuf>sessions_strm_chunk_size
){
rc = xOutput(pOut, (void*)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf);
nNoop = -1;
@@ -202862,10 +204911,10 @@
}
/*
-** Obtain a changeset object containing all changes recorded by the
+** Obtain a changeset object containing all changes recorded by the
** session object passed as the first argument.
**
-** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer
** using sqlite3_free().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset(
@@ -202899,10 +204948,10 @@
}
/*
-** Obtain a patchset object containing all changes recorded by the
+** Obtain a patchset object containing all changes recorded by the
** session object passed as the first argument.
**
-** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer
** using sqlite3_free().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset(
@@ -203108,7 +205157,7 @@
/*
** This function sets the value of the sqlite3_value object passed as the
-** first argument to a copy of the string or blob held in the aData[]
+** first argument to a copy of the string or blob held in the aData[]
** buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if an OOM
** error occurs.
*/
@@ -203119,7 +205168,7 @@
u8 enc /* String encoding (0 for blobs) */
){
/* In theory this code could just pass SQLITE_TRANSIENT as the final
- ** argument to sqlite3ValueSetStr() and have the copy created
+ ** argument to sqlite3ValueSetStr() and have the copy created
** automatically. But doing so makes it difficult to detect any OOM
** error. Hence the code to create the copy externally. */
u8 *aCopy = sqlite3_malloc64((sqlite3_int64)nData+1);
@@ -203220,7 +205269,7 @@
** + array of PK flags (1 byte per column),
** + table name (nul terminated).
**
-** This function ensures that all of the above is present in the input
+** This function ensures that all of the above is present in the input
** buffer (i.e. that it can be accessed without any calls to xInput()).
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
** The input pointer is not moved.
@@ -203234,11 +205283,11 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
nRead += sessionVarintGet(&pIn->aData[pIn->iNext + nRead], &nCol);
/* The hard upper limit for the number of columns in an SQLite
- ** database table is, according to sqliteLimit.h, 32676. So
- ** consider any table-header that purports to have more than 65536
- ** columns to be corrupt. This is convenient because otherwise,
- ** if the (nCol>65536) condition below were omitted, a sufficiently
- ** large value for nCol may cause nRead to wrap around and become
+ ** database table is, according to sqliteLimit.h, 32676. So
+ ** consider any table-header that purports to have more than 65536
+ ** columns to be corrupt. This is convenient because otherwise,
+ ** if the (nCol>65536) condition below were omitted, a sufficiently
+ ** large value for nCol may cause nRead to wrap around and become
** negative. Leading to a crash. */
if( nCol<0 || nCol>65536 ){
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
@@ -203303,8 +205352,8 @@
** + array of PK flags (1 byte per column),
** + table name (nul terminated).
**
-** This function decodes the table-header and populates the p->nCol,
-** p->zTab and p->abPK[] variables accordingly. The p->apValue[] array is
+** This function decodes the table-header and populates the p->nCol,
+** p->zTab and p->abPK[] variables accordingly. The p->apValue[] array is
** also allocated or resized according to the new value of p->nCol. The
** input pointer is left pointing to the byte following the table header.
**
@@ -203341,8 +205390,13 @@
}
p->apValue = (sqlite3_value**)p->tblhdr.aBuf;
- p->abPK = (u8*)&p->apValue[p->nCol*2];
- p->zTab = (char*)&p->abPK[p->nCol];
+ if( p->apValue==0 ){
+ p->abPK = 0;
+ p->zTab = 0;
+ }else{
+ p->abPK = (u8*)&p->apValue[p->nCol*2];
+ p->zTab = p->abPK ? (char*)&p->abPK[p->nCol] : 0;
+ }
return (p->rc = rc);
}
@@ -203357,9 +205411,9 @@
** record is written to *paRec before returning and the number of bytes in
** the record to *pnRec.
**
-** Either way, this function returns SQLITE_ROW if the iterator is
-** successfully advanced to the next change in the changeset, an SQLite
-** error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_DONE if there are no further
+** Either way, this function returns SQLITE_ROW if the iterator is
+** successfully advanced to the next change in the changeset, an SQLite
+** error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_DONE if there are no further
** changes in the changeset.
*/
static int sessionChangesetNext(
@@ -203423,7 +205477,7 @@
return (p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT);
}
- if( paRec ){
+ if( paRec ){
int nVal; /* Number of values to buffer */
if( p->bPatchset==0 && op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){
nVal = p->nCol * 2;
@@ -203590,7 +205644,7 @@
/*
** This function may only be called with a changeset iterator that has been
-** passed to an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT
+** passed to an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT
** conflict-handler function. Otherwise, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned.
**
** If successful, *ppValue is set to point to an sqlite3_value structure
@@ -203864,6 +205918,7 @@
u8 *abPK; /* Boolean array - true if column is in PK */
int bStat1; /* True if table is sqlite_stat1 */
int bDeferConstraints; /* True to defer constraints */
+ int bInvertConstraints; /* Invert when iterating constraints buffer */
SessionBuffer constraints; /* Deferred constraints are stored here */
SessionBuffer rebase; /* Rebase information (if any) here */
u8 bRebaseStarted; /* If table header is already in rebase */
@@ -203898,7 +205953,7 @@
SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0};
int nPk = 0;
- sessionAppendStr(&buf, "DELETE FROM ", &rc);
+ sessionAppendStr(&buf, "DELETE FROM main.", &rc);
sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zTab, &rc);
sessionAppendStr(&buf, " WHERE ", &rc);
@@ -203940,7 +205995,7 @@
}
/*
-** Formulate and prepare a statement to UPDATE a row from database db.
+** Formulate and prepare a statement to UPDATE a row from database db.
** Assuming a table structure like this:
**
** CREATE TABLE x(a, b, c, d, PRIMARY KEY(a, c));
@@ -203952,7 +206007,7 @@
** b = CASE WHEN ?5 THEN ?6 ELSE b END,
** c = CASE WHEN ?8 THEN ?9 ELSE c END,
** d = CASE WHEN ?11 THEN ?12 ELSE d END
-** WHERE a = ?1 AND c = ?7 AND (?13 OR
+** WHERE a = ?1 AND c = ?7 AND (?13 OR
** (?5==0 OR b IS ?4) AND (?11==0 OR d IS ?10) AND
** )
**
@@ -203981,7 +206036,7 @@
SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0};
/* Append "UPDATE tbl SET " */
- sessionAppendStr(&buf, "UPDATE ", &rc);
+ sessionAppendStr(&buf, "UPDATE main.", &rc);
sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zTab, &rc);
sessionAppendStr(&buf, " SET ", &rc);
@@ -204104,7 +206159,7 @@
/*
** Prepare statements for applying changes to the sqlite_stat1 table.
** These are similar to those created by sessionSelectRow(),
-** sessionInsertRow(), sessionUpdateRow() and sessionDeleteRow() for
+** sessionInsertRow(), sessionUpdateRow() and sessionDeleteRow() for
** other tables.
*/
static int sessionStat1Sql(sqlite3 *db, SessionApplyCtx *p){
@@ -204138,7 +206193,7 @@
}
/*
-** A wrapper around sqlite3_bind_value() that detects an extra problem.
+** A wrapper around sqlite3_bind_value() that detects an extra problem.
** See comments in the body of this function for details.
*/
static int sessionBindValue(
@@ -204161,15 +206216,15 @@
}
/*
-** Iterator pIter must point to an SQLITE_INSERT entry. This function
+** Iterator pIter must point to an SQLITE_INSERT entry. This function
** transfers new.* values from the current iterator entry to statement
** pStmt. The table being inserted into has nCol columns.
**
-** New.* value $i from the iterator is bound to variable ($i+1) of
+** New.* value $i from the iterator is bound to variable ($i+1) of
** statement pStmt. If parameter abPK is NULL, all values from 0 to (nCol-1)
** are transfered to the statement. Otherwise, if abPK is not NULL, it points
-** to an array nCol elements in size. In this case only those values for
-** which abPK[$i] is true are read from the iterator and bound to the
+** to an array nCol elements in size. In this case only those values for
+** which abPK[$i] is true are read from the iterator and bound to the
** statement.
**
** An SQLite error code is returned if an error occurs. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
@@ -204185,8 +206240,8 @@
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
/* Neither sqlite3changeset_old or sqlite3changeset_new can fail if the
- ** argument iterator points to a suitable entry. Make sure that xValue
- ** is one of these to guarantee that it is safe to ignore the return
+ ** argument iterator points to a suitable entry. Make sure that xValue
+ ** is one of these to guarantee that it is safe to ignore the return
** in the code below. */
assert( xValue==sqlite3changeset_old || xValue==sqlite3changeset_new );
@@ -204210,18 +206265,18 @@
** SQL statement pSelect is as generated by the sessionSelectRow() function.
** This function binds the primary key values from the change that changeset
** iterator pIter points to to the SELECT and attempts to seek to the table
-** entry. If a row is found, the SELECT statement left pointing at the row
+** entry. If a row is found, the SELECT statement left pointing at the row
** and SQLITE_ROW is returned. Otherwise, if no row is found and no error
** has occured, the statement is reset and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an
** error occurs, the statement is reset and an SQLite error code is returned.
**
-** If this function returns SQLITE_ROW, the caller must eventually reset()
+** If this function returns SQLITE_ROW, the caller must eventually reset()
** statement pSelect. If any other value is returned, the statement does
** not require a reset().
**
** If the iterator currently points to an INSERT record, bind values from the
** new.* record to the SELECT statement. Or, if it points to a DELETE or
-** UPDATE, bind values from the old.* record.
+** UPDATE, bind values from the old.* record.
*/
static int sessionSeekToRow(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */
@@ -204235,7 +206290,7 @@
const char *zDummy; /* Unused */
sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zDummy, &nCol, &op, 0);
- rc = sessionBindRow(pIter,
+ rc = sessionBindRow(pIter,
op==SQLITE_INSERT ? sqlite3changeset_new : sqlite3changeset_old,
nCol, abPK, pSelect
);
@@ -204252,7 +206307,7 @@
** This function is called from within sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() when
** a conflict is encountered and resolved using conflict resolution
** mode eType (either SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT or SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE)..
-** It adds a conflict resolution record to the buffer in
+** It adds a conflict resolution record to the buffer in
** SessionApplyCtx.rebase, which will eventually be returned to the caller
** of apply_v2() as the "rebase" buffer.
**
@@ -204280,7 +206335,7 @@
assert( eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE||eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT );
assert( eOp==SQLITE_DELETE || eOp==SQLITE_INSERT || eOp==SQLITE_UPDATE );
- sessionAppendByte(&p->rebase,
+ sessionAppendByte(&p->rebase,
(eOp==SQLITE_DELETE ? SQLITE_DELETE : SQLITE_INSERT), &rc
);
sessionAppendByte(&p->rebase, (eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE), &rc);
@@ -204328,7 +206383,7 @@
** is set to non-zero before returning SQLITE_OK.
**
** If the conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT, SQLITE_ABORT is
-** returned. Or, if the conflict handler returns an invalid value,
+** returned. Or, if the conflict handler returns an invalid value,
** SQLITE_MISUSE. If the conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT,
** this function returns SQLITE_OK.
*/
@@ -204418,16 +206473,16 @@
** to true before returning. In this case the caller will invoke this function
** again, this time with pbRetry set to NULL.
**
-** If argument pbReplace is NULL and a CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict is
+** If argument pbReplace is NULL and a CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict is
** encountered invoke the conflict handler with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT instead.
** Or, if pbReplace is not NULL, invoke it with CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If such
** an invocation returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE, set *pbReplace to true
** before retrying. In this case the caller attempts to remove the conflicting
-** row before invoking this function again, this time with pbReplace set
+** row before invoking this function again, this time with pbReplace set
** to NULL.
**
** If any conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT, this function
-** returns SQLITE_ABORT. Otherwise, if no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is
+** returns SQLITE_ABORT. Otherwise, if no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is
** returned.
*/
static int sessionApplyOneOp(
@@ -204527,7 +206582,7 @@
assert( op==SQLITE_INSERT );
if( p->bStat1 ){
/* Check if there is a conflicting row. For sqlite_stat1, this needs
- ** to be done using a SELECT, as there is no PRIMARY KEY in the
+ ** to be done using a SELECT, as there is no PRIMARY KEY in the
** database schema to throw an exception if a duplicate is inserted. */
rc = sessionSeekToRow(p->db, pIter, p->abPK, p->pSelect);
if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
@@ -204560,7 +206615,7 @@
** the conflict handler callback.
**
** The difference between this function and sessionApplyOne() is that this
-** function handles the case where the conflict-handler is invoked and
+** function handles the case where the conflict-handler is invoked and
** returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE - indicating that the change should be
** retried in some manner.
*/
@@ -204580,7 +206635,7 @@
/* If the bRetry flag is set, the change has not been applied due to an
** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem (i.e. this is an UPDATE or DELETE and
** a row with the correct PK is present in the db, but one or more other
- ** fields do not contain the expected values) and the conflict handler
+ ** fields do not contain the expected values) and the conflict handler
** returned SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE. In this case retry the operation,
** but pass NULL as the final argument so that sessionApplyOneOp() ignores
** the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem. */
@@ -204598,7 +206653,7 @@
assert( pIter->op==SQLITE_INSERT );
rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "SAVEPOINT replace_op", 0, 0, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sessionBindRow(pIter,
+ rc = sessionBindRow(pIter,
sqlite3changeset_new, pApply->nCol, pApply->abPK, pApply->pDelete);
sqlite3_bind_int(pApply->pDelete, pApply->nCol+1, 1);
}
@@ -204622,7 +206677,7 @@
** Retry the changes accumulated in the pApply->constraints buffer.
*/
static int sessionRetryConstraints(
- sqlite3 *db,
+ sqlite3 *db,
int bPatchset,
const char *zTab,
SessionApplyCtx *pApply,
@@ -204636,7 +206691,9 @@
SessionBuffer cons = pApply->constraints;
memset(&pApply->constraints, 0, sizeof(SessionBuffer));
- rc = sessionChangesetStart(&pIter2, 0, 0, cons.nBuf, cons.aBuf, 0);
+ rc = sessionChangesetStart(
+ &pIter2, 0, 0, cons.nBuf, cons.aBuf, pApply->bInvertConstraints
+ );
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
size_t nByte = 2*pApply->nCol*sizeof(sqlite3_value*);
int rc2;
@@ -204670,7 +206727,7 @@
/*
** Argument pIter is a changeset iterator that has been initialized, but
-** not yet passed to sqlite3changeset_next(). This function applies the
+** not yet passed to sqlite3changeset_next(). This function applies the
** changeset to the main database attached to handle "db". The supplied
** conflict handler callback is invoked to resolve any conflicts encountered
** while applying the change.
@@ -204703,6 +206760,7 @@
pIter->in.bNoDiscard = 1;
memset(&sApply, 0, sizeof(sApply));
sApply.bRebase = (ppRebase && pnRebase);
+ sApply.bInvertConstraints = !!(flags & SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT);
sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
if( (flags & SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT)==0 ){
rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "SAVEPOINT changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0);
@@ -204714,7 +206772,7 @@
int nCol;
int op;
const char *zNew;
-
+
sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zNew, &nCol, &op, 0);
if( zTab==0 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zNew, zTab, nTab+1) ){
@@ -204727,7 +206785,7 @@
sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.azCol); /* cast works around VC++ bug */
sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pDelete);
- sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate);
+ sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate);
sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pInsert);
sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pSelect);
sApply.db = db;
@@ -204743,7 +206801,7 @@
sApply.bRebaseStarted = 0;
memset(&sApply.constraints, 0, sizeof(SessionBuffer));
- /* If an xFilter() callback was specified, invoke it now. If the
+ /* If an xFilter() callback was specified, invoke it now. If the
** xFilter callback returns zero, skip this table. If it returns
** non-zero, proceed. */
schemaMismatch = (xFilter && (0==xFilter(pCtx, zNew)));
@@ -204767,18 +206825,18 @@
for(i=0; i<sApply.nCol; i++){
if( sApply.abPK[i] ) nMinCol = i+1;
}
-
+
if( sApply.nCol==0 ){
schemaMismatch = 1;
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA,
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA,
"sqlite3changeset_apply(): no such table: %s", zTab
);
}
else if( sApply.nCol<nCol ){
schemaMismatch = 1;
- sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA,
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA,
"sqlite3changeset_apply(): table %s has %d columns, "
- "expected %d or more",
+ "expected %d or more",
zTab, sApply.nCol, nCol
);
}
@@ -204871,7 +206929,7 @@
}
/*
-** Apply the changeset passed via pChangeset/nChangeset to the main
+** Apply the changeset passed via pChangeset/nChangeset to the main
** database attached to handle "db".
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
@@ -204891,7 +206949,7 @@
void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase,
int flags
){
- sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */
+ sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */
int bInverse = !!(flags & SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT);
int rc = sessionChangesetStart(&pIter, 0, 0, nChangeset, pChangeset,bInverse);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -204949,7 +207007,7 @@
void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase,
int flags
){
- sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */
+ sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */
int bInverse = !!(flags & SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT);
int rc = sessionChangesetStart(&pIter, xInput, pIn, 0, 0, bInverse);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -205078,7 +207136,7 @@
}else{
int op1 = pExist->op;
- /*
+ /*
** op1=INSERT, op2=INSERT -> Unsupported. Discard op2.
** op1=INSERT, op2=UPDATE -> INSERT.
** op1=INSERT, op2=DELETE -> (none)
@@ -205090,7 +207148,7 @@
** op1=DELETE, op2=INSERT -> UPDATE.
** op1=DELETE, op2=UPDATE -> Unsupported. Discard op2.
** op1=DELETE, op2=DELETE -> Unsupported. Discard op2.
- */
+ */
if( (op1==SQLITE_INSERT && op2==SQLITE_INSERT)
|| (op1==SQLITE_UPDATE && op2==SQLITE_INSERT)
|| (op1==SQLITE_DELETE && op2==SQLITE_UPDATE)
@@ -205229,7 +207287,7 @@
/* The new object must be linked on to the end of the list, not
** simply added to the start of it. This is to ensure that the
- ** tables within the output of sqlite3changegroup_output() are in
+ ** tables within the output of sqlite3changegroup_output() are in
** the right order. */
for(ppTab=&pGrp->pList; *ppTab; ppTab=&(*ppTab)->pNext);
*ppTab = pTab;
@@ -205247,7 +207305,7 @@
pTab, (pIter->bPatchset && op==SQLITE_DELETE), aRec, pTab->nChange
);
- /* Search for existing entry. If found, remove it from the hash table.
+ /* Search for existing entry. If found, remove it from the hash table.
** Code below may link it back in.
*/
for(pp=&pTab->apChange[iHash]; *pp; pp=&(*pp)->pNext){
@@ -205265,7 +207323,7 @@
}
}
- rc = sessionChangeMerge(pTab, bRebase,
+ rc = sessionChangeMerge(pTab, bRebase,
pIter->bPatchset, pExist, op, bIndirect, aRec, nRec, &pChange
);
if( rc ) break;
@@ -205286,7 +207344,7 @@
**
** If xOutput is not NULL, then the changeset/patchset is returned to the
** user via one or more calls to xOutput, as with the other streaming
-** interfaces.
+** interfaces.
**
** Or, if xOutput is NULL, then (*ppOut) is populated with a pointer to a
** buffer containing the output changeset before this function returns. In
@@ -205311,7 +207369,7 @@
assert( xOutput==0 || (ppOut==0 && pnOut==0) );
/* Create the serialized output changeset based on the contents of the
- ** hash tables attached to the SessionTable objects in list p->pList.
+ ** hash tables attached to the SessionTable objects in list p->pList.
*/
for(pTab=pGrp->pList; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTab; pTab=pTab->pNext){
int i;
@@ -205414,7 +207472,7 @@
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(
sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp,
- int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+ int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
void *pOut
){
return sessionChangegroupOutput(pGrp, xOutput, pOut, 0, 0);
@@ -205430,7 +207488,7 @@
}
}
-/*
+/*
** Combine two changesets together.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat(
@@ -205497,7 +207555,7 @@
/*
** Buffers a1 and a2 must both contain a sessions module record nCol
-** fields in size. This function appends an nCol sessions module
+** fields in size. This function appends an nCol sessions module
** record to buffer pBuf that is a copy of a1, except that for
** each field that is undefined in a1[], swap in the field from a2[].
*/
@@ -205532,20 +207590,20 @@
}
/*
-** This function is called when rebasing a local UPDATE change against one
+** This function is called when rebasing a local UPDATE change against one
** or more remote UPDATE changes. The aRec/nRec buffer contains the current
** old.* and new.* records for the change. The rebase buffer (a single
** record) is in aChange/nChange. The rebased change is appended to buffer
** pBuf.
**
-** Rebasing the UPDATE involves:
+** Rebasing the UPDATE involves:
**
** * Removing any changes to fields for which the corresponding field
** in the rebase buffer is set to "replaced" (type 0xFF). If this
** means the UPDATE change updates no fields, nothing is appended
** to the output buffer.
**
-** * For each field modified by the local change for which the
+** * For each field modified by the local change for which the
** corresponding field in the rebase buffer is not "undefined" (0x00)
** or "replaced" (0xFF), the old.* value is replaced by the value
** in the rebase buffer.
@@ -205604,15 +207662,15 @@
}
/*
-** pIter is configured to iterate through a changeset. This function rebases
-** that changeset according to the current configuration of the rebaser
+** pIter is configured to iterate through a changeset. This function rebases
+** that changeset according to the current configuration of the rebaser
** object passed as the first argument. If no error occurs and argument xOutput
** is not NULL, then the changeset is returned to the caller by invoking
** xOutput zero or more times and SQLITE_OK returned. Or, if xOutput is NULL,
** then (*ppOut) is set to point to a buffer containing the rebased changeset
** before this function returns. In this case (*pnOut) is set to the size of
** the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually
-** free the (*ppOut) buffer using sqlite3_free().
+** free the (*ppOut) buffer using sqlite3_free().
**
** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. If ppOut and
** pnOut are not NULL, then the two output parameters are set to 0 before
@@ -205690,7 +207748,7 @@
sessionAppendByte(&sOut, SQLITE_INSERT, &rc);
sessionAppendByte(&sOut, pIter->bIndirect, &rc);
sessionAppendRecordMerge(&sOut, pIter->nCol,
- pCsr, nRec-(pCsr-aRec),
+ pCsr, nRec-(pCsr-aRec),
pChange->aRecord, pChange->nRecord, &rc
);
}
@@ -205747,7 +207805,7 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Create a new rebaser object.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew){
@@ -205764,11 +207822,11 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** Call this one or more times to configure a rebaser.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure(
- sqlite3_rebaser *p,
+ sqlite3_rebaser *p,
int nRebase, const void *pRebase
){
sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator opened on pData/nData */
@@ -205781,15 +207839,15 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Rebase a changeset according to current rebaser configuration
+/*
+** Rebase a changeset according to current rebaser configuration
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase(
sqlite3_rebaser *p,
- int nIn, const void *pIn,
- int *pnOut, void **ppOut
+ int nIn, const void *pIn,
+ int *pnOut, void **ppOut
){
- sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator to skip through input */
+ sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator to skip through input */
int rc = sqlite3changeset_start(&pIter, nIn, (void*)pIn);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -205800,8 +207858,8 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Rebase a changeset according to current rebaser configuration
+/*
+** Rebase a changeset according to current rebaser configuration
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm(
sqlite3_rebaser *p,
@@ -205810,7 +207868,7 @@
int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
void *pOut
){
- sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator to skip through input */
+ sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator to skip through input */
int rc = sqlite3changeset_start_strm(&pIter, xInput, pIn);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -205821,8 +207879,8 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Destroy a rebaser object
+/*
+** Destroy a rebaser object
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p){
if( p ){
@@ -205831,7 +207889,7 @@
}
}
-/*
+/*
** Global configuration
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg){
@@ -205858,9 +207916,9 @@
/************** Begin file fts5.c ********************************************/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5)
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5)
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# define NDEBUG 1
#endif
#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
@@ -205879,7 +207937,7 @@
**
******************************************************************************
**
-** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file,
+** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file,
** FTS5 may be extended with:
**
** * custom tokenizers, and
@@ -205924,19 +207982,19 @@
** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS
**
** xUserData(pFts):
-** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was
+** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was
** registered with.
**
** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken):
** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken
** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is
** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return
-** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in
+** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in
** the FTS5 table.
**
** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
-** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
+** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
** returned.
**
** xColumnCount(pFts):
@@ -205950,7 +208008,7 @@
**
** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
-** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
+** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
** returned.
**
** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table
@@ -205977,8 +208035,8 @@
** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
-** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
+** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
+** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0.
**
** xInst:
@@ -205993,7 +208051,7 @@
** code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option.
+** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option.
**
** xRowid:
** Returns the rowid of the current row.
@@ -206009,11 +208067,11 @@
**
** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the
** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to
-** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each
-** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument
-** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback
+** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each
+** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument
+** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback
** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row.
-** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as
+** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as
** the third argument to pUserData.
**
** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the
@@ -206028,14 +208086,14 @@
**
** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete)
**
-** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's
+** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's
** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any
** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of
** the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API.
**
** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for
-** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked
-** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a
+** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked
+** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a
** single auxiliary data context.
**
** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is
@@ -206054,7 +208112,7 @@
**
** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear)
**
-** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension
+** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension
** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details.
**
** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared
@@ -206074,7 +208132,7 @@
** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within
** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the
** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient
-** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate
+** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate
** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code:
**
** Fts5PhraseIter iter;
@@ -206092,8 +208150,8 @@
** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below).
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
-** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
+** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
+** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates
** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1).
**
@@ -206117,16 +208175,16 @@
** }
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either
-** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table),
-** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to
+** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either
+** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table),
+** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to
** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1).
**
** The information accessed using this API and its companion
** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext
** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is
** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with
-** "detail=column" tables.
+** "detail=column" tables.
**
** xPhraseNextColumn()
** See xPhraseFirstColumn above.
@@ -206140,7 +208198,7 @@
int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow);
int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken);
- int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*,
+ int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*,
const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */
void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */
int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */
@@ -206169,15 +208227,15 @@
void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol);
};
-/*
+/*
** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS
**
-** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer
-** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the
+** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer
+** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the
** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting
** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined
** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows:
@@ -206188,16 +208246,16 @@
**
** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*)
** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object
-** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()).
+** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()).
** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings
** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the
** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used
** to create the FTS5 table.
**
-** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut)
+** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut)
** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK
** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should
-** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut
+** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut
** is undefined.
**
** xDelete:
@@ -206206,7 +208264,7 @@
** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
**
** xTokenize:
-** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated
+** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated
** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first
** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object
** returned by an earlier call to xCreate().
@@ -206220,8 +208278,8 @@
** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the
** FTS index.
**
-** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed
-** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize
+** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed
+** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize
** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query.
**
** <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as
@@ -206229,10 +208287,10 @@
** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token
** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix.
**
-** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to
+** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to
** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary
** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same
-** on a columnsize=0 database.
+** on a columnsize=0 database.
** </ul>
**
** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must
@@ -206244,10 +208302,10 @@
** which the token is derived within the input.
**
** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should
-** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports
+** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports
** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details.
**
-** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the
+** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the
** order that they occur within the input text.
**
** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then
@@ -206261,7 +208319,7 @@
** SYNONYM SUPPORT
**
** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a
-** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the
+** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the
** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances
** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms
** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match
@@ -206281,34 +208339,34 @@
**
** <li> By querying the index for all synonyms of each query term
** separately. In this case, when tokenizing query text, the
-** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term
-** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each
+** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term
+** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each
** synonym individually. For example, faced with the query:
**
** <codeblock>
** ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock>
**
** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the
-** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query
+** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query
** similar to:
**
** <codeblock>
** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock>
**
** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query
-** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)"
+** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)"
** being treated as a single phrase.
**
** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer
-** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a
+** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a
** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are
** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and
** "place".
**
** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms
** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do so would be
-** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for
+** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for
** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entries in the
** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token.
** </ol>
@@ -206329,11 +208387,11 @@
**
** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time
** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token
-** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence.
+** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence.
** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a
** single token.
**
-** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add
+** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add
** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms,
** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it
** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the
@@ -206345,18 +208403,18 @@
** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer
** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first").
**
-** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case,
+** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case,
** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix
** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because
** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space
** within the database.
**
** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method,
-** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal
+** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal
** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to
** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st'
** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require
-** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index.
+** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index.
** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries,
** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym.
**
@@ -206370,10 +208428,10 @@
struct fts5_tokenizer {
int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut);
void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*);
- int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*,
+ int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*,
void *pCtx,
int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */
- const char *pText, int nText,
+ const char *pText, int nText,
int (*xToken)(
void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */
int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
@@ -206494,7 +208552,7 @@
#endif
-/* Truncate very long tokens to this many bytes. Hard limit is
+/* Truncate very long tokens to this many bytes. Hard limit is
** (65536-1-1-4-9)==65521 bytes. The limiting factor is the 16-bit offset
** field that occurs at the start of each leaf page (see fts5_index.c). */
#define FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE 32768
@@ -206507,7 +208565,7 @@
#define FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES 31
/*
-** Maximum segments permitted in a single index
+** Maximum segments permitted in a single index
*/
#define FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT 2000
@@ -206527,7 +208585,7 @@
/*
** The assert_nc() macro is similar to the assert() macro, except that it
-** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be
+** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be
** guranteed that the database is not corrupt.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
@@ -206556,7 +208614,7 @@
typedef struct Fts5Global Fts5Global;
typedef struct Fts5Colset Fts5Colset;
-/* If a NEAR() clump or phrase may only match a specific set of columns,
+/* If a NEAR() clump or phrase may only match a specific set of columns,
** then an object of the following type is used to record the set of columns.
** Each entry in the aiCol[] array is a column that may be matched.
**
@@ -206584,20 +208642,20 @@
**
** nAutomerge:
** The minimum number of segments that an auto-merge operation should
-** attempt to merge together. A value of 1 sets the object to use the
+** attempt to merge together. A value of 1 sets the object to use the
** compile time default. Zero disables auto-merge altogether.
**
** zContent:
**
** zContentRowid:
-** The value of the content_rowid= option, if one was specified. Or
+** The value of the content_rowid= option, if one was specified. Or
** the string "rowid" otherwise. This text is not quoted - if it is
** used as part of an SQL statement it needs to be quoted appropriately.
**
** zContentExprlist:
**
** pzErrmsg:
-** This exists in order to allow the fts5_index.c module to return a
+** This exists in order to allow the fts5_index.c module to return a
** decent error message if it encounters a file-format version it does
** not understand.
**
@@ -206621,8 +208679,8 @@
int nPrefix; /* Number of prefix indexes */
int *aPrefix; /* Sizes in bytes of nPrefix prefix indexes */
int eContent; /* An FTS5_CONTENT value */
- char *zContent; /* content table */
- char *zContentRowid; /* "content_rowid=" option value */
+ char *zContent; /* content table */
+ char *zContentRowid; /* "content_rowid=" option value */
int bColumnsize; /* "columnsize=" option value (dflt==1) */
int eDetail; /* FTS5_DETAIL_XXX value */
char *zContentExprlist;
@@ -206824,27 +208882,27 @@
** Return a simple checksum value based on the arguments.
*/
static u64 sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(
- i64 iRowid,
- int iCol,
- int iPos,
+ i64 iRowid,
+ int iCol,
+ int iPos,
int iIdx,
const char *pTerm,
int nTerm
);
/*
-** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in
+** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in
** size. Return the number of bytes in the nChar character prefix of the
** buffer, or 0 if there are less than nChar characters in total.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen(
- const char *p,
- int nByte,
+ const char *p,
+ int nByte,
int nChar
);
/*
-** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowids that match the
+** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowids that match the
** specified token or token prefix.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(
@@ -206880,7 +208938,7 @@
/*
-** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is
+** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is
** added to or removed from the index, this function is called one or more
** times.
**
@@ -206915,7 +208973,7 @@
/*
** Discard any data stored in the in-memory hash tables. Do not write it
** to the database. Additionally, assume that the contents of the %_data
-** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data
+** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data
** records must be invalidated.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(Fts5Index *p);
@@ -206931,16 +208989,16 @@
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index*, u64 cksum);
-/*
-** Called during virtual module initialization to register UDF
-** fts5_decode() with SQLite
+/*
+** Called during virtual module initialization to register UDF
+** fts5_decode() with SQLite
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexInit(sqlite3*);
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetCookie(Fts5Index*, int);
/*
-** Return the total number of entries read from the %_data table by
+** Return the total number of entries read from the %_data table by
** this connection since it was created.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReads(Fts5Index *p);
@@ -206957,7 +209015,7 @@
**************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5_varint.c.
+** Interface to code in fts5_varint.c.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v);
static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarintLen(u32 iVal);
@@ -206982,7 +209040,7 @@
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5_main.c.
+** Interface to code in fts5_main.c.
*/
/*
@@ -206996,7 +209054,7 @@
};
static int sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(
- Fts5Global*,
+ Fts5Global*,
const char **azArg,
int nArg,
Fts5Tokenizer**,
@@ -207013,7 +209071,7 @@
**************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5_hash.c.
+** Interface to code in fts5_hash.c.
*/
typedef struct Fts5Hash Fts5Hash;
@@ -207063,7 +209121,7 @@
**************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5_storage.c. fts5_storage.c contains contains
+** Interface to code in fts5_storage.c. fts5_storage.c contains contains
** code to access the data stored in the %_content and %_docsize tables.
*/
@@ -207112,7 +209170,7 @@
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5_expr.c.
+** Interface to code in fts5_expr.c.
*/
typedef struct Fts5Expr Fts5Expr;
typedef struct Fts5ExprNode Fts5ExprNode;
@@ -207128,10 +209186,10 @@
/* Parse a MATCH expression. */
static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNew(
- Fts5Config *pConfig,
+ Fts5Config *pConfig,
int iCol, /* Column on LHS of MATCH operator */
const char *zExpr,
- Fts5Expr **ppNew,
+ Fts5Expr **ppNew,
char **pzErr
);
@@ -207192,8 +209250,8 @@
);
static Fts5ExprPhrase *sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(
- Fts5Parse *pParse,
- Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase,
+ Fts5Parse *pParse,
+ Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase,
Fts5Token *pToken,
int bPrefix
);
@@ -207201,14 +209259,14 @@
static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetCaret(Fts5ExprPhrase*);
static Fts5ExprNearset *sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(
- Fts5Parse*,
+ Fts5Parse*,
Fts5ExprNearset*,
- Fts5ExprPhrase*
+ Fts5ExprPhrase*
);
static Fts5Colset *sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(
- Fts5Parse*,
- Fts5Colset*,
+ Fts5Parse*,
+ Fts5Colset*,
Fts5Token *
);
@@ -207229,7 +209287,7 @@
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5_aux.c.
+** Interface to code in fts5_aux.c.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5AuxInit(fts5_api*);
@@ -207238,7 +209296,7 @@
**************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5_tokenizer.c.
+** Interface to code in fts5_tokenizer.c.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5TokenizerInit(fts5_api*);
@@ -207247,7 +209305,7 @@
**************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to code in fts5_vocab.c.
+** Interface to code in fts5_vocab.c.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5VocabInit(Fts5Global*, sqlite3*);
@@ -207258,7 +209316,7 @@
/**************************************************************************
-** Interface to automatically generated code in fts5_unicode2.c.
+** Interface to automatically generated code in fts5_unicode2.c.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(int c);
static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic);
@@ -207372,7 +209430,7 @@
** the minor type might be the name of the identifier.
** Each non-terminal can have a different minor type.
** Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though.
-** This macros defines the minor type for terminal
+** This macros defines the minor type for terminal
** symbols.
** fts5YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor types.
** This is typically a union of many types, one of
@@ -207461,7 +209519,7 @@
/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement
** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
-** action integer.
+** action integer.
**
** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as
** follows
@@ -207561,9 +209619,9 @@
};
/********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/
-/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens.
+/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens.
** If a construct like the following:
-**
+**
** %fallback ID X Y Z.
**
** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
@@ -207635,10 +209693,10 @@
#endif /* NDEBUG */
#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
+/*
** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off
-** by making either argument NULL
+** by making either argument NULL
**
** Inputs:
** <ul>
@@ -207663,7 +209721,7 @@
#if defined(fts5YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG)
/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
** are required. The following table supplies these names */
-static const char *const fts5yyTokenName[] = {
+static const char *const fts5yyTokenName[] = {
/* 0 */ "$",
/* 1 */ "OR",
/* 2 */ "AND",
@@ -207759,7 +209817,7 @@
#endif
p->fts5yystksz = newSize;
}
- return pNew==0;
+ return pNew==0;
}
#endif
@@ -207801,7 +209859,7 @@
}
#ifndef sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
-/*
+/*
** This function allocates a new parser.
** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
** malloc.
@@ -207828,7 +209886,7 @@
/* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value
** associated with a symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal
** or nonterminal. "fts5yymajor" is the symbol code, and "fts5yypminor" is
-** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the
+** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the
** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor
** directives of the input grammar.
*/
@@ -207843,7 +209901,7 @@
/* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen
** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
- ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is
+ ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is
** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
**
** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
@@ -207853,31 +209911,31 @@
/********* Begin destructor definitions ***************************************/
case 16: /* input */
{
- (void)pParse;
+ (void)pParse;
}
break;
case 17: /* expr */
case 18: /* cnearset */
case 19: /* exprlist */
{
- sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy24));
+ sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy24));
}
break;
case 20: /* colset */
case 21: /* colsetlist */
{
- sqlite3_free((fts5yypminor->fts5yy11));
+ sqlite3_free((fts5yypminor->fts5yy11));
}
break;
case 22: /* nearset */
case 23: /* nearphrases */
{
- sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy46));
+ sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy46));
}
break;
case 24: /* phrase */
{
- sqlite3Fts5ParsePhraseFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy53));
+ sqlite3Fts5ParsePhraseFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy53));
}
break;
/********* End destructor definitions *****************************************/
@@ -207918,7 +209976,7 @@
}
#ifndef sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK
-/*
+/*
** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are called for
** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
**
@@ -208140,7 +210198,7 @@
assert( fts5yypParser->fts5yyhwm == (int)(fts5yypParser->fts5yytos - fts5yypParser->fts5yystack) );
}
#endif
-#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0
+#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0
if( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos>fts5yypParser->fts5yystackEnd ){
fts5yypParser->fts5yytos--;
fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser);
@@ -208285,7 +210343,7 @@
assert( fts5yypParser->fts5yyhwm == (int)(fts5yypParser->fts5yytos - fts5yypParser->fts5yystack));
}
#endif
-#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0
+#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0
if( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos>=fts5yypParser->fts5yystackEnd ){
fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser);
/* The call to fts5yyStackOverflow() above pops the stack until it is
@@ -208322,7 +210380,7 @@
{ sqlite3Fts5ParseFinished(pParse, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24); }
break;
case 1: /* colset ::= MINUS LCP colsetlist RCP */
-{
+{
fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11);
}
break;
@@ -208342,13 +210400,13 @@
}
break;
case 5: /* colsetlist ::= colsetlist STRING */
-{
+{
fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0); }
fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11;
break;
case 6: /* colsetlist ::= STRING */
-{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0);
+{
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0);
}
fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11;
break;
@@ -208392,14 +210450,14 @@
fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
break;
case 15: /* cnearset ::= nearset */
-{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46);
+{
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46);
}
fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
break;
case 16: /* cnearset ::= colset COLON nearset */
-{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46);
+{
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46);
sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(pParse, fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy11);
}
fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24;
@@ -208409,9 +210467,9 @@
fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46;
break;
case 18: /* nearset ::= CARET phrase */
-{
+{
sqlite3Fts5ParseSetCaret(fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53);
- fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53);
+ fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53);
}
break;
case 19: /* nearset ::= STRING LP nearphrases neardist_opt RP */
@@ -208423,8 +210481,8 @@
fts5yymsp[-4].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46;
break;
case 20: /* nearphrases ::= phrase */
-{
- fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53);
+{
+ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53);
}
fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46;
break;
@@ -208441,13 +210499,13 @@
{ fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0 = fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0; }
break;
case 24: /* phrase ::= phrase PLUS STRING star_opt */
-{
+{
fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53 = sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(pParse, fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy53, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy4);
}
fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy53 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53;
break;
case 25: /* phrase ::= STRING star_opt */
-{
+{
fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53 = sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy4);
}
fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy53 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53;
@@ -208638,7 +210696,7 @@
#ifdef fts5YYERRORSYMBOL
/* A syntax error has occurred.
** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
- ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".
+ ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".
**
** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
**
@@ -208774,7 +210832,7 @@
#include <math.h> /* amalgamator: keep */
/*
-** Object used to iterate through all "coalesced phrase instances" in
+** Object used to iterate through all "coalesced phrase instances" in
** a single column of the current row. If the phrase instances in the
** column being considered do not overlap, this object simply iterates
** through them. Or, if they do overlap (share one or more tokens in
@@ -208837,7 +210895,7 @@
}
/*
-** Initialize the iterator object indicated by the final parameter to
+** Initialize the iterator object indicated by the final parameter to
** iterate through coalesced phrase instances in column iCol.
*/
static int fts5CInstIterInit(
@@ -208882,16 +210940,16 @@
/*
** Append text to the HighlightContext output string - p->zOut. Argument
-** z points to a buffer containing n bytes of text to append. If n is
+** z points to a buffer containing n bytes of text to append. If n is
** negative, everything up until the first '\0' is appended to the output.
**
-** If *pRc is set to any value other than SQLITE_OK when this function is
-** called, it is a no-op. If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) is encountered,
-** *pRc is set to an error code before returning.
+** If *pRc is set to any value other than SQLITE_OK when this function is
+** called, it is a no-op. If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) is encountered,
+** *pRc is set to an error code before returning.
*/
static void fts5HighlightAppend(
- int *pRc,
- HighlightContext *p,
+ int *pRc,
+ HighlightContext *p,
const char *z, int n
){
if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && z ){
@@ -209118,7 +211176,7 @@
}
/*
-** Return the value in pVal interpreted as utf-8 text. Except, if pVal
+** Return the value in pVal interpreted as utf-8 text. Except, if pVal
** contains a NULL value, return a pointer to a static string zero
** bytes in length instead of a NULL pointer.
*/
@@ -209187,7 +211245,7 @@
sFinder.nFirst = 0;
rc = pApi->xColumnText(pFts, i, &sFinder.zDoc, &nDoc);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
- rc = pApi->xTokenize(pFts,
+ rc = pApi->xTokenize(pFts,
sFinder.zDoc, nDoc, (void*)&sFinder,fts5SentenceFinderCb
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
@@ -209222,7 +211280,7 @@
if( sFinder.aFirst[jj]<io ){
memset(aSeen, 0, nPhrase);
- rc = fts5SnippetScore(pApi, pFts, nDocsize, aSeen, i,
+ rc = fts5SnippetScore(pApi, pFts, nDocsize, aSeen, i,
sFinder.aFirst[jj], nToken, &nScore, 0
);
@@ -209301,7 +211359,7 @@
** table matched by each individual phrase within the query.
*/
static int fts5CountCb(
- const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,
+ const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,
Fts5Context *pFts,
void *pUserData /* Pointer to sqlite3_int64 variable */
){
@@ -209312,12 +211370,12 @@
}
/*
-** Set *ppData to point to the Fts5Bm25Data object for the current query.
+** Set *ppData to point to the Fts5Bm25Data object for the current query.
** If the object has not already been allocated, allocate and populate it
** now.
*/
static int fts5Bm25GetData(
- const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,
+ const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,
Fts5Context *pFts,
Fts5Bm25Data **ppData /* OUT: bm25-data object for this query */
){
@@ -209365,7 +211423,7 @@
** is the number that contain at least one instance of the phrase
** under consideration.
**
- ** The problem with this is that if (N < 2*nHit), the IDF is
+ ** The problem with this is that if (N < 2*nHit), the IDF is
** negative. Which is undesirable. So the mimimum allowable IDF is
** (1e-6) - roughly the same as a term that appears in just over
** half of set of 5,000,000 documents. */
@@ -209433,11 +211491,11 @@
/* Determine the BM25 score for the current row. */
for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pData->nPhrase; i++){
score += pData->aIDF[i] * (
- ( aFreq[i] * (k1 + 1.0) ) /
+ ( aFreq[i] * (k1 + 1.0) ) /
( aFreq[i] + k1 * (1 - b + b * D / pData->avgdl) )
);
}
-
+
/* If no error has occurred, return the calculated score. Otherwise,
** throw an SQL exception. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -209531,14 +211589,14 @@
}
/*
-** Append buffer nData/pData to buffer pBuf. If an OOM error occurs, set
+** Append buffer nData/pData to buffer pBuf. If an OOM error occurs, set
** the error code in p. If an error has already occurred when this function
** is called, it is a no-op.
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(
int *pRc,
- Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
- u32 nData,
+ Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+ u32 nData,
const u8 *pData
){
assert_nc( *pRc || nData>=0 );
@@ -209551,12 +211609,12 @@
/*
** Append the nul-terminated string zStr to the buffer pBuf. This function
-** ensures that the byte following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even
+** ensures that the byte following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even
** though this byte is not included in the pBuf->n count.
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(
int *pRc,
- Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+ Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
const char *zStr
){
int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr);
@@ -209568,13 +211626,13 @@
** Argument zFmt is a printf() style format string. This function performs
** the printf() style processing, then appends the results to buffer pBuf.
**
-** Like sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(), this function ensures that the byte
+** Like sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(), this function ensures that the byte
** following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even though this byte is not
** included in the pBuf->n count.
-*/
+*/
static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(
int *pRc,
- Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+ Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
char *zFmt, ...
){
if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -209601,12 +211659,12 @@
zRet = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap);
va_end(ap);
if( zRet==0 ){
- *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
}
return zRet;
}
-
+
/*
** Free any buffer allocated by pBuf. Zero the structure before returning.
@@ -209617,7 +211675,7 @@
}
/*
-** Zero the contents of the buffer object. But do not free the associated
+** Zero the contents of the buffer object. But do not free the associated
** memory allocation.
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){
@@ -209631,8 +211689,8 @@
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(
int *pRc,
- Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
- int nData,
+ Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+ int nData,
const u8 *pData
){
pBuf->n = 0;
@@ -209648,7 +211706,7 @@
if( i>=n ){
/* EOF */
*piOff = -1;
- return 1;
+ return 1;
}else{
i64 iOff = *piOff;
int iVal;
@@ -209703,8 +211761,8 @@
** to iPos before returning.
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(
- Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
- i64 *piPrev,
+ Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+ i64 *piPrev,
i64 iPos
){
static const i64 colmask = ((i64)(0x7FFFFFFF)) << 32;
@@ -209718,7 +211776,7 @@
}
static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(
- Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+ Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
Fts5PoslistWriter *pWriter,
i64 iPos
){
@@ -209747,7 +211805,7 @@
** the length of the string is determined using strlen().
**
** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the returned
-** buffer using sqlite3_free(). If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned.
+** buffer using sqlite3_free(). If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned.
*/
static char *sqlite3Fts5Strndup(int *pRc, const char *pIn, int nIn){
char *zRet = 0;
@@ -209814,9 +211872,9 @@
}
static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetAdd(
- Fts5Termset *p,
+ Fts5Termset *p,
int iIdx,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
+ const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
int *pbPresent
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -209837,9 +211895,9 @@
hash = hash % ArraySize(p->apHash);
for(pEntry=p->apHash[hash]; pEntry; pEntry=pEntry->pNext){
- if( pEntry->iIdx==iIdx
- && pEntry->nTerm==nTerm
- && memcmp(pEntry->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm)==0
+ if( pEntry->iIdx==iIdx
+ && pEntry->nTerm==nTerm
+ && memcmp(pEntry->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm)==0
){
*pbPresent = 1;
break;
@@ -209913,8 +211971,8 @@
}
/*
-** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated
-** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in
+** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated
+** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in
** the string that is not a white-space character.
*/
static const char *fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(const char *pIn){
@@ -209926,8 +211984,8 @@
}
/*
-** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated
-** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in
+** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated
+** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in
** the string that is not a "bareword" character.
*/
static const char *fts5ConfigSkipBareword(const char *pIn){
@@ -209958,9 +212016,9 @@
p++;
if( *p=='\'' ){
p++;
- while( (*p>='a' && *p<='f')
- || (*p>='A' && *p<='F')
- || (*p>='0' && *p<='9')
+ while( (*p>='a' && *p<='f')
+ || (*p>='A' && *p<='F')
+ || (*p>='0' && *p<='9')
){
p++;
}
@@ -209991,7 +212049,7 @@
if( *p=='+' || *p=='-' ) p++;
while( fts5_isdigit(*p) ) p++;
- /* At this point, if the literal was an integer, the parse is
+ /* At this point, if the literal was an integer, the parse is
** finished. Or, if it is a floating point value, it may continue
** with either a decimal point or an 'E' character. */
if( *p=='.' && fts5_isdigit(p[1]) ){
@@ -210015,8 +212073,8 @@
** nul-terminator byte.
**
** If the close-quote is found, the value returned is the byte offset of
-** the character immediately following it. Or, if the close-quote is not
-** found, -1 is returned. If -1 is returned, the buffer is left in an
+** the character immediately following it. Or, if the close-quote is not
+** found, -1 is returned. If -1 is returned, the buffer is left in an
** undefined state.
*/
static int fts5Dequote(char *z){
@@ -210027,7 +212085,7 @@
/* Set stack variable q to the close-quote character */
assert( q=='[' || q=='\'' || q=='"' || q=='`' );
- if( q=='[' ) q = ']';
+ if( q=='[' ) q = ']';
while( z[iIn] ){
if( z[iIn]==q ){
@@ -210037,7 +212095,7 @@
break;
}else{
/* Character iIn and iIn+1 form an escaped quote character. Skip
- ** the input cursor past both and copy a single quote character
+ ** the input cursor past both and copy a single quote character
** to the output buffer. */
iIn += 2;
z[iOut++] = q;
@@ -210082,8 +212140,8 @@
typedef struct Fts5Enum Fts5Enum;
static int fts5ConfigSetEnum(
- const Fts5Enum *aEnum,
- const char *zEnum,
+ const Fts5Enum *aEnum,
+ const char *zEnum,
int *peVal
){
int nEnum = (int)strlen(zEnum);
@@ -210203,7 +212261,7 @@
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("parse error in tokenize directive");
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}else{
- rc = sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(pGlobal,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(pGlobal,
(const char**)azArg, (int)nArg, &pConfig->pTok, &pConfig->pTokApi,
pzErr
);
@@ -210270,7 +212328,7 @@
}
/*
-** Allocate an instance of the default tokenizer ("simple") at
+** Allocate an instance of the default tokenizer ("simple") at
** Fts5Config.pTokenizer. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error
** code if an error occurs.
*/
@@ -210337,14 +212395,14 @@
}
static int fts5ConfigParseColumn(
- Fts5Config *p,
- char *zCol,
- char *zArg,
+ Fts5Config *p,
+ char *zCol,
+ char *zArg,
char **pzErr
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_RANK_NAME)
- || 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_ROWID_NAME)
+ if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_RANK_NAME)
+ || 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_ROWID_NAME)
){
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("reserved fts5 column name: %s", zCol);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
@@ -210387,14 +212445,14 @@
/*
** Arguments nArg/azArg contain the string arguments passed to the xCreate
-** or xConnect method of the virtual table. This function attempts to
+** or xConnect method of the virtual table. This function attempts to
** allocate an instance of Fts5Config containing the results of parsing
** those arguments.
**
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut is set to point to the
-** new Fts5Config object. If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is
+** new Fts5Config object. If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is
** returned, *ppOut is set to NULL and an error message may be left in
-** *pzErr. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free any
+** *pzErr. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free any
** such error message using sqlite3_free().
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse(
@@ -210481,8 +212539,8 @@
/* If no zContent option was specified, fill in the default values. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRet->zContent==0 ){
const char *zTail = 0;
- assert( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL
- || pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE
+ assert( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL
+ || pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE
);
if( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
zTail = "content";
@@ -210553,7 +212611,7 @@
const char *zSep = (i==0?"":", ");
zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z%s%Q", zSql, zSep, pConfig->azCol[i]);
}
- zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z, %Q HIDDEN, %s HIDDEN)",
+ zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z, %Q HIDDEN, %s HIDDEN)",
zSql, pConfig->zName, FTS5_RANK_NAME
);
@@ -210562,7 +212620,7 @@
rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(pConfig->db, zSql);
sqlite3_free(zSql);
}
-
+
return rc;
}
@@ -210580,7 +212638,7 @@
** int iPos // Position of token in input (first token is 0)
**
** If the callback returns a non-zero value the tokenization is abandoned
-** and no further callbacks are issued.
+** and no further callbacks are issued.
**
** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code
** if an error occurs. If the tokenization was abandoned early because
@@ -210610,7 +212668,7 @@
*/
static const char *fts5ConfigSkipArgs(const char *pIn){
const char *p = pIn;
-
+
while( 1 ){
p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
p = fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(p);
@@ -210627,7 +212685,7 @@
}
/*
-** Parameter zIn contains a rank() function specification. The format of
+** Parameter zIn contains a rank() function specification. The format of
** this is:
**
** + Bareword (function name)
@@ -210669,7 +212727,7 @@
p++;
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- const char *pArgs;
+ const char *pArgs;
p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
pArgs = p;
if( *p!=')' ){
@@ -210695,8 +212753,8 @@
}
static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigSetValue(
- Fts5Config *pConfig,
- const char *zKey,
+ Fts5Config *pConfig,
+ const char *zKey,
sqlite3_value *pVal,
int *pbBadkey
){
@@ -210822,7 +212880,7 @@
}
rc = sqlite3_finalize(p);
}
-
+
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iVersion!=FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION ){
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
if( pConfig->pzErrmsg ){
@@ -210911,7 +212969,7 @@
i64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */
Fts5ExprNearset *pNear; /* For FTS5_STRING - cluster of phrases */
- /* Child nodes. For a NOT node, this array always contains 2 entries. For
+ /* Child nodes. For a NOT node, this array always contains 2 entries. For
** AND or OR nodes, it contains 2 or more entries. */
int nChild; /* Number of child nodes */
Fts5ExprNode *apChild[1]; /* Array of child nodes */
@@ -210990,7 +213048,7 @@
** Read the first token from the nul-terminated string at *pz.
*/
static int fts5ExprGetToken(
- Fts5Parse *pParse,
+ Fts5Parse *pParse,
const char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into buffer */
Fts5Token *pToken
){
@@ -211060,7 +213118,7 @@
Fts5Config *pConfig, /* FTS5 Configuration */
int iCol,
const char *zExpr, /* Expression text */
- Fts5Expr **ppNew,
+ Fts5Expr **ppNew,
char **pzErr
){
Fts5Parse sParse;
@@ -211216,7 +213274,7 @@
** Argument pTerm must be a synonym iterator.
*/
static int fts5ExprSynonymList(
- Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm,
+ Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm,
i64 iRowid,
Fts5Buffer *pBuf, /* Use this buffer for space if required */
u8 **pa, int *pn
@@ -211289,13 +213347,13 @@
/*
** All individual term iterators in pPhrase are guaranteed to be valid and
-** pointing to the same rowid when this function is called. This function
+** pointing to the same rowid when this function is called. This function
** checks if the current rowid really is a match, and if so populates
** the pPhrase->poslist buffer accordingly. Output parameter *pbMatch
** is set to true if this is really a match, or false otherwise.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code
-** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if the current rowid is
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code
+** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if the current rowid is
** not a match.
*/
static int fts5ExprPhraseIsMatch(
@@ -211309,7 +213367,7 @@
int i;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int bFirst = pPhrase->aTerm[0].bFirst;
-
+
fts5BufferZero(&pPhrase->poslist);
/* If the aStatic[] array is not large enough, allocate a large array
@@ -211431,7 +213489,7 @@
** function is called, it is a no-op. Or, if an error (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM)
** occurs within this function (*pRc) is set accordingly before returning.
** The return value is undefined in both these cases.
-**
+**
** If no error occurs and non-zero (a match) is returned, the position-list
** of each phrase object is edited to contain only those entries that
** meet the constraint before returning.
@@ -211463,7 +213521,7 @@
/* Initialize a lookahead iterator for each phrase. After passing the
** buffer and buffer size to the lookaside-reader init function, zero
** the phrase poslist buffer. The new poslist for the phrase (containing
- ** the same entries as the original with some entries removed on account
+ ** the same entries as the original with some entries removed on account
** of the NEAR constraint) is written over the original even as it is
** being read. This is safe as the entries for the new poslist are a
** subset of the old, so it is not possible for data yet to be read to
@@ -211620,7 +213678,7 @@
** phrase is not a match, break out of the loop early. */
for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){
Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i];
- if( pPhrase->nTerm>1 || pPhrase->aTerm[0].pSynonym
+ if( pPhrase->nTerm>1 || pPhrase->aTerm[0].pSynonym
|| pNear->pColset || pPhrase->aTerm[0].bFirst
){
int bMatch = 0;
@@ -211768,7 +213826,7 @@
*/
static int fts5NodeCompare(
Fts5Expr *pExpr,
- Fts5ExprNode *p1,
+ Fts5ExprNode *p1,
Fts5ExprNode *p2
){
if( p2->bEof ) return -1;
@@ -211783,7 +213841,7 @@
** If an EOF is reached before this happens, *pbEof is set to true before
** returning.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code
** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if an iterator reaches
** EOF.
*/
@@ -211800,8 +213858,8 @@
const int bDesc = pExpr->bDesc;
/* Check that this node should not be FTS5_TERM */
- assert( pNear->nPhrase>1
- || pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm>1
+ assert( pNear->nPhrase>1
+ || pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm>1
|| pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].pSynonym
|| pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].bFirst
);
@@ -211861,7 +213919,7 @@
Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression pPhrase belongs to */
Fts5ExprNode *pNode, /* FTS5_STRING or FTS5_TERM node */
int bFromValid,
- i64 iFrom
+ i64 iFrom
){
Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0];
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -211879,8 +213937,8 @@
for(p=pTerm; p; p=p->pSynonym){
if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(p->pIter)==0 ){
i64 ii = p->pIter->iRowid;
- if( ii==iRowid
- || (bFromValid && ii!=iFrom && (ii>iFrom)==pExpr->bDesc)
+ if( ii==iRowid
+ || (bFromValid && ii!=iFrom && (ii>iFrom)==pExpr->bDesc)
){
if( bFromValid ){
rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(p->pIter, iFrom);
@@ -211926,9 +213984,9 @@
Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression that pNear is a part of */
Fts5ExprNode *pNode /* The "NEAR" node (FTS5_TERM) */
){
- /* As this "NEAR" object is actually a single phrase that consists
+ /* As this "NEAR" object is actually a single phrase that consists
** of a single term only, grab pointers into the poslist managed by the
- ** fts5_index.c iterator object. This is much faster than synthesizing
+ ** fts5_index.c iterator object. This is much faster than synthesizing
** a new poslist the way we have to for more complicated phrase or NEAR
** expressions. */
Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0];
@@ -211951,7 +214009,7 @@
** xNext() method for a node of type FTS5_TERM.
*/
static int fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM(
- Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+ Fts5Expr *pExpr,
Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
int bFromValid,
i64 iFrom
@@ -211994,7 +214052,7 @@
}
static int fts5ExprNodeNext_OR(
- Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+ Fts5Expr *pExpr,
Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
int bFromValid,
i64 iFrom
@@ -212006,7 +214064,7 @@
Fts5ExprNode *p1 = pNode->apChild[i];
assert( p1->bEof || fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, p1->iRowid, iLast)>=0 );
if( p1->bEof==0 ){
- if( (p1->iRowid==iLast)
+ if( (p1->iRowid==iLast)
|| (bFromValid && fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, p1->iRowid, iFrom)<0)
){
int rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, p1, bFromValid, iFrom);
@@ -212078,7 +214136,7 @@
}
static int fts5ExprNodeNext_AND(
- Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+ Fts5Expr *pExpr,
Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
int bFromValid,
i64 iFrom
@@ -212121,7 +214179,7 @@
}
static int fts5ExprNodeNext_NOT(
- Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+ Fts5Expr *pExpr,
Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
int bFromValid,
i64 iFrom
@@ -212178,7 +214236,7 @@
return rc;
}
-
+
/*
** Set node pNode, which is part of expression pExpr, to point to the first
** match. If there are no matches, set the Node.bEof flag to indicate EOF.
@@ -212232,8 +214290,8 @@
/*
** Begin iterating through the set of documents in index pIdx matched by
-** the MATCH expression passed as the first argument. If the "bDesc"
-** parameter is passed a non-zero value, iteration is in descending rowid
+** the MATCH expression passed as the first argument. If the "bDesc"
+** parameter is passed a non-zero value, iteration is in descending rowid
** order. Or, if it is zero, in ascending order.
**
** If iterating in ascending rowid order (bDesc==0), the first document
@@ -212255,9 +214313,9 @@
/* If not at EOF but the current rowid occurs earlier than iFirst in
** the iteration order, move to document iFirst or later. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK
- && 0==pRoot->bEof
- && fts5RowidCmp(p, pRoot->iRowid, iFirst)<0
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && 0==pRoot->bEof
+ && fts5RowidCmp(p, pRoot->iRowid, iFirst)<0
){
rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(p, pRoot, 1, iFirst);
}
@@ -212271,7 +214329,7 @@
}
/*
-** Move to the next document
+** Move to the next document
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. It
** is not considered an error if the query does not match any documents.
@@ -212453,7 +214511,7 @@
Fts5ExprPhrase *pNew;
int nNew = SZALLOC + (pPhrase ? pPhrase->nTerm : 0);
- pNew = (Fts5ExprPhrase*)sqlite3_realloc64(pPhrase,
+ pNew = (Fts5ExprPhrase*)sqlite3_realloc64(pPhrase,
sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase) + sizeof(Fts5ExprTerm) * nNew
);
if( pNew==0 ){
@@ -212570,8 +214628,8 @@
** expression passed as the second argument.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase(
- Fts5Expr *pExpr,
- int iPhrase,
+ Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+ int iPhrase,
Fts5Expr **ppNew
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
@@ -212582,15 +214640,15 @@
pOrig = pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase];
pNew = (Fts5Expr*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Expr));
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pNew->apExprPhrase = (Fts5ExprPhrase**)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
+ pNew->apExprPhrase = (Fts5ExprPhrase**)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*));
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pNew->pRoot = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
+ pNew->pRoot = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
sizeof(Fts5ExprNode));
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pNew->pRoot->pNear = (Fts5ExprNearset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
+ pNew->pRoot->pNear = (Fts5ExprNearset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
sizeof(Fts5ExprNearset) + sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*));
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -212600,7 +214658,7 @@
Fts5Colset *pColset;
nByte = sizeof(Fts5Colset) + (pColsetOrig->nCol-1) * sizeof(int);
pColset = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte);
- if( pColset ){
+ if( pColset ){
memcpy(pColset, pColsetOrig, (size_t)nByte);
}
pNew->pRoot->pNear->pColset = pColset;
@@ -212639,9 +214697,9 @@
pNew->pRoot->pNear->nPhrase = 1;
sCtx.pPhrase->pNode = pNew->pRoot;
- if( pOrig->nTerm==1
- && pOrig->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0
- && pOrig->aTerm[0].bFirst==0
+ if( pOrig->nTerm==1
+ && pOrig->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0
+ && pOrig->aTerm[0].bFirst==0
){
pNew->pRoot->eType = FTS5_TERM;
pNew->pRoot->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM;
@@ -212674,7 +214732,7 @@
}
static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetDistance(
- Fts5Parse *pParse,
+ Fts5Parse *pParse,
Fts5ExprNearset *pNear,
Fts5Token *p
){
@@ -212703,7 +214761,7 @@
** The second argument passed to this function may be NULL, or it may be
** an existing Fts5Colset object. This function returns a pointer to
** a new colset object containing the contents of (p) with new value column
-** number iCol appended.
+** number iCol appended.
**
** If an OOM error occurs, store an error code in pParse and return NULL.
** The old colset object (if any) is not freed in this case.
@@ -212753,7 +214811,7 @@
Fts5Colset *pRet;
int nCol = pParse->pConfig->nCol;
- pRet = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc,
+ pRet = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc,
sizeof(Fts5Colset) + sizeof(int)*nCol
);
if( pRet ){
@@ -212806,7 +214864,7 @@
/*
** If argument pOrig is NULL, or if (*pRc) is set to anything other than
-** SQLITE_OK when this function is called, NULL is returned.
+** SQLITE_OK when this function is called, NULL is returned.
**
** Otherwise, a copy of (*pOrig) is made into memory obtained from
** sqlite3Fts5MallocZero() and a pointer to it returned. If the allocation
@@ -212817,7 +214875,7 @@
if( pOrig ){
sqlite3_int64 nByte = sizeof(Fts5Colset) + (pOrig->nCol-1) * sizeof(int);
pRet = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(pRc, nByte);
- if( pRet ){
+ if( pRet ){
memcpy(pRet, pOrig, (size_t)nByte);
}
}else{
@@ -212856,13 +214914,13 @@
** zero, or it may create copies of pColset using fts5CloneColset().
*/
static void fts5ParseSetColset(
- Fts5Parse *pParse,
- Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
+ Fts5Parse *pParse,
+ Fts5ExprNode *pNode,
Fts5Colset *pColset,
Fts5Colset **ppFree
){
if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_TERM || pNode->eType==FTS5_STRING
+ assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_TERM || pNode->eType==FTS5_STRING
|| pNode->eType==FTS5_AND || pNode->eType==FTS5_OR
|| pNode->eType==FTS5_NOT || pNode->eType==FTS5_EOF
);
@@ -212894,9 +214952,9 @@
** Apply colset pColset to expression node pExpr and all of its descendents.
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(
- Fts5Parse *pParse,
- Fts5ExprNode *pExpr,
- Fts5Colset *pColset
+ Fts5Parse *pParse,
+ Fts5ExprNode *pExpr,
+ Fts5Colset *pColset
){
Fts5Colset *pFree = pColset;
if( pParse->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){
@@ -212914,7 +214972,7 @@
switch( pNode->eType ){
case FTS5_STRING: {
Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pNode->pNear;
- if( pNear->nPhrase==1 && pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm==1
+ if( pNear->nPhrase==1 && pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm==1
&& pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0
&& pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].bFirst==0
){
@@ -212970,7 +215028,7 @@
if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int nChild = 0; /* Number of children of returned node */
sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate for this node */
-
+
assert( (eType!=FTS5_STRING && !pNear)
|| (eType==FTS5_STRING && !pLeft && !pRight)
);
@@ -213005,7 +215063,7 @@
if( pParse->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){
Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[0];
- if( pNear->nPhrase!=1
+ if( pNear->nPhrase!=1
|| pPhrase->nTerm>1
|| (pPhrase->nTerm>0 && pPhrase->aTerm[0].bFirst)
){
@@ -213013,7 +215071,7 @@
pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
assert( pParse->zErr==0 );
pParse->zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "fts5: %s queries are not supported (detail!=full)",
+ "fts5: %s queries are not supported (detail!=full)",
pNear->nPhrase==1 ? "phrase": "NEAR"
);
sqlite3_free(pRet);
@@ -213049,14 +215107,14 @@
sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pRight);
}else{
- assert( pLeft->eType==FTS5_STRING
+ assert( pLeft->eType==FTS5_STRING
|| pLeft->eType==FTS5_TERM
|| pLeft->eType==FTS5_EOF
|| pLeft->eType==FTS5_AND
);
- assert( pRight->eType==FTS5_STRING
- || pRight->eType==FTS5_TERM
- || pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF
+ assert( pRight->eType==FTS5_STRING
+ || pRight->eType==FTS5_TERM
+ || pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF
);
if( pLeft->eType==FTS5_AND ){
@@ -213064,9 +215122,9 @@
}else{
pPrev = pLeft;
}
- assert( pPrev->eType==FTS5_STRING
- || pPrev->eType==FTS5_TERM
- || pPrev->eType==FTS5_EOF
+ assert( pPrev->eType==FTS5_STRING
+ || pPrev->eType==FTS5_TERM
+ || pPrev->eType==FTS5_EOF
);
if( pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF ){
@@ -213148,20 +215206,20 @@
}
/*
-** Compose a tcl-readable representation of expression pExpr. Return a
-** pointer to a buffer containing that representation. It is the
-** responsibility of the caller to at some point free the buffer using
+** Compose a tcl-readable representation of expression pExpr. Return a
+** pointer to a buffer containing that representation. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to at some point free the buffer using
** sqlite3_free().
*/
static char *fts5ExprPrintTcl(
- Fts5Config *pConfig,
+ Fts5Config *pConfig,
const char *zNearsetCmd,
Fts5ExprNode *pExpr
){
char *zRet = 0;
if( pExpr->eType==FTS5_STRING || pExpr->eType==FTS5_TERM ){
Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pExpr->pNear;
- int i;
+ int i;
int iTerm;
zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s ", zNearsetCmd);
@@ -213211,9 +215269,9 @@
switch( pExpr->eType ){
case FTS5_AND: zOp = "AND"; break;
case FTS5_NOT: zOp = "NOT"; break;
- default:
+ default:
assert( pExpr->eType==FTS5_OR );
- zOp = "OR";
+ zOp = "OR";
break;
}
@@ -213239,7 +215297,7 @@
}else
if( pExpr->eType==FTS5_STRING || pExpr->eType==FTS5_TERM ){
Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pExpr->pNear;
- int i;
+ int i;
int iTerm;
if( pNear->pColset ){
@@ -213284,9 +215342,9 @@
switch( pExpr->eType ){
case FTS5_AND: zOp = " AND "; break;
case FTS5_NOT: zOp = " NOT "; break;
- default:
+ default:
assert( pExpr->eType==FTS5_OR );
- zOp = " OR ";
+ zOp = " OR ";
break;
}
@@ -213298,7 +215356,7 @@
}else{
int e = pExpr->apChild[i]->eType;
int b = (e!=FTS5_STRING && e!=FTS5_TERM && e!=FTS5_EOF);
- zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s%s%z%s",
+ zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s%s%z%s",
(i==0 ? "" : zOp),
(b?"(":""), z, (b?")":"")
);
@@ -213416,7 +215474,7 @@
/*
** The implementation of an SQLite user-defined-function that accepts a
-** single integer as an argument. If the integer is an alpha-numeric
+** single integer as an argument. If the integer is an alpha-numeric
** unicode code point, 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
*/
static void fts5ExprIsAlnum(
@@ -213427,7 +215485,7 @@
int iCode;
u8 aArr[32];
if( nArg!=1 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
+ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
"wrong number of arguments to function fts5_isalnum", -1
);
return;
@@ -213446,7 +215504,7 @@
sqlite3_value **apVal /* Function arguments */
){
if( nArg!=1 && nArg!=2 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
+ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
"wrong number of arguments to function fts5_fold", -1
);
}else{
@@ -213540,7 +215598,7 @@
Fts5Buffer *pBuf = &pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->poslist;
Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->pNode;
assert( pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->nTerm==1 );
- if( bLive &&
+ if( bLive &&
(pBuf->n==0 || pNode->iRowid!=pExpr->pRoot->iRowid || pNode->bEof)
){
pRet[i].bMiss = 1;
@@ -213607,9 +215665,9 @@
static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPopulatePoslists(
Fts5Config *pConfig,
- Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+ Fts5Expr *pExpr,
Fts5PoslistPopulator *aPopulator,
- int iCol,
+ int iCol,
const char *z, int n
){
int i;
@@ -213621,7 +215679,7 @@
for(i=0; i<pExpr->nPhrase; i++){
Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->pNode;
Fts5Colset *pColset = pNode->pNear->pColset;
- if( (pColset && 0==fts5ExprColsetTest(pColset, iCol))
+ if( (pColset && 0==fts5ExprColsetTest(pColset, iCol))
|| aPopulator[i].bMiss
){
aPopulator[i].bOk = 0;
@@ -213630,7 +215688,7 @@
}
}
- return sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
+ return sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, z, n, (void*)&sCtx, fts5ExprPopulatePoslistsCb
);
}
@@ -213695,12 +215753,12 @@
}
/*
-** This function is only called for detail=columns tables.
+** This function is only called for detail=columns tables.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist(
- Fts5Expr *pExpr,
- int iPhrase,
- const u8 **ppCollist,
+ Fts5Expr *pExpr,
+ int iPhrase,
+ const u8 **ppCollist,
int *pnCollist
){
Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase];
@@ -213710,8 +215768,8 @@
assert( iPhrase>=0 && iPhrase<pExpr->nPhrase );
assert( pExpr->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS );
- if( pNode->bEof==0
- && pNode->iRowid==pExpr->pRoot->iRowid
+ if( pNode->bEof==0
+ && pNode->iRowid==pExpr->pRoot->iRowid
&& pPhrase->poslist.n>0
){
Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[0];
@@ -213769,9 +215827,9 @@
};
/*
-** Each entry in the hash table is represented by an object of the
-** following type. Each object, its key (a nul-terminated string) and
-** its current data are stored in a single memory allocation. The
+** Each entry in the hash table is represented by an object of the
+** following type. Each object, its key (a nul-terminated string) and
+** its current data are stored in a single memory allocation. The
** key immediately follows the object in memory. The position list
** data immediately follows the key data in memory.
**
@@ -213793,7 +215851,7 @@
struct Fts5HashEntry {
Fts5HashEntry *pHashNext; /* Next hash entry with same hash-key */
Fts5HashEntry *pScanNext; /* Next entry in sorted order */
-
+
int nAlloc; /* Total size of allocation */
int iSzPoslist; /* Offset of space for 4-byte poslist size */
int nData; /* Total bytes of data (incl. structure) */
@@ -213922,7 +215980,7 @@
}
static int fts5HashAddPoslistSize(
- Fts5Hash *pHash,
+ Fts5Hash *pHash,
Fts5HashEntry *p,
Fts5HashEntry *p2
){
@@ -213985,16 +216043,16 @@
u8 *pPtr;
int nIncr = 0; /* Amount to increment (*pHash->pnByte) by */
int bNew; /* If non-delete entry should be written */
-
+
bNew = (pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL);
/* Attempt to locate an existing hash entry */
iHash = fts5HashKey2(pHash->nSlot, (u8)bByte, (const u8*)pToken, nToken);
for(p=pHash->aSlot[iHash]; p; p=p->pHashNext){
char *zKey = fts5EntryKey(p);
- if( zKey[0]==bByte
+ if( zKey[0]==bByte
&& p->nKey==nToken
- && memcmp(&zKey[1], pToken, nToken)==0
+ && memcmp(&zKey[1], pToken, nToken)==0
){
break;
}
@@ -214043,8 +216101,8 @@
nIncr += p->nData;
}else{
- /* Appending to an existing hash-entry. Check that there is enough
- ** space to append the largest possible new entry. Worst case scenario
+ /* Appending to an existing hash-entry. Check that there is enough
+ ** space to append the largest possible new entry. Worst case scenario
** is:
**
** + 9 bytes for a new rowid,
@@ -214172,7 +216230,7 @@
** list.
*/
static int fts5HashEntrySort(
- Fts5Hash *pHash,
+ Fts5Hash *pHash,
const char *pTerm, int nTerm, /* Query prefix, if any */
Fts5HashEntry **ppSorted
){
@@ -214190,7 +216248,7 @@
for(iSlot=0; iSlot<pHash->nSlot; iSlot++){
Fts5HashEntry *pIter;
for(pIter=pHash->aSlot[iSlot]; pIter; pIter=pIter->pHashNext){
- if( pTerm==0
+ if( pTerm==0
|| (pIter->nKey+1>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(fts5EntryKey(pIter), pTerm, nTerm))
){
Fts5HashEntry *pEntry = pIter;
@@ -214305,7 +216363,7 @@
**
******************************************************************************
**
-** Low level access to the FTS index stored in the database file. The
+** Low level access to the FTS index stored in the database file. The
** routines in this file file implement all read and write access to the
** %_data table. Other parts of the system access this functionality via
** the interface defined in fts5Int.h.
@@ -214321,10 +216379,10 @@
** As well as the main term index, there may be up to 31 prefix indexes.
** The format is similar to FTS3/4, except that:
**
-** * all segment b-tree leaf data is stored in fixed size page records
-** (e.g. 1000 bytes). A single doclist may span multiple pages. Care is
-** taken to ensure it is possible to iterate in either direction through
-** the entries in a doclist, or to seek to a specific entry within a
+** * all segment b-tree leaf data is stored in fixed size page records
+** (e.g. 1000 bytes). A single doclist may span multiple pages. Care is
+** taken to ensure it is possible to iterate in either direction through
+** the entries in a doclist, or to seek to a specific entry within a
** doclist, without loading it into memory.
**
** * large doclists that span many pages have associated "doclist index"
@@ -214357,14 +216415,14 @@
** CREATE TABLE %_data(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);
**
** , contains the following 5 types of records. See the comments surrounding
-** the FTS5_*_ROWID macros below for a description of how %_data rowids are
+** the FTS5_*_ROWID macros below for a description of how %_data rowids are
** assigned to each fo them.
**
** 1. Structure Records:
**
** The set of segments that make up an index - the index structure - are
** recorded in a single record within the %_data table. The record consists
-** of a single 32-bit configuration cookie value followed by a list of
+** of a single 32-bit configuration cookie value followed by a list of
** SQLite varints. If the FTS table features more than one index (because
** there are one or more prefix indexes), it is guaranteed that all share
** the same cookie value.
@@ -214396,7 +216454,7 @@
**
** TERM/DOCLIST FORMAT:
**
-** Most of each segment leaf is taken up by term/doclist data. The
+** Most of each segment leaf is taken up by term/doclist data. The
** general format of term/doclist, starting with the first term
** on the leaf page, is:
**
@@ -214439,7 +216497,7 @@
**
** PAGE FORMAT
**
-** Each leaf page begins with a 4-byte header containing 2 16-bit
+** Each leaf page begins with a 4-byte header containing 2 16-bit
** unsigned integer fields in big-endian format. They are:
**
** * The byte offset of the first rowid on the page, if it exists
@@ -214474,7 +216532,7 @@
** 5. Segment doclist indexes:
**
** Doclist indexes are themselves b-trees, however they usually consist of
-** a single leaf record only. The format of each doclist index leaf page
+** a single leaf record only. The format of each doclist index leaf page
** is:
**
** * Flags byte. Bits are:
@@ -214484,8 +216542,8 @@
**
** * First rowid on page indicated by previous field. As a varint.
**
-** * A list of varints, one for each subsequent termless page. A
-** positive delta if the termless page contains at least one rowid,
+** * A list of varints, one for each subsequent termless page. A
+** positive delta if the termless page contains at least one rowid,
** or an 0x00 byte otherwise.
**
** Internal doclist index nodes are:
@@ -214498,7 +216556,7 @@
** * Copy of first rowid on page indicated by previous field. As a varint.
**
** * A list of delta-encoded varints - the first rowid on each subsequent
-** child page.
+** child page.
**
*/
@@ -214515,7 +216573,7 @@
**
** Each segment has a unique non-zero 16-bit id.
**
-** The rowid for each segment leaf is found by passing the segment id and
+** The rowid for each segment leaf is found by passing the segment id and
** the leaf page number to the FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID macro. Leaves are numbered
** sequentially starting from 1.
*/
@@ -214612,7 +216670,7 @@
/*
** The contents of the "structure" record for each index are represented
-** using an Fts5Structure record in memory. Which uses instances of the
+** using an Fts5Structure record in memory. Which uses instances of the
** other Fts5StructureXXX types as components.
*/
struct Fts5StructureSegment {
@@ -214685,10 +216743,10 @@
** Current leaf page number within segment.
**
** iLeafOffset:
-** Byte offset within the current leaf that is the first byte of the
+** Byte offset within the current leaf that is the first byte of the
** position list data (one byte passed the position-list size field).
** rowid field of the current entry. Usually this is the size field of the
-** position list data. The exception is if the rowid for the current entry
+** position list data. The exception is if the rowid for the current entry
** is the last thing on the leaf page.
**
** pLeaf:
@@ -214702,7 +216760,7 @@
** Mask of FTS5_SEGITER_XXX values. Interpreted as follows:
**
** FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM:
-** If set, set the iterator to point to EOF after the current doclist
+** If set, set the iterator to point to EOF after the current doclist
** has been exhausted. Do not proceed to the next term in the segment.
**
** FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE:
@@ -214731,7 +216789,7 @@
/* Next method */
void (*xNext)(Fts5Index*, Fts5SegIter*, int*);
- /* The page and offset from which the current term was read. The offset
+ /* The page and offset from which the current term was read. The offset
** is the offset of the first rowid in the current doclist. */
int iTermLeafPgno;
int iTermLeafOffset;
@@ -214754,7 +216812,7 @@
};
/*
-** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a
+** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a
** leaf page.
*/
#define ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(x) assert( \
@@ -214764,7 +216822,7 @@
#define FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM 0x01
#define FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE 0x02
-/*
+/*
** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a leaf
** page. This macro evaluates to true if the leaf contains no terms, or
** false if it contains at least one term.
@@ -214786,13 +216844,13 @@
** on empty segments.
**
** The results of comparing segments aSeg[N] and aSeg[N+1], where N is an
-** even number, is stored in aFirst[(nSeg+N)/2]. The "result" of the
+** even number, is stored in aFirst[(nSeg+N)/2]. The "result" of the
** comparison in this context is the index of the iterator that currently
** points to the smaller term/rowid combination. Iterators at EOF are
** considered to be greater than all other iterators.
**
** aFirst[1] contains the index in aSeg[] of the iterator that points to
-** the smallest key overall. aFirst[0] is unused.
+** the smallest key overall. aFirst[0] is unused.
**
** poslist:
** Used by sqlite3Fts5IterPoslist() when the poslist needs to be buffered.
@@ -214854,7 +216912,7 @@
static u16 fts5GetU16(const u8 *aIn){
return ((u16)aIn[0] << 8) + aIn[1];
-}
+}
/*
** Allocate and return a buffer at least nByte bytes in size.
@@ -214920,7 +216978,7 @@
/*
** Retrieve a record from the %_data table.
**
-** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error left in the
+** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error left in the
** Fts5Index object.
*/
static Fts5Data *fts5DataRead(Fts5Index *p, i64 iRowid){
@@ -214943,11 +217001,11 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- /* If the blob handle is not open at this point, open it and seek
+ /* If the blob handle is not open at this point, open it and seek
** to the requested entry. */
if( p->pReader==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
- rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db,
+ rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db,
pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl, "block", iRowid, 0, &p->pReader
);
}
@@ -214955,7 +217013,7 @@
/* If either of the sqlite3_blob_open() or sqlite3_blob_reopen() calls
** above returned SQLITE_ERROR, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB instead.
** All the reasons those functions might return SQLITE_ERROR - missing
- ** table, missing row, non-blob/text in block column - indicate
+ ** table, missing row, non-blob/text in block column - indicate
** backing store corruption. */
if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
@@ -215040,7 +217098,7 @@
if( p->pWriter==0 ){
Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pWriter, sqlite3_mprintf(
- "REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_data'(id, block) VALUES(?,?)",
+ "REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_data'(id, block) VALUES(?,?)",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
));
if( p->rc ) return;
@@ -215064,7 +217122,7 @@
if( p->pDeleter==0 ){
Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_data' WHERE id>=? AND id<=?",
+ "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_data' WHERE id>=? AND id<=?",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
);
if( fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pDeleter, zSql) ) return;
@@ -215098,7 +217156,7 @@
}
/*
-** Release a reference to an Fts5Structure object returned by an earlier
+** Release a reference to an Fts5Structure object returned by an earlier
** call to fts5StructureRead() or fts5StructureDecode().
*/
static void fts5StructureRelease(Fts5Structure *pStruct){
@@ -215178,7 +217236,7 @@
i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], pLvl->nMerge);
i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], nTotal);
if( nTotal<pLvl->nMerge ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
- pLvl->aSeg = (Fts5StructureSegment*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
+ pLvl->aSeg = (Fts5StructureSegment*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc,
nTotal * sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment)
);
nSegment -= nTotal;
@@ -215244,10 +217302,10 @@
** segments.
*/
static void fts5StructureExtendLevel(
- int *pRc,
- Fts5Structure *pStruct,
- int iLvl,
- int nExtra,
+ int *pRc,
+ Fts5Structure *pStruct,
+ int iLvl,
+ int nExtra,
int bInsert
){
if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -215301,7 +217359,7 @@
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( p->pDataVersion==0 ){
- p->rc = fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pDataVersion,
+ p->rc = fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pDataVersion,
sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.data_version", p->pConfig->zDb)
);
if( p->rc ) return 0;
@@ -215320,7 +217378,7 @@
** Read, deserialize and return the structure record.
**
** The Fts5Structure.aLevel[] and each Fts5StructureLevel.aSeg[] array
-** are over-allocated as described for function fts5StructureDecode()
+** are over-allocated as described for function fts5StructureDecode()
** above.
**
** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code left in the
@@ -215469,8 +217527,8 @@
}
/*
-** Return a copy of index structure pStruct. Except, promote as many
-** segments as possible to level iPromote. If an OOM occurs, NULL is
+** Return a copy of index structure pStruct. Except, promote as many
+** segments as possible to level iPromote. If an OOM occurs, NULL is
** returned.
*/
static void fts5StructurePromoteTo(
@@ -215510,8 +217568,8 @@
**
** b) If the segment just written is larger than the newest segment on
** the next populated level, then that segment, and any other adjacent
-** segments that are also smaller than the one just written, are
-** promoted.
+** segments that are also smaller than the one just written, are
+** promoted.
**
** If one or more segments are promoted, the structure object is updated
** to reflect this.
@@ -215545,7 +217603,7 @@
if( sz>szMax ) szMax = sz;
}
if( szMax>=szSeg ){
- /* Condition (a) is true. Promote the newest segment on level
+ /* Condition (a) is true. Promote the newest segment on level
** iLvl to level iTst. */
iPromote = iTst;
szPromote = szMax;
@@ -215564,7 +217622,7 @@
/*
-** Advance the iterator passed as the only argument. If the end of the
+** Advance the iterator passed as the only argument. If the end of the
** doclist-index page is reached, return non-zero.
*/
static int fts5DlidxLvlNext(Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl){
@@ -215579,7 +217637,7 @@
}else{
int iOff;
for(iOff=pLvl->iOff; iOff<pData->nn; iOff++){
- if( pData->p[iOff] ) break;
+ if( pData->p[iOff] ) break;
}
if( iOff<pData->nn ){
@@ -215609,7 +217667,7 @@
if( pLvl[1].bEof==0 ){
fts5DataRelease(pLvl->pData);
memset(pLvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl));
- pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p,
+ pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p,
FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, iLvl, pLvl[1].iLeafPgno)
);
if( pLvl->pData ) fts5DlidxLvlNext(pLvl);
@@ -215629,7 +217687,7 @@
** points to the first rowid in the doclist-index.
**
** pData:
-** pointer to doclist-index record,
+** pointer to doclist-index record,
**
** When this function is called pIter->iLeafPgno is the page number the
** doclist is associated with (the one featuring the term).
@@ -215660,7 +217718,7 @@
Fts5DlidxLvl *pChild = &pLvl[-1];
fts5DataRelease(pChild->pData);
memset(pChild, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl));
- pChild->pData = fts5DataRead(p,
+ pChild->pData = fts5DataRead(p,
FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, i-1, pLvl->iLeafPgno)
);
}
@@ -215683,8 +217741,8 @@
int ii;
int nZero = 0;
- /* Currently iOff points to the first byte of a varint. This block
- ** decrements iOff until it points to the first byte of the previous
+ /* Currently iOff points to the first byte of a varint. This block
+ ** decrements iOff until it points to the first byte of the previous
** varint. Taking care not to read any memory locations that occur
** before the buffer in memory. */
iLimit = (iOff>9 ? iOff-9 : 0);
@@ -215729,7 +217787,7 @@
if( pLvl[1].bEof==0 ){
fts5DataRelease(pLvl->pData);
memset(pLvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl));
- pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p,
+ pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p,
FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, iLvl, pLvl[1].iLeafPgno)
);
if( pLvl->pData ){
@@ -215828,7 +217886,7 @@
pIter->pLeaf = pIter->pNextLeaf;
pIter->pNextLeaf = 0;
}else if( pIter->iLeafPgno<=pSeg->pgnoLast ){
- pIter->pLeaf = fts5LeafRead(p,
+ pIter->pLeaf = fts5LeafRead(p,
FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, pIter->iLeafPgno)
);
}else{
@@ -215872,7 +217930,7 @@
** Fts5SegIter.nPos
** Fts5SegIter.bDel
**
-** Leave Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset pointing to the first byte of the
+** Leave Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset pointing to the first byte of the
** position list content (if any).
*/
static void fts5SegIterLoadNPos(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){
@@ -215923,7 +217981,7 @@
}
/*
-** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset currently points to the first byte of the
+** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset currently points to the first byte of the
** "nSuffix" field of a term. Function parameter nKeep contains the value
** of the "nPrefix" field (if there was one - it is passed 0 if this is
** the first term in the segment).
@@ -215934,7 +217992,7 @@
** Fts5SegIter.rowid
**
** accordingly and leaves (Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset) set to the content of
-** the first position list. The position list belonging to document
+** the first position list. The position list belonging to document
** (Fts5SegIter.iRowid).
*/
static void fts5SegIterLoadTerm(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter, int nKeep){
@@ -215982,10 +218040,10 @@
/*
** Initialize the iterator object pIter to iterate through the entries in
-** segment pSeg. The iterator is left pointing to the first entry when
+** segment pSeg. The iterator is left pointing to the first entry when
** this function returns.
**
-** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If
+** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If
** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op.
*/
static void fts5SegIterInit(
@@ -216030,8 +218088,8 @@
** the position-list size field for the first relevant rowid on the page.
** Fts5SegIter.rowid is set, but nPos and bDel are not.
**
-** This function advances the iterator so that it points to the last
-** relevant rowid on the page and, if necessary, initializes the
+** This function advances the iterator so that it points to the last
+** relevant rowid on the page and, if necessary, initializes the
** aRowidOffset[] and iRowidOffset variables. At this point the iterator
** is in its regular state - Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset points to the first
** byte of the position list content associated with said rowid.
@@ -216251,10 +218309,10 @@
/*
-** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry.
+** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry.
**
-** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. It
-** is not considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF. If an error has
+** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. It
+** is not considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF. If an error has
** already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op.
*/
static void fts5SegIterNext(
@@ -216365,7 +218423,7 @@
}else{
/* The following could be done by calling fts5SegIterLoadNPos(). But
** this block is particularly performance critical, so equivalent
- ** code is inlined.
+ ** code is inlined.
**
** Later: Switched back to fts5SegIterLoadNPos() because it supports
** detail=none mode. Not ideal.
@@ -216445,7 +218503,7 @@
}
/* If pLast is NULL at this point, then the last rowid for this doclist
- ** lies on the page currently indicated by the iterator. In this case
+ ** lies on the page currently indicated by the iterator. In this case
** pIter->iLeafOffset is already set to point to the position-list size
** field associated with the first relevant rowid on the page.
**
@@ -216475,8 +218533,8 @@
/*
** Iterator pIter currently points to the first rowid of a doclist.
-** There is a doclist-index associated with the final term on the current
-** page. If the current term is the last term on the page, load the
+** There is a doclist-index associated with the final term on the current
+** page. If the current term is the last term on the page, load the
** doclist-index from disk and initialize an iterator at (pIter->pDlidx).
*/
static void fts5SegIterLoadDlidx(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){
@@ -216490,8 +218548,8 @@
/* Check if the current doclist ends on this page. If it does, return
** early without loading the doclist-index (as it belongs to a different
** term. */
- if( pIter->iTermLeafPgno==pIter->iLeafPgno
- && pIter->iEndofDoclist<pLeaf->szLeaf
+ if( pIter->iTermLeafPgno==pIter->iLeafPgno
+ && pIter->iEndofDoclist<pLeaf->szLeaf
){
return;
}
@@ -216616,11 +218674,11 @@
}
search_success:
- pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff + nNew;
- if( pIter->iLeafOffset>n || nNew<1 ){
+ if( (i64)iOff+nNew>n || nNew<1 ){
p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
return;
}
+ pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff + nNew;
pIter->iTermLeafOffset = pIter->iLeafOffset;
pIter->iTermLeafPgno = pIter->iLeafPgno;
@@ -216656,7 +218714,7 @@
** Initialize the object pIter to point to term pTerm/nTerm within segment
** pSeg. If there is no such term in the index, the iterator is set to EOF.
**
-** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If
+** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If
** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op.
*/
static void fts5SegIterSeekInit(
@@ -216736,10 +218794,10 @@
/*
** Initialize the object pIter to point to term pTerm/nTerm within the
-** in-memory hash table. If there is no such term in the hash-table, the
+** in-memory hash table. If there is no such term in the hash-table, the
** iterator is set to EOF.
**
-** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If
+** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If
** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op.
*/
static void fts5SegIterHashInit(
@@ -216769,7 +218827,7 @@
}
}
}else{
- p->rc = sqlite3Fts5HashQuery(p->pHash, sizeof(Fts5Data),
+ p->rc = sqlite3Fts5HashQuery(p->pHash, sizeof(Fts5Data),
(const char*)pTerm, nTerm, (void**)&pLeaf, &nList
);
if( pLeaf ){
@@ -216819,7 +218877,7 @@
** two iterators.
*/
static void fts5AssertComparisonResult(
- Fts5Iter *pIter,
+ Fts5Iter *pIter,
Fts5SegIter *p1,
Fts5SegIter *p2,
Fts5CResult *pRes
@@ -216856,7 +218914,7 @@
/*
** This function is a no-op unless SQLITE_DEBUG is defined when this module
-** is compiled. In that case, this function is essentially an assert()
+** is compiled. In that case, this function is essentially an assert()
** statement used to verify that the contents of the pIter->aFirst[] array
** are correct.
*/
@@ -216870,9 +218928,9 @@
/* Check that pIter->iSwitchRowid is set correctly. */
for(i=0; i<pIter->nSeg; i++){
Fts5SegIter *p1 = &pIter->aSeg[i];
- assert( p1==pFirst
- || p1->pLeaf==0
- || fts5BufferCompare(&pFirst->term, &p1->term)
+ assert( p1==pFirst
+ || p1->pLeaf==0
+ || fts5BufferCompare(&pFirst->term, &p1->term)
|| p1->iRowid==pIter->iSwitchRowid
|| (p1->iRowid<pIter->iSwitchRowid)==pIter->bRev
);
@@ -216902,7 +218960,7 @@
**
** If the returned value is non-zero, then it is the index of an entry
** in the pIter->aSeg[] array that is (a) not at EOF, and (b) pointing
-** to a key that is a duplicate of another, higher priority,
+** to a key that is a duplicate of another, higher priority,
** segment-iterator in the pSeg->aSeg[] array.
*/
static int fts5MultiIterDoCompare(Fts5Iter *pIter, int iOut){
@@ -216993,7 +219051,7 @@
}
/*
-** Advance the iterator passed as the second argument until it is at or
+** Advance the iterator passed as the second argument until it is at or
** past rowid iFrom. Regardless of the value of iFrom, the iterator is
** always advanced at least once.
*/
@@ -217089,7 +219147,7 @@
** If non-zero is returned, the caller should call fts5MultiIterAdvanced()
** on the iterator instead. That function does the same as this one, except
** that it deals with more complicated cases as well.
-*/
+*/
static int fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(
Fts5Iter *pIter, /* Iterator to update aFirst[] array for */
int iChanged, /* Index of sub-iterator just advanced */
@@ -217140,14 +219198,14 @@
}
/*
-** Move the iterator to the next entry.
+** Move the iterator to the next entry.
**
-** If an error occurs, an error code is left in Fts5Index.rc. It is not
-** considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF, or if it is already at
+** If an error occurs, an error code is left in Fts5Index.rc. It is not
+** considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF, or if it is already at
** EOF when this function is called.
*/
static void fts5MultiIterNext(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5Iter *pIter,
int bFrom, /* True if argument iFrom is valid */
i64 iFrom /* Advance at least as far as this */
@@ -217165,7 +219223,7 @@
pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, &bNewTerm);
}
- if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm
+ if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm
|| fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(pIter, iFirst, &pSeg)
){
fts5MultiIterAdvanced(p, pIter, iFirst, 1);
@@ -217185,7 +219243,7 @@
}
static void fts5MultiIterNext2(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5Iter *pIter,
int *pbNewTerm /* OUT: True if *might* be new term */
){
@@ -217199,7 +219257,7 @@
assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, &bNewTerm);
- if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm
+ if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm
|| fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(pIter, iFirst, &pSeg)
){
fts5MultiIterAdvanced(p, pIter, iFirst, 1);
@@ -217224,7 +219282,7 @@
int nSlot; /* Power of two >= nSeg */
for(nSlot=2; nSlot<nSeg; nSlot=nSlot*2);
- pNew = fts5IdxMalloc(p,
+ pNew = fts5IdxMalloc(p,
sizeof(Fts5Iter) + /* pNew */
sizeof(Fts5SegIter) * (nSlot-1) + /* pNew->aSeg[] */
sizeof(Fts5CResult) * nSlot /* pNew->aFirst[] */
@@ -217239,8 +219297,8 @@
}
static void fts5PoslistCallback(
- Fts5Index *pUnused,
- void *pContext,
+ Fts5Index *pUnused,
+ void *pContext,
const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk
){
UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused);
@@ -217277,8 +219335,8 @@
}
static void fts5PoslistOffsetsCallback(
- Fts5Index *pUnused,
- void *pContext,
+ Fts5Index *pUnused,
+ void *pContext,
const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk
){
PoslistOffsetsCtx *pCtx = (PoslistOffsetsCtx*)pContext;
@@ -217301,7 +219359,7 @@
static void fts5PoslistFilterCallback(
Fts5Index *pUnused,
- void *pContext,
+ void *pContext,
const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk
){
PoslistCallbackCtx *pCtx = (PoslistCallbackCtx*)pContext;
@@ -217446,7 +219504,7 @@
while( iCol>iCurrent ){
/* Advance pointer p until it points to pEnd or an 0x01 byte that is
** not part of a varint. Note that it is not possible for a negative
- ** or extremely large varint to occur within an uncorrupted position
+ ** or extremely large varint to occur within an uncorrupted position
** list. So the last byte of each varint may be assumed to have a clear
** 0x80 bit. */
while( *p!=0x01 ){
@@ -217511,7 +219569,7 @@
assert( pIter->pColset==0 );
if( pSeg->iLeafOffset+pSeg->nPos<=pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf ){
- /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output
+ /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output
** variables to point into the body of the page object. */
pIter->base.pData = &pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset];
}else{
@@ -217547,13 +219605,13 @@
}
/*
-** xSetOutputs callback used when:
+** xSetOutputs callback used when:
**
** * detail=col,
** * there is a column filter, and
-** * the table contains 100 or fewer columns.
+** * the table contains 100 or fewer columns.
**
-** The last point is to ensure all column numbers are stored as
+** The last point is to ensure all column numbers are stored as
** single-byte varints.
*/
static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Col100(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){
@@ -217565,7 +219623,7 @@
fts5IterSetOutputs_Col(pIter, pSeg);
}else{
u8 *a = (u8*)&pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset];
- u8 *pEnd = (u8*)&a[pSeg->nPos];
+ u8 *pEnd = (u8*)&a[pSeg->nPos];
int iPrev = 0;
int *aiCol = pIter->pColset->aiCol;
int *aiColEnd = &aiCol[pIter->pColset->nCol];
@@ -217604,7 +219662,7 @@
assert( pColset );
if( pSeg->iLeafOffset+pSeg->nPos<=pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf ){
- /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output
+ /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output
** variables to point into the body of the page object. */
const u8 *a = &pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset];
if( pColset->nCol==1 ){
@@ -217668,7 +219726,7 @@
** is zero or greater, data from the first nSegment segments on level iLevel
** is merged.
**
-** The iterator initially points to the first term/rowid entry in the
+** The iterator initially points to the first term/rowid entry in the
** iterated data.
*/
static void fts5MultiIterNew(
@@ -217737,8 +219795,8 @@
assert( iIter==nSeg );
}
- /* If the above was successful, each component iterators now points
- ** to the first entry in its segment. In this case initialize the
+ /* If the above was successful, each component iterators now points
+ ** to the first entry in its segment. In this case initialize the
** aFirst[] array. Or, if an error has occurred, free the iterator
** object and set the output variable to NULL. */
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -217807,12 +219865,12 @@
}
/*
-** Return true if the iterator is at EOF or if an error has occurred.
+** Return true if the iterator is at EOF or if an error has occurred.
** False otherwise.
*/
static int fts5MultiIterEof(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){
- assert( p->rc
- || (pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ].pLeaf==0)==pIter->base.bEof
+ assert( p->rc
+ || (pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ].pLeaf==0)==pIter->base.bEof
);
return (p->rc || pIter->base.bEof);
}
@@ -217831,8 +219889,8 @@
** Move the iterator to the next entry at or following iMatch.
*/
static void fts5MultiIterNextFrom(
- Fts5Index *p,
- Fts5Iter *pIter,
+ Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Iter *pIter,
i64 iMatch
){
while( 1 ){
@@ -217846,7 +219904,7 @@
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to a buffer containing the term associated with the
+** Return a pointer to a buffer containing the term associated with the
** entry that the iterator currently points to.
*/
static const u8 *fts5MultiIterTerm(Fts5Iter *pIter, int *pn){
@@ -217857,11 +219915,11 @@
/*
** Allocate a new segment-id for the structure pStruct. The new segment
-** id must be between 1 and 65335 inclusive, and must not be used by
+** id must be between 1 and 65335 inclusive, and must not be used by
** any currently existing segment. If a free segment id cannot be found,
** SQLITE_FULL is returned.
**
-** If an error has already occurred, this function is a no-op. 0 is
+** If an error has already occurred, this function is a no-op. 0 is
** returned in this case.
*/
static int fts5AllocateSegid(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Structure *pStruct){
@@ -217930,10 +219988,10 @@
}
/*
-** Return the size of the prefix, in bytes, that buffer
+** Return the size of the prefix, in bytes, that buffer
** (pNew/<length-unknown>) shares with buffer (pOld/nOld).
**
-** Buffer (pNew/<length-unknown>) is guaranteed to be greater
+** Buffer (pNew/<length-unknown>) is guaranteed to be greater
** than buffer (pOld/nOld).
*/
static int fts5PrefixCompress(int nOld, const u8 *pOld, const u8 *pNew){
@@ -217945,7 +220003,7 @@
}
static void fts5WriteDlidxClear(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
int bFlush /* If true, write dlidx to disk */
){
@@ -217956,7 +220014,7 @@
if( pDlidx->buf.n==0 ) break;
if( bFlush ){
assert( pDlidx->pgno!=0 );
- fts5DataWrite(p,
+ fts5DataWrite(p,
FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pWriter->iSegid, i, pDlidx->pgno),
pDlidx->buf.p, pDlidx->buf.n
);
@@ -218010,8 +220068,8 @@
}
/*
-** This function is called whenever processing of the doclist for the
-** last term on leaf page (pWriter->iBtPage) is completed.
+** This function is called whenever processing of the doclist for the
+** last term on leaf page (pWriter->iBtPage) is completed.
**
** The doclist-index for that term is currently stored in-memory within the
** Fts5SegWriter.aDlidx[] array. If it is large enough, this function
@@ -218096,8 +220154,8 @@
** doclist-index.
*/
static void fts5WriteDlidxAppend(
- Fts5Index *p,
- Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
+ Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
i64 iRowid
){
int i;
@@ -218110,11 +220168,11 @@
if( pDlidx->buf.n>=p->pConfig->pgsz ){
/* The current doclist-index page is full. Write it to disk and push
** a copy of iRowid (which will become the first rowid on the next
- ** doclist-index leaf page) up into the next level of the b-tree
+ ** doclist-index leaf page) up into the next level of the b-tree
** hierarchy. If the node being flushed is currently the root node,
** also push its first rowid upwards. */
pDlidx->buf.p[0] = 0x01; /* Not the root node */
- fts5DataWrite(p,
+ fts5DataWrite(p,
FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pWriter->iSegid, i, pDlidx->pgno),
pDlidx->buf.p, pDlidx->buf.n
);
@@ -218198,13 +220256,13 @@
** Append term pTerm/nTerm to the segment being written by the writer passed
** as the second argument.
**
-** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has
+** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has
** already occurred, this function is a no-op.
*/
static void fts5WriteAppendTerm(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
- int nTerm, const u8 *pTerm
+ int nTerm, const u8 *pTerm
){
int nPrefix; /* Bytes of prefix compression for term */
Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer;
@@ -218223,7 +220281,7 @@
}
fts5BufferGrow(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, nTerm+FTS5_DATA_PADDING);
}
-
+
/* TODO1: Updating pgidx here. */
pPgidx->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(
&pPgidx->p[pPgidx->n], pPage->buf.n - pPage->iPrevPgidx
@@ -218239,11 +220297,11 @@
if( pPage->pgno!=1 ){
/* This is the first term on a leaf that is not the leftmost leaf in
** the segment b-tree. In this case it is necessary to add a term to
- ** the b-tree hierarchy that is (a) larger than the largest term
+ ** the b-tree hierarchy that is (a) larger than the largest term
** already written to the segment and (b) smaller than or equal to
** this term. In other words, a prefix of (pTerm/nTerm) that is one
** byte longer than the longest prefix (pTerm/nTerm) shares with the
- ** previous term.
+ ** previous term.
**
** Usually, the previous term is available in pPage->term. The exception
** is if this is the first term written in an incremental-merge step.
@@ -218280,10 +220338,10 @@
}
/*
-** Append a rowid and position-list size field to the writers output.
+** Append a rowid and position-list size field to the writers output.
*/
static void fts5WriteAppendRowid(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
i64 iRowid
){
@@ -218294,7 +220352,7 @@
fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, pWriter);
}
- /* If this is to be the first rowid written to the page, set the
+ /* If this is to be the first rowid written to the page, set the
** rowid-pointer in the page-header. Also append a value to the dlidx
** buffer, in case a doclist-index is required. */
if( pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage ){
@@ -218316,18 +220374,18 @@
}
static void fts5WriteAppendPoslistData(
- Fts5Index *p,
- Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
- const u8 *aData,
+ Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
+ const u8 *aData,
int nData
){
Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer;
const u8 *a = aData;
int n = nData;
-
+
assert( p->pConfig->pgsz>0 );
- while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
- && (pPage->buf.n + pPage->pgidx.n + n)>=p->pConfig->pgsz
+ while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && (pPage->buf.n + pPage->pgidx.n + n)>=p->pConfig->pgsz
){
int nReq = p->pConfig->pgsz - pPage->buf.n - pPage->pgidx.n;
int nCopy = 0;
@@ -218350,7 +220408,7 @@
** allocations associated with the writer.
*/
static void fts5WriteFinish(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */
int *pnLeaf /* OUT: Number of leaf pages in b-tree */
){
@@ -218378,8 +220436,8 @@
}
static void fts5WriteInit(
- Fts5Index *p,
- Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
+ Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5SegWriter *pWriter,
int iSegid
){
const int nBuffer = p->pConfig->pgsz + FTS5_DATA_PADDING;
@@ -218402,7 +220460,7 @@
if( p->pIdxWriter==0 ){
Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pIdxWriter, sqlite3_mprintf(
- "INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_idx'(segid,term,pgno) VALUES(?,?,?)",
+ "INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_idx'(segid,term,pgno) VALUES(?,?,?)",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
));
}
@@ -218468,13 +220526,13 @@
/* Set up the new page-index array */
fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, 4);
- if( pSeg->iLeafPgno==pSeg->iTermLeafPgno
+ if( pSeg->iLeafPgno==pSeg->iTermLeafPgno
&& pSeg->iEndofDoclist<pData->szLeaf
&& pSeg->iPgidxOff<=pData->nn
){
int nDiff = pData->szLeaf - pSeg->iEndofDoclist;
fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, buf.n - 1 - nDiff - 4);
- fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf,
+ fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf,
pData->nn - pSeg->iPgidxOff, &pData->p[pSeg->iPgidxOff]
);
}
@@ -218491,8 +220549,8 @@
}
static void fts5MergeChunkCallback(
- Fts5Index *p,
- void *pCtx,
+ Fts5Index *p,
+ void *pCtx,
const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk
){
Fts5SegWriter *pWriter = (Fts5SegWriter*)pCtx;
@@ -218707,7 +220765,7 @@
** segment. This function updates the write-counter accordingly and, if
** necessary, performs incremental merge work.
**
-** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has
+** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has
** already occurred, this function is a no-op.
*/
static void fts5IndexAutomerge(
@@ -218758,12 +220816,12 @@
typedef struct Fts5FlushCtx Fts5FlushCtx;
struct Fts5FlushCtx {
Fts5Index *pIdx;
- Fts5SegWriter writer;
+ Fts5SegWriter writer;
};
/*
** Buffer aBuf[] contains a list of varints, all small enough to fit
-** in a 32-bit integer. Return the size of the largest prefix of this
+** in a 32-bit integer. Return the size of the largest prefix of this
** list nMax bytes or less in size.
*/
static int fts5PoslistPrefix(const u8 *aBuf, int nMax){
@@ -218781,10 +220839,10 @@
}
/*
-** Flush the contents of in-memory hash table iHash to a new level-0
+** Flush the contents of in-memory hash table iHash to a new level-0
** segment on disk. Also update the corresponding structure record.
**
-** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has
+** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has
** already occurred, this function is a no-op.
*/
static void fts5FlushOneHash(Fts5Index *p){
@@ -218841,13 +220899,13 @@
i64 iDelta = 0;
int iOff = 0;
- /* The entire doclist will not fit on this leaf. The following
- ** loop iterates through the poslists that make up the current
+ /* The entire doclist will not fit on this leaf. The following
+ ** loop iterates through the poslists that make up the current
** doclist. */
while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<nDoclist ){
iOff += fts5GetVarint(&pDoclist[iOff], (u64*)&iDelta);
iRowid += iDelta;
-
+
if( writer.bFirstRowidInPage ){
fts5PutU16(&pBuf->p[0], (u16)pBuf->n); /* first rowid on page */
pBuf->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], iRowid);
@@ -218951,7 +221009,7 @@
}
static Fts5Structure *fts5IndexOptimizeStruct(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5Structure *pStruct
){
Fts5Structure *pNew = 0;
@@ -218962,7 +221020,7 @@
/* Figure out if this structure requires optimization. A structure does
** not require optimization if either:
**
- ** + it consists of fewer than two segments, or
+ ** + it consists of fewer than two segments, or
** + all segments are on the same level, or
** + all segments except one are currently inputs to a merge operation.
**
@@ -219039,7 +221097,7 @@
fts5StructureRelease(pNew);
}
- return fts5IndexReturn(p);
+ return fts5IndexReturn(p);
}
/*
@@ -219123,7 +221181,7 @@
}
static void fts5DoclistIterInit(
- Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
+ Fts5Buffer *pBuf,
Fts5DoclistIter *pIter
){
memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(*pIter));
@@ -219239,17 +221297,17 @@
Fts5Buffer out = {0, 0, 0};
Fts5Buffer tmp = {0, 0, 0};
- /* The maximum size of the output is equal to the sum of the two
+ /* The maximum size of the output is equal to the sum of the two
** input sizes + 1 varint (9 bytes). The extra varint is because if the
** first rowid in one input is a large negative number, and the first in
** the other a non-negative number, the delta for the non-negative
** number will be larger on disk than the literal integer value
- ** was.
+ ** was.
**
** Or, if the input position-lists are corrupt, then the output might
** include up to 2 extra 10-byte positions created by interpreting -1
** (the value PoslistNext64() uses for EOF) as a position and appending
- ** it to the output. This can happen at most once for each input
+ ** it to the output. This can happen at most once for each input
** position-list, hence two 10 byte paddings. */
if( sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &out, p1->n + p2->n + 9+10+10) ) return;
fts5DoclistIterInit(p1, &i1);
@@ -219273,7 +221331,7 @@
assert( out.n<=((i1.aPoslist-p1->p) + (i2.aPoslist-p2->p)+9+10+10) );
}
else{
- /* Merge the two position lists. */
+ /* Merge the two position lists. */
i64 iPos1 = 0;
i64 iPos2 = 0;
int iOff1 = 0;
@@ -219398,8 +221456,8 @@
pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p);
if( aBuf && pStruct ){
- const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN
- | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY
+ const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN
+ | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY
| FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT;
int i;
i64 iLastRowid = 0;
@@ -219481,9 +221539,9 @@
}
/* Flush the hash table to disk if required */
- if( iRowid<p->iWriteRowid
+ if( iRowid<p->iWriteRowid
|| (iRowid==p->iWriteRowid && p->bDelete==0)
- || (p->nPendingData > p->pConfig->nHashSize)
+ || (p->nPendingData > p->pConfig->nHashSize)
){
fts5IndexFlush(p);
}
@@ -219506,7 +221564,7 @@
/*
** Discard any data stored in the in-memory hash tables. Do not write it
** to the database. Additionally, assume that the contents of the %_data
-** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data
+** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data
** records must be invalidated.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(Fts5Index *p){
@@ -219540,8 +221598,8 @@
** Otherwise, set *pp to NULL and return an SQLite error code.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOpen(
- Fts5Config *pConfig,
- int bCreate,
+ Fts5Config *pConfig,
+ int bCreate,
Fts5Index **pp,
char **pzErr
){
@@ -219558,8 +221616,8 @@
pConfig, "data", "id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB", 0, pzErr
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(pConfig, "idx",
- "segid, term, pgno, PRIMARY KEY(segid, term)",
+ rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(pConfig, "idx",
+ "segid, term, pgno, PRIMARY KEY(segid, term)",
1, pzErr
);
}
@@ -219599,13 +221657,13 @@
}
/*
-** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in
+** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in
** size. Return the number of bytes in the nChar character prefix of the
** buffer, or 0 if there are less than nChar characters in total.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen(
- const char *p,
- int nByte,
+ const char *p,
+ int nByte,
int nChar
){
int n = 0;
@@ -219631,7 +221689,7 @@
** unicode characters in the string.
*/
static int fts5IndexCharlen(const char *pIn, int nIn){
- int nChar = 0;
+ int nChar = 0;
int i = 0;
while( i<nIn ){
if( (unsigned char)pIn[i++]>=0xc0 ){
@@ -219643,7 +221701,7 @@
}
/*
-** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is
+** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is
** added to or removed from the index, this function is called one or more
** times.
**
@@ -219674,7 +221732,7 @@
const int nChar = pConfig->aPrefix[i];
int nByte = sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen(pToken, nToken, nChar);
if( nByte ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts5HashWrite(p->pHash,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts5HashWrite(p->pHash,
p->iWriteRowid, iCol, iPos, (char)(FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX+i+1), pToken,
nByte
);
@@ -219685,7 +221743,7 @@
}
/*
-** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowid that match the
+** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowid that match the
** specified token or token prefix.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(
@@ -219712,9 +221770,9 @@
** satisfied by scanning multiple terms in the main index.
**
** If the QUERY_TEST_NOIDX flag was specified, then this must be a
- ** prefix-query. Instead of using a prefix-index (if one exists),
+ ** prefix-query. Instead of using a prefix-index (if one exists),
** evaluate the prefix query using the main FTS index. This is used
- ** for internal sanity checking by the integrity-check in debug
+ ** for internal sanity checking by the integrity-check in debug
** mode only. */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
if( pConfig->bPrefixIndex==0 || (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_TEST_NOIDX) ){
@@ -219734,7 +221792,7 @@
Fts5Structure *pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p);
buf.p[0] = (u8)(FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX + iIdx);
if( pStruct ){
- fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY,
+ fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY,
pColset, buf.p, nToken+1, -1, 0, &pRet
);
fts5StructureRelease(pStruct);
@@ -219768,7 +221826,7 @@
** Return true if the iterator passed as the only argument is at EOF.
*/
/*
-** Move to the next matching rowid.
+** Move to the next matching rowid.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IterNext(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter){
Fts5Iter *pIter = (Fts5Iter*)pIndexIter;
@@ -219833,7 +221891,7 @@
}
/*
-** Read and decode the "averages" record from the database.
+** Read and decode the "averages" record from the database.
**
** Parameter anSize must point to an array of size nCol, where nCol is
** the number of user defined columns in the FTS table.
@@ -219859,7 +221917,7 @@
}
/*
-** Replace the current "averages" record with the contents of the buffer
+** Replace the current "averages" record with the contents of the buffer
** supplied as the second argument.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetAverages(Fts5Index *p, const u8 *pData, int nData){
@@ -219877,7 +221935,7 @@
}
/*
-** Set the 32-bit cookie value stored at the start of all structure
+** Set the 32-bit cookie value stored at the start of all structure
** records to the value passed as the second argument.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
@@ -219892,7 +221950,7 @@
assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
sqlite3Fts5Put32(aCookie, iNew);
- rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl,
+ rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl,
"block", FTS5_STRUCTURE_ROWID, 1, &pBlob
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -219913,7 +221971,7 @@
/*************************************************************************
**************************************************************************
-** Below this point is the implementation of the integrity-check
+** Below this point is the implementation of the integrity-check
** functionality.
*/
@@ -219921,9 +221979,9 @@
** Return a simple checksum value based on the arguments.
*/
static u64 sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(
- i64 iRowid,
- int iCol,
- int iPos,
+ i64 iRowid,
+ int iCol,
+ int iPos,
int iIdx,
const char *pTerm,
int nTerm
@@ -219939,15 +221997,15 @@
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** This function is purely an internal test. It does not contribute to
+** This function is purely an internal test. It does not contribute to
** FTS functionality, or even the integrity-check, in any way.
**
-** Instead, it tests that the same set of pgno/rowid combinations are
+** Instead, it tests that the same set of pgno/rowid combinations are
** visited regardless of whether the doclist-index identified by parameters
** iSegid/iLeaf is iterated in forwards or reverse order.
*/
static void fts5TestDlidxReverse(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
int iSegid, /* Segment id to load from */
int iLeaf /* Load doclist-index for this leaf */
){
@@ -220054,11 +222112,11 @@
}
/*
-** This function is also purely an internal test. It does not contribute to
+** This function is also purely an internal test. It does not contribute to
** FTS functionality, or even the integrity-check, in any way.
*/
static void fts5TestTerm(
- Fts5Index *p,
+ Fts5Index *p,
Fts5Buffer *pPrev, /* Previous term */
const char *z, int n, /* Possibly new term to test */
u64 expected,
@@ -220087,12 +222145,12 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ck1!=ck2 ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT;
/* If this is a prefix query, check that the results returned if the
- ** the index is disabled are the same. In both ASC and DESC order.
+ ** the index is disabled are the same. In both ASC and DESC order.
**
** This check may only be performed if the hash table is empty. This
** is because the hash table only supports a single scan query at
** a time, and the multi-iter loop from which this function is called
- ** is already performing such a scan.
+ ** is already performing such a scan.
**
** Also only do this if buffer zTerm contains nTerm bytes of valid
** utf-8. Otherwise, the last part of the buffer contents might contain
@@ -220124,7 +222182,7 @@
}
p->rc = rc;
}
-
+
#else
# define fts5TestDlidxReverse(x,y,z)
# define fts5TestTerm(u,v,w,x,y,z)
@@ -220237,7 +222295,7 @@
int iIdxLeaf = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 2);
int bIdxDlidx = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 3);
- /* If the leaf in question has already been trimmed from the segment,
+ /* If the leaf in question has already been trimmed from the segment,
** ignore this b-tree entry. Otherwise, load it into memory. */
if( iIdxLeaf<pSeg->pgnoFirst ) continue;
iRow = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, iIdxLeaf);
@@ -220345,7 +222403,7 @@
/*
-** Run internal checks to ensure that the FTS index (a) is internally
+** Run internal checks to ensure that the FTS index (a) is internally
** consistent and (b) contains entries for which the XOR of the checksums
** as calculated by sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum() is cksum.
**
@@ -220367,7 +222425,7 @@
Fts5Buffer term = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer used to hold most recent term */
#endif
const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT;
-
+
/* Load the FTS index structure */
pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p);
@@ -220389,7 +222447,7 @@
**
** Two versions of the same checksum are calculated. The first (stack
** variable cksum2) based on entries extracted from the full-text index
- ** while doing a linear scan of each individual index in turn.
+ ** while doing a linear scan of each individual index in turn.
**
** As each term visited by the linear scans, a separate query for the
** same term is performed. cksum3 is calculated based on the entries
@@ -220491,12 +222549,12 @@
for(iLvl=0; iLvl<p->nLevel; iLvl++){
Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &p->aLevel[iLvl];
- sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf,
+ sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf,
" {lvl=%d nMerge=%d nSeg=%d", iLvl, pLvl->nMerge, pLvl->nSeg
);
for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pLvl->nSeg; iSeg++){
Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg = &pLvl->aSeg[iSeg];
- sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " {id=%d leaves=%d..%d}",
+ sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " {id=%d leaves=%d..%d}",
pSeg->iSegid, pSeg->pgnoFirst, pSeg->pgnoLast
);
}
@@ -220509,7 +222567,7 @@
**
** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain a serialized Fts5Structure object. This
** function appends a human-readable representation of the same object
-** to the buffer passed as the second argument.
+** to the buffer passed as the second argument.
*/
static void fts5DecodeStructure(
int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: error code */
@@ -220532,9 +222590,9 @@
/*
** This is part of the fts5_decode() debugging aid.
**
-** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain an "averages" record. This function
-** appends a human-readable representation of record to the buffer passed
-** as the second argument.
+** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain an "averages" record. This function
+** appends a human-readable representation of record to the buffer passed
+** as the second argument.
*/
static void fts5DecodeAverages(
int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: error code */
@@ -220573,7 +222631,7 @@
** The start of buffer (a/n) contains the start of a doclist. The doclist
** may or may not finish within the buffer. This function appends a text
** representation of the part of the doclist that is present to buffer
-** pBuf.
+** pBuf.
**
** The return value is the number of bytes read from the input buffer.
*/
@@ -220603,7 +222661,7 @@
}
/*
-** This function is part of the fts5_decode() debugging function. It is
+** This function is part of the fts5_decode() debugging function. It is
** only ever used with detail=none tables.
**
** Buffer (pData/nData) contains a doclist in the format used by detail=none
@@ -220690,7 +222748,7 @@
lvl.iLeafPgno = iPgno;
for(fts5DlidxLvlNext(&lvl); lvl.bEof==0; fts5DlidxLvlNext(&lvl)){
- sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &s,
+ sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &s,
" %d(%lld)", lvl.iLeafPgno, lvl.iRowid
);
}
@@ -220801,7 +222859,7 @@
int bFirst = (iPgidxOff==szLeaf); /* True for first term on page */
int nByte; /* Bytes of data */
int iEnd;
-
+
iPgidxOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidxOff], nByte);
iPgidxPrev += nByte;
iOff = iPgidxPrev;
@@ -220841,7 +222899,7 @@
fts5BufferFree(&term);
}
-
+
decode_out:
sqlite3_free(a);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -220869,7 +222927,7 @@
i64 iRowid;
int segid, pgno;
if( nArg!=3 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
+ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
"should be: fts5_rowid('segment', segid, pgno))", -1
);
}else{
@@ -220879,7 +222937,7 @@
sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, iRowid);
}
}else{
- sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
+ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx,
"first arg to fts5_rowid() must be 'segment'" , -1
);
}
@@ -220901,7 +222959,7 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sqlite3_create_function(
- db, "fts5_decode_none", 2,
+ db, "fts5_decode_none", 2,
SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, fts5DecodeFunction, 0, 0
);
}
@@ -220958,9 +223016,9 @@
typedef struct Fts5TokenizerModule Fts5TokenizerModule;
/*
-** NOTES ON TRANSACTIONS:
+** NOTES ON TRANSACTIONS:
**
-** SQLite invokes the following virtual table methods as transactions are
+** SQLite invokes the following virtual table methods as transactions are
** opened and closed by the user:
**
** xBegin(): Start of a new transaction.
@@ -220969,7 +223027,7 @@
** xRollback(): Rollback the transaction.
**
** Anything that is required as part of a commit that may fail is performed
-** in the xSync() callback. Current versions of SQLite ignore any errors
+** in the xSync() callback. Current versions of SQLite ignore any errors
** returned by xCommit().
**
** And as sub-transactions are opened/closed:
@@ -220978,9 +223036,9 @@
** xRelease(int S): Commit and close savepoint S.
** xRollbackTo(int S): Rollback to start of savepoint S.
**
-** During a write-transaction the fts5_index.c module may cache some data
+** During a write-transaction the fts5_index.c module may cache some data
** in-memory. It is flushed to disk whenever xSync(), xRelease() or
-** xSavepoint() is called. And discarded whenever xRollback() or xRollbackTo()
+** xSavepoint() is called. And discarded whenever xRollback() or xRollbackTo()
** is called.
**
** Additionally, if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an instance of the following
@@ -220994,13 +223052,13 @@
};
/*
-** A single object of this type is allocated when the FTS5 module is
+** A single object of this type is allocated when the FTS5 module is
** registered with a database handle. It is used to store pointers to
** all registered FTS5 extensions - tokenizers and auxiliary functions.
*/
struct Fts5Global {
fts5_api api; /* User visible part of object (see fts5.h) */
- sqlite3 *db; /* Associated database connection */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Associated database connection */
i64 iNextId; /* Used to allocate unique cursor ids */
Fts5Auxiliary *pAux; /* First in list of all aux. functions */
Fts5TokenizerModule *pTok; /* First in list of all tokenizer modules */
@@ -221056,7 +223114,7 @@
**
** aIdx[]:
** There is one entry in the aIdx[] array for each phrase in the query,
-** the value of which is the offset within aPoslist[] following the last
+** the value of which is the offset within aPoslist[] following the last
** byte of the position list for the corresponding phrase.
*/
struct Fts5Sorter {
@@ -221072,8 +223130,8 @@
** Virtual-table cursor object.
**
** iSpecial:
-** If this is a 'special' query (refer to function fts5SpecialMatch()),
-** then this variable contains the result of the query.
+** If this is a 'special' query (refer to function fts5SpecialMatch()),
+** then this variable contains the result of the query.
**
** iFirstRowid, iLastRowid:
** These variables are only used for FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors. Assuming the
@@ -221124,7 +223182,7 @@
};
/*
-** Bits that make up the "idxNum" parameter passed indirectly by
+** Bits that make up the "idxNum" parameter passed indirectly by
** xBestIndex() to xFilter().
*/
#define FTS5_BI_MATCH 0x0001 /* <tbl> MATCH ? */
@@ -221203,7 +223261,7 @@
assert( iSavepoint>=p->ts.iSavepoint );
p->ts.iSavepoint = iSavepoint;
break;
-
+
case FTS5_RELEASE:
assert( p->ts.eState==1 );
assert( iSavepoint>=0 );
@@ -221234,7 +223292,7 @@
}
/*
-** Delete a virtual table handle allocated by fts5InitVtab().
+** Delete a virtual table handle allocated by fts5InitVtab().
*/
static void fts5FreeVtab(Fts5FullTable *pTab){
if( pTab ){
@@ -221390,7 +223448,7 @@
}
/*
-** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS5 tables. Within the
+** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS5 tables. Within the
** WHERE constraint, it searches for the following:
**
** 1. A MATCH constraint against the table column.
@@ -221405,7 +223463,7 @@
** 5. ORDER BY rank [ASC|DESC]
** 6. ORDER BY rowid [ASC|DESC]
**
-** Information for the xFilter call is passed via both the idxNum and
+** Information for the xFilter call is passed via both the idxNum and
** idxStr variables. Specifically, idxNum is a bitmask of the following
** flags used to encode the ORDER BY clause:
**
@@ -221492,7 +223550,7 @@
){
/* A MATCH operator or equivalent */
if( p->usable==0 || iCol<0 ){
- /* As there exists an unusable MATCH constraint this is an
+ /* As there exists an unusable MATCH constraint this is an
** unusable plan. Set a prohibitively high cost. */
pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50;
assert( iIdxStr < pInfo->nConstraint*6 + 1 );
@@ -221516,8 +223574,8 @@
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
}
}
- else if( p->usable && bSeenEq==0
- && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && iCol<0
+ else if( p->usable && bSeenEq==0
+ && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && iCol<0
){
idxStr[iIdxStr++] = '=';
bSeenEq = 1;
@@ -221625,15 +223683,15 @@
/*
** This function is called after the cursor passed as the only argument
-** is moved to point at a different row. It clears all cached data
+** is moved to point at a different row. It clears all cached data
** specific to the previous row stored by the cursor object.
*/
static void fts5CsrNewrow(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
- CsrFlagSet(pCsr,
- FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT
- | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE
- | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST
- | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST
+ CsrFlagSet(pCsr,
+ FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT
+ | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE
+ | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST
+ | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST
);
}
@@ -221737,14 +223795,14 @@
/*
-** Set the FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK flag on all FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors
+** Set the FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK flag on all FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors
** open on table pTab.
*/
static void fts5TripCursors(Fts5FullTable *pTab){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr;
for(pCsr=pTab->pGlobal->pCsr; pCsr; pCsr=pCsr->pNext){
if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH
- && pCsr->base.pVtab==(sqlite3_vtab*)pTab
+ && pCsr->base.pVtab==(sqlite3_vtab*)pTab
){
CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK);
}
@@ -221753,14 +223811,14 @@
/*
** If the REQUIRE_RESEEK flag is set on the cursor passed as the first
-** argument, close and reopen all Fts5IndexIter iterators that the cursor
+** argument, close and reopen all Fts5IndexIter iterators that the cursor
** is using. Then attempt to move the cursor to a rowid equal to or laster
-** (in the cursors sort order - ASC or DESC) than the current rowid.
+** (in the cursors sort order - ASC or DESC) than the current rowid.
**
** If the new rowid is not equal to the old, set output parameter *pbSkip
** to 1 before returning. Otherwise, leave it unchanged.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or if no reseek was required, or an
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or if no reseek was required, or an
** error code if an error occurred.
*/
static int fts5CursorReseek(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int *pbSkip){
@@ -221788,7 +223846,7 @@
/*
-** Advance the cursor to the next row in the table that matches the
+** Advance the cursor to the next row in the table that matches the
** search criteria.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong. SQLITE_OK is returned
@@ -221800,7 +223858,7 @@
int rc;
assert( (pCsr->ePlan<3)==
- (pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE)
+ (pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE)
);
assert( !CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF) );
@@ -221817,12 +223875,12 @@
rc = SQLITE_OK;
break;
}
-
+
case FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH: {
rc = fts5SorterNext(pCsr);
break;
}
-
+
default: {
Fts5Config *pConfig = ((Fts5Table*)pCursor->pVtab)->pConfig;
pConfig->bLock++;
@@ -221843,14 +223901,14 @@
}
}
}
-
+
return rc;
}
static int fts5PrepareStatement(
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
- Fts5Config *pConfig,
+ Fts5Config *pConfig,
const char *zFmt,
...
){
@@ -221862,9 +223920,9 @@
va_start(ap, zFmt);
zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap);
if( zSql==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(pConfig->db, zSql, -1,
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(pConfig->db, zSql, -1,
SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT, &pRet, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
*pConfig->pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(pConfig->db));
@@ -221875,11 +223933,11 @@
va_end(ap);
*ppStmt = pRet;
return rc;
-}
+}
static int fts5CursorFirstSorted(
- Fts5FullTable *pTab,
- Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts5FullTable *pTab,
+ Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
int bDesc
){
Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->p.pConfig;
@@ -221889,7 +223947,7 @@
int rc;
const char *zRank = pCsr->zRank;
const char *zRankArgs = pCsr->zRankArgs;
-
+
nPhrase = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr);
nByte = sizeof(Fts5Sorter) + sizeof(int) * (nPhrase-1);
pSorter = (Fts5Sorter*)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte);
@@ -221900,7 +223958,7 @@
/* TODO: It would be better to have some system for reusing statement
** handles here, rather than preparing a new one for each query. But that
** is not possible as SQLite reference counts the virtual table objects.
- ** And since the statement required here reads from this very virtual
+ ** And since the statement required here reads from this very virtual
** table, saving it creates a circular reference.
**
** If SQLite a built-in statement cache, this wouldn't be a problem. */
@@ -221947,8 +224005,8 @@
** parameters.
*/
static int fts5SpecialMatch(
- Fts5FullTable *pTab,
- Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts5FullTable *pTab,
+ Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
const char *zQuery
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
@@ -222046,7 +224104,7 @@
static int fts5CursorParseRank(
Fts5Config *pConfig,
- Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
sqlite3_value *pRank
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -222095,7 +224153,7 @@
** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See
** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional
** information.
-**
+**
** There are three possible query strategies:
**
** 1. Full-text search using a MATCH operator.
@@ -222200,7 +224258,7 @@
bOrderByRank = ((idxNum & FTS5_BI_ORDER_RANK) ? 1 : 0);
pCsr->bDesc = bDesc = ((idxNum & FTS5_BI_ORDER_DESC) ? 1 : 0);
- /* Set the cursor upper and lower rowid limits. Only some strategies
+ /* Set the cursor upper and lower rowid limits. Only some strategies
** actually use them. This is ok, as the xBestIndex() method leaves the
** sqlite3_index_constraint.omit flag clear for range constraints
** on the rowid field. */
@@ -222216,11 +224274,11 @@
}
if( pTab->pSortCsr ){
- /* If pSortCsr is non-NULL, then this call is being made as part of
+ /* If pSortCsr is non-NULL, then this call is being made as part of
** processing for a "... MATCH <expr> ORDER BY rank" query (ePlan is
** set to FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH). pSortCsr is the cursor that will
- ** return results to the user for this query. The current cursor
- ** (pCursor) is used to execute the query issued by function
+ ** return results to the user for this query. The current cursor
+ ** (pCursor) is used to execute the query issued by function
** fts5CursorFirstSorted() above. */
assert( pRowidEq==0 && pRowidLe==0 && pRowidGe==0 && pRank==0 );
assert( nVal==0 && bOrderByRank==0 && bDesc==0 );
@@ -222276,8 +224334,8 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
-** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
+/*
+** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
*/
static int fts5EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
@@ -222289,9 +224347,9 @@
** Return the rowid that the cursor currently points to.
*/
static i64 fts5CursorRowid(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
- assert( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH
- || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH
- || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE
+ assert( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH
+ || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH
+ || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE
);
if( pCsr->pSorter ){
return pCsr->pSorter->iRowid;
@@ -222300,7 +224358,7 @@
}
}
-/*
+/*
** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts5
** exposes %_content.rowid as the rowid for the virtual table. The
@@ -222309,7 +224367,7 @@
static int fts5RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
int ePlan = pCsr->ePlan;
-
+
assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0 );
switch( ePlan ){
case FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL:
@@ -222340,7 +224398,7 @@
static int fts5SeekCursor(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bErrormsg){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* If the cursor does not yet have a statement handle, obtain one now. */
+ /* If the cursor does not yet have a statement handle, obtain one now. */
if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){
Fts5FullTable *pTab = (Fts5FullTable*)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
int eStmt = fts5StmtType(pCsr);
@@ -222391,7 +224449,7 @@
** INSERT INTO fts(fts) VALUES($pCmd)
** INSERT INTO fts(fts, rank) VALUES($pCmd, $pVal)
**
-** Argument pVal is the value assigned to column "fts" by the INSERT
+** Argument pVal is the value assigned to column "fts" by the INSERT
** statement. This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite
** error code if an error occurs.
**
@@ -222410,7 +224468,7 @@
if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete-all", zCmd) ){
if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
- fts5SetVtabError(pTab,
+ fts5SetVtabError(pTab,
"'delete-all' may only be used with a "
"contentless or external content fts5 table"
);
@@ -222420,7 +224478,7 @@
}
}else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("rebuild", zCmd) ){
if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE ){
- fts5SetVtabError(pTab,
+ fts5SetVtabError(pTab,
"'rebuild' may not be used with a contentless fts5 table"
);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
@@ -222455,7 +224513,7 @@
}
static int fts5SpecialDelete(
- Fts5FullTable *pTab,
+ Fts5FullTable *pTab,
sqlite3_value **apVal
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -222468,9 +224526,9 @@
}
static void fts5StorageInsert(
- int *pRc,
- Fts5FullTable *pTab,
- sqlite3_value **apVal,
+ int *pRc,
+ Fts5FullTable *pTab,
+ sqlite3_value **apVal,
i64 *piRowid
){
int rc = *pRc;
@@ -222483,13 +224541,13 @@
*pRc = rc;
}
-/*
-** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by
+/*
+** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by
** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be
** inserted, updated or deleted.
**
** A delete specifies a single argument - the rowid of the row to remove.
-**
+**
** Update and insert operations pass:
**
** 1. The "old" rowid, or NULL.
@@ -222513,8 +224571,8 @@
assert( pVtab->zErrMsg==0 );
assert( nArg==1 || nArg==(2+pConfig->nCol+2) );
- assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER
- || sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL
+ assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER
+ || sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL
);
assert( pTab->p.pConfig->pzErrmsg==0 );
pTab->p.pConfig->pzErrmsg = &pTab->p.base.zErrMsg;
@@ -222523,13 +224581,13 @@
fts5TripCursors(pTab);
eType0 = sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0]);
- if( eType0==SQLITE_NULL
- && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol])!=SQLITE_NULL
+ if( eType0==SQLITE_NULL
+ && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol])!=SQLITE_NULL
){
/* A "special" INSERT op. These are handled separately. */
const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol]);
- if( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL
- && 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete", z)
+ if( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL
+ && 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete", z)
){
rc = fts5SpecialDelete(pTab, apVal);
}else{
@@ -222537,7 +224595,7 @@
}
}else{
/* A regular INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement. The trick here is that
- ** any conflict on the rowid value must be detected before any
+ ** any conflict on the rowid value must be detected before any
** modifications are made to the database file. There are 4 cases:
**
** 1) DELETE
@@ -222559,7 +224617,7 @@
** This is not suported. */
if( eType0==SQLITE_INTEGER && fts5IsContentless(pTab) ){
pTab->p.base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "cannot %s contentless fts5 table: %s",
+ "cannot %s contentless fts5 table: %s",
(nArg>1 ? "UPDATE" : "DELETE from"), pConfig->zName
);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
@@ -222579,7 +224637,7 @@
rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
}
- else if( eType0!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+ else if( eType0!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){
/* If this is a REPLACE, first remove the current entry (if any) */
if( eConflict==SQLITE_REPLACE && eType1==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
i64 iNew = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[1]); /* Rowid to delete */
@@ -222621,7 +224679,7 @@
}
/*
-** Implementation of xSync() method.
+** Implementation of xSync() method.
*/
static int fts5SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
int rc;
@@ -222635,7 +224693,7 @@
}
/*
-** Implementation of xBegin() method.
+** Implementation of xBegin() method.
*/
static int fts5BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
fts5CheckTransactionState((Fts5FullTable*)pVtab, FTS5_BEGIN, 0);
@@ -222679,8 +224737,8 @@
}
static int fts5ApiColumnTotalSize(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- int iCol,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ int iCol,
sqlite3_int64 *pnToken
){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
@@ -222695,8 +224753,8 @@
}
static int fts5ApiTokenize(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- const char *pText, int nText,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ const char *pText, int nText,
void *pUserData,
int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int)
){
@@ -222718,15 +224776,15 @@
}
static int fts5ApiColumnText(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- int iCol,
- const char **pz,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ int iCol,
+ const char **pz,
int *pn
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
- if( fts5IsContentless((Fts5FullTable*)(pCsr->base.pVtab))
- || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL
+ if( fts5IsContentless((Fts5FullTable*)(pCsr->base.pVtab))
+ || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL
){
*pz = 0;
*pn = 0;
@@ -222741,8 +224799,8 @@
}
static int fts5CsrPoslist(
- Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
- int iPhrase,
+ Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
+ int iPhrase,
const u8 **pa,
int *pn
){
@@ -222797,7 +224855,7 @@
Fts5PoslistReader *aIter; /* One iterator for each phrase */
int nIter; /* Number of iterators/phrases */
int nCol = ((Fts5Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pConfig->nCol;
-
+
nIter = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr);
if( pCsr->aInstIter==0 ){
sqlite3_int64 nByte = sizeof(Fts5PoslistReader) * nIter;
@@ -222812,7 +224870,7 @@
/* Initialize all iterators */
for(i=0; i<nIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
const u8 *a;
- int n;
+ int n;
rc = fts5CsrPoslist(pCsr, i, &a, &n);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(a, n, &aIter[i]);
@@ -222824,8 +224882,8 @@
int *aInst;
int iBest = -1;
for(i=0; i<nIter; i++){
- if( (aIter[i].bEof==0)
- && (iBest<0 || aIter[i].iPos<aIter[iBest].iPos)
+ if( (aIter[i].bEof==0)
+ && (iBest<0 || aIter[i].iPos<aIter[iBest].iPos)
){
iBest = i;
}
@@ -222867,7 +224925,7 @@
static int fts5ApiInstCount(Fts5Context *pCtx, int *pnInst){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0
+ if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0
|| SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr)) ){
*pnInst = pCsr->nInstCount;
}
@@ -222875,16 +224933,16 @@
}
static int fts5ApiInst(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- int iIdx,
- int *piPhrase,
- int *piCol,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ int iIdx,
+ int *piPhrase,
+ int *piCol,
int *piOff
){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0
- || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr))
+ if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0
+ || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr))
){
if( iIdx<0 || iIdx>=pCsr->nInstCount ){
rc = SQLITE_RANGE;
@@ -223033,8 +225091,8 @@
}
static void fts5ApiPhraseNext(
- Fts5Context *pUnused,
- Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
+ Fts5Context *pUnused,
+ Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
int *piCol, int *piOff
){
UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused);
@@ -223055,9 +225113,9 @@
}
static int fts5ApiPhraseFirst(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- int iPhrase,
- Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ int iPhrase,
+ Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
int *piCol, int *piOff
){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
@@ -223073,8 +225131,8 @@
}
static void fts5ApiPhraseNextColumn(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
int *piCol
){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
@@ -223103,9 +225161,9 @@
}
static int fts5ApiPhraseFirstColumn(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- int iPhrase,
- Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ int iPhrase,
+ Fts5PhraseIter *pIter,
int *piCol
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -223146,7 +225204,7 @@
}
-static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase(Fts5Context*, int, void*,
+static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase(Fts5Context*, int, void*,
int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*, Fts5Context*, void*)
);
@@ -223177,8 +225235,8 @@
** Implementation of API function xQueryPhrase().
*/
static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase(
- Fts5Context *pCtx,
- int iPhrase,
+ Fts5Context *pCtx,
+ int iPhrase,
void *pUserData,
int(*xCallback)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*, Fts5Context*, void*)
){
@@ -223260,7 +225318,7 @@
/*
-** Given cursor id iId, return a pointer to the corresponding Fts5Table
+** Given cursor id iId, return a pointer to the corresponding Fts5Table
** object. Or NULL If the cursor id does not exist.
*/
static Fts5Table *sqlite3Fts5TableFromCsrid(
@@ -223343,7 +225401,7 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
+/*
** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from
** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to.
*/
@@ -223356,7 +225414,7 @@
Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->p.pConfig;
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
+
assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0 );
if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL ){
@@ -223376,7 +225434,7 @@
/* The value of the "rank" column. */
if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE ){
fts5PoslistBlob(pCtx, pCsr);
- }else if(
+ }else if(
pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH
|| pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH
){
@@ -223512,7 +225570,7 @@
}
/*
-** Register a new tokenizer. This is the implementation of the
+** Register a new tokenizer. This is the implementation of the
** fts5_api.xCreateTokenizer() method.
*/
static int fts5CreateTokenizer(
@@ -223551,7 +225609,7 @@
}
static Fts5TokenizerModule *fts5LocateTokenizer(
- Fts5Global *pGlobal,
+ Fts5Global *pGlobal,
const char *zName
){
Fts5TokenizerModule *pMod = 0;
@@ -223568,7 +225626,7 @@
}
/*
-** Find a tokenizer. This is the implementation of the
+** Find a tokenizer. This is the implementation of the
** fts5_api.xFindTokenizer() method.
*/
static int fts5FindTokenizer(
@@ -223593,7 +225651,7 @@
}
static int sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(
- Fts5Global *pGlobal,
+ Fts5Global *pGlobal,
const char **azArg,
int nArg,
Fts5Tokenizer **ppTok,
@@ -223667,7 +225725,7 @@
){
assert( nArg==0 );
UNUSED_PARAM2(nArg, apUnused);
- sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "fts5: 2020-01-27 19:55:54 3bfa9cc97da10598521b342961df8f5f68c7388fa117345eeb516eaa837bb4d6", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "fts5: 2020-08-14 13:23:32 fca8dc8b578f215a969cd899336378966156154710873e68b3d9ac5881b0ff3f", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
/*
@@ -223763,7 +225821,7 @@
** this module is being built as part of the SQLite core (SQLITE_CORE is
** defined), then sqlite3_open() will call sqlite3Fts5Init() directly.
**
-** Or, if this module is being built as a loadable extension,
+** Or, if this module is being built as a loadable extension,
** sqlite3Fts5Init() is omitted and the two standard entry points
** sqlite3_fts_init() and sqlite3_fts5_init() defined instead.
*/
@@ -223822,19 +225880,19 @@
Fts5Index *pIndex;
int bTotalsValid; /* True if nTotalRow/aTotalSize[] are valid */
i64 nTotalRow; /* Total number of rows in FTS table */
- i64 *aTotalSize; /* Total sizes of each column */
+ i64 *aTotalSize; /* Total sizes of each column */
sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[11];
};
-#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC!=0
-# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC mismatch"
+#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC!=0
+# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC mismatch"
#endif
-#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC!=1
-# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC mismatch"
+#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC!=1
+# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC mismatch"
#endif
#if FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP!=2
-# error "FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP mismatch"
+# error "FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP mismatch"
#endif
#define FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT 3
@@ -223860,12 +225918,12 @@
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* If there is no %_docsize table, there should be no requests for
+ /* If there is no %_docsize table, there should be no requests for
** statements to operate on it. */
assert( p->pConfig->bColumnsize || (
- eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE
- && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_DELETE_DOCSIZE
- && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP_DOCSIZE
+ eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE
+ && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_DELETE_DOCSIZE
+ && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP_DOCSIZE
));
assert( eStmt>=0 && eStmt<ArraySize(p->aStmt) );
@@ -223891,26 +225949,26 @@
switch( eStmt ){
case FTS5_STMT_SCAN:
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt],
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt],
pC->zContentExprlist, pC->zContent
);
break;
case FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC:
case FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC:
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zContentExprlist,
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zContentExprlist,
pC->zContent, pC->zContentRowid, pC->zContentRowid,
pC->zContentRowid
);
break;
case FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP:
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt],
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt],
pC->zContentExprlist, pC->zContent, pC->zContentRowid
);
break;
- case FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT:
+ case FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT:
case FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_CONTENT: {
int nCol = pC->nCol + 1;
char *zBind;
@@ -223984,7 +226042,7 @@
** code otherwise.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5DropAll(Fts5Config *pConfig){
- int rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
+ int rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
"DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_data';"
"DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_idx';"
"DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_config';",
@@ -223993,13 +226051,13 @@
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){
- rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
+ rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
"DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize';",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){
- rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
+ rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
"DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content';",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
);
@@ -224014,7 +226072,7 @@
const char *zName /* New name of FTS5 table */
){
if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
- *pRc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
+ *pRc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
"ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_%s' RENAME TO '%q_%s';",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zTail, zName, zTail
);
@@ -224052,7 +226110,7 @@
char *zErr = 0;
rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, &zErr, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_%q'(%s)%s",
- pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zPost, zDefn,
+ pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zPost, zDefn,
#ifndef SQLITE_FTS5_NO_WITHOUT_ROWID
bWithout?" WITHOUT ROWID":
#endif
@@ -224060,7 +226118,7 @@
);
if( zErr ){
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "fts5: error creating shadow table %q_%s: %s",
+ "fts5: error creating shadow table %q_%s: %s",
pConfig->zName, zPost, zErr
);
sqlite3_free(zErr);
@@ -224071,15 +226129,15 @@
/*
** Open a new Fts5Index handle. If the bCreate argument is true, create
-** and initialize the underlying tables
+** and initialize the underlying tables
**
** If successful, set *pp to point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK.
** Otherwise, set *pp to NULL and return an SQLite error code.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5StorageOpen(
- Fts5Config *pConfig,
- Fts5Index *pIndex,
- int bCreate,
+ Fts5Config *pConfig,
+ Fts5Index *pIndex,
+ int bCreate,
Fts5Storage **pp,
char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message */
){
@@ -224191,8 +226249,8 @@
** remove the %_content row at this time though.
*/
static int fts5StorageDeleteFromIndex(
- Fts5Storage *p,
- i64 iDel,
+ Fts5Storage *p,
+ i64 iDel,
sqlite3_value **apVal
){
Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
@@ -224226,7 +226284,7 @@
nText = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iCol-1]);
}
ctx.szCol = 0;
- rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT,
zText, nText, (void*)&ctx, fts5StorageInsertCallback
);
p->aTotalSize[iCol-1] -= (i64)ctx.szCol;
@@ -224269,7 +226327,7 @@
}
/*
-** Load the contents of the "averages" record from disk into the
+** Load the contents of the "averages" record from disk into the
** p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[] variables. If successful, and if
** argument bCache is true, set the p->bTotalsValid flag to indicate
** that the contents of aTotalSize[] and nTotalRow are valid until
@@ -224288,7 +226346,7 @@
}
/*
-** Store the current contents of the p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[]
+** Store the current contents of the p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[]
** variables in the "averages" record on disk.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
@@ -224365,7 +226423,7 @@
/* Delete the contents of the %_data and %_docsize tables. */
rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0,
- "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_data';"
+ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_data';"
"DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_idx';",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName,
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName
@@ -224416,7 +226474,7 @@
if( pConfig->abUnindexed[ctx.iCol]==0 ){
const char *zText = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pScan, ctx.iCol+1);
int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pScan, ctx.iCol+1);
- rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT,
zText, nText,
(void*)&ctx,
@@ -224486,8 +226544,8 @@
** Insert a new row into the FTS content table.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert(
- Fts5Storage *p,
- sqlite3_value **apVal,
+ Fts5Storage *p,
+ sqlite3_value **apVal,
i64 *piRowid
){
Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
@@ -224521,8 +226579,8 @@
** Insert new entries into the FTS index and %_docsize table.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIndexInsert(
- Fts5Storage *p,
- sqlite3_value **apVal,
+ Fts5Storage *p,
+ sqlite3_value **apVal,
i64 iRowid
){
Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig;
@@ -224542,7 +226600,7 @@
if( pConfig->abUnindexed[ctx.iCol]==0 ){
const char *zText = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[ctx.iCol+2]);
int nText = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[ctx.iCol+2]);
- rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT,
zText, nText,
(void*)&ctx,
@@ -224568,7 +226626,7 @@
char *zSql;
int rc;
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_%s'",
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_%s'",
pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zSuffix
);
if( zSql==0 ){
@@ -224715,7 +226773,7 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
const char *zText = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pScan, i+1);
int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pScan, i+1);
- rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
+ rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig,
FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT,
zText, nText,
(void*)&ctx,
@@ -224778,13 +226836,13 @@
** %_content table.
*/
static int sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt(
- Fts5Storage *p,
- int eStmt,
- sqlite3_stmt **pp,
+ Fts5Storage *p,
+ int eStmt,
+ sqlite3_stmt **pp,
char **pzErrMsg
){
int rc;
- assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC
+ assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC
|| eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC
|| eStmt==FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP
);
@@ -224802,8 +226860,8 @@
** must match that passed to the sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt() call.
*/
static void sqlite3Fts5StorageStmtRelease(
- Fts5Storage *p,
- int eStmt,
+ Fts5Storage *p,
+ int eStmt,
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt
){
assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC
@@ -224886,7 +226944,7 @@
static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRowCount(Fts5Storage *p, i64 *pnRow){
int rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* nTotalRow being zero does not necessarily indicate a corrupt
+ /* nTotalRow being zero does not necessarily indicate a corrupt
** database - it might be that the FTS5 table really does contain zero
** rows. However this function is only called from the xRowCount() API,
** and there is no way for that API to be invoked if the table contains
@@ -224920,7 +226978,7 @@
}
static int sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue(
- Fts5Storage *p,
+ Fts5Storage *p,
const char *z,
sqlite3_value *pVal,
int iVal
@@ -224970,7 +227028,7 @@
/*
** For tokenizers with no "unicode" modifier, the set of token characters
-** is the same as the set of ASCII range alphanumeric characters.
+** is the same as the set of ASCII range alphanumeric characters.
*/
static unsigned char aAsciiTokenChar[128] = {
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x00..0x0F */
@@ -224989,8 +227047,8 @@
};
static void fts5AsciiAddExceptions(
- AsciiTokenizer *p,
- const char *zArg,
+ AsciiTokenizer *p,
+ const char *zArg,
int bTokenChars
){
int i;
@@ -225012,7 +227070,7 @@
** Create an "ascii" tokenizer.
*/
static int fts5AsciiCreate(
- void *pUnused,
+ void *pUnused,
const char **azArg, int nArg,
Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut
){
@@ -225115,7 +227173,7 @@
rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, pFold, nByte, is, ie);
is = ie+1;
}
-
+
if( pFold!=aFold ) sqlite3_free(pFold);
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
return rc;
@@ -225220,7 +227278,7 @@
p->aTokenChar[iCode] = (unsigned char)bTokenChars;
}else{
bToken = p->aCategory[sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCategory(iCode)];
- assert( (bToken==0 || bToken==1) );
+ assert( (bToken==0 || bToken==1) );
assert( (bTokenChars==0 || bTokenChars==1) );
if( bToken!=bTokenChars && sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0 ){
int i;
@@ -225299,12 +227357,12 @@
** Create a "unicode61" tokenizer.
*/
static int fts5UnicodeCreate(
- void *pUnused,
+ void *pUnused,
const char **azArg, int nArg,
Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- Unicode61Tokenizer *p = 0; /* New tokenizer object */
+ Unicode61Tokenizer *p = 0; /* New tokenizer object */
UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused);
@@ -225375,7 +227433,7 @@
/*
** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenizing with the tokenizer
-** passed as the first argument, codepoint iCode is considered a token
+** passed as the first argument, codepoint iCode is considered a token
** character (not a separator).
*/
static int fts5UnicodeIsAlnum(Unicode61Tokenizer *p, int iCode){
@@ -225467,7 +227525,7 @@
}
}else if( a[*zCsr]==0 ){
/* An ascii-range separator character. End of token. */
- break;
+ break;
}else{
ascii_tokenchar:
if( *zCsr>='A' && *zCsr<='Z' ){
@@ -225481,9 +227539,9 @@
}
/* Invoke the token callback */
- rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, aFold, zOut-aFold, is, ie);
+ rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, aFold, zOut-aFold, is, ie);
}
-
+
tokenize_done:
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
return rc;
@@ -225521,7 +227579,7 @@
** Create a "porter" tokenizer.
*/
static int fts5PorterCreate(
- void *pCtx,
+ void *pCtx,
const char **azArg, int nArg,
Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut
){
@@ -225665,7 +227723,7 @@
/* porter rule condition: (m > 1 and (*S or *T)) */
static int fts5Porter_MGt1_and_S_or_T(char *zStem, int nStem){
assert( nStem>0 );
- return (zStem[nStem-1]=='s' || zStem[nStem-1]=='t')
+ return (zStem[nStem-1]=='s' || zStem[nStem-1]=='t')
&& fts5Porter_MGt1(zStem, nStem);
}
@@ -225690,16 +227748,16 @@
int ret = 0;
int nBuf = *pnBuf;
switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){
-
- case 'a':
+
+ case 'a':
if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("al", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 2;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'c':
+
+ case 'c':
if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ance", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 4;
@@ -225710,24 +227768,24 @@
}
}
break;
-
- case 'e':
+
+ case 'e':
if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("er", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 2;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'i':
+
+ case 'i':
if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("ic", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 2;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'l':
+
+ case 'l':
if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("able", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 4;
@@ -225738,8 +227796,8 @@
}
}
break;
-
- case 'n':
+
+ case 'n':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ant", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
@@ -225758,8 +227816,8 @@
}
}
break;
-
- case 'o':
+
+ case 'o':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ion", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1_and_S_or_T(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
@@ -225770,16 +227828,16 @@
}
}
break;
-
- case 's':
+
+ case 's':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ism", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
}
}
break;
-
- case 't':
+
+ case 't':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ate", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
@@ -225790,76 +227848,76 @@
}
}
break;
-
- case 'u':
+
+ case 'u':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ous", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'v':
+
+ case 'v':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ive", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'z':
+
+ case 'z':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ize", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
}
}
break;
-
+
}
return ret;
}
-
+
static int fts5PorterStep1B2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){
int ret = 0;
int nBuf = *pnBuf;
switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){
-
- case 'a':
+
+ case 'a':
if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("at", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ate", 3);
*pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3;
ret = 1;
}
break;
-
- case 'b':
+
+ case 'b':
if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("bl", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ble", 3);
*pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3;
ret = 1;
}
break;
-
- case 'i':
+
+ case 'i':
if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("iz", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ize", 3);
*pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3;
ret = 1;
}
break;
-
+
}
return ret;
}
-
+
static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){
int ret = 0;
int nBuf = *pnBuf;
switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){
-
- case 'a':
+
+ case 'a':
if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("ational", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ate", 3);
@@ -225872,8 +227930,8 @@
}
}
break;
-
- case 'c':
+
+ case 'c':
if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("enci", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ence", 4);
@@ -225886,8 +227944,8 @@
}
}
break;
-
- case 'e':
+
+ case 'e':
if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("izer", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ize", 3);
@@ -225895,8 +227953,8 @@
}
}
break;
-
- case 'g':
+
+ case 'g':
if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("logi", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "log", 3);
@@ -225904,8 +227962,8 @@
}
}
break;
-
- case 'l':
+
+ case 'l':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("bli", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-3], "ble", 3);
@@ -225933,8 +227991,8 @@
}
}
break;
-
- case 'o':
+
+ case 'o':
if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("ization", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ize", 3);
@@ -225952,8 +228010,8 @@
}
}
break;
-
- case 's':
+
+ case 's':
if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("alism", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2);
@@ -225976,8 +228034,8 @@
}
}
break;
-
- case 't':
+
+ case 't':
if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("aliti", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2);
@@ -225995,18 +228053,18 @@
}
}
break;
-
+
}
return ret;
}
-
+
static int fts5PorterStep3(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){
int ret = 0;
int nBuf = *pnBuf;
switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){
-
- case 'a':
+
+ case 'a':
if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ical", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ic", 2);
@@ -226014,16 +228072,16 @@
}
}
break;
-
- case 's':
+
+ case 's':
if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ness", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 4;
}
}
break;
-
- case 't':
+
+ case 't':
if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("icate", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ic", 2);
@@ -226036,24 +228094,24 @@
}
}
break;
-
- case 'u':
+
+ case 'u':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ful", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'v':
+
+ case 'v':
if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("ative", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 5;
}
}
break;
-
- case 'z':
+
+ case 'z':
if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("alize", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2);
@@ -226061,18 +228119,18 @@
}
}
break;
-
+
}
return ret;
}
-
+
static int fts5PorterStep1B(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){
int ret = 0;
int nBuf = *pnBuf;
switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){
-
- case 'e':
+
+ case 'e':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("eed", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-3], "ee", 2);
@@ -226085,8 +228143,8 @@
}
}
break;
-
- case 'n':
+
+ case 'n':
if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ing", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){
if( fts5Porter_Vowel(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){
*pnBuf = nBuf - 3;
@@ -226094,12 +228152,12 @@
}
}
break;
-
+
}
return ret;
}
-
-/*
+
+/*
** GENERATED CODE ENDS HERE (mkportersteps.tcl)
***************************************************************************
**************************************************************************/
@@ -226108,7 +228166,7 @@
int nBuf = *pnBuf;
if( aBuf[nBuf-1]=='s' ){
if( aBuf[nBuf-2]=='e' ){
- if( (nBuf>4 && aBuf[nBuf-4]=='s' && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='s')
+ if( (nBuf>4 && aBuf[nBuf-4]=='s' && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='s')
|| (nBuf>3 && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='i' )
){
*pnBuf = nBuf-2;
@@ -226123,11 +228181,11 @@
}
static int fts5PorterCb(
- void *pCtx,
+ void *pCtx,
int tflags,
- const char *pToken,
- int nToken,
- int iStart,
+ const char *pToken,
+ int nToken,
+ int iStart,
int iEnd
){
PorterContext *p = (PorterContext*)pCtx;
@@ -226145,8 +228203,8 @@
if( fts5PorterStep1B(aBuf, &nBuf) ){
if( fts5PorterStep1B2(aBuf, &nBuf)==0 ){
char c = aBuf[nBuf-1];
- if( fts5PorterIsVowel(c, 0)==0
- && c!='l' && c!='s' && c!='z' && c==aBuf[nBuf-2]
+ if( fts5PorterIsVowel(c, 0)==0
+ && c!='l' && c!='s' && c!='z' && c==aBuf[nBuf-2]
){
nBuf--;
}else if( fts5Porter_MEq1(aBuf, nBuf) && fts5Porter_Ostar(aBuf, nBuf) ){
@@ -226168,7 +228226,7 @@
/* Step 5a. */
assert( nBuf>0 );
if( aBuf[nBuf-1]=='e' ){
- if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1)
+ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1)
|| (fts5Porter_MEq1(aBuf, nBuf-1) && !fts5Porter_Ostar(aBuf, nBuf-1))
){
nBuf--;
@@ -226176,8 +228234,8 @@
}
/* Step 5b. */
- if( nBuf>1 && aBuf[nBuf-1]=='l'
- && aBuf[nBuf-2]=='l' && fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1)
+ if( nBuf>1 && aBuf[nBuf-1]=='l'
+ && aBuf[nBuf-2]=='l' && fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1)
){
nBuf--;
}
@@ -226220,7 +228278,7 @@
{ "ascii", {fts5AsciiCreate, fts5AsciiDelete, fts5AsciiTokenize }},
{ "porter", {fts5PorterCreate, fts5PorterDelete, fts5PorterTokenize }},
};
-
+
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
int i; /* To iterate through builtin functions */
@@ -226268,46 +228326,46 @@
*/
static int fts5_remove_diacritic(int c, int bComplex){
unsigned short aDia[] = {
- 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995,
- 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286,
- 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732,
- 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336,
- 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3766, 3832, 3896,
- 3912, 3928, 3944, 3968, 4008, 4040, 4056, 4106,
- 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344,
- 4408, 4424, 4442, 4472, 4488, 4504, 6148, 6198,
- 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, 61448, 61468,
- 61512, 61534, 61592, 61610, 61642, 61672, 61688, 61704,
- 61726, 61784, 61800, 61816, 61836, 61880, 61896, 61914,
- 61948, 61998, 62062, 62122, 62154, 62184, 62200, 62218,
- 62252, 62302, 62364, 62410, 62442, 62478, 62536, 62554,
- 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 62766,
- 62830, 62890, 62924, 62974, 63032, 63050, 63082, 63118,
- 63182, 63242, 63274, 63310, 63368, 63390,
+ 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995,
+ 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286,
+ 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732,
+ 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336,
+ 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3766, 3832, 3896,
+ 3912, 3928, 3944, 3968, 4008, 4040, 4056, 4106,
+ 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344,
+ 4408, 4424, 4442, 4472, 4488, 4504, 6148, 6198,
+ 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, 61448, 61468,
+ 61512, 61534, 61592, 61610, 61642, 61672, 61688, 61704,
+ 61726, 61784, 61800, 61816, 61836, 61880, 61896, 61914,
+ 61948, 61998, 62062, 62122, 62154, 62184, 62200, 62218,
+ 62252, 62302, 62364, 62410, 62442, 62478, 62536, 62554,
+ 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 62766,
+ 62830, 62890, 62924, 62974, 63032, 63050, 63082, 63118,
+ 63182, 63242, 63274, 63310, 63368, 63390,
};
#define HIBIT ((unsigned char)0x80)
unsigned char aChar[] = {
- '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n',
- 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c',
- 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i',
- 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r',
- 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y',
- 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o',
- 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'g', 'k', 'o',
- 'o'|HIBIT, 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a',
- 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', 'u', 's',
- 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o'|HIBIT, 'o',
- 'o'|HIBIT, 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0',
- '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b',
- 'c'|HIBIT, 'd', 'd', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e', 'e'|HIBIT,
- 'f', 'g', 'h', 'h', 'i', 'i'|HIBIT,
- 'k', 'l', 'l'|HIBIT, 'l', 'm', 'n',
- 'o'|HIBIT, 'p', 'r', 'r'|HIBIT, 'r', 's',
- 's'|HIBIT, 't', 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'v', 'w',
- 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't',
- 'w', 'y', 'a', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT,
- 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e'|HIBIT, 'i', 'o', 'o'|HIBIT,
- 'o'|HIBIT, 'o'|HIBIT, 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'u'|HIBIT, 'y',
+ '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n',
+ 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c',
+ 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i',
+ 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r',
+ 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y',
+ 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o',
+ 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'g', 'k', 'o',
+ 'o'|HIBIT, 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a',
+ 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', 'u', 's',
+ 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o'|HIBIT, 'o',
+ 'o'|HIBIT, 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0',
+ '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b',
+ 'c'|HIBIT, 'd', 'd', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e', 'e'|HIBIT,
+ 'f', 'g', 'h', 'h', 'i', 'i'|HIBIT,
+ 'k', 'l', 'l'|HIBIT, 'l', 'm', 'n',
+ 'o'|HIBIT, 'p', 'r', 'r'|HIBIT, 'r', 's',
+ 's'|HIBIT, 't', 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'v', 'w',
+ 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't',
+ 'w', 'y', 'a', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT,
+ 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e'|HIBIT, 'i', 'o', 'o'|HIBIT,
+ 'o'|HIBIT, 'o'|HIBIT, 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'u'|HIBIT, 'y',
};
unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007;
@@ -226429,19 +228487,19 @@
{42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1},
{42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1},
{42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1},
- {65313, 14, 26},
+ {65313, 14, 26},
};
static const unsigned short aiOff[] = {
- 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32,
- 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71,
- 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207,
- 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219,
- 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721,
- 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274,
- 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406,
- 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462,
- 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511,
- 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529,
+ 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32,
+ 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71,
+ 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207,
+ 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219,
+ 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721,
+ 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274,
+ 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406,
+ 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462,
+ 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511,
+ 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529,
};
int ret = c;
@@ -226479,7 +228537,7 @@
ret = fts5_remove_diacritic(ret, eRemoveDiacritic==2);
}
}
-
+
else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){
ret = c + 40;
}
@@ -226488,7 +228546,7 @@
}
-static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){
+static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){
aArray[0] = 1;
switch( zCat[0] ){
case 'C':
@@ -226498,7 +228556,7 @@
case 'n': aArray[3] = 1; break;
case 's': aArray[4] = 1; break;
case 'o': aArray[31] = 1; break;
- case '*':
+ case '*':
aArray[1] = 1;
aArray[2] = 1;
aArray[3] = 1;
@@ -226516,7 +228574,7 @@
case 't': aArray[8] = 1; break;
case 'u': aArray[9] = 1; break;
case 'C': aArray[30] = 1; break;
- case '*':
+ case '*':
aArray[5] = 1;
aArray[6] = 1;
aArray[7] = 1;
@@ -226532,7 +228590,7 @@
case 'c': aArray[10] = 1; break;
case 'e': aArray[11] = 1; break;
case 'n': aArray[12] = 1; break;
- case '*':
+ case '*':
aArray[10] = 1;
aArray[11] = 1;
aArray[12] = 1;
@@ -226545,7 +228603,7 @@
case 'd': aArray[13] = 1; break;
case 'l': aArray[14] = 1; break;
case 'o': aArray[15] = 1; break;
- case '*':
+ case '*':
aArray[13] = 1;
aArray[14] = 1;
aArray[15] = 1;
@@ -226562,7 +228620,7 @@
case 'i': aArray[20] = 1; break;
case 'o': aArray[21] = 1; break;
case 's': aArray[22] = 1; break;
- case '*':
+ case '*':
aArray[16] = 1;
aArray[17] = 1;
aArray[18] = 1;
@@ -226580,7 +228638,7 @@
case 'k': aArray[24] = 1; break;
case 'm': aArray[25] = 1; break;
case 'o': aArray[26] = 1; break;
- case '*':
+ case '*':
aArray[23] = 1;
aArray[24] = 1;
aArray[25] = 1;
@@ -226594,7 +228652,7 @@
case 'l': aArray[27] = 1; break;
case 'p': aArray[28] = 1; break;
case 's': aArray[29] = 1; break;
- case '*':
+ case '*':
aArray[27] = 1;
aArray[28] = 1;
aArray[29] = 1;
@@ -226607,369 +228665,369 @@
}
static u16 aFts5UnicodeBlock[] = {
- 0, 1471, 1753, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760,
- 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1763, 1765,
+ 0, 1471, 1753, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760,
+ 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1763, 1765,
};
static u16 aFts5UnicodeMap[] = {
- 0, 32, 33, 36, 37, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44,
- 45, 46, 48, 58, 60, 63, 65, 91, 92, 93,
- 94, 95, 96, 97, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 160,
- 161, 162, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173,
- 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 180, 181, 182, 184, 185,
- 186, 187, 188, 191, 192, 215, 216, 223, 247, 248,
- 256, 312, 313, 329, 330, 377, 383, 385, 387, 388,
- 391, 394, 396, 398, 402, 403, 405, 406, 409, 412,
- 414, 415, 417, 418, 423, 427, 428, 431, 434, 436,
- 437, 440, 442, 443, 444, 446, 448, 452, 453, 454,
- 455, 456, 457, 458, 459, 460, 461, 477, 478, 496,
- 497, 498, 499, 500, 503, 505, 506, 564, 570, 572,
- 573, 575, 577, 580, 583, 584, 592, 660, 661, 688,
- 706, 710, 722, 736, 741, 748, 749, 750, 751, 768,
- 880, 884, 885, 886, 890, 891, 894, 900, 902, 903,
- 904, 908, 910, 912, 913, 931, 940, 975, 977, 978,
- 981, 984, 1008, 1012, 1014, 1015, 1018, 1020, 1021, 1072,
- 1120, 1154, 1155, 1160, 1162, 1217, 1231, 1232, 1329, 1369,
- 1370, 1377, 1417, 1418, 1423, 1425, 1470, 1471, 1472, 1473,
- 1475, 1476, 1478, 1479, 1488, 1520, 1523, 1536, 1542, 1545,
- 1547, 1548, 1550, 1552, 1563, 1566, 1568, 1600, 1601, 1611,
- 1632, 1642, 1646, 1648, 1649, 1748, 1749, 1750, 1757, 1758,
- 1759, 1765, 1767, 1769, 1770, 1774, 1776, 1786, 1789, 1791,
- 1792, 1807, 1808, 1809, 1810, 1840, 1869, 1958, 1969, 1984,
- 1994, 2027, 2036, 2038, 2039, 2042, 2048, 2070, 2074, 2075,
- 2084, 2085, 2088, 2089, 2096, 2112, 2137, 2142, 2208, 2210,
- 2276, 2304, 2307, 2308, 2362, 2363, 2364, 2365, 2366, 2369,
- 2377, 2381, 2382, 2384, 2385, 2392, 2402, 2404, 2406, 2416,
- 2417, 2418, 2425, 2433, 2434, 2437, 2447, 2451, 2474, 2482,
- 2486, 2492, 2493, 2494, 2497, 2503, 2507, 2509, 2510, 2519,
- 2524, 2527, 2530, 2534, 2544, 2546, 2548, 2554, 2555, 2561,
- 2563, 2565, 2575, 2579, 2602, 2610, 2613, 2616, 2620, 2622,
- 2625, 2631, 2635, 2641, 2649, 2654, 2662, 2672, 2674, 2677,
- 2689, 2691, 2693, 2703, 2707, 2730, 2738, 2741, 2748, 2749,
- 2750, 2753, 2759, 2761, 2763, 2765, 2768, 2784, 2786, 2790,
- 2800, 2801, 2817, 2818, 2821, 2831, 2835, 2858, 2866, 2869,
- 2876, 2877, 2878, 2879, 2880, 2881, 2887, 2891, 2893, 2902,
- 2903, 2908, 2911, 2914, 2918, 2928, 2929, 2930, 2946, 2947,
- 2949, 2958, 2962, 2969, 2972, 2974, 2979, 2984, 2990, 3006,
- 3008, 3009, 3014, 3018, 3021, 3024, 3031, 3046, 3056, 3059,
- 3065, 3066, 3073, 3077, 3086, 3090, 3114, 3125, 3133, 3134,
- 3137, 3142, 3146, 3157, 3160, 3168, 3170, 3174, 3192, 3199,
- 3202, 3205, 3214, 3218, 3242, 3253, 3260, 3261, 3262, 3263,
- 3264, 3270, 3271, 3274, 3276, 3285, 3294, 3296, 3298, 3302,
- 3313, 3330, 3333, 3342, 3346, 3389, 3390, 3393, 3398, 3402,
- 3405, 3406, 3415, 3424, 3426, 3430, 3440, 3449, 3450, 3458,
- 3461, 3482, 3507, 3517, 3520, 3530, 3535, 3538, 3542, 3544,
- 3570, 3572, 3585, 3633, 3634, 3636, 3647, 3648, 3654, 3655,
- 3663, 3664, 3674, 3713, 3716, 3719, 3722, 3725, 3732, 3737,
- 3745, 3749, 3751, 3754, 3757, 3761, 3762, 3764, 3771, 3773,
- 3776, 3782, 3784, 3792, 3804, 3840, 3841, 3844, 3859, 3860,
- 3861, 3864, 3866, 3872, 3882, 3892, 3893, 3894, 3895, 3896,
- 3897, 3898, 3899, 3900, 3901, 3902, 3904, 3913, 3953, 3967,
- 3968, 3973, 3974, 3976, 3981, 3993, 4030, 4038, 4039, 4046,
- 4048, 4053, 4057, 4096, 4139, 4141, 4145, 4146, 4152, 4153,
- 4155, 4157, 4159, 4160, 4170, 4176, 4182, 4184, 4186, 4190,
- 4193, 4194, 4197, 4199, 4206, 4209, 4213, 4226, 4227, 4229,
- 4231, 4237, 4238, 4239, 4240, 4250, 4253, 4254, 4256, 4295,
- 4301, 4304, 4347, 4348, 4349, 4682, 4688, 4696, 4698, 4704,
- 4746, 4752, 4786, 4792, 4800, 4802, 4808, 4824, 4882, 4888,
- 4957, 4960, 4969, 4992, 5008, 5024, 5120, 5121, 5741, 5743,
- 5760, 5761, 5787, 5788, 5792, 5867, 5870, 5888, 5902, 5906,
- 5920, 5938, 5941, 5952, 5970, 5984, 5998, 6002, 6016, 6068,
- 6070, 6071, 6078, 6086, 6087, 6089, 6100, 6103, 6104, 6107,
- 6108, 6109, 6112, 6128, 6144, 6150, 6151, 6155, 6158, 6160,
- 6176, 6211, 6212, 6272, 6313, 6314, 6320, 6400, 6432, 6435,
- 6439, 6441, 6448, 6450, 6451, 6457, 6464, 6468, 6470, 6480,
- 6512, 6528, 6576, 6593, 6600, 6608, 6618, 6622, 6656, 6679,
- 6681, 6686, 6688, 6741, 6742, 6743, 6744, 6752, 6753, 6754,
- 6755, 6757, 6765, 6771, 6783, 6784, 6800, 6816, 6823, 6824,
- 6912, 6916, 6917, 6964, 6965, 6966, 6971, 6972, 6973, 6978,
- 6979, 6981, 6992, 7002, 7009, 7019, 7028, 7040, 7042, 7043,
- 7073, 7074, 7078, 7080, 7082, 7083, 7084, 7086, 7088, 7098,
- 7142, 7143, 7144, 7146, 7149, 7150, 7151, 7154, 7164, 7168,
- 7204, 7212, 7220, 7222, 7227, 7232, 7245, 7248, 7258, 7288,
- 7294, 7360, 7376, 7379, 7380, 7393, 7394, 7401, 7405, 7406,
- 7410, 7412, 7413, 7424, 7468, 7531, 7544, 7545, 7579, 7616,
- 7676, 7680, 7830, 7838, 7936, 7944, 7952, 7960, 7968, 7976,
- 7984, 7992, 8000, 8008, 8016, 8025, 8027, 8029, 8031, 8033,
- 8040, 8048, 8064, 8072, 8080, 8088, 8096, 8104, 8112, 8118,
- 8120, 8124, 8125, 8126, 8127, 8130, 8134, 8136, 8140, 8141,
- 8144, 8150, 8152, 8157, 8160, 8168, 8173, 8178, 8182, 8184,
- 8188, 8189, 8192, 8203, 8208, 8214, 8216, 8217, 8218, 8219,
- 8221, 8222, 8223, 8224, 8232, 8233, 8234, 8239, 8240, 8249,
- 8250, 8251, 8255, 8257, 8260, 8261, 8262, 8263, 8274, 8275,
- 8276, 8277, 8287, 8288, 8298, 8304, 8305, 8308, 8314, 8317,
- 8318, 8319, 8320, 8330, 8333, 8334, 8336, 8352, 8400, 8413,
- 8417, 8418, 8421, 8448, 8450, 8451, 8455, 8456, 8458, 8459,
- 8462, 8464, 8467, 8468, 8469, 8470, 8472, 8473, 8478, 8484,
- 8485, 8486, 8487, 8488, 8489, 8490, 8494, 8495, 8496, 8500,
- 8501, 8505, 8506, 8508, 8510, 8512, 8517, 8519, 8522, 8523,
- 8524, 8526, 8527, 8528, 8544, 8579, 8581, 8585, 8592, 8597,
- 8602, 8604, 8608, 8609, 8611, 8612, 8614, 8615, 8622, 8623,
- 8654, 8656, 8658, 8659, 8660, 8661, 8692, 8960, 8968, 8972,
- 8992, 8994, 9001, 9002, 9003, 9084, 9085, 9115, 9140, 9180,
- 9186, 9216, 9280, 9312, 9372, 9450, 9472, 9655, 9656, 9665,
- 9666, 9720, 9728, 9839, 9840, 9985, 10088, 10089, 10090, 10091,
- 10092, 10093, 10094, 10095, 10096, 10097, 10098, 10099, 10100, 10101,
- 10102, 10132, 10176, 10181, 10182, 10183, 10214, 10215, 10216, 10217,
- 10218, 10219, 10220, 10221, 10222, 10223, 10224, 10240, 10496, 10627,
- 10628, 10629, 10630, 10631, 10632, 10633, 10634, 10635, 10636, 10637,
- 10638, 10639, 10640, 10641, 10642, 10643, 10644, 10645, 10646, 10647,
- 10648, 10649, 10712, 10713, 10714, 10715, 10716, 10748, 10749, 10750,
- 11008, 11056, 11077, 11079, 11088, 11264, 11312, 11360, 11363, 11365,
- 11367, 11374, 11377, 11378, 11380, 11381, 11383, 11388, 11390, 11393,
- 11394, 11492, 11493, 11499, 11503, 11506, 11513, 11517, 11518, 11520,
- 11559, 11565, 11568, 11631, 11632, 11647, 11648, 11680, 11688, 11696,
- 11704, 11712, 11720, 11728, 11736, 11744, 11776, 11778, 11779, 11780,
- 11781, 11782, 11785, 11786, 11787, 11788, 11789, 11790, 11799, 11800,
- 11802, 11803, 11804, 11805, 11806, 11808, 11809, 11810, 11811, 11812,
- 11813, 11814, 11815, 11816, 11817, 11818, 11823, 11824, 11834, 11904,
- 11931, 12032, 12272, 12288, 12289, 12292, 12293, 12294, 12295, 12296,
- 12297, 12298, 12299, 12300, 12301, 12302, 12303, 12304, 12305, 12306,
- 12308, 12309, 12310, 12311, 12312, 12313, 12314, 12315, 12316, 12317,
- 12318, 12320, 12321, 12330, 12334, 12336, 12337, 12342, 12344, 12347,
- 12348, 12349, 12350, 12353, 12441, 12443, 12445, 12447, 12448, 12449,
- 12539, 12540, 12543, 12549, 12593, 12688, 12690, 12694, 12704, 12736,
- 12784, 12800, 12832, 12842, 12872, 12880, 12881, 12896, 12928, 12938,
- 12977, 12992, 13056, 13312, 19893, 19904, 19968, 40908, 40960, 40981,
- 40982, 42128, 42192, 42232, 42238, 42240, 42508, 42509, 42512, 42528,
- 42538, 42560, 42606, 42607, 42608, 42611, 42612, 42622, 42623, 42624,
- 42655, 42656, 42726, 42736, 42738, 42752, 42775, 42784, 42786, 42800,
- 42802, 42864, 42865, 42873, 42878, 42888, 42889, 42891, 42896, 42912,
- 43000, 43002, 43003, 43010, 43011, 43014, 43015, 43019, 43020, 43043,
- 43045, 43047, 43048, 43056, 43062, 43064, 43065, 43072, 43124, 43136,
- 43138, 43188, 43204, 43214, 43216, 43232, 43250, 43256, 43259, 43264,
- 43274, 43302, 43310, 43312, 43335, 43346, 43359, 43360, 43392, 43395,
- 43396, 43443, 43444, 43446, 43450, 43452, 43453, 43457, 43471, 43472,
- 43486, 43520, 43561, 43567, 43569, 43571, 43573, 43584, 43587, 43588,
- 43596, 43597, 43600, 43612, 43616, 43632, 43633, 43639, 43642, 43643,
- 43648, 43696, 43697, 43698, 43701, 43703, 43705, 43710, 43712, 43713,
- 43714, 43739, 43741, 43742, 43744, 43755, 43756, 43758, 43760, 43762,
- 43763, 43765, 43766, 43777, 43785, 43793, 43808, 43816, 43968, 44003,
- 44005, 44006, 44008, 44009, 44011, 44012, 44013, 44016, 44032, 55203,
- 55216, 55243, 55296, 56191, 56319, 57343, 57344, 63743, 63744, 64112,
- 64256, 64275, 64285, 64286, 64287, 64297, 64298, 64312, 64318, 64320,
- 64323, 64326, 64434, 64467, 64830, 64831, 64848, 64914, 65008, 65020,
- 65021, 65024, 65040, 65047, 65048, 65049, 65056, 65072, 65073, 65075,
- 65077, 65078, 65079, 65080, 65081, 65082, 65083, 65084, 65085, 65086,
- 65087, 65088, 65089, 65090, 65091, 65092, 65093, 65095, 65096, 65097,
- 65101, 65104, 65108, 65112, 65113, 65114, 65115, 65116, 65117, 65118,
- 65119, 65122, 65123, 65124, 65128, 65129, 65130, 65136, 65142, 65279,
- 65281, 65284, 65285, 65288, 65289, 65290, 65291, 65292, 65293, 65294,
- 65296, 65306, 65308, 65311, 65313, 65339, 65340, 65341, 65342, 65343,
- 65344, 65345, 65371, 65372, 65373, 65374, 65375, 65376, 65377, 65378,
- 65379, 65380, 65382, 65392, 65393, 65438, 65440, 65474, 65482, 65490,
- 65498, 65504, 65506, 65507, 65508, 65509, 65512, 65513, 65517, 65529,
- 65532, 0, 13, 40, 60, 63, 80, 128, 256, 263,
- 311, 320, 373, 377, 394, 400, 464, 509, 640, 672,
- 768, 800, 816, 833, 834, 842, 896, 927, 928, 968,
- 976, 977, 1024, 1064, 1104, 1184, 2048, 2056, 2058, 2103,
- 2108, 2111, 2135, 2136, 2304, 2326, 2335, 2336, 2367, 2432,
- 2494, 2560, 2561, 2565, 2572, 2576, 2581, 2585, 2616, 2623,
- 2624, 2640, 2656, 2685, 2687, 2816, 2873, 2880, 2904, 2912,
- 2936, 3072, 3680, 4096, 4097, 4098, 4099, 4152, 4167, 4178,
- 4198, 4224, 4226, 4227, 4272, 4275, 4279, 4281, 4283, 4285,
- 4286, 4304, 4336, 4352, 4355, 4391, 4396, 4397, 4406, 4416,
- 4480, 4482, 4483, 4531, 4534, 4543, 4545, 4549, 4560, 5760,
- 5803, 5804, 5805, 5806, 5808, 5814, 5815, 5824, 8192, 9216,
- 9328, 12288, 26624, 28416, 28496, 28497, 28559, 28563, 45056, 53248,
- 53504, 53545, 53605, 53607, 53610, 53613, 53619, 53627, 53635, 53637,
- 53644, 53674, 53678, 53760, 53826, 53829, 54016, 54112, 54272, 54298,
- 54324, 54350, 54358, 54376, 54402, 54428, 54430, 54434, 54437, 54441,
- 54446, 54454, 54459, 54461, 54469, 54480, 54506, 54532, 54535, 54541,
- 54550, 54558, 54584, 54587, 54592, 54598, 54602, 54610, 54636, 54662,
- 54688, 54714, 54740, 54766, 54792, 54818, 54844, 54870, 54896, 54922,
- 54952, 54977, 54978, 55003, 55004, 55010, 55035, 55036, 55061, 55062,
- 55068, 55093, 55094, 55119, 55120, 55126, 55151, 55152, 55177, 55178,
- 55184, 55209, 55210, 55235, 55236, 55242, 55246, 60928, 60933, 60961,
- 60964, 60967, 60969, 60980, 60985, 60987, 60994, 60999, 61001, 61003,
- 61005, 61009, 61012, 61015, 61017, 61019, 61021, 61023, 61025, 61028,
- 61031, 61036, 61044, 61049, 61054, 61056, 61067, 61089, 61093, 61099,
- 61168, 61440, 61488, 61600, 61617, 61633, 61649, 61696, 61712, 61744,
- 61808, 61926, 61968, 62016, 62032, 62208, 62256, 62263, 62336, 62368,
- 62406, 62432, 62464, 62528, 62530, 62713, 62720, 62784, 62800, 62971,
- 63045, 63104, 63232, 0, 42710, 42752, 46900, 46912, 47133, 63488,
- 1, 32, 256, 0, 65533,
+ 0, 32, 33, 36, 37, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44,
+ 45, 46, 48, 58, 60, 63, 65, 91, 92, 93,
+ 94, 95, 96, 97, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 160,
+ 161, 162, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173,
+ 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 180, 181, 182, 184, 185,
+ 186, 187, 188, 191, 192, 215, 216, 223, 247, 248,
+ 256, 312, 313, 329, 330, 377, 383, 385, 387, 388,
+ 391, 394, 396, 398, 402, 403, 405, 406, 409, 412,
+ 414, 415, 417, 418, 423, 427, 428, 431, 434, 436,
+ 437, 440, 442, 443, 444, 446, 448, 452, 453, 454,
+ 455, 456, 457, 458, 459, 460, 461, 477, 478, 496,
+ 497, 498, 499, 500, 503, 505, 506, 564, 570, 572,
+ 573, 575, 577, 580, 583, 584, 592, 660, 661, 688,
+ 706, 710, 722, 736, 741, 748, 749, 750, 751, 768,
+ 880, 884, 885, 886, 890, 891, 894, 900, 902, 903,
+ 904, 908, 910, 912, 913, 931, 940, 975, 977, 978,
+ 981, 984, 1008, 1012, 1014, 1015, 1018, 1020, 1021, 1072,
+ 1120, 1154, 1155, 1160, 1162, 1217, 1231, 1232, 1329, 1369,
+ 1370, 1377, 1417, 1418, 1423, 1425, 1470, 1471, 1472, 1473,
+ 1475, 1476, 1478, 1479, 1488, 1520, 1523, 1536, 1542, 1545,
+ 1547, 1548, 1550, 1552, 1563, 1566, 1568, 1600, 1601, 1611,
+ 1632, 1642, 1646, 1648, 1649, 1748, 1749, 1750, 1757, 1758,
+ 1759, 1765, 1767, 1769, 1770, 1774, 1776, 1786, 1789, 1791,
+ 1792, 1807, 1808, 1809, 1810, 1840, 1869, 1958, 1969, 1984,
+ 1994, 2027, 2036, 2038, 2039, 2042, 2048, 2070, 2074, 2075,
+ 2084, 2085, 2088, 2089, 2096, 2112, 2137, 2142, 2208, 2210,
+ 2276, 2304, 2307, 2308, 2362, 2363, 2364, 2365, 2366, 2369,
+ 2377, 2381, 2382, 2384, 2385, 2392, 2402, 2404, 2406, 2416,
+ 2417, 2418, 2425, 2433, 2434, 2437, 2447, 2451, 2474, 2482,
+ 2486, 2492, 2493, 2494, 2497, 2503, 2507, 2509, 2510, 2519,
+ 2524, 2527, 2530, 2534, 2544, 2546, 2548, 2554, 2555, 2561,
+ 2563, 2565, 2575, 2579, 2602, 2610, 2613, 2616, 2620, 2622,
+ 2625, 2631, 2635, 2641, 2649, 2654, 2662, 2672, 2674, 2677,
+ 2689, 2691, 2693, 2703, 2707, 2730, 2738, 2741, 2748, 2749,
+ 2750, 2753, 2759, 2761, 2763, 2765, 2768, 2784, 2786, 2790,
+ 2800, 2801, 2817, 2818, 2821, 2831, 2835, 2858, 2866, 2869,
+ 2876, 2877, 2878, 2879, 2880, 2881, 2887, 2891, 2893, 2902,
+ 2903, 2908, 2911, 2914, 2918, 2928, 2929, 2930, 2946, 2947,
+ 2949, 2958, 2962, 2969, 2972, 2974, 2979, 2984, 2990, 3006,
+ 3008, 3009, 3014, 3018, 3021, 3024, 3031, 3046, 3056, 3059,
+ 3065, 3066, 3073, 3077, 3086, 3090, 3114, 3125, 3133, 3134,
+ 3137, 3142, 3146, 3157, 3160, 3168, 3170, 3174, 3192, 3199,
+ 3202, 3205, 3214, 3218, 3242, 3253, 3260, 3261, 3262, 3263,
+ 3264, 3270, 3271, 3274, 3276, 3285, 3294, 3296, 3298, 3302,
+ 3313, 3330, 3333, 3342, 3346, 3389, 3390, 3393, 3398, 3402,
+ 3405, 3406, 3415, 3424, 3426, 3430, 3440, 3449, 3450, 3458,
+ 3461, 3482, 3507, 3517, 3520, 3530, 3535, 3538, 3542, 3544,
+ 3570, 3572, 3585, 3633, 3634, 3636, 3647, 3648, 3654, 3655,
+ 3663, 3664, 3674, 3713, 3716, 3719, 3722, 3725, 3732, 3737,
+ 3745, 3749, 3751, 3754, 3757, 3761, 3762, 3764, 3771, 3773,
+ 3776, 3782, 3784, 3792, 3804, 3840, 3841, 3844, 3859, 3860,
+ 3861, 3864, 3866, 3872, 3882, 3892, 3893, 3894, 3895, 3896,
+ 3897, 3898, 3899, 3900, 3901, 3902, 3904, 3913, 3953, 3967,
+ 3968, 3973, 3974, 3976, 3981, 3993, 4030, 4038, 4039, 4046,
+ 4048, 4053, 4057, 4096, 4139, 4141, 4145, 4146, 4152, 4153,
+ 4155, 4157, 4159, 4160, 4170, 4176, 4182, 4184, 4186, 4190,
+ 4193, 4194, 4197, 4199, 4206, 4209, 4213, 4226, 4227, 4229,
+ 4231, 4237, 4238, 4239, 4240, 4250, 4253, 4254, 4256, 4295,
+ 4301, 4304, 4347, 4348, 4349, 4682, 4688, 4696, 4698, 4704,
+ 4746, 4752, 4786, 4792, 4800, 4802, 4808, 4824, 4882, 4888,
+ 4957, 4960, 4969, 4992, 5008, 5024, 5120, 5121, 5741, 5743,
+ 5760, 5761, 5787, 5788, 5792, 5867, 5870, 5888, 5902, 5906,
+ 5920, 5938, 5941, 5952, 5970, 5984, 5998, 6002, 6016, 6068,
+ 6070, 6071, 6078, 6086, 6087, 6089, 6100, 6103, 6104, 6107,
+ 6108, 6109, 6112, 6128, 6144, 6150, 6151, 6155, 6158, 6160,
+ 6176, 6211, 6212, 6272, 6313, 6314, 6320, 6400, 6432, 6435,
+ 6439, 6441, 6448, 6450, 6451, 6457, 6464, 6468, 6470, 6480,
+ 6512, 6528, 6576, 6593, 6600, 6608, 6618, 6622, 6656, 6679,
+ 6681, 6686, 6688, 6741, 6742, 6743, 6744, 6752, 6753, 6754,
+ 6755, 6757, 6765, 6771, 6783, 6784, 6800, 6816, 6823, 6824,
+ 6912, 6916, 6917, 6964, 6965, 6966, 6971, 6972, 6973, 6978,
+ 6979, 6981, 6992, 7002, 7009, 7019, 7028, 7040, 7042, 7043,
+ 7073, 7074, 7078, 7080, 7082, 7083, 7084, 7086, 7088, 7098,
+ 7142, 7143, 7144, 7146, 7149, 7150, 7151, 7154, 7164, 7168,
+ 7204, 7212, 7220, 7222, 7227, 7232, 7245, 7248, 7258, 7288,
+ 7294, 7360, 7376, 7379, 7380, 7393, 7394, 7401, 7405, 7406,
+ 7410, 7412, 7413, 7424, 7468, 7531, 7544, 7545, 7579, 7616,
+ 7676, 7680, 7830, 7838, 7936, 7944, 7952, 7960, 7968, 7976,
+ 7984, 7992, 8000, 8008, 8016, 8025, 8027, 8029, 8031, 8033,
+ 8040, 8048, 8064, 8072, 8080, 8088, 8096, 8104, 8112, 8118,
+ 8120, 8124, 8125, 8126, 8127, 8130, 8134, 8136, 8140, 8141,
+ 8144, 8150, 8152, 8157, 8160, 8168, 8173, 8178, 8182, 8184,
+ 8188, 8189, 8192, 8203, 8208, 8214, 8216, 8217, 8218, 8219,
+ 8221, 8222, 8223, 8224, 8232, 8233, 8234, 8239, 8240, 8249,
+ 8250, 8251, 8255, 8257, 8260, 8261, 8262, 8263, 8274, 8275,
+ 8276, 8277, 8287, 8288, 8298, 8304, 8305, 8308, 8314, 8317,
+ 8318, 8319, 8320, 8330, 8333, 8334, 8336, 8352, 8400, 8413,
+ 8417, 8418, 8421, 8448, 8450, 8451, 8455, 8456, 8458, 8459,
+ 8462, 8464, 8467, 8468, 8469, 8470, 8472, 8473, 8478, 8484,
+ 8485, 8486, 8487, 8488, 8489, 8490, 8494, 8495, 8496, 8500,
+ 8501, 8505, 8506, 8508, 8510, 8512, 8517, 8519, 8522, 8523,
+ 8524, 8526, 8527, 8528, 8544, 8579, 8581, 8585, 8592, 8597,
+ 8602, 8604, 8608, 8609, 8611, 8612, 8614, 8615, 8622, 8623,
+ 8654, 8656, 8658, 8659, 8660, 8661, 8692, 8960, 8968, 8972,
+ 8992, 8994, 9001, 9002, 9003, 9084, 9085, 9115, 9140, 9180,
+ 9186, 9216, 9280, 9312, 9372, 9450, 9472, 9655, 9656, 9665,
+ 9666, 9720, 9728, 9839, 9840, 9985, 10088, 10089, 10090, 10091,
+ 10092, 10093, 10094, 10095, 10096, 10097, 10098, 10099, 10100, 10101,
+ 10102, 10132, 10176, 10181, 10182, 10183, 10214, 10215, 10216, 10217,
+ 10218, 10219, 10220, 10221, 10222, 10223, 10224, 10240, 10496, 10627,
+ 10628, 10629, 10630, 10631, 10632, 10633, 10634, 10635, 10636, 10637,
+ 10638, 10639, 10640, 10641, 10642, 10643, 10644, 10645, 10646, 10647,
+ 10648, 10649, 10712, 10713, 10714, 10715, 10716, 10748, 10749, 10750,
+ 11008, 11056, 11077, 11079, 11088, 11264, 11312, 11360, 11363, 11365,
+ 11367, 11374, 11377, 11378, 11380, 11381, 11383, 11388, 11390, 11393,
+ 11394, 11492, 11493, 11499, 11503, 11506, 11513, 11517, 11518, 11520,
+ 11559, 11565, 11568, 11631, 11632, 11647, 11648, 11680, 11688, 11696,
+ 11704, 11712, 11720, 11728, 11736, 11744, 11776, 11778, 11779, 11780,
+ 11781, 11782, 11785, 11786, 11787, 11788, 11789, 11790, 11799, 11800,
+ 11802, 11803, 11804, 11805, 11806, 11808, 11809, 11810, 11811, 11812,
+ 11813, 11814, 11815, 11816, 11817, 11818, 11823, 11824, 11834, 11904,
+ 11931, 12032, 12272, 12288, 12289, 12292, 12293, 12294, 12295, 12296,
+ 12297, 12298, 12299, 12300, 12301, 12302, 12303, 12304, 12305, 12306,
+ 12308, 12309, 12310, 12311, 12312, 12313, 12314, 12315, 12316, 12317,
+ 12318, 12320, 12321, 12330, 12334, 12336, 12337, 12342, 12344, 12347,
+ 12348, 12349, 12350, 12353, 12441, 12443, 12445, 12447, 12448, 12449,
+ 12539, 12540, 12543, 12549, 12593, 12688, 12690, 12694, 12704, 12736,
+ 12784, 12800, 12832, 12842, 12872, 12880, 12881, 12896, 12928, 12938,
+ 12977, 12992, 13056, 13312, 19893, 19904, 19968, 40908, 40960, 40981,
+ 40982, 42128, 42192, 42232, 42238, 42240, 42508, 42509, 42512, 42528,
+ 42538, 42560, 42606, 42607, 42608, 42611, 42612, 42622, 42623, 42624,
+ 42655, 42656, 42726, 42736, 42738, 42752, 42775, 42784, 42786, 42800,
+ 42802, 42864, 42865, 42873, 42878, 42888, 42889, 42891, 42896, 42912,
+ 43000, 43002, 43003, 43010, 43011, 43014, 43015, 43019, 43020, 43043,
+ 43045, 43047, 43048, 43056, 43062, 43064, 43065, 43072, 43124, 43136,
+ 43138, 43188, 43204, 43214, 43216, 43232, 43250, 43256, 43259, 43264,
+ 43274, 43302, 43310, 43312, 43335, 43346, 43359, 43360, 43392, 43395,
+ 43396, 43443, 43444, 43446, 43450, 43452, 43453, 43457, 43471, 43472,
+ 43486, 43520, 43561, 43567, 43569, 43571, 43573, 43584, 43587, 43588,
+ 43596, 43597, 43600, 43612, 43616, 43632, 43633, 43639, 43642, 43643,
+ 43648, 43696, 43697, 43698, 43701, 43703, 43705, 43710, 43712, 43713,
+ 43714, 43739, 43741, 43742, 43744, 43755, 43756, 43758, 43760, 43762,
+ 43763, 43765, 43766, 43777, 43785, 43793, 43808, 43816, 43968, 44003,
+ 44005, 44006, 44008, 44009, 44011, 44012, 44013, 44016, 44032, 55203,
+ 55216, 55243, 55296, 56191, 56319, 57343, 57344, 63743, 63744, 64112,
+ 64256, 64275, 64285, 64286, 64287, 64297, 64298, 64312, 64318, 64320,
+ 64323, 64326, 64434, 64467, 64830, 64831, 64848, 64914, 65008, 65020,
+ 65021, 65024, 65040, 65047, 65048, 65049, 65056, 65072, 65073, 65075,
+ 65077, 65078, 65079, 65080, 65081, 65082, 65083, 65084, 65085, 65086,
+ 65087, 65088, 65089, 65090, 65091, 65092, 65093, 65095, 65096, 65097,
+ 65101, 65104, 65108, 65112, 65113, 65114, 65115, 65116, 65117, 65118,
+ 65119, 65122, 65123, 65124, 65128, 65129, 65130, 65136, 65142, 65279,
+ 65281, 65284, 65285, 65288, 65289, 65290, 65291, 65292, 65293, 65294,
+ 65296, 65306, 65308, 65311, 65313, 65339, 65340, 65341, 65342, 65343,
+ 65344, 65345, 65371, 65372, 65373, 65374, 65375, 65376, 65377, 65378,
+ 65379, 65380, 65382, 65392, 65393, 65438, 65440, 65474, 65482, 65490,
+ 65498, 65504, 65506, 65507, 65508, 65509, 65512, 65513, 65517, 65529,
+ 65532, 0, 13, 40, 60, 63, 80, 128, 256, 263,
+ 311, 320, 373, 377, 394, 400, 464, 509, 640, 672,
+ 768, 800, 816, 833, 834, 842, 896, 927, 928, 968,
+ 976, 977, 1024, 1064, 1104, 1184, 2048, 2056, 2058, 2103,
+ 2108, 2111, 2135, 2136, 2304, 2326, 2335, 2336, 2367, 2432,
+ 2494, 2560, 2561, 2565, 2572, 2576, 2581, 2585, 2616, 2623,
+ 2624, 2640, 2656, 2685, 2687, 2816, 2873, 2880, 2904, 2912,
+ 2936, 3072, 3680, 4096, 4097, 4098, 4099, 4152, 4167, 4178,
+ 4198, 4224, 4226, 4227, 4272, 4275, 4279, 4281, 4283, 4285,
+ 4286, 4304, 4336, 4352, 4355, 4391, 4396, 4397, 4406, 4416,
+ 4480, 4482, 4483, 4531, 4534, 4543, 4545, 4549, 4560, 5760,
+ 5803, 5804, 5805, 5806, 5808, 5814, 5815, 5824, 8192, 9216,
+ 9328, 12288, 26624, 28416, 28496, 28497, 28559, 28563, 45056, 53248,
+ 53504, 53545, 53605, 53607, 53610, 53613, 53619, 53627, 53635, 53637,
+ 53644, 53674, 53678, 53760, 53826, 53829, 54016, 54112, 54272, 54298,
+ 54324, 54350, 54358, 54376, 54402, 54428, 54430, 54434, 54437, 54441,
+ 54446, 54454, 54459, 54461, 54469, 54480, 54506, 54532, 54535, 54541,
+ 54550, 54558, 54584, 54587, 54592, 54598, 54602, 54610, 54636, 54662,
+ 54688, 54714, 54740, 54766, 54792, 54818, 54844, 54870, 54896, 54922,
+ 54952, 54977, 54978, 55003, 55004, 55010, 55035, 55036, 55061, 55062,
+ 55068, 55093, 55094, 55119, 55120, 55126, 55151, 55152, 55177, 55178,
+ 55184, 55209, 55210, 55235, 55236, 55242, 55246, 60928, 60933, 60961,
+ 60964, 60967, 60969, 60980, 60985, 60987, 60994, 60999, 61001, 61003,
+ 61005, 61009, 61012, 61015, 61017, 61019, 61021, 61023, 61025, 61028,
+ 61031, 61036, 61044, 61049, 61054, 61056, 61067, 61089, 61093, 61099,
+ 61168, 61440, 61488, 61600, 61617, 61633, 61649, 61696, 61712, 61744,
+ 61808, 61926, 61968, 62016, 62032, 62208, 62256, 62263, 62336, 62368,
+ 62406, 62432, 62464, 62528, 62530, 62713, 62720, 62784, 62800, 62971,
+ 63045, 63104, 63232, 0, 42710, 42752, 46900, 46912, 47133, 63488,
+ 1, 32, 256, 0, 65533,
};
static u16 aFts5UnicodeData[] = {
- 1025, 61, 117, 55, 117, 54, 50, 53, 57, 53,
- 49, 85, 333, 85, 121, 85, 841, 54, 53, 50,
- 56, 48, 56, 837, 54, 57, 50, 57, 1057, 61,
- 53, 151, 58, 53, 56, 58, 39, 52, 57, 34,
- 58, 56, 58, 57, 79, 56, 37, 85, 56, 47,
- 39, 51, 111, 53, 745, 57, 233, 773, 57, 261,
- 1822, 37, 542, 37, 1534, 222, 69, 73, 37, 126,
- 126, 73, 69, 137, 37, 73, 37, 105, 101, 73,
- 37, 73, 37, 190, 158, 37, 126, 126, 73, 37,
- 126, 94, 37, 39, 94, 69, 135, 41, 40, 37,
- 41, 40, 37, 41, 40, 37, 542, 37, 606, 37,
- 41, 40, 37, 126, 73, 37, 1886, 197, 73, 37,
- 73, 69, 126, 105, 37, 286, 2181, 39, 869, 582,
- 152, 390, 472, 166, 248, 38, 56, 38, 568, 3596,
- 158, 38, 56, 94, 38, 101, 53, 88, 41, 53,
- 105, 41, 73, 37, 553, 297, 1125, 94, 37, 105,
- 101, 798, 133, 94, 57, 126, 94, 37, 1641, 1541,
- 1118, 58, 172, 75, 1790, 478, 37, 2846, 1225, 38,
- 213, 1253, 53, 49, 55, 1452, 49, 44, 53, 76,
- 53, 76, 53, 44, 871, 103, 85, 162, 121, 85,
- 55, 85, 90, 364, 53, 85, 1031, 38, 327, 684,
- 333, 149, 71, 44, 3175, 53, 39, 236, 34, 58,
- 204, 70, 76, 58, 140, 71, 333, 103, 90, 39,
- 469, 34, 39, 44, 967, 876, 2855, 364, 39, 333,
- 1063, 300, 70, 58, 117, 38, 711, 140, 38, 300,
- 38, 108, 38, 172, 501, 807, 108, 53, 39, 359,
- 876, 108, 42, 1735, 44, 42, 44, 39, 106, 268,
- 138, 44, 74, 39, 236, 327, 76, 85, 333, 53,
- 38, 199, 231, 44, 74, 263, 71, 711, 231, 39,
- 135, 44, 39, 106, 140, 74, 74, 44, 39, 42,
- 71, 103, 76, 333, 71, 87, 207, 58, 55, 76,
- 42, 199, 71, 711, 231, 71, 71, 71, 44, 106,
- 76, 76, 108, 44, 135, 39, 333, 76, 103, 44,
- 76, 42, 295, 103, 711, 231, 71, 167, 44, 39,
- 106, 172, 76, 42, 74, 44, 39, 71, 76, 333,
- 53, 55, 44, 74, 263, 71, 711, 231, 71, 167,
- 44, 39, 42, 44, 42, 140, 74, 74, 44, 44,
- 42, 71, 103, 76, 333, 58, 39, 207, 44, 39,
- 199, 103, 135, 71, 39, 71, 71, 103, 391, 74,
- 44, 74, 106, 106, 44, 39, 42, 333, 111, 218,
- 55, 58, 106, 263, 103, 743, 327, 167, 39, 108,
- 138, 108, 140, 76, 71, 71, 76, 333, 239, 58,
- 74, 263, 103, 743, 327, 167, 44, 39, 42, 44,
- 170, 44, 74, 74, 76, 74, 39, 71, 76, 333,
- 71, 74, 263, 103, 1319, 39, 106, 140, 106, 106,
- 44, 39, 42, 71, 76, 333, 207, 58, 199, 74,
- 583, 775, 295, 39, 231, 44, 106, 108, 44, 266,
- 74, 53, 1543, 44, 71, 236, 55, 199, 38, 268,
- 53, 333, 85, 71, 39, 71, 39, 39, 135, 231,
- 103, 39, 39, 71, 135, 44, 71, 204, 76, 39,
- 167, 38, 204, 333, 135, 39, 122, 501, 58, 53,
- 122, 76, 218, 333, 335, 58, 44, 58, 44, 58,
- 44, 54, 50, 54, 50, 74, 263, 1159, 460, 42,
- 172, 53, 76, 167, 364, 1164, 282, 44, 218, 90,
- 181, 154, 85, 1383, 74, 140, 42, 204, 42, 76,
- 74, 76, 39, 333, 213, 199, 74, 76, 135, 108,
- 39, 106, 71, 234, 103, 140, 423, 44, 74, 76,
- 202, 44, 39, 42, 333, 106, 44, 90, 1225, 41,
- 41, 1383, 53, 38, 10631, 135, 231, 39, 135, 1319,
- 135, 1063, 135, 231, 39, 135, 487, 1831, 135, 2151,
- 108, 309, 655, 519, 346, 2727, 49, 19847, 85, 551,
- 61, 839, 54, 50, 2407, 117, 110, 423, 135, 108,
- 583, 108, 85, 583, 76, 423, 103, 76, 1671, 76,
- 42, 236, 266, 44, 74, 364, 117, 38, 117, 55,
- 39, 44, 333, 335, 213, 49, 149, 108, 61, 333,
- 1127, 38, 1671, 1319, 44, 39, 2247, 935, 108, 138,
- 76, 106, 74, 44, 202, 108, 58, 85, 333, 967,
- 167, 1415, 554, 231, 74, 333, 47, 1114, 743, 76,
- 106, 85, 1703, 42, 44, 42, 236, 44, 42, 44,
- 74, 268, 202, 332, 44, 333, 333, 245, 38, 213,
- 140, 42, 1511, 44, 42, 172, 42, 44, 170, 44,
- 74, 231, 333, 245, 346, 300, 314, 76, 42, 967,
- 42, 140, 74, 76, 42, 44, 74, 71, 333, 1415,
- 44, 42, 76, 106, 44, 42, 108, 74, 149, 1159,
- 266, 268, 74, 76, 181, 333, 103, 333, 967, 198,
- 85, 277, 108, 53, 428, 42, 236, 135, 44, 135,
- 74, 44, 71, 1413, 2022, 421, 38, 1093, 1190, 1260,
- 140, 4830, 261, 3166, 261, 265, 197, 201, 261, 265,
- 261, 265, 197, 201, 261, 41, 41, 41, 94, 229,
- 265, 453, 261, 264, 261, 264, 261, 264, 165, 69,
- 137, 40, 56, 37, 120, 101, 69, 137, 40, 120,
- 133, 69, 137, 120, 261, 169, 120, 101, 69, 137,
- 40, 88, 381, 162, 209, 85, 52, 51, 54, 84,
- 51, 54, 52, 277, 59, 60, 162, 61, 309, 52,
- 51, 149, 80, 117, 57, 54, 50, 373, 57, 53,
- 48, 341, 61, 162, 194, 47, 38, 207, 121, 54,
- 50, 38, 335, 121, 54, 50, 422, 855, 428, 139,
- 44, 107, 396, 90, 41, 154, 41, 90, 37, 105,
- 69, 105, 37, 58, 41, 90, 57, 169, 218, 41,
- 58, 41, 58, 41, 58, 137, 58, 37, 137, 37,
- 135, 37, 90, 69, 73, 185, 94, 101, 58, 57,
- 90, 37, 58, 527, 1134, 94, 142, 47, 185, 186,
- 89, 154, 57, 90, 57, 90, 57, 250, 57, 1018,
- 89, 90, 57, 58, 57, 1018, 8601, 282, 153, 666,
- 89, 250, 54, 50, 2618, 57, 986, 825, 1306, 217,
- 602, 1274, 378, 1935, 2522, 719, 5882, 57, 314, 57,
- 1754, 281, 3578, 57, 4634, 3322, 54, 50, 54, 50,
- 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50,
- 975, 1434, 185, 54, 50, 1017, 54, 50, 54, 50,
- 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 537, 8218, 4217, 54,
- 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54,
- 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54,
- 50, 2041, 54, 50, 54, 50, 1049, 54, 50, 8281,
- 1562, 697, 90, 217, 346, 1513, 1509, 126, 73, 69,
- 254, 105, 37, 94, 37, 94, 165, 70, 105, 37,
- 3166, 37, 218, 158, 108, 94, 149, 47, 85, 1221,
- 37, 37, 1799, 38, 53, 44, 743, 231, 231, 231,
- 231, 231, 231, 231, 231, 1036, 85, 52, 51, 52,
- 51, 117, 52, 51, 53, 52, 51, 309, 49, 85,
- 49, 53, 52, 51, 85, 52, 51, 54, 50, 54,
- 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 181, 38, 341, 81, 858,
- 2874, 6874, 410, 61, 117, 58, 38, 39, 46, 54,
- 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 90,
- 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 49, 54,
- 82, 58, 302, 140, 74, 49, 166, 90, 110, 38,
- 39, 53, 90, 2759, 76, 88, 70, 39, 49, 2887,
- 53, 102, 39, 1319, 3015, 90, 143, 346, 871, 1178,
- 519, 1018, 335, 986, 271, 58, 495, 1050, 335, 1274,
- 495, 2042, 8218, 39, 39, 2074, 39, 39, 679, 38,
- 36583, 1786, 1287, 198, 85, 8583, 38, 117, 519, 333,
- 71, 1502, 39, 44, 107, 53, 332, 53, 38, 798,
- 44, 2247, 334, 76, 213, 760, 294, 88, 478, 69,
- 2014, 38, 261, 190, 350, 38, 88, 158, 158, 382,
- 70, 37, 231, 44, 103, 44, 135, 44, 743, 74,
- 76, 42, 154, 207, 90, 55, 58, 1671, 149, 74,
- 1607, 522, 44, 85, 333, 588, 199, 117, 39, 333,
- 903, 268, 85, 743, 364, 74, 53, 935, 108, 42,
- 1511, 44, 74, 140, 74, 44, 138, 437, 38, 333,
- 85, 1319, 204, 74, 76, 74, 76, 103, 44, 263,
- 44, 42, 333, 149, 519, 38, 199, 122, 39, 42,
- 1543, 44, 39, 108, 71, 76, 167, 76, 39, 44,
- 39, 71, 38, 85, 359, 42, 76, 74, 85, 39,
- 70, 42, 44, 199, 199, 199, 231, 231, 1127, 74,
- 44, 74, 44, 74, 53, 42, 44, 333, 39, 39,
- 743, 1575, 36, 68, 68, 36, 63, 63, 11719, 3399,
- 229, 165, 39, 44, 327, 57, 423, 167, 39, 71,
- 71, 3463, 536, 11623, 54, 50, 2055, 1735, 391, 55,
- 58, 524, 245, 54, 50, 53, 236, 53, 81, 80,
- 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50,
- 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 85, 54, 50, 149,
- 112, 117, 149, 49, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50,
- 117, 57, 49, 121, 53, 55, 85, 167, 4327, 34,
- 117, 55, 117, 54, 50, 53, 57, 53, 49, 85,
- 333, 85, 121, 85, 841, 54, 53, 50, 56, 48,
- 56, 837, 54, 57, 50, 57, 54, 50, 53, 54,
- 50, 85, 327, 38, 1447, 70, 999, 199, 199, 199,
- 103, 87, 57, 56, 58, 87, 58, 153, 90, 98,
- 90, 391, 839, 615, 71, 487, 455, 3943, 117, 1455,
- 314, 1710, 143, 570, 47, 410, 1466, 44, 935, 1575,
- 999, 143, 551, 46, 263, 46, 967, 53, 1159, 263,
- 53, 174, 1289, 1285, 2503, 333, 199, 39, 1415, 71,
- 39, 743, 53, 271, 711, 207, 53, 839, 53, 1799,
- 71, 39, 108, 76, 140, 135, 103, 871, 108, 44,
- 271, 309, 935, 79, 53, 1735, 245, 711, 271, 615,
- 271, 2343, 1007, 42, 44, 42, 1703, 492, 245, 655,
- 333, 76, 42, 1447, 106, 140, 74, 76, 85, 34,
- 149, 807, 333, 108, 1159, 172, 42, 268, 333, 149,
- 76, 42, 1543, 106, 300, 74, 135, 149, 333, 1383,
- 44, 42, 44, 74, 204, 42, 44, 333, 28135, 3182,
- 149, 34279, 18215, 2215, 39, 1482, 140, 422, 71, 7898,
- 1274, 1946, 74, 108, 122, 202, 258, 268, 90, 236,
- 986, 140, 1562, 2138, 108, 58, 2810, 591, 841, 837,
- 841, 229, 581, 841, 837, 41, 73, 41, 73, 137,
- 265, 133, 37, 229, 357, 841, 837, 73, 137, 265,
- 233, 837, 73, 137, 169, 41, 233, 837, 841, 837,
- 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 901,
- 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 809, 57, 805, 57, 197,
- 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 809, 57, 805, 57, 197,
- 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 94, 1613, 135, 871, 71,
- 39, 39, 327, 135, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39,
- 103, 71, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 71, 39,
- 135, 231, 135, 135, 39, 327, 551, 103, 167, 551,
- 89, 1434, 3226, 506, 474, 506, 506, 367, 1018, 1946,
- 1402, 954, 1402, 314, 90, 1082, 218, 2266, 666, 1210,
- 186, 570, 2042, 58, 5850, 154, 2010, 154, 794, 2266,
- 378, 2266, 3738, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 17351,
- 34, 3074, 7692, 63, 63,
+ 1025, 61, 117, 55, 117, 54, 50, 53, 57, 53,
+ 49, 85, 333, 85, 121, 85, 841, 54, 53, 50,
+ 56, 48, 56, 837, 54, 57, 50, 57, 1057, 61,
+ 53, 151, 58, 53, 56, 58, 39, 52, 57, 34,
+ 58, 56, 58, 57, 79, 56, 37, 85, 56, 47,
+ 39, 51, 111, 53, 745, 57, 233, 773, 57, 261,
+ 1822, 37, 542, 37, 1534, 222, 69, 73, 37, 126,
+ 126, 73, 69, 137, 37, 73, 37, 105, 101, 73,
+ 37, 73, 37, 190, 158, 37, 126, 126, 73, 37,
+ 126, 94, 37, 39, 94, 69, 135, 41, 40, 37,
+ 41, 40, 37, 41, 40, 37, 542, 37, 606, 37,
+ 41, 40, 37, 126, 73, 37, 1886, 197, 73, 37,
+ 73, 69, 126, 105, 37, 286, 2181, 39, 869, 582,
+ 152, 390, 472, 166, 248, 38, 56, 38, 568, 3596,
+ 158, 38, 56, 94, 38, 101, 53, 88, 41, 53,
+ 105, 41, 73, 37, 553, 297, 1125, 94, 37, 105,
+ 101, 798, 133, 94, 57, 126, 94, 37, 1641, 1541,
+ 1118, 58, 172, 75, 1790, 478, 37, 2846, 1225, 38,
+ 213, 1253, 53, 49, 55, 1452, 49, 44, 53, 76,
+ 53, 76, 53, 44, 871, 103, 85, 162, 121, 85,
+ 55, 85, 90, 364, 53, 85, 1031, 38, 327, 684,
+ 333, 149, 71, 44, 3175, 53, 39, 236, 34, 58,
+ 204, 70, 76, 58, 140, 71, 333, 103, 90, 39,
+ 469, 34, 39, 44, 967, 876, 2855, 364, 39, 333,
+ 1063, 300, 70, 58, 117, 38, 711, 140, 38, 300,
+ 38, 108, 38, 172, 501, 807, 108, 53, 39, 359,
+ 876, 108, 42, 1735, 44, 42, 44, 39, 106, 268,
+ 138, 44, 74, 39, 236, 327, 76, 85, 333, 53,
+ 38, 199, 231, 44, 74, 263, 71, 711, 231, 39,
+ 135, 44, 39, 106, 140, 74, 74, 44, 39, 42,
+ 71, 103, 76, 333, 71, 87, 207, 58, 55, 76,
+ 42, 199, 71, 711, 231, 71, 71, 71, 44, 106,
+ 76, 76, 108, 44, 135, 39, 333, 76, 103, 44,
+ 76, 42, 295, 103, 711, 231, 71, 167, 44, 39,
+ 106, 172, 76, 42, 74, 44, 39, 71, 76, 333,
+ 53, 55, 44, 74, 263, 71, 711, 231, 71, 167,
+ 44, 39, 42, 44, 42, 140, 74, 74, 44, 44,
+ 42, 71, 103, 76, 333, 58, 39, 207, 44, 39,
+ 199, 103, 135, 71, 39, 71, 71, 103, 391, 74,
+ 44, 74, 106, 106, 44, 39, 42, 333, 111, 218,
+ 55, 58, 106, 263, 103, 743, 327, 167, 39, 108,
+ 138, 108, 140, 76, 71, 71, 76, 333, 239, 58,
+ 74, 263, 103, 743, 327, 167, 44, 39, 42, 44,
+ 170, 44, 74, 74, 76, 74, 39, 71, 76, 333,
+ 71, 74, 263, 103, 1319, 39, 106, 140, 106, 106,
+ 44, 39, 42, 71, 76, 333, 207, 58, 199, 74,
+ 583, 775, 295, 39, 231, 44, 106, 108, 44, 266,
+ 74, 53, 1543, 44, 71, 236, 55, 199, 38, 268,
+ 53, 333, 85, 71, 39, 71, 39, 39, 135, 231,
+ 103, 39, 39, 71, 135, 44, 71, 204, 76, 39,
+ 167, 38, 204, 333, 135, 39, 122, 501, 58, 53,
+ 122, 76, 218, 333, 335, 58, 44, 58, 44, 58,
+ 44, 54, 50, 54, 50, 74, 263, 1159, 460, 42,
+ 172, 53, 76, 167, 364, 1164, 282, 44, 218, 90,
+ 181, 154, 85, 1383, 74, 140, 42, 204, 42, 76,
+ 74, 76, 39, 333, 213, 199, 74, 76, 135, 108,
+ 39, 106, 71, 234, 103, 140, 423, 44, 74, 76,
+ 202, 44, 39, 42, 333, 106, 44, 90, 1225, 41,
+ 41, 1383, 53, 38, 10631, 135, 231, 39, 135, 1319,
+ 135, 1063, 135, 231, 39, 135, 487, 1831, 135, 2151,
+ 108, 309, 655, 519, 346, 2727, 49, 19847, 85, 551,
+ 61, 839, 54, 50, 2407, 117, 110, 423, 135, 108,
+ 583, 108, 85, 583, 76, 423, 103, 76, 1671, 76,
+ 42, 236, 266, 44, 74, 364, 117, 38, 117, 55,
+ 39, 44, 333, 335, 213, 49, 149, 108, 61, 333,
+ 1127, 38, 1671, 1319, 44, 39, 2247, 935, 108, 138,
+ 76, 106, 74, 44, 202, 108, 58, 85, 333, 967,
+ 167, 1415, 554, 231, 74, 333, 47, 1114, 743, 76,
+ 106, 85, 1703, 42, 44, 42, 236, 44, 42, 44,
+ 74, 268, 202, 332, 44, 333, 333, 245, 38, 213,
+ 140, 42, 1511, 44, 42, 172, 42, 44, 170, 44,
+ 74, 231, 333, 245, 346, 300, 314, 76, 42, 967,
+ 42, 140, 74, 76, 42, 44, 74, 71, 333, 1415,
+ 44, 42, 76, 106, 44, 42, 108, 74, 149, 1159,
+ 266, 268, 74, 76, 181, 333, 103, 333, 967, 198,
+ 85, 277, 108, 53, 428, 42, 236, 135, 44, 135,
+ 74, 44, 71, 1413, 2022, 421, 38, 1093, 1190, 1260,
+ 140, 4830, 261, 3166, 261, 265, 197, 201, 261, 265,
+ 261, 265, 197, 201, 261, 41, 41, 41, 94, 229,
+ 265, 453, 261, 264, 261, 264, 261, 264, 165, 69,
+ 137, 40, 56, 37, 120, 101, 69, 137, 40, 120,
+ 133, 69, 137, 120, 261, 169, 120, 101, 69, 137,
+ 40, 88, 381, 162, 209, 85, 52, 51, 54, 84,
+ 51, 54, 52, 277, 59, 60, 162, 61, 309, 52,
+ 51, 149, 80, 117, 57, 54, 50, 373, 57, 53,
+ 48, 341, 61, 162, 194, 47, 38, 207, 121, 54,
+ 50, 38, 335, 121, 54, 50, 422, 855, 428, 139,
+ 44, 107, 396, 90, 41, 154, 41, 90, 37, 105,
+ 69, 105, 37, 58, 41, 90, 57, 169, 218, 41,
+ 58, 41, 58, 41, 58, 137, 58, 37, 137, 37,
+ 135, 37, 90, 69, 73, 185, 94, 101, 58, 57,
+ 90, 37, 58, 527, 1134, 94, 142, 47, 185, 186,
+ 89, 154, 57, 90, 57, 90, 57, 250, 57, 1018,
+ 89, 90, 57, 58, 57, 1018, 8601, 282, 153, 666,
+ 89, 250, 54, 50, 2618, 57, 986, 825, 1306, 217,
+ 602, 1274, 378, 1935, 2522, 719, 5882, 57, 314, 57,
+ 1754, 281, 3578, 57, 4634, 3322, 54, 50, 54, 50,
+ 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50,
+ 975, 1434, 185, 54, 50, 1017, 54, 50, 54, 50,
+ 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 537, 8218, 4217, 54,
+ 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54,
+ 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54,
+ 50, 2041, 54, 50, 54, 50, 1049, 54, 50, 8281,
+ 1562, 697, 90, 217, 346, 1513, 1509, 126, 73, 69,
+ 254, 105, 37, 94, 37, 94, 165, 70, 105, 37,
+ 3166, 37, 218, 158, 108, 94, 149, 47, 85, 1221,
+ 37, 37, 1799, 38, 53, 44, 743, 231, 231, 231,
+ 231, 231, 231, 231, 231, 1036, 85, 52, 51, 52,
+ 51, 117, 52, 51, 53, 52, 51, 309, 49, 85,
+ 49, 53, 52, 51, 85, 52, 51, 54, 50, 54,
+ 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 181, 38, 341, 81, 858,
+ 2874, 6874, 410, 61, 117, 58, 38, 39, 46, 54,
+ 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 90,
+ 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 49, 54,
+ 82, 58, 302, 140, 74, 49, 166, 90, 110, 38,
+ 39, 53, 90, 2759, 76, 88, 70, 39, 49, 2887,
+ 53, 102, 39, 1319, 3015, 90, 143, 346, 871, 1178,
+ 519, 1018, 335, 986, 271, 58, 495, 1050, 335, 1274,
+ 495, 2042, 8218, 39, 39, 2074, 39, 39, 679, 38,
+ 36583, 1786, 1287, 198, 85, 8583, 38, 117, 519, 333,
+ 71, 1502, 39, 44, 107, 53, 332, 53, 38, 798,
+ 44, 2247, 334, 76, 213, 760, 294, 88, 478, 69,
+ 2014, 38, 261, 190, 350, 38, 88, 158, 158, 382,
+ 70, 37, 231, 44, 103, 44, 135, 44, 743, 74,
+ 76, 42, 154, 207, 90, 55, 58, 1671, 149, 74,
+ 1607, 522, 44, 85, 333, 588, 199, 117, 39, 333,
+ 903, 268, 85, 743, 364, 74, 53, 935, 108, 42,
+ 1511, 44, 74, 140, 74, 44, 138, 437, 38, 333,
+ 85, 1319, 204, 74, 76, 74, 76, 103, 44, 263,
+ 44, 42, 333, 149, 519, 38, 199, 122, 39, 42,
+ 1543, 44, 39, 108, 71, 76, 167, 76, 39, 44,
+ 39, 71, 38, 85, 359, 42, 76, 74, 85, 39,
+ 70, 42, 44, 199, 199, 199, 231, 231, 1127, 74,
+ 44, 74, 44, 74, 53, 42, 44, 333, 39, 39,
+ 743, 1575, 36, 68, 68, 36, 63, 63, 11719, 3399,
+ 229, 165, 39, 44, 327, 57, 423, 167, 39, 71,
+ 71, 3463, 536, 11623, 54, 50, 2055, 1735, 391, 55,
+ 58, 524, 245, 54, 50, 53, 236, 53, 81, 80,
+ 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50,
+ 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 85, 54, 50, 149,
+ 112, 117, 149, 49, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50,
+ 117, 57, 49, 121, 53, 55, 85, 167, 4327, 34,
+ 117, 55, 117, 54, 50, 53, 57, 53, 49, 85,
+ 333, 85, 121, 85, 841, 54, 53, 50, 56, 48,
+ 56, 837, 54, 57, 50, 57, 54, 50, 53, 54,
+ 50, 85, 327, 38, 1447, 70, 999, 199, 199, 199,
+ 103, 87, 57, 56, 58, 87, 58, 153, 90, 98,
+ 90, 391, 839, 615, 71, 487, 455, 3943, 117, 1455,
+ 314, 1710, 143, 570, 47, 410, 1466, 44, 935, 1575,
+ 999, 143, 551, 46, 263, 46, 967, 53, 1159, 263,
+ 53, 174, 1289, 1285, 2503, 333, 199, 39, 1415, 71,
+ 39, 743, 53, 271, 711, 207, 53, 839, 53, 1799,
+ 71, 39, 108, 76, 140, 135, 103, 871, 108, 44,
+ 271, 309, 935, 79, 53, 1735, 245, 711, 271, 615,
+ 271, 2343, 1007, 42, 44, 42, 1703, 492, 245, 655,
+ 333, 76, 42, 1447, 106, 140, 74, 76, 85, 34,
+ 149, 807, 333, 108, 1159, 172, 42, 268, 333, 149,
+ 76, 42, 1543, 106, 300, 74, 135, 149, 333, 1383,
+ 44, 42, 44, 74, 204, 42, 44, 333, 28135, 3182,
+ 149, 34279, 18215, 2215, 39, 1482, 140, 422, 71, 7898,
+ 1274, 1946, 74, 108, 122, 202, 258, 268, 90, 236,
+ 986, 140, 1562, 2138, 108, 58, 2810, 591, 841, 837,
+ 841, 229, 581, 841, 837, 41, 73, 41, 73, 137,
+ 265, 133, 37, 229, 357, 841, 837, 73, 137, 265,
+ 233, 837, 73, 137, 169, 41, 233, 837, 841, 837,
+ 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 901,
+ 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 809, 57, 805, 57, 197,
+ 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 809, 57, 805, 57, 197,
+ 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 94, 1613, 135, 871, 71,
+ 39, 39, 327, 135, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39,
+ 103, 71, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 71, 39,
+ 135, 231, 135, 135, 39, 327, 551, 103, 167, 551,
+ 89, 1434, 3226, 506, 474, 506, 506, 367, 1018, 1946,
+ 1402, 954, 1402, 314, 90, 1082, 218, 2266, 666, 1210,
+ 186, 570, 2042, 58, 5850, 154, 2010, 154, 794, 2266,
+ 378, 2266, 3738, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 17351,
+ 34, 3074, 7692, 63, 63,
};
-static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCategory(u32 iCode) {
+static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCategory(u32 iCode) {
int iRes = -1;
int iHi;
int iLo;
@@ -227319,7 +229377,7 @@
v >>= 7;
}
return 9;
- }
+ }
n = 0;
do{
buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
@@ -227371,7 +229429,7 @@
******************************************************************************
**
** This is an SQLite virtual table module implementing direct access to an
-** existing FTS5 index. The module may create several different types of
+** existing FTS5 index. The module may create several different types of
** tables:
**
** col:
@@ -227379,21 +229437,21 @@
**
** One row for each term/column combination. The value of $doc is set to
** the number of fts5 rows that contain at least one instance of term
-** $term within column $col. Field $cnt is set to the total number of
-** instances of term $term in column $col (in any row of the fts5 table).
+** $term within column $col. Field $cnt is set to the total number of
+** instances of term $term in column $col (in any row of the fts5 table).
**
** row:
** CREATE TABLE vocab(term, doc, cnt, PRIMARY KEY(term));
**
** One row for each term in the database. The value of $doc is set to
** the number of fts5 rows that contain at least one instance of term
-** $term. Field $cnt is set to the total number of instances of term
+** $term. Field $cnt is set to the total number of instances of term
** $term in the database.
**
** instance:
** CREATE TABLE vocab(term, doc, col, offset, PRIMARY KEY(<all-fields>));
**
-** One row for each term instance in the database.
+** One row for each term instance in the database.
*/
@@ -227410,6 +229468,7 @@
sqlite3 *db; /* Database handle */
Fts5Global *pGlobal; /* FTS5 global object for this database */
int eType; /* FTS5_VOCAB_COL, ROW or INSTANCE */
+ unsigned bBusy; /* True if busy */
};
struct Fts5VocabCursor {
@@ -227454,7 +229513,7 @@
/*
-** Translate a string containing an fts5vocab table type to an
+** Translate a string containing an fts5vocab table type to an
** FTS5_VOCAB_XXX constant. If successful, set *peType to the output
** value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, set *pzErr to an error message
** and return SQLITE_ERROR.
@@ -227532,8 +229591,8 @@
sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */
char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */
){
- const char *azSchema[] = {
- "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_COL_SCHEMA ")",
+ const char *azSchema[] = {
+ "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_COL_SCHEMA ")",
"CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_ROW_SCHEMA ")",
"CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_INST_SCHEMA ")"
};
@@ -227552,10 +229611,10 @@
const char *zDb = bDb ? argv[3] : argv[1];
const char *zTab = bDb ? argv[4] : argv[3];
const char *zType = bDb ? argv[5] : argv[4];
- int nDb = (int)strlen(zDb)+1;
+ int nDb = (int)strlen(zDb)+1;
int nTab = (int)strlen(zTab)+1;
int eType = 0;
-
+
rc = fts5VocabTableType(zType, pzErr, &eType);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
assert( eType>=0 && eType<ArraySize(azSchema) );
@@ -227607,7 +229666,7 @@
return fts5VocabInitVtab(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
}
-/*
+/*
** Implementation of the xBestIndex method.
**
** Only constraints of the form:
@@ -227616,7 +229675,7 @@
** term == ?
** term >= ?
**
-** are interpreted. Less-than and less-than-or-equal are treated
+** are interpreted. Less-than and less-than-or-equal are treated
** identically, as are greater-than and greater-than-or-equal.
*/
static int fts5VocabBestIndexMethod(
@@ -227667,8 +229726,8 @@
** specifically - "ORDER BY term" or "ORDER BY term ASC" - set the
** sqlite3_index_info.orderByConsumed flag to tell the core the results
** are already in sorted order. */
- if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1
- && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
+ if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1
+ && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
&& pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
){
pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
@@ -227682,7 +229741,7 @@
** Implementation of xOpen method.
*/
static int fts5VocabOpenMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr
){
Fts5VocabTable *pTab = (Fts5VocabTable*)pVTab;
@@ -227692,6 +229751,12 @@
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
char *zSql = 0;
+ if( pTab->bBusy ){
+ pVTab->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "recursive definition for %s.%s", pTab->zFts5Db, pTab->zFts5Tbl
+ );
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc,
"SELECT t.%Q FROM %Q.%Q AS t WHERE t.%Q MATCH '*id'",
pTab->zFts5Tbl, pTab->zFts5Db, pTab->zFts5Tbl, pTab->zFts5Tbl
@@ -227703,10 +229768,12 @@
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ pTab->bBusy = 1;
if( pStmt && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
i64 iId = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
pFts5 = sqlite3Fts5TableFromCsrid(pTab->pGlobal, iId);
}
+ pTab->bBusy = 0;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( pFts5==0 ){
@@ -227766,7 +229833,7 @@
static int fts5VocabInstanceNewTerm(Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
+
if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pCsr->pIter) ){
pCsr->bEof = 1;
}else{
@@ -227792,11 +229859,11 @@
Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pCsr->pIter;
i64 *pp = &pCsr->iInstPos;
int *po = &pCsr->iInstOff;
-
+
assert( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pIter)==0 );
assert( pCsr->bEof==0 );
while( eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE
- || sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pIter->pData, pIter->nData, po, pp)
+ || sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pIter->pData, pIter->nData, po, pp)
){
pCsr->iInstPos = 0;
pCsr->iInstOff = 0;
@@ -227921,8 +229988,8 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
zTerm = sqlite3Fts5IterTerm(pCsr->pIter, &nTerm);
- if( nTerm!=pCsr->term.n
- || (nTerm>0 && memcmp(zTerm, pCsr->term.p, nTerm))
+ if( nTerm!=pCsr->term.n
+ || (nTerm>0 && memcmp(zTerm, pCsr->term.p, nTerm))
){
break;
}
@@ -228001,8 +230068,8 @@
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==FTS5_VOCAB_INSTANCE ){
rc = fts5VocabInstanceNewTerm(pCsr);
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCsr->bEof
- && (eType!=FTS5_VOCAB_INSTANCE
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCsr->bEof
+ && (eType!=FTS5_VOCAB_INSTANCE
|| pCsr->pFts5->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE)
){
rc = fts5VocabNextMethod(pCursor);
@@ -228011,8 +230078,8 @@
return rc;
}
-/*
-** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
+/*
+** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
*/
static int fts5VocabEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
@@ -228087,13 +230154,13 @@
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
+/*
** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. The
** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
*/
static int fts5VocabRowidMethod(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
sqlite_int64 *pRowid
){
Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor;
@@ -228134,7 +230201,7 @@
}
-
+
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5) */
/************** End of fts5.c ************************************************/
@@ -228309,8 +230376,9 @@
sqlite3_result_int(ctx, sqlite3_stmt_busy(pCur->pStmt));
break;
}
- case STMT_COLUMN_MEM: {
- i = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED +
+ default: {
+ assert( i==STMT_COLUMN_MEM );
+ i = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED +
STMT_COLUMN_NSCAN - SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
/* Fall thru */
}
@@ -228350,11 +230418,11 @@
/*
** This method is called to "rewind" the stmt_cursor object back
** to the first row of output. This method is always called at least
-** once prior to any call to stmtColumn() or stmtRowid() or
+** once prior to any call to stmtColumn() or stmtRowid() or
** stmtEof().
*/
static int stmtFilter(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
@@ -228380,7 +230448,7 @@
}
/*
-** This following structure defines all the methods for the
+** This following structure defines all the methods for the
** stmt virtual table.
*/
static sqlite3_module stmtModule = {
@@ -228425,8 +230493,8 @@
__declspec(dllexport)
#endif
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_init(
- sqlite3 *db,
- char **pzErrMsg,
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ char **pzErrMsg,
const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -228440,9 +230508,9 @@
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB) */
/************** End of stmt.c ************************************************/
-#if __LINE__!=228443
+#if __LINE__!=230511
#undef SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
-#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-01-27 19:55:54 3bfa9cc97da10598521b342961df8f5f68c7388fa117345eeb516eaa837balt2"
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-08-14 13:23:32 fca8dc8b578f215a969cd899336378966156154710873e68b3d9ac5881b0alt2"
#endif
/* Return the source-id for this library */
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; }
diff --git a/sqlite3/sqlite3.h b/sqlite3/sqlite3.h
index cef6eea..910b687 100644
--- a/sqlite3/sqlite3.h
+++ b/sqlite3/sqlite3.h
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
** and Z will be reset to zero.
**
-** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]),
+** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]),
** SQLite source code has been stored in the
** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
** system</a>. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
-#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.31.1"
-#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3031001
-#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-01-27 19:55:54 3bfa9cc97da10598521b342961df8f5f68c7388fa117345eeb516eaa837bb4d6"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.33.0"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3033000
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-08-14 13:23:32 fca8dc8b578f215a969cd899336378966156154710873e68b3d9ac5881b0ff3f"
/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
@@ -151,8 +151,8 @@
** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The
** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns
-** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns
+** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. Except if SQLite is built
** using an edited copy of [the amalgamation], then the last four characters
** of the hash might be different from [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID].)^
@@ -167,20 +167,20 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
**
-** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1
-** indicating whether the specified option was defined at
-** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the
-** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1
+** indicating whether the specified option was defined at
+** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the
+** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().
**
** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range,
-** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_
-** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_
+** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by
** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
**
** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
-** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the
+** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the
** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
**
** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When
** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0,
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0,
** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe
** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
**
@@ -261,14 +261,14 @@
**
** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The
-** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values
+** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values
** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
# ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE
typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
-# else
+# else
typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
# endif
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
@@ -299,26 +299,22 @@
** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
** resources are deallocated.
**
-** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
-** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
-** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
-** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
-** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
-** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
-** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
-** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
-** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
-** destructors are called is arbitrary.
-**
-** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
-** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and
+** Ideally, applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all
+** [prepared statements], [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and
** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
-** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If
-** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
-** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
-** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation
-** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
-** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
+** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.
+** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
+** statements, BLOB handlers, and/or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then
+** sqlite3_close() will leave the database connection open and return
+** [SQLITE_BUSY]. ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared
+** statements, unclosed BLOB handlers, and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups,
+** it returns [SQLITE_OK] regardless, but instead of deallocating the database
+** connection immediately, it marks the database connection as an unusable
+** "zombie" and makes arrangements to automatically deallocate the database
+** connection after all prepared statements are finalized, all BLOB handles
+** are closed, and all backups have finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface
+** is intended for use with host languages that are garbage collected, and
+** where the order in which destructors are called is arbitrary.
**
** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
@@ -348,7 +344,7 @@
** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
-** without having to use a lot of C code.
+** without having to use a lot of C code.
**
** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
@@ -388,7 +384,7 @@
** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
**
** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
-** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or
+** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or
** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
** is not changed.
**
@@ -507,10 +503,12 @@
#define SQLITE_IOERR_BEGIN_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (29<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (30<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (31<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DATA (SQLITE_IOERR | (32<<8))
#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB (SQLITE_LOCKED | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT (SQLITE_BUSY | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
@@ -519,6 +517,7 @@
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (6<<8))
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_SEQUENCE (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8))
@@ -565,7 +564,7 @@
#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
@@ -574,6 +573,9 @@
#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW 0x01000000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */
+/* Legacy compatibility: */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
@@ -670,7 +672,7 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
**
-** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the
+** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the
** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface
** implementations will
** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
@@ -692,7 +694,7 @@
** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
**
-** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
+** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The
** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
@@ -842,7 +844,7 @@
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
-** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should
+** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should
** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
@@ -865,24 +867,24 @@
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and
** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a
-** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked
-** because the user has configured SQLite with
-** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place
+** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked
+** because the user has configured SQLite with
+** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place
** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with
** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced
** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated
-** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that
-** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications
-** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may
-** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
+** string containing the transactions super-journal file name. VFSes that
+** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications
+** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may
+** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite
** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately
** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal
** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the
-** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the
+** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
@@ -930,13 +932,13 @@
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
-** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current
+** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current
** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the
-** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from
+** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from
** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with
@@ -955,7 +957,7 @@
** upper-most shim only.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
-** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
@@ -966,7 +968,7 @@
** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal
** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
@@ -1006,7 +1008,7 @@
** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that
** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The
** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if
-** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit
+** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit
** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This
** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
**
@@ -1050,7 +1052,7 @@
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by
** the RBU extension only. All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for
-** this opcode.
+** this opcode.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]]
** If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode returns SQLITE_OK, then
@@ -1067,7 +1069,7 @@
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write
-** operations since the previous successful call to
+** operations since the previous successful call to
** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be performed atomically.
** This file control returns [SQLITE_OK] if and only if the writes were
** all performed successfully and have been committed to persistent storage.
@@ -1079,7 +1081,7 @@
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write
-** operations since the previous successful call to
+** operations since the previous successful call to
** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back.
** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode
** so that all subsequent write operations are independent.
@@ -1087,10 +1089,12 @@
** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE].
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT]]
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode causes attempts to obtain
-** a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS to wait
-** for up to M milliseconds before failing, where M is the single
-** unsigned integer parameter.
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode is used to configure a VFS
+** to block for up to M milliseconds before failing when attempting to
+** obtain a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS.
+** The parameter is a pointer to a 32-bit signed integer that contains
+** the value that M is to be set to. Before returning, the 32-bit signed
+** integer is overwritten with the previous value of M.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] opcode is used to detect changes to
@@ -1112,6 +1116,11 @@
** happen either internally or externally and that are associated with
** a particular attached database.
**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START] opcode is invoked from within a checkpoint
+** in wal mode before the client starts to copy pages from the wal
+** file to the database file.
+**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE] opcode is invoked from within a checkpoint
** in wal mode after the client has finished copying pages from the wal
@@ -1155,6 +1164,8 @@
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION 35
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT 36
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE 37
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RESERVE_BYTES 38
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START 39
/* deprecated names */
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
@@ -1238,14 +1249,14 @@
** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
-** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the
+** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the
** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
**
** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()]
** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE].
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE].
** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
**
@@ -1259,7 +1270,7 @@
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
-** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL]
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]
** </ul>)^
**
@@ -1287,10 +1298,10 @@
** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
-** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the
+** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the
** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
-** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened
+** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened
** for exclusive access.
**
** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
@@ -1314,7 +1325,7 @@
** non-zero error code if there is an I/O error or if the name of
** the file given in the second argument is illegal. If SQLITE_OK
** is returned, then non-zero or zero is written into *pResOut to indicate
-** whether or not the file is accessible.
+** whether or not the file is accessible.
**
** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer
@@ -1334,16 +1345,16 @@
** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
** a floating point value.
** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
-** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in
-** a 24-hour day).
+** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in
+** a 24-hour day).
** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
-** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or
+** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or
** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
**
** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided
-** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding
+** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding
** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden
@@ -1390,7 +1401,7 @@
/*
** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
** New fields may be appended in future versions. The iVersion
- ** value will increment whenever this happens.
+ ** value will increment whenever this happens.
*/
};
@@ -1434,7 +1445,7 @@
** </ul>
**
** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
-** was given on the corresponding lock.
+** was given on the corresponding lock.
**
** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED
@@ -1579,7 +1590,7 @@
** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
**
** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the
-** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code
+** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code
** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
**
@@ -1597,7 +1608,7 @@
** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].
** By creating an instance of this object
** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
@@ -1627,7 +1638,7 @@
** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
-** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0,
+** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0,
** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
**
** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example,
@@ -1637,7 +1648,7 @@
** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
** xInit and xShutdown.
**
-** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
+** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN] mutex when it invokes
** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The
** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite
@@ -1685,7 +1696,7 @@
** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with
** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
-** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return
+** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return
** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
** configuration option.</dd>
**
@@ -1720,7 +1731,7 @@
** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is
** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.
** The argument specifies
** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
@@ -1771,7 +1782,7 @@
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool
** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page
-** cache implementation.
+** cache implementation.
** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-defined page
** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2].
** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to
@@ -1799,7 +1810,7 @@
** additional cache line. </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
-** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer
+** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer
** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs
** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled
@@ -1854,7 +1865,7 @@
** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is
** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies
** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^
** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.</dd>
@@ -1868,7 +1879,7 @@
** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
** global [error log].
** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
-** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*),
+** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*),
** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the
** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
@@ -1977,7 +1988,7 @@
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]]
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL
** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which
-** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold.
+** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold.
** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes)
** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk.
** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held
@@ -1999,7 +2010,7 @@
** than the configured sorter-reference size threshold - then a reference
** is stored in each sorted record and the required column values loaded
** from the database as records are returned in sorted order. The default
-** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a
+** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a
** negative value for this option restores the default behaviour.
** This option is only available if SQLite is compiled with the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES] compile-time option.
@@ -2027,7 +2038,7 @@
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */
+/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */
@@ -2062,7 +2073,7 @@
** <dl>
** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the
+** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the
** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
@@ -2080,7 +2091,7 @@
** when the "current value" returned by
** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
-** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns
+** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns
** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY]]
@@ -2157,11 +2168,11 @@
** until after the database connection closes.
** </dd>
**
-** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]]
+** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]]
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt>
-** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a
-** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no
-** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint
+** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a
+** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no
+** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint
** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to
** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation
** is an integer - positive to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the
@@ -2180,7 +2191,7 @@
** slower. But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior. With
** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as
** was used during testing in the lab.
-** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable
+** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable
** the QPSG, positive to enable QPSG, or negative to leave the setting
** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the QPSG is disabled or enabled
@@ -2188,15 +2199,15 @@
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP</dt>
-** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not
+** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not
** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This
** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this
** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer -
** positive to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it,
** or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
-** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written
-** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if
-** it is not disabled, 1 if it is.
+** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written
+** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if
+** it is not disabled, 1 if it is.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE</dt>
@@ -2210,7 +2221,7 @@
** database, or calling sqlite3_table_column_metadata(), ignoring any
** errors. This step is only necessary if the application desires to keep
** the database in WAL mode after the reset if it was in WAL mode before
-** the reset.
+** the reset.
** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 1, 0);
** <li> [sqlite3_exec](db, "[VACUUM]", 0, 0, 0);
** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 0, 0);
@@ -2222,7 +2233,7 @@
** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE</dt>
** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE option activates or deactivates the
** "defensive" flag for a database connection. When the defensive
-** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to
+** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to
** deliberately corrupt the database file are disabled. The disabled
** features include but are not limited to the following:
** <ul>
@@ -2237,7 +2248,7 @@
** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA option activates or deactivates the
** "writable_schema" flag. This has the same effect and is logically equivalent
** to setting [PRAGMA writable_schema=ON] or [PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF].
-** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable
+** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable
** the writable_schema, positive to enable writable_schema, or negative to
** leave the setting unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an
** integer into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the writable_schema
@@ -2275,14 +2286,13 @@
** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA]]
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA</td>
** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option tells SQLite to
-** assume that database schemas (the contents of the [sqlite_master] tables)
-** are untainted by malicious content.
+** assume that database schemas are untainted by malicious content.
** When the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option is disabled, SQLite
** takes additional defensive steps to protect the application from harm
** including:
** <ul>
** <li> Prohibit the use of SQL functions inside triggers, views,
-** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes,
+** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes,
** partial indexes, or generated columns
** unless those functions are tagged with [SQLITE_INNOCUOUS].
** <li> Prohibit the use of virtual tables inside of triggers or views
@@ -2303,7 +2313,7 @@
** any SQLite version back to 3.0.0 ([dateof:3.0.0]). Without this setting,
** newly created databases are generally not understandable by SQLite versions
** prior to 3.3.0 ([dateof:3.3.0]). As these words are written, there
-** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible
+** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible
** all the way back to version 3.0.0, and so this setting is of little
** practical use, but is provided so that SQLite can continue to claim the
** ability to generate new database files that are compatible with version
@@ -2361,8 +2371,8 @@
** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface usually returns the [rowid] of
** the most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
** on database connection D. ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not
-** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred
-** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns
+** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred
+** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns
** zero.
**
** As well as being set automatically as rows are inserted into database
@@ -2372,15 +2382,15 @@
** Some virtual table implementations may INSERT rows into rowid tables as
** part of committing a transaction (e.g. to flush data accumulated in memory
** to disk). In this case subsequent calls to this function return the rowid
-** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to
+** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to
** unintuitive results. Virtual table implementations that do write to rowid
-** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original
-** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning
+** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original
+** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning
** control to the user.
**
-** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will
-** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is
-** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned
+** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will
+** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is
+** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned
** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger was fired.)^
**
** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
@@ -2413,7 +2423,7 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** The sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(D, R) method allows the application to
-** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R
+** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R
** without inserting a row into the database.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64);
@@ -2429,37 +2439,37 @@
** returned by this function.
**
** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are
-** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers],
+** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers],
** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted.
-**
-** Changes to a view that are intercepted by
-** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value
-** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or
-** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real
+**
+** Changes to a view that are intercepted by
+** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value
+** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or
+** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real
** tables are counted.
**
** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is
** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the
** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback
** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially:
-**
+**
** <ul>
** <li> ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by
-** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program
+** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program
** has finished, the original value is restored.)^
-**
-** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE
-** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes()
-** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include
-** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes()
+**
+** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE
+** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes()
+** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include
+** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes()
** value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^
** </ul>
-**
+**
** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used
-** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it
+** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it
** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing.
-** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger
-** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the
+** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger
+** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the
** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger.
**
** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
@@ -2485,10 +2495,10 @@
** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as
** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement
** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes().
-**
+**
** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the
** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are
-** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers
+** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers
** are not counted.
**
** The [sqlite3_total_changes(D)] interface only reports the number
@@ -2497,7 +2507,7 @@
** To detect changes against a database file from other database
** connections use the [PRAGMA data_version] command or the
** [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control].
-**
+**
** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
@@ -2539,7 +2549,7 @@
**
** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements
-** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the
** running statement count reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements
** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
@@ -2571,7 +2581,7 @@
** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
**
-** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior
+** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior
** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails,
** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
@@ -2616,7 +2626,7 @@
** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** to the application instead of invoking the
+** to the application instead of invoking the
** busy handler.
** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
@@ -2641,7 +2651,7 @@
** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words,
** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions
** result in undefined behavior.
-**
+**
** A busy handler must not close the database connection
** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
*/
@@ -2759,7 +2769,7 @@
** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
** from the standard C library.
** These routines understand most of the common formatting options from
-** the standard library printf()
+** the standard library printf()
** plus some additional non-standard formats ([%q], [%Q], [%w], and [%z]).
** See the [built-in printf()] documentation for details.
**
@@ -2955,7 +2965,7 @@
** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
-** access is denied.
+** access is denied.
**
** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
@@ -3008,7 +3018,7 @@
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
-** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a
+** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a
** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the
** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
**
@@ -3156,7 +3166,7 @@
** execution of the prepared statement, such as at the start of each
** trigger subprogram. ^The P argument is a pointer to the
** [prepared statement]. ^The X argument is a pointer to a string which
-** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment
+** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment
** that indicates the invocation of a trigger. ^The callback can compute
** the same text that would have been returned by the legacy [sqlite3_trace()]
** interface by using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking
@@ -3172,7 +3182,7 @@
**
** [[SQLITE_TRACE_ROW]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_ROW</dt>
** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_ROW callback is invoked whenever a prepared
-** statement generates a single row of result.
+** statement generates a single row of result.
** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the
** X argument is unused.
**
@@ -3199,10 +3209,10 @@
** M argument should be the bitwise OR-ed combination of
** zero or more [SQLITE_TRACE] constants.
**
-** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides
+** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides
** (cancels) any prior calls to sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2().
**
-** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by
+** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by
** mask M occur. ^The integer return value from the callback is currently
** ignored, though this may change in future releases. Callback
** implementations should return zero to ensure future compatibility.
@@ -3234,8 +3244,8 @@
** database connection D. An example use for this
** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
**
-** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the
-** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of
+** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the
+** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of
** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress
** handler is disabled.
@@ -3262,7 +3272,7 @@
** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3
**
-** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the
+** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the
** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
@@ -3381,17 +3391,17 @@
** information.
**
** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
-** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string
-** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an
-** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if
+** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string
+** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an
+** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if
** present, is ignored.
**
** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
-** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character,
-** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin
+** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character,
+** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin
** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
-** then the path is interpreted as a relative path.
-** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path
+** then the path is interpreted as a relative path.
+** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path
** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^
**
** [[core URI query parameters]]
@@ -3411,13 +3421,13 @@
**
** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
-** an error)^.
-** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only
-** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the
-** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to
-** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create)
-** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had
-** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both
+** an error)^.
+** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only
+** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the
+** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to
+** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create)
+** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had
+** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both
** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is
** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
@@ -3427,7 +3437,7 @@
** <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
-** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is
+** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is
** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
@@ -3453,7 +3463,7 @@
** property on a database file that does in fact change can result
** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
-**
+**
** </ul>
**
** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
@@ -3465,36 +3475,36 @@
**
** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
-** <tr><td> file:data.db <td>
+** <tr><td> file:data.db <td>
** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
-** file:///home/fred/data.db <br>
-** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td>
+** file:///home/fred/data.db <br>
+** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td>
** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
-** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td>
+** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td>
** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
-** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap">
+** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap">
** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
** <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
-** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly
+** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly
** necessary - space characters can be used literally
** in URI filenames.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td>
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td>
** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
** default, use a private cache.
** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td>
** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td>
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td>
** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
** </table>
**
** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
-** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits
+** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits
** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
-** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all
+** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all
** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
** the results are undefined.
@@ -3530,14 +3540,25 @@
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
**
** These are utility routines, useful to [VFS|custom VFS implementations],
-** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
+** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
**
-** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of
-** a VFS implementation or it is the return value of [sqlite3_db_filename()]
+** The first parameter to these interfaces (hereafter referred to
+** as F) must be one of:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A database filename pointer created by the SQLite core and
+** passed into the xOpen() method of a VFS implemention, or
+** <li> A filename obtained from [sqlite3_db_filename()], or
+** <li> A new filename constructed using [sqlite3_create_filename()].
+** </ul>
+** If the F parameter is not one of the above, then the behavior is
+** undefined and probably undesirable. Older versions of SQLite were
+** more tolerant of invalid F parameters than newer versions.
+**
+** If F is a suitable filename (as described in the previous paragraph)
** and if P is the name of the query parameter, then
** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
-** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a
+** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a
** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F and it
** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
** a pointer to an empty string.
@@ -3546,7 +3567,7 @@
** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
-** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The
+** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The
** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query
@@ -3564,7 +3585,7 @@
** parameters minus 1. The N value is zero-based so N should be 0 to obtain
** the name of the first query parameter, 1 for the second parameter, and
** so forth.
-**
+**
** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and
** is not a database file pathname pointer that the SQLite core passed
@@ -3617,17 +3638,89 @@
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_journal(const char*);
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_wal(const char*);
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database File Corresponding To A Journal
+**
+** ^If X is the name of a rollback or WAL-mode journal file that is
+** passed into the xOpen method of [sqlite3_vfs], then
+** sqlite3_database_file_object(X) returns a pointer to the [sqlite3_file]
+** object that represents the main database file.
+**
+** This routine is intended for use in custom [VFS] implementations
+** only. It is not a general-purpose interface.
+** The argument sqlite3_file_object(X) must be a filename pointer that
+** has been passed into [sqlite3_vfs].xOpen method where the
+** flags parameter to xOpen contains one of the bits
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] or [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]. Any other use
+** of this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable
+** behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Create and Destroy VFS Filenames
+**
+** These interfces are provided for use by [VFS shim] implementations and
+** are not useful outside of that context.
+**
+** The sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) allocates memory to hold a version of
+** database filename D with corresponding journal file J and WAL file W and
+** with N URI parameters key/values pairs in the array P. The result from
+** sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) is a pointer to a database filename that
+** is safe to pass to routines like:
+** <ul>
+** <li> [sqlite3_uri_parameter()],
+** <li> [sqlite3_uri_boolean()],
+** <li> [sqlite3_uri_int64()],
+** <li> [sqlite3_uri_key()],
+** <li> [sqlite3_filename_database()],
+** <li> [sqlite3_filename_journal()], or
+** <li> [sqlite3_filename_wal()].
+** </ul>
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, sqlite3_create_filename() might
+** return a NULL pointer. The memory obtained from sqlite3_create_filename(X)
+** must be released by a corresponding call to sqlite3_free_filename(Y).
+**
+** The P parameter in sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) should be an array
+** of 2*N pointers to strings. Each pair of pointers in this array corresponds
+** to a key and value for a query parameter. The P parameter may be a NULL
+** pointer if N is zero. None of the 2*N pointers in the P array may be
+** NULL pointers and key pointers should not be empty strings.
+** None of the D, J, or W parameters to sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) may
+** be NULL pointers, though they can be empty strings.
+**
+** The sqlite3_free_filename(Y) routine releases a memory allocation
+** previously obtained from sqlite3_create_filename(). Invoking
+** sqlite3_free_filename(Y) where Y is a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** If the Y parameter to sqlite3_free_filename(Y) is anything other
+** than a NULL pointer or a pointer previously acquired from
+** sqlite3_create_filename(), then bad things such as heap
+** corruption or segfaults may occur. The value Y should be
+** used again after sqlite3_free_filename(Y) has been called. This means
+** that if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen()] method of a VFS has been called using Y,
+** then the corresponding [sqlite3_module.xClose() method should also be
+** invoked prior to calling sqlite3_free_filename(Y).
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_create_filename(
+ const char *zDatabase,
+ const char *zJournal,
+ const char *zWal,
+ int nParam,
+ const char **azParam
+);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_filename(char*);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
-** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with
+** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with
** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface
** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that
** API call.
** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
-** interface is the same except that it always returns the
+** interface is the same except that it always returns the
** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
** disabled.
**
@@ -3684,7 +3777,7 @@
** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated.
**
** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program. The
-** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object
+** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object
** is the compiled object code. All SQL must be converted into a
** prepared statement before it can be run.
**
@@ -3714,7 +3807,7 @@
** new limit for that construct.)^
**
** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
-** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a
+** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a
** [limits | hard upper bound]
** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
@@ -3722,7 +3815,7 @@
** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
**
-** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the
+** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the
** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
@@ -3827,7 +3920,7 @@
** <dd>The SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT flag is a hint to the query planner
** that the prepared statement will be retained for a long time and
** probably reused many times.)^ ^Without this flag, [sqlite3_prepare_v3()]
-** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will
+** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will
** be used just once or at most a few times and then destroyed using
** [sqlite3_finalize()] relatively soon. The current implementation acts
** on this hint by avoiding the use of [lookaside memory] so as not to
@@ -3934,12 +4027,12 @@
** </li>
**
** <li>
-** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the
+** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the
** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
-** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been
+** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been
** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
-** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter].
-** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the
+** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter].
+** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the
** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4] compile-time option is enabled.
@@ -4048,8 +4141,8 @@
** the content of the database file.
**
** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
-** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.
-** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that
+** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.
+** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that
** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
** change the database file through side-effects:
**
@@ -4063,10 +4156,10 @@
** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
-** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the
+** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the
** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
-** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make
+** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make
** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly() interface returns true for [BEGIN] since
** [BEGIN] merely sets internal flags, but the [BEGIN|BEGIN IMMEDIATE] and
@@ -4092,18 +4185,18 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
-** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using
+** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using
** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned
** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor
** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
-** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a
+** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a
** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
**
** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
-** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database
+** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database
** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used,
-** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared
+** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared
** statements that are holding a transaction open.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
@@ -4122,7 +4215,7 @@
** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. The
-** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new
+** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new
** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value.
**
** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
@@ -4130,7 +4223,7 @@
** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
-** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes
+** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However,
@@ -4199,12 +4292,30 @@
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index
** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
-** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
+** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 32766).
**
** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter
** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null().
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() is not NULL, then
+** it should be a pointer to well-formed UTF8 text.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text16() is not NULL, then
+** it should be a pointer to well-formed UTF16 text.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not NULL, then
+** it should be a pointer to a well-formed unicode string that is
+** either UTF8 if the sixth parameter is SQLITE_UTF8, or UTF16
+** otherwise.
+**
+** [[byte-order determination rules]] ^The byte-order of
+** UTF16 input text is determined by the byte-order mark (BOM, U+FEFF)
+** found in first character, which is removed, or in the absence of a BOM
+** the byte order is the native byte order of the host
+** machine for sqlite3_bind_text16() or the byte order specified in
+** the 6th parameter for sqlite3_bind_text64().)^
+** ^If UTF16 input text contains invalid unicode
+** characters, then SQLite might change those invalid characters
+** into the unicode replacement character: U+FFFD.
**
** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the
@@ -4218,7 +4329,7 @@
** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then
** that parameter must be the byte offset
** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
-** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than
+** terminated. If any NUL characters occurs at byte offsets less than
** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings
** with embedded NULs is undefined.
@@ -4380,7 +4491,7 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
-** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the
+** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the
** [prepared statement] returns no data (for example an [UPDATE]).
** ^However, just because this routine returns a positive number does not
** mean that one or more rows of data will be returned. ^A SELECT statement
@@ -4562,7 +4673,7 @@
** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
-** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using
+** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using
** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
** sqlite3_step(). But after [version 3.6.23.1] ([dateof:3.6.23.1],
** sqlite3_step() began
@@ -4653,7 +4764,7 @@
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_int64</b><td>→<td>64-bit INTEGER result
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text</b><td>→<td>UTF-8 TEXT result
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text16</b><td>→<td>UTF-16 TEXT result
-** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an
+** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an
** [sqlite3_value|unprotected sqlite3_value] object.
** <tr><td> <td> <td>
** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_bytes</b><td>→<td>Size of a BLOB
@@ -4701,7 +4812,7 @@
** The return value of sqlite3_column_type() can be used to decide which
** of the first six interface should be used to extract the column value.
** The value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no
-** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question.
+** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question.
** After a type conversion, the result of calling sqlite3_column_type()
** is undefined, though harmless. Future
** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
@@ -4729,7 +4840,7 @@
** the number of bytes in that string.
** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
**
-** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and
+** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and
** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by
** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
@@ -4748,7 +4859,7 @@
** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe.
** Hence, the sqlite3_column_value() interface
-** is normally only useful within the implementation of
+** is normally only useful within the implementation of
** [application-defined SQL functions] or [virtual tables], not within
** top-level application code.
**
@@ -4923,8 +5034,8 @@
** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between
-** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding
-** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being
+** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding
+** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being
** created) and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
** the application data pointer. Function sqlite3_create_window_function()
** is similar, but allows the user to supply the extra callback functions
@@ -4938,7 +5049,7 @@
** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name
-** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.
+** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.
** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
**
@@ -4953,7 +5064,7 @@
** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to
-** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes
+** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes
** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the
** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or
** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8]
@@ -4980,7 +5091,7 @@
** For best security, the [SQLITE_DIRECTONLY] flag is recommended for
** all application-defined SQL functions that do not need to be
** used inside of triggers, view, CHECK constraints, or other elements of
-** the database schema. This flags is especially recommended for SQL
+** the database schema. This flags is especially recommended for SQL
** functions that have side effects or reveal internal application state.
** Without this flag, an attacker might be able to modify the schema of
** a database file to include invocations of the function with parameters
@@ -5001,21 +5112,21 @@
** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function
** callbacks.
**
-** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue
+** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue
** and xInverse) passed to sqlite3_create_window_function are pointers to
** C-language callbacks that implement the new function. xStep and xFinal
** must both be non-NULL. xValue and xInverse may either both be NULL, in
-** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be
+** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be
** non-NULL, in which case the new function may be used as either an aggregate
** or aggregate window function. More details regarding the implementation
-** of aggregate window functions are
+** of aggregate window functions are
** [user-defined window functions|available here].
**
** ^(If the final parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() or
** sqlite3_create_window_function() is not NULL, then it is destructor for
-** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function
-** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection
-** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
+** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function
+** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection
+** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. ^When the destructor callback is
** invoked, it is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application
** data pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
@@ -5028,7 +5139,7 @@
** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding
** matches the database encoding is a better
-** match than a function where the encoding is different.
+** match than a function where the encoding is different.
** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
** between UTF8 and UTF16.
@@ -5100,7 +5211,7 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Function Flags
**
-** These constants may be ORed together with the
+** These constants may be ORed together with the
** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument
** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or
** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()].
@@ -5116,10 +5227,10 @@
** SQLite might also optimize deterministic functions by factoring them
** out of inner loops.
** </dd>
-**
+**
** [[SQLITE_DIRECTONLY]] <dt>SQLITE_DIRECTONLY</dt><dd>
** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flag means that the function may only be invoked
-** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in
+** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in
** schema structures such as [CHECK constraints], [DEFAULT clauses],
** [expression indexes], [partial indexes], or [generated columns].
** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flags is a security feature which is recommended
@@ -5172,7 +5283,7 @@
** DEPRECATED
**
** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain
-** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue
+** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue
** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid
** the use of these functions. To encourage programmers to avoid
** these functions, we will not explain what they do.
@@ -5240,11 +5351,11 @@
** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
**
-** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized
+** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized
** using [sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,X,D)] or [sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,X,D)]
** and if X and Y are strings that compare equal according to strcmp(X,Y),
** then sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) will return the pointer P. ^Otherwise,
-** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer()
+** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer()
** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0.
**
** ^(The sqlite3_value_type(V) interface returns the
@@ -5367,7 +5478,7 @@
** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
**
-** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called
+** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called
** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite allocates
** N bytes of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
@@ -5380,19 +5491,19 @@
** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
** first time from within xFinal().)^
**
-** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer
+** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer
** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory
** allocate error occurs.
**
** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the
-** value of N in any subsequents call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
+** value of N in any subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set
-** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no
+** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no
** pointless memory allocations occur.
**
-** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by
+** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by
** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
**
** The first parameter must be a copy of the
@@ -5442,7 +5553,7 @@
** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example
** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
-** metadata associated with the pattern string.
+** metadata associated with the pattern string.
** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same,
** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
** invocations of the same function.
@@ -5468,10 +5579,10 @@
** SQL statement)^, or
** <li> ^(when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same
** parameter)^, or
-** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory
+** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory
** allocation error occurs.)^ </ul>
**
-** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in
+** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in
** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the
** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata()
** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the
@@ -5543,8 +5654,9 @@
** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error
** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite
-** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
-** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
+** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 using
+** the same [byte-order determination rules] as [sqlite3_bind_text16()].
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
** message all text up through the first zero character.
** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
@@ -5612,6 +5724,25 @@
** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained
** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
**
+** ^For the sqlite3_result_text16(), sqlite3_result_text16le(), and
+** sqlite3_result_text16be() routines, and for sqlite3_result_text64()
+** when the encoding is not UTF8, if the input UTF16 begins with a
+** byte-order mark (BOM, U+FEFF) then the BOM is removed from the
+** string and the rest of the string is interpreted according to the
+** byte-order specified by the BOM. ^The byte-order specified by
+** the BOM at the beginning of the text overrides the byte-order
+** specified by the interface procedure. ^So, for example, if
+** sqlite3_result_text16le() is invoked with text that begins
+** with bytes 0xfe, 0xff (a big-endian byte-order mark) then the
+** first two bytes of input are skipped and the remaining input
+** is interpreted as UTF16BE text.
+**
+** ^For UTF16 input text to the sqlite3_result_text16(),
+** sqlite3_result_text16be(), sqlite3_result_text16le(), and
+** sqlite3_result_text64() routines, if the text contains invalid
+** UTF16 characters, the invalid characters might be converted
+** into the unicode replacement character, U+FFFD.
+**
** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
** the application-defined function to be a copy of the
** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The
@@ -5624,7 +5755,7 @@
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,T,D) interface sets the result to an
** SQL NULL value, just like [sqlite3_result_null(C)], except that it
-** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that
+** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that
** NULL value such that the pointer can be retrieved within an
** [application-defined SQL function] using [sqlite3_value_pointer()].
** ^If the D parameter is not NULL, then it is a pointer to a destructor
@@ -5666,8 +5797,8 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3_context
**
** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of
-** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with
-** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits
+** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with
+** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits
** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite;
** higher order bits are discarded.
** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase
@@ -5714,7 +5845,7 @@
** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
** that collation is no longer usable.
**
-** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg
+** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg
** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
** by the eTextRep argument. The two integer parameters to the collating
** function callback are the length of the two strings, in bytes. The collating
@@ -5745,36 +5876,36 @@
** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
**
-** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the
+** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the
** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke
-** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should
** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
-** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency
-** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards
+** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency
+** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards
** compatibility.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
- sqlite3*,
- const char *zName,
- int eTextRep,
+ sqlite3*,
+ const char *zName,
+ int eTextRep,
void *pArg,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
- sqlite3*,
- const char *zName,
- int eTextRep,
+ sqlite3*,
+ const char *zName,
+ int eTextRep,
void *pArg,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
void(*xDestroy)(void*)
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
- sqlite3*,
+ sqlite3*,
const void *zName,
- int eTextRep,
+ int eTextRep,
void *pArg,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);
@@ -5807,64 +5938,19 @@
** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
- sqlite3*,
- void*,
+ sqlite3*,
+ void*,
void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
- sqlite3*,
+ sqlite3*,
void*,
void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
);
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-/*
-** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be
-** called right after sqlite3_open().
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
- const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
- const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */
- const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */
-);
-
-/*
-** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not
-** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
-** database is decrypted.
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
- const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */
- const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */
- const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */
-);
-
-/*
-** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless
-** activated, none of the SEE routines will work.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see(
- const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */
-);
-#endif
-
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
/*
-** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless
+** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless
** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod(
@@ -5920,7 +6006,7 @@
** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore,
** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
** using [sqlite3_free].
** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
@@ -5977,7 +6063,7 @@
** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore,
** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
** using [sqlite3_free].
** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
@@ -6190,7 +6276,7 @@
** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
**
** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
-** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
+** modified (i.e. sqlite_sequence).)^
** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
**
** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
@@ -6216,7 +6302,7 @@
** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
- sqlite3*,
+ sqlite3*,
void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
void*
);
@@ -6230,7 +6316,7 @@
** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
**
** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
-** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]).
+** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]).
** In prior versions of SQLite,
** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
**
@@ -6251,8 +6337,8 @@
** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag.
**
** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0
-** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems,
-** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via
+** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems,
+** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via
** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE].
**
** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
@@ -6305,7 +6391,7 @@
** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
-** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit
+** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit
** is advisory only.
**
** ^The sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) interface sets a hard upper bound of
@@ -6421,7 +6507,7 @@
**
** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
**
-** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table
+** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table
** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an
** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
@@ -6487,7 +6573,7 @@
** prior to calling this API,
** otherwise an error will be returned.
**
-** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the
+** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the
** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this
** interface. The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface
** should be avoided. This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()]
@@ -6574,7 +6660,7 @@
** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
-** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully
+** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully
** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
** routines.
*/
@@ -6609,8 +6695,8 @@
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
**
-** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module",
-** defines the implementation of a [virtual table].
+** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module",
+** defines the implementation of a [virtual table].
** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
**
** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
@@ -6649,7 +6735,7 @@
void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
void **ppArg);
int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
- /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those
+ /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those
** below are for version 2 and greater. */
int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
@@ -6699,7 +6785,7 @@
** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column
** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also
** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression
-** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to
+** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to
** non-zero.
**
** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
@@ -6726,17 +6812,17 @@
**
** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
-** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N)
+** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N)
** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
**
** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
** will be returned by the strategy.
**
-** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a
+** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a
** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag -
** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite
-** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row.
+** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row.
**
** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then
** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as
@@ -6749,14 +6835,14 @@
** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite.
**
** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
-** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]).
+** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]).
** If a virtual table extension is
-** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting
-** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely
+** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting
+** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely
** to include crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field
-** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]).
+** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]).
** It may therefore only be used if
** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to
** 3009000.
@@ -6796,7 +6882,7 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags
**
-** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the
+** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the
** [sqlite3_index_info].idxFlags field to some combination of
** these bits.
*/
@@ -6836,7 +6922,7 @@
** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
**
** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
-** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the
+** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the
** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to
** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth
** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
@@ -6951,7 +7037,7 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
-** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].
+** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].
** But global versions of those functions
** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
**
@@ -7002,7 +7088,7 @@
** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
** </pre>)^
**
-** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but
+** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but
** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is
** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement.
** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP
@@ -7015,28 +7101,28 @@
** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored
** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error
** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided
-** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()]
+** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()]
** on *ppBlob after this function it returns.
**
** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true:
** <ul>
-** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^,
-** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^,
-** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^,
+** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^,
+** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^,
+** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^,
** <li> ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^,
** <li> ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^,
** <li> ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not
** a TEXT or BLOB value)^,
-** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE
+** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE
** constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^,
-** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled,
+** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled,
** column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is
** being opened for read/write access)^.
** </ul>
**
-** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the
-** [database connection] error code and message accessible via
-** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions.
+** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the
+** [database connection] error code and message accessible via
+** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions.
**
** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the
** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using
@@ -7062,7 +7148,7 @@
** blob.
**
** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
-** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a
+** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a
** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface.
**
** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
@@ -7112,7 +7198,7 @@
** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
**
** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed
-** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the
+** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the
** handle is still closed.)^
**
** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if
@@ -7122,10 +7208,10 @@
** code is returned and the transaction rolled back.
**
** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an
-** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine
-** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to
+** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine
+** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to
** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function
-** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the
+** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the
** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
@@ -7134,7 +7220,7 @@
** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
**
-** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the
+** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the
** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The
** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
@@ -7185,9 +7271,9 @@
**
** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
-** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the
-** [database connection] error code and message accessible via
-** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions.
+** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the
+** [database connection] error code and message accessible via
+** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions.
**
** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
@@ -7196,9 +7282,9 @@
** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the
-** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined
-** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the
+** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined
+** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less
** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
**
** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
@@ -7292,7 +7378,7 @@
** <ul>
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
@@ -7350,7 +7436,7 @@
** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses
-** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable
+** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable
** behavior.)^
**
** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
@@ -7494,7 +7580,7 @@
*/
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN 2
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
@@ -7509,11 +7595,15 @@
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 12 /* For use by extension VFS */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 13 /* For use by application VFS */
+/* Legacy compatibility: */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2
+
+
/*
** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
-** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that
+** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that
** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
@@ -7540,7 +7630,7 @@
** method becomes the return value of this routine.
**
** A few opcodes for [sqlite3_file_control()] are handled directly
-** by the SQLite core and never invoke the
+** by the SQLite core and never invoke the
** sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] value for the op parameter causes
** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
@@ -7604,7 +7694,7 @@
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 /* NOT USED */
@@ -7627,7 +7717,7 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: SQL Keyword Checking
**
-** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords
+** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords
** recognized by SQLite. Applications can uses these routines to determine
** whether or not a specific identifier needs to be escaped (for example,
** by enclosing in double-quotes) so as not to confuse the parser.
@@ -7699,14 +7789,14 @@
**
** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface allocates and initializes
** a new [sqlite3_str] object. To avoid memory leaks, the object returned by
-** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to
+** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to
** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)].
**
** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface always returns a pointer to a
** valid [sqlite3_str] object, though in the event of an out-of-memory
** error the returned object might be a special singleton that will
-** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from
-** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for
+** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from
+** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for
** [sqlite3_str_length()], and always return NULL from
** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. It is always safe to use the value
** returned by [sqlite3_str_new(D)] as the sqlite3_str parameter
@@ -7742,9 +7832,9 @@
** These interfaces add content to an sqlite3_str object previously obtained
** from [sqlite3_str_new()].
**
-** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and
+** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and
** [sqlite3_str_vappendf(X,F,V)] interfaces uses the [built-in printf]
-** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of
+** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of
** [sqlite3_str] object X.
**
** ^The [sqlite3_str_append(X,S,N)] method appends exactly N bytes from string S
@@ -7761,7 +7851,7 @@
** ^This method can be used, for example, to add whitespace indentation.
**
** ^The [sqlite3_str_reset(X)] method resets the string under construction
-** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length.
+** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length.
**
** These methods do not return a result code. ^If an error occurs, that fact
** is recorded in the [sqlite3_str] object and can be recovered by a
@@ -7863,7 +7953,7 @@
** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
@@ -7872,11 +7962,11 @@
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
-** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using
+** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The
** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]]
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]]
** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
@@ -7889,7 +7979,7 @@
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
** handed to the [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
@@ -7902,7 +7992,7 @@
** <dd>No longer used.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
-** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack.
+** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack.
** The *pCurrent value is undefined. The *pHighwater value is only
** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
** </dl>
@@ -7924,12 +8014,12 @@
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
-** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the
** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument
** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
-** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of
+** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of
** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
**
@@ -7964,7 +8054,7 @@
** checked out.</dd>)^
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were
** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
** the current value is always zero.)^
**
@@ -7989,7 +8079,7 @@
** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]]
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]]
** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter is similar to DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, except that if a
** pager cache is shared between two or more connections the bytes of heap
@@ -8004,7 +8094,7 @@
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
-** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^
+** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^
** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
@@ -8019,13 +8109,13 @@
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
** is always 0.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
** is always 0.
** </dd>
**
@@ -8083,7 +8173,7 @@
** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
-** an index.
+** an index.
**
** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement
@@ -8110,7 +8200,7 @@
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter
-** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through
+** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through
** careful use of indices.</dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
@@ -8128,14 +8218,14 @@
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt>
** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed
** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal
-** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be
+** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be
** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement.
** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647
** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined.
**
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE</dt>
** <dd>^This is the number of times that the prepare statement has been
-** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to
+** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to
** [bound parameters] that might affect the query plan.
**
** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN</dt>
@@ -8195,15 +8285,15 @@
** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
**
** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
-** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an
+** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an
** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
-** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by
+** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by
** SQLite is used for the page cache.
-** By implementing a
+** By implementing a
** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
-** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which
-** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to
-** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for
+** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which
+** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to
+** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for
** how long.
**
** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
@@ -8216,19 +8306,19 @@
** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
**
** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
-** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective
+** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective
** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
-** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures
-** required by the custom page cache implementation.
-** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
+** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures
+** required by the custom page cache implementation.
+** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
** page cache.)^
**
** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-** It can be used to clean up
+** It can be used to clean up
** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
**
@@ -8247,7 +8337,7 @@
** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The
-** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage
+** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage
** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will
** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the
** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
@@ -8260,7 +8350,7 @@
** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
-** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.
+** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.
** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
** never contain any unpinned pages.
**
@@ -8275,12 +8365,12 @@
** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
-**
+**
** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
-** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to
+** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to
** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
-** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a
+** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a
** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
** for each entry in the page cache.
@@ -8319,8 +8409,8 @@
** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
**
-** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single
-** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls
+** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single
+** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls
** to xFetch().
**
** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
@@ -8360,7 +8450,7 @@
int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
- void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*,
+ void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*,
unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
@@ -8405,7 +8495,7 @@
**
** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
-** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files.
+** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files.
**
** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
**
@@ -8416,36 +8506,36 @@
** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
** preventing other database connections from
** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
-**
-** ^(To perform a backup operation:
+**
+** ^(To perform a backup operation:
** <ol>
** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
-** backup,
-** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer
+** backup,
+** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer
** the data between the two databases, and finally
-** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources
-** associated with the backup operation.
+** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources
+** associated with the backup operation.
** </ol>)^
** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
**
** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
**
-** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the
-** [database connection] associated with the destination database
+** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the
+** [database connection] associated with the destination database
** and the database name, respectively.
** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
-** ^The S and M arguments passed to
+** ^The S and M arguments passed to
** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
** and database name of the source database, respectively.
** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
** an error.
**
-** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if
-** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the
+** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if
+** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the
** destination database.
**
** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
@@ -8457,14 +8547,14 @@
** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
** [sqlite3_backup] object.
** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup
** operation.
**
** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
**
-** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between
+** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between
** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
-** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied.
+** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied.
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
@@ -8486,8 +8576,8 @@
**
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
-** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the
-** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then
+** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the
+** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then
** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
** [database connection]
@@ -8495,15 +8585,15 @@
** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
-** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then
-** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These
-** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept
-** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle
+** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then
+** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These
+** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept
+** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle
** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
**
** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
-** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete
+** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete
** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to
** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
@@ -8512,18 +8602,18 @@
** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an
** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
-** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source
+** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source
** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
** updated at the same time.
**
** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
**
-** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the
+** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the
** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
-** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object.
+** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object.
** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
@@ -8563,8 +8653,8 @@
** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
** from within other threads.
**
-** However, the application must guarantee that the destination
-** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after
+** However, the application must guarantee that the destination
+** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after
** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see
** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
@@ -8575,11 +8665,11 @@
** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
-** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being
+** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being
** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
**
-** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple
** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
@@ -8604,8 +8694,8 @@
** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
-** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking.
-** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke
+** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking.
+** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke
** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
@@ -8613,14 +8703,14 @@
** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
**
** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
-** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back.
+** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back.
**
** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
-** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an
+** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an
** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
-** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as
** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
@@ -8634,15 +8724,15 @@
**
** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
-** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of
+** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of
** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
**
-** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a
+** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a
** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
-** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections
+** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections
** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
**
@@ -8655,7 +8745,7 @@
**
** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
**
-** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a
+** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a
** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
@@ -8668,12 +8758,12 @@
** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
-** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions
+** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions
** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
**
** <b>Deadlock Detection</b>
**
-** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a
+** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a
** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
@@ -8696,7 +8786,7 @@
**
** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
**
-** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost
+** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost
** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
@@ -8709,7 +8799,7 @@
** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
-** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just
+** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just
** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
@@ -8800,8 +8890,8 @@
** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode.
**
-** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and
-** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation
+** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and
+** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation
** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
**
** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
@@ -8820,7 +8910,7 @@
** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
** are undefined.
**
-** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback
+** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback
** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
@@ -8828,7 +8918,7 @@
** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
- sqlite3*,
+ sqlite3*,
int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
void*
);
@@ -8841,7 +8931,7 @@
** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
** to automatically [checkpoint]
** after committing a transaction if there are N or
-** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or
+** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or
** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
** checkpoints entirely.
**
@@ -8871,7 +8961,7 @@
** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to
** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^
**
-** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the
+** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the
** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be
** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to
** be reset. See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition
@@ -8897,10 +8987,10 @@
**
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
-** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database
-** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames
+** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database
+** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames
** in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback]
-** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode.
+** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode.
** ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished
** if there are concurrent readers or writers.
**
@@ -8914,9 +9004,9 @@
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition
-** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the
+** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the
** [busy-handler callback])
-** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures
+** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures
** that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning.
** ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new
** database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers.
@@ -8938,31 +9028,31 @@
** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero.
**
** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If
-** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the
-** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a
+** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the
+** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a
** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
**
-** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the
+** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the
** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be
** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and
** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock
** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before
** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
-** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as
-** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible
+** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as
+** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible
** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
**
** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
-** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to
+** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to
** [database connection] db. In this case the
-** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If
-** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the
-** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining
-** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other
-** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned
-** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error
-** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached
+** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If
+** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the
+** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining
+** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other
+** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned
+** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error
+** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached
** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
@@ -9022,7 +9112,7 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options
-** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options}
+** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options}
** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration option}
**
** These macros define the various options to the
@@ -9045,20 +9135,20 @@
** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
-** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite
+** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite
** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
-** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate.
+** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate.
** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
** had been ABORT.
**
** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
-** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the
-** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON
-** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should
+** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON
+** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should
** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT
** constraint handling.
** </dd>
**
@@ -9121,12 +9211,12 @@
** CAPI3REF: Determine The Collation For a Virtual Table Constraint
**
** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xBestIndex]
-** method of a [virtual table].
+** method of a [virtual table].
**
** The first argument must be the sqlite3_index_info object that is the
** first parameter to the xBestIndex() method. The second argument must be
** an index into the aConstraint[] array belonging to the sqlite3_index_info
-** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer
+** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer
** containing the name of the collation sequence for the corresponding
** constraint.
*/
@@ -9240,7 +9330,7 @@
int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */
int iScanStatusOp, /* Information desired. SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */
void *pOut /* Result written here */
-);
+);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters
@@ -9258,15 +9348,15 @@
**
** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the
** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty
-** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out
+** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out
** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an
** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database
** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)]
** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and
** any [attached] databases.
**
-** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages
-** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained
+** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages
+** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained
** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked
** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then
** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages
@@ -9304,7 +9394,7 @@
**
** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to real database tables; the
** preupdate hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or to
-** system tables like sqlite_master or sqlite_stat1.
+** system tables like sqlite_sequence or sqlite_stat1.
**
** ^The second parameter to the preupdate callback is a pointer to
** the [database connection] that registered the preupdate hook.
@@ -9313,16 +9403,16 @@
** kind of update operation that is about to occur.
** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the
** database within the database connection that is being modified. This
-** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or
+** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or
** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached
** databases.)^
** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the
** table that is being modified.
**
** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth
-** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the
+** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the
** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table,
-** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth
+** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth
** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the
** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted
** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback
@@ -9361,7 +9451,7 @@
**
** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate
** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete
-** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level
+** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level
** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level
** triggers; and so forth.
**
@@ -9395,7 +9485,7 @@
** The return value is OS-dependent. For example, on unix systems, after
** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be
** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such
-** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth.
+** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*);
@@ -9433,12 +9523,12 @@
** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly
** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK.
** If there is not already a read-transaction open on schema S when
-** this function is called, one is opened automatically.
+** this function is called, one is opened automatically.
**
** The following must be true for this function to succeed. If any of
** the following statements are false when sqlite3_snapshot_get() is
** called, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. The final value of *P is undefined
-** in this case.
+** in this case.
**
** <ul>
** <li> The database handle must not be in [autocommit mode].
@@ -9450,13 +9540,13 @@
**
** <li> One or more transactions must have been written to the current wal
** file since it was created on disk (by any connection). This means
-** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal
+** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal
** file immediately after it is first opened. At least one transaction
** must be written to it first.
** </ul>
**
** This function may also return SQLITE_NOMEM. If it is called with the
-** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason,
+** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason,
** whether or not a read transaction is opened on schema S is undefined.
**
** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to
@@ -9476,38 +9566,38 @@
** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot
** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot
**
-** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read
-** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of
-** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to
-** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the
-** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK
+** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read
+** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of
+** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to
+** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the
+** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK
** on success or an appropriate [error code] if it fails.
**
-** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in
+** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in
** [autocommit mode] when [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] is called. If there
** is already a read transaction open on schema S, then the database handle
** must have no active statements (SELECT statements that have been passed
-** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()).
+** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()).
** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if either of these conditions is violated, or
** if schema S does not exist, or if the snapshot object is invalid.
**
** ^A call to sqlite3_snapshot_open() will fail to open if the specified
-** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case
+** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case
** SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT is returned.
**
-** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is
+** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is
** invoked, then the same read transaction remains open (on the same
** database snapshot) if SQLITE_ERROR, SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT
** is returned. If another error code - for example SQLITE_PROTOCOL or an
** SQLITE_IOERR error code - is returned, then the final state of the
-** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the
+** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the
** read transaction is now open on database snapshot P.
**
** ^(A call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] will fail if the
** database connection D does not know that the database file for
** schema S is in [WAL mode]. A database connection might not know
** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior
-** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode]
+** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode]
** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^
** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened
** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.)
@@ -9539,17 +9629,17 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot
**
** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages
-** of two valid snapshot handles.
+** of two valid snapshot handles.
**
-** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database
-** file, the result of the comparison is undefined.
+** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database
+** file, the result of the comparison is undefined.
**
** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the
** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the
** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the
** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database
-** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the
-** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function
+** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the
+** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function
** is undefined.
**
** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older
@@ -9614,7 +9704,7 @@
** representation of the database will usually only exist if there has
** been a prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,...)] with the same
** values of D and S.
-** The size of the database is written into *P even if the
+** The size of the database is written into *P even if the
** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is set but no contiguous copy
** of the database exists.
**
@@ -9651,7 +9741,7 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Deserialize a database
**
-** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the
+** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the
** [database connection] D to disconnect from database S and then
** reopen S as an in-memory database based on the serialization contained
** in P. The serialized database P is N bytes in size. M is the size of
@@ -9670,7 +9760,7 @@
** database is currently in a read transaction or is involved in a backup
** operation.
**
-** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the
+** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the
** SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in argument F, then
** [sqlite3_free()] is invoked on argument P prior to returning.
**
@@ -9785,7 +9875,7 @@
};
/*
-** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be
+** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be
** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows:
**
** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...)
@@ -9800,7 +9890,7 @@
/*
-** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the
** argument to scored geometry callback registered using
** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
**
@@ -9895,7 +9985,7 @@
** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a
** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is
** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for
-** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting
+** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting
** either of these things are undefined.
**
** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in
@@ -9913,13 +10003,13 @@
** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object
** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session
**
-** Delete a session object previously allocated using
+** Delete a session object previously allocated using
** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the
** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module
** function are undefined.
**
** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they
-** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for
+** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for
** [sqlite3session_create()] for details.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession);
@@ -9937,10 +10027,10 @@
** the eventual changesets.
**
** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value
-** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a
+** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a
** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session.
**
-** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if
+** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if
** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable);
@@ -9955,7 +10045,7 @@
** <ul>
** <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is
** made, or
-** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action
+** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action
** instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement.
** </ul>
**
@@ -9967,10 +10057,10 @@
** flag. If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the
** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag
** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value
-** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the
+** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the
** indirect flag for the specified session object.
**
-** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if
+** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if
** it is clear, or 1 if it is set.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect);
@@ -9980,20 +10070,20 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach
-** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes
-** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See
+** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes
+** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See
** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details.
**
** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables
-** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by
-** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for
+** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by
+** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for
** the new tables are also recorded.
**
** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly
-** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the
+** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the
** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY
** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key.
-**
+**
** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor
** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However,
** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios.
@@ -10001,29 +10091,29 @@
** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored
** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error
** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned.
**
** <h3>Special sqlite_stat1 Handling</h3>
**
-** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to
+** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to
** some of the rules above. In SQLite, the schema of sqlite_stat1 is:
** <pre>
-** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)
+** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)
** </pre>
**
-** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are
-** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes
+** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are
+** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes
** are recorded for rows for which (idx IS NULL) is true. However, for such
** rows a zero-length blob (SQL value X'') is stored in the changeset or
** patchset instead of a NULL value. This allows such changesets to be
** manipulated by legacy implementations of sqlite3changeset_invert(),
** concat() and similar.
**
-** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the
+** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the
** zero-length blob back to a NULL value when updating the sqlite_stat1
** table. However, if the application calls sqlite3changeset_new(),
-** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset
+** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset
** iterator directly (including on a changeset iterator passed to a
** conflict-handler callback) then the X'' value is returned. The application
** must translate X'' to NULL itself if required.
@@ -10042,10 +10132,10 @@
** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object.
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
-** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows
+** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows
** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called
-** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not.
-** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is
+** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not.
+** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is
** attached, xFilter will not be called again.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter(
@@ -10061,9 +10151,9 @@
** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
-** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the
-** session object passed as the first argument. If successful,
-** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset
+** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the
+** session object passed as the first argument. If successful,
+** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset
** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning
** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to
** zero and return an SQLite error code.
@@ -10078,7 +10168,7 @@
** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it
** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT.
**
-** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or
+** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or
** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted,
** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this
** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in
@@ -10131,14 +10221,14 @@
** <ul>
** <li> For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried
** for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT
-** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change
+** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change
** is added to the changeset.
**
-** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is
+** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is
** queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is
** found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been
-** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to
-** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE
+** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to
+** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE
** change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching
** primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original
** values, no change is added to the changeset.
@@ -10146,7 +10236,7 @@
**
** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later
** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete
-** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a
+** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a
** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is
** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of
** a DELETE and an INSERT.
@@ -10155,10 +10245,10 @@
** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted.
** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row
** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row
-** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while
+** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while
** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the
** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled.
-** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and
+** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and
** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the
** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields.
*/
@@ -10179,7 +10269,7 @@
** an error).
**
** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.)
-** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains
+** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains
** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function.
** A table is considered compatible if it:
**
@@ -10195,25 +10285,25 @@
** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored.
**
** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be
-** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table")
-** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session
+** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table")
+** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session
** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically:
**
** <ul>
-** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in
+** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in
** the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object.
**
-** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in
+** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in
** the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object.
**
-** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features
+** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features
** different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the
-** session.
+** session.
** </ul>
**
** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed
-** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to
-** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be
+** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to
+** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be
** identical.
**
** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the
@@ -10221,7 +10311,7 @@
**
** If the operation is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite
** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg
-** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error
+** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error
** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using
** sqlite3_free().
*/
@@ -10240,19 +10330,19 @@
** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that:
**
** <ul>
-** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The
+** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The
** original values of other fields are omitted.
-** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from
+** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from
** UPDATE records.
** </ul>
**
-** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all
-** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(),
+** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all
+** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(),
** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly,
** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the
-** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.
+** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.
**
-** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no
+** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no
** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset
** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work
** in the same way as for changesets.
@@ -10271,22 +10361,22 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes.
**
-** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by
-** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or
+** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by
+** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or
** more changes have been recorded, return zero.
**
** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling
** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a
-** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in
-** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values
+** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in
+** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values
** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is
-** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a
+** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a
** changeset containing zero changes.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset
+** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset.
@@ -10294,7 +10384,7 @@
** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an
** SQLite error code is returned.
**
-** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset
+** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset
** iterator created by this function:
**
** <ul>
@@ -10311,12 +10401,12 @@
**
** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the
** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or
-** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset
-** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when
-** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by
-** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited
-** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change
-** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit
+** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset
+** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when
+** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by
+** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited
+** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change
+** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit
** another change for table X.
**
** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_start_v2() and its streaming equivalent
@@ -10367,12 +10457,12 @@
** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances
** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If
** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call
-** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned.
+** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned.
** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited,
** SQLITE_DONE is returned.
**
-** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error
-** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error
+** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or
** SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);
@@ -10390,14 +10480,14 @@
** If argument pzTab is not NULL, then *pzTab is set to point to a
** nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing the name of the table
** affected by the current change. The buffer remains valid until either
-** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the
-** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is
+** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the
+** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is
** set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change. If
** pbIndirect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change
** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for
** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect
-** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of
-** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the
+** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of
+** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the
** type of change that the iterator currently points to.
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an
@@ -10451,7 +10541,7 @@
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
-** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW.
+** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW.
** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise,
** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL.
@@ -10461,9 +10551,9 @@
** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
**
** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected
-** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of
+** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of
** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and
-** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this
+** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this
** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers.
**
** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
@@ -10482,7 +10572,7 @@
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
-** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW.
+** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW.
** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise,
** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL.
@@ -10492,12 +10582,12 @@
** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
**
** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected
-** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of
+** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of
** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and
** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include
-** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and
-** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that
-** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete
+** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and
+** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that
+** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete
** triggers.
**
** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
@@ -10524,7 +10614,7 @@
** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
**
** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected
-** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the
+** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the
** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback
** and returns SQLITE_OK.
**
@@ -10568,7 +10658,7 @@
** call has no effect.
**
** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx()
-** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an
+** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an
** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding
** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is
** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code):
@@ -10580,7 +10670,7 @@
** }
** rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize();
** if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-** // An error has occurred
+** // An error has occurred
** }
** </pre>
*/
@@ -10608,7 +10698,7 @@
** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned.
**
** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free()
-** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful
+** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful
** call to this function.
**
** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid
@@ -10622,11 +10712,11 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects
**
-** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a
+** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a
** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying
-** changeset A followed by changeset B.
+** changeset A followed by changeset B.
**
-** This function combines the two input changesets using an
+** This function combines the two input changesets using an
** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the
** following code fragment:
**
@@ -10658,7 +10748,7 @@
/*
** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle
**
-** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more
+** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more
** [changesets] or [patchsets]
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup;
@@ -10674,7 +10764,7 @@
**
** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with
** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller
-** should eventually free the returned object using a call to
+** should eventually free the returned object using a call to
** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code
** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
**
@@ -10686,7 +10776,7 @@
** <li> Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object
** by calling sqlite3changegroup_add().
**
-** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained
+** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained
** by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output().
**
** <li> The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete().
@@ -10695,7 +10785,7 @@
** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to
** new() and delete(), and in any order.
**
-** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and
+** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and
** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming
** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm().
*/
@@ -10706,7 +10796,7 @@
** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup
**
** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size
-** nData bytes) to the changegroup.
+** nData bytes) to the changegroup.
**
** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function
** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if
@@ -10733,7 +10823,7 @@
** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already
** added to the changegroup.
** <tr><td>INSERT <td>UPDATE <td>
-** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the
+** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the
** INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the
** existing change and then updated according to the new change.
** <tr><td>INSERT <td>DELETE <td>
@@ -10744,17 +10834,17 @@
** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already
** added to the changegroup.
** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>UPDATE <td>
-** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended
-** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once
+** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended
+** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once
** by the existing change and then again by the new change.
** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>DELETE <td>
** The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the
** changegroup.
** <tr><td>DELETE <td>INSERT <td>
** If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the
-** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing
+** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing
** change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the
-** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same
+** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same
** as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded.
** <tr><td>DELETE <td>UPDATE <td>
** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new
@@ -10799,7 +10889,7 @@
**
** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output
** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK
-** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a
+** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a
** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the
** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a
** call to sqlite3_free().
@@ -10821,7 +10911,7 @@
**
** Apply a changeset or patchset to a database. These functions attempt to
** update the "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in
-** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments.
+** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments.
**
** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to these functions is the "filter
** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one
@@ -10832,16 +10922,16 @@
** Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter argument to
** is NULL, all changes related to the table are attempted.
**
-** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function
-** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is
+** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function
+** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is
** considered compatible if all of the following are true:
**
** <ul>
-** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the
+** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the
** changeset, and
-** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the
+** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the
** changeset, and
-** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as
+** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as
** recorded in the changeset.
** </ul>
**
@@ -10850,11 +10940,11 @@
** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most
** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset.
**
-** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made
-** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE
-** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler
-** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be
-** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for
+** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made
+** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE
+** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler
+** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be
+** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for
** each type of change is below.
**
** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results
@@ -10862,23 +10952,23 @@
** argument are undefined.
**
** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one
-** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or
+** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned
** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either
** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler
** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and
-** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different
+** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different
** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value
** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to
-** the documentation for the three
+** the documentation for the three
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details.
**
** <dl>
** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd>
-** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database
-** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the
-** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values
-** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in
+** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database
+** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the
+** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values
+** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in
** the changeset the row is deleted from the target database.
**
** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
@@ -10907,22 +10997,22 @@
** database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default
** values.
**
-** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already
+** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already
** contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler
-** function is invoked with the second argument set to
+** function is invoked with the second argument set to
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT].
**
** If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint
-** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is
+** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is
** invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT].
-** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because
-** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned
+** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because
+** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
**
** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd>
-** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database
-** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the
-** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values
+** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database
+** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the
+** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values
** stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values
** stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database.
**
@@ -10938,12 +11028,12 @@
** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND]
** passed as the second argument.
**
-** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with
+** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument.
-** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after
+** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after
** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned
-** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
+** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
** </dl>
**
** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the
@@ -10954,12 +11044,12 @@
** All changes made by these functions are enclosed in a savepoint transaction.
** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to
** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is
-** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an
+** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an
** SQLite error code returned.
**
** If the output parameters (ppRebase) and (pnRebase) are non-NULL and
** the input is a changeset (not a patchset), then sqlite3changeset_apply_v2()
-** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the
+** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the
** sqlite3_rebaser APIs buffer before returning. In this case (*pnRebase)
** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the
** caller to eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). The buffer
@@ -11020,7 +11110,7 @@
** SAVEPOINT is committed if the changeset or patchset is successfully
** applied, or rolled back if an error occurs. Specifying this flag
** causes the sessions module to omit this savepoint. In this case, if the
-** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called,
+** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called,
** it may revert the partially applied changeset by rolling it back.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT <dd>
@@ -11031,7 +11121,7 @@
#define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT 0x0001
#define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT 0x0002
-/*
+/*
** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler
**
** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler.
@@ -11040,32 +11130,32 @@
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA<dd>
** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument
** when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required
-** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other
-** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the
+** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other
+** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the
** expected "before" values.
-**
+**
** The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching
** primary key.
-**
+**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND<dd>
** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second
** argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the
** required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database.
-**
+**
** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the
** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined.
-**
+**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT<dd>
** CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict
-** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result
+** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result
** in duplicate primary key values.
-**
+**
** The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching
** primary key.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY<dd>
** If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the
-** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict
+** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict
** handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument
** exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler
** returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the
@@ -11075,12 +11165,12 @@
** No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function
** it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle
** is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts().
-**
+**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT<dd>
-** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e.
-** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is
+** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e.
+** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is
** invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument.
-**
+**
** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the
** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined.
**
@@ -11092,7 +11182,7 @@
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT 4
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5
-/*
+/*
** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler
**
** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values.
@@ -11100,13 +11190,13 @@
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT<dd>
** If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The
-** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module
+** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module
** continues to the next change in the changeset.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE<dd>
** This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict
** handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this
-** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the
+** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the
** call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE.
**
** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict
@@ -11119,7 +11209,7 @@
** the original row is restored to the database before continuing.
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT<dd>
-** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back
+** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back
** and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT.
** </dl>
*/
@@ -11127,20 +11217,20 @@
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE 1
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT 2
-/*
+/*
** CAPI3REF: Rebasing changesets
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Suppose there is a site hosting a database in state S0. And that
** modifications are made that move that database to state S1 and a
** changeset recorded (the "local" changeset). Then, a changeset based
-** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and
-** applied to the database. The database is then in state
+** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and
+** applied to the database. The database is then in state
** (S1+"remote"), where the exact state depends on any conflict
** resolution decisions (OMIT or REPLACE) made while applying "remote".
-** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict
+** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict
** resolution decisions into account, so that the same conflicts
-** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network.
+** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network.
**
** For example, if both the local and remote changesets contain an
** INSERT of the same key on "CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY, b)":
@@ -11159,7 +11249,7 @@
**
** <dl>
** <dt>Local INSERT<dd>
-** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict
+** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict
** resolution was OMIT, then add an UPDATE change to the rebased
** changeset. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, add
** nothing to the rebased changeset.
@@ -11183,12 +11273,12 @@
** the old.* values are rebased using the new.* values in the remote
** change. Or, if the resolution is REPLACE, then the change is copied
** into the rebased changeset with updates to columns also updated by
-** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would
+** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would
** be updated, the change is omitted.
** </dl>
**
-** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes
-** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote
+** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes
+** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote
** changesets, they are combined as follows before the local changeset
** is rebased:
**
@@ -11201,10 +11291,10 @@
** of the OMIT resolutions.
** </ul>
**
-** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are
-** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the
-** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single
-** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for
+** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are
+** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the
+** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single
+** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for
** OMIT.
**
** In order to rebase a local changeset, the remote changeset must first
@@ -11212,7 +11302,7 @@
** the buffer of rebase information captured. Then:
**
** <ol>
-** <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling
+** <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling
** sqlite3rebaser_create().
** <li> The new object is configured with the rebase buffer obtained from
** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() by calling sqlite3rebaser_configure().
@@ -11233,8 +11323,8 @@
**
** Allocate a new changeset rebaser object. If successful, set (*ppNew) to
** point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error
-** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew)
-** to NULL.
+** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew)
+** to NULL.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew);
@@ -11248,9 +11338,9 @@
** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure(
- sqlite3_rebaser*,
+ sqlite3_rebaser*,
int nRebase, const void *pRebase
-);
+);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Rebase a changeset
@@ -11260,7 +11350,7 @@
** in size. This function allocates and populates a buffer with a copy
** of the changeset rebased according to the configuration of the
** rebaser object passed as the first argument. If successful, (*ppOut)
-** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and
+** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and
** (*pnOut) to its size in bytes and SQLITE_OK returned. It is the
** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the new buffer using
** sqlite3_free(). Otherwise, if an error occurs, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut)
@@ -11268,8 +11358,8 @@
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase(
sqlite3_rebaser*,
- int nIn, const void *pIn,
- int *pnOut, void **ppOut
+ int nIn, const void *pIn,
+ int *pnOut, void **ppOut
);
/*
@@ -11280,30 +11370,30 @@
** should be one call to this function for each successful invocation
** of sqlite3rebaser_create().
*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions.
**
-** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the
+** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the
** corresponding non-streaming API functions:
**
** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex">
** <tr><th>Streaming function<th>Non-streaming equivalent</th>
-** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset]
-** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset]
+** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset]
** </table>
**
** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input
-** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory.
-** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning
-** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc().
-** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a
+** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory.
+** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning
+** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc().
+** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a
** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the
** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous.
**
@@ -11325,12 +11415,12 @@
** </pre>
**
** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first
-** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second
-** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no
-** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data
-** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied
-** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData)
-** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite
+** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second
+** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no
+** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data
+** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied
+** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData)
+** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite
** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns
** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function
** returns a copy of the error code to the caller.
@@ -11338,7 +11428,7 @@
** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be
** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the
** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters
-** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions
+** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions
** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput.
**
** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets)
@@ -11368,7 +11458,7 @@
** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy
** of the xOutput error code to the application.
**
-** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third
+** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third
** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this,
** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned.
*/
@@ -11439,12 +11529,12 @@
int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
void *pOut
);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
void *pIn
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
- int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+ int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
void *pOut
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm(
@@ -11459,16 +11549,16 @@
** CAPI3REF: Configure global parameters
**
** The sqlite3session_config() interface is used to make global configuration
-** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs
+** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs
** of the application.
**
** The sqlite3session_config() interface is not threadsafe. If it is invoked
** while any other thread is inside any other sessions method then the
** results are undefined. Furthermore, if it is invoked after any sessions
-** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined.
+** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined.
**
** The first argument to the sqlite3session_config() function must be one
-** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The
+** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The
** interpretation of the (void*) value passed as the second parameter and
** the effect of calling this function depends on the value of the first
** parameter.
@@ -11518,7 +11608,7 @@
**
******************************************************************************
**
-** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file,
+** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file,
** FTS5 may be extended with:
**
** * custom tokenizers, and
@@ -11562,19 +11652,19 @@
** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS
**
** xUserData(pFts):
-** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was
+** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was
** registered with.
**
** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken):
** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken
** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is
** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return
-** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in
+** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in
** the FTS5 table.
**
** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
-** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
+** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
** returned.
**
** xColumnCount(pFts):
@@ -11588,7 +11678,7 @@
**
** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
-** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
+** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
** returned.
**
** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table
@@ -11615,8 +11705,8 @@
** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
-** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
+** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
+** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0.
**
** xInst:
@@ -11631,7 +11721,7 @@
** code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option.
+** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option.
**
** xRowid:
** Returns the rowid of the current row.
@@ -11647,11 +11737,11 @@
**
** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the
** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to
-** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each
-** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument
-** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback
+** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each
+** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument
+** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback
** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row.
-** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as
+** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as
** the third argument to pUserData.
**
** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the
@@ -11666,14 +11756,14 @@
**
** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete)
**
-** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's
+** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's
** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any
** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of
** the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API.
**
** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for
-** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked
-** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a
+** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked
+** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a
** single auxiliary data context.
**
** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is
@@ -11692,7 +11782,7 @@
**
** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear)
**
-** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension
+** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension
** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details.
**
** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared
@@ -11712,7 +11802,7 @@
** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within
** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the
** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient
-** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate
+** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate
** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code:
**
** Fts5PhraseIter iter;
@@ -11730,8 +11820,8 @@
** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below).
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
-** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
+** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
+** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates
** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1).
**
@@ -11755,16 +11845,16 @@
** }
**
** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either
-** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table),
-** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to
+** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either
+** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table),
+** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to
** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1).
**
** The information accessed using this API and its companion
** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext
** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is
** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with
-** "detail=column" tables.
+** "detail=column" tables.
**
** xPhraseNextColumn()
** See xPhraseFirstColumn above.
@@ -11778,7 +11868,7 @@
int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow);
int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken);
- int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*,
+ int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*,
const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */
void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */
int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */
@@ -11807,15 +11897,15 @@
void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol);
};
-/*
+/*
** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS
**
-** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer
-** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the
+** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer
+** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the
** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting
** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined
** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows:
@@ -11826,16 +11916,16 @@
**
** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*)
** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object
-** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()).
+** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()).
** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings
** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the
** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used
** to create the FTS5 table.
**
-** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut)
+** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut)
** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK
** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should
-** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut
+** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut
** is undefined.
**
** xDelete:
@@ -11844,7 +11934,7 @@
** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
**
** xTokenize:
-** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated
+** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated
** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first
** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object
** returned by an earlier call to xCreate().
@@ -11858,8 +11948,8 @@
** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the
** FTS index.
**
-** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed
-** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize
+** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed
+** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize
** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query.
**
** <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as
@@ -11867,10 +11957,10 @@
** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token
** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix.
**
-** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to
+** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to
** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary
** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same
-** on a columnsize=0 database.
+** on a columnsize=0 database.
** </ul>
**
** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must
@@ -11882,10 +11972,10 @@
** which the token is derived within the input.
**
** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should
-** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports
+** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports
** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details.
**
-** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the
+** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the
** order that they occur within the input text.
**
** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then
@@ -11899,7 +11989,7 @@
** SYNONYM SUPPORT
**
** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a
-** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the
+** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the
** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances
** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms
** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match
@@ -11919,34 +12009,34 @@
**
** <li> By querying the index for all synonyms of each query term
** separately. In this case, when tokenizing query text, the
-** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term
-** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each
+** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term
+** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each
** synonym individually. For example, faced with the query:
**
** <codeblock>
** ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock>
**
** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the
-** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query
+** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query
** similar to:
**
** <codeblock>
** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock>
**
** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query
-** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)"
+** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)"
** being treated as a single phrase.
**
** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer
-** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a
+** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a
** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are
** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and
** "place".
**
** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms
** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do so would be
-** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for
+** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for
** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entries in the
** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token.
** </ol>
@@ -11967,11 +12057,11 @@
**
** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time
** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token
-** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence.
+** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence.
** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a
** single token.
**
-** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add
+** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add
** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms,
** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it
** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the
@@ -11983,18 +12073,18 @@
** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer
** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first").
**
-** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case,
+** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case,
** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix
** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because
** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space
** within the database.
**
** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method,
-** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal
+** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal
** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to
** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st'
** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require
-** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index.
+** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index.
** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries,
** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym.
**
@@ -12008,10 +12098,10 @@
struct fts5_tokenizer {
int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut);
void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*);
- int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*,
+ int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*,
void *pCtx,
int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */
- const char *pText, int nText,
+ const char *pText, int nText,
int (*xToken)(
void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */
int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
diff --git a/sqlite3/sqlite3ext.h b/sqlite3/sqlite3ext.h
index bdd0a85..78c19a0 100644
--- a/sqlite3/sqlite3ext.h
+++ b/sqlite3/sqlite3ext.h
@@ -330,6 +330,11 @@
const char *(*filename_database)(const char*);
const char *(*filename_journal)(const char*);
const char *(*filename_wal)(const char*);
+ /* Version 3.32.0 and later */
+ char *(*create_filename)(const char*,const char*,const char*,
+ int,const char**);
+ void (*free_filename)(char*);
+ sqlite3_file *(*database_file_object)(const char*);
};
/*
@@ -630,6 +635,10 @@
#define sqlite3_filename_database sqlite3_api->filename_database
#define sqlite3_filename_journal sqlite3_api->filename_journal
#define sqlite3_filename_wal sqlite3_api->filename_wal
+/* Version 3.32.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_create_filename sqlite3_api->create_filename
+#define sqlite3_free_filename sqlite3_api->free_filename
+#define sqlite3_database_file_object sqlite3_api->database_file_object
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
diff --git a/sqlite3/wasm32-wasi-vfs.c b/sqlite3/wasm32-wasi-vfs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4450b7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sqlite3/wasm32-wasi-vfs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,690 @@
+/*
+** 2010 April 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file implements an example of a simple VFS implementation that
+** omits complex features often not required or not possible on embedded
+** platforms. Code is included to buffer writes to the journal file,
+** which can be a significant performance improvement on some embedded
+** platforms.
+**
+** OVERVIEW
+**
+** The code in this file implements a minimal SQLite VFS that can be
+** used on Linux and other posix-like operating systems. The following
+** system calls are used:
+**
+** File-system: access(), unlink(), getcwd()
+** File IO: open(), read(), write(), fsync(), close(), fstat()
+** Other: sleep(), usleep(), time()
+**
+** The following VFS features are omitted:
+**
+** 1. File locking. The user must ensure that there is at most one
+** connection to each database when using this VFS. Multiple
+** connections to a single shared-cache count as a single connection
+** for the purposes of the previous statement.
+**
+** 2. The loading of dynamic extensions (shared libraries).
+**
+** 3. Temporary files. The user must configure SQLite to use in-memory
+** temp files when using this VFS. The easiest way to do this is to
+** compile with:
+**
+** -DSQLITE_TEMP_STORE=3
+**
+** 4. File truncation. As of version 3.6.24, SQLite may run without
+** a working xTruncate() call, providing the user does not configure
+** SQLite to use "journal_mode=truncate", or use both
+** "journal_mode=persist" and ATTACHed databases.
+**
+** It is assumed that the system uses UNIX-like path-names. Specifically,
+** that '/' characters are used to separate path components and that
+** a path-name is a relative path unless it begins with a '/'. And that
+** no UTF-8 encoded paths are greater than 512 bytes in length.
+**
+** JOURNAL WRITE-BUFFERING
+**
+** To commit a transaction to the database, SQLite first writes rollback
+** information into the journal file. This usually consists of 4 steps:
+**
+** 1. The rollback information is sequentially written into the journal
+** file, starting at the start of the file.
+** 2. The journal file is synced to disk.
+** 3. A modification is made to the first few bytes of the journal file.
+** 4. The journal file is synced to disk again.
+**
+** Most of the data is written in step 1 using a series of calls to the
+** VFS xWrite() method. The buffers passed to the xWrite() calls are of
+** various sizes. For example, as of version 3.6.24, when committing a
+** transaction that modifies 3 pages of a database file that uses 4096
+** byte pages residing on a media with 512 byte sectors, SQLite makes
+** eleven calls to the xWrite() method to create the rollback journal,
+** as follows:
+**
+** Write offset | Bytes written
+** ----------------------------
+** 0 512
+** 512 4
+** 516 4096
+** 4612 4
+** 4616 4
+** 4620 4096
+** 8716 4
+** 8720 4
+** 8724 4096
+** 12820 4
+** ++++++++++++SYNC+++++++++++
+** 0 12
+** ++++++++++++SYNC+++++++++++
+**
+** On many operating systems, this is an efficient way to write to a file.
+** However, on some embedded systems that do not cache writes in OS
+** buffers it is much more efficient to write data in blocks that are
+** an integer multiple of the sector-size in size and aligned at the
+** start of a sector.
+**
+** To work around this, the code in this file allocates a fixed size
+** buffer of SQLITE_DEMOVFS_BUFFERSZ using sqlite3_malloc() whenever a
+** journal file is opened. It uses the buffer to coalesce sequential
+** writes into aligned SQLITE_DEMOVFS_BUFFERSZ blocks. When SQLite
+** invokes the xSync() method to sync the contents of the file to disk,
+** all accumulated data is written out, even if it does not constitute
+** a complete block. This means the actual IO to create the rollback
+** journal for the example transaction above is this:
+**
+** Write offset | Bytes written
+** ----------------------------
+** 0 8192
+** 8192 4632
+** ++++++++++++SYNC+++++++++++
+** 0 12
+** ++++++++++++SYNC+++++++++++
+**
+** Much more efficient if the underlying OS is not caching write
+** operations.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_OS_UNIX
+
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+/*
+** Size of the write buffer used by journal files in bytes.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEMOVFS_BUFFERSZ
+# define SQLITE_DEMOVFS_BUFFERSZ 8192
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum pathname length supported by this VFS.
+*/
+#define MAXPATHNAME 512
+
+/*
+** When using this VFS, the sqlite3_file* handles that SQLite uses are
+** actually pointers to instances of type DemoFile.
+*/
+typedef struct DemoFile DemoFile;
+struct DemoFile {
+ sqlite3_file base; /* Base class. Must be first. */
+ int fd; /* File descriptor */
+
+ char *aBuffer; /* Pointer to malloc'd buffer */
+ int nBuffer; /* Valid bytes of data in zBuffer */
+ sqlite3_int64 iBufferOfst; /* Offset in file of zBuffer[0] */
+};
+
+/*
+** Write directly to the file passed as the first argument. Even if the
+** file has a write-buffer (DemoFile.aBuffer), ignore it.
+*/
+static int demoDirectWrite(
+ DemoFile *p, /* File handle */
+ const void *zBuf, /* Buffer containing data to write */
+ int iAmt, /* Size of data to write in bytes */
+ sqlite_int64 iOfst /* File offset to write to */
+){
+ off_t ofst; /* Return value from lseek() */
+ size_t nWrite; /* Return value from write() */
+
+ ofst = lseek(p->fd, iOfst, SEEK_SET);
+ if( ofst!=iOfst ){
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+ }
+
+ nWrite = write(p->fd, zBuf, iAmt);
+ if( nWrite!=iAmt ){
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+ }
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Flush the contents of the DemoFile.aBuffer buffer to disk. This is a
+** no-op if this particular file does not have a buffer (i.e. it is not
+** a journal file) or if the buffer is currently empty.
+*/
+static int demoFlushBuffer(DemoFile *p){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( p->nBuffer ){
+ rc = demoDirectWrite(p, p->aBuffer, p->nBuffer, p->iBufferOfst);
+ p->nBuffer = 0;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+static int demoClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+ int rc;
+ DemoFile *p = (DemoFile*)pFile;
+ rc = demoFlushBuffer(p);
+ sqlite3_free(p->aBuffer);
+ close(p->fd);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file.
+*/
+static int demoRead(
+ sqlite3_file *pFile,
+ void *zBuf,
+ int iAmt,
+ sqlite_int64 iOfst
+){
+ DemoFile *p = (DemoFile*)pFile;
+ off_t ofst; /* Return value from lseek() */
+ int nRead; /* Return value from read() */
+ int rc; /* Return code from demoFlushBuffer() */
+
+ /* Flush any data in the write buffer to disk in case this operation
+ ** is trying to read data the file-region currently cached in the buffer.
+ ** It would be possible to detect this case and possibly save an
+ ** unnecessary write here, but in practice SQLite will rarely read from
+ ** a journal file when there is data cached in the write-buffer.
+ */
+ rc = demoFlushBuffer(p);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ ofst = lseek(p->fd, iOfst, SEEK_SET);
+ if( ofst!=iOfst ){
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+ }
+ nRead = read(p->fd, zBuf, iAmt);
+
+ if( nRead==iAmt ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else if( nRead>=0 ){
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+ }
+
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data to a crash-file.
+*/
+static int demoWrite(
+ sqlite3_file *pFile,
+ const void *zBuf,
+ int iAmt,
+ sqlite_int64 iOfst
+){
+ DemoFile *p = (DemoFile*)pFile;
+
+ if( p->aBuffer ){
+ char *z = (char *)zBuf; /* Pointer to remaining data to write */
+ int n = iAmt; /* Number of bytes at z */
+ sqlite3_int64 i = iOfst; /* File offset to write to */
+
+ while( n>0 ){
+ int nCopy; /* Number of bytes to copy into buffer */
+
+ /* If the buffer is full, or if this data is not being written directly
+ ** following the data already buffered, flush the buffer. Flushing
+ ** the buffer is a no-op if it is empty.
+ */
+ if( p->nBuffer==SQLITE_DEMOVFS_BUFFERSZ || p->iBufferOfst+p->nBuffer!=i ){
+ int rc = demoFlushBuffer(p);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( p->nBuffer==0 || p->iBufferOfst+p->nBuffer==i );
+ p->iBufferOfst = i - p->nBuffer;
+
+ /* Copy as much data as possible into the buffer. */
+ nCopy = SQLITE_DEMOVFS_BUFFERSZ - p->nBuffer;
+ if( nCopy>n ){
+ nCopy = n;
+ }
+ memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->nBuffer], z, nCopy);
+ p->nBuffer += nCopy;
+
+ n -= nCopy;
+ i += nCopy;
+ z += nCopy;
+ }
+ }else{
+ return demoDirectWrite(p, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+ }
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate a file. This is a no-op for this VFS (see header comments at
+** the top of the file).
+*/
+static int demoTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){
+#if 0
+ if( ftruncate(((DemoFile *)pFile)->fd, size) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
+#endif
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the contents of the file to the persistent media.
+*/
+static int demoSync(sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags){
+ DemoFile *p = (DemoFile*)pFile;
+ int rc;
+
+ rc = demoFlushBuffer(p);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ rc = fsync(p->fd);
+ return (rc==0 ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the size of the file in bytes to *pSize.
+*/
+static int demoFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
+ DemoFile *p = (DemoFile*)pFile;
+ int rc; /* Return code from fstat() call */
+ struct stat sStat; /* Output of fstat() call */
+
+ /* Flush the contents of the buffer to disk. As with the flush in the
+ ** demoRead() method, it would be possible to avoid this and save a write
+ ** here and there. But in practice this comes up so infrequently it is
+ ** not worth the trouble.
+ */
+ rc = demoFlushBuffer(p);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ rc = fstat(p->fd, &sStat);
+ if( rc!=0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+ *pSize = sStat.st_size;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locking functions. The xLock() and xUnlock() methods are both no-ops.
+** The xCheckReservedLock() always indicates that no other process holds
+** a reserved lock on the database file. This ensures that if a hot-journal
+** file is found in the file-system it is rolled back.
+*/
+static int demoLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int demoUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int demoCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int *pResOut){
+ *pResOut = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** No xFileControl() verbs are implemented by this VFS.
+*/
+static int demoFileControl(sqlite3_file *pFile, int op, void *pArg){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xSectorSize() and xDeviceCharacteristics() methods. These two
+** may return special values allowing SQLite to optimize file-system
+** access to some extent. But it is also safe to simply return 0.
+*/
+static int demoSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+ return 0;
+}
+static int demoDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a file handle.
+*/
+static int demoOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS */
+ const char *zName, /* File to open, or 0 for a temp file */
+ sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Pointer to DemoFile struct to populate */
+ int flags, /* Input SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */
+ int *pOutFlags /* Output SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags (or NULL) */
+){
+ static const sqlite3_io_methods demoio = {
+ 1, /* iVersion */
+ demoClose, /* xClose */
+ demoRead, /* xRead */
+ demoWrite, /* xWrite */
+ demoTruncate, /* xTruncate */
+ demoSync, /* xSync */
+ demoFileSize, /* xFileSize */
+ demoLock, /* xLock */
+ demoUnlock, /* xUnlock */
+ demoCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */
+ demoFileControl, /* xFileControl */
+ demoSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */
+ demoDeviceCharacteristics /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+ };
+
+ DemoFile *p = (DemoFile*)pFile; /* Populate this structure */
+ int oflags = 0; /* flags to pass to open() call */
+ char *aBuf = 0;
+
+ if( zName==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_IOERR;
+ }
+
+ if( flags&SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ){
+ aBuf = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(SQLITE_DEMOVFS_BUFFERSZ);
+ if( !aBuf ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( flags&SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE ) oflags |= O_EXCL;
+ if( flags&SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ) oflags |= O_CREAT;
+ if( flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ) oflags |= O_RDONLY;
+ if( flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ) oflags |= O_RDWR;
+
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(DemoFile));
+ p->fd = open(zName, oflags, 0600);
+ if( p->fd<0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(aBuf);
+ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+ }
+ p->aBuffer = aBuf;
+
+ if( pOutFlags ){
+ *pOutFlags = flags;
+ }
+ p->base.pMethods = &demoio;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the file identified by argument zPath. If the dirSync parameter
+** is non-zero, then ensure the file-system modification to delete the
+** file has been synced to disk before returning.
+*/
+static int demoDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+ rc = unlink(zPath);
+ if( rc!=0 && errno==ENOENT ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( rc==0 && dirSync ){
+ int dfd; /* File descriptor open on directory */
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ char zDir[MAXPATHNAME+1]; /* Name of directory containing file zPath */
+
+ /* Figure out the directory name from the path of the file deleted. */
+ sqlite3_snprintf(MAXPATHNAME, zDir, "%s", zPath);
+ zDir[MAXPATHNAME] = '\0';
+ for(i=strlen(zDir); i>1 && zDir[i]!='/'; i++);
+ zDir[i] = '\0';
+
+ /* Open a file-descriptor on the directory. Sync. Close. */
+ dfd = open(zDir, O_RDONLY, 0);
+ if( dfd<0 ){
+ rc = -1;
+ }else{
+ rc = fsync(dfd);
+ close(dfd);
+ }
+ }
+ return (rc==0 ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+}
+
+#ifndef F_OK
+# define F_OK 0
+#endif
+#ifndef R_OK
+# define R_OK 4
+#endif
+#ifndef W_OK
+# define W_OK 2
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Query the file-system to see if the named file exists, is readable or
+** is both readable and writable.
+*/
+static int demoAccess(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+ const char *zPath,
+ int flags,
+ int *pResOut
+){
+ int rc; /* access() return code */
+ int eAccess = F_OK; /* Second argument to access() */
+
+ assert( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS /* access(zPath, F_OK) */
+ || flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_READ /* access(zPath, R_OK) */
+ || flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE /* access(zPath, R_OK|W_OK) */
+ );
+
+ if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE ) eAccess = R_OK|W_OK;
+ if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_READ ) eAccess = R_OK;
+
+ rc = access(zPath, eAccess);
+ *pResOut = (rc==0);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument zPath points to a nul-terminated string containing a file path.
+** If zPath is an absolute path, then it is copied as is into the output
+** buffer. Otherwise, if it is a relative path, then the equivalent full
+** path is written to the output buffer.
+**
+** This function assumes that paths are UNIX style. Specifically, that:
+**
+** 1. Path components are separated by a '/'. and
+** 2. Full paths begin with a '/' character.
+*/
+static int demoFullPathname(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS */
+ const char *zPath, /* Input path (possibly a relative path) */
+ int nPathOut, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+ char *zPathOut /* Pointer to output buffer */
+){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nPathOut, zPathOut, "%s", zPath);
+ zPathOut[nPathOut-1] = '\0';
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following four VFS methods:
+**
+** xDlOpen
+** xDlError
+** xDlSym
+** xDlClose
+**
+** are supposed to implement the functionality needed by SQLite to load
+** extensions compiled as shared objects. This simple VFS does not support
+** this functionality, so the following functions are no-ops.
+*/
+static void *demoDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
+ return 0;
+}
+static void demoDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, zErrMsg, "Loadable extensions are not supported");
+ zErrMsg[nByte-1] = '\0';
+}
+static void (*demoDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pH, const char *z))(void){
+ return 0;
+}
+static void demoDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+ return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zByte points to a buffer nByte bytes in size. Populate this
+** buffer with pseudo-random data.
+*/
+static int demoRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zByte){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sleep for at least nMicro microseconds. Return the (approximate) number
+** of microseconds slept for.
+*/
+static int demoSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
+ sleep(nMicro / 1000000);
+ usleep(nMicro % 1000000);
+ return nMicro;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *pTime to the current UTC time expressed as a Julian day. Return
+** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code otherwise.
+**
+** http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Julian_day
+**
+** This implementation is not very good. The current time is rounded to
+** an integer number of seconds. Also, assuming time_t is a signed 32-bit
+** value, it will stop working some time in the year 2038 AD (the so-called
+** "year 2038" problem that afflicts systems that store time this way).
+*/
+static int demoCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTime){
+ time_t t = time(0);
+ *pTime = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to the VFS implemented in this file.
+** To make the VFS available to SQLite:
+**
+** sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_demovfs(), 0);
+*/
+sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_demovfs(void){
+ static sqlite3_vfs demovfs = {
+ 1, /* iVersion */
+ sizeof(DemoFile), /* szOsFile */
+ MAXPATHNAME, /* mxPathname */
+ 0, /* pNext */
+ "demo", /* zName */
+ 0, /* pAppData */
+ demoOpen, /* xOpen */
+ demoDelete, /* xDelete */
+ demoAccess, /* xAccess */
+ demoFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */
+ demoDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */
+ demoDlError, /* xDlError */
+ demoDlSym, /* xDlSym */
+ demoDlClose, /* xDlClose */
+ demoRandomness, /* xRandomness */
+ demoSleep, /* xSleep */
+ demoCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */
+ };
+ return &demovfs;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+
+#if defined(INCLUDE_SQLITE_TCL_H)
+# include "sqlite_tcl.h"
+#else
+# include "tcl.h"
+# ifndef SQLITE_TCLAPI
+# define SQLITE_TCLAPI
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI register_demovfs(
+ ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[] /* Command arguments */
+){
+ sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_demovfs(), 1);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI unregister_demovfs(
+ ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments */
+ Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[] /* Command arguments */
+){
+ sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_demovfs());
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
+*/
+int Sqlitetest_demovfs_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "register_demovfs", register_demovfs, 0, 0);
+ Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "unregister_demovfs", unregister_demovfs, 0, 0);
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+#else
+int Sqlitetest_demovfs_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){ return TCL_OK; }
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+// Register sqlite3_demovfs
+int sqlite3_os_init()
+{
+ sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_demovfs(), 0);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int sqlite3_os_end()
+{
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/src/error.rs b/src/error.rs
index ad952f6..81480de 100644
--- a/src/error.rs
+++ b/src/error.rs
@@ -144,12 +144,14 @@
const SQLITE_IOERR_BEGIN_ATOMIC: c_int = super::SQLITE_IOERR | (29 << 8);
const SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC: c_int = super::SQLITE_IOERR | (30 << 8);
const SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC: c_int = super::SQLITE_IOERR | (31 << 8);
+const SQLITE_IOERR_DATA: c_int = super::SQLITE_IOERR | (32 << 8);
const SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE: c_int = super::SQLITE_LOCKED | (1 << 8);
const SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB: c_int = super::SQLITE_LOCKED | (2 << 8);
const SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY: c_int = super::SQLITE_BUSY | (1 << 8);
const SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT: c_int = super::SQLITE_BUSY | (2 << 8);
+const SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT: c_int = super::SQLITE_BUSY | (3 << 8);
const SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR: c_int = super::SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1 << 8);
const SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR: c_int = super::SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2 << 8);
@@ -159,6 +161,7 @@
const SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB: c_int = super::SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1 << 8);
const SQLITE_CORRUPT_SEQUENCE: c_int = super::SQLITE_CORRUPT | (2 << 8);
+const SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX: c_int = super::SQLITE_CORRUPT | (3 << 8);
const SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY: c_int = super::SQLITE_READONLY | (1 << 8);
const SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK: c_int = super::SQLITE_READONLY | (2 << 8);
@@ -257,12 +260,14 @@
SQLITE_IOERR_BEGIN_ATOMIC => "SQLITE_IOERR_BEGIN_ATOMIC",
SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC => "SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC",
SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC => "SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC",
+ SQLITE_IOERR_DATA => "SQLITE_IOERR_DATA",
SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE => "Locking conflict due to another connection with a shared cache",
SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB => "SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB",
SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY => "Another process is recovering a WAL mode database file",
SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT => "Cannot promote read transaction to write transaction because of writes by another connection",
+ SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT => "SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT",
SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR => "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR", // no longer used
SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR => "Attempted to open directory as file",
@@ -272,6 +277,7 @@
SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB => "Content in the virtual table is corrupt",
SQLITE_CORRUPT_SEQUENCE => "SQLITE_CORRUPT_SEQUENCE",
+ SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX => "SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX",
SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY => "WAL mode database file needs recovery (requires write access)",
SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK => "Shared-memory file associated with WAL mode database is read-only",
diff --git a/upgrade.sh b/upgrade.sh
index add9e6b..5aaef17 100755
--- a/upgrade.sh
+++ b/upgrade.sh
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
export SQLITE3_LIB_DIR=$SCRIPT_DIR/sqlite3
# Download and extract amalgamation
-SQLITE=sqlite-amalgamation-3310100
+SQLITE=sqlite-amalgamation-3330000
curl -O https://sqlite.org/2020/$SQLITE.zip
unzip -p "$SQLITE.zip" "$SQLITE/sqlite3.c" > "$SQLITE3_LIB_DIR/sqlite3.c"
unzip -p "$SQLITE.zip" "$SQLITE/sqlite3.h" > "$SQLITE3_LIB_DIR/sqlite3.h"
diff --git a/wrapper.h b/wrapper.h
index b5e2c60..ecbcc44 100644
--- a/wrapper.h
+++ b/wrapper.h
@@ -1 +1,5 @@
+#ifdef BINDGEN_USE_WINSQLITE3
+#include <winsqlite/winsqlite3.h>
+#else
#include "sqlite3.h"
+#endif
